HomeMy WebLinkAboutB17-0340_2017_06_30 - VVMC Permit - SPECS_1503521733.pdfEast Wing Enabling
Interior Partition Upgrades, O2 Enclosure, Transformer
Enclosure, Exterior MEP and Accessibility Upgrades.
Permit
Architecture / MEP / IT / Civil Engineering / Structural
Engineering
180 S. Frontage Road West
Vail, CO 81657
Davis Partnership: 15924.00
06/30/2017
1 1
OWNER
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL
CENTER
180 S. Frontage Road
West Vail, CO 81657
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
DAVIS PARTNERSHIP
ARCHITECTS
2301 Blake St., Suite 100
Denver, Colorado 80205
P. 303.861.8555
Scott Nevin
scott.nevin@davispartnership.com
MECHANICAL ENGINEER
CATOR, RUMA & ASSOCIATES
896 Tabor Street
Lakewood, CO 80401
P. 303.232.6200
James Dickerson
jdickerson@catorruma.com
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
MARTIN / MARTIN
12499 W. Colfax Ave.
Lakewood, CO 80215
P. 303.431.6100
Shane McCormick
smccormick@martinmartin.com
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
CATOR, RUMA & ASSOCIATES
896 Tabor Street
Lakewood, CO 80401
P. 303.232.6200
Neal Wondel
nwondel@catorruma.com
INTERIOR DESIGN
DAVIS PARTNERSHIP
ARCHITECTS
2301 Blake St., Suite 100
Denver, Colorado 80205
P. 303.861.8555
Janette Ray
janette.ray@davispartnership.com
PLUMBING ENGINEERING
CATOR, RUMA & ASSOCIATES
896 Tabor Street
Lakewood, CO 80401
P. 303.232.6200
James Dickerson
jdickerson@catorruma.com
CIVIL ENGEINEER
MARTIN / MARTIN
12499 W. Colfax Ave.
Lakewood, CO 80215
P. 303.431.6100
Mark Luna
mluna@martinmartin.com
LOW VOLTAGE
CATOR, RUMA & ASSOCIATES
896 Tabor Street
Lakewood, CO 80401
P. 303.232.6200
Chuck Kaffine
ckaffine@catorruma.com
Vail Valley Medical Center – East Wing Enabling
Permit
EAST WING ENABLING
Vail, Colorado
DPA Project #: 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Division /
Section #Specification Section Title
CURRENT
ISSUED
SECTION
00 4321 Allowance Form 6/30/2017
00 4323 Alternates Form 6/30/2017
01 1000 Summary 6/30/2017
01 2100 Allowances 6/30/2017
01 2300 Alternates 6/30/2017
01 2500 Substitution Procedures 6/30/2017
01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures 6/30/2017
01 2900 Payment Procedures 6/30/2017
01 3100 Project Management and Coordination 6/30/2017
01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation 6/30/2017
01 3233 Photographic Documentation 6/30/2017
01 3300 Submittal Procedures 6/30/2017
01 3516 Alteration Project Procedures 6/30/2017
01 4000 Quality Requirements 6/30/2017
01 4200 References 6/30/2017
01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 6/30/2017
01 5639 Temporary Tree and Plant Protection 6/30/2017
01 6000 Product Requirements 6/30/2017
01 7300 Execution 6/30/2017
01 7329 Cutting and Patching 6/30/2017
01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal 6/30/2017
01 7700 Closeout Procedures 6/30/2017
01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data 6/30/2017
01 7839 Project Record Documents 6/30/2017
01 7900 Demonstration and Training 6/30/2017
01 9113 General Commissioning Requirements 6/30/2017
05 5000 Metal Fabrications 6/30/2017
05 7300 Decorative Metal Railings 6/30/2017
06 1000 Rough Carpentry 6/30/2017
06 1600 Sheathing 6/30/2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1
EAST WING ENABLING
Vail, Colorado
DPA Project #: 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Division /
Section #Specification Section Title
CURRENT
ISSUED
SECTION
07 2726 Fluid-Applied Membrane Air Barriers 6/30/2017
07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 6/30/2017
07 7200 Roof Accessories 6/30/2017
07 8100 Applied Fireproofing 6/30/2017
07 8413 Penetration Firestopping 6/30/2017
07 8443 Joint Firestopping 6/30/2017
07 9200 Joint Sealants 6/30/2017
08 1113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 6/30/2017
08 3113 Access Doors and Frames 6/30/2017
08 4243 Intensive Care Unit / Critical Unit (ICU /CCU) Entrances 6/30/2017
08 7100 Door Hardware 6/30/2017
08 8000 Glazing 6/30/2017
08 8400 Plastic Glazing 6/30/2017
09 2216 Non-Structural Metal Framing 6/30/2017
09 2400 Portland Cement Plastering 6/30/2017
09 2900 Gypsum Board 6/30/2017
09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 6/30/2017
09 6513 Resilient Base and Accessories 6/30/2017
09 6516 Resilient Sheet Flooring 6/30/2017
09 9113 Exterior Painting 6/30/2017
09 9123 Interior Painting 6/30/2017
09 9653 Elastomeric Coatings 6/30/2017
10 4400 Fire Protection Specialties 6/30/2017
21 0500 Common work Results for Fire Suppression 6/30/2017
21 1000 Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems 6/30/2017
22 1110 Water Distribution Piping 6/30/2017
23 0500 Common Work Results for Mechanical 6/30/2017
23 0509 Mechanical Fire Stoppimg 6/30/2017
23 0510 Basic Piping Materials and Methods 6/30/2017
23 0518 Piping Specialties 6/30/2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 2
EAST WING ENABLING
Vail, Colorado
DPA Project #: 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Division /
Section #Specification Section Title
CURRENT
ISSUED
SECTION
23 0519 Meters and Gauges for Mechanical Piping 6/30/2017
23 0523 General Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping 6/30/2017
23 0529 Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping & Equipment 6/30/2017
23 0548 Vibration and Seismic controls for Mechanical Systems 6/30/2017
23 0553 Identification for Mechanical Systems 6/30/2017
23 0593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for Mechanical Systems 6/30/2017
23 0700 Insulation for Mechanical Systems 6/30/2017
23 0900 Instrumentation and Control for Mechanical Systems 6/30/2017
23 0993 Sequences of Operation for Mechanical Systems 6/30/2017
23 1113 Facility Fuel Oil Piping 6/30/2017
23 2123 Hydronic Pumps 6/30/2017
23 2150 Snowmelt Systems 6/30/2017
23 2316 Refrigerant Piping Specialties 6/30/2017
23 2550 Glycol Systems 6/30/2017
23 3113 Metal Ducts 6/30/2017
23 3300 Air Duct Accessories 6/30/2017
23 3400 HVAC Fans 6/30/2017
23 3713 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 6/30/2017
23 8123 Computer Room Air Conditioning Units 6/30/2017
26 0500 Common Work Results for Electrical 6/30/2017
26 0519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 6/30/2017
26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 6/30/2017
26 0529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 6/30/2017
26 0533 Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems 6/30/2017
26 0534 Cabinets, Boxes and Fittings 6/30/2017
26 0553 Identification for Electical Systems 6/30/2017
26 0583 Wiring Connections 6/30/2017
26 2200 Low-Voltage Transformers 6/30/2017
26 2413 Switchboards 6/30/2017
26 2416 Panelboards 6/30/2017
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 3
EAST WING ENABLING
Vail, Colorado
DPA Project #: 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
Division /
Section #Specification Section Title
CURRENT
ISSUED
SECTION
26 2726 Wiring Devices 6/30/2017
26 2800 Low Voltage Circuit Protective Devices 6/30/2017
26 4313 Surge Protective Device (SPD)6/30/2017
26 5000 Lighting 6/30/2017
28 3111 Fire Detection and Alarm Expansion or Remodel of Addressable Systems 6/30/2017
31 1000 Site Clearing 6/30/2017
31 2000 Earth Moving 6/30/2017
31 2333 Trenching and Backfilling 6/30/2017
31 2500 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 6/30/2017
32 1216 Asphalt Paving 6/30/2017
32 1313 Concrete Paving 6/30/2017
32 1373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 6/30/2017
32 1723 Pavement Markings 6/30/2017
32 8400 Planting Irrigation 6/30/2017
32 9200 Turf and Grasses 6/30/2017
32 9300 Plants 6/30/2017
33 1100 Water Utility Distribution Piping 6/30/2017
33 3100 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping 6/30/2017
33 4100 Storm Utility Drainage Piping 6/30/2017
End of Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 4
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALLOWANCE FORM 00 4321 - 1
DOCUMENT 004321 - ALLOWANCE FORM
PART 1 -
1.1 BID INFORMATION
A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________.
B. Project Name: East Wing Enabling.
C. Project Location: 180 S Frontage Road W. Vail, CO 81657.
D. Owner: Vail Valley Medical Center.
E. Owner Project Number: .
F. Architect: Davis Partnership Architects.
G. Architect Project Number: 15924.00.
1.2 Construction Manager: Project One Integrated Service.BID FORM SUPPLEMENT
A. This form is required to be attached to the Bid Form.
B. The undersigned Bidder certifies that Base Bid submission to which this Bid
Supplement is attached includes those allowances described in the Contract
Documents and scheduled in Section 01 2100 "Allowances."
1.3 SUBMISSION OF BID SUPPLEMENT
A. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2012.
B. Submitted By:_______________________________(Insert name of bidding firm or
corporation).
C. Authorized Signature:_______________________________________(Handwritten
signature).
D. Signed By:______________________________________________(Type or print
name).
E. Title:___________________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice
President).
END OF DOCUMENT 004321
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALLOWANCE FORM 00 4321 - 2
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERNATES FORM 00 4323 - 1
DOCUMENT 004323 - ALTERNATES FORM
1.1 BID INFORMATION
A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________.
B. Prime Contract: _____________________________________________.
C. Project Name: East Wing Enabling.
D. Project Location: 180 S Frontage Road W. Vail, CO 81657.
E. Owner: Vail Valley Medical Center.
F. Owner Project Number: .
G. Architect: Davis Partnership Architects.
H. Architect Project Number: 15924.00.
I. Construction Manager: Project One Integrated Service.
1.2 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT
A. This form is required to be attached to the Bid Form.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. The undersigned Bidder proposes the amount below be added to or deducted from the
Base Bid if particular alternates are accepted by Owner. Amounts listed for each
alternate include costs of related coordination, modification, or adjustment.
B. If the alternate does not affect the Contract Sum, the Bidder shall indicate "NO
CHANGE."
C. If the alternate does not affect the Work of this Contract, the Bidder shall indicate "NOT
APPLICABLE."
D. The Bidder shall be responsible for determining from the Contract Documents the
affects of each alternate on the Contract Time and the Contract Sum.
E. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any alternate, in any order, and to award or
amend the Contract accordingly within [60] days of the Notice of Award unless
otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.
F. Acceptance or non-acceptance of any alternates by the Owner shall have no affect on
the Contract Time unless the "Schedule of Alternates" Article below provides a
formatted space for the adjustment of the Contract Time.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERNATES FORM 00 4323 - 2
1.4 SUBMISSION OF BID SUPPLEMENT
A. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2013.
B. Submitted By:___________________________________(Insert name of bidding firm
or corporation).
C. Authorized Signature:____________________________________(Handwritten
signature).
D. Signed By:______________________________________________(Type or print
name).
E. Title:___________________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice
President).
END OF DOCUMENT 004323
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1
SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Phased construction.
4. Future work.
5. Owner-furnished products.
6. Contractor-furnished, Owner-installed products.
7. Access to site.
8. Coordination with occupants.
9. Work restrictions.
10. Specification and Drawing conventions.
11. Miscellaneous provisions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and
procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: East Wing Enabling. Vail Valley Medical Center, Central
Renovation. Architect's Project Number 15924.00..
1. Project Location: 180 S Frontage Road W, Vail, CO 81657.
B. Owner: Vail Valley Medical Center.
1. Owner's Representative: Chris Knight, Project One Integrated Services; 88
Inverness Circle East, Building G, Suite 101, Englewood, CO 80112; 303-917-
7507.
C. Architect: Davis Partnership Architects; 2901 Blake St, Suite 100, Denver, CO 80205;
303-861-8555.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2
D. Architect's Consultants: Architect has retained the following design professionals who
have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents:
1. MEPT/FP Engineering: Cator Ruma & Associates, Co.; 896 Tabor St, Lakewood,
CO 80401; 303-232-6200.
2. Civil/Structural Engineering: Martin/Martin, Inc.; 12499 W. Colfax Ave, Lakewood,
CO 80215; 303-431-6100
E. Contractor: GE Johnson Construction Company has been engaged as Contractor for
this Project.
F. Web-Based Project Software: Project software administered by Architect will be used
for purposes of managing communication and documents during the construction
stage.
1. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements
for using web-based Project software.
1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the
following:
1. Conversion of the ED to a Suite per NFPA 101
2. Movement of CT equipment, .
3. Installation of O2 Equipment and O2 Enclosure
4. Installation of underground fuel tank
5. Installation of transformer enclosure
6. Installation of conduit at existing colonnade
7. Installation of accessibility ramp.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.5 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading,
handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner-furnished products and making
building services connections.
1.6 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as
indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this
Section.
B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not
disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 3
1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways parking garage, loading
areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's
employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for
parking or for storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by
construction operations.
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage
of materials and equipment on-site.
C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by
construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period.
Repair damage caused by construction operations.
D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and
hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair
damage caused by construction operations.
1.7 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction
period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the
Work so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or
used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or
used facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect
Owner's operations.
1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working
hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless agreed to in advance
by Owner.
1. Weekend Hours: As agreed to in advance by Owner.
2. Early Morning Hours: As agreed to in advance by Owner.
3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: As agreed to in advance by Owner.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 4
C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by
Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after
providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.
D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of
noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive
operations.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.
E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet of
entrances, operable windows, or outdoor-air intakes.
F. Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on
Project site is not permitted.
1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of
language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the
Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on
the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically
stated otherwise.
B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to
the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.
C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings
are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on
Drawings to identify materials and products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms
used in the individual Specifications Sections.
2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled
on Drawings.
3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes
referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUMMARY 01 1000 - 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 1000
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 1
SECTION 01 2100 - ALLOWANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.
B. Types of allowances include the following:
1. Lump-sum allowances.
2. Unit-cost allowances.
3. Quantity allowances.
4. Contingency allowances.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of
allowances for field testing by an independent testing agency.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Allowance is a quantity of work or dollar amount established in lieu of additional
requirements, used to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date
when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will
be issued by Change Order.
1.4 SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date
when final selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by
an allowance must be completed by the Owner to avoid delaying the Work.
B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final
selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 2
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances in the
form specified for Change Orders.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the
site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.
B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for
installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance.
C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other
portions of the Work.
1.7 LUMP-SUM ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by
Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and
delivery to Project site.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project
site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and
materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included
as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.
1.8 UNIT-COST ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by
Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include [taxes, ]freight[,] and
delivery to Project site.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project
site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and
materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included
as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.
C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to
manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and
accepted.
1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by
Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 3
1.9 QUANTITY ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by
Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include [taxes, ]freight[,] and
delivery to Project site.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project
site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and
materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included
as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.
C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to
manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and
accepted.
1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by
Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed.
1.10 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES
A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and
only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.
B. Contractor's[ overhead, profit, and] related costs for products and equipment ordered
by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not
part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation[, taxes], insurance,
equipment rental, and similar costs.
C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include
Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit.
D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to
Owner by Change Order.
1.11 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES
A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual
tests and inspections, and reporting results.
B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or
costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for
incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum.
C. Costs of testing and inspection services not required by the Contract Documents are
not included in the allowance.
D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting
allowance to Owner by Change Order.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 4
1.12 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order
proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance,
multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable,
include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal
product imperfections, and similar margins.
1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the
allowance.
2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution
of overhead costs and other markups.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, if any, claimed in Change
Orders related to unit-cost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by
independent quantity survey, measure, or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the
allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order
amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit.
1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change
Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of Work
has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the
Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or
lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally
indicated.
1.13 ALLOWANCE SCHEDULE
A. Disclaimer: Allowances indicated in this section are summarized from previous
estimations by the General Contractor and meetings between the General Contractor,
Owner's Representative, and the Owner, and are included here for reference. They are
not to be considered a representation of the Architect providing estimation services and
shall be re-evaluated in the final estimation.
1. Allowance SummaryProvide $10,000 for stand alone single-unit carport.
a. Basis of Design: Modern Carport and Awning, 430 South 96th Street, Suite
15, Seattle, WA 98108. 1-844-601-4070.
b. Allowance includes at a minimum: product, shipping, installation,
permitting, taxes, and site-fabricated foundation provisions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALLOWANCES 01 2100 - 5
PART 2 - , PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or
defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced
with related work.
END OF SECTION 01 2100
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERNATES 01 2300 - 1
SECTION 01 2300 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work
defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base
bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the
amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment,
systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the
Agreement.
2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the
Contract Sum to incorporate alternates into the Work. No other adjustments are
made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely
integrate work of the alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and
similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not
indicated as part of alternate.
B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
C. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to
achieve the work described under each alternate.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERNATES 01 2300 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 2300
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1
SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance.
2. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate.
3. Section 01 6000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting
comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due
to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory
changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that
are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer
advantage to Contractor or Owner.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be
replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and
titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation
method cannot be provided, if applicable.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 2
b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed
to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and
separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed
substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with
those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable
Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design
characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements
indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and
addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners.
h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and
interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from ICC-ES.
j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed
substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the
overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot
be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on
manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of
availability, or delays in delivery.
k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract
Sum.
l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with
requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in
substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate
for applications indicated.
m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may
subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed
substitution to produce indicated results.
3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for
substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of
proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of
receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or
Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a
proposed substitution within time allocated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed
substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to
perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 3
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the
approved substitutions.
1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of
need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and
review of related submittals.
1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with
these requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction
schedule.
d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if
received within 60 days after the Notice to Proceed. Requests received after that time
may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.
1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied,
Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with
these requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time,
energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional
responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities
may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation
services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar
considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 4
e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction
schedule.
f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities
having jurisdiction.
g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the
Work.
i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is
uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is
acceptable to all contractors involved.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 2500
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 1
SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and
processing Contract modifications.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for
handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work,
not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on
AIA Document G710.
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of
proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised
Drawings and Specifications.
1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either
to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise
specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute
the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,
with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested,
furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts
of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 2
d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the
effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity
duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total
float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to
the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to
Architect.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change
on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate
the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the
proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or
system specified.
1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS
A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for administrative
procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to
reflect actual costs of allowances.
1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a
Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive
on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed
with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the
Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required
by the Construction Change Directive.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 3
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 2600
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 1
SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing the
handling and processing of allowances.
2. Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative
procedures for handling changes to the Contract.
3. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative
requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's
construction schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the
Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of
Contractor's construction schedule. Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may
serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values.
1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be
indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later
than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for
Payment.
3. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases
requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values
coordinated with each phase of payment.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 2
B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line
items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification
Section.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of
values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Architect's Project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple
line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the
Contract Sum.
4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work
where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased
or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.
5. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each
allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit
cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract
Documents to determine quantities.
6. Overhead Costs: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead
and profit for each line item.
7. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change
Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract
Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and
Construction Change Directive.
1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be
consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid
for by Owner.
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered
by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as
form for Applications for Payment.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a
person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return
incomplete applications without action.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 3
1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction
schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment,
whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work
completed at time of Application for Payment.
3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued
before last day of construction period covered by application.
4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested
project acceleration.
E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or
equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate
between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.
1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and
consent of surety to payment for stored materials.
2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid
invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do
not include overhead and profit on stored materials.
3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of
previous Applications for Payment.
b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous
Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for
Payment.
c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment
and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.
F. Transmittal: Submit signed and notarized electronic copies of each Application for
Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. Copy shall include
waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the
Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous
application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full
waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers.
4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers
from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the
application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner.
H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede
or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 4
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of values.
3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Products list (preliminary if not final).
5. Sustainable design action plans, including preliminary project materials cost data.
6. Schedule of unit prices.
7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).
8. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
10. Copies of building permits.
11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
12. Initial progress report.
13. Report of preconstruction conference.
14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
15. Performance and payment bonds.
16. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate
of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent
completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete
and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final
Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously
submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and
proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AIA Document G706.
5. AIA Document G706A.
6. AIA Document G707.
7. Evidence that claims have been settled.
8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar
data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and
assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 2900
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 1
SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General coordination procedures.
2. Coordination drawings.
3. RFIs.
4. Digital project management procedures.
5. Project meetings.
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of
responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and
submitting Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and
control points.
3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
4. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for coordinating the
Work with Owner's Commissioning Authority.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. BIM: Building Information Modeling.
B. RFI: Request for Information. Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking
information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 2
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed
for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment
fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing
subcontract or supplying products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list
of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in
attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list
addresses and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names,
addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the
absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based
Project software directory, and in prominent location in built facility. Keep list
current at all times.
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each
other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance
and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of
attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of
their Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly
progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 3
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to
requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely
indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination,
or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated
or installed by more than one entity.
1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to
indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard
printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination
drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe
relationship of various systems and components.
b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,
structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.
c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated
replacement of components during the life of the installation.
d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed
dampers, valves, and other controls.
e. Indicate required installation sequences.
f. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that
appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance
requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed
resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult
installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.
B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:
1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural
elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical
Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical
ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to
adequately represent the Work.
2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems,
mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components
within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components
indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other
components.
3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms
showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm,
and electrical equipment.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 4
4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all
disciplines.
5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and
locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts,
bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes,
curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items.
6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following:
a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs,
including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems.
b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers,
access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment.
c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork.
7. Electrical Work: Show the following:
a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger.
b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other
fire-alarm locations.
c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator,
and motor-control center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column
center lines.
8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following:
a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and
sprinkler heads.
9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that in general the
Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are
Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are
not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient,
Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and
resubmit.
C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the
following requirements:
1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and
operating system as original Drawings.
2. File Preparation Format: DWG, Current version,operating in Microsoft Windows
operating system.
3. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PDF
format.
4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in
preparing coordination digital data files.
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of
digital data files as they relate to Drawings.
b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in Revit or
AutoCAD.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 5
c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of
AIA Document C106 .
1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification,
or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an
RFI in the form specified.
1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other
entities controlled by Contractor.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in
Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or
interpretation and the following:
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Architect.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts
the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product
Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to
fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of
affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated
above, acceptable to Architect.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format.
D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and
respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs
received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following
working day.
1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 6
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods.
d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of
additional information.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal
according to Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract
Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect and Construction Manager in
writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI
number. Submit log weekly. Include the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Architect's response was received.
8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change
Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal
Request, as appropriate.
F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI
response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if
Contractor disagrees with response.
1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's BIM model and CAD
drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction.
1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings,
Shop Drawings, and Project record Drawings.
2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital
data files as they relate to Contract Drawings.
3. Digital Drawing Software Program: Contract Drawings are available in Revit or
AutoCAD.
4. The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 7
a. Floor plans.
b. Reflected ceiling plans.
B. Web-Based Project Software: Use Architect's web-based Project software site for
purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until
Final Completion.
1. Web-based Project software site includes, at a minimum, the following features:
a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect,
architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project.
Include names of individuals and contact information.
b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine
entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents.
c. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between
project entities.
d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications
required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs,
submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives,
and Change Orders.
e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and
date when responses are provided.
f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by
each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes
once submitted.
g. Processing and tracking of payment applications.
h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications.
i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes.
j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination
drawings, including revision control.
k. Management of construction progress photographs.
l. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets.
C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect,
prepare as follows:
1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating
submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with
links enabling navigation to each item.
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision
identifier.
3. Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are
required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated.
1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless
otherwise indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 8
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose
presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and
Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of 10 working days
prior to meeting.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited
attendees.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant
discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to
everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the
meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference
before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later
than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning
Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent;
major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the
conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and
authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments.
b. Tentative construction schedule.
c. Phasing.
d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
e. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
f. Lines of communications.
g. Use of web-based Project software.
h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
i. Procedures for RFIs.
j. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
l. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
m. Submittal procedures.
n. Sustainable design requirements.
o. Preparation of Record Documents.
p. Use of the premises and existing building.
q. Work restrictions.
r. Working hours.
s. Owner's occupancy requirements.
t. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
u. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
v. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
w. Construction waste management and recycling.
x. Parking availability.
y. Office, work, and storage areas.
z. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
aa. First aid.
bb. Security.
cc. Progress cleaning.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 9
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute
meeting minutes.
C. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at
a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the
scheduled date of Substantial Completion.
1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to
Project closeout.
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning
Authority, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent;
major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the
meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout,
including the following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for
final inspection for acceptance.
c. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site
data files.
d. Submittal of written warranties.
e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation.
f. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data.
g. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts.
h. Requirements for demonstration and training.
i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial
Completion and for final payment.
k. Submittal procedures.
l. Coordination of separate contracts.
m. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
n. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
o. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.
4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals.
1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Owner's Commissioning
Authorityand Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity
concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or
performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All
participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting.
Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for
discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION
01 3100 - 10
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last
meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or
behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule.
Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure
commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will
be completed within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the
following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
4) Status of submittals.
5) Status of sustainable design documentation.
6) Deliveries.
7) Off-site fabrication.
8) Access.
9) Site use.
10) Temporary facilities and controls.
11) Progress cleaning.
12) Quality and work standards.
13) Status of correction of deficient items.
14) Field observations.
15) Status of RFIs.
16) Status of Proposal Requests.
17) Pending changes.
18) Status of Change Orders.
19) Pending claims and disputes.
20) Documentation of information for payment requests.
4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute
the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3100
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 1
SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the
progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Startup construction schedule.
2. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3. Construction schedule updating reports.
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Material location reports.
6. Site condition reports.
7. Unusual event reports.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 1200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for preparing a combined
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling,
monitoring, and controlling the construction Project. Activities included in a construction
schedule consume time and resources.
1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for completing an activity as
scheduled. The sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum.
C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a
construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships.
Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path
of Project.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 2
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the
network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains
no float.
E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor,
but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as
needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely
affecting the early start of the successor activity.
3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without
adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.
G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for
completing an activity as scheduled.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:
1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.
2. PDF file.
B. Startup construction schedule.
1. Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute
approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities.
C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire
construction period. Show logic ties for activities.
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire
schedule for entire construction period.
1. Submit a working digital copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled
to comply with requirements for submittals.
E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports.
Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description,
cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start date, early
finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.
1. Activity Report: List of activities sorted by activity number and then early start
date, or actual start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for each activity, sorted
in ascending order by activity number and then by early start date, or actual start
date if known.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 3
3. Total Float Report: List of activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice to
Proceed until most recent Application for Payment.
F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.
G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.
H. Material Location Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.
I. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.
J. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.
K. Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling
and reporting, with capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours
of Architect's request.
B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review
methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and
Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including phasing area separations interim milestones and
partial Owner occupancy.
4. Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and
inspecting agencies.
9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup
procedures, including commissioning activities.
10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of
subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other
required schedules and reports.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 4
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from
entities involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and
schedule them in proper sequence.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program
that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date
of final completion.
1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that
shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each
main element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifically allowed by Architect.
2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in
Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal
review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule.
3. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.
4. Commissioning Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for commissioning.
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion
of punch list items and final completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract
Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is
affected.
1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each
contract.
3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work
performed by Owner.
4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product.
Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates
indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 5
c. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use-of-premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.
7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of
the Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
c. Purchases.
d. Fabrication.
e. Deliveries.
f. Installation.
g. Tests and inspections.
h. Adjusting.
i. Startup and placement into final use and operation.
j. Commissioning.
8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major
portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area
must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for
the following:
a. Structural completion.
b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning.
c. Permanent space enclosure.
d. Completion of mechanical installation.
e. Completion of electrical installation.
f. Substantial Completion.
E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule,
including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final
completion
F. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and
actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work
performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests.
1. See Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment
procedures.
G. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to
occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the
following issues:
1. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered Requests for Information.
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 6
5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time.
H. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before
each regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions
have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the
report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including,
but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and
activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.
I. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar
days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule
indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule.
Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to
achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.
J. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate
contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor
with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and
post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have
completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in
performance of construction activities.
1.8 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction
schedule within seven days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction
activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of
the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
1.9 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS
A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-
chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for
the Notice to Proceed.
1. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information
received since the start of Project.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 7
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete,
indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within
time bar.
1.10 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. Equipment at Project site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence
of rain or snow.
7. Testing and inspection.
8. Accidents.
9. Meetings and significant decisions.
10. Unusual events.
11. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
12. Meter readings and similar recordings.
13. Emergency procedures.
14. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
15. Change Orders received and implemented.
16. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
17. Services connected and disconnected.
18. Equipment or system tests and startups.
19. Partial completions and occupancies.
20. Substantial Completions authorized.
B. Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive
list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing
materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement
of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or
stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials:
1. Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage.
2. Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and
installed.
3. Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage.
C. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site
conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit
with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions,
together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS
DOCUMENTATION
01 3200 - 8
D. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at
Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special
report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel,
evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in
advance when these events are known or predictable.
1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an
occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3200
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 1
SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Periodic construction photographs.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic
documentation as Project Record Documents at Project closeout.
2. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of
demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
3. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before
selective demolition operations commence.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points
marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of
construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation.
B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three days of taking photographs.
1. Submit photos by uploading to web-based project software site. Include copy of
key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction.
2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in
web-based project software site:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date photograph was taken.
f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction.
g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 2
1.4 FORMATS AND MEDIA
A. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera
with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than
3200 by 2400 pixels. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions.
B. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without
alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.
C. Metadata: Record accurate date and time from camera.
D. File Names: Name media files with date and sequential numbering suffix.
1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographer: Engage a qualified photographer to take construction photographs.
B. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus.
1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each
photographic location.
C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition, take photographs
of Project site, including existing items to remain during construction, from different
vantage points, as directed by Architect.
1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.
D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 20 photographs weekly. Select vantage
points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.
Provide photographs of spaces that contain utilities before enclosing finishes are
installed.
E. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic
photographs specified.
1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.
2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.
3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. Special events planned at Project site.
b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or
losses.
c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site.
These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3233
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1
SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Submittal schedule requirements.
2. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment
and the schedule of values.
2. Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting
coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based
Project software.
3. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting
schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.
4. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting preconstruction
photographs, periodic construction photographs, and final completion
construction photographs.
5. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection
reports, and schedule of tests and inspections.
6. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and
maintenance material submittals.
7. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
8. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings,
record Specifications, and record Product Data.
9. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of
demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in
individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do
not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying
with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual
Specification Sections as "informational submittals."
1.4 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in
chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required
for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted
by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those
corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values,
and Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of
Contractor's construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and
timing for submittals.
3. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal Category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
g. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
h. Scheduled date of fabrication.
i. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.
1.5 SUBMITTAL FORMATS
A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal:
1. Project name.
2. Date.
3. Name of Architect.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification
Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier; and alphanumeric suffix
for resubmittals.
8. Category and type of submittal.
9. Submittal purpose and description.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3
10. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic
name for each of multiple items.
11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
12. Indication of full or partial submittal.
13. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
14. Other necessary identification.
15. Remarks.
16. Signature of transmitter.
B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.
C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations
from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and
limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those
requested by Architect on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each
submittal or noting on attached separate sheet.
D. Submittals for Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files. Name
PDF file with submittal number.
1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of
submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1. Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package, and transmit to Architect by sending
via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line
as requested by Architect.
a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a
digital Project Record Document file.
2. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to
web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software
site to fully identify submittal.
a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a
digital Project Record Document file.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently
unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved
submittal schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same
Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4
4. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in
different Sections so processing will not be delayed because of need to review
submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No
extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise
Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
3. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's
consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review
of each submittal.
D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial
submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent
of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's
action stamp.
E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors,
suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only
final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action
stamp.
1.7 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of
construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard
published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product
Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 5
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on
accompanying Shop Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrent with
Samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not
base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed
data.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the
following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of
these characteristics with other materials.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories
together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that
includes the following:
a. Project name and submittal number.
b. Generic description of Sample.
c. Product name and name of manufacturer.
d. Sample source.
e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.
f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.
3. Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to
web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software
site to fully identify submittal.
4. Paper Transmittal: Include paper transmittal including complete submittal
information indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 6
5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for
quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity.
Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction
associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition
at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as
Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.
6. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of
units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns
available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit two full set(s) of available choices where
color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected
from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return one set with options
selected.
7. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated,
prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in
manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for
use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples
include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or
fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of
repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color
range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Architect will retain one
Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned
Sample set as a project record Sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship,
fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar
characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is
inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at
least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of
variations.
D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written
summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the
Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.
2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
3. Number and name of room or space.
4. Location within room or space.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 7
E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and
experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and
addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information
specified.
F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance
with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections.
Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable.
Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page
of submittal.
G. Certificates:
1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes
signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and
certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign
documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where
indicated.
2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents
and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's
letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the
Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where
required.
4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and
personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record
of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS
forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.
H. Test and Research Reports:
1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency,
on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of
compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written
recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of
field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is
installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract
Documents.
3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on
testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material
for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing
agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of
tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance
requirements in the Contract Documents.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 8
5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product
produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract
Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and
witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by
a qualified testing agency.
6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building
code in effect for Project. Include the following information:
a. Name of evaluation organization.
b. Date of evaluation.
c. Time period when report is in effect.
d. Product and manufacturers' names.
e. Description of product.
f. Test procedures and results.
g. Limitations of use.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for
coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract
Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before
submitting to Architect.
B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform
approval stamp. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and
statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for
compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have
Contractor's review and approval.
1.9 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW
A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions
required, and return it.
1. Submittals by Web-Based Project Software: Architect will indicate, on Project
software website, the appropriate action. Architect will also indicate, via markup
on each submittal PDF file, the appropriate action.
B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or
will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each
submittal to appropriate party.
C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of
partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.
D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
returned for resubmittal without review.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 9
E. Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than
Contractor.
F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without
action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3300
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 1
SECTION 01 3516 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes special procedures for alteration work.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alteration Work: This term includes remodeling, renovation, repair, and maintenance
work performed within existing spaces or on existing surfaces as part of the Project.
B. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.
C. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Architect's prebid selection of
work to be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project.
D. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using
gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing
of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in
material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by
Architect.
F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match
original, or as otherwise indicated.
G. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and
finishes. This includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise
reinforcing or upgrading materials.
H. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original
item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.
I. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise
indicated.
J. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either
the same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 2
K. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.
L. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Alteration Work Subschedule: A construction schedule coordinating the sequencing
and scheduling of alteration work for entire Project, including each activity to be
performed, and based on Contractor's Construction Schedule. Secure time
commitments for performing critical construction activities from separate entities
responsible for alteration work.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best Work
results.
2. Coordinate sequence of alteration work activities to accommodate the following:
a. Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building.
b. Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.
c. Other known work in progress.
d. Tests and inspections.
3. Detail sequence of alteration work, with start and end dates.
4. Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Coordinate
shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
5. Use of elevator and stairs.
6. Equipment Data: List gross loaded weight, axle-load distribution, and wheel-base
dimension data for mobile and heavy equipment proposed for use in existing
structure. Do not use such equipment without certification from Contractor's
professional engineer that the structure can support the imposed loadings
without damage.
B. Pedestrian and Vehicular Circulation: Coordinate alteration work with circulation
patterns within Project building(s) and site. Some work is near circulation patterns and
adjacent to restricted areas. Circulation patterns cannot be closed off entirely and in
places can be only temporarily redirected around small areas of work as permitted by
the owner and authority having jurisdiction. Access to restricted areas may not be
obstructed. Plan and execute the Work accordingly.
1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS FOR ALTERATION WORK
A. Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work: Before starting alteration work,
Construction Manager will conduct conference at Project site.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager,
Architect, and Contractor, testing service representative, specialists, and
chemical-cleaner manufacturer(s) shall be represented at the meeting.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress of alteration
work, including review of the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 3
a. Alteration Work Subschedule: Discuss and finalize; verify availability of
materials, specialists' personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make
progress and avoid delays.
b. Fire-prevention plan.
c. Governing regulations.
d. Areas where existing construction is to remain and the required protection.
e. Hauling routes.
f. Sequence of alteration work operations.
g. Storage, protection, and accounting for salvaged and specially fabricated
items.
h. Existing conditions, staging, and structural loading limitations of areas
where materials are stored.
i. Qualifications of personnel assigned to alteration work and assigned
duties.
j. Requirements for extent and quality of work, tolerances, and required
clearances.
k. Embedded work such as flashings and lintels, special details, collection of
waste, protection of occupants and the public, and condition of other
construction that affects the Work or will affect the work.
3. Reporting: Record conference results and distribute copies to everyone in
attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from
conference.
B. Coordination Meetings: Conduct coordination meetings specifically for alteration work
at weekly intervals. Coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for
other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager,
Architect, and Contractor, each specialist, supplier, installer, and other entity
concerned with progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of
alteration work activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants
at conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters
relating to alteration work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous coordination
meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress of
alteration work. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Alteration Work Subschedule: Review progress since last coordination
meeting. Determine whether each schedule item is on time, ahead of
schedule, or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind
schedule will be expedited with retention of quality; secure commitments
from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are
required to ensure that current and subsequent activities are completed
within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Alteration Work Subschedule after
each coordination meeting where revisions to schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each
meeting.
c. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including review
items listed in the "Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work" Paragraph
in this article and the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 4
1) Interface requirements of alteration work with other Project Work.
2) Status of submittals for alteration work.
3) Access to alteration work locations.
4) Effectiveness of fire-prevention plan.
5) Quality and work standards of alteration work.
6) Change Orders for alteration work.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in
attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each
meeting.
1.6 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and
their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of
interest or value to Owner that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work,
regardless of whether they were previously documented, remain Owner's property.
1. Carefully dismantle and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent
damage and protect it from damage, then promptly deliver it to Owner where
directed at Project site.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Alteration Work Subschedule:
1. Submit alteration work subschedule within 30 days of date established for
commencement of alteration work.
B. Preconstruction Documentation: Show preexisting conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements that are to remain, including finish surfaces, that might be
misconstrued as damage caused by Contractor's alteration work operations.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Specialist Qualifications: An experienced firm regularly engaged in specialty work
similar in nature, materials, design, and extent to alteration work as specified in each
Section and that has completed a minimum of [five] <Insert number> recent projects
with a record of successful in-service performance that demonstrates the firm's
qualifications to perform this work.
1. Field Supervisor Qualifications: Full-time supervisors experienced in specialty
work similar in nature, material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project. Supervisors shall be on-site when specialty work begins and during its
progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project except for causes
beyond the control of the specialist firm.
a. Construct new mockups of required work whenever a supervisor is
replaced.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 5
B. Title X Requirement: Each firm conducting activities that disturb painted surfaces shall
be a "Lead-Safe Certified Firm" according to 40 CFR 745, Subpart E, and use only
workers that are trained in lead-safe work practices.
C. Alteration Work Program: Prepare a written plan for alteration work for whole Project,
including each phase or process and protection of surrounding materials during
operations. Show compliance with indicated methods and procedures specified in this
and other Sections. Coordinate this whole-Project alteration work program with specific
requirements of programs required in other alteration work Sections.
1. Dust and Noise Control: Include locations of proposed temporary dust- and
noise-control partitions and means of egress from occupied areas coordinated
with continuing on-site operations and other known work in progress.
2. Debris Hauling: Include plans clearly marked to show debris hauling routes,
turning radii, and locations and details of temporary protective barriers.
D. Fire-Prevention Plan: Prepare a written plan for preventing fires during the Work,
including placement of fire extinguishers, fire blankets, rag buckets, and other fire-
control devices during each phase or process. Coordinate plan with Owner's fire-
protection equipment and requirements. Include fire-watch personnel's training, duties,
and authority to enforce fire safety.
E. Safety and Health Standard: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6.
1.9 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS
A. Salvaged Materials:
1. Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged items unless more extensive cleaning
is indicated.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning; cushion against damage during handling.
Label contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
B. Salvaged Materials for Reinstallation:
1. Repair and clean items for reuse as indicated.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during
handling. Label contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for
new materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections,
supports, and miscellaneous materials to make items functional for use indicated.
C. Existing Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage
and soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Architect, items may be
dismantled and taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction work
and reinstalled in their original locations after alteration and other construction work in
the vicinity is complete.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 6
D. Storage: Catalog and store items within a weathertight enclosure where they are
protected from moisture, weather, condensation, and freezing temperatures.
1. Identify each item for reinstallation with a nonpermanent mark to document its
original location. Indicate original locations on plans, elevations, sections, or
photographs by annotating the identifying marks.
2. Secure stored materials to protect from theft.
3. Control humidity so that it does not exceed 85 percent. Maintain temperatures 5
deg F or more above the dew point.
E. Storage Space:
1. Owner will arrange for limited on-site location(s) for free storage of salvaged
material. This storage space does not include security for stored material.
Securing materials are the responsibility of the general contractor.
2. Arrange for off-site locations for storage and protection of salvaged material that
cannot be stored and protected on-site.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions that affect the Work by use of
measured drawings, preconstruction photographs, and, preconstruction videotapes .
1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3233 "Photographic
Documentation."
B. Discrepancies: Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and
Drawings before proceeding with removal and dismantling work.
C. Size Limitations in Existing Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for
performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of
sizes that clear surfaces within existing spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including
temporary protection, by 12 inches or more.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants,
and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from alteration work.
1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being
protected.
2. Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the
public from areas where alteration work is being performed.
3. Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 7
4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and
vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during alteration work.
5. Contain dust and debris generated by alteration work, and prevent it from
reaching the public or adjacent surfaces.
6. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural
elements.
7. Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and
staining.
8. Provide supplemental sound-control treatment to isolate demolition work from
other areas of the building.
B. Temporary Protection of Materials to Remain:
1. Protect existing materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not
remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated.
2. Do not attach temporary protection to existing surfaces except as indicated as
part of the alteration work program.
C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and
precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and
adjacent materials, components, and vegetation.
D. Utility and Communications Services:
1. Notify Owner, Architect, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or
controlling wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by alteration work
before commencing operations.
2. Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having
jurisdiction, as required for alteration work.
3. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and
protect against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during
interruptions to existing utilities.
E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to ensure
that it is functioning properly. Notify Architect immediately of inadequate drainage or
blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is functioning
properly.
1. Prevent solids such as adhesive or mortar residue or other debris from entering
the drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that become sluggish or
blocked by sand or other materials resulting from alteration work.
2. Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only
clean water to pass.
F. Existing Roofing: Prior to the start of work in an area, install roofing protection.
3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE
A. General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 8
1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated. Perform duties
titled "Owner's Responsibility for Fire Protection."
2. Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste,
and chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work.
a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover
such materials.
B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following
procedures while performing work with heat-generating equipment or combustible
materials, including welding, torch-cutting, soldering, brazing, removing paint with heat,
or other operations where open flames or implements using high heat or combustible
solvents and chemicals are anticipated:
1. Obtain Owner's approval for operations involving use of welding or other high-
heat equipment. Use of open-flame equipment is not permitted. Notify Owner at
least 72 hours before each occurrence, indicating location of such work.
2. As far as practicable, restrict heat-generating equipment to shop areas or outside
the building.
3. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas
where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be
present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe.
4. Use fireproof baffles to prevent flames, sparks, hot gases, or other high-
temperature material from reaching surrounding combustible material.
5. Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows,
doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings.
6. Fire Watch: Before working with heat-generating equipment or combustible
materials, station personnel to serve as a fire watch at each location where such
work is performed. Fire-watch personnel shall have the authority to enforce fire
safety. Station fire watch according to NFPA 51B, NFPA 241, and as follows:
a. Train each fire watch in the proper operation of fire-control equipment and
alarms.
b. Prohibit fire-watch personnel from other work that would be a distraction
from fire-watch duties.
c. Cease work with heat-generating equipment whenever fire-watch
personnel are not present.
d. Have fire-watch personnel perform final fire-safety inspection each day
beginning no sooner than 30 minutes after conclusion of work in each area
to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper fire
prevention is maintained.
e. Maintain fire-watch personnel at each area of Project site until 60 minutes
after conclusion of daily work.
C. Fire-Control Devices: Provide and maintain fire extinguishers, fire blankets, and rag
buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each as suitable for the
type of fire risk in each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel and the fire-watch
personnel are trained in fire-extinguisher and blanket use.
D. Sprinklers: Where sprinkler protection exists and is functional, maintain it without
interruption while operations are being performed. If operations are performed close to
sprinklers, shield them temporarily with guards.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 9
1. Remove temporary guards at the end of work shifts, whenever operations are
paused, and when nearby work is complete.
3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS
A. Protect motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and
surrounding buildings from harm or spillage resulting from applications of chemicals
and adhesives.
B. Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proven to resist chemicals
selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces as
indicated in alteration work program. Use covering materials and masking agents that
are waterproof and UV resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to
which they are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to painted or porous
surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials.
C. Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected
surfaces.
D. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
E. Collect and dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner
that prevents soil contamination, soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations,
damage to landscaping, or water penetration into building interior.
3.4 GENERAL ALTERATION WORK
A. Have specialty work performed only by qualified specialists.
B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its
progress.
C. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress
during the work. Use digital preconstruction documentation photographs or video
recordings. Comply with requirements in Section 01 3233 "Photographic
Documentation."
D. Perform surveys of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting
from alterations.
E. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether
from environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or
thawing or from structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.
1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.
END OF SECTION 01 3516
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1
SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work
results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in
individual Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other
quality-assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with
the Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control
services required by Architect, Owner, Commissioning Authority, or authorities
having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" unless otherwise
further described means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous
projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special
requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Field Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for
installation of the Work and for completed Work.
C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require
that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized
individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2
D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before
products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or
compliance with specified criteria.
E. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized
testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited
according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or
by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified
requirements.
F. Source Quality-Control Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source;
for example, plant, mill, factory, or shop.
G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both.
Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
H. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and
during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and
substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
I. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during
and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the
Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-
control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect.
1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more
standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish
different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply
with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different,
but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply
exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum
within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values
are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For Reflected Ceiling Plan
1. Prior to procurement or fabrication, provide coordinated ceiling plan including all
devices, finishes, and heights of all ceiling related items to architect for review.
B. Quality Control Walk: Summary and Resolution Document
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3
1. Prior to installation of wall gypsum board or finishes, but after installation of
framing and device back box enclosures, the contractor shall coordinate a review
walk with the owner and design team. Contractor to include this walk in the
project schedule for coordination with the required attendees as to not impact the
project schedule.
2. Attendees to the walk include contractor, design team, owner, and
subcontractors related to devices and wall framing.
3. Walk to include all framing and wall device box locations for review of final
location prior to installation.
4. From the walk, contractor to author a report summarizing all comments from the
walk for owner sign off. Installation of drywall and wall finishes shall not
commence without sign off by the owner.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities
and responsibilities.
B. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance"
Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications
in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized
authority.
D. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified.
E. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents
established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of
the Work.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice to
Proceed, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in
format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions,
tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and
quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule.
B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and
experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control
procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project.
1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 4
C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements
through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of
personnel responsible for submittal review.
D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of
Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following:
1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including Subcontractor-performed
tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-
elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality-control tests and
inspections from field quality-control tests and inspections.
2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on
the Statement of Special Inspections.
3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract
Documents, including tests and inspections indicated to be performed by
Commissioning Authority.
E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection
during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to
testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to
bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract
requirements and approved mockups.
F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of
approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming
or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into
compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in
other Sections. Include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and
testing and inspection.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies
with the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 5
B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information
documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified
in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical
representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of
product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information
documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and
inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized
service representative making report.
2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed
performance complies with requirements.
4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification
levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As
applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification
requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service
representative requirements.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying,
or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service
performance.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 6
E. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities
shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations.
Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for
the activities indicated.
1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for
specialists.
F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with
the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as
documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in
individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is
acceptable to authorities.
G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative
of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect
installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to
those indicated for this Project.
H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative
of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those
indicated for this Project.
1.10 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's
responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of
testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection
they are engaged to perform.
2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances,
as authorized by Change Orders.
3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated
by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to
Contractor.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are
Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether
specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those
required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services
required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that
requires testing or inspection will be performed.
3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit
a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
4. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 7
5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having
jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were
Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and
reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract
Documents.
D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Commissioning Authority
and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform
required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of
irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its
services.
2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-
situ tests are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether
tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform duties of Contractor.
E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation,
including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300
"Submittal Procedures."
F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's
technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical
representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences,
examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of
Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of
written reports.
G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives
performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide
reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of
operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing
and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.
6. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at
Project site.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 8
H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-
assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity
of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
1.11 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency as required by
authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as
follows:
1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control
procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures
to perform the Work.
2. Notifying Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor promptly of
irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its
services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-
control service to Architect and Commissioning Authority with copy to Contractor
and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
1.12 SCHEDULE OF WARRANTIES
A. Warranties shall cover the full cost of replacement on a non-prorated basis, including
product procurement, shipping, taxes, permits, installation, impact to owner's business
continuity, engineering support, owner staffing support costs, owner training, and
commissioning.
B. Three months prior to the completion of the warranty period, each supplier shall be
required to offer an extended warranty to the owner and communicate that warranty
opportunity with the owner's facilities engineering staff. A record of this communication
shall be provided to the owner for record. If no communication is provided to the owner,
the owner shall be afforded the opportunity to purchase an extended warranty on the
equipment and/or system in the future at the owner's discretion.
C. Each product or system shall be warranted as as defined in each section of the
contract documents, but shall not be less than the following:
1. Roofing Systems Modifications: 7 years.
2. HVAC System & Products: 1 year
3. HVAC Compressors: 5 years
4. Electrical System & Products: 1 year
5. LED Lighting: 5 years
6. Plumbing System & Products: 1 year
7. Life Safety, Fire Protection, Fire Alarm, and Low Votage System & Products: 1
year
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 9
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the
following:
1. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access
to test and inspection log for Architect's, Commissioning Authority's, reference during
normal working hours.
1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample taking, and similar services,
repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore
patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams
that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document
requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01 4000
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 1
SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals,
applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities
having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction
industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work
to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of
Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description
of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and
effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent
referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 2
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract
Documents unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar
with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable
standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in
the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate
as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com.
2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org.
3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials;
www.aapfco.org.
4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials;
www.transportation.org.
5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists;
www.aatcc.org.
6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association;
www.americanbearings.org.
7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com.
8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International);
www.abma.com.
9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org.
10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org.
11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org.
12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org.
13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org.
14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The);
www.ahrinet.org.
15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org.
16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org.
17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org.
18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org.
19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org.
20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.;
www.amca.org.
21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org.
22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com.
23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org.
24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org.
25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org.
26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).
27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI).
28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 3
29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org.
30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute;
(See ASCE).
31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Engineers; www.ashrae.org.
32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers);
www.asme.org.
33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org.
34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org.
35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org.
36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org.
37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org.
38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org.
39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada;
www.awmac.com.
40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com.
41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org.
42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org.
43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association;
www.buildershardware.com.
44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com.
45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org.
46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture
Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org.
47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org.
48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton
Federation); www.bissc.org.
49. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org.
50. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca.
51. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org.
52. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.;
www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com.
53. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org.
54. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com.
55. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org.
56. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org.
57. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org.
58. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org.
59. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com.
60. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org.
61. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org.
62. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org.
63. CSA - Canadian Standards Association; www.csa.ca.
64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services);
www.csa-international.org.
65. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org.
66. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org.
67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute);
www.cti.org.
68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA).
69. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association;
www.dasma.com.
70. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 4
71. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA).
72. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See
ECIA).
73. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org.
74. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA).
75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com.
76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org.
77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org.
78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA).
79. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org.
80. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org.
81. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball
Federation); www.fiba.com.
82. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball
Federation); www.fivb.org.
83. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com.
84. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com.
85. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association,
Inc.; www.floridaroof.com.
86. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com.
87. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org.
88. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org.
89. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com.
90. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org.
91. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org.
92. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See
AHRI).
93. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM).
94. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org.
95. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com.
96. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants;
www.iapsc.org.
97. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org.
98. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA).
99. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC).
100. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.
101. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net.
102. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org.
103. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org.
104. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; http://www.iec.ch.
105. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org.
106. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering
Society of North America); www.ies.org.
107. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES).
108. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org.
109. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org.
110. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association;
www.igshpa.okstate.edu.
111. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com.
112. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA);
www.intertek.com.
113. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation,
Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 5
114. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA).
115. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International
Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org.
116. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org.
117. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA).
118. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home.
119. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org.
120. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA).
121. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org.
122. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com.
123. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org.
124. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org.
125. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.;
www.metalframingmfg.org.
126. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org.
127. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com.
128. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com.
129. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com.
130. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry
Inc.; www.mss-hq.org.
131. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers;
www.naamm.org.
132. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers
International); www.nace.org.
133. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com.
134. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.org.
135. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com.
136. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org.
137. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org.
138. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org.
139. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org.
140. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org.
141. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org.
142. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org.
143. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org.
144. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org.
145. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org.
146. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA).
147. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org.
148. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com.
149. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org.
150. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA).
151. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association;
www.nomma.org.
152. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net.
153. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org.
154. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org.
155. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org.
156. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org.
157. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com.
158. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org.
159. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org.
160. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 6
161. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology
Association); www.plasa.org.
162. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org.
163. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com.
164. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com.
165. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org.
166. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org.
167. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org.
168. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org.
169. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The);
www.sefalabs.com.
170. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers;
(See ASCE).
171. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org.
172. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org.
173. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org.
174. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association;
www.smacna.org.
175. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org.
176. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org.
177. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org.
178. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org.
179. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org.
180. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com.
181. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org.
182. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com.
183. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com.
184. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org.
185. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org.
186. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com.
187. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org.
188. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA -
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance);
www.tiaonline.org.
189. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries
Alliance; (See TIA).
190. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org.
191. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org.
192. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org.
193. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org.
194. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com.
195. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org.
196. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org.
197. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org.
198. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org.
199. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org.
200. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org.
201. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org.
202. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com.
203. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org.
204. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com.
205. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 7
B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract
Documents.
1. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials;
www.iapmo.org.
2. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.
3. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.
C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of
the date of the Contract Documents.
1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.
2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.
3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and
Technology; www.nist.gov.
4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.
6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.
7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.
8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.
10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.
11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy
Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov.
12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.
13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.
14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research
Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org.
15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity
Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.
16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.
17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of
Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.
18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org.
19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.
D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change
and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents.
1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office;
www.gpo.gov/fdsys.
2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available
from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS).
4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS).
5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services;
www.quicksearch.dla.mil.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
REFERENCES 01 4200 - 8
a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil.
b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.
c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building
Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.
6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD).
7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov.
8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board;
(See USAB).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 4200
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 1
SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility
interruptions.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be
included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged
in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not
limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing
agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for
construction operations.
C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for
construction operations.
D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by
all entities for construction operations.
E. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water
system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges.
Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
F. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing
system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges.
Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
G. Sewer, Water, and Electric Power Service: Use charges are specified in Section 01
1200 "Multiple Contract Summary."
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 2
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections,
staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for
construction personnel.
B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of date established for
commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and
termination dates of each temporary utility.
C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details,
including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message
content.
D. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA
Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more
stringent.
E. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities
having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-
prevention program.
F. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting
materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold.
G. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates
the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and
proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following:
1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work.
2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing.
3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge.
4. Waste-handling procedures.
5. Other dust-control measures.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect
each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States
Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 3
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to
assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent
service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless
of previously assigned responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch , 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link
fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-
inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top
rails .
B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch , 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel,
chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts;
minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-
5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts.
C. Fencing Windscreen Privacy Screen: Polyester fabric scrim with grommets for
attachment to chain link fence, sized to height of fence, in color selected by Architect
from manufacturer's standard colors.
D. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with
flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test
Method 2.
E. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-Off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60
inches .
F. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock
wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,
respectively.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes,
temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Field Offices, General: Owner will provide conditioned interior space for field offices for
duration of Project upon completion of demolition and enclosure.
C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 4
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required
by locations and classes of fire exposures.
B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide
vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space
thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type
heating units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system
for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each
return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC
system as required in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures."
C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with
four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run
continuously.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL
A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of
temporary utilities to minimize waste.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually
incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged
materials that are designated as Owner's property.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required
by progress of the Work.
1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 1000
"Summary."
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until
facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed
permanent facilities.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 5
3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service
can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures
adequate for construction.
D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain
water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion,
restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use
of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction
for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as
facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At
Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial
use.
F. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by
construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting
installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select
equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements
being installed.
1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient
and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application
of finishes and their proper curing or drying.
G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from
entering occupied areas.
1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be
performed.
a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems
servicing occupied areas.
b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air-
filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition
construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is
complete.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 6
2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on
dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using
portable dust-containment devices.
3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-
filter-equipped vacuum equipment.
H. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain
equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner.
I. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of
sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. Install electric power service unless otherwise indicated.
2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by
Owner.
J. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate
illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic
conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection
requirements without operating entire system.
K. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for
use by all construction personnel. Install WiFi cell phone access equipment and one
land-based telephone line(s) for each field office.
1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. Provide one telephone line(s) for Owner's use.
2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
c. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number.
e. Architect's office.
f. Engineers' offices.
g. Owner's office.
h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
L. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a computer in the primary field office
adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and
maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following:
1. Processor: Intel Core i5 minimum.
2. Memory: 4 gigabyte.
3. Disk Storage: 500 gigabyte hard-disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW
drive.
4. Display: 24-inch LCD monitor with 256-Mb dedicated video RAM.
5. Full-size keyboard and mouse.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 7
6. Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet.
7. Operating System: Microsoft Windows 7 Professional.
8. Productivity Software:
a. Microsoft Office Professional, 2010 or higher, including Word, Excel, and
Outlook.
b. Adobe Reader 11.0 or higher.
c. WinZip 7.0 or higher.
9. Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing,
photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of these three
functions.
10. Internet Service: Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with hardware
firewall, providing minimum 1.0 Mbps upload and 15 Mbps download speeds at
each computer.
11. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware,
phishing, and spam protection in a combined application.
12. Backup: External hard drive, minimum 2 terrabyte, with automated backup
software providing daily backups.
3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible
according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.
2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion
inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after
Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under
conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and
paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved
areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply
treatment as required to minimize dust.
C. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary
roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas.
Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction
operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits
indicated, as necessary for construction operations.
1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads
and paved areas.
2. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material,
regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing.
D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 8
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and
utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
E. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel.
F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform
public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3. Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times.
H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419
"Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
I. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to
handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 01 7300
"Execution."
J. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered
"tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
K. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted unless as provided in writing
by the owner. .
L. Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be permitted, provided
elevators are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At
Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use,
including replacing worn cables, guide shoes, and similar items of limited life.
1. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity.
2. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to
protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection,
elevators become damaged, engage elevator Installer to restore damaged work
so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be
refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or
provide new units as required.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 9
M. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where
ladders are not adequate.
N. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs
are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial
Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to
protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged,
restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.
O. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be
permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time
of Substantial Completion.
3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures,
utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except
those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of
existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to
access property for that purpose.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize
possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects.
1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary."
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of EPA
Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more
stringent and.
D. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil
erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed
areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA
Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more
stringent.
1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by
construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant-protection zones.
2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures
during construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and
sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project.
4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas
disturbed during removal.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 10
E. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent
flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
F. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 5639
"Temporary Tree and Plant Protection."
G. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the
drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations.
Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
H. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize
attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform
extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests
and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using
materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed
areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,
vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each
workday.
J. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and
lighting.
K. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as
indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
L. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage of individuals
through or adjacent to Project site. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and
obstructions. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Provide overhead decking, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades,
warning signs, exit signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar
provisions for protection and safe passage.
2. Paint and maintain appearance of walkway for duration of the Work.
M. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations,
and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete,
insulate temporary enclosures.
N. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt
migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on
occupied side, and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations
side.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 11
2. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet on each
side. Cover floor with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18
inches up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with
fire-retardant-treated plywood.
a. Construct vestibule and airlock at each entrance through temporary
partition with not less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water-
dampened foot mats in vestibule.
3. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by
authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated
assemblies.
4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas.
5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and
security locks where openings are required.
6. Protect air-handling equipment.
7. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.
O. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of
types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.
Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.
1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking
specified in other Sections.
2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and
similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for
personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish
procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.
4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a
warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not
to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation,
and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage.
1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for
mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged
Work.
2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive
materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with
water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction
has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.
3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work.
B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials
are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 12
1. Protect porous materials from water damage.
2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.
3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with
concrete.
4. Remove standing water from decks.
5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.
C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before
full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to
infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:
1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items
with high organic content, into partially enclosed building.
2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.
3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic
matter.
4. Discard or replace water-damaged material.
5. Do not install material that is wet.
6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.
7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry
before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes.
D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure
but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:
1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in
conditions.
2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges
specified for installed and stored materials.
3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative
humidity, and exposure to water limits.
a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and
gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of
construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and
require replacing.
b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture
during construction operations or after installation. Record readings
beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify
materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in
writing to Architect.
c. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their
manufactured moisture level within 48 hours.
3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste
and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 13
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service
has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no
later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent
construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary
facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that
cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of
Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification
signs.
2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for
integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape
development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements
for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other
petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of
plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at
temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used
during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in
Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01 5000
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 01 5639 - 1
SECTION 01 5639 – TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION AND TRIMMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the protection and trimming of existing trees that interfere
with, or are affected by, execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent
construction.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 31 Section "Earthwork" for building and utility trench excavation,
backfilling, compacting and grading requirements, and soil materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to
remain during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the
perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule from arborist detailing scope and
extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by
construction.
C. Qualification Data: For tree service firm and arborist.
D. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been
protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees
were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged.
E. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees
affected by construction during and after completing the Work.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 01 5639 - 2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tree Service Firm Qualifications: An experienced tree service firm that has
successfully completed tree protection and trimming work similar to that required
for this Project and that will assign an experienced, qualified arborist to Project
site during execution of tree protection and trimming.
B. Arborist Qualifications: An arborist certified by ISA or licensed in the jurisdiction
where Project is located.
C. Tree Pruning Standard: Comply with ANSI A300 (Part 1), "Tree, Shrub, and
Other Woody Plant Maintenance--Standard Practices (Pruning)."
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1. Before tree protection and trimming operations begin, meet with
representatives of authorities having jurisdiction, Owner, Architect,
consultants, and other concerned entities to review tree protection and
trimming procedures and responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Drainage Fill: Selected crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, washed,
ASTM D 448, Size 24, with 90 to 100 percent passing a 2-1/2-inch sieve and not
more than 10 percent passing a 3/4-inch sieve.
B. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic matter and
sand, silt, and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of
brown, gray, or red than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay
lumps, gravel, and other objects more than 1 inch in diameter; and free of weeds,
roots, and toxic and other nonsoil materials.
1. Obtain topsoil only from well-drained sites where topsoil is 4 inches deep
or more; do not obtain from bogs or marshes.
C. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, nonwoven, pervious, geotextile fabric of
polypropylene, nylon, or polyester fibers.
D. Chain-Link Fence: Metallic-coated steel chain-link fence fabric of 0.120-inch-
diameter wire; a minimum of 48 inches high; with 1.9-inch- diameter line posts;
2-3/8-inch- diameter terminal and corner posts; 1-5/8-inch- diameter top rail; and
0.177-inch- diameter bottom tension wire; with tie wires, hog ring ties, and other
accessories for a complete fence system.
E. Organic Mulch: Shredded hardwood, free of deleterious materials.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 01 5639 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Fencing: Install temporary fencing around tree protection zones to
protect remaining trees and vegetation from construction damage. Maintain
temporary fence and remove when construction is complete.
1. Install chain-link fence according to ASTM F 567 and manufacturer's
written instructions.
B. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious
materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root
systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering
operations.
C. Mulch areas inside tree protection zone and within drip line of trees to remain
and other areas indicated.
1. Apply 2-inch average thickness of organic mulch. Do not place mulch
within 6 inches of tree trunks.
D. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material inside tree
protection zones. Do not permit vehicles or foot traffic within tree protection
zones; prevent soil compaction over root systems.
E. Maintain tree protection zones free of weeds and trash.
F. Do not allow fires within tree protection zones.
3.2 EXCAVATION
A. Install shoring or other protective support systems to minimize sloping or
benching of excavations.
B. Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Where excavation for new construction is required within tree protection zones,
hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine
spading forks and comb soil to expose roots.
1. Redirect roots in backfill areas where possible. If encountering large,
main lateral roots, expose roots beyond excavation limits as required to
bend and redirect them without breaking. If encountered immediately
adjacent to location of new construction and redirection is not practical,
cut roots approximately 3 inches back from new construction.
2. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill.
Provide temporary earth cover or pack with peat moss and wrap with
burlap. Water and maintain in a moist condition. Temporarily support
and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and
covered with soil.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 01 5639 - 4
D. Where utility trenches are required within tree protection zones, tunnel under or
around roots by drilling, auger boring, pipe jacking, or digging by hand.
1. Root Pruning: Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller
roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots with sharp
pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
3.3 REGRADING
.
A. Grade Lowering: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade
around trees, slope grade away from trees as recommended by arborist, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Root Pruning: Prune tree roots exposed during grade lowering. Do not
cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots. Cut roots with
sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
B. Minor Fill: Where existing grade is 6 inches or less below elevation of finish
grade, fill with topsoil. Place topsoil in a single uncompacted layer and hand
grade to required finish elevations.
C. Moderate Fill: Where existing grade is more than 6 inches but less than 12 inches
below elevation of finish grade, place drainage fill, filter fabric, and topsoil on
existing grade as follows:
1. Carefully place drainage fill against tree trunk approximately 2 inches
above elevation of finish grade and extend not less than 18 inches from
tree trunk on all sides. For balance of area within drip-line perimeter,
place drainage fill up to 6 inches below elevation of grade.
2. Place filter fabric with edges overlapping 6 inches minimum.
3. Place fill layer of topsoil to finish grade. Do not compact drainage fill or
topsoil. Hand grade to required finish elevations.
3.4 TREE PRUNING
A. Prune trees to remain that are affected by temporary and permanent
construction.
B. Prune trees to remain to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting
root system. Provide subsequent maintenance during Contract period as
recommended by arborist.
C. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1).
D. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.
E. Chip removed tree branches and dispose of off-site.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 01 5639 - 5
3.5 TREE REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A. Promptly repair trees damaged by construction operations within 24 hours.
Treat damaged trunks, limbs, and roots according to arborist's written
instructions.
B. Remove and replace trees indicated to remain that die or are damaged during
construction operations that arborist determines are incapable of restoring to
normal growth pattern.
1. Provide new trees of same size and species as those being replaced;
plant and maintain as specified in Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants."
2. Provide new trees of 6-inch caliper size and of a equal species, as
determined by the owner, when damaged trees of more than 6 inches in
caliper size, measured 12 inches above grade, are required to be
replaced. Plant and maintain new trees as specified in Division 2
Section "Exterior Plants."
C. Aerate surface soil, compacted during construction, 10 feet beyond drip line and
no closer than 36 inches to tree trunk. Drill 2-inch- diameter holes a minimum of 12
inches deep at 24 inches o.c. Backfill holes with an equal mix of augered soil and
sand.
3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Burning is not permitted.
B. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material and displaced trees from Owner's
property.
END OF SECTION 01 5639
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 1
SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products
for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard
warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance.
2. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate.
3. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.
4. Section 01 4200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products
specified.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project
or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms
"material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including
make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's
published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another
project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect
through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function,
dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other
characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's
product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including
make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product
description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the
significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical
properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special
features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of
additional manufacturers named in the specification.
C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance
with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual
Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure.
In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet
the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product
from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the
specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each
comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation
method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing
numbers and titles.
1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in
"Comparable Products" Article.
2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable
product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of
proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or
seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is
later.
a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01 3300
"Submittal Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a
comparable product request within time allocated.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in
Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach
or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of
products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the
exterior.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3
1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or,
where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible
surface that is not conspicuous.
2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of
service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible
but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including
the following:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.
3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional
identification requirements.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent
damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for
items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's
original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and
instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract
Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly
protected.
C. Storage:
1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of
units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.
4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for
period of installation and concealment.
5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature,
humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials
and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 4
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,
other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and
limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer
for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to
provide specific rights for Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information
and properly executed.
2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications,
prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.
3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements
for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of
installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other
items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard
options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been
produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting
requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make
selection.
5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the
Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
1. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or
source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies
with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's
convenience will not be considered.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 5
a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …"
2. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both
manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with
requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience
will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …"
3. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of
both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or
an unnamed product, which complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to
compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: …"
4. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of
manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that
complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for
Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.
a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following: …"
5. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of
available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or
a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements.
a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to
compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products
may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following: …"
6. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a
product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the
specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other
named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles,
dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of
an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.
a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with
requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions
for convenience.
C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample,"
provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample.
Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 6
1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other
specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500
"Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.
D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by
Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that
complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture
from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.
2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider
Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are
satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests
without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract
Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the
indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed
comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type,
function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension,
durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements.
2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
4. Samples, if requested.
B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of
comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply
with specified submittal requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 6000
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 1
SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing
execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Installation of the Work.
4. Cutting and patching.
5. Coordination of Owner-installed products.
6. Progress cleaning.
7. Starting and adjusting.
8. Protection of installed construction.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.
2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.
3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for , replacing defective work, and final
cleaning.
4. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected
portions of the building.
5. Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated
construction.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or
performance of subsequent work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions
after installation of subsequent work.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior
to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 2
1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and
patching.
2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes
to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building
appearance and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will
perform patching work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that
cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems
that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate
length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted.
a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems
during interruption of permanent services and systems.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and
patching of construction elements.
1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify
Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect
before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting
and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could
change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection.
2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related
components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as
intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Fire separation assemblies.
c. Air or smoke barriers.
d. Fire-suppression systems.
e. Plumbing piping systems.
f. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
g. Control systems.
h. Communication systems.
i. Fire-detection and -alarm systems.
j. Conveying systems.
k. Electrical wiring systems.
l. Operating systems of special construction.
3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements
or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that
results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Other
construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 3
c. Exterior curtain-wall construction.
d. Sprayed fire-resistive material.
e. Equipment supports.
f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed
construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and
patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's
written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction
practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable
design requirements.
B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For
exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the
fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional
performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,
investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical
and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of
connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping;
underground electrical services; and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 4
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of
the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator
present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual
locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and
systems are to be installed.
3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of
the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:
1. Description of the Work.
2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
4. Recommended corrections.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are
indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the
need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions
outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect
according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment
and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and
90 inches in unoccupied spaces unless otherwise noted.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 5
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing
products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible
results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging
operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of
occupancy.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of
construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize
production of excessive noise levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to
be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the
Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products
to comply with indicated requirements.
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of
adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately
located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of
attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components
at heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor
bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to
form hairline joints.
J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work.
1. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing
and replacing defective Work.
3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching.
Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without
delay.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 6
1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore
surfaces to their original condition.
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with
materials so as not to void existing warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent
damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that
might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or
interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and
patching according to requirements in Section 01 1000 "Summary."
F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing
services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such
services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.
G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and
similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements
retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original
Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required,
and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings
when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or
a diamond-core drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to
be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to
prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are
complete.
H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar
operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as
invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements
specified in other Sections, where applicable.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate physical integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize
evidence of patching and refinishing.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 7
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other
finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space.
Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance.
Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if
necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply
primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the
patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing
the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent
surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an
even-plane surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores
enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity
of building enclosure.
I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove
paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed
by Owner's construction personnel.
1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction
schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on
a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required
due to differences in actual construction progress.
3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste
materials and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or
three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 8
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.
4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other
contractors are working concurrently.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum
the entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning
materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not
recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and
that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the
space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as
necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste
materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in
Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and
adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to
ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with
requirements in Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements."
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXECUTION 01 7300 - 9
C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper
operation without binding.
D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01
4000 "Quality Requirements."
3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to
remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at
commencement of the Work.
C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
END OF SECTION 01 7300
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 1
SECTION 01 7329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations
applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
a. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical
installations. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements
and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical
installations.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or
performance of other Work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions
after installation of other Work.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related
components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended
or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
B. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related
components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in
reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance
or decreased operational life or safety.
1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
2. Membranes and flashings.
3. Equipment supports.
4. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
5. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 2
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed
on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion,
reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has
been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
1. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work
listed below. If it is impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage
another recognized, experienced, and specialized firm.
a. Stonework and stone masonry.
b. Ornamental metal.
c. Preformed metal panels.
d. Roofing.
e. Firestopping.
f. Window wall system.
g. Wall covering.
h. HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers.
D. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties
involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review
areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve
potential conflicts before proceeding.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as
not to void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces,
use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent
possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and
patching are to be performed.
1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of
substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to
prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of
Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free
passage to adjoining areas
D. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or
abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to
occupied areas.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting
and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore
surfaces to their original condition.
2. For core drilling, contractor provided Hilti core drills shall be used. Hammer drills
or other types of core drilling will be allowed only with prior written approval by
Exempla Saint Joseph Hospital Facilities Management before commencing core
drill work.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and
similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements
retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original
Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 4
2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into
concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete/Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond- core drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2
Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.
5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are
complete.
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar
operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are
as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements
specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate
evidence of patching and refinishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space.
Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance.
Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if
necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate
paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken
surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends
with adjacent surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an
even- plane surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores
enclosure to a weathertight condition.
END OF SECTION 01 7329
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND
DISPOSAL
01 7419 - 1
SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
2. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste
resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction
waste includes packaging.
B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition
or selective demolition operations.
C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale,
recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse
in another facility.
E. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent
incorporation into the Work.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the
Notice to Proceed.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND
DISPOSAL
01 7419 - 2
B. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician
responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was
recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include
name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved
certification program.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and
requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste
reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or
volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.
B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition
construction waste generated by the Work. Use . Include estimated quantities and
assumptions for estimates.
C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged,
recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Use . Include points of waste
generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery,
and handling and transportation procedures.
1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in
this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before
incorporation into the Work.
2. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of.
Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator
facility.
3. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for
separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and
designated location where materials separation will be performed.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND
DISPOSAL
01 7419 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling,
containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement
waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.
1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01
5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management
procedures, as appropriate for the Work.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of
submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site.
Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and
disposal.
C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to
ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent
occupied and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating
materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. Comply with Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling
dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.
3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as
follows:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label
indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.
3. Store items in a secure area until installation.
4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials
and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make items functional for use indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND
DISPOSAL
01 7419 - 4
3.3 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused,
remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or
incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be
disposed of accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.
B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of
them.
END OF SECTION 01 7419
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1
SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures.
2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.
5. Repair of the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion
construction photographic documentation.
2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for additional operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
3. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings,
Record Specifications, and Record Product Data.
4. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements to train the
Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain products,
equipment, and systems.
5. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for Warranty Schedule.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent.
B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items
specified in other Sections.
1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be
completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on
the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10
days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List
items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having
jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services
and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including
project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or
settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific
warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections,
including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to
location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model
number.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of
maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each
item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain
Owner's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10
days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List
items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise
Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial
Completion.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of
products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video
recordings specified in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training."
6. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local
emergency responders.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3
7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
8. Complete final cleaning requirements.
9. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to
eliminate visual defects.
D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion
a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final
inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection
or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of
Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on
Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or
corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
completion.
1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining
final completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 2900 "Payment
Procedures."
2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial
Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list),
endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each
item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage
complying with insurance requirements.
4. Submit final completion photographic documentation.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a
minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final
inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection
or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate
for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be
completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected
by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including,
if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. .
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories
for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.
1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated
portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than
date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit
Owner's rights under warranty.
B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents
of Project Manual.
C. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble
complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with
bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at
beginning of document.
1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site or by email to Architect.
D. Warranties in Paper Form:
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf
binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive
8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate
warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed
description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and
the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
E. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to
comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and
antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building
cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated
portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction
activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste
material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and
other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-
textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free
condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid
disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective
surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including
roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and
similar spaces.
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;
clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains
remain.
j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and
windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-
obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch
surfaces.
k. Remove labels that are not permanent.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 6
l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and
other foreign substances.
m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including
stains resulting from water exposure.
n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean
exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during
construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on
inspection.
1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA ACR. Provide
written report on completion of cleaning.
p. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency.
q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for
determination of Substantial Completion.
B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing
defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials,
and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be
repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent
facilities used during construction to specified condition.
1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces,
and other damaged transparent materials.
2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair
or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification,
including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to
required labels and identification.
3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may
impede operation or reduce longevity.
4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
with requirements for new fixtures.
END OF SECTION 01 7700
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1
SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation
and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals.
2. Emergency manuals.
3. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
5. Product maintenance manuals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for
operation and maintenance manuals.
2. Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and
compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular
interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
C. Maintenance Personnel: Owner's Facilities Engineering Staff.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each
manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved
at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and
organized as required by this Section.
1. Architect and Commissioning Authority will comment on whether content of
operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2
2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to
revisions and field conditions.
B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format:
1. Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. Enable reviewer
comments on draft submittals.
C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before
commencing demonstration and training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will
comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.
D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection
for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and
training. Architect and Commissioning Authority will return copy with comments.
1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's and Commissioning
Authority's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of
receipt of Architect's and Commissioning Authority's comments and prior to
commencing demonstration and training.
E. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting
operation and maintenance documentation.
1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite
electronic PDF file for each manual type required.
1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available.
Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for
minimum readable file size.
2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file
names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and
equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group
documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite
bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks
reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file
tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.
B. Manuals, Hard Copy: In addition to electronic files, provide one (1) copy of all required
manuals in printed format, bound and protected in a single or series of three ring
binders with table of contents and tabs separating each section. Each binder should
contain a flash drive or CD with a copy of the full electronic submission. Table of
contents should include all sections in all binders, along with identification on which
sections are included in which binder.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3
1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE
MANUALS
A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a
separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each
piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following
materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.
3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and address of Owner.
4. Date of submittal.
5. Name and contact information for Contractor.
6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.
7. Name and contact information for Architect.
8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority.
9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that
designed the systems contained in the manuals.
10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name,
indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section
number in Project Manual.
1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to
accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in
each volume of the set.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents
alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions
for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance
manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same
designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a
designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and
Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."
1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL
A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that
provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the
following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 4
1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references
to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each
system.
2. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by
system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in
separate list.
3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation,
and maintenance manual.
1.8 EMERGENCY MANUALS
A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating
procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for
types of emergencies indicated.
B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:
1. Type of emergency.
2. Emergency instructions.
3. Emergency procedures.
C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below,
include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment,
and component:
1. Fire.
2. Flood.
3. Gas leak.
4. Water leak.
5. Power failure.
6. Water outage.
7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
8. Chemical release or spill.
D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error
messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating
personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Instructions on stopping.
2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.
4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
5. Special operating instructions and procedures.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 5
1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating
operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards,
and routine and special operating procedures.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare
information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a
system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an
instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems
and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design
responsibility.
3. Operating standards.
4. Operating procedures.
5. Operating logs.
6. Wiring diagrams.
7. Control diagrams.
8. Piped system diagrams.
9. Precautions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
C. Descriptions: Include the following:
1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on
Contract Documents.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. Instructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 6
E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram
controls as installed.
F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required
for identification.
1.10 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data
indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of
a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance
procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of
spare parts, and warranty information.
1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare
information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a
system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an
instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system,
include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance
procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source
information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described
below.
C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in
manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents.
For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and
maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title
in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each
component part or piece of equipment:
1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to
product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or
component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a
tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract
Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to
information not applicable.
a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not
available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and
maintenance of equipment or systems.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including
disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 7
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail
essential maintenance procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly
instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.
F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list
of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly,
quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording
maintenance.
G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts,
with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance
documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name
and telephone number of service agent.
I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control
sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in
record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals.
1.11 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating
care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and
finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair
materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 8
C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name
and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name,
address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and
drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the
following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.
F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials
and related services.
G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 7823
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1
SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record
documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for final property survey.
2. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
3. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. Submission
shall include one hard-copy and PDF scanned copy.
2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints.
2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional
information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable.
b. Final Submittal:
1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. PDF, DWG,
and DWF files shall be provided.
2) Submit one full-size hard copy and one half-size hard copy of
drawings to the owner.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 2
B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's
Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each
submittal.
1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance
manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous
record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction
activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
E. Reports: Submit written report [weekly ]indicating items incorporated into project record
documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed
conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated.
1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are
issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation
varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record
data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to
provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would
be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic
documentation.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 3
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use
personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up
record prints.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to
distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same
location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or
omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial
Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect and Construction Manager.
When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract
Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record
prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.
4. Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract
Drawings for use in recording information.
a. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for
requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files.
b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in
separate layers.
C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT
RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with
durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate
electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name
each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data
file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 4
1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract
modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations
that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials,
and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information
necessary to provide a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been
submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record
Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders and record Drawings where applicable.
B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file .
1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for
project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record
documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.
B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations
that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes
in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where
applicable.
C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file .
1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number
and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.
1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for
miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of
the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use
and reference.
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file .
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 5
1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification
Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous
record submittals.
1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart
from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record
documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in
a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to
project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 01 7839
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 1
SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's
personnel (including Owner's Facilities Engineering Staff), including the following:
1. Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and
equipment.
2. Demonstration and training video recordings.
B. Allowances: Furnish demonstration and training instruction time under the
demonstration and training allowance as specified in Section 01 2100 "Allowances."
C. Unit Price for Instruction Time: Length of instruction time will be measured by actual
time spent performing demonstration and training in required location. No payment will
be made for time spent assembling educational materials, setting up, or cleaning up.
See requirements in Section 01 2200 "Unit Prices."
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and
training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times,
length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include
learning objective and outline for each training module.
1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration
and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of
video recording of live instructional module.
B. Qualification Data: For instructor.
C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of
instruction time.
D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and
documentation of performance-based test.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 2
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven days of
end of each training module.
1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following
information:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of videographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Construction Manager.
e. Name of Contractor.
f. Date of video recording.
2. Transcript: Prepared and bound in format matching operation and maintenance
manuals. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder.
Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video
recording. Include name of Project and date of video recording on each page.
3. Transcript: Prepared in PDF electronic format. Include a cover sheet with same
label information as the corresponding video recording and a table of contents
with links to corresponding training components. Include name of Project and
date of video recording on each page.
4. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use
prepared in same PDF file format required for operation and maintenance
manuals specified in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating
maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that
indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a
record of successful learning performance.
B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with
requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and
maintenance procedures and training.
C. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is experienced
photographing demonstration and training events similar to those required.
D. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with
requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review
methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited
to, the following:
1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational
materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to
avoid delays.
3. Review required content of instruction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 3
4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather
conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required
to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's
personnel.
B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of
instruction time, and course content.
C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and
maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect.
1.7 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training
modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by
individual Specification Sections.
B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module.
Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to
master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the
system, equipment, or component:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the
following:
a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design
responsibility.
c. Operating standards.
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.
2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a. Emergency manuals.
b. Systems and equipment operation manuals.
c. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
d. Product maintenance manuals.
e. Project Record Documents.
f. Identification systems.
g. Warranties and bonds.
h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 4
3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error
messages.
b. Instructions on stopping.
c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.
4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
m. Special operating instructions and procedures.
5. Adjustments: Include the following:
a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:
a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.
7. Maintenance: Include the following:
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning.
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
g. Instruction on use of special tools.
8. Repairs: Include the following:
a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 5
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and
reassembly instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
1.8 PREPARATION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and
training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in
coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."
B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
1.9 INSTRUCTION
A. Schedule: Instruction shall cover all required sections as defined in Section 01 of this
manual. Instruction to occur over not less than two sessions, one at 7am and one at
2pm, though more may be required to cover all required instruction modules. Additional
sessions may be required during off-season equipment or night-shift employees.
B. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training
modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner
for number of participants, instruction times, and location.
C. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and
maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational
requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements.
2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
D. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that
requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner, through Construction Manager, with at least seven
days' advance notice.
E. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed
and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using
final operation and maintenance data submittals.
F. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each
participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
G. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and remove from Project site.
Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing
before initial training use.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 6
H. Follow Up Training: For BAS System, provide additional training sessions 30 - 60 days
after project close out, covering all BAS related items discussed in the original training
session, as well as a session to address project-specific questions and training.
1.10 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS
A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and
training video recordings. Record each training module separately. Include classroom
instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student
practice.
1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning
objective and lesson outline.
B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format,
produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and
capable of recording in full HD modewith vibration reduction technology.
1. Submit video recordings on CD-ROM or thumb drive.
2. File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations according to Project
Manual table of contents. Provide complete screen-based menu.
3. File Names: Utilize file names based on name of equipment generally described
in video segment, as identified in Project specifications.
4. Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file for
inclusion on the equipment demonstration and training recording that describes
the following for each Contractor involved on the Project, arranged according to
Project Manual table of contents:
a. Name of Contractor/Installer.
b. Business address.
c. Business phone number.
d. Point of contact.
e. Email address.
C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise
necessary to adequately cover area of demonstration and training. Display continuous
running time.
1. Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes.
a. Produce segments to present a single significant piece of equipment per
segment.
b. Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow order of
Project Manual table of contents.
c. Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment exceeds 15
minutes, stop filming and pause training session. Begin training session
again upon commencement of new filming segment.
D. Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment. Verify
equipment markings are clearly visible prior to recording.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 7
1. Furnish additional portable lighting as required.
E. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by audio narration by microphone while
video recording is recorded. Include description of items being viewed.
F. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and running time
captured from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment.
G. Preproduced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of
training modules in same format as recordings of live training.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 01 7900
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 1
SECTION 01 9113 - GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Owner's Project Requirements and Basis-of-Design Document are included by
reference for information only.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General requirements for coordinating and scheduling commissioning activities.
2. Commissioning meetings.
3. Commissioning reports.
4. Use of commissioning process test equipment, instrumentation, and tools.
5. Construction checklists, including, but not limited to, installation checks, startup,
performance tests, and performance test demonstration.
6. Commissioning tests and commissioning test demonstration.
7. Adjusting, verifying, and documenting identified systems and assemblies.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for Commissioning Authority responsibilities.
2. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal procedure requirements
for commissioning process.
3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion submittal requirements.
4. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for preliminary operation and
maintenance data submittal requirements.
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Labor and management costs for the performance of commissioning process.
B. The following are excluded from the commissioning allowance:
1. Equipment and systems installation, startup, and field quality-control testing
indicated in the Contract Documents.
2. Test equipment, instrumentation, and tools (including, but not limited to,
proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools) required to perform tests.
3. Work to correct commissioning issues.
4. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 2
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Commissioning allowance may be adjusted up or down by the "List of Unit Prices"
Article in Section 01 2200 "Unit Prices" when actual labor hours are computed at the
end of commissioning process. See Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for commissioning
allowance.
B. The following are excluded from the computation for the adjustment of the
commissioning allowance for technician labor hours:
1. Work to correct commissioning issues.
2. Work to repeat tests when equipment and systems fail acceptance criteria.
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Acceptance Criteria: Threshold of acceptable work quality or performance specified for
a commissioning activity, including, but not limited to, construction checklists,
performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and
commissioning test demonstrations.
B. Basis-of-Design Document: A document prepared by Architect that records concepts,
calculations, decisions, and product selections used to comply with Owner's Project
Requirements and to suit applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and
guidelines.
C. Commissioning Authority: An entity engaged by Owner, and identified in Section 01
1000 "Summary," to evaluate Commissioning-Process Work.
D. Commissioning Plan: A document, prepared by Commissioning Authority, that outlines
the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation of
commissioning requirements.
E. Commissioning: A quality-focused process for verifying and documenting that the
facility and all of its systems and assemblies are planned, designed, installed, and
tested to comply with Owner's Project Requirements. The requirements specified here
are limited to the construction phase commissioning activities. The scope of the
commissioning process is defined in Section 01 1000 "Summary."
F. Construction-Phase Commissioning-Process Completion: The stage of completion and
acceptance of commissioning process when resolution of deficient conditions and
issues discovered during commissioning process and retesting until acceptable results
are obtained has been accomplished. Owner will establish in writing the date
construction-phase commissioning-process completion is achieved. See Section 01
7700 "Closeout Procedures" for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning
Process Completion submittal requirements.
1. Commissioning process is complete when the Work specified of this Section and
related Sections has been completed and accepted, including, but not limited to,
the following:
a. Completion of tests and acceptance of test results.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 3
b. Resolution of issues, as verified by retests performed and documented with
acceptance of retest results.
c. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and
Training."
d. Completion and acceptance of submittals and reports.
G. Owner's Project Requirements: A document that details the functional requirements of
a project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated, including Project
goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, success
criteria, and supporting information. This document is prepared either by the Owner or
for the Owner by the Architect or Commissioning Authority.
H. Owner's Witness: Commissioning Authority, Owner's Project Manager, or Architect-
designated witness authorized to authenticate test demonstration data and to sign
completed test data forms.
I. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where
these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems,
assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components.
J. Test: Performance tests, performance test demonstrations, commissioning tests, and
commissioning test demonstrations.
K. Sampling Procedures and Tables for Inspection by Attributes: As defined in ASQ Z1.4.
1.6 COMPENSATION
A. If Architect, Commissioning Authority, other Owner's witness, or Owner's staff perform
additional services or incur additional expenses due to actions of Contractor listed
below, compensate Owner for such additional services and expenses.
1. Failure to provide timely notice of commissioning activities schedule changes.
2. Failure to meet acceptance criteria for test demonstrations.
B. Contractor shall compensate Owner for such additional services and expenses at the
rate of that agreed to by owner and architect per labor hour, plus $1 per mile per round
trip for personnel travelling more than 200 miles, plus per diem allowances for meals
and lodging according to current U.S. General Services Administration (GSA) Per Diem
Rates.
1.7 COMMISSIONING TEAM
A. Members Appointed by Contractor(s):
1. Commissioning Coordinator: A person or entity employed by Contractor to
manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning process.
2. Project superintendent and other employees that Contractor may deem
appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process.
3. Subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and specialists that Contractor may deem
appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 4
4. Appointed team members shall have the authority to act on behalf of the entity
they represent.
B. Members Appointed by Owner:
1. Commissioning Authority, plus consultants that Commissioning Authority may
deem appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process.
2. Owner representative(s), facility operations and maintenance personnel, plus
other employees, separate contractors, and consultants that Owner may deem
appropriate for a particular portion of the commissioning process.
3. Architect, plus employees and consultants that Architect may deem appropriate
for a particular portion of the commissioning process.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submittal
procedure general requirements for commissioning process.
B. Commissioning Plan Information:
1. List of Contractor-appointed commissioning team members to include specific
personnel and subcontractors performing the various commissioning
requirements.
2. Schedule of commissioning activities, integrated with the Construction Schedule.
Comply with requirements in Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress
Documentation" for the Construction Schedule general requirements for
commissioning process.
3. Contractor personnel and subcontractors participating in each test.
4. List of instrumentation required for each test to include identification of parties
that will provide instrumentation for each test.
C. Commissioning schedule.
D. Two-week look-ahead schedules.
E. Commissioning Coordinator Letter of Authority:
1. Within 10 days after approval of Commissioning Coordinator qualifications,
submit a letter of authority for Commissioning Coordinator, signed by a principal
of Contractor's firm. Letter shall authorize Commissioning Coordinator to do the
following:
a. Make inspections required for commissioning process.
b. Coordinate, schedule, and manage commissioning process of Contractor,
subcontractors, and suppliers.
c. Obtain documentation required for commissioning process from
Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers.
d. Report issues, delayed resolution of issues, schedule conflicts, and lack of
cooperation or expertise on the part of members of the commissioning
team.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 5
F. Commissioning Coordinator Qualification Data: For entity coordinating Contractor's
commissioning activities to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.
1. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means
having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in
nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements
indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
G. List test instrumentation, equipment, and monitoring devices. Include the following
information:
1. Make, model, serial number, and application for each instrument, equipment, and
monitoring device.
2. Brief description of intended use.
3. Calibration record showing the following:
a. Calibration agency, including name and contact information.
b. Last date of calibration.
c. Range of values for which calibration is valid.
d. Certification of accuracy.
e. Certification for calibration equipment traceable to NIST.
f. Due date of the next calibration.
H. Test Reports:
1. Pre-Startup Report: Prior to startup of equipment or a system, submit signed,
completed construction checklists.
2. Test Data Reports: At the end of each day in which tests are conducted, submit
test data for tests performed.
3. Commissioning Issue Reports: Daily, at the end of each day in which tests are
conducted, submit commissioning issue reports for tests for which acceptable
results were not achieved.
4. Weekly Progress Report: Weekly, at the end of each week in which tests are
conducted, submit a progress report.
5. Data Trend Logs: Submit data trend logs at the end of the trend log period.
6. System Alarm Logs: Daily, at the start of days following a day in which tests were
performed, submit printout of log of alarms that occurred since the last log was
printed.
I. Construction Checklists:
1. Material checks.
2. Installation checks.
3. Startup procedures, where required.
1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Commissioning Report:
1. At Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion, include the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 6
a. Pre-startup reports.
b. Approved test procedures
c. Test data forms, completed and signed.
d. Progress reports.
e. Commissioning issue report log.
f. Commissioning issue reports showing resolution of issues.
g. Correspondence or other documents related to resolution of issues.
h. Other reports required by commissioning process.
i. List unresolved issues and reasons they remain unresolved and should be
exempted from the requirements for Construction-Phase Commissioning
Completion.
j. Report shall include commissioning work of Contractor.
B. Request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and
tools to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Commissioning Coordinator Qualifications:
1. Documented experience commissioning systems of similar complexity to those
contained in these documents on at least three projects of similar scope and
complexity.
2. Certification of commissioning-process expertise. The following certifications are
acceptable. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject certifications as
evidence of qualification.
a. Certified Commissioning Professional, by Building Commissioning
Association.
b. Commissioning-Process Management Professional, by American Society
of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers.
c. Accredited Commissioning-Process Authority Professional, by University of
Wisconsin.
d. Accredited Commissioning-Process Manager, by University of Wisconsin.
e. Accredited Green Commissioning-Process Provider, by University of
Wisconsin.
B. Calibration Agency Qualifications: Certified by The American Association for Laboratory
Accreditation that the calibration agency complies with minimum requirements of
ISO/IEC 17025.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS
A. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform the commissioning process
shall remain the property of Contractor unless otherwise indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 7
B. Test equipment and instrumentation required to perform commissioning process shall
comply with the following criteria:
1. Be manufactured for the purpose of testing and measuring tests for which they
are being used and have an accuracy to test and measure system performance
within the tolerances required to determine acceptable performance.
2. Calibrated and certified.
a. Calibration performed and documented by a qualified calibration agency
according to national standards applicable to the tools and instrumentation
being calibrated. Calibration shall be current according to national
standards or within test equipment and instrumentation manufacturer's
recommended intervals, whichever is more frequent, but not less than
within six months of initial use on Project. Calibration tags shall be
permanently affixed.
b. Repair and recalibrate test equipment and instrumentation if dismantled,
dropped, or damaged since last calibrated.
3. Maintain test equipment and instrumentation.
4. Use test equipment and instrumentation only for testing or monitoring Work for
which they are designed.
2.2 PROPRIETARY TEST EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTATION, AND TOOLS
A. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools are those manufactured or
prescribed by tested equipment manufacturer and required for work on its equipment
as a condition of equipment warranty, or as otherwise required to service, repair,
adjust, calibrate, or perform work on its equipment.
1. Identify proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools required in the test
equipment identification list submittal.
2. Proprietary test equipment, instrumentation, and tools shall become the property
of Owner at Substantial Completion.
2.3 REPORT FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION
A. General Format and Organization:
1. Bind report in three-ring binders.
2. Label the front cover and spine of each binder with the report title, volume
number, project name, Contractor's name, and date of report.
3. Record report on compact disk.
4. Electronic Data: Portable document format (PDF); a single file with outline-
organized bookmarks for major and minor tabs and tab contents itemized for
specific reports.
B. Commissioning Report:
1. Include a table of contents and an index to each test.
2. Include major tabs for each Specification Section.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 8
3. Include minor tabs for each test.
4. Within each minor tab, include the following:
a. Test specification.
b. Pre-startup reports.
c. Approved test procedures.
d. Test data forms, completed and signed.
e. Commissioning issue reports, showing resolution of issues, and
documentation related to resolution of issues pertaining to a single test.
Group data forms, commissioning issue reports showing resolution of
issues, and documentation related to resolution of issues for each test
repetition together within the minor tab, in reverse chronological order
(most recent on top).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Review preliminary construction checklists and preliminary test procedures and data
forms.
3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS
A. Construction checklists cannot modify or conflict with the Contract Documents.
B. Create construction checklists based on actual systems and equipment to be included
in Project.
C. Material Checks: Compare specified characteristics and approved submittals with
materials as received. Include factory tests and other evaluations, adjustments, and
tests performed prior to shipment if applicable.
1. Service connection requirements, including configuration, size, location, and
other pertinent characteristics.
2. Included optional features.
3. Delivery Receipt Check: Inspect and record physical condition of materials and
equipment on delivery to Project site, including agreement with approved
submittals, cleanliness, and lack of damage.
4. Installation Checks:
a. Location according to Drawings and approved Shop Drawings.
b. Configuration.
c. Compliance with manufacturers' written installation instructions.
d. Attachment to structure.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 9
e. Access clearance to allow for maintenance, service, repair, removal, and
replacement without the need to disassemble or remove other equipment
or building elements. Access coordinated with other building elements and
equipment, including, but not limited to, ceiling and wall access panels, in a
manner consistent with OSHA fall-protection regulations and safe work
practices.
f. Utility connections are of the correct characteristics, as applicable.
g. Correct labeling and identification.
h. Startup Checks: Verify readiness of equipment to be energized. Include
manufacturer's standard startup procedures and forms.
D. Startup: Perform and document initial operation of equipment to prove that it is installed
properly and operates as intended according to manufacturer's standard startup
procedures, at minimum.
E. Performance Tests:
1. Static Tests: As specified elsewhere, including, but not limited to, duct and pipe
leakage tests, insulation-resistance tests, and water-penetration tests.
2. Component Performance Tests: Tests evaluate the performance of an input or
output of components under a full range of operating conditions.
3. Equipment and Assembly Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of
equipment and assemblies under a full range of operating conditions and loads.
4. System Performance Tests: Test and evaluate performance of systems under a
full range of operating conditions and loads.
5. Intersystem Performance Tests: Test and evaluate the interface of different
systems under a full range of operating conditions and loads.
F. Deferred Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed deferral of
construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each deferred
construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion. When approved, deferred construction checklists
may be completed after date of Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion.
Include the following in a request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning
Process Completion:
1. Identify deferred construction checklists by number and title.
2. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred construction checklists.
3. Written approval of proposed deferred construction checklists, including
approved schedule of completion of each deferred construction checklist.
G. Delayed Construction Checklists: Obtain Owner approval of proposed delayed
construction checklists, including proposed schedule of completion of each delayed
construction checklist, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion. When approved, delayed construction checklists
may be completed after date of Construction-Phase Commissioning Completion.
Include the following in a request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning
Process Completion:
1. Identify delayed construction checklist by construction checklist number and title.
2. Provide a target schedule for completion of delayed construction checklists.
3. Written approval of proposed delayed construction checklists, including approved
schedule of completion of each delayed construction checklist.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 10
3.3 GENERAL EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Schedule and coordinate commissioning process with the Construction Schedule.
B. Perform activities identified in construction checklists, including tests, and document
results of actions as construction proceeds.
C. Perform test demonstrations for Owner's witness. Unless otherwise indicated,
demonstrate tests for 100 percent of work to which the test applies. In some instances,
demonstration of a random sample of other than 100 percent of the results of a test is
specified.
1. Where sampling is specified, the sampling plan and procedure for the test
demonstration shall be determined using ASQ Z1.4.
a. General Inspection: Per owner requirements.
b. Special Inspection: Per owner requirements..
c. Acceptance Quality Limit (AQL) of 1.5.
2. The "lot size" in ASQ Z1.4 is the sum of the number of items to which the test
demonstration applies, as described in the scope subparagraph of each test.
3. On determination of the sample size, the samples shall be selected randomly by
Owner's witness at the time of the test demonstration.
4. Include in the Commissioning Plan a detailed list of the test demonstrations with
lot and sample quantities for each test.
D. Report test data and commissioning issue resolutions.
E. Schedule personnel to participate in and perform Commissioning-Process Work.
F. Installing contractors' commissioning responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Operating the equipment and systems they install during tests.
2. In addition, installing contractors may be required to assist in tests of equipment
and systems with which their work interfaces.
3.4 COMMISSIONING COORDINATOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Management and Coordination: Manage, schedule, and coordinate commissioning
process, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Coordinate with subcontractors on their commissioning responsibilities and
activities.
2. Obtain, assemble, and submit commissioning documentation.
3. Conduct periodic on-site commissioning meetings. Comply with requirements in
Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination."
4. Develop and maintain the commissioning schedule. Integrate commissioning
schedule into the Construction Schedule. Update Construction Schedule at
specified intervals.
5. Review and comment on preliminary test procedures and data forms.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 11
6. Report inconsistencies and issues in system operations.
7. Verify that tests have been completed and results comply with acceptance
criteria, and that equipment and systems are ready before scheduling test
demonstrations.
8. Direct and coordinate test demonstrations.
9. Coordinate witnessing of test demonstrations by Owner's witness.
10. Coordinate and manage training. Be present during training sessions to direct
video recording, present training, and direct the training presentations of others.
Comply with requirements in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training."
11. Prepare and submit specified commissioning reports.
12. Track commissioning issues until resolution and retesting is successfully
completed.
13. Retain original records of Commissioning-Process Work, organized as required
for the commissioning report. Provide Owner's representative access to these
records on request.
14. Assemble and submit commissioning report.
3.5 COMMISSIONING TESTING
A. Quality Control: Construction checklists, including tests, are quality-control tools
designed to improve the functional quality of Project. Test demonstrations evaluate the
effectiveness of Contractor's quality-control process.
B. Owner's witness will be present to witness commissioning work requiring the signature
of an owner's witness, including, but not limited to, test demonstrations. Owner's project
manager will coordinate attendance by Owner's witness with Contractor's published
Commissioning Schedule. Owner's witness will provide no labor or materials in the
commissioning work. The only function of Owner's witness will be to observe and
comment on the progress and results of commissioning process.
C. Construction Checklists:
1. Complete construction checklists as Work is completed.
2. Distribute construction checklists to installing contractors before they start work.
3. Installers:
a. Verify installation using approved construction checklists as Work
proceeds.
b. Complete and sign construction checklists daily for work performed during
the preceding day.
4. Provide Commissioning Authority access to construction checklists.
D. Installation Compliance Issues: Record as an installation compliance issue Work found
to be incomplete, inaccessible, at variance with the Contract Documents, nonfunctional,
or that does not comply with construction checklists. Record installation compliance
issues on the construction checklist at the time they are identified. Record corrective
action and how future Work should be modified before signing off the construction
checklist.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 12
E. Pre-Startup Audit: Prior to executing startup procedures, review completed installation
checks to determine readiness for startup and operation. Report conditions, which, if
left uncorrected, adversely impact the ability of systems or equipment to operate
satisfactorily or to comply with acceptance criteria. Prepare pre-startup report for each
system.
F. Test Procedures and Test Data Forms:
1. Test procedures shall define the step-by-step procedures to be used to execute
tests and test demonstrations.
2. Test procedures shall be specific to the make, model, and application of the
equipment and systems being tested.
3. Completed test data forms are the official records of the test results.
4. Commissioning Authority will provide to Contractor preliminary test procedures
and test data forms for performance tests and commissioning tests after approval
of Product Data, Shop Drawings, and preliminary operation and maintenance
manual.
5. Review preliminary test procedures and test data forms, and provide comments
within 14 days of receipt from Commissioning Authority. Review shall address
the following:
a. Equipment protection and warranty issues, including, but not limited to,
manufacturers' installation and startup recommendations, and operation
and maintenance instructions.
b. Applicability of the procedure to the specific software, equipment, and
systems approved for installation.
6. After Contractor has reviewed and commented on the preliminary test
procedures and test data forms, Commissioning Authority will revise and reissue
the approved revised test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for
Testing."
7. Use only approved test procedures and test data forms marked "Approved for
Testing" to perform and document tests and test demonstrations.
G. Performance of Tests:
1. The sampling rate for tests is 100 percent. The sampling rate for test
demonstrations is 100 percent unless otherwise indicated.
2. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order
listed.
3. Record data observed during performance of tests on approved data forms at the
time of test performance and when the results are observed.
4. Record test results that are not within the range of acceptable results on
commissioning issue report forms in addition to recording the results on
approved test procedures and data forms according to the "Commissioning
Compliance Issues" Paragraph in this Article.
5. On completion of a test, sign the completed test procedure and data form. Tests
for which test procedures and data forms are incomplete, not signed, or which
indicate performance that does not comply with acceptance criteria will be
rejected. Tests for which test procedures and data forms are rejected shall be
repeated and results resubmitted.
H. Performance of Test Demonstration:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 13
1. Perform test demonstrations on a sample of tests after test data submittals are
approved. The sampling rate for test demonstrations shall be 100 percent unless
otherwise indicated in the individual test specification.
2. Notify Owner's witness at least three days in advance of each test demonstration.
3. Perform and complete each step of the approved test procedures in the order
listed.
4. Record data observed during performance of test demonstrations on approved
data forms at the time of demonstration and when the results are observed.
5. Provide full access to Owner's witness to directly observe the performance of all
aspects of system response during the test demonstration. On completion of a
test demonstration, sign the completed data form and obtain signature of
Owner's witness at the time of the test to authenticate the reported results.
6. Test demonstration data forms not signed by Contractor and Owner's witness at
the time of the completion of the procedure will be rejected. Test demonstrations
for which data forms are rejected shall be repeated and results shall be
resubmitted.
a. Exception for Failure of Owner's Witness to Attend: Failure of Owner's
witness to be present for agreed-on schedule of test demonstration shall
not delay Contractor. If Owner's witness fails to attend a scheduled test,
Contractor shall proceed with the scheduled test. On completion,
Contractor shall sign the data form for Contractor and for Owner's witness,
and shall note the absence of Owner's witness at the scheduled time and
place.
7. False load test requirements are specified in related sections.
a. Where false load testing is specified, provide temporary equipment, power,
controls, wiring, piping, valves, and other necessary equipment and
connections required to apply the specified load to the system. False load
system shall be capable of steady-state operation and modulation at the
level of load specified. Equipment and systems permanently installed in
this work shall not be used to create the false load without Architect's
written approval.
I. Deferred Tests:
1. Deferred Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion, proposed deferred tests or other tests
approved for deferral until specified seasonal or other conditions are available.
When approved, deferred tests may be completed after the date of Construction-
Phase Commissioning Completion. Identify proposed deferred tests in the
request for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process
Completion as follows:
a. Identify deferred tests by number and title.
b. Provide a target schedule for completion of deferred tests.
2. Schedule and coordinate deferred tests. Schedule deferred tests when specified
conditions are available. Notify Architect and Commissioning Authority at least
three working days (minimum) in advance of tests.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 14
3. Where deferred tests are specified, coordinate participation of necessary
personnel and of Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness.
Schedule deferred tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain
Architect's approval of the proposed schedule.
J. Delayed Tests:
1. Delayed Test List: Identify, in the request for Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion, proposed delayed tests. Obtain Owner
approval of proposed delayed tests, including proposed schedule of completion
of each delayed test, before submitting request for Certificate of Construction-
Phase Commissioning Process Completion. Include the following in the request
for Certificate of Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion:
a. Identify delayed tests by test number and title.
b. Written approval of proposed delayed tests, including approved schedule
of completion of delayed tests.
2. Schedule and coordinate delayed tests. Schedule delayed tests when conditions
that caused the delay have been rectified. Notify Architect and Commissioning
Authority at least three working days (minimum) in advance of tests.
3. Where delayed tests are approved, coordinate participation of necessary
personnel and of Architect, Commissioning Authority, and Owner's witness.
Schedule delayed tests to minimize occupant and facility impact. Obtain
Architect's approval of the proposed schedule.
K. Commissioning Compliance Issues:
1. Test results that are not within the range of acceptable results are commissioning
compliance issues.
2. Track and report commissioning compliance issues until resolution and retesting
are successfully completed.
3. If a test demonstration fails, determine the cause of failure. Direct timely
resolution of issue and then repeat the demonstration. If a test demonstration
must be repeated due to failure caused by Contractor work or materials,
reimburse Owner for billed costs for the participation in the repeated
demonstration.
4. Test Results: If a test demonstration fails to meet the acceptance criteria,
perform the following:
a. Complete a commissioning compliance issue report form promptly on
discovery of test results that do not comply with acceptance criteria.
b. Submit commissioning compliance issue report form within 24 hours of the
test.
c. Determine the cause of the failure.
d. Establish responsibility for corrective action if the failure is due to
conditions found to be Contractor's responsibility.
5. Commissioning Compliance Issue Report: Provide a commissioning compliance
issue report for each issue. Do not report multiple issues on the same
commissioning compliance issue report.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 15
a. Exception: If an entire class of devices is determined to exhibit the identical
issue, they may be reported on a single commissioning compliance issue
report. (For example, if all return-air damper actuators that are specified to
fail to the open position are found to fail to the closed position, they may be
reported on a single commissioning issue report. If a single commissioning
issue report is used for multiple commissioning compliance issues, each
device shall be identified in the report, and the total number of devices at
issue shall be identified.
b. Complete and submit Part 1 of the commissioning compliance issue report
immediately when the condition is observed.
c. Record the commissioning compliance issue report number and describe
the deficient condition on the data form.
d. Resolve commissioning compliance issues promptly. Complete and submit
Part 2 of the commissioning compliance issue report when issues are
resolved.
6. Diagnose and correct failed test demonstrations as follows:
a. Perform diagnostic tests and activities required to determine the
fundamental cause of issues observed.
b. Record each step of the diagnostic procedure prior to performing the
procedure. Update written procedure as changes become necessary.
c. Record the results of each step of the diagnostic procedure.
d. Record the conclusion of the diagnostic procedure on the fundamental
cause of the issue.
e. Determine and record corrective measures.
f. Include diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues in commissioning
compliance issue report.
7. Retest:
a. Schedule and repeat the complete test procedure for each test
demonstration for which acceptable results are not achieved. Obtain
signature of Owner's witness on retest data forms. Repeat test
demonstration until acceptable results are achieved. Except for issues that
are determined to result from design errors or omissions, or other
conditions beyond Contractor's responsibility, compensate Owner for direct
costs incurred as the result of repeated test demonstrations to achieve
acceptable results.
b. For each repeated test demonstration, submit a new test data form,
marked "Retest."
8. Do not correct commissioning compliance issues during test demonstrations.
a. Exceptions will be allowed if the cause of the issue is obvious and
resolution can be completed in less than five minutes. If corrections are
made under this exception, note the deficient conditions on the test data
form and issue a commissioning compliance issue report. A new test data
form, marked "Retest," shall be initiated after the resolution has been
completed.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 16
3.6 COMMISSIONING MEETINGS
A. Commissioning Authority will schedule and conduct commissioning meetings. Comply
with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination."
3.7 SEQUENCING
A. Sequencing of Commissioning Verification Activities: For a particular material, item of
equipment, assembly, or system, perform the following in the order listed unless
otherwise indicated:
1. Construction Checklists:
a. Material checks.
b. Installation checks.
c. Startup, as appropriate. Some startup may depend on component
performance. Such startup may follow component performance tests on
which the startup depends.
d. Performance Tests:
1) Static tests, as appropriate.
2) Component performance tests. Some component performance tests
may depend on completion of startup. Such component
performance tests may follow startup.
3) Equipment and assembly performance tests.
4) System performance tests.
5) Intersystem performance tests.
2. Commissioning tests.
B. Before performing commissioning tests, verify that materials, equipment, assemblies,
and systems are delivered, installed, started, and adjusted to perform according to
construction checklists.
C. Verify readiness of materials, equipment, assemblies, and systems by performing tests
prior to performing test demonstrations. Notify Architect if acceptable results cannot be
achieved due to conditions beyond Contractor's control or responsibility.
D. Commence tests as soon as installation checks for materials, equipment, assemblies,
or systems are satisfactorily completed. Tests of a particular system may proceed prior
to completion of other systems, provided the incomplete work does not interfere with
successful execution of test.
3.8 SCHEDULING
A. Commence commissioning process as early in the construction period as possible.
B. Commissioning Schedule: Integrate commissioning activities into Construction
Schedule. See Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation."
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 17
1. Include detailed commissioning activities in monthly updated Construction
Schedule and short-interval schedule submittals.
2. Schedule the start date and duration for the following commissioning activities:
a. Submittals.
b. Preliminary operation and maintenance manual submittals.
c. Installation checks.
d. Startup, where required.
e. Performance tests.
f. Performance test demonstrations.
g. Commissioning tests.
h. Commissioning test demonstrations.
3. Schedule shall include a line item for each installation check, startup, and test
activity specific to the equipment or systems involved.
4. Determine milestones and prerequisites for commissioning process. Show
commissioning milestones, prerequisites, and dependencies in monthly updated
critical-path-method construction schedule and short-interval schedule
submittals.
C. Two-Week Look-Ahead Commissioning Schedule:
1. Two weeks prior to the beginning of tests, submit a detailed two-week look-
ahead schedule. Thereafter, submit updated two-week look-ahead schedules
weekly for the duration of commissioning process.
2. Two-week look-ahead schedules shall identify the date, time, beginning location,
Contractor personnel required, and anticipated duration for each startup or test
activity.
3. Use two-week look-ahead schedules to notify and coordinate participation of
Owner's witnesses.
D. Owner's Witness Coordination:
1. Coordinate Owner's witness participation via Architect.
2. Notify Architect of commissioning schedule changes at least two work days in
advance for activities requiring the participation of Owner's witness.
3.9 COMMISSIONING REPORTS
A. Test Reports:
1. Pre-startup reports include observations of the conditions of installation,
organized into the following sections:
a. Equipment Model Verification: Compare contract requirements, approved
submittals, and provided equipment. Note inconsistencies.
b. Preinstallation Physical Condition Checks: Observe physical condition of
equipment prior to installation. Note conditions including, but not limited to,
physical damage, corrosion, water damage, or other contamination or dirt.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 18
c. Preinstallation Component Verification Checks: Verify components
supplied with the equipment, preinstalled or field installed, are correctly
installed and functional. Verify external components required for proper
operation of equipment correctly installed and functional. Note missing,
improperly configured, improperly installed, or nonfunctional components.
d. Summary of Installation Compliance Issues and Corrective Actions: Identify
installation compliance issues and the corrective actions for each. Verify
that issues noted have been corrected.
e. Evaluation of System Readiness for Startup: For each item of equipment
for each system for which startup is anticipated, document in summary
form acceptable to Owner completion of equipment model verification,
preinstallation physical condition checks, preinstallation component
verification checks, and completion of corrective actions for installation
compliance issues.
2. Test data reports include the following:
a. "As-tested" system configuration. Complete record of conditions under
which the test was performed, including, but not limited to, the status of
equipment, systems, and assemblies; temporary adjustments and settings;
and ambient conditions.
b. Data and observations, including, but not limited to, data trend logs,
recorded during the tests.
c. Signatures of individuals performing and witnessing tests.
d. Data trend logs accumulated overnight from the previous day of testing.
3. Commissioning Compliance Issue Reports: Report as commissioning compliance
issues results of tests and test demonstrations that do not comply with
acceptance criteria. Report only one issue per commissioning compliance issue
report. Use sequentially numbered facsimiles of commissioning compliance issue
report form included in this Section, or other form approved by Owner. Distribute
commissioning compliance issue reports to parties responsible for taking
corrective action. Identify the following:
a. Commissioning compliance issue report number. Assign unique, sequential
numbers to individual commissioning compliance issue reports when they
are created, to be used for tracking.
b. Action distribution list.
c. Report date.
d. Test number and description.
e. Equipment identification and location.
f. Briefly describe observations about the performance associated with failure
to achieve acceptable results. Identify the cause of failure if apparent.
g. Diagnostic procedure or plan to determine the cause (include in initial
submittal)
h. Diagnosis of fundamental cause of issues as specified below (include in
resubmittal).
i. Fundamental cause of unacceptable performance as determined by
diagnostic tests and activities.
j. When issues have been resolved, update and resubmit the commissioning
issue report forms by completing Part 2. Identify resolution taken and the
dates and initials of the persons making the entries.
k. Schedule for retesting.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 19
4. Weekly progress reports include information for tests conducted since the
preceding report and the following:
a. Completed data forms.
b. Equipment or system tested, including test number, system or equipment
tag number and location, and notation about the apparent acceptability of
results.
c. Activities scheduled but not conducted per schedule.
d. Commissioning compliance issue report log.
e. Schedule changes for remaining Commissioning-Process Work, if any.
5. Data trend logs shall be initiated and running prior to the time scheduled for the
test demonstration.
a. Trend log data format shall be multiple data series graphs. Where multiple
data series are trend logged concurrently, present the data on a common
horizontal time axis. Individual data series may be presented on a
segmented vertical axis to avoid interference of one data series with
another, and to accommodate different axis scale values. Graphs shall be
sufficiently clear to interpret data within the accuracy required by the
acceptance criteria.
b. Attach to the data form printed trend log data collected during the test or
test demonstration.
c. Record, print out, and attach to the data form operator activity during the
time the trend log is running. During the time the trend log is running,
operator intervention not directed by the test procedure invalidates the test
results.
6. System Alarm Logs: Record and print out a log of alarms that occurred since the
last log was printed. Evaluate alarms to determine if the previous day's work
resulted in any conditions that are not considered "normal operation."
a. Conditions that are not considered "normal operation" shall be reported on
a commissioning issue report attached to the alarm log. Resolve as
necessary. The intent of this requirement is to discover control system
points or sequences left in manual or disabled conditions, equipment left
disconnected, set points left with abnormal values, or similar conditions
that may have resulted from failure to fully restore systems to normal,
automatic control after test completion.
3.10 CERTIFICATE OF CONSTRUCTION-PHASE COMMISSIONING PROCESS
COMPLETION
A. When Contractor considers that construction-phase commissioning process, or a
portion thereof which Owner agrees to accept separately, is complete, Contractor shall
prepare and submit to Owner and Commissioning Authority through Architect a
comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. Failure to include an item on
such list does not alter Contractor's responsibility to compete commissioning process.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 01 9113 - 20
B. On receipt of Contractor's list, Commissioning Authority will make an inspection to
determine whether the construction-phase commissioning process or designated
portion thereof is complete. If Commissioning Authority's inspection discloses items,
whether included on Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete as defined in
"Construction-Phase Commissioning Process Completion" Paragraph in the
"Definitions" Article, Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Construction-
Phase Commissioning Process Completion, complete or correct such items on
notification by Commissioning Authority. In such case, Contractor shall then submit a
request for another inspection by Commissioning Authority to determine construction-
phase commissioning process completion.
C. Contractor shall promptly correct deficient conditions and issues discovered during
commissioning process. Costs of correcting such deficient conditions and issues,
including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement,
and compensation for Architect's and Commissioning Authority's services and
expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at Contractor's expense.
D. When construction-phase commissioning process or designated portion is complete,
Commissioning Authority will prepare a Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion that shall establish the date of completion of
construction-phase commissioning process. Certificate of Construction-Phase
Commissioning Process Completion shall be submitted prior to requesting inspection
for determining date of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 01 9113
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 1
SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel framing and supports for overhead [doors] [and] [grilles].
2. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment.
3. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not
specified in other Sections.
4. Miscellaneous steel trim including steel edgings .
5. Loose bearing and leveling plates for applications where they are not specified in
other Sections.
B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following:
1. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they
are not specified in other Sections.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 03 3000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts, steel pipe
sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, wedge-type inserts, and other items cast into
concrete.
2. Section 04 2000 "Unit Masonry" for installing loose lintels, anchor bolts, and
other items built into unit masonry.
3. Section 05 1200 "Structural Steel Framing."
4. Section 32 9300 "Plants" for tree grates.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply
with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop
primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 2
1. Nonslip aggregates and nonslip-aggregate surface finishes.
2. Prefabricated building columns.
3. Metal nosings and treads.
4. Paint products.
5. Grout.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations,
sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and
accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following:
1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment.
2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not
specified in other Sections.
3. Miscellaneous steel trim including steel edgings.
4. Metal bollards.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop
primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors, from ICC-ES.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous
with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling,
opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other
detrimental effects.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 3
2.2 METALS
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise
indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide
materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
C. Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Rope: ASTM A 741.
1. Wire-Rope Fittings: Hot-dip galvanized-steel connectors with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of wire rope
with which they are used.
D. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with
MFMA-4.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for
exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or
ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and
class required.
B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex
nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3; with hex nuts,
ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers.
D. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts,
ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy
Group 1.
E. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts)
complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or
studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary
filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with
ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting."
B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd
primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.
C. Water-Based Primer: Emulsion type, anticorrosive primer for mildly corrosive
environments that is resistant to flash rusting when applied to cleaned steel, complying
with MPI#107 and compatible with topcoat.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 4
D. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.
E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated
metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated.
F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20
and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
G. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with
ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible.
Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use
connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for
reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a
radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough
areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation
or otherwise impairing work.
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches
that of adjacent surface.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips
flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least
conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware,
screws, and similar items.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 5
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space
anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated
loads.
J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch
embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and
24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed
to complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless
otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as
necessary to receive adjacent construction.
1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated.
2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed.
C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated.
D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with where indicated.
2.7 METAL
A. Provide metal where indicated. Fabricate of open-type construction with channel or
plate stringers and pipe and tube railings unless otherwise indicated. Provide brackets
and fittings for installation.
B. Prime [exterior ]steel , including treads, railings, brackets, and fasteners, with primer
specified in Section 09 9600 "High-Performance Coatings."
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter
corners and use concealed field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and
installation with other work.
1. Provide with integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete or
masonry construction.
C. Galvanize and prime miscellaneous steel trim.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 6
2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or
concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting.
B. Galvanize plates.
2.10 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES
A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items
supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each
unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in
concrete.
2.11 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend
into surrounding surface.
2.12 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M
for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron
products.
1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint
adhesion.
B. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be
embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Shop prime with universal shop primer primers specified in Section 09 9113
"Exterior Painting" primers specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" unless
zinc-rich primer is primers specified in Section 09 9600 "High-Performance
Coatings" are indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment,
and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and
measured from established lines and levels.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 7
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections
that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping
size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches
that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide
threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through
bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being
supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on
Shop Drawings.
3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES
A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and
roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates.
B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing
members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove
wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before
packing with nonshrink grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates
to ensure that no voids remain.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used
for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 8
B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting."
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
END OF SECTION 05 5000
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 1
SECTION 05 7300 - DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel and iron decorative railings[ with stainless-steel wire-rope guard infill].
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for metal backing for anchoring
railings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Railings: Guards, handrails, and similar devices used for protection of occupants at
open-sided floor areas and for pedestrian guidance and support, visual separation, or
wall protection.
1.4 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply
with paint and coating manufacturers' written instructions to ensure that shop primers
and topcoats are compatible.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates,
and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor
bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
Deliver items to Project site in time for installation.
C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not
support railings temporarily by any means that do not meet structural performance
requirements.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 2
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Manufacturer's product lines of railings assembled from standard components.
2. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, or
design.
D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and
sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.
D. Preconstruction test reports.
E. Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors, from ICC-ES.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum."
3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel."
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to
demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and
installation.
1. Build mockups as shown on Drawings.
2. Build mockups for each form and finish of railing consisting of two posts, top rail,
infill area, and anchorage system components that are full height and are not
less than 24 inches in length.
3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 3
1.9 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform
preconstruction testing on laboratory mockups. Payment for these services will be
made [by Owner] [from the testing and inspecting allowance, as authorized by
Change Orders] [by Contractor]. Retesting of products that fail to meet specified
requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.
1. Build laboratory mockups at testing agency facility; use personnel, materials, and
methods of construction that will be used at Project site.
2. Test railings according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.
3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times when laboratory
mockups will be tested.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous
with railings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on
Shop Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Steel and Iron Decorative Railings:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
[product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or
designation> or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Architectural Iron Designs, Inc.
b. Blum, Julius & Co., Inc.
c. J. G. Braun Company.
d. Indital USA.
e. Lawler Foundry Corporation.
f. Livers Bronze Co.
g. Olin Wrought Iron.
h. R & B Wagner, Inc.
i. Regency Railings.
j. Wiemann Metalcraft.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single
manufacturer.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 4
C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes
requirements for system's aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic
effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of
components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to
adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to
verification by one or more methods, including structural analysis, preconstruction
testing, field testing, and in-service performance.
1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except
with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive
explanatory data to Architect for review.
D. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
railings and are based on the specific system indicated. See Section 01 6000 "Product
Requirements."
1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except
with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive
explanatory data to Architect for review.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01
4000 "Quality Requirements," to design railings, including attachment to building
construction.
B. General: In engineering railings to withstand structural loads indicated, determine
allowable design working stresses of railing materials based on the following:
1. Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength.
C. Structural Performance: Railings, including attachment to building construction, shall
withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits
and under conditions indicated:
1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards:
a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. applied in any direction.
b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied in any direction.
c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
2. Infill of Guards:
a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft..
b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes acting on exterior railings by preventing buckling, opening of
joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental
effects.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 5
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
2.3 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks,
roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes.
B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Same metal and finish as supported rails unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Provide cast-metal brackets with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to
threaded hanger bolt.
2. Provide either formed- or cast-metal brackets with predrilled hole for exposed
bolt anchorage.
3. Provide formed-steel brackets with predrilled hole for bolted anchorage and with
snap-on cover that matches rail finish and conceals bracket base and bolt head.
4. Provide extruded-aluminum brackets with interlocking pieces that conceal
anchorage. Locate set screws on bottom of bracket.
2.4 STEEL AND IRON
A. Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M (cold formed) ASTM A 513.
B. Bars: Hot-rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A 29/A 29M, Grade 1010.
C. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2.5 FASTENERS
A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
1. Uncoated Steel Components: Plated-steel fasteners complying with ASTM B
633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating where concealed; Type
304 stainless-steel fasteners where exposed.
2. Galvanized-Steel Components: Plated-steel fasteners complying with ASTM B
633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating.
3. Dissimilar Metals: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.
B. Fasteners for Anchoring to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and
class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of
construction indicated.
C. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching
railings to other work unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide tamper-resistant flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners unless
otherwise indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 6
D. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal
to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193.
1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply
with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy
Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal
alloy welded.
B. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25.
C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20
and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
D. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Water-based galvanized metal primer complying
with MPI#134.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design,
dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage.
B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and
assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations.
Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that
maintain structural value of joined pieces.
C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a
radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough
areas on exposed surfaces.
D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.
E. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water.
Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Locate weep holes in inconspicuous
locations.
F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar
items.
G. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated.
H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use
fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 7
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's
"Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 welds; no evidence of a welded
joint.
I. Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect members
with concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using manufacturer's
standard system of sleeve and socket fittings.
J. Mechanical Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and
fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints.
1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if
this is manufacturer's standard splicing method.
K. Form changes in direction as follows:
1. By bending to smallest radius that will not result in distortion of railing member.
L. Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required;
maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting,
cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components.
M. Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
N. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated.
Close ends of returns, unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less.
O. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous
fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise
indicated.
1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide
crush-resistant fillers, or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to
structural supports and to prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of
substrate.
P. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or
masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by
railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure.
2.8 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and
texture, of railings.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 8
2.9 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanized Railings:
1. Hot-dip galvanize exterior steel and iron railings, including hardware, after
fabrication.
2. Hot-dip galvanize indicated steel and iron railings, including hardware, after
fabrication.
3. Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for hot-dip galvanized railings.
4. Comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware.
5. Do not quench or apply post-galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint
adhesion.
6. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work, unless indicated
to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth.
B. For galvanized railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves,
and other ferrous components.
C. Preparing Galvanized Railings for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean
railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner.
D. For nongalvanized-steel railings, provide nongalvanized ferrous-metal fittings, brackets,
fasteners, and sleeves, but galvanize anchors to be embedded in exterior concrete or
masonry.
E. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings unless otherwise
indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification
No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Primer need
not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
1. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces.
2. Shop-Painted Finish: Comply with Color: As selected by Architect from
manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors,
to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for
Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 9
B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately
in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and
free of rack.
1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been
coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by
mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting.
2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet.
3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from
parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch
in 12 feet.
C. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where
necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place
construction.
3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS
A. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing
components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article
whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field.
3.4 ANCHORING POSTS
A. Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches deep and 3/4 inch larger than OD of post
for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill
annular space between post and concrete with [nonshrink, nonmetallic grout] [or]
[anchoring cement], mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Cover anchorage joint with flange of same metal as post, welded to post after placing
anchoring material.
C. Leave anchorage joint exposed with anchoring material flush with adjacent surface.
3.5 ATTACHING RAILINGS
A. Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with [sleeves concealed within] [flanges
connected to] [brackets on underside of rails connected to] railing ends and anchored
to wall construction with anchors and bolts.
B. Attach handrails to walls with wall brackets[ except where end flanges are used].
Provide brackets with 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished
wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to
support structural loads.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 10
1. Use type of bracket with [flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded
hanger bolt] [predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage].
2. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support
structural loads.
C. Secure wall brackets[ and railing end flanges] to building construction as follows:
1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and
hanger or lag bolts.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Extent and Testing Methodology: Testing agency will randomly select completed railing
assemblies for testing that are representative of different railing designs and conditions
in the completed Work. Test railings according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935 for
compliance with performance requirements.
B. Remove and replace railings where test results indicate that they do not comply with
specified requirements unless they can be repaired in a manner satisfactory to
Architect and comply with specified requirements.
C. Perform additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean and polish as recommended in writing by manufacturer. Wash both exposed
surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for
inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion.
B. Clean by wiping with a damp cloth and then wiping dry.
C. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material used
for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.
D. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting,"
Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting," and Section 09 9600 "High-Performance Coatings."
E. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 05 7300 - 11
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary
protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at
time of Substantial Completion.
B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence
remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the
shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units.
END OF SECTION 05 7300
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 1
SECTION 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: ICC-ES evaluation reports for wood-preservative treated wood fire-
retardant treated wood metal framing anchors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency.
2.2 TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2.
1. Use treatment containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron
(SBX) for sill plates.
2. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent.
3. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by
the ALSC Board of Review.
4. Provide preservative-treated materials for all rough carpentry unless otherwise
indicated. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking,
stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor
barriers, and waterproofing.
5. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground.
B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less
when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive
combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame
front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time
during the test.
1. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated.
2. For enclosed roof framing, framing in attic spaces, and where high-temperature
fire-retardant treatment is indicated, provide material with design adjustment
factors of not less than 0.85 for modulus of elasticity and 0.75 for extreme fiber in
bending for Project's climatological zone.
3. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent.
4. Identify with appropriate classification marking of a testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 2
C. Provide fire-retardant treated materials for all rough carpentry .
2.3 FRAMING
A. Dimension Lumber:
1. Maximum Moisture Content: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, 19
percent for more than 2-inch nominal thickness.
2. Framing Other Than Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction, Stud, or
No. 3: Hem-fir (north): NLGA; Southern pine: SPIB Douglas fir-larch: WCLIB, or
WWPA;.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. Miscellaneous Dimension Lumber: Standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade with 15 percent
maximum moisture content of any species. Provide for nailers, blocking, and similar
members.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in
ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc
coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M of Type 304 stainless steel.
1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
2. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex
nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.
B. Metal Framing Anchors: Structural capacity, type, and size indicated.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: or a comparable product of one of the following:
a. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
b. KC Metals Products, Inc.
c. Phoenix Metal Products, Inc.
d. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.
e. USP Structural Connectors.
2. Use anchors made from stainless steel complying with ASTM A 666, Type 304
for exterior locations and where indicated.
C. Flexible Flashing: Self-adhesive product consisting of a butyl rubber compound,
bonded to a backing sheet to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut,
and fitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements
for attaching other construction.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood
Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
C. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
D. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates, complying with the following:
1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer.
3. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the IBC.
END OF SECTION 06 1000
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 1
SECTION 06 1600 - SHEATHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Sheathing joint and penetration treatment.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate
component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
Note on submittal compliance with Section 07 2726 "FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE
AIR BARRIERS"
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for
fire-retardant-treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the
classification marking is representative of the material tested.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting,
securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As tested according to ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified
testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing
agency.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 2
1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire
Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.
2.2 WALL SHEATHING
A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/1177M.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation; GlasRoc.
b. Georgia-Pacific Building Products; Dens-Glass Gold.
c. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond eXP Extended Exposure
Sheathing.
d. Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific; GreenGlass Exterior
Sheathing.
e. United States Gypsum Co.; Securock.
2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick.
B. Cementitious Backer Units: ASTM C 1325, Type A.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. C-Cure; C-Cure Board 990.
b. Custom Building Products; Wonderboard.
c. FinPan, Inc; Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch .
2.3 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements
specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. For wall sheathing, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel.
B. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70.
C. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Steel drill
screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing
to be attached.
1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, use screws that comply with
ASTM C 1002.
2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick, use screws that comply with
ASTM C 954.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 3
2.4 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. Sealant for Gypsum Sheathing: Elastomeric, medium-modulus, neutral-curing silicone
joint sealant compatible with joint substrates formed by gypsum sheathing and other
materials, recommended by sheathing manufacturer for application indicated and
complying with requirements for elastomeric sealants specified in Section 07 9200
"Joint Sealants."
B. Sealant for Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Silicone emulsion sealant complying with
ASTM C 834, compatible with sheathing tape and sheathing and recommended by
tape and sheathing manufacturers for use with glass-fiber sheathing tape and for
covering exposed fasteners.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too
small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange
joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members.
B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against
abutting construction unless otherwise indicated.
C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code.
D. Use common wire nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not
fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive
finish materials. Make tight connections. Install fasteners without splitting wood.
E. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these
materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from
passing through completed assembly.
F. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match
spacing of structural support elements.
G. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing
so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when
rain is forecast.
3.2 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to wood framing with screws.
2. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEATHING 06 1600 - 4
3. Install panels with a 3/8-inch gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts
structural elements.
4. Install panels with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials
that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking.
B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing, but do not cut into
facing.
C. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge
up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent
panels without forcing. Abut ends over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of
adjacent panels not less than one stud spacing. Attach at perimeter and within field of
panel to each stud.
1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch
from edges and ends of panels.
2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, panels may be initially tacked in place with
screws if overlying self-furring metal lath is screw-attached through sheathing to
studs immediately after sheathing is installed.
D. Vertical Installation: Install vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges
with those of adjacent panels. Attach at perimeter and within field of panel to each stud.
1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch
from edges and ends of panels.
2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, panels may be initially tacked in place with
screws if overlying self-furring metal lath is screw-attached through sheathing to
studs immediately after sheathing is installed.
E. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient
amount of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal
other penetrations and openings.
2. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing joints and apply
and trowel sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to
exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other
penetrations and openings.
END OF SECTION 06 1600
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 07 2726 - 1
SECTION 07 2726 - FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Vapor-permeable, fluid-applied air barriers.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06 1600 "Sheathing" for wall sheathings and wall sheathing joint-and-
penetration treatments.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Air-Barrier Material: A primary element that provides a continuous barrier to the
movement of air.
B. Air-Barrier Accessory: A transitional component of the air barrier that provides
continuity.
C. Air-Barrier Assembly: The collection of air-barrier materials and accessories applied to
an opaque wall, including joints and junctions to abutting construction, to control air
movement through the wall.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review air-barrier requirements and installation, special details, mockups, air-
leakage and bond testing, air-barrier protection, and work scheduling that covers
air barriers.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 07 2726 - 2
1. Include manufacturer's written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating
each substrate; technical data; dry film thickness; and tested physical and
performance properties of products.
B. Shop Drawings: For air-barrier assemblies.
1. Show locations and extent of air-barrier materials, accessories, and assemblies
specific to Project conditions.
2. Include details for substrate joints and cracks, counterflashing strips,
penetrations, inside and outside corners, terminations, and tie-ins with adjoining
construction.
3. Include details of interfaces with other materials that form part of air barrier.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer. Include list of ABAA-certified installers and
supervisors employed by Installer, who work on Project.
B. Product Certificates: From air-barrier manufacturer, certifying compatibility of air
barriers and accessory materials with Project materials that connect to or that come in
contact with the barrier.
C. Product Test Reports: For each air-barrier assembly, for tests performed by a qualified
testing agency.
D. Field quality-control reports.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are
trained and approved by manufacturer.
1. Installer shall be licensed by ABAA according to ABAA's Quality Assurance
Program and shall employ ABAA-certified installers and supervisors on Project.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Remove and replace liquid materials that cannot be applied within their stated shelf life.
B. Protect stored materials from direct sunlight.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Apply air barrier within the range of ambient and substrate
temperatures recommended in writing by air-barrier manufacturer.
1. Protect substrates from environmental conditions that affect air-barrier
performance.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 07 2726 - 3
2. Do not apply air barrier to a damp or wet substrate or during snow, rain, fog, or
mist.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain primary air-barrier materials and air-barrier accessories from
single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Air-Barrier Performance: Air-barrier assembly and seals with adjacent construction
shall be capable of performing as a continuous air barrier and as a liquid-water
drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior incidental condensation or water
penetration. Air-barrier assemblies shall be capable of accommodating substrate
movement and of sealing substrate expansion and control joints, construction material
changes, penetrations, tie-ins to installed waterproofing, and transitions at perimeter
conditions without deterioration and air leakage exceeding specified limits.
B. Air-Barrier Assembly Air Leakage: Maximum 0.04 cfm/sq. ft. of surface area at 1.57
lbf/sq. ft., when tested according to ASTM E 2357.
2.3 HIGH-BUILD AIR BARRIERS, VAPOR PERMEABLE
A. High-Build, Vapor-Permeable Air Barrier: membrane with an installed dry film
thickness, according to manufacturer's written instructions, of 35 mils or thicker over
smooth, void-free substrates.
1. Synthetic Polymer Type:
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
1) Dryvit Systems, Inc. Backstop NT. See product sheet "DS806" for
more information: http://www.dryvit.com/media/304744/ds806.pdf
2. Physical and Performance Properties:
a. Adhesion to Substrate: Minimum 16 lbf/sq. in. when tested according to
ASTM D 4541.
b. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an
approved assembly.
c. UV Resistance: Can be exposed to sunlight for 180 days according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 07 2726 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify that substrates are sound and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar, or
other contaminants.
2. Verify that substrates have cured and aged for minimum time recommended in
writing by air-barrier manufacturer.
3. Verify that substrates are visibly dry and free of moisture. Test concrete
substrates for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to
ASTM D 4263.
4. Verify that masonry joints are flush and completely filled with mortar.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Clean, prepare, treat, fill, and seal substrate and joints and cracks in substrate
according to manufacturer's written instructions and details. Provide clean, dust-free,
and dry substrate for air-barrier application.
B. Mask off adjoining surfaces not covered by air barrier to prevent spillage and overspray
affecting other construction.
C. Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and
other penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.
D. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate
pockets, holes, and other voids in concrete with substrate-patching material.
E. Remove excess mortar from masonry ties, shelf angles, and other obstructions.
F. At changes in substrate plane, apply sealant or termination mastic beads at sharp
corners and edges to form a smooth transition from one plane to another.
G. Cover gaps in substrate plane and form a smooth transition from one substrate plane to
another with stainless-steel sheet mechanically fastened to structural framing to
provide continuous support for air barrier.
H. Bridge isolation joints and discontinuous wall-to-wall, deck-to-wall, and deck-to-deck
joints with air-barrier accessory material that accommodates joint movement according
to manufacturer's written instructions and details.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 07 2726 - 5
3.3 PRIMARY AIR-BARRIER MATERIAL INSTALLATION
A. Apply air-barrier material to form a seal with strips and transition strips and to achieve a
continuous air barrier according to air-barrier manufacturer's written instructions and
details. Apply air-barrier material within manufacturer's recommended application
temperature ranges.
1. Unless manufacturer recommends in writing against priming, apply primer to
substrates at required rate and allow it to dry.
2. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by air-barrier material on same day.
Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours.
3. Where multiple prime coats are needed to achieve required bond, allow
adequate drying time between coats.
B. High-Build Air Barriers: Apply continuous unbroken air-barrier material to substrates
according to the following thickness. Apply air-barrier material in full contact around
protrusions such as masonry ties.
1. Vapor-Permeable, High-Build Air Barrier: Total dry film thickness as
recommended in writing by manufacturer to comply with performance
requirements, but not less than 35 mils , applied in one or more equal coats.
C. Do not cover air barrier until it has been tested and inspected by testing agency.
D. Correct deficiencies in or remove air barrier that does not comply with requirements;
repair substrates and reapply air-barrier components.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. ABAA Quality Assurance Program: Perform examinations, preparation, installation,
testing, and inspections under ABAA's Quality Assurance Program.
B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
C. Inspections: Air-barrier materials, accessories, and installation are subject to inspection
for compliance with requirements. Inspections may include the following:
1. Continuity of air-barrier system has been achieved throughout the building
envelope with no gaps or holes.
2. Air-barrier dry film thickness.
3. Continuous structural support of air-barrier system has been provided.
4. Masonry and concrete surfaces are smooth, clean, and free of cavities,
protrusions, and mortar droppings.
5. Site conditions for application temperature and dryness of substrates have been
maintained.
6. Maximum exposure time of materials to UV deterioration has not been exceeded.
7. Surfaces have been primed, if applicable.
8. Laps in strips and transition strips have complied with minimum requirements
and have been shingled in the correct direction (or mastic has been applied on
exposed edges), with no fishmouths.
9. Termination mastic has been applied on cut edges.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 07 2726 - 6
10. Strips and transition strips have been firmly adhered to substrate.
11. Compatible materials have been used.
12. Transitions at changes in direction and structural support at gaps have been
provided.
13. Connections between assemblies (air-barrier and sealants) have complied with
requirements for cleanliness, surface preparation and priming, structural support,
integrity, and continuity of seal.
14. All penetrations have been sealed.
D. Tests: As determined by testing agency from among the following tests:
1. Adhesion Testing: Air-barrier assemblies will be tested for required adhesion to
substrate according to ASTM D 4541 for each 600 sq. ft. of installed air barrier or
part thereof.
E. Air barriers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
1. Apply additional air-barrier material, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, where inspection results indicate insufficient thickness.
2. Remove and replace deficient air-barrier components for retesting as specified
above.
F. Repair damage to air barriers caused by testing; follow manufacturer's written
instructions.
G. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect air-barrier system from damage during application and remainder of
construction period, according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Protect air barrier from exposure to UV light and harmful weather exposure as
recommended in writing by manufacturer. If exposed to these conditions for
longer than recommended, remove and replace air barrier or install additional,
full-thickness, air-barrier application after repairing and preparing the
overexposed materials according to air-barrier manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. Protect air barrier from contact with incompatible materials and sealants not
approved by air-barrier manufacturer.
B. Clean spills, stains, and soiling from construction that would be exposed in the
completed work using cleaning agents and procedures recommended in writing by
manufacturer of affected construction.
C. Remove masking materials after installation.
END OF SECTION 07 2726
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 1
SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications.
2. Formed equipment support flashing.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06 1000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking.
2. Section 01 7329 "Cutting and Patching"
3. Section 07 7200 "Roof Accessories" for set-on-type curbs, equipment supports,
roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of
penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.
B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall
materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof-penetration flashing, equipment
curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and
trim.
3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.
4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing
installation.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 2
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and
accessory.
B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed
details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work.
3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and
location in Project.
4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions.
5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing
of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams.
6. Include details of termination points and assemblies.
7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing
direction of expansion and contraction from fixed points.
8. Include details of roof-penetration flashing.
9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes,
crickets, and counterflashings as applicable.
10. Include details of special conditions.
11. Include details of connections to adjoining work.
12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12
inches .
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with
factory-applied finishes.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish.
1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished
seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other
attachments.
2. Trim, Metal Closures, Expansion Joints, Joint Intersections, and Miscellaneous
Fabrications: 12 inches long and in required profile. Include fasteners and other
exposed accessories.
3. Unit-Type Accessories and Miscellaneous Materials: Full-size Sample.
4. Anodized Aluminum Samples: Samples to show full range to be expected for
each color required.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For fabricator.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of coping and roof edge flashing that is [SPRI ES-1
tested] [and] [FM Approvals approved].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 3
C. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing
agency.
D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in
maintenance manuals.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal
flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a
record of successful in-service performance.
1. For copings and roof edge flashings that are [SPRI ES-1 tested] [and]
[FM Approvals approved], shop shall be listed as able to fabricate required
details as tested and approved.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that
might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and
trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.
B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to
sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal
flashing and trim installation.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet
metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes
within specified warranty period.
1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to
ASTM D 2244.
b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to
ASTM D 4214.
c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads,
structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without
failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in
construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen,
and shall remain watertight.
B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with [NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing
Manual"] [and] [SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"] requirements for
dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Sheet Metal Standard for Copper: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture
Handbook." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
D. FM Approvals Listing: Manufacture and install copings that are listed in FM Approvals'
"RoofNav". Identify materials with name of fabricator and design approved by FM
Approvals.
E. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings tested according to
SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure:
1. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings.
F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of
components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental
effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat
gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
2.2 SHEET METALS
A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by
applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.
B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation ; prepainted by coil-coating process to
comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.
1. Surface: Smooth, flat and mill phosphatized for field painting.
2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 5
a. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing
not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear
topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to
comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants,
and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim
installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or
manufactured item unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking
rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and
recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.
1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.
a. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable
for metal being fastened.
b. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule
matching internal gutter width.
2. Fasteners for Sheet: Copper, hardware bronze or passivated Series 300
stainless steel.
3. Fasteners for Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel
according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.
C. Solder:
1. For Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel: ASTM B 32, [Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin
and 50 percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead] [with
maximum lead content of 0.2 percent].
D. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound
sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag,
nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.
E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type,
grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and
trim and remain watertight.
F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant;
polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movement.
G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.
H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 6
application.
2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown
and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions,
geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet
metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.
1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply
with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each
application and metal.
2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning,
buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges
folded back to form hems.
4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use
exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.
B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of
installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on
Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching
profiles.
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of
installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal
Roofing."
D. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep,
filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints.
2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.
E. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to
provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal
standard.
F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being
anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.
G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet
metal standard and by FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for
application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.
H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed,
form seams, and solder.
I. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with
elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for
intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 7
J. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
2.5 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12-foot- long, sections.
Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to
support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter
corners, solder or weld watertight. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners.
1. Coping Profile: Fig 3-4F according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual."
2. Joint Style: Butted with expansion space and 6-inch- wide, concealed backup
plate .
3. Fabricate from the Following Materials:
a. Galvanized Steel: 0.040 inch thick.
B. Base Flashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the following
materials:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.
C. Counterflashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the
following materials:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick.
D. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick.
E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 8
1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates.
2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and
securely anchored.
3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or
backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work
securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use
fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous
items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide
uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.
2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight
performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before
fabricating sheet metal.
3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two
fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.
4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of
buckling and tool marks.
5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts
pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or
corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent
separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal
standard.
1. Coat concealed side of [uncoated-aluminum] [and] [stainless-steel] sheet metal
flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood,
ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on
cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.
C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner
or intersection.
1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep,
filled with sealant concealed within joints.
2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.
D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by
fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 9
E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and
locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as
required for a tight installation.
F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.
1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of
joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal
sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70
deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting
proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install
sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07
9200 "Joint Sealants."
G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-
tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches ; however, reduce pre-tinning
where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work.
1. Do not solder [metallic-coated steel] [and] [aluminum] sheet.
2. Do not pre-tin [zinc-tin alloy-coated stainless steel] [and] [zinc-tin alloy-coated
copper].
3. Do not use torches for soldering.
4. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely.
Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.
5. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for
stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after
tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods
for cleaning and neutralization.
H. Rivets: Rivet joints in zinc where necessary for strength.
3.3 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance
requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and cited
sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true
to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently
watertight and weather resistant.
B. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in
FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified FM Approvals'
listing for required windstorm classification.
C. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar
with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base
flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 10
D. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base
flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing.
Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints
minimum of 4 inches . Secure in waterproof manner by means of interlocking folded
seam or blind rivets and sealant unless otherwise indicated.
E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with
installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with elastomeric sealant
and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof.
3.4 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with
installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to
equipment support member.
3.5 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed
tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and
within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed
tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing."
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and
weathering.
B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.
C. Clean off excess sealants.
D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing
and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation
instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused
materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and
trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during
construction.
E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have
deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair
procedures.
END OF SECTION 07 6200
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 1
SECTION 07 7200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment supports.
2. Pipe and duct supports.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for metal vertical ladders, ships' ladders,
and stairs for access to roof hatches.
2. Section 07 6200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for shop- and field-formed
metal flashing, roof-drainage systems, roof expansion-joint covers, and
miscellaneous sheet metal trim and accessories.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of roof accessories with roofing membrane and base
flashing and interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, weathertight,
secure, and noncorrosive installation.
B. Coordinate dimensions with rough-in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be
supported.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of roof accessory.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: For roof accessories.
1. Include plans, elevations, keyed details, and attachments to other work. Indicate
dimensions, loadings, and special conditions. Distinguish between plant- and
field-assembled work.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 2
C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, prepared
on Samples of size to adequately show color.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans, drawn to scale, and coordinating penetrations and
roof-mounted items. Show the following:
1. Size and location of roof accessories specified in this Section.
2. Method of attaching roof accessories to roof or building structure.
3. Other roof-mounted items including mechanical and electrical equipment,
ductwork, piping, and conduit.
4. Required clearances.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For roof accessories to include in operation and
maintenance manuals.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which
manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace roof accessories that show evidence
of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.
1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to
ASTM D 2244.
b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to
ASTM D 4214.
c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Performance: Roof accessories shall withstand exposure to weather and resist
thermally induced movement without failure, rattling, leaking, or fastener
disengagement due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects
in construction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 3
B. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01
4000 "Quality Requirements," to design [roof curbs] [and] [equipment supports] to
comply with wind performance requirements, including comprehensive engineering
analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and
design criteria indicated.
C. Wind-Restraint Performance: [As indicated on Drawings] <Insert requirements>.
2.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Equipment Supports: Rail-type metal equipment supports capable of supporting
superimposed live and dead loads between structural supports, including equipment
loads and other construction indicated on Drawings, spanning between structural
supports; capable of meeting performance requirements; with welded and sealed
corner joints, integral metal cant, and integrally formed structure-mounting flange at
bottom.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Adaptable Air Products.
b. AES Industries, Inc.
c. Air Balance Inc.; a division of MESTEK, Inc..
d. Conn-Fab Sales, Inc.
e. Custom Solution Roof and Metal Products.
f. Greenheck Fan Corporation.
g. KCC International Inc..
h. Lloyd Industries, Inc..
i. LMCurbs.
j. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc..
k. Milcor; Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc..
l. Pate Company (The).
m. Plenums Incorporated.
n. Roof Curb Systems.
o. Roof Products and Systems (RPS); a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc..
p. Roof Products, Inc..
q. Thybar Corporation.
r. Vent Products Co., Inc.
B. Size: Coordinate dimensions with roughing-in information or Shop Drawings of
equipment to be supported.
C. Supported Load Capacity: Per the drawings.
D. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet, 0.064 inch thick.
1. Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer .
2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
E. Construction:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 4
1. Curb Profile: Profile as indicated on Drawings compatible with roofing system.
2. Liner: Same material as equipment support, of manufacturer's standard thickness
and finish.
3. Nailer: Factory-installed continuous wood nailers 3-1/2 inches wide on top
flange of equipment supports, continuous around support perimeter.
4. Wind Restraint Straps and Base Flange Attachment: Provide wind restraint
straps, welded strap connectors, and base flange attachment to roof structure at
perimeter of curb of size and spacing required to meet wind uplift requirements.
5. Platform Cap: Where portion of equipment support is not covered by equipment,
provide weathertight platform cap formed from 3/4-inch thick plywood covered
with metal sheet of same type, thickness, and finish as required for curb.
6. Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard, removable, fabricated of same
metal and finish as equipment support.
7. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form deck-mounting flange at perimeter bottom to
conform to roof profile.
8. Fabricate equipment supports to minimum height of 12 inches above roofing
surface unless otherwise indicated.
9. Sloping Roofs: Where roof slope exceeds 1:48, fabricate each support with
height to accommodate roof slope so that tops of supports are level with each
other. Equip supports with water diverters or crickets on sides that obstruct water
flow.
2.3 PIPE AND DUCT SUPPORTS
A. Fixed-Height Cradle-Type Pipe Supports: Polycarbonate pipe stand accommodating up
to 1-1/2-inch- diameter pipe or conduit; with provision for pipe retainer and with
manufacturer's support pad or deck plate as recommended for penetration-free
installation over roof membrane type; as required for quantity of pipe runs and sizes.
B. Fixed-Height Roller-Bearing Pipe Supports: Polycarbonate pipe stand with stainless-
steel roller carrying assembly accommodating up to 7-inch- diameter pipe or conduit;
with provision for pipe retainer and with manufacturer's support pad or deck plate as
recommended for penetration-free installation over roof membrane type; as required for
quantity of pipe runs and sizes.
C. Adjustable-Height Roller-Bearing Pipe Supports: Polycarbonate pipe stand base, pipe
support, and roller housing, with stainless-steel threaded rod designed for adjusting
support height, accommodating up to 18 inch diameter pipe or conduit; with provision
for pipe retainer and with manufacturer's support pad or deck plate as recommended
for penetration-free installation over roof membrane type; as required for quantity of
pipe runs and sizes.
D. Adjustable-Height Structure-Mounted Pipe Supports: Extruded-aluminum tube, filled
with urethane insulation; 2 inches in diameter; accommodating up to 7-inch- diameter
pipe or conduit, with provision for pipe retainer; with aluminum baseplate, EPDM base
seal, manufacturer's recommended hardware for mounting to structure or structural
roof deck as indicated, stainless-steel roller and retainer, and extruded-aluminum
carrier assemblies; as required for quantity of pipe runs and sizes.
E. Duct Supports: Extruded-aluminum, urethane-insulated supports, 2 inches in diameter;
with manufacturer's recommended hardware for mounting to structure or structural roof
deck.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 5
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
a. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd..
2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard.
2.4 METAL MATERIALS
A. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating
designation and mill phosphatized for field painting.
1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply
with ASTM A 755/A 755M. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal
surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer Finish: AAMA 621. System consisting of primer
and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent PVDF
resin by weight.
2. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored
acrylic or polyester-backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat, with a
minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil.
B. Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M, hot-dip galvanized according to
ASTM A 123/A 123M unless otherwise indicated.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and
other miscellaneous items required by manufacturer for a complete installation.
B. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for
aboveground use, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, containing no arsenic or
chromium, and complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches thick.
C. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with
ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
D. Underlayment:
1. Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil- thick polyethylene sheet complying with
ASTM D 4397.
2. Fasteners: Roof accessory manufacturer's recommended fasteners suitable for
application and metals being fastened. Match finish of exposed fasteners with
finish of material being fastened. Provide nonremovable fastener heads to
exterior exposed fasteners. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated:
3. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated or Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: Series 300
stainless steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or
ASTM F 2329.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 6
4. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.
5. Fasteners for Stainless-Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel.
E. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, PVC,
or silicone or a flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork.
F. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane silicone polymer sealant
as recommended by roof accessory manufacturer for installation indicated; low
modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints and
remain watertight.
G. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586/D 4586M, asbestos free, of consistency
required for application.
2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual
locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely
anchored.
C. Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Install roof accessories level; plumb; true to line and elevation; and without
warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks.
2. Anchor roof accessories securely in place so they are capable of resisting
indicated loads.
3. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required
to complete installation of roof accessories and fit them to substrates.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 7
4. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling,
leaking, or loosening of fasteners and seals.
B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals
from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces
with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by
manufacturer.
1. Underlayment: Where installing roof accessories directly on cementitious or
wood substrates, install a course of underlayment and cover with manufacturer's
recommended slip sheet.
2. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by
manufacturers of roof accessories for waterproof performance.
C. Equipment Support Installation: Install equipment supports so top surfaces are level
with each other.
D. Pipe Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-89. Install supports
and attachments as required to properly support piping. Arrange for grouping of parallel
runs of horizontal piping, and support together.
1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Space supports for smallest pipe size or install
intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe
hangers.
3.3 REPAIR AND CLEANING
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing according to ASTM A 780/A 780M.
B. Touch up factory-primed surfaces with compatible primer ready for field painting
according to Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting."
C. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Clean off excess sealants.
E. Replace roof accessories that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully
repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECTION 07 7200
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 1
SECTION 07 8100 - APPLIED FIREPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes sprayed fire-resistive materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. SFRM: Sprayed fire-resistive materials.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review products, design ratings, restrained and unrestrained conditions,
densities, thicknesses, bond strengths, and other performance requirements.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Framing plans or schedules, or both, indicating the following:
1. Extent of fireproofing for each construction and fire-resistance rating.
2. Applicable fire-resistance design designations of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Minimum fireproofing thicknesses needed to achieve required fire-resistance
rating of each structural component and assembly.
4. Treatment of fireproofing after application.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For [Installer] [and] [testing agency].
B. Product Certificates: For each type of fireproofing.
C. Evaluation Reports: For fireproofing, from ICC-ES.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 2
D. Preconstruction Test Reports: For fireproofing.
E. Field quality-control reports.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by
fireproofing manufacturer as experienced and with sufficient trained staff to install
manufacturer's products according to specified requirements.
B. Mockups: Build mockups [to set quality standards for materials and execution] [and]
[for preconstruction testing].
1. Build mockup of each type of fireproofing and different substrate as shown on
Drawings.
2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform
preconstruction testing on field mockups of fireproofing.
1. Field Mockup: At each unique condition between existing and new construction.
2. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials
and construction.
B. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test for compliance with
requirements for specified performance and test methods.
1. Bond Strength: Test for cohesive and adhesive strength according to
ASTM E 736. Provide bond strength indicated in referenced fire-resistance
design, but not less than minimum specified in Part 2.
2. Density: Test for density according to ASTM E 605. Provide density indicated in
referenced fire-resistance design, but not less than minimum specified in Part 2.
3. Verify that manufacturer, through its own laboratory testing or field experience,
attests that primers or coatings are compatible with fireproofing.
4. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the
Work.
5. For materials failing tests, obtain applied-fireproofing manufacturer's written
instructions for corrective measures including the use of specially formulated
bonding agents or primers.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 3
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply fireproofing when ambient or substrate
temperature is 44 deg F or lower unless temporary protection and heat are provided to
maintain temperature at or above this level for 24 hours before, during, and for 24
hours after product application.
B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces during and after application of fireproofing,
providing complete air exchanges according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use
natural means or, if they are inadequate, forced-air circulation until fireproofing dries
thoroughly.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Assemblies: Provide fireproofing, including auxiliary materials, according to
requirements of each fire-resistance design and manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Testing: All assemblies to meet UL assembly requirements. Modification of
existing assemblies must meet UL listing assemblies or be removed and
replaced with compliant assemblies. Any proposed modifications to existing
assemblies must be tested, approved, and re-certified by an approved testing
authority.
2. Existing Conditions: Current assemblies meet UL listed 2 hour rated fire resistive
construction assemblies. Any modification must meet or exceed this level of fire
resistivity.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain fireproofing for each fire-resistance design from single
source.
C. Fire-Resistance Design: Indicated on Drawings, tested according to ASTM E 119 or
UL 263; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate
markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Steel members are to be considered unrestrained unless specifically noted
otherwise.
D. Asbestos: Provide products containing no detectable asbestos.
2.2 SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS
A. Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material: Manufacturer's standard, factory-mixed, lightweight,
dry formulation, complying with indicated fire-resistance design, and [mixed with water
at Project site to form a slurry or mortar before conveyance and application] [or]
[conveyed in a dry state and mixed with atomized water at place of application].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 4
1. Products: Subject to compliance with the following requirements, provide
compliant assemblies one of the following:
a. Carboline Company; a subsidiary of RPM International; .
b. Grace Construction Products; W.R. Grace & Co. -- Conn.; .
c. Isolatek International; .
d. Pyrok, Inc; .
e. Schundler Company (The); Classic 5 LD.
f. Southwest Fireproofing Products Co.; .
2. Application: Designated for exterior use by a qualified testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Bond Strength: Minimum 150-lbf/sq. ft. cohesive and adhesive strength based
on field testing according to ASTM E 736.
4. Density: Not less than density specified in the approved fire-resistance design,
according to ASTM E 605.
5. Thickness: As required for fire-resistance design indicated, measured according
to requirements of fire-resistance design or ASTM E 605, whichever is thicker,
but not less than 0.375 inch .
6. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
7. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified
testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing
agency.
a. Flame-Spread Index: 10 or less.
b. Smoke-Developed Index: 10 or less.
8. Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion according to ASTM E 937.
9. Deflection: No cracking, spalling, or delamination according to ASTM E 759.
10. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, or delamination according to
ASTM E 760.
11. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.025 g/sq. ft. in 24 hours according to
ASTM E 859.
12. Fungal Resistance: Treat products with manufacturer's standard antimicrobial
formulation to result in [no growth on specimens per ASTM G 21] [or] [rating of
10 according to ASTM D 3274 when tested according to ASTM D 3273].
2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that are compatible with fireproofing and
substrates and are approved by UL or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use in fire-resistance designs indicated.
B. Substrate Primers: Primers approved by fireproofing manufacturer and complying with
one or both of the following requirements:
1. Primer and substrate are identical to those tested in required fire-resistance
design by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 5
2. Primer's bond strength in required fire-resistance design complies with specified
bond strength for fireproofing and with requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance
Directory" or in the listings of another qualified testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, based on a series of bond tests according to
ASTM E 736.
C. Bonding Agent: Product approved by fireproofing manufacturer and complying with
requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listings of another qualified
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Metal Lath: Expanded metal lath fabricated from material of weight, configuration, and
finish required, according to fire-resistance designs indicated and fireproofing
manufacturer's written instructions. Include clips, lathing accessories, corner beads,
and other anchorage devices required to attach lath to substrates and to receive
fireproofing.
E. Reinforcing Fabric: Glass- or carbon-fiber fabric of type, weight, and form required to
comply with fire-resistance designs indicated; approved and provided by fireproofing
manufacturer.
F. Reinforcing Mesh: Metallic mesh reinforcement of type, weight, and form required to
comply with fire-resistance design indicated; approved and provided by fireproofing
manufacturer. Include pins and attachment.
G. Sealer: Transparent-drying, water-dispersible, tinted protective coating recommended
in writing by fireproofing manufacturer for each fire-resistance design.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. Isolatek International; Cafco Bond-Seal Type EBSCafco Bond-Seal Type
X.
H. Topcoat: Suitable for application over applied fireproofing; of type recommended in
writing by fireproofing manufacturer for each fire-resistance design.
1. Cement-Based Topcoat: Factory-mixed, cementitious hard-coat formulation for
trowel or spray application over SFRM.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
1) Carboline Company; a subsidiary of RPM International; Hardcoat
4500.
2) Isolatek International; Fendolite M-IIFendolite TG.
2. Water-Based Permeable Topcoat: Factory-mixed formulation for brush, roller, or
spray application over applied SFRM. Provide application at a rate of [30 sq.
ft./gal.] [60 sq. ft./gal.] [120 sq. ft./gal.] <Insert value>.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for substrates and other conditions affecting performance of the Work
and according to each fire-resistance design.
1. Verify that substrates are free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents, rolling
compounds, mill scale, loose scale, incompatible primers, paints, and
encapsulants, or other foreign substances capable of impairing bond of
fireproofing with substrates under conditions of normal use or fire exposure.
2. Verify that objects penetrating fireproofing, including clips, hangers, support
sleeves, and similar items, are securely attached to substrates.
3. Verify that substrates receiving fireproofing are not obstructed by ducts, piping,
equipment, or other suspended construction that will interfere with fireproofing
application.
B. Verify that concrete work on steel deck is complete before beginning fireproofing work.
C. Verify that roof construction, installation of rooftop HVAC equipment, and other related
work are complete before beginning fireproofing work.
D. Conduct tests according to fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions to verify that
substrates are free of substances capable of interfering with bond.
E. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to
performance of the Work.
F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Cover other work subject to damage from fallout or overspray of fireproofing materials
during application.
B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of fireproofing.
C. Prime substrates where included in fire-resistance design and where recommended in
writing by fireproofing manufacturer unless compatible shop primer has been applied
and is in satisfactory condition to receive fireproofing.
D. For applications visible on completion of Project, repair substrates to remove surface
imperfections that could affect uniformity of texture and thickness in finished surface of
fireproofing. Remove minor projections and fill voids that would telegraph through fire-
resistive products after application.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 7
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Construct fireproofing assemblies that are identical to fire-resistance design indicated
and products as specified, tested, and substantiated by test reports; for thickness,
primers, sealers, topcoats, finishing, and other materials and procedures affecting
fireproofing work.
B. Comply with fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions for mixing materials,
application procedures, and types of equipment used to mix, convey, and apply
fireproofing; as applicable to particular conditions of installation and as required to
achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
C. Coordinate application of fireproofing with other construction to minimize need to cut or
remove fireproofing.
1. Do not begin applying fireproofing until clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and
other items penetrating fireproofing are in place.
2. Defer installing ducts, piping, and other items that would interfere with applying
fireproofing until application of fireproofing is completed.
D. Metal Decks:
1. Do not apply fireproofing to underside of metal deck substrates until concrete
topping, if any, is completed.
2. Do not apply fireproofing to underside of metal roof deck until roofing is
completed; prohibit roof traffic during application and drying of fireproofing.
E. Install auxiliary materials as required, as detailed, and according to fire-resistance
design and fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions for conditions of exposure
and intended use. For auxiliary materials, use attachment and anchorage devices of
type recommended in writing by fireproofing manufacturer.
F. Spray apply fireproofing to maximum extent possible. After the spraying operation in
each area, complete the coverage by trowel application or other placement method
recommended in writing by fireproofing manufacturer.
G. Extend fireproofing in full thickness over entire area of each substrate to be protected.
H. Install body of fireproofing in a single course unless otherwise recommended in writing
by fireproofing manufacturer.
I. For applications over encapsulant materials, including lockdown (post-removal)
encapsulants, apply fireproofing that differs in color from that of encapsulant over which
it is applied.
J. Where sealers are used, apply products that are tinted to differentiate them from
fireproofing over which they are applied.
K. Provide a uniform finish complying with description indicated for each type of
fireproofing material and matching finish approved for required mockups.
L. Cure fireproofing according to fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 8
M. Do not install enclosing or concealing construction until after fireproofing has been
applied, inspected, and tested and corrections have been made to deficient
applications.
N. Finishes: Where indicated, apply fireproofing to produce the following finishes:
1. Manufacturer's Standard Finishes: Finish according to manufacturer's written
instructions for each finish selected.
2. Spray-Textured Finish: Finish left as spray applied with no further treatment.
3. Rolled, Spray-Textured Finish: Even finish produced by rolling spray-applied
finish with a damp paint roller to remove drippings and excessive roughness.
4. Skip-Troweled Finish: Even leveled surface produced by troweling spray-applied
finish to smooth out the texture and neaten edges.
5. Skip-Troweled Finish with Corner Beads: Even, leveled surface produced by
troweling spray-applied finish to smooth out the texture, eliminate surface
markings, and square off edges.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following
special inspections:
1. Test and inspect as required by the IBC 2015, Subsection 1705.13, "Sprayed
Fire-Resistant Materials."
B. Perform the tests and inspections of completed Work in successive stages. Do not
proceed with application of fireproofing for the next area until test results for previously
completed applications of fireproofing show compliance with requirements. Tested
values must equal or exceed values as specified and as indicated and required for
approved fire-resistance design.
C. Fireproofing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
1. Remove and replace fireproofing that does not pass tests and inspections, and
retest.
2. Apply additional fireproofing, per manufacturer's written instructions, where test
results indicate insufficient thickness, and retest.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 CLEANING, PROTECTING, AND REPAIRING
A. Cleaning: Immediately after completing spraying operations in each containable area of
Project, remove material overspray and fallout from surfaces of other construction and
clean exposed surfaces to remove evidence of soiling.
B. Protect fireproofing, according to advice of manufacturer and Installer, from damage
resulting from construction operations or other causes, so fireproofing is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
APPLIED FIREPROOFING 07 8100 - 9
C. As installation of other construction proceeds, inspect fireproofing and repair damaged
areas and fireproofing removed due to work of other trades.
D. Repair fireproofing damaged by other work before concealing it with other construction.
E. Repair fireproofing by reapplying it using same method as original installation or using
manufacturer's recommended trowel-applied product.
END OF SECTION 07 8100
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 1
SECTION 07 8413 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Penetrations in fire-resistance-rated walls.
2. Penetrations in horizontal assemblies.
3. Penetrations in smoke barriers.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 8446 "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems" for joints in or between fire-
resistance-rated construction, at exterior curtain-wall/floor intersections, and in
smoke barriers.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Product Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system. Include location and
design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency.
1. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and
inspecting agency's illustration for a particular penetration firestopping condition,
submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration
firestopping manufacturer's fire-protection engineer as an engineering judgment
or equivalent fire-resistance-rated assembly.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating penetration firestopping has been
installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written
recommendations.
C. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, for penetration firestopping.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM
Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to
comply with its "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements."
B. Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing penetration firestopping similar
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications
include having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's
products per specified requirements. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its penetration
firestopping products to Contractor or to Installer engaged by Contractor does not in
itself confer qualification on buyer.
C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Penetration firestopping shall comply with the
following requirements:
1. Penetration firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Penetration firestopping is identical to those tested per testing standard
referenced in "Penetration Firestopping" Article. Provide rated systems
complying with the following requirements:
a. Penetration firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified
testing and inspecting agency.
b. Classification markings on penetration firestopping correspond to
designations listed by the following:
1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory."
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping when ambient or
substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping
manufacturers or when substrates are wet because of rain, frost, condensation, or
other causes.
B. Install and cure penetration firestopping per manufacturer's written instructions using
natural means of ventilations or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration
firestopping is installed according to specified requirements.
B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to
accommodate penetration firestopping.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 3
C. Notify Owner's testing agency at least seven days in advance of penetration
firestopping installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of
installations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
2. Grace Construction Products.
3. Hilti, Inc.
4. Johns Manville.
5. Nelson Firestop Products.
6. NUCO Inc.
7. Passive Fire Protection Partners.
8. RectorSeal Corporation.
9. Specified Technologies Inc.
10. 3M Fire Protection Products.
11. Tremco, Inc.; Tremco Fire Protection Systems Group.
12. USG Corporation.
2.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
A. Provide penetration firestopping that is produced and installed to resist spread of fire
according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and
maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration
firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming
openings, and with penetrating items if any.
B. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Provide penetration firestopping with
ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive
pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg.
1. Fire-resistance-rated walls include [fire walls] [fire-barrier walls] [smoke-barrier
walls] [and] [fire partitions].
2. F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated.
C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings
determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure
differential of 0.01-inch wg.
1. Horizontal assemblies include [floors] [floor/ceiling assemblies] [and] [ceiling
membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies].
2. F-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of
constructions penetrated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 4
3. T-Rating: At least 1 hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of
constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall.
D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Provide penetration firestopping with ratings
determined per UL 1479.
1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. of penetration opening at 0.30-inch wg
at both ambient and elevated temperatures.
E. Exposed Penetration Firestopping: Provide products with flame-spread and smoke-
developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E
84.
F. VOC Content: Penetration firestopping sealants and sealant primers shall comply with
the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart
D (EPA Method 24):
1. Sealants: 250 g/L.
2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.
3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
G. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are
needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those
components specified by penetration firestopping manufacturer and approved by
qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestopping indicated.
1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following:
a. Slag-wool-fiber or rock-wool-fiber insulation.
b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing
materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state.
c. Fire-rated form board.
d. Fillers for sealants.
2. Temporary forming materials.
3. Substrate primers.
4. Collars.
5. Steel sleeves.
2.3 MIXING
A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration
firestopping manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials,
water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing
containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of
uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other
conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing penetration
firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with the following
requirements:
1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign
materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping.
2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound
surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping.
Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by manufacturer using that
manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of
bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetration firestopping from contacting
adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would
otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods
used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing
firestopping's seal with substrates.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install penetration firestopping to comply with manufacturer's written
installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials
during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes
and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components
of firestopping.
C. Install fill materials for firestopping by proven techniques to produce the following
results:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 6
1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and
penetrating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings
and penetrating items.
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to
produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify penetration firestopping with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels
permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of firestopping edge so labels
will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping. Use
mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives capable of
permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the
following information on labels:
1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building
Management of Any Damage."
2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
4. Date of installation.
5. Manufacturer's name.
6. Installer's name.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping is damaged or removed
because of testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping to comply with
requirements.
C. Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping with other construction only after
inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration
firestopping manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure
that penetration firestopping is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, immediately
cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetration firestopping and install new
materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 7
3.7 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SCHEDULE
A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire
Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ.
B. Where Intertek ETL SEMKO-listed systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers
in Intertek ETL SEMKO's "Directory of Listed Building Products" under "Firestop
Systems."
C. Where FM Global-approved systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers listed
in FM Global's "Building Materials Approval Guide" under "Wall and Floor Penetration
Fire Stops."
D. Firestopping with No Penetrating Items[ FS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [W-J-] [W-L-]
<Insert four-digit number> [0001-0999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design numbers>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design numbers>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
E. Firestopping for Metallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubing[ FS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [C-BK-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [F-E-] [W-J-]
[W-K-] [W-L-] [W-N-] <Insert four-digit number> [1001-1999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
F. Firestopping for Nonmetallic Pipe, Conduit, or Tubing[ FS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [C-BK-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [F-E-] [W-J-]
[W-K-] [W-L-] [W-N-] <Insert four-digit number> [2001-2999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
G. Firestopping for Electrical Cables[ FS-<#>]:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 8
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [C-BK-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [F-E-] [W-J-]
[W-K-] [W-L-] <Insert four-digit number> [3001-3999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
H. Firestopping for Cable Trays with Electric Cables[ FS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [W-J-] [W-K-] [W-L-]
<Insert four-digit number> [4001-4999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
I. Firestopping for Insulated Pipes[ FS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [C-BK-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [F-E-] [W-J-]
[W-L-] [W-N-] <Insert four-digit number> [5001-5999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
J. Firestopping for Miscellaneous Electrical Penetrants[ FS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [F-A-] [W-L-] [W-J-] <Insert four-digit
number> [6001-6999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
K. Firestopping for Miscellaneous Mechanical Penetrants[ FS-<#>]:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 8413 - 9
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [F-E-] [W-J-] [W-L-]
[W-N-] <Insert four-digit number> [7001-7999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
L. Firestopping for Groupings of Penetrants[ FS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: [C-AJ-] [C-BJ-] [F-A-] [F-B-] [F-C-] [F-E-] [W-J-] [W-L-]
<Insert four-digit number> [8001-8999].
2. Intertek ETL SEMKO-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. FM Global-Approved Systems: <Insert design number>.
4. F-Rating: 2 hours.
5. T-Rating: 2 hours.
6. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
7. L-Rating at 400 deg F: Less than <Insert cfm/sq. ft.>.
8. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
9. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating.
END OF SECTION 07 8413
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 1
SECTION 07 8443 - JOINT FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Joints in or between fire-resistance-rated constructions.
2. Joints at exterior curtain-wall/floor intersections.
3. Joints in smoke barriers.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for penetrations in fire-resistance-
rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers and for wall identification.
2. Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for firestop tracks for metal-
framed partition heads.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to
FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and
found to comply with UL's "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements."
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install joint firestopping systems when ambient or
substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by joint firestopping system
manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other
causes.
B. Install and cure joint firestopping systems per manufacturer's written instructions using
natural means of ventilation or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 2
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate construction of joints to ensure that joint firestopping systems can be
installed according to specified firestopping system design.
B. Coordinate sizing of joints to accommodate joint firestopping systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
1. Perform joint firestopping system tests by a qualified testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Test per testing standards referenced in "Joint Firestopping Systems" Article.
Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements:
a. Joint firestopping systems shall bear classification marking of a qualified
testing agency.
1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory."
2.2 JOINT FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS
A. Joints in or between Fire-Resistance-Rated Construction: Provide joint firestopping
systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 1966 or UL 2079.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. 3M Fire Protection Products.
b. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
c. Blazeframe Industries.
d. Grabber Construction Products.
e. Hilti, Inc.
f. Nelson Firestop; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation.
g. NUCO Inc.
h. Passive Fire Protection Partners.
i. RectorSeal.
j. Roxul Inc.
k. Specified Technologies, Inc.
l. Thermafiber, Inc.; an Owens Corning company.
B. Joints in Smoke Barriers: Provide fire-resistive joint systems with ratings determined
per UL 2079 based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.30-inch wg .
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 3
a. 3M Fire Protection Products.
b. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.
c. Hilti, Inc.
d. Nelson Firestop; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation.
e. NUCO Inc.
f. Passive Fire Protection Partners.
g. RectorSeal.
h. Roxul Inc.
i. Specified Technologies, Inc.
j. Thermafiber, Inc.; an Owens Corning company.
k. Tremco, Inc.
l. .
C. Exposed Joint Firestopping Systems: Flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of
less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for joint configurations, substrates, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning: Before installing fire-resistive joint systems, clean joints immediately
to comply with fire-resistive joint system manufacturer's written instructions and the
following requirements:
1. Remove from surfaces of joint substrates foreign materials that could interfere
with adhesion of elastomeric fill materials or compromise fire-resistive rating.
2. Clean joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing
optimum bond with elastomeric fill materials. Remove loose particles remaining
from cleaning operation.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
B. Prime substrates where recommended in writing by joint firestopping system
manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine
primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install fire-resistive joint systems to comply with manufacturer's written
installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 4
B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support elastomeric
fill materials during their application and in position needed to produce cross-sectional
shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1. After installing elastomeric fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove
combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent
components of fire-resistive joint system.
C. Install elastomeric fill materials for fire-resistive joint systems by proven techniques to
produce the following results:
1. Elastomeric fill voids and cavities formed by joints and forming materials as
required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2. Apply elastomeric fill materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed
by joints.
3. For elastomeric fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work,
finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Joint Identification: Identify joint firestopping systems with legible metal or plastic labels.
Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of joint edge so
labels are visible to anyone seeking to remove or joint firestopping system. Use
mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives capable of
permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the
following information on labels:
1. The words "Warning - Joint Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building
Management of Any Damage."
2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number.
3. Designation of applicable testing agency.
4. Date of installation.
5. Manufacturer's name.
6. Installer's name.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections according to ASTM E 2393.
B. Where deficiencies are found or joint firestopping systems are damaged or removed
due to testing, repair or replace joint firestopping systems so they comply with
requirements.
C. Proceed with enclosing joint firestopping systems with other construction only after
inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 5
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean off excess elastomeric fill materials adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by joint firestopping
system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which joints occur.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure
joint firestopping systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion. If damage or deterioration occurs despite such protection, cut out and
remove damaged or deteriorated fire-resistive joint systems immediately and install
new materials to produce fire-resistive joint systems complying with specified
requirements.
3.7 JOINT FIRESTOPPING SYSTEM SCHEDULE
A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire
Resistance Directory" under product [Category XHBN] [or] [Category XHDG].
B. Where Intertek Group-listed systems are indicated, they refer to design numbers in
Intertek Group's "Directory of Listed Building Products" under product category Firestop
Systems.
C. Floor-to-Floor, Joint Firestopping Systems[ FRJS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: FF-[D] [S]-<Insert four-digit number> [0000-0999]
[1000-1999] [2000-2999] [3000-3999] [4000-4999].
2. Assembly Rating: [1 hour] [2 hours] <Insert number of hours>.
3. Nominal Joint Width: [As indicated] <Insert dimension>.
4. Movement Capabilities: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] - <Insert number> percent
[compression or extension] [compression, extension, or horizontal shear].
5. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing.
D. Wall-to-Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems[ FRJS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: WW-[D] [S]-<Insert four-digit number> [0000-0999]
[1000-1999] [2000-2999] [3000-3999] [4000-4999].
2. Assembly Rating: [1 hour] [2 hours] <Insert number of hours>.
3. Nominal Joint Width: [As indicated] <Insert dimension>.
4. Movement Capabilities: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] - <Insert number>
percent[ compression or extension].
E. Floor-to-Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems[ FRJS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: FW-[D] [S]-<Insert four-digit number> [0000-0999]
[1000-1999] [2000-2999] [3000-3999] [4000-4999].
2. Assembly Rating: [1 hour] [2 hours] <Insert number of hours>.
3. Nominal Joint Width: [As indicated] <Insert dimension>.
4. Movement Capabilities: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] - <Insert number> percent
[compression or extension] [compression, extension, or horizontal shear].
F. Head-of-Wall, Fire-Resistive Joint Firestopping Systems[ FRJS-<#>]:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT FIRESTOPPING 07 8443 - 6
1. UL-Classified Systems: HW-[D] [S]-<Insert four-digit number> [0000-0999]
[1000-1999] [2000-2999] [3000-3999] [4000-4999].
2. Intertek Group-Listed Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. Assembly Rating: [1 hour] [2 hours] <Insert number of hours>.
4. Nominal Joint Width: [As indicated] <Insert dimension>.
5. Movement Capabilities: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] - <Insert number>
percent[ compression or extension].
G. Bottom-of-Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems[ FRJS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: BW-[D] [S]-<Insert four-digit number> [0000-0999]
[1000-1999] [2000-2999] [3000-3999] [4000-4999].
2. Assembly Rating: [1 hour] [2 hours] <Insert number of hours>.
3. Nominal Joint Width: [As indicated] <Insert dimension>.
4. Movement Capabilities: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] - <Insert number>
percent[ compression or extension].
H. Wall-to-Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems Intended for Use as Corner Guards[ FRJS-
<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Systems: CG-[D] [S]-<Insert four-digit number> [0000-0999]
[1000-1999] [2000-2999] [3000-3999] [4000-4999].
2. Assembly Rating: [1 hour] [2 hours] <Insert number of hours>.
3. Nominal Joint Width: [As indicated] <Insert dimension>.
4. Movement Capabilities: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] - <Insert number>
percent[ compression or extension].
I. Perimeter Joint Firestopping Systems[ PFRJS-<#>]:
1. UL-Classified Perimeter Fire-Containment Systems: CW-[D] [S]-<Insert four-
digit number> [0000-0999] [1000-1999] [2000-2999].
2. Intertek Group-Listed, Perimeter Fire-Barrier Systems: <Insert design number>.
3. Integrity Rating: [1 hour] [2 hours] <Insert number of hours>.
4. Insulation Rating: [Zero hour] [1/4 hour] [3/4 hour] [1 hour] <Insert number of
hours>.
5. Linear Opening Width: [2-1/2 inches ] [8 inches ] [As indicated] <Insert
dimension>, maximum.
6. Movement Capabilities: [Class I] [Class II] [Class III] - <Insert number>
percent[ compression or extension].
END OF SECTION 07 8443
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 1
SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants.
2. Urethane joint sealants.
3. Immersible joint sealants.
4. Mildew-resistant joint sealants.
5. Butyl joint sealants.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured
sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.
C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide
Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long
strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint
sealants.
D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:
1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.
2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.
3. Joint-sealant formulation.
4. Joint-sealant color.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 2
B. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by a qualified
testing agency.
C. Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: For each sealant application tested.
D. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by
manufacturer.
B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency.
1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct
the testing indicated.
C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are
indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and
installation methods specified in this Section.
1.7 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing
indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants.
1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C 794 to determine whether priming and other
specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum
adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates.
2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C 1087 to determine sealant compatibility when
in contact with glazing and gasket materials.
3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C 1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in
contact with [stone] [masonry] <Insert substrate> substrates.
4. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material,
including joint substrates, joint-sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials.
5. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the
Work.
6. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions
for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers.
7. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit data that are
based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for
adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other
materials matching those submitted.
B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their
adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows:
1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 3
3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be
erected.
4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical
representative present.
a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied
Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or
Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.
1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each
substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion
to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side.
5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively.
Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint
substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is
obtained.
6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not
evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of
noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use
sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted
by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.
2. When joint substrates are wet.
3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated.
4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been
removed from joint substrates.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do
not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within
specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to
repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint
sealants from the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 4
1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications.
3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.
4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other
atmospheric contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field
experience.
B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the
weatherproofing system shall comply with the following:
1. Architectural sealants shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less.
2. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content
of 250 g/L or less.
3. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates shall have a VOC content
of 775 g/L or less.
C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full
range.
2.2 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested according to
ASTM C 1248.
B. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, single-component, nonsag, plus 50
percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing
silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. Dow Corning Corporation; 756 SMS 795.
b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc;
SilPruf NB.
c. May National Associates, Inc., a subsidiary of Sika Corporation U.S.;
Bondaflex Sil 295 FPS NB.
d. Pecora Corporation; 864NST 895NST 898NST.
e. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 2 Spectrem 3.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 5
2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, T, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and
minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint
sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T and NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 330 Iso-Flex 875R.
B. Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single-component, pourable, plus 25 percent and
minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint
sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems; Sonolastic SL 1.
b. Pecora Corporation; NR-201.
c. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; Flexiprene 952.
d. Schnee-Morehead, Inc.; an ITW company; Permathane SM7101.
e. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Stampede 1SL.
C. Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 50 percent and minus 50
percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant;
ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 50, Uses T and NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. LymTal International, Inc.; Iso-Flex 888QC.
2.4 IMMERSIBLE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Immersible Joint Sealants. Suitable for immersion in liquids; ASTM C 1247, [Class 1]
[Class 2]; tested in deionized water unless otherwise indicated
B. Urethane, Immersible, S, P, 25, T, NT, I: Immersible, single-component, pourable,
plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-
use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T,
NT, and I.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikaflex 1c SL.
b. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 45.
c. W.R. Meadows, Inc; Pourthane SL.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 6
2.5 MILDEW-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS
A. Mildew-Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with
fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth.
B. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew-resistant, single-
component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability,
nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS,
Class 25, Use NT.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. Dow Corning Corporation; 786-M White.
b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.;
SCS1700 Sanitary.
c. May National Associates, Inc., a subsidiary of Sika Corporation U.S.;
Bondaflex Sil 100 WF.
d. Soudal USA; RTV GP.
e. Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200.
2.6 BUTYL JOINT SEALANTS
A. Butyl-Rubber-Based Joint Sealants: ASTM C 1311.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 300.
b. Pecora Corporation; BC-158.
2.7 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates,
sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by
sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by
the following] [provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, the following]:
2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
[product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or
designation> or comparable product by one of the following:
a. BASF Construction Chemicals - Building Systems.
b. Construction Foam Products, a division of Nomaco, Inc.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 7
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a
surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute
to producing optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials
or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction
joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances
capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any
way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants
to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following
requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with
adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective
coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant
manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents,
water, surface dirt, and frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical
abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate
capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles
remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints
with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 8
a. Concrete.
b. Masonry.
c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
d. Exterior insulation and finish systems.
e. .
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means
that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with
adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
c. Porcelain enamel.
d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant
manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written
instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or
migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or
primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or
damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears.
Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for
products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use
of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants
relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant
application, and replace them with dry materials.
D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used
between sealants and backs of joints.
E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same
time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 9
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that
allow optimum sealant movement capability.
F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs
below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air
pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that
do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise
indicated.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:
1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:
a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of
sealant and joint substrate.
b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per
each floor per elevation.
2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant
Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail
Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.
a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate
separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side.
Repeat procedure for opposite side.
3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following:
a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids.
b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified
requirements.
c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere
to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to
test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to
determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion
hand-pull test criteria.
4. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were
installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations,
whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant
material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 10
5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same
procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are
clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant.
B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure
from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered
satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to
comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove
sealants comply with indicated requirements.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses
by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint
sealants and of products in which joints occur.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so
sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If,
despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair
damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas
are indistinguishable from original work.
3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints in brick pavers.
b. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
c. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete paving units.
d. Joints in stone paving units, including steps.
e. Tile control and expansion joints.
f. Joints between different materials listed above.
g. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces subject to water
immersion[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Joints in pedestrian plazas.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 11
b. Joints in swimming pool decks.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, immersible, S, P, 25, T, NT, I.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
C. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic
surfaces[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete.
b. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete units.
c. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry.
d. Joints in dimension stone cladding.
e. Joints in glass unit masonry assemblies.
f. Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems.
g. Joints between metal panels.
h. Joints between different materials listed above.
i. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of [doors]
[windows] [and] [louvers].
j. Control and expansion joints in [ceilings] [and other] [overhead surfaces].
k. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
D. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring.
c. Control and expansion joints in brick flooring.
d. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring.
e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
E. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic
surfaces[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
b. Tile control and expansion joints.
c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of [unit masonry] [concrete] [walls]
[and] [partitions].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 12
d. Joints on underside of plant-precast structural concrete [beams] [and]
[planks].
e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
F. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic
surfaces not subject to significant movement[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
b. .
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
G. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and
horizontal nontraffic surfaces[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters.
b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
H. Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics[ <JS-#>].
1. Joint Locations:
a. Aluminum thresholds.
b. Sill plates.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Butyl-rubber based.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
END OF SECTION 07 9200
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 1
SECTION 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Exterior steel doors and frames.
2. Interior door frames.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow-metal doors.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to
NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings,
templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts,
anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time
for installation.
B. Coordinate requirements for installation of door hardware, electrified door hardware,
and access control and security systems.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 2
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, [fire-
resistance ratings,] [temperature-rise ratings,] and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Include the following:
1. Elevations of each door type.
2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal
thicknesses.
3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal
thicknesses.
4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware.
5. Details of each different wall opening condition.
6. Details of electrical raceway and preparation for electrified hardware, access
control systems, and security systems.
7. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections.
8. Details of accessories.
9. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For hollow-metal doors and frames with factory-applied
color finishes.
D. Samples for Verification:
1. Finishes: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of not
less than 3 by 5 inches.
2. Fabrication: Prepare Samples approximately 12 by 12 inches to demonstrate
compliance with requirements for quality of materials and construction:
a. Doors: Show vertical-edge, top, and bottom construction; core
construction; and hinge and other applied hardware reinforcement. Include
separate section showing glazing if applicable.
b. Frames: Show profile, corner joint, floor and wall anchors, and silencers.
Include separate section showing fixed hollow-metal panels and glazing if
applicable.
E. Product Schedule: For hollow-metal doors and frames, prepared by or under the
supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as
those on Drawings. Coordinate with final door hardware schedule.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: For each type of hollow-metal door and frame assembly, for
tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver hollow-metal doors and frames palletized, packaged, or crated to provide
protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.
1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 3
B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack
welded to jambs and mullions.
C. Store hollow-metal doors and frames vertically under cover at Project site with head up.
Place on minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space
between each stacked door to permit air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Apex Industries, Inc.
2. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY.
3. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY.
4. JR Metal Frames Manufacturing, Inc.
5. LaForce, Inc.
6. Mesker Door Inc.
7. Metropolitan Door Industries Corp.
8. MPI Group, LLC (The).
9. National Custom Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.
10. North American Door Corp.
11. Philipp Manufacturing Co (The).
12. Republic Doors and Frames.
13. Rocky Mountain Metals, Inc.
14. Security Metal Products; a brand of ASSA ABLOY.
15. Steelcraft; an Allegion brand.
16. Steward Steel Door & Frame Division.
17. West Central Mfg. Inc.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings
indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.
1. Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide assemblies with gaskets listed
and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and
installed in compliance with NFPA 105.
B. Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Lite Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled
by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-
protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9.
C. Thermally Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door assemblies with U-factor of not more
than 0.38 deg Btu/F x h x sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM C 518.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 4
2.3 EXTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for
materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and
clearances, and as specified.
B. Maximum-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 4; SDI A250.4, Level A.
1. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.067 inch, with
minimum A40 coating.
d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
e. Edge Bevel: Provide manufacturer's standard beveled or square edges.
f. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same
material as face sheets. Seal joints against water penetration.
g. Bottom Edges: Close bottom edges of doors where required for attachment
of weather stripping with end closures or channels of same material as
face sheets. Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to
permit moisture to escape.
h. Fire-Rated Core: Manufacturer's standard vertical steel stiffener with
insulation laminated mineral board core for fire-rated doors.
2. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.067 inch,
with minimum A40 coating.
b. Construction: Full profile welded.
3. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.4 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
1. Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame
standard, and suitable for performance level indicated.
2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for
frames with no floor anchor. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches of
frame height above 7 feet.
B. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor.
C. Floor Anchors for Concrete Slabs with Underlayment: Adjustable-type anchors with
extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of
frames at top of underlayment.
D. Material: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill
phosphatized.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 5
1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M; hot-dip galvanized according
to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
2.5 MATERIALS
A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free
of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
C. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application
indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory
devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated.
D. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing."
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Door Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where
required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum
3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted or as required to comply
with published listing of qualified testing agency.
B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping
limitations require multiple sections. Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide
alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater
thickness as frames.
1. Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints,
fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and
to jambs by welding[, or by rigid mechanical anchors].
2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed
fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
3. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door
silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.
a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door
silencers.
b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
4. Terminated Stops: Terminate stops 6 inches above finish floor with a 45 -degree
angle cut, and close open end of stop with steel sheet closure. Cover opening in
extension of frame with welded-steel filler plate, with welds ground smooth and
flush with frame.
C. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal doors and frames to receive
templated mortised hardware, and electrical wiring; include cutouts, reinforcement,
mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule,
and templates.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 6
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-
mounted door hardware.
2. Comply with BHMA A156.115 for preparing hollow-metal doors and frames for
hardware.
D. Glazed Lites: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form
corners of stops and moldings with mitered hairline joints.
1. Provide stops and moldings flush with face of door, and with beveled stops
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that
each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently.
3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior
doors and frames. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal
doors and frames.
4. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and
installation types indicated.
5. Provide stops for installation with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws
spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c.
from each corner.
2.7 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free
primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for
substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged
exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by
grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and
invisible on exposed faces. Touch up factory-applied finishes where spreaders are
removed.
B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-
mounted door hardware.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install hollow-metal doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and
securely fastened in place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with
manufacturer's written instructions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 7
B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Comply with SDI A250.11.
1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until
permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove
temporary braces without damage to completed Work.
a. Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations
by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice
smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch-up finishes.
b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.
2. Fire-Rated Openings: Install frames according to NFPA 80.
3. Floor Anchors: Secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.
a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of
postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop
Drawings.
4. Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames.
5. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90
degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line
parallel to plane of wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs
on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.
C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within
clearances specified below.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: Comply with SDI A250.8.
2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.
3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors according to NFPA 105.
D. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing" and with
hollow-metal manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP
A. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged
areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
B. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing
repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are
specified in painting Sections.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 8
END OF SECTION 08 1113
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 1
SECTION 08 1416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Samples for factory-finished doors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Eggers Industries.
2. Graham Wood Doors; an Assa Abloy Group Company.
3. Marshfield Door Systems, Inc.
4. Oshkosh Door Company.
5. Poncraft Door Company.
6. Vancouver Door Company.
7. VT Industries, Inc.
2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL
A. Quality Standard: WDMA I.S.1-A.
B. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade:
1. Extra Heavy Duty: Public toilets Janitor's closets Assembly spaces Exits and
Patient rooms .
C. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA
252 or UL 10C.
1. At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways, provide doors that have a
temperature rise rating of 450 deg F.
2. Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire-protection rating
indicated.
D. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Listed and labeled for smoke and draft
control, based on testing according to UL 1784.
E. Particleboard-Core Doors: Provide blocking in particleboard cores or provide structural
composite lumber cores instead of particleboard cores for doors with [exit devices] [or]
[protection plates].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 2
2.3 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
A. Veneer-Faced Doors for Transparent Finish:
1. Interior Solid-Core Doors: Custom grade, seven-ply, [particleboard] or [structural
composite lumber] cores.
a. Faces: Grade A to match building standard.
2.4 FABRICATION AND FINISHING
A. Factory-fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated and to comply with clearances
specified.
B. Factory-machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to
comply with DHI-WDHS-3.
C. Cut and trim openings to comply with referenced standards.
1. Trim light openings with moldings indicated.
2. Factory-install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished.
3. Factory-install louvers in prepared openings.
D. Factory-finish doors indicated for transparent finish with stain and manufacturer's
standard finishfor grade specified for doors.
1. Sheen: Match building standard.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and WDMA I.S.1-A, and
as indicated.
1. Install fire-rated doors to comply with NFPA 80.
2. Install smoke- and draft-control doors according to NFPA 105.
B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for
hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
C. Clearances: As follows unless otherwise indicated:
1. 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors.
2. 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering.
3. 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold.
4. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08 1416 - 3
END OF SECTION 08 1416
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 1
SECTION 08 3113 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes access doors and frames for walls and ceilings.
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Access doors and frames are part of an access door and frame allowance.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, fire ratings, material descriptions, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Samples: For each type of access door and frame and for each finish specified,
complete assembly minimum 6 by 6 inches in size.
C. Product Schedule: For access doors and frames. Use same designations indicated on
Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are
listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire-protection and temperature-rise
limit ratings indicated, according to NFPA 252 or UL 10B.
2.2 FIRE-RATED ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Fire-Rated, Flush Access Doors with Exposed Flanges:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 2
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Acudor Products, Inc.
b. Babcock-Davis.
c. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
d. Larsens Manufacturing Company.
e. Nystrom, Inc.
2. Description: Door face flush with frame, uninsulated; with exposed flange, self-
closing door, and concealed hinge.
3. Locations: Wall and ceiling.
4. Door Size: as noted on the drawings, but not less than as required for proper
access and maintenance.
5. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction.
6. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.040 inch , 20 gage, factory
finished.
7. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door.
8. Latch and Lock: Self-latching door hardware, operated by key .
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A 879/A 879M, with cold-rolled
steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS),
exposed.
C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B;
with minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating.
D. Frame Anchors: Same material as door face.
E. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to
ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units
ready for installation.
B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide
materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with
exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness.
C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces.
Furnish mounting holes, attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure
access doors to types of supports indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 3
1. For concealed flanges with drywall bead, provide edge trim for gypsum panels
securely attached to perimeter of frames.
2. For concealed flanges with plaster bead for full-bed plaster applications, provide
zinc-coated expanded-metal lath and exposed casing bead welded to perimeter
of frames.
D. Latch and Lock Hardware:
1. Quantity: Furnish number of latches and locks required to hold doors tightly
closed.
2. Keys: Furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
D. Painted Finishes: Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning,
conversion coating, and applying and baking finish.
1. Factory Primed: Apply manufacturer's standard, lead- and chromate-free,
universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment.
2. Factory Finished: Apply manufacturer's standard baked-enamel or powder-coat
finish immediately after cleaning and pretreating, with minimum dry-film thickness
of 1 mil for topcoat.
a. Color: Match adjacent surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and
other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 4
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation.
END OF SECTION 08 3113
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 1
SECTION 08 4243 - INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT (ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes manually operated intensive care unit/critical care unit (ICU/CCU)
entrances for individual special-care rooms.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Recesses: Coordinate sizes and locations of recesses in concrete floors for recessed
tracks. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified elsewhere.
B. Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory
prepared for installing ICU/CCU entrances.
1.4 EXISTING DOOR REUSE CRITERIA
A. Where possible, reuse existing ICU entrance doors in lieu of purchasing new. Modify
existing doors to make smoke reduction and fire protection performance requirements
as indicated on the drawings. If existing doors are to be reused, door must be
recertified.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each configuration of ICU/CCU entrance indicated.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: For each ICU/CCU installation.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 2
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, hardware mounting heights, and attachment
details.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied finishes.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's
standard sizes.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.
B. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's warranties.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are
trained and approved by manufacturer.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings to receive ICU/CCU
entrances by field measurements before fabrication.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of ICU/CCU
entrances that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.
b. Faulty operation of hardware.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
use.
2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace
components that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within
specified warranty period.
1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D
2244.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 3
b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D
4214.
c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS, GENERAL
A. Source Limitations: Obtain ICU/CCU entrances from single source from single
manufacturer.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Opening Force: Not more than 5 lbf to fully open door.
B. Air Leakage: Entrance assemblies for smoke control shall be listed and labeled for
smoke and draft control by qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and having maximum air leakage
according to NFPA 105 unless otherwise indicated.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
2.3 SLIDING ICU/CCU ENTRANCE ASSEMBLIES
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard factory-glazed ICU/CCU entrances
including door leaves, sidelites, framing, headers, carrier assemblies, roller tracks, and
accessories required for a complete installation as indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following:
a. Horton Automatics.
B. Breakaway Hardware: Release hardware that allows indicated panels to swing out in
direction of egress to full 90 degrees from closed door position.
1. Maximum Force to Open Panel: 50 lbf.
2. Release Position: At any point in sliding-door travel.
C. Sliding ICU/CCU Entrance :
1. Performance: Smoke-control assembly .
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 4
a. Alarm Interface: Equip entrance with electromagnet closer that closes
door when alarm is triggered.
2. Configuration: Single-sliding three-panel door, with one operable leaf and two
sidelites; with breakaway hardware to match existing operation.
3. Mounting: Between jambs.
4. Floor Track Configuration: No track across sliding-door opening and at sidelites
(trackless) recessed, pin-guide track system at sidelites surface-mounted, roller-
guide track system at sidelites.
5. Stile Design: Match existing design.
6. Rail Design: Match existing design].
7. Muntin Bars: On sidelites only On doors and sidelites.
8. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled.
9. Glazing: Match existing design.
10. Closer: Fully concealed spring closer.
11. Finish: Finish framing, door(s), sidelite(s), and header with Class I, clear anodic
finish .
2.4 COMPONENTS
A. Framing Members: Extruded aluminum, minimum 0.125 inch thick and reinforced as
required to support imposed loads.
1. Nominal Size: 1-3/4 by 6 inches.
2. Extruded Glazing Stops and Applied Trim: Minimum 0.062-inch wall thickness.
B. Stile and Rail Doors: 1-3/4-inch- thick glazed doors with minimum 0.125-inch- thick,
extruded-aluminum tubular stile and rail members. Mechanically fasten corners with
reinforcing brackets that are welded, or incorporate concealed tie rods that span full
length of top and bottom rails.
1. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed
gaskets for glazing indicated.
2. Muntin Bars: Horizontal tubular rail member for each door; match stile design.
C. Sidelites: 1-3/4-inch- deep sidelites with minimum 0.125-inch-thick, extruded-
aluminum tubular stile and rail members matching door design and finish.
1. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Same materials and design as for stile and rail
door.
2. Muntin Bars: Horizontal tubular rail member for each sidelite; match stile
design.
D. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000 "Glazing."
E. Headers: Fabricated from minimum 0.125-inch- thick extruded aluminum, and
extending full width of ICU/CCU entrance units to conceal carrier assemblies and roller
tracks. Provide hinged or removable access panels for service and adjustment.
Secure panels to prevent unauthorized access.
1. Capacity: Capable of supporting doors up to 100 lb per leaf over spans up to 14
feet without intermediate supports.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 5
2. Provide sag rods for spans exceeding 14 feet.
F. Carrier Assemblies and Overhead Roller Tracks: Assembly that allows vertical
adjustment; consisting of nylon- or delrin-covered, ball-bearing-center steel wheels
operating on a continuous roller track or of ball-bearing-center steel wheels operating
on a nylon- or delrin-covered, continuous roller track. Support doors from carrier
assembly by cantilever and pivot assembly. Provide minimum of two ball-bearing
roller wheels and two antirise rollers for each active leaf.
G. Brackets and Reinforcements: High-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous
shims for aligning system components.
H. Fasteners and Accessories: Corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners
and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.
2.5 HARDWARE
A. General: Provide units in sizes and types recommended by ICU/CCU entrance and
hardware manufacturers for entrances and uses indicated. Finish exposed parts to
match door finish unless otherwise indicated.
B. Limit Arm: Provide to control doors and panels in the swing mode.
C. Pulls: Recessed units on both sides of each operable door and surface-mounted, D-
shaped pull for each swing-out panel.
D. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, edge mortised, lever-extension type;
located at bottom of each swing-out sidelite.
E. Weather Stripping: Replaceable components.
1. Compression Type: ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or ASTM D 2287,
molded PVC.
2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701/702, wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with
nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip backing.
F. Weather Sweeps: Nylon brush sweep mounted to underside of door bottom.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. General: Factory fabricate ICU/CCU entrance components to designs, sizes, and
thicknesses indicated and to comply with indicated standards.
1. Fabricate aluminum components before finishing.
2. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or
discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed
surfaces by descaling or grinding.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 6
3. Use concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. Where exposed fasteners
are required, use countersunk Phillips flat-head machine screws, finished to
match framing.
a. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from structural
movements or vibration, use self-locking devices.
b. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.
4. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape
recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.
B. Framing: Provide ICU/CCU entrances as prefabricated assemblies. Complete
fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work before shipment
to Project site.
1. Fabricate tubular and channel frame assemblies with welded or mechanical
joints. Provide subframes and reinforcement as required for a complete system
to support required loads.
2. Perform fabrication operations in manner that prevents damage to exposed finish
surfaces.
3. Form profiles that are straight and free of defects or deformations.
4. Provide components with concealed fasteners and anchor and connection
devices.
5. Fabricate components with accurately fitted joints, with ends coped or mitered to
produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.
6. Provide anchorage and alignment brackets for concealed support of assembly
from the building structure.
C. Doors: Factory fabricated and assembled in profiles indicated. Reinforce as required
to support imposed loads and for installing hardware.
D. Glazing: Fabricate framing with minimum glazing edge clearances for thickness and
type of glazing indicated, according to GANA's "Glazing Manual."
E. Factory Glazing: Install glazing at the factory.
F. Hardware: Factory install hardware to the greatest extent possible; remove only as
required for final finishing operation and for delivery to and installation at Project site.
Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed hardware before applying finishes.
1. Provide sliding weather stripping, mortised into door, at perimeter of sliding
surfaces and breakaway sidelites.
G. Electrical Grounding: Fabricate ICU/CCU entrances to be internally grounded,
complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 7
2.7 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish
indicated.
1. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221.
2. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209.
B. Sealants and Joint Fillers: As specified in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants."
C. Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout
complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M; of consistency suitable for application.
D. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
2.8 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NAAMM/NOMMA's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal
Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Apply organic and anodic finishes to formed metal after fabrication unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the
range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, or thicker.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, header support, and other conditions affecting performance of
the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power and grounding systems to verify actual
locations of electrical connections before automatic entrance installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 8
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install automatic entrances according to manufacturer's written instructions,
including wiring and connection to the building's power supply.
1. Do not install damaged components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints
free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. Seal joints
watertight.
2. Where aluminum contacts dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape
recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.
3. Where aluminum contacts concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by
painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating.
B. Install ICU/CCU entrances plumb, true in alignment with established lines and grades,
and without warp or rack of framing members and doors. Anchor securely in place.
1. Install surface-mounted hardware using concealed fasteners to greatest extent
possible.
2. Set headers, carrier assemblies, tracks, operating brackets, and guides level and
true to location with anchorage for permanent support.
3. Level recesses for recessed floor tracks using shrinkage-resistant grout.
4. Air Leakage: Install entrance assemblies for smoke-control according to
NFPA 105 and as indicated.
C. Sealants: Comply with requirements in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" for installing
sealants, fillers, and gaskets.
1. Set framing members, floor tracks, and flashings in full sealant bed.
2. Seal perimeter of framing members with sealant.
D. Grounding: Connect ICU/CCU entrance, electrical grounding systems to building
grounding system as specified in Section 26 0526 "Grounding and Bonding for
Electrical Systems."
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating hardware and moving parts to function smoothly; lubricate as
recommended by manufacturer.
B. Adjust force to open door panels.
C. Test grounding system for compliance with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Adjust smoke-control and pressurized-entrance doors for tight closure.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT/CRITICAL CARE UNIT
(ICU/CCU) ENTRANCES
08 4243 - 9
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean glass and metal surfaces promptly after installation. Remove excess glazing
and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. Repair damaged finish to match
original finish.
B. Comply with requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing" for cleaning and protecting
glass.
END OF SECTION 08 4243
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 1
SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Mechanical door hardware for the following:
a. Swinging doors.
b. Sliding doors.
c. Folding doors.
2. Cylinders for door hardware specified in other Sections.
3. Electrified door hardware.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 08 1113 "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" [for astragals provided as
part of labeled fire-rated assemblies] [and] [for door silencers provided as part of
hollow-metal frames].
2. Section 08 1416 "Flush Wood Doors" for [astragals] [and] [integral intumescent
seals] provided as part of labeled fire-rated assemblies.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Floor-Recessed Door Hardware: Coordinate layout and installation with floor
construction.
1. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete.
B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be
factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate
provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated
requirements.
C. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with
Owner's security consultant.
D. Electrical System Roughing-In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door
hardware with connections to power supplies and building safety and security systems.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 2
E. Existing Openings: Where hardware components are scheduled for application to
existing construction or where modifications to existing door hardware are required,
field verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit
opening conditions and to provide proper door operation.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Conference participants shall include Installer's Architectural Hardware
Consultant and Owner's security consultant.
B. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Conference participants shall include Installer's Architectural Hardware
Consultant and Owner's security consultant.
2. Incorporate conference decisions into keying schedule after reviewing door
hardware keying system including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Flow of traffic and degree of security required.
b. Preliminary key system schematic diagram.
c. Requirements for key control system.
d. Requirements for access control.
e. Address for delivery of keys.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: For electrified door hardware.
1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
2. Include details of interface of electrified door hardware and building safety and
security systems.
C. Samples: For each exposed product in each finish specified, in manufacturer's
standard size.
1. Tag Samples with full product description to coordinate Samples with door
hardware schedule.
D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish.
E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed product, in each finish specified.
1. Sample Size: Full-size units or minimum 2-by-4-inch Samples for sheet and
4-inch long Samples for other products.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 3
a. Full-size Samples will be returned to Contractor. Units that are acceptable
and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison
process may, after final check of operation, be incorporated into the Work,
within limitations of keying requirements.
2. Tag Samples with full product description to coordinate Samples with door
hardware schedule.
F. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer's
Architectural Hardware Consultant. Coordinate door hardware schedule with doors,
frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of
door hardware.
1. Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with
submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate
submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other
work to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction
schedule.
2. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers
as in door hardware schedule in the Contract Documents.
3. Content: Include the following information:
a. Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each
door and frame.
b. Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on
floor plans and to door and frame schedule.
c. Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style,
function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product.
d. Description of electrified door hardware sequences of operation and
interfaces with other building control systems.
e. Fastenings and other installation information.
f. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and designations contained in door
hardware schedule.
g. Mounting locations for door hardware.
h. List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door and
frame.
G. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer's Architectural
Hardware Consultant, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include
schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations that are
coordinated with the Contract Documents.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of electrified door hardware.
1. Certify that door hardware for use on each type and size of labeled fire-rated
doors complies with listed fire-rated door assemblies.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 4
C. Product Test Reports: For compliance with accessibility requirements, for tests
performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for door
hardware on doors located in accessible routes.
D. Field quality-control reports.
E. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals.
B. Schedules: Final [door hardware] [and] [keying] schedule.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and
approved by product manufacturers and of an Architectural Hardware Consultant who
is available during the course of the Work to consult Contractor, Architect, and Owner
about door hardware and keying.
1. Warehousing Facilities: In Project's vicinity.
2. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedule.
3. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware,
including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of
manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this
Project.
B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is experienced in
providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is currently
certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) .
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for door hardware
delivered to Project site.
B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with the final door
hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary
fasteners with each item or package.
C. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner.
D. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package
service.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 5
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door
hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.
b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering and use.
2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion unless
otherwise indicated below:
a. Electromagnetic Locks: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
b. Exit Devices: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
c. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer.
1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door
hardware unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical
modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire-rated doors are indicated, provide door
hardware complying with NFPA 80 that is listed and labeled by a qualified testing
agency, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure
according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.
B. Smoke- and Draft-Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft-control door
assemblies are required, provide door hardware that complies with requirements of
assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.
1. Air Leakage Rate: Maximum air leakage of 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. at the tested pressure
differential of 0.3-inch wg of water.
C. Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified
testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
D. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch.
Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 6
E. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply
with the DOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design", ICC A117.1, and IBC
2015 Chapter 11.
1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting
of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf.
2. Comply with the following maximum opening-force requirements:
a. Interior, Non-Fire-Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door.
b. Sliding or Folding Doors: 5 lbf applied parallel to door at latch.
c. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not
more than 1/2 inch high.
4. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 90 degrees,
the door will take at least 5 seconds to move to a position of 12 degrees from the
latch.
5. Adjust spring hinges so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will
take at least 1.5 seconds to move to the closed position.
2.3 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. Provide products for each door that comply with requirements indicated in Part 2 and
door hardware schedule.
1. Door hardware is scheduled in Part 3.
2.4 HINGES
A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on
hollow-metal doors and hollow-metal frames.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
c. Bommer Industries, Inc.
d. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
e. Design Hardware.
f. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
g. Hager Companies.
h. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
i. Lawrence Hardware Inc..
j. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
k. PBB, Inc.
l. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
m. Insert manufacturer's name.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 7
2.5 SELF-CLOSING HINGES AND PIVOTS
A. Self-Closing Hinges and Pivots: BHMA A156.17.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Bommer Industries, Inc.
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
d. Design Hardware.
e. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
f. Hager Companies.
g. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
h. PBB, Inc.
i. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
j. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.6 CENTER-HUNG AND OFFSET PIVOTS
A. Center-Hung and Offset Pivots: BHMA A156.4.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co..
b. Allegion plc.
c. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
d. DORMA USA, Inc..
e. Hager Companies.
f. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
g. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
h. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.7 CONTINUOUS HINGES
A. Continuous Hinges: BHMA A156.26; minimum 0.120-inch- thick, hinge leaves with
minimum overall width of 4 inches; fabricated to full height of door and frame and to
template screw locations; with components finished after milling and drilling are
complete.
B. Pin-and-Barrel-Type Hinges:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
c. Hager Companies.
d. Lawrence Hardware Inc..
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 8
e. Markar Architectural Products, Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
f. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. PBB, Inc.
h. Select Products Limited.
i. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
j. Zero International, Inc.
k. Insert manufacturer's name.
C. Continuous, Gear-Type Hinges: Extruded-aluminum, pinless, geared hinge leaves
joined by a continuous extruded-aluminum channel cap; with concealed, self-lubricating
thrust bearings.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
c. Bommer Industries, Inc.
d. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
e. Hager Companies.
f. McKinney Products Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. PBB, Inc.
h. Pemko Manufacturing Co..
i. Select Products Limited.
j. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
k. Zero International, Inc.
l. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.8 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule.
B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled
fire doors, and as follows:
1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch latchbolt throw.
2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch latchbolt throw.
3. Deadbolts: Minimum 1-inch 1.25-inch Insert dimension bolt throw.
C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches unless otherwise indicated.
D. Lock Trim:
1. Description: As indicated on Drawings Insert description or manufacturer's design
designation.
2. Escutcheons (Roses): Wrought Forged Cast.
3. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons.
E. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying
with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved
lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 9
1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as
recommended by manufacturer.
2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim.
3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for
aluminum framing.
4. Rabbet Front and Strike: Provide on locksets for rabbeted meeting stiles.
F. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2; Grade 1 Grade 2; Series 4000.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.
d. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
e. Corbin Russwin, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
f. Design Hardware.
g. DORMA USA, Inc.
h. Hager Companies.
i. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
j. Lawrence Hardware Inc..
k. Marks USA.
l. PDQ Manufacturing.
m. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
n. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
o. Weiser Lock Corp..
p. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
q. Insert manufacturer's name.
G. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13; Operational Grade 1 Security Grade 1 Operational
Grade 2 Security Grade 2; stamped steel case with steel or brass parts; Series 1000.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co..
b. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Allegion plc.
d. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc..
f. Brink, R. R. Locking Systems, Inc.
g. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
h. Corbin Russwin, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
i. Design Hardware.
j. DORMA USA, Inc..
k. Hager Companies.
l. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
m. Lawrence Hardware Inc..
n. Marks USA.
o. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
p. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
q. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 10
r. Insert manufacturer's name.
H. Interconnected Locks: BHMA A156.12; Grade 1 Grade 2; Series 5000.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Allegion plc.
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
d. DORMA USA, Inc..
e. Hager Companies.
f. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
g. Insert manufacturer's name.
I. Roller Latches: BHMA A156.16; Grade 1; rolling plunger that engages socket or catch,
with adjustable roller projection.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
c. Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
d. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
e. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
f. Door Controls International, Inc..
g. Hiawatha, Inc; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
h. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
i. Rockwood Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
j. Insert manufacturer's name.
J. Push-Pull Latches: Bored, BHMA A156.2; Series 4000 Mortise, BHMA A156.13; with
paddle handles that retract latchbolt; capable of being mounted vertically or
horizontally.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Allegion plc.
c. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
d. Corbin Russwin, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Rockwood Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
f. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
g. Trimco.
h. Insert manufacturer's name.
2. Grade: 1 2.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 11
2.9 AUXILIARY LOCKS
A. Bored Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.36: Grade 1 Grade 2; with strike that suits frame.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc..
d. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
e. Hager Companies.
f. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
g. Lawrence Hardware Inc..
h. Marks USA.
i. Medeco Security Locks; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
j. PDQ Manufacturing.
k. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
l. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
m. Weiser Lock Corp..
n. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
o. Insert manufacturer's name.
B. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.36; Grade 1 Grade 2; with strike that suits frame.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co..
b. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Allegion plc.
d. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc..
f. Brink, R. R. Locking Systems, Inc.
g. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
h. Hager Companies.
i. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
j. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
k. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
l. Insert manufacturer's name.
C. Narrow Stile Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.36; Grade 1 Grade 2; with strike that suits
frame.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the followin, compliant with Part 3 of this documentg:
a. Accurate Lock & Hardware Co..
b. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Kaba Ilco Corp..
d. Insert manufacturer's name.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 12
D. Push-Button Combination Locks: BHMA A156.36; cylindrical; Grade 1; lock opens by
entering a one- to five-digit code by pushing correct buttons in correct sequence;
automatically relocks when door is closed; with strike that suits frame.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Kaba Ilco Corp..
b. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.10 ELECTRIC STRIKES
A. Electric Strikes: BHMA A156.31; Grade 1 Grade 2; with faceplate to suit lock and
frame.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Allegion plc.
c. Dortronics Systems, Inc.
d. DynaLock Corp.
e. Hager Companies.
f. HES, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. PDQ Manufacturing.
h. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp..
i. Securitron Magnalock Corporation; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
j. Security Door Controls.
k. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
l. Trine Access Technology.
m. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.11 ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKS
A. Electromagnetic Locks: BHMA A156.23; electrically powered; with electromagnet
attached to frame and armature plate attached to door; full-exterior or full-interior type,
as required by application indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Door Controls International, Inc..
c. DORMA USA, Inc..
d. Dortronics Systems, Inc.
e. DynaLock Corp.
f. Hager Companies.
g. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp..
h. Securitron Magnalock Corporation; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
i. Security Door Controls.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 13
j. Insert manufacturer's name.
B. Delayed-Egress Electromagnetic Locks: BHMA A156.24, electrically powered, with
electromagnet attached to frame and armature plate attached to door; depressing push
bar for more than three seconds initiates irreversible alarm and adjustable time delay
for egress. When integrated with fire alarm, fire alarm voids time delay.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Door Controls International, Inc..
c. DynaLock Corp.
d. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp..
e. Securitron Magnalock Corporation; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
f. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.12 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS
A. Electromechanical Locks: BHMA A156.25; Grade 1 Grade 2; motor or solenoid driven;
with strike that suits frame.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc..
c. Brink, R. R. Locking Systems, Inc.
d. DynaLock Corp.
e. Marks USA.
f. PDQ Manufacturing.
g. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp..
h. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
i. Security Door Controls.
j. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
k. Weiser Lock Corp..
l. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
m. Insert manufacturer's name.
2. Type: Bored Mortise latchbolt Mortise deadbolt Mortise deadlocking latchbolt.
2.13 SELF-CONTAINED ELECTRONIC LOCKS
A. Self-Contained Electronic Locks: BHMA A156.25, bored mortise; with internal,
battery-powered, self-contained electronic locks; consisting of complete lockset,
motor-driven lock mechanism, and actuating device; enclosed in
zinc-dichromate-plated, wrought-steel case, and strike that suits frame. Provide key
override, low-battery detection and warning, LED status indicators, and ability to
program at the lock.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 14
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc..
c. Kaba Ilco Corp..
d. Marks USA.
e. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
f. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.14 EXIT LOCKS AND EXIT ALARMS
A. Exit Locks and Alarms: BHMA A156.29, Grade 1.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Detex Corporation.
c. Precision Hardware, Inc.; a Stanley company.
d. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
e. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.15 SURFACE BOLTS
A. Surface Bolts: BHMA A156.16.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
c. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
d. Door Controls International, Inc..
e. Hiawatha, Inc; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
f. Trimco.
g. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.16 MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS
A. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16; minimum 3/4-inch throw; designed for mortising
into door edge.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Allegion plc.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 15
c. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
d. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
e. Door Controls International, Inc..
f. Hiawatha, Inc; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
g. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
h. Trimco.
i. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.17 AUTOMATIC AND SELF-LATCHING FLUSH BOLTS
A. Automatic and Self-Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16; minimum 3/4-inch throw;
designed for mortising into door edge. Include wear plates.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
d. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
e. Door Controls International, Inc..
f. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp..
g. Trimco.
h. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.18 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS
A. Exit Devices and Auxiliary Items: BHMA A156.3.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
b. Allegion plc.
c. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
d. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
e. Corbin Russwin, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
f. Design Hardware.
g. Detex Corporation.
h. Door Controls International, Inc..
i. DORMA USA, Inc..
j. Hager Companies.
k. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
l. Lawrence Hardware Inc..
m. Precision Hardware, Inc.; a Stanley company.
n. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp..
o. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
p. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
q. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
r. Insert manufacturer's name.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 16
2.19 LOCK CYLINDERS
A. Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or
nickel silver. Provide cylinder from same manufacturer of locking devices.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. ASSA, Inc..
d. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc..
e. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
f. Corbin Russwin, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. Hager Companies.
h. Medeco Security Locks; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
i. PDQ Manufacturing.
j. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
k. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
l. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
m. Insert manufacturer's name.
B. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5; Grade 1 Grade 1A Grade 2 permanent cores;
face finished to match lockset.
1. Core Type: Interchangeable Removable.
C. High-Security Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.30; Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 permanent
cores that are removable; face finished to match lockset.
1. Type: M, mechanical E, electrical.
D. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of
construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys.
E. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent
cores. Provide 10 construction master keys.
2.20 KEYING
A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28,
appendix. Provide one extra key blank for each lock. Incorporate decisions made in
keying conference.
1. No Master Key System: Only change keys operate cylinders.
a. Provide three cylinder change keys.
2. Master Key System: Change keys and a master key operate cylinders.
a. Provide three cylinder change keys and five master keys.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 17
3. Grand Master Key System: Change keys, a master key, and a grand master key
operate cylinders.
a. Provide three cylinder change keys and five each of master and grand
master keys.
4. Great-Grand Master Key System: Change keys, a master key, a grand master
key, and a great-grand master key operate cylinders.
a. Provide three cylinder change keys and five each of master, grand master,
and great-grand master keys.
5. Existing System:
a. Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system.
b. Re-key Owner's existing master key system into new keying system.
6. Keyed Alike: Key all cylinders to same change key.
B. Keys: Nickel silver Brass.
1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and
include the following notation:
a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE." Information to be furnished by Owner.
2.21 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Key Control Cabinet: BHMA A156.28; metal cabinet with baked-enamel finish;
containing key-holding hooks, labels, two sets of key tags with self-locking key holders,
key-gathering envelopes, and temporary and permanent markers; with key capacity of
150 Insert number percent of the number of locks.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. American Key Boxes and Cabinets.
b. GE Security, Inc..
c. HPC, Inc..
d. Lund Equipment Co., Inc.
e. MMF Industries.
f. TelKee; Oasis International.
g. Insert manufacturer's name.
2. Multiple-Drawer Cabinet: Grade 1 Grade 2 cabinet with drawers equipped with
key-holding panels and key envelope storage, and progressive-type ball-bearing
suspension slides. Include single cylinder lock to lock all drawers.
3. Wall-Mounted Cabinet: Grade 1 Grade 2 cabinet with hinged-panel door
equipped with key-holding panels and pin-tumbler cylinder door lock.
4. Portable Cabinet: Grade 1 Grade 2 tray for mounting in file cabinet, equipped
with key-holding panels, envelopes, and cross-index system.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 18
B. Key Lock Boxes: Designed for storage of two 10 Insert number keys.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. GE Security, Inc..
b. HPC, Inc..
c. Knox Company.
d. Insert manufacturer's name.
C. Key Control System Software: Multiple-index system for recording and reporting
key-holder listings, tracking keys and lock and key history, and printing receipts for
transactions. Include instruction manual.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Best Access Systems; Stanley Security Solutions, Inc..
c. GE Security, Inc..
d. HPC, Inc..
e. TelKee; Oasis International.
f. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.22 OPERATING TRIM
A. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6; aluminum brass bronze stainless steel unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
c. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
d. Forms+Surfaces.
e. Hager Companies.
f. Hiawatha, Inc; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
g. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
h. Rockwood Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
i. Trimco.
j. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.23 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS
A. Coordinators: BHMA A156.3; consisting of active-leaf, hold-open lever and inactive-leaf
release trigger; fabricated from steel with nylon-coated strike plates; with built-in,
adjustable safety release; and with internal override.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 19
B. Carry-Open Bars: BHMA A156.3; prevent the inactive leaf from opening before the
active leaf; provide polished brass or bronze carry-open bars with strike plate for
inactive leaves of pairs of doors unless automatic or self-latching bolts are used.
C. Astragals: BHMA A156.22.
2.24 SURFACE CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep
and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply
with manufacturer's written instructions for size of door closers depending on size of
door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized
closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Arrow USA; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
d. Corbin Russwin, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Design Hardware.
f. DORMA USA, Inc..
g. Hager Companies.
h. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
i. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
j. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
k. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
l. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
m. Yale Security Inc; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
n. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.25 CONCEALED CLOSERS
A. Concealed Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable
sweep and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions for size of door closers depending on size of door,
exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers,
adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. DORMA USA, Inc..
c. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
d. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
f. Insert manufacturer's name.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 20
2.26 CLOSER HOLDER RELEASE DEVICES
A. Closer Holder Release Devices: BHMA A156.15; Grade 1; closer connected with
separate or integral releasing and fire- or smoke-detecting devices. Door shall become
self-closing on interruption of signal to release device. Automatic release is activated by
smoke detection system loss of power.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Corbin Russwin, Inc.; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
c. DORMA USA, Inc..
d. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
e. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
f. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
g. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
h. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.27 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Wall- and Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
c. Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
d. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
e. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
f. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
g. Door Controls International, Inc..
h. Hager Companies.
i. Hiawatha, Inc; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
j. Rockwood Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
k. Trimco.
l. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.28 ELECTROMAGNETIC STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Electromagnetic Door Holders: BHMA A156.15, Grade 1; wall-mounted
electromagnetic single floor-mounted electromagnet single floor-mounted
electromagnet double unit with strike plate attached to swinging door; coordinated with
fire detectors and interface with fire-alarm system for labeled fire-rated door
assemblies.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 21
a. Allegion plc.
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
c. DORMA USA, Inc..
d. Hager Companies.
e. Lawrence Hardware Inc..
f. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
g. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.29 OVERHEAD STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
c. DORMA USA, Inc..
d. Hager Companies.
e. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
f. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
h. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.30 DOOR GASKETING
A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily
replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Hager Companies.
b. M-D Building Products, Inc.
c. National Guard Products, Inc.
d. Pemko Manufacturing Co..
e. Reese Enterprises, Inc.
f. Sealeze.
g. Zero International, Inc.
h. Insert manufacturer's name.
B. Maximum Air Leakage: When tested according to ASTM E 283 with tested pressure
differential of 0.3-inch wg, as follows:
1. Smoke-Rated Gasketing: 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. of door opening.
2. Gasketing on Single Doors: 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. of door opening.
3. Gasketing on Double Doors: 0.50 cfm per foot of door opening.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 22
2.31 THRESHOLDS
A. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Hager Companies.
b. M-D Building Products, Inc.
c. National Guard Products, Inc.
d. Pemko Manufacturing Co..
e. Reese Enterprises, Inc.
f. Rixson Specialty Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. Sealeze.
h. Zero International, Inc.
i. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.32 SLIDING DOOR HARDWARE
A. Sliding Door Hardware: BHMA A156.14; consisting of complete sets including rails,
hangers, supports, bumpers, floor guides, and accessories indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Arthur Cox & Sons, Inc..
b. Hager Companies.
c. Johnson, L. E., Products, Inc.
d. PC Henderson Inc..
e. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
f. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.33 FOLDING DOOR HARDWARE
A. General: BHMA A156.14; complete sets including overhead rails, hangers, supports,
bumpers, floor guides, and accessories indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Arthur Cox & Sons, Inc..
b. Johnson, L. E., Products, Inc.
c. PC Henderson Inc..
d. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
e. Insert manufacturer's name.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 23
2.34 METAL PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; fabricated from 0.050-inch- thick aluminum
brass bronze stainless steel; with manufacturer's standard machine or self-tapping
screw fasteners.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
c. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
d. Hager Companies.
e. Hiawatha, Inc; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
f. INOX by Unison Hardware, Inc.
g. InPro Corporation (IPC).
h. Pawling Corporation.
i. Rockwood Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
j. Trimco.
k. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.35 PLASTIC PROTECTION PLATES
A. Plastic Protection Plates: BHMA A156.6; fabricated with four sides beveled; plastic
laminate; 1/8 inch thick; NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS rigid plastic; 0.060-inch- thick, PVC
or acrylic-modified vinyl plastic acrylic; 1/8 inch thick.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. American Floor Products Company, Inc.
c. Burns Manufacturing Incorporated.
d. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
e. Hiawatha, Inc; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group.
f. InPro Corporation (IPC).
g. Pawling Corporation.
h. Rockwood Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
i. Trimco.
j. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.36 AUXILIARY DOOR HARDWARE
A. Auxiliary Hardware: BHMA A156.16.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Baldwin Hardware Corporation.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 24
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc.
d. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc.
e. Hager Companies.
f. Rockwood Manufacturing Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
g. Trimco.
h. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.37 AUXILIARY ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE
A. Auxiliary Electrified Door Hardware:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following, compliant with Part 3 of this document:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Door Controls International, Inc..
c. DORMA USA, Inc..
d. DynaLock Corp.
e. GE Security, Inc..
f. Hager Companies.
g. PDQ Manufacturing.
h. Precision Hardware, Inc.; a Stanley company.
i. Rutherford Controls Int'l. Corp..
j. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
k. Securitron Magnalock Corporation; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
l. Security Door Controls.
m. Insert manufacturer's name.
2.38 FABRICATION
A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or
trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire-rating
labels and as otherwise approved by Architect.
1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.
B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal indicated, fabricated by
forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition,
temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of
specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18.
C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates
prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with
commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum
fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to
match surface of door hardware unless otherwise indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 25
1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is
closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use
through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed
unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where
through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves
for each through bolt.
2. Fire-Rated Applications:
a. Wood or Machine Screws: For the following:
1) Hinges mortised to doors or frames
2) Strike plates to frames.
3) Closers to doors and frames.
b. Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided:
1) Surface hinges to doors.
2) Closers to doors and frames.
3) Surface-mounted exit devices.
3. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow-metal doors.
4. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications
and elsewhere as indicated.
2.39 FINISHES
A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware
schedule.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a
strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces
are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable
variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other
components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are
assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Legend:
Manufacturer Approved Substitute
(IV) Ives Hinges Stanley, McKinney
(SC) Schlage Locksets no substitute
(LC) LCN no substitute
(VO) Von Duprin no substitute
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 26
(IV) Ives Trim Trimco, Rockwood
(PE) Pemko National Guard, Zero
(RX) Rixson LCN, Norton
(GL) Glynn Johnson Rixson
(LO) Locknetics/Schlage Electronics no substitution
Furnish all items in US26D, Satin Chrome unless otherwise specified, Thresholds and
Weatherstrip to be Mill Finish Aluminum. Closers to be Sprayed Aluminum. Trim and Flat Goods
may be furnished in US32D, Satin Stainless Steel.
Verify all lock functions with Owner prior to ordering.
SET #01
Openings: 110X
Each opening to have:
3 Hinges 5BB1HW 5 x 4 1/2 652 IV
1 Fire Exit Device 98L-F 425-SNB (QTY-2) 825-SNB US26D VO
1 Magnetic Holder 998 120VAC 12VDC 689 RX
1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC
1 Armor Plate 8400 36" x 40" B-CS US32D IV
1 Smoke Seal S88 D 18' PE
SET #21
Openings: 1200A
Each opening to have:
3 Hinges 5BB1 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 652 IV
1 Storeroom Lockset ND80PD RHO EVEREST D-RESTRICTED 626 SC
1 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC
1 Kickplate 8400 10" x 34" B-CS US32D IV
1 Wall Bumper WS407CCV US32D IV
1 Smoke Seal S88 D 17' PE
SET #22
Openings: 120X
Each opening to have:
6 Hinges 5BB1HW 5 x 4 1/2 NRP 652 IV
2 Exit Devices 9927L-F-BE LBR US26D VO
2 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC
2 Kickplate 8400 10" x 40" B-CS US32D IV
2 Wall Holder SEM7850 689 LC
1 Length Adhesive Seal S771 D 7' PE
1 Smoke Seal S88 D Head & Jambs PE
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 27
SET #23
Openings: 101
Each opening to have:
6 Hinges 5BB1HW 5 x 4 1/2 NRP 652 IV
2 Exit Devices 9927L-F-BE LBR US26D VO
2 Closer 4040 XP REG/PA TBWMS AL LC
2 Kickplate 8400 10" x 40" B-CS US32D IV
2 Wall Holder SEM7850 689 LC
1 Length Adhesive Seal S771 D 7' PE
1 Smoke Seal S88 D Head & Jambs PE
1 Threshold 520S N MIL Hager
1 Overhead Drip Guard 810S N MIL Hager
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor
construction, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring
connections before electrified door hardware installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface-applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and
frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6.
B. Wood Doors: Comply with door and hardware manufacturers' written instructions.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following
unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8.
2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831.
3. Wood Doors: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Wood Flush Doors."
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 28
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that
are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and
reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work. Do not install
surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce
attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners.
Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not
fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one
hinge for every 30 inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other
equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided.
D. Intermediate Offset Pivots: Where offset pivots are indicated, provide intermediate
offset pivots in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than one
intermediate offset pivot per door and one additional intermediate offset pivot for every
30 inches of door height greater than 90 inches.
E. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during
construction period.
1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner.
2. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.
F. Key Control System:
1. Key Control Cabinet: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key
control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule.
2. Key Lock Boxes: Install where indicated or approved by Architect to provide
controlled access for fire and medical emergency personnel.
3. Key Control System Software: Set up multiple-index system based on final
keying schedule.
G. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, [above
accessible ceilings] or in [in equipment rooms]. Verify location with Architect.
1. Configuration: Provide least number of power supplies required to adequately
serve doors with electrified door hardware.
H. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of
sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants."
I. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door
hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.
J. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.
1. Do not notch perimeter gasketing to install other surface-applied hardware.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 29
K. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed.
L. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is
closed.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Owner will engage Engage a qualified
independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare
inspection reports.
1. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and
state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from
requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and
adjusted.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each
door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be
adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final
operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced
accessibility requirements.
1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close
freely from an open position of 70 degrees and so that closing time complies with
accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly
engage lock bolt.
B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion,
Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust each item of
door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of
doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware.
3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish.
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
DOOR HARDWARE
08 7100 - 30
3.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and
maintenance instructions for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal
and replacement of door hardware.
B. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall
include 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer.
Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective
components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door and door
hardware operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized
replacement parts and supplies.
3.9 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware.
3.10 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
END OF SECTION 08 7100
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GLAZING 08 8000 - 3
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. InterEdge Technologies by AGC Flat Glass; Pyrobel.
b. Pilkington North America Inc.; Pyrostop.
c. Technical Glass Products; Pyrostop.
d. Vetrotech Saint-Gobain; Contraflam.
2.4 GLAZING SEALANTS
A. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920,
Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
1. Products: One of the following:
a. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 1250.
b. Dow Corning Corporation; 1199 899.
c. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.;
SilGlaze II SCS2811 UltraGlaze SSG4000 UltraGlaze SSG4000AC.
d. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 200 GPN Bondaflex Sil 201
FC.
e. Polymeric Systems, Inc.; PSI-631.
f. Schnee-Morehead, Inc., an ITW company; SM5731 Poly-Glaze Plus.
g. Sika Corporation U.S.; Sikasil-N Plus US.
h. Tremco Incorporated; Proglaze SSG Tremsil 600.
B. Glazing Sealants for Fire-Rated Glazing Products: Products that are approved by
testing agencies that listed and labeled fire-resistant glazing products with which they
are used for applications and fire-protection ratings indicated.
1. Products: One of the following:
a. Dow Corning Corporation; 795.
b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.;
SilGlaze II SCS2800.
c. Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets,
and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are contained in
GANA's "Glazing Manual."
B. For fire-protection-rated glazing, use methods approved by testing agencies that listed
and labeled products.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GLAZING 08 8000 - 4
C. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar
characteristics.
D. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces immediately after installation.
3.2 MONOLITHIC-GLASS TYPES
A. Glass Type: Clear fully tempered float glass.
1. Thickness: 6 mm.
2. Safety glazing required.
3.3 LAMINATED-GLASS TYPES
A. Glass Type: Clear laminated glass with two plies of clear fully tempered float glass.
1. Thickness of Each Glass Ply: 6 mm.
3.4 FIRE-PROTECTION-RATED GLAZING TYPES
A. Glass Type: 20-minute fire-protection-rated glazing without hose-stream test; [fire-
protection-rated tempered glass] [film-faced ceramic glazing] [laminated ceramic
glazing], or [laminated glass with intumescent interlayers].
Safety glazing requiredEND OF SECTION 08 8000
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PLASTIC GLAZING 08 8400 - 1
SECTION 08 8400 - PLASTIC GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Multiwalled structured polycarbonate glazing.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on plastic glazing,
minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with
reasonable tolerances.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials,
Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and
avoid delays.
2. Review temporary protection requirements for plastic glazing during and after
installation.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Plastic Glazing Samples: For each color and finish of plastic glazing indicated, 12
inches square and of same thickness indicated for final Work.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
B. Product Certificates: For plastic glazing and glazing products.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PLASTIC GLAZING 08 8400 - 2
C. Product Test Reports: For plastic glazing, for tests performed by a qualified testing
agency.
1. For glazing sealants, provide test reports based on testing current sealant
formulations within previous 36-month period.
D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For plastic glazing.
E. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For plastic glazing to include in maintenance manuals.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect plastic glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Prevent damage to plastic glazing and glazing materials from condensation,
temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes.
B. Maintain protective coverings on plastic glazing to avoid exposures to abrasive
substances, excessive heat, and other sources of possible deterioration.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate
temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers
and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other
causes.
1. Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature
conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or below 40 deg
F.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Abrasion- and UV-Resistant, Multiwalled
Structured Polycarbonate: Manufacturer agrees to replace polycarbonate products that
break or develop defects from normal use that are attributable to manufacturing
process and not to practices for maintaining and cleaning plastic glazing contrary to
manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include coating delamination, haze,
excessive yellowing, and loss of light transmission beyond the limits stated in plastic
glazing manufacturer's standard form.
1. Warranty Period: [Five] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial
Completion.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PLASTIC GLAZING 08 8400 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain plastic glazing from single source from single manufacturer.
Obtain [sealants] [and] [gaskets] from single source from single manufacturer for each
product and installation method.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Plastic glazing sheets and glazing materials shall withstand normal temperature
changes, wind, and impact loads without failure, including loss or breakage of plastic
sheets attributable to the following: failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight
and airtight, deterioration of plastic sheet and glazing materials, or other defects in
materials and installation.
B. Safety Glazing: Plastic glazing shall comply with 16 CFR 1201, Category II.
1. Labeling: Permanently mark plastic glazing with certification label of an agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's
name, type of plastic, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which plastic
glazing complies.
C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes acting on plastic glazing and glazing framing members.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
D. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics of Plastic Glazing: As determined by testing plastic
glazing by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Self-ignition temperature of 650 deg F or higher when tested according to ASTM
D 1929 on plastic sheets in thicknesses indicated for the Work.
2. Smoke density of 75 or less when tested according to ASTM D 2843 on plastic
sheets in thicknesses indicated for the Work.
3. Burning extent of 1 inch or less when tested according to ASTM D 635 at a
nominal thickness of 0.060 inch or thickness indicated for the Work.
4. Flame-spread index of not less than that indicated when tested according to
ASTM E 84.
2.3 PLASTIC GLAZING, GENERAL
A. Glazing Publication: Comply with published instructions of plastic glazing
manufacturers and with GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements
are indicated. See this publication for definitions of glazing terms not otherwise defined
in this Section or in other referenced standards.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PLASTIC GLAZING 08 8400 - 4
B. Plastic Glazing Labeling: Identify plastic sheets with appropriate markings of applicable
testing and inspecting agency, indicating compliance with required fire-test-response
characteristics.
2.4 MULTIWALLED STRUCTURED POLYCARBONATE GLAZING
A. Multiwalled Structured Polycarbonate Sheet: Manufacturer's standard polycarbonate
extruded shape with smooth, flat exterior surfaces and internal ribbing.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Amerilux International, LLC.
b. Co-Ex Corporation.
c. Gallina USA LLC.
d. Palram Industries LTD.
e. Polygal Plastics Industries Ltd.
f. SABIC Innovative Plastics Holding BV.
2. Nominal Thickness: 3/4 inch.
3. UV Resistance: Not required.
4. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
5. Combustibility Class: CC1.
6. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Compatibility: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with
requirements of manufacturers of plastic glazing and other glazing materials for
application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted
in installation.
B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket
manufacturer.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Sizes: Fabricate plastic glazing to sizes required for openings indicated. Allow for
thermal expansion and contraction of plastic glazing without restraint and without
withdrawal of edges from frames, with edge clearances and tolerances complying with
plastic glazing manufacturer's written instructions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PLASTIC GLAZING 08 8400 - 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine plastic glazing framing, with glazing Installer present, for compliance with the
following:
1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness,
and offsets at corners.
2. Minimum required face or edge clearances.
3. Effective sealing between joints of plastic glazing framing members.
B. Proceed with glazing only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members immediately before glazing.
Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces
where elastomeric sealants are indicated for use.
3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL
A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of plastic glazing materials,
sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials unless more stringent requirements are
indicated, including those in referenced glazing publication.
B. Glazing channel dimensions indicated on Drawings are designed to provide the
necessary bite on plastic glazing, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate
sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust plastic glazing lites during
installation to ensure that bite is equal on all sides.
C. Sand or scrape cut edges of plastic glazing to provide smooth edges, free of chips and
hairline cracks.
D. Remove burrs and other projections from glazing channel surfaces.
E. Protect plastic glazing surfaces from abrasion and other damage during handling and
installation, according to the following requirements:
1. Retain plastic glazing manufacturer's protective covering or protect by other
methods according to plastic glazing manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Remove covering at border of each piece before glazing; remove remainder of
covering immediately after installation where plastic glazing is exposed to
sunlight or where other conditions make later removal difficult.
3. Remove damaged plastic glazing sheets from Project site and legally dispose of
off-site. Damaged plastic glazing sheets are those containing imperfections that,
when installed, result in weakened glazing and impaired performance and
appearance.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PLASTIC GLAZING 08 8400 - 6
F. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined
by preconstruction sealant-substrate testing.
G. Provide edge blocking to comply with referenced glazing publication unless otherwise
instructed by plastic glazing manufacturer.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect plastic glazing from contact with contaminating substances from construction
operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact
with plastic glazing, remove immediately and wash plastic glazing according to plastic
glazing manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Remove and replace plastic glazing that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or
damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents,
and vandalism.
C. Wash plastic glazing on both faces before date scheduled for inspections intended to
establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Wash plastic glazing
according to plastic glazing manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 08 8400
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FIXED LOUVERS 08 9119 - 1
SECTION 08 9119 - FIXED LOUVERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fixed louvers.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting" for field painting exterior louvers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501
apply to this Section unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced
standards.
B. Horizontal Louver: Louver with horizontal blades (i.e., the axis of the blades are
horizontal).
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. For louvers specified to bear AMCA seal, include printed catalog pages showing
specified models with appropriate AMCA Certified Ratings Seals.
B. Shop Drawings: For louvers and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections,
details, and attachments to other work. Show frame profiles and blade profiles, angles,
and spacing.
1. Show mullion profiles and locations.
2. Door, door hardware, openings, and perimeter frame detailing.
C. Samples: For each type of metal finish required.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FIXED LOUVERS 08 9119 - 2
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed
according to AMCA 500-L by a qualified testing agency or by manufacturer and
witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of louver and showing
compliance with performance requirements specified.
B. Windborne-debris-impact-resistance test reports.
C. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AWS D1.2/D1.2M.
2. AWS D1.3/D1.3M.
3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements
before fabrication.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on
which finishes fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to
ASTM D 2244.
b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to
ASTM D 4214.
c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain fixed louvers from single source from a single manufacturer
where indicated to be of same type, design, or factory-applied color finish.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FIXED LOUVERS 08 9119 - 3
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Design louvers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a
qualified professional engineer, using structural and seismic performance requirements
and design criteria indicated.
B. Structural Performance: Louvers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the
following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without
permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver-
blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. Wind pressures
shall be considered to act normal to the face of the building.
1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on pressures as indicated on Drawings.
C. Windborne-Debris-Impact Resistance: Louvers located within 30 feet of grade shall
pass basic protection, when tested according to AMCA 540.
D. Seismic Performance: As indicated on drawings.
E. Louver Performance Ratings: Provide louvers complying with requirements specified,
as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided,
except for length and width according to AMCA 500-L.
F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes.
1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material
surfaces.
G. SMACNA Standard: Comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet
Metal Manual" for fabrication, construction details, and installation procedures.
2.3 FIXED EXTRUDED-ALUMINUM LOUVERS
A. Horizontal, Sightproof, Drainable-Blade Louver :
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
a. Ruskin Company, EV811, with more than 50% open area.
2. Mullion Type: Visually concealed.
3. Louver Performance Ratings:
a. Free Area: Not less than 50%.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5, T-52, or T6.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FIXED LOUVERS 08 9119 - 4
B. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions.
1. Use tamper-resistant screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
2. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners.
3. For color-finished louvers, use fasteners with heads that match color of louvers.
C. Postinstalled Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry: Torque-controlled expansion
anchors, fabricated from stainless-steel components, with allowable load or strength
design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or
equal to the design load, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M
conducted by a qualified testing agency.
D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with
ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Factory assemble louvers to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units
as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly
and coordinated installation.
B. Vertical Assemblies: Where height of louver units exceeds fabrication and handling
limitations, fabricate units to permit field-bolted assembly with close-fitting joints in
jambs and mullions, reinforced with splice plates.
1. Continuous Vertical Assemblies: Fabricate units without interrupting blade-
spacing pattern.
C. Maintain equal louver blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames
at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance.
D. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with
allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material
tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints.
1. Frame Type: Channel unless otherwise indicated.
E. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly.
F. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated, but not more than is
recommended by manufacturer, or 72 inches o.c., whichever is less.
G. Provide [subsills made of same material as louvers] [or] [extended sills] for
recessed louvers.
H. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed
from view unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted
connections between frame members necessary.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FIXED LOUVERS 08 9119 - 5
2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Finish louvers after assembly.
B. High-Performance Organic Finish: Three -coat fluoropolymer finish complying with
AAMA 2605 and containing not less than [50] [70] percent PVDF resin by weight in
both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed
metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and openings, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for
installation of anchorages that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry
construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Locate and place louvers level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work.
B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to
screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight
connection.
C. Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured.
D. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers,
as indicated.
E. Protect unpainted galvanized- and nonferrous-metal surfaces that are in contact with
concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals from corrosion and galvanic action by applying
a heavy coating of bituminous paint or by separating surfaces with waterproof gaskets
or nonmetallic flashing.
F. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as louver installation
progresses, where weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with Section 07
9200 "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during louver installation.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FIXED LOUVERS 08 9119 - 6
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean exposed louver surfaces that are not protected by temporary covering, to remove
fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumulate during
construction period.
B. Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent
not harmful to finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry.
C. Restore louvers damaged during installation and construction, so no evidence remains
of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by
Architect, remove damaged units and replace with new units.
1. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color
and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating.
END OF SECTION 08 9119
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 1
SECTION 09 2216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Certificates: For each type of code-compliance certification for studs and
tracks.
B. Evaluation Reports: For [embossed steel studs and tracks] [firestop tracks] [post-
installed anchors] [and] [power-actuated fasteners], from ICC-ES or other qualified
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Code-Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that
framing members are certified according to the product-certification program of [the
Certified Steel Stud Association] [the Steel Framing Industry Association] [or] [the
Steel Stud Manufacturers Association].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that
incorporate non-load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction
identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an
independent testing agency.
B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction
identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, according to ASTM E 90
and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.
C. Horizontal Deflection: For wall assemblies, limited to 1/360 of the wall height based on
horizontal loading of 5 lbf/sq. ft..
2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 , hot-dip galvanized unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. Steel Studs and Tracks:
a. Manufacturers:Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by one of the following:
1) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.
2) MBA Building Supplies.
3) MRI Steel Framing, LLC.
4) Phillips Manufacturing Co.
5) Steel Network, Inc. (The).
6) Telling Industries.
b. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required by performance
requirements for horizontal deflection .
c. Depth: As indicated on Drawings .
4. Embossed Steel Studs and Tracks: Roll-formed and embossed with surface
deformations to stiffen the framing members so that they are structurally
equivalent to conventional ASTM C 645 steel studs and tracks.
a. Manufacturers:Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products
by one of the following:
1) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.
2) ClarkDietrich Building Systems.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 3
3) MarinoWARE.
4) MBA Building Supplies.
5) Phillips Manufacturing Co.
6) Steel Network, Inc. (The).
7) Telling Industries.
b. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required by horizontal deflection
performance requirements .
c. Depth: As indicated on Drawings .
B. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following:
1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of
finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure
above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to
accommodate depth of studs.
a. Products: provide one of the following:
1) Blazeframe Industries; Bare Slotted Track (BST/BST 2).
2) CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; .
3) ClarkDietrich Building Systems; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track.
C. Firestop Tracks: Top track manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and
contract with movement of structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-
rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to
accommodate depth of studs.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Blazeframe Industries; Intumescent Framing, Fire Stop System.
b. CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co.; FAS Track.
c. ClarkDietrich Building Systems; BlazeFrame.
d. Fire Trak Corp; Fire Trak System attached to studs with Fire Trak Posi
Klip.
D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width
indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following::
a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems.
b. MRI Steel Framing, LLC.
2. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: .
E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base-metal thickness, with
minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 4
a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems.
b. MRI Steel Framing, LLC.
2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch- thick, galvanized
steel.
F. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems.
b. MRI Steel Framing, LLC.
2. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings .
3. Depth: As indicated on Drawings .
G. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-
inch- wide flanges.
1. Depth:
2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge-type steel sheet with minimum
uncoated-steel thickness of 0.0329 inch.
3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch-
diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire.
H. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall
attachment flange of 7/8 inch, minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.0179 inch, and
depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. ClarkDietrich Building Systems.
b. MRI Steel Framing, LLC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-
metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with
requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 5
1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or
ceiling tracks to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.
Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to
building structure not more than 24 inches o.c.
2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent
necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce
thickness of fire-resistive materials below that are required for fire-resistance
ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire-resistive materials from damage.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.
1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 841 that
apply to framing installation.
2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in
ASTM C 1063 that apply to framing installation.
3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in
ASTM C 844 that apply to framing installation.
4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that
apply to framing installation.
B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections
securely fastened.
C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services,
heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.
D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.
E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing
members. Frame both sides of joints independently.
3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES
A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater
than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.
1. Single-Layer Application: As required by horizontal deflection performance
requirements unless otherwise indicated.
2. Multilayer Application: As required by horizontal deflection performance
requirements unless otherwise indicated.
3. Tile Backing Panels: As required by horizontal deflection performance
requirements unless otherwise indicated.
B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals
at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.
C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 6
D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural
supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated
to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate
partitions above ceiling.
1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports,
install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of
finished assemblies.
2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door
frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.
a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.
b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum
1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in
finished assembly.
c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of
overhead structure.
3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same
as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below
sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.
4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-
rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions
continuous from floor to underside of solid structure.
a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-
resistance-rated assembly indicated.
5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly
indicated.
6. Curved Partitions:
a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are
tangent to arcs.
b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally
along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs,
place studs 6 inches o.c.
E. Direct Furring:
1. Screw to wood framing.
2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry
attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c.
F. Z-Shaped Furring Members:
1. Erect insulation, specified in Section 07 2100 "Thermal Insulation," vertically and
hold in place with Z-shaped furring members spaced o.c.
2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to
wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or
powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 7
3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short
flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short
flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space
second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit.
G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not
more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.
END OF SECTION 09 2216
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING 09 2400 - 1
SECTION 09 2400 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and finish Samples.
B. Samples to be provided to verify existing finish and color matches campus standard
'existing adjacent building' finish. Do not submit product data for review unless finish
and color have been reviewed and approved by Architect and Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide cement plaster assemblies identical
to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance according to ASTM E 119 by a
qualified testing agency.
2.2 SYSTEM BASIS OF DESIGN
A. System Basis of Design: Dryvit Commercial Cement Plaster 4 system. See technical
sheet "DS815" for more information: http://www.dryvit.com/media/235515/ds815.pdf
1. System components include the following:
a. Air/Water Resistive Barrier
b. Lath
c. Cement Plaster Base
d. Leveling Coat
e. Fiberglass Reinforcing Mesh
f. Acrylic Primer
g. Acrylic Coatings; Finish and Pattern to match adjacent existing buildings.
2.3 METAL LATH
A. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847, with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip
galvanized zinc coating.
1. Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company.
b. CEMCO.
c. ClarkDietrich Building Systems, LLC.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING 09 2400 - 2
d. MarinoWARE.
e. Phillips Manufacturing Co.
2. Diamond-Mesh Lath: Flat Self-furring, 2.5 lb/sq. yd..
3. Flat Rib Lath: ASTM C 847, galvanized, rib depth of not more than 1/8 inch, and
3.4-lb/sq. yd. weight.
4. 3/8-Inch Rib Lath: ASTM C 847, galvanized, 3.4-lb/sq. yd. weight.
B. Wire-Fabric Lath:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. Davis Wire Corporation; a Heico Wire Group company.
b. Jaenson Shepard Wire Company, Inc.
c. Keystone Steel & Wire Co.
d. K-Lath Building Products; a division of Georgetown Wire.
2. Welded-Wire Lath: ASTM C 933; self-furring, 1.9 lb/sq. yd..
C. Paper Backing: FS UU-B-790, Type I, Grade D, Style 2, vapor-permeable paper Grade
B, Style 1a, vapor-retardant paper Insert requirements.
1. Provide paper-backed lath unless otherwise indicated at exterior locations in
locations indicated on Drawings Insert locations.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Comply with ASTM C 1063, and coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and
number of plaster coats required:
B. Metal Accessories:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following:
a. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation; a Gibraltar Industries company.
b. CEMCO.
c. ClarkDietrich Building Systems, LLC.
d. MarinoWARE.
e. Phillips Manufacturing Co.
2. Zinc and Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Accessories:
a. Foundation Weep Screed: Fabricated from hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet,
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 zinc coating.
b. Cornerbeads: Small-nose Bullnose style, fabricated from zinc or zinc-
coated (galvanized) steel.
c. Casing Beads: Square-edge style, fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated
(galvanized) steel; with expanded flanges.
d. Control Joints: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; one-
piece-type, M-shaped configuration; with perforated flanges.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING 09 2400 - 3
C. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline-resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, free
of contaminants, manufactured for use in cement plaster.
D. Bonding Compound: ASTM C 932.
E. Fasteners for Attaching Metal Lath to Substrates: ASTM C 1063.
F. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (unfaced blankets).
2.5 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I Type II.
1. Color for Finish Coats: Match adjacent existing building color and finish.
B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91, Type N.
1. Color for Finish Coats: White Gray.
C. Plastic Cement: ASTM C 1328.
D. Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S; ASTM C 207, Type S.
E. Sand Aggregate: ASTM C 897.
1. Color for Job-Mixed Finish Coats: Match adjacent existing building color and
finish.
F. Exposed Aggregates for Finish Coats: For marblecrete finish, clean, sound, crushed
marble matching color and size gradation of Architect's sample.
2.6 PLASTER MIXES
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for applications indicated.
1. Fiber Content: Add fiber to base-coat mixes after ingredients have mixed at least
two minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Base-Coat Mix: Portland cement and lime masonry cement equal parts portland
cement and masonry cement plastic cement or equal parts portland cement and plastic
cement.
C. Job-Mixed Finish Coat: Portland cement and lime masonry cement equal parts portland
cement and masonry cement or plastic cement.
D. Factory-Prepared Finish-Coat Mixes: For ready-mixed finish-coat plasters acrylic-based
finish coatings; comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING 09 2400 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Install components according to requirements for
design designations from listing organization and publication indicated on Drawings.
B. Install metal lath and accessories according to ASTM C 1063.
1. Install lath-type, external-corner reinforcement at exterior locations.
2. Install cornerbead at exterior locations.
C. Apply bonding compound on unit masonry plaster bases.
D. Apply and cure plaster materials and finishes to comply with ASTM C 926. Apply three
coats.
1. Plaster Finish Coats: Apply to provide finish to match existing adjacent buildings.
END OF SECTION 09 2400
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 1
SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior gypsum board.
2. Texture finishes.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06 1600 "Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing for exterior walls.
2. Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural steel framing
and suspension systems that support gypsum board panels.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Build mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic
effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Build mockups for the following:
a. Each level of gypsum board finish indicated for use in exposed locations.
b. Each texture finish indicated.
2. Apply or install final decoration indicated, including painting and wallcoverings,
on exposed surfaces for review of mockups.
3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups.
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 2
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather,
condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of
damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent
sagging.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board
manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent.
B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and
conditioned.
C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited
to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide
materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency.
B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction
identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified
according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency.
C. Ceiling and wall materials shall comply with the requirements of the California
Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of
Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental
Chambers."
2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL
A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each
area and that correspond with support system indicated.
2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 3
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. American Gypsum.
b. CertainTeed Corporation.
c. Georgia-Pacific Building Products.
d. National Gypsum Company.
e. Temple-Inland Building Products by Georgia-Pacific.
f. USG Corporation.
2. Thickness: 5/8 inch.
3. Long Edges: Tapered .
2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or
paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet .
2. Shapes:
a. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound.
b. Expansion (control) joint.
B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047.
1. Material: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, plastic, or rolled zinc.
2. Shapes:
a. Expansion (Control) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and
removable strip covering slot opening.
2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints[, rounded or beveled panel edges,] and damaged
surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints,
fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim
accessories.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 4
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purpose
compound.
2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards
and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering
gypsum panels to continuous substrate.
1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less.
C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated.
1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members
from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.
2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size
recommended by panel manufacturer.
2.7 TEXTURE FINISHES
A. Primer: As recommended by textured finish manufacturer to match adjacent surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support
framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions
affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and
mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL
A. Comply with ASTM C 840.
B. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and
ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into
place.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 5
C. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where
intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do
not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite
sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed
openings.
D. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum
panels.
E. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above
ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally.
1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or
smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq.
ft. in area.
2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.
3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of
floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural
members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant.
F. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural
abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with
edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting
structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.
G. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is
attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.
3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:
1. Type X: Where required for fire-resistance-rated or smoke-resistance rated
assembly.
B. Single-Layer Application:
1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing)
unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and
minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate
courses of panels.
b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless
otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.
2. On Z-shaped furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to
framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.
3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 6
3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same
fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations
approved by Architect for visual effect.
C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:
1. U-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints,
penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare
gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from
adjacent surfaces.
B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated
as not intended to receive tape.
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to
ASTM C 840:
1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.
2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise
indicated.
a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 9123
"Interior Painting."
3.6 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other
surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and
smooth.
B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to
produce a uniform texture matching approved mockup and free of starved spots or
other evidence of thin application or of application patterns.
C. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to receive
texture finish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or other means.
If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces, immediately
remove droppings and overspray to prevent damage according to texture-finish
manufacturer's written instructions.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 7
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and
other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged
during drywall application.
B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight,
construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited
to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.
2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or
splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 09 2900
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 - 1
SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Seismic Standard: Acoustical panel ceiling shall withstand the effects of earthquake
motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7 .
B. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to
those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS
A. Basis-of-Design Product::
1. Match building standard. Provide "scrubbalble' type ceiling tiles in areas of
infection control concern.
B. Classification: As follows, per ASTM E 1264:
1. Type and Form: building standard.
2. Pattern: building standard.
3. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Class A .
C. Color: White .
D. Edge Detail: building standard..
E. Thickness: minimum of 5/8 inch, but not less than to prevent sagging .
F. Modular Size: As indicated.
2.3 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of
one of the following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 - 2
1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
2. CertainTeed Corp.
3. Chicago Metallic Corporation.
4. USG Interiors, Inc.; Subsidiary of USG Corporation.
B. Ceiling Suspension System: -face, direct-hung system; ASTM C 635, heavy-duty
structural classification.
1. Face Design: Flat, flush .
2. Face Finish: Painted white .
C. Attachment Devices: Sized for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table
1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.
D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc-coated carbon-steel wire; ASTM A 641/A 641M,
Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.
1. Size: Provide yield strength at least 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C
635, Table 1, Direct Hung), but not less than 0.106-inch- 0.135-inch- diameter
wire.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install acoustical ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M and seismic design
requirements indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's
"Ceiling Systems Handbook."
1. Fire-Rated Assembly: Install fire-rated ceiling systems according to tested fire-
rated design.
B. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension
system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations
to provide a neat, precise fit.
C. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical units as indicated on Drawings.
END OF SECTION 09 5113
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 1
SECTION 09 6513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RESILIENT BASE
A. Vinyl Base: ASTM F 1861, Type TV (vinyl, thermoplastic), Group .
1. Manufacturers:
a. Match building standard in design, color, and appearance, unless noted
otherwise on the drawings.
B. Style: Cove (base with toe) .
C. Height: 4 inches .
D. Lengths: coils in manufacturer's standard lengths.
E. Outside Corners: preformed.
F. Inside Corners: preformed.
2.2 PERFORMANCE
A. Provide product which meets class A fire resistivity and smoke development limits
compliant with ASTM E84 testing. Product to have a flame spread less than 25 and a
smoke index of less than 450.
B. Warranty: Product and assembly to be warranted for a minimum of five years from the
date of substantial completion.
2.3 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor covering
and substrate conditions indicated.
1. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 2
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Prepare horizontal surfaces according to ASTM F 710. Verify that substrates are dry
and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
B. Adhesively install resilient wall base and accessories.
C. Install wall base in maximum lengths possible. Apply to walls, columns, pilasters,
casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required.
END OF SECTION 09 6513
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09 6516 - 1
SECTION 09 6516 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.
B. Where specified to match existing, provide multiple samples to review on site with
owner and Architect. Do not submit product data or samples until initial sample is
selected on site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 VINYL SHEET FLOORING WITH BACKING
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product of
one of the following:
1. Altro Group.
2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
3. Congoleum Corporation.
4. Forbo Industries, Inc.
5. Gerflor.
6. Lonseal, Inc.
7. Mannington Mills, Inc.
8. Polyflor, Ltd., Distributed by Gerbert Limited.
9. TOLI International.
B. Vinyl Sheet Floor Covering with Backing: ASTM F 1303, Type I, minimum binder
content of 90 percent Type II, minimum binder content of 34 percent, Grade 1.
1. Overall Thickness: As standard with manufacturer .
2. Interlayer Material: Foamed plastic None.
3. Backing Class: Class A (fibrous) Class B (nonfoamed plastic) Class C (foamed
plastic).
C. Wearing Surface: Embossed Smooth with embedded abrasives Embossed with
embedded abrasives.
D. Sheet Width: 12 feet .
E. Seamless-Installation Method: Heat welded .
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09 6516 - 2
2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement- or
blended-hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by flooring
manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit floor covering
and substrate conditions indicated.
1. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less.
C. Heat-Welding Bead: Solid-strand product of floor covering manufacturer.
D. Integral-Flash-Cove-Base Accessories: 1-inch- radius cove strip and square metal,
vinyl, or rubber cap; both provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer.
E. Floor Polish: Protective liquid floor polish products as recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Prepare concrete substrates according to ASTM F 710. Verify that substrates are dry
and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
B. Unroll sheet floor coverings and allow them to stabilize before cutting and fitting.
C. Maintain uniformity of resilient sheet flooring direction, and match edges for color
shading at seams.
D. Minimize number of seams; place seams in inconspicuous and low-traffic areas, at
least 6 inches away from parallel joints in substrates.
E. Seamless Installation:
1. Heat-Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516.
2. Chemically Bonded Seams: Bond seams with chemical-bonding compound to
permanently fuse sections into a seamless flooring.
F. Integral Flash Cove Base: Cove floor coverings as indicated on the drawings up vertical
surfaces. Support on cove strip and butt against cap strip.
G. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor covering
before applying liquid floor polish.
1. Apply three coat(s).
END OF SECTION 09 6516
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 1
SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior
substrates.
1. Steel and iron.
2. Galvanized metal.
3. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated).
4. Wood.
5. Portland cement plaster (stucco).
6. Bituminous-coated surfaces.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 05 1200 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop priming of metal
substrates.
2. Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming metal fabrications.
3. Section 05 5213 "Pipe and Tube Railings".
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
B. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
C. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85
degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
D. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 2
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and
application instructions.
1. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product
category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.
2. Indicate VOC content.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of
topcoat.
1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square.
2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system.
3. Label each coat of each Sample.
4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
D. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use
same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and
that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels
describing contents.
1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish
selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
application of each paint system.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft..
b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups.
a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups
of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 3
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with
ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air
temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85
percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet
surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product
indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:
1. Behr Process Corporation.
2. Benjamin Moore & Co.
3. California Paints.
4. Dunn-Edwards Corporation.
5. Glidden Professional.
6. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
7. Rust-Oleum Corporation; a subsidiary of RPM International, Inc.
8. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed
in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."
B. Material Compatibility:
1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another
and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 4
2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by
topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
C. VOC Content: For field applications, paints and coatings shall comply with VOC content
limits of authorities having jurisdiction and the following VOC content limits:
1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L.
4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
5. Rust-Preventive Coatings: 100 g/L.
6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 100 g/L.
7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
D. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range Match Architect's
samples As indicated in a color schedule Insert requirements.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint
materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when
samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site,
samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and
certified by testing agency.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials
being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove
noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint
surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove
rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with
complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture
meter as follows:
1. Wood: 15 percent.
2. Portland Cement Plaster: 12 percent.
C. Portland Cement Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 5
D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with
existing finishes and primers.
E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems
indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are
removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of
size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation
and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or
apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using
methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where
shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop
priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.
F. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet
metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote
adhesion of subsequently applied paints.
G. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation.
H. Wood Substrates:
1. Scrape and clean knots. Before applying primer, apply coat of knot sealer
recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system
indicated.
2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.
3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.
4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or
plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 6
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in
"MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual."
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before
final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat
only.
3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of
exterior door frames.
4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes.
5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory
primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to
facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied.
Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until
cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp
lines and color breaks.
E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic
Safety and Security Work:
1. Paint the following work where exposed to view:
a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit.
f. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.
1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with
paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing
and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies
with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 7
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded
materials from Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints
by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished
surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to
work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by
Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged
or defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Steel and Iron Substrates:
1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI EXT 5.1B MPI EXT 5.1C
MPI EXT 5.1M MPI EXT 5.1N:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive[ MPI #101].
b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #161].
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #163].
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #164].
2. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating over Epoxy System[ MPI EXT 5.1R]:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive[ MPI #101].
b. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy, high build, low gloss[ MPI #108].
c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #161].
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #163].
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #164].
B. Galvanized-Metal Substrates:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 8
1. Latex System MPI EXT 5.3A MPI EXT 5.3H:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, cementitious[, MPI #26].
b. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based[, MPI #134].
c. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)[, MPI #10].
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4)[, MPI #15].
f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11].
g. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #119].
2. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI EXT 5.3G MPI EXT 5.3J
MPI EXT 5.3K:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive[, MPI #101].
b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #161].
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #163].
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #164].
C. Aluminum Substrates:
1. Latex System[ MPI EXT 5.4H]:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum[, MPI #95].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)[, MPI #10].
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4)[, MPI #15].
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11].
f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #119].
2. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System[ MPI EXT 5.4G]:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum[, MPI #95].
b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching
topcoat.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 9
c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #161].
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #163].
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #164].
D. Wood Substrates: Glued-laminated construction.
E. Wood Substrates: Exposed framing.
F. Wood Substrates: Wood trim Architectural woodwork Doors Windows Wood board
siding wood fences.
1. Latex over Latex Primer System[ MPI EXT 6.3L]:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex for exterior wood[, MPI #6].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)[, MPI #10].
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4)[, MPI #15].
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11].
f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #119].
G. Wood Substrates: Wood-based panel products.
1. Latex over Latex Primer System[ MPI EXT 6.4K]:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex for exterior wood[, MPI #6].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)[, MPI #10].
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4)[, MPI #15].
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11].
f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #119].
H. Wood Substrates: Traffic surfaces, including .
I. Wood Substrates: Wood shingles and shakes (excluding roofs).
J. Portland Cement Plaster Substrates:
1. Latex System MPI EXT 9.1A MPI EXT 9.1J:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 10
a. Prime Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)[, MPI #10].
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4)[, MPI #15].
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11].
f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #119].
2. High-Build Latex System[ MPI EXT 9.1H]: Dry film thickness of not less than 10
mils .
a. Prime Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer.
b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, high build[, MPI #40].
3. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System[ MPI EXT 9.1B]:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based[, MPI #3].
b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #161].
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #163].
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #164].
K. Exterior Bituminous-Coated Substrates:
1. Latex System[ MPI EXT 10.2A]:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust inhibitive, water based[, MPI #107].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)[, MPI #10].
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4)[, MPI #15].
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11].
END OF SECTION 09 9113
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 1
SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior
substrates.
1. Steel and iron.
2. Galvanized metal.
3. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated).
4. Stainless steel.
5. Gypsum board.
6. ASJ insulation covering.
7. Bituminous-coated surfaces.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming metal fabrications.
2. Section 05 5213 "Pipe and Tube Railings"
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85
degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85
degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 2
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and
application instructions.
1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product
category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.
2. Indicate VOC content.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For paints and coatings, indicating VOC content.
2. Laboratory Test Reports: For paints and coatings, indicating compliance with
requirements for low-emitting materials.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.
D. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of
topcoat.
1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square.
2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system.
3. Label each coat of each Sample.
4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
E. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use
same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and
that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels
describing contents.
1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish
selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
application of each paint system.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft..
b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 3
a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups
of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with
ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air
temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less
than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Behr Process Corporation.
2. Benjamin Moore & Co.
3. California Paints.
4. Dulux (formerly ICI Paints); a brand of AkzoNobel.
5. Dunn-Edwards Corporation.
6. Duron, Inc.
7. Glidden Professional.
8. PPG Architectural Coatings.
9. Rust-Oleum Corporation; a subsidiary of RPM International, Inc.
10. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
11. Valspar Corporation - Architectural (Pro).
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed
in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 4
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed
in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."
B. Material Compatibility:
1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another
and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by
topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
C. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, paints
and coatings shall comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction and
the following VOC content limits:
1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L.
4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
5. Rust-Preventive Coatings: 100 g/L.
6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 100 g/L.
7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
8. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L.
9. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.
D. Low-Emitting Materials: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing
system, 90 percent of paints and coatings shall comply with the requirements of the
California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and
Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using
Environmental Chambers."
E. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint
materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when
samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site,
samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and
certified by testing agency.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials
being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove
noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint
surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove
rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with
complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture
meter as follows:
1. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.
D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with
existing finishes and primers.
E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems
indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are
removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of
size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation
and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or
apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using
methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where
shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop
priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 6
F. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet
metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote
adhesion of subsequently applied paints.
G. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations
in "MPI Manual."
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and
similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces.
4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory
primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple
coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but
provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until
cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp
lines and color breaks.
E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic
Safety and Security Work:
1. Paint the following work where exposed in equipment rooms:
a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit.
f. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes.
g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation
covering or other paintable jacket material.
2. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces:
a. Equipment, including panelboards.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 7
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit.
f. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation
covering or other paintable jacket material.
g. Other items as directed by Architect.
3. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets
and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.
1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with
paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing
and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies
with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded
materials from Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints
by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished
surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to
work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by
Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged
or defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Steel Substrates:
1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 5.1S:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust inhibitive, epoxy based
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss
Level 1)[, MPI #143].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 8
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #144].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #145].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #146].
g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 5)[, MPI #147].
h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #148].
2. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.1R MPI INT 5.1RR:
a. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified.
Provide epoxy primer where not specified.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #138].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #139].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #140].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #141].
3. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System over Epoxy Primer System
MPI INT 5.1N:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive[ MPI #101].
b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #151].
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #153].
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #154].
4. Water-Based Dry-Fall System MPI INT 5.1C MPI INT 5.1CC:
a. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified.
b. Topcoat: Dry fall, latex, flat[, MPI #118].
c. Topcoat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, flat (MPI Gloss
Level 1)[, MPI #133].
B. Galvanized-Metal Substrates:
1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 5.3N:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based[, MPI #134].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching
topcoat.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 9
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss
Level 1)[, MPI #143].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #144].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #145].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #146].
g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 5)[, MPI #147].
h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #148].
2. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.3M:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based[, MPI #134].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #138].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #139].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #140].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #141].
3. Water-Based Dry-Fall System MPI INT 5.3H:
a. Prime Coat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, matching topcoat.
b. Topcoat: Dry fall, water based, for galvanized steel, flat (MPI Gloss
Level 1)[, MPI #133].
C. Aluminum (Not Anodized or Otherwise Coated) Substrates:
1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 5.4G:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum[, MPI #95].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss
Level 1)[, MPI #143].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #144].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #145].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #146].
g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 5)[, MPI #147].
h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #148].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 10
2. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.4F:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum[, MPI #95].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #138].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #139].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #140].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #141].
D. Stainless Steel Substrates:
1. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.6G:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, bonding, solvent based[, MPI #69].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #138].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #139].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #140].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #141].
2. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI INT 5.6A MPI INT 5.6F:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, bonding, solvent based[, MPI #69].
b. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum[, MPI #95].
c. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching
topcoat.
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #151].
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #153].
f. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #154].
E. Gypsum Board and Substrates:
1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 9.2M:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC[, MPI #149].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss
Level 1)[, MPI #143].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 11
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #144].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #145].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #146].
g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 5)[, MPI #147].
h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #148].
2. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 9.2B:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior[, MPI #50].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #138].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #139].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss
(MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #141].
F. ASJ Insulation-Covering Substrates: Including pipe and duct coverings.
1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 10.1D:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior[, MPI #50].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, flat (MPI Gloss
Level 1)[, MPI #143].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 2)[, MPI #144].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 3)[, MPI #145].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss
Level 4)[, MPI #146].
g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 5)[, MPI #147].
h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss (MPI Gloss
Level 6)[, MPI #148].
G. Bituminous-Coated Substrates:
1. Latex System MPI INT 10.2A:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust inhibitive, water based[, MPI #107].
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1)[, MPI #53].
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 2)[, MPI #44].
e. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 3)[, MPI #52].
f. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 4)[, MPI #43].
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 12
g. Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #54].
h. Topcoat: Latex, interior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss
of 65 units at 60 degrees)[, MPI #114].
END OF SECTION 09 9123
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ELASTOMERIC COATINGS 09 9653 - 1
SECTION 09 9653 - ELASTOMERIC COATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and application of elastomeric coatings to the
following exterior substrates:
1. Concrete unit masonry.
2. Stucco.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of elastomeric coating indicated.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of elastomeric coating indicated and in each
color and gloss.
1. Submit Samples on same type of substrate as that to receive application, 8
inches square.
2. Step coats on Samples to show each separate coat, including primers and block
fillers as applicable.
3. Label each coat of each Sample.
4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
D. Product List: For each product indicated, including the following:
1. Cross-reference to coating system and locations of application areas. Use
same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
2. Manufacturer's recommended spreading rate for each separate coat, including
primers and block fillers for each type of substrate as applicable.
3. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category
specified in Part 2 that specifies coatings approved by MPI, with the proposed
product highlighted.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ELASTOMERIC COATINGS 09 9653 - 2
1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials
applied and that are packaged for storage in unopened, factory-sealed containers and
identified with labels describing contents.
1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent but not less than 1 gal. of each
material, color, and texture applied.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MPI Standards: Comply with MPI standards indicated and provide elastomeric
coatings listed in the "MPI Approved Products List."
1. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in the "MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and coating systems
indicated.
B. Mockups: Prepare two mockups of each coating system indicated and each color and
finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Architect will select two wall surfaces of at least 100 sq. ft. to represent surfaces
and conditions for application of each type and texture of elastomeric coating.
2. Final approval of color and texture selections will be based on mockups.
a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, prepare additional
mockups of additional color and textures selected by Architect at no added
cost to Owner.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with
ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air
temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F unless otherwise permitted by
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85
percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet
surfaces.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ELASTOMERIC COATINGS 09 9653 - 3
C. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain temperature and conditions specified
before starting or continuing coating operation.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to
repair or replace elastomeric coatings that fail within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Water penetration through the coating.
b. Deterioration of coating beyond normal weathering.
2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide elastomeric finish coatings and crack fillers, primers, and block fillers as
applicable for use within elastomeric finish coatings that are compatible with one
another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each material or coat, provide products and spreading rates recommended in
writing by elastomeric coating manufacturer for use on substrate indicated.
2.2 ELASTOMERIC FINISH COATINGS
A. Exterior Non-Flat Waterborne, Pigmented Elastomeric Coating: MPI #38.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
a. BASF Building Systems; Thoro Thorolastic.
b. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Moorlastic.
2. Surface Profile: Fine texture.
3. VOC Content: 100 g/L or less.
4. Moisture-Vapor Transmission: Minimum < 15 perms>, based on testing
according to ASTM D 1653.
B. Exterior Flat Waterborne, Pigmented Elastomeric Coating: MPI #113.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the
following:
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ELASTOMERIC COATINGS 09 9653 - 4
a. BASF Building Systems; Sonneborn Colorflex.
b. Coronado Paint Company; Elast-O-Meric Acrylic Membrane - 20 mil.
c. ICI Paints; Decra-Flex Elastomeric Coating.
d. PPG Industries; Pitt-Flex Elastomeric Coating.
e. Sherwin-Williams Company (The); Sherlastic Elastomeric Coating.
2. Surface Profile: Fine texture.
3. VOC Content: 100 g/L or less.
4. Moisture-Vapor Transmission: Minimum <15 perms>, based on testing
according to ASTM D 1653.
2.3 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Crack Fillers: Elastomeric coating manufacturer's recommended, factory-formulated
crack fillers or sealants, including crack filler primers, compatible with substrate and
other materials indicated; VOC content complying with limits of authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Primer: Elastomeric coating manufacturer's recommended, factory-formulated, alkali-
resistant primer compatible with substrate and other materials indicated.
1. VOC Content: 450 g/L or less.
C. Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: Elastomeric coating manufacturer's
recommended, factory-formulated, high-performance latex block filler compatible with
substrate and other materials indicated.
1. VOC Content: 100 g/L or less.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
manufacturer's requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity, and other
conditions affecting performance of work.
B. Begin coating only when moisture content of substrate is 12 percent or less when
measured with an electronic moisture meter.
C. Begin coating no sooner than 28 days after substrate is constructed and is visually dry
on both sides.
D. Verify that substrate is within the range of alkalinity recommended by manufacturer.
E. Verify suitability of substrates including surface conditions and compatibility with
existing finishes and primers.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ELASTOMERIC COATINGS 09 9653 - 5
F. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and
surfaces are dry.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in the "MPI
Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and coating
systems indicated.
B. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, light fixtures,
and similar items already installed that are not to be coated. If removal is impractical
or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection
before surface preparation and coating.
1. After completing coating operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. Do not coat surfaces if moisture
content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's
written instructions.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as
required to produce coating systems indicated.
2. Perform cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminants from
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces.
D. Crack Repair: Fill cracks according to manufacturer's written instructions before
coating surfaces.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply elastomeric coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use equipment and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material
being applied.
2. Coat surfaces behind movable items the same as similar exposed surfaces.
3. Apply each coat separately according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Primers: Apply at a rate to ensure complete coverage.
C. Block Fillers: Apply at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled.
D. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple
coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats similar to color of topcoat,
but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate
coat.
E. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until
cured film has a uniform finish, color, and appearance.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ELASTOMERIC COATINGS 09 9653 - 6
F. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps,
brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut
in sharp lines and color breaks.
G. Apply coatings to prepared surfaces as soon as practicable after preparation and
before subsequent surface soiling or deterioration.
H. Spray Application: Use spray equipment for application only when permitted by
authorities having jurisdiction. Wherever spray application is used, do not double back
with spray equipment to build up film thickness of two coats in one pass.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following testing
procedures:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample materials
being used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken,
identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance of materials with product
requirements.
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop coating application if test results show
materials being used do not comply with requirements. Remove noncomplying
materials from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces that were coated
with rejected materials. Remove rejected materials from previously coated
surfaces if, on recoating with complying materials, the two coatings are
incompatible.
B. Field Testing and Inspection: Owner reserves the right to engage the services of a
qualified testing agency to verify installed thickness of elastomeric coatings.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded
materials from Project site.
B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered
coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent
finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating application. Correct
damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as
approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
coated surfaces.
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
ELASTOMERIC COATINGS 09 9653 - 7
3.6 COATING SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Unit Masonry Substrates:
1. Primer: Concrete unit masonry primer[ if required by manufacturer].Block
Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler.
2. Elastomeric Finish Coat(s): Minimum two coats with a total dry film thickness of
16 to 18 mils.
3. Finish-Coat Color: Match Architect's samples.
B. Stucco Substrates:
1. Primer: Stucco primer.
2. Elastomeric Finish Coat(s): Minimum two coats with a total dry film thickness of
16 to 18 mils.
3. Finish-Coat Color: Match Architect's samples.
END OF SECTION 09 9653
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00.000
PERMIT
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 4400 - 1
SECTION 10 4400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND BRACKETS
A. Portable Fire Extinguishers: NFPA 10, listed and labeled for the type, rating, and
classification of extinguisher.
1. Manufacturers: Use building standard manufacturer.
2. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 2-A:10-B:C, 5-lb nominal capacity, in
enameled-steel container.
B. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher
to wall or structure, of sizes required for fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or
baked-enamel finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install cabinets at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Install mounting brackets in locations indicated at heights acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
C. Install fire extinguishers in mounting brackets where indicated.
END OF SECTION 10 4400
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE
SUPPRESSION
21 0500 - 1
SECTION 21 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Refer to Section 23 05 00. All work of Division 21 shall be in accordance with the
corresponding section of Division 23, unless otherwise addressed in this Division.
END OF SECTION 21 0500
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 1
SECTION 21 1000 - WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. This Section specifies automatic sprinkler systems for buildings and structures.
Materials and equipment specified in this Section include:
Pipe, fittings, valves and specialties. 1.
Sprinklers and accessories. 2.
B. Products furnished but not installed include sprinkler head cabinet with spare sprinkler
heads. Furnish to the Owner's maintenance personnel.
C. The work of this section includes engineering by the Contractor. The Contractor shall
act as Engineer of record for all fire protection work.
D. The fire protection system work is an extension of the existing fire protection system.
Provide all modifications to the existing system as required to complete the new work.
Provide hydraulic calculations and shop drawings where required by the extent of the
work or by the authority having jurisdiction.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Pipe sizes used in this Specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS).
B. Other definitions for fire protection systems are listed in NFPA Standards 13, 13R, 14,
20 and 24.
C. Working plans as used in this Section means those documents (including drawings and
calculations) prepared pursuant to the requirements contained in NFPA 13 and 14 for
obtaining approval of the authority having jurisdiction.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
A. Modify the existing fire sprinkler system for all scope areas indicated and at any
locations where architectural renovation will require modification of the fire sprinkler
system to meet NFPA and AHJ requirements.
B. Fire protection system is a "wet-pipe" system employing automatic sprinklers attached
to a piping system containing water and connected to a water supply so that water
discharges immediately from sprinklers opened by fire.
C. Fire protection system is a "Class III, Standpipe and Hose" system which is an
arrangement of piping, valves, hose connections and allied equipment.
1.4 PROJECT SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS:
A. Fire protection systems installed or modified within the Central Wing Renovation project
will not be required to meet seismic criteria.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 2
1.5 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for each type sprinkler head, valve, piping and piping specialty, fire
protection specialty, fire department connection and any equipment installed in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Index per specification chapter and item
number.
B. Shop drawings prepared in accordance with NFPA 13 identified as "working plans,"
including detailed riser schematics indicating pipe sizes and lengths; and hydraulic
calculations where applicable, which have been approved by the authority having
jurisdiction. Do not proceed with the installation of the work until the Architect/Engineer
review of shop drawings is received.
C. Contractor shall stamp shop drawings indicating compliance with applicable codes and
contract drawings. Contractor shall stamp drawing "Approved for Construction."
D. If more than two submittals (either for shop drawings or for record drawings) are made
by the contractor, the Owner reserves the right to charge the contractor for subsequent
reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the
Owner to the contractor.
E. Maintenance data for each type sprinkler head, valve, piping specialty, fire protection
specialty, fire department connection and hose valve specified, for inclusion in
operating and maintenance manual specified in Division 1 and Division-23 Section
"Basic Mechanical Requirements."
F. Welder's qualification certificate.
G. Test reports and certificates including "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for
Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Materials and Test Certificate for Underground
Piping" as described in NFPA 13.
H. Hydraulic calculations and drawings submitted to the Engineer shall be prepared under
the direct supervision of and bear the signed stamp of a professional engineer
registered in the State of Colorado and familiar with this type of installation and with
previous similar experience (practicing in the Fire Protection field) certifying that the fire
sprinkler system has been designed and hydraulically calculated in compliance with
NFPA and governing codes.
I. Fire sprinkler piping design drawings shall show all ductwork, air devices, lighting and
electrical panels.
J. Shop drawings and hydraulic calculations shall be stamped and signed by the local fire
prevention authority prior to submitting shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer.
1.6 HYDRAULIC DESIGN:
A. The Fire Sprinkler System shall be hydraulically calculated by the Contractor. Pipe
schedule method is acceptable only as allowed in NFPA 13 5-2.2.
B. The wet pipe fire sprinkler system for the building shall be hydraulically calculated to
comply with NFPA-13 and the following criteria:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 3
Light hazard occupancy for areas unless noted otherwise. 1.
Ordinary hazard occupancy for the following: 2.
a. Where noted or shown on drawings.
b. Commercial Kitchens
c. Laundries
d. Parking Garages
e. Library Stack Areas
Hose allowance shall comply with NFPA-13. 3.
C. The final fire protection system demand shall be a minimum of 10 PSI below the water
supply curve.
D. Velocities in pipes shall be shown on hydraulic calculations. Velocities in overhead
piping shall not exceed 32 feet per second. Velocities in underground piping shall not
exceed 16 feet per second.
E. Allow 10 feet of loss for electric water flow switches and note on hydraulic calculations.
F. The Fire Protection Contractor shall provide as many sets of hydraulic calculations as
necessary, performed and submitted to prove that the most remote and demanding
areas are calculated.
G. Design information shall be permanently affixed to the main riser as described in NFPA
Pamphlet 13.
H. Coordinate with existing water pressure at site as known from the West Wing project.
I. The Fire Protection Contractor shall be responsible for water flow data from the
appropriate water department. A copy of the water flow test data from the water
department shall accompany the hydraulic calculations before hydraulically calculating
equipment fire sprinkler system.
J. The pipe and valve sizes indicated on the drawings and details are minimum sizes to be
used regardless of sizes allowed by hydraulic calculations.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Installer Qualifications: Installation and alterations of fire protection piping, equipment,
specialties, and accessories, and repair and servicing of equipment shall be performed
only by qualified installer. The term qualified means experienced in such work
(experienced shall mean having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and
scope to this project), familiar with all precautions required, and has complied with all
the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. The contractor shall be licensed
for the design and installation for the specific type of system in the jurisdiction where the
work is to be performed and the State of Colorado. Upon request, submit evidence of
such qualifications to the Engineer. Refer to Division-1 Section: "Definitions and
Standards" for definitions for "Installers."
B. Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators: Comply with the requirements of
AWS D10.9, Specifications of Qualifications of Welding Procedures and Welders for
Piping and Tubing, Level AR-3."
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 4
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the following codes:
NFPA 13 - Standard for the installation of Sprinkler System, including applicable 1.
seismic requirements.
NFPA 13R - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in residential 2.
occupancies up to four stories.
NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. 3.
NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their applications. 4.
NFPA 1961 - Standard for Fire Hose. 5.
NFPA 1963 - Screw Threads and Gaskets for Fire Hose Connections. 6.
UL and FM Compliance: All fire protection system materials and components 7.
shall be Underwriter's Laboratories and Factory Mutual listed as well as labeled
for the application anticipated.
National Electrical Code (NEC). 8.
Uniform Building Codes, including applicable seismic requirements. 9.
Requirements of the local Building Department and Fire Department. 10.
D. Reference and standards listed are minimum requirements. Where more stringent
requirements are specified or noted on the drawings, this shall be applicable.
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Schedule rough-in installations with installations of other building components.
B. Minimum time frame for notice of inspections, tests and meetings is five (5) days and
list the persons to be notified.
1.9 EXTRA STOCK:
A. Heads: For each style and temperature range (and length for dry heads) required,
furnish additional sprinkler heads per NFPA-13.
Obtain receipt from Owner that extra stock has been received. 1.
B. Wrenches: Furnish 2 spanner wrenches for each type and size of valve connection and
fire hose coupling.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS:
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes,
types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not
indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation
requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections;
provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in fire protection systems.
B. All equipment used on this project shall be new and UL listed unless noted or specified
otherwise.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 5
2.2 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire protection system
products from one of the following:
Gate Valves: 1.
a. Nibco
b. Kennedy Valve, Div. of ITT Grinnell Valve Co., Inc.
c. Mueller
d. Stockham
e. Grinnell
f. Milwaukee
Butterfly and Ball Valves: 2.
a. Grinnell
b. Mueller
c. Victaulic
d. Milwaukee
e. Kennedy
Grooved Mechanical Couplings: 3.
a. Gruvlok
b. Victaulic Company of America
c. Central Sprink, Inc.
Sprinkler Heads: 4.
a. Automatic Sprinkler Corp. of America.
b. Central Sprinkler Corp.
c. ITT Grinnell
d. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
e. Star Sprinkler Corp.
f. Viking Corp.
g. Globe
Fire Protection Specialties: 5.
a. Croker-Standard Div.,; Fire-End & Croker Corp.
b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
c. Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Co., Inc.
d. Grunau Sprinkler Mfgr. Co., Inc.
e. Potter Roemer, Inc.
2.3 BASIC IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Provide identification complying with Division-23 "Mechanical Identification",
in accordance with the following listing:
Fire Protection Piping: Pipe markers. 1.
Fire Protection Valves: Valve tags. 2.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 6
Fire Protection Signs: Provide the following signs: 3.
a. At each sprinkler valve, sign indicating what portion of system valve
controls.
B. Attach to the riser a metal sign indicating the name, address and telephone number of
the fire protection contractor. Also indicate the date of installation.
2.4 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A. General: Provide piping specialties complying with Division-23 Basic Mechanical
Materials and Methods section "Piping Specialties", in accordance with the following
listing:
Pipe escutcheons. 1.
Dielectric unions. 2.
Drip pans. 3.
Pipe sleeves. 4.
Sleeve seals. 5.
Fire Barrier Penetration Seals. 6.
2.5 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS:
A. General: Provide supports and anchors complying with Division-23 "Supports and
Anchors" in accordance with the following listing:
Adjustable steel clevis hangers, adjustable steel band hangers, or adjustable 1.
band hangers, for horizontal-piping hangers and supports.
Two-bolt riser clamps for vertical piping supports. 2.
Steel turnbuckles and malleable iron sockets for hanger- rod attachments. 3.
Concrete inserts, top-beam C-clamps, side beam or channel clamps or center 4.
beam clamps for building attachments.
Concrete inserts and other type hangers penetrating into or through structural 5.
members shall be submitted (by the Fire Protection Contractor) to and have the
approval of the structural engineer contracted for this project.
Powder driven studs shall not be allowed. 6.
Hangers (which are acceptable for project) and hanger spacing shall be in 7.
accordance with NFPA-13.
2.6 PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS (INSIDE BUILDING):
A. General: Refer to Part 3 Article "Pipe Applications" for identification of systems where
the below specified pipe and fitting materials are used.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, A795 or A135, Schedule 40 or Schedule 10, U.S.
manufacture, black steel pipe, plain ends.
C. American Tube Company "Dyna-Thread-40" and "Dyna-Flow" and Allied Tube and
Conduit Corporation "Super Flo" are acceptable to Schedule 40 pipe. Installation shall
be per manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Schedule 5 pipe shall not be allowed.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 7
E. The Corrosion Resistance Ratio of the pipe shall be 1.00 or greater. Documentation
shall be presented with product submittal.
F. Schedule 10 pipe shall only be allowed for pipe sizes 2-1/2inches and larger.
G. Provide galvanized, schedule 40, piping system for preaction system and drain risers.
2.7 FITTINGS (INSIDE BUILDING):
A. Cast-Iron Threaded fittings: ANSI B16.4, Class 125 standard pattern, for threaded
joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.
B. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 300, standard pattern, for
threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Install steel pipe with
threaded joints and fittings for 2inches and smaller and where shown on drawings.
C. Steel Fittings: ASTM A234, seamless or welded, for welded joints.
D. Grooved Mechanical Fittings: ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron; ASTM A 47
Grade 32510 malleable iron; or ASTM A53, Type F or Types E or S.
E. Grooved Mechanical Couplings: Consist of ductile or malleable iron housing, a
synthetic rubber gasket of a central cavity pressure-responsive design; with nuts, bolts,
locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure roll- grooved pipe and fittings. Grooved
mechanical couplings including gaskets used on dry-pipe systems shall be listed for
dry-pipe service.
F. Grooved Mechanical Fittings and Couplings for the entire fire protection system shall be
of the same manufacturer as submitted in shop drawing equipment review.
G. Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 250; raised ground face, bolt spot
faced.
H. Cast Bronze Flanges: ANSI B16.24, Class 300; raised ground face, bolt holes spot
faced.
I. Plain end, hooker type, or push-on fittings or couplings shall not be allowed.
J. Bushings and reducing couplings shall not be allowed.
K. UL listed and Factory Mutual approved segmentally welded fittings are acceptable.
Friction loss and flow data shall accompany hydraulic calculations.
2.8 JOINING MATERIALS:
A. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of
the pipe being welded.
B. Gasket Materials: Thickness, materials and type suitable for fluid or gas to be handled,
and design temperatures and pressures.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 8
2.9 GENERAL DUTY VALVES:
A. Gate Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: Body and bonnet of cast bronze, 175 pound cold
water working pressure - non-shock, threaded ends, solid wedge, outside screw and
yoke, rising stem, screw-in bonnet, and malleable iron handwheel. Valves shall be
capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide open.
B. Gate Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Iron body; bronze mounted, 175 pound cold water
working pressure - non-shock. Valves shall have solid taper wedge; outside screw and
yoke, rising stem; flanged bonnet, with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126
Class B; replaceable bronze wedge facing rings; flanged ends; and a packing assembly
consisting f a cast iron gland flange, brass gland, packing, bonnet, and bronze bonnet
bushing. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide
open.
C. Butterfly Valves: 2-1/2inches to 12inches, grooved, ductile iron body and disc ASTM-
536, disc EPDM coated, listed and approved minimum 175 psi service, actuator, self-
contained supervisory switch, weatherproof approved for indoor or outdoor use.
D. Ball Valves: 1-1/2inches and smaller shall be threaded, forged brass construction, with
Teflon seats and blow out proof stem. Ball shall be full port with chrome plated ball.
E. Ball Valves: 2inches to 3inches shall be listed to 300 p.s.i. with optional internal tamper
switch. Body shall be ductile iron with corrosion resistant coating. Ball shall be 316
stainless steel, standard port design.
2.10 SPECIALTY VALVES:
A. Emergency Pull Box: Metal enclosure, labeled with "Manual Emergency Station" and
operating instructions, complete with union, 1/2 inch pipe nipple and bronze ball valve.
The enclosure cover shall be held closed by a breakable strut, which prevents
accidental opening and must be replaced after each opening.
2.11 BASIC METERS AND GAUGES:
A. General: Provide meters and gauges complying with Division- 23 "Meters and
Gauges", in accordance with the following listing
Pressure gauges, 0-250 psi range. 1.
2.12 ALARM DEVICE AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES:
A. General: Provide fire protection specialties, UL-listed, in accordance with the listing.
Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connections.
B. Supervisory Switches: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for use in
service indicated. SPST, normally closed contacts, designed to signal valve in other
than full open position.
C. Pressure Switch: Indicating low pressure trouble in sprinkler system.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 9
2.13 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS:
A. Sprinkler Heads: Fusible link or frangible bulb type, and style as indicated or required
by the application. Unless otherwise indicated, provide heads with nominal ½ inch
discharge orifice, for "ordinary" temperature range with a minimum temperature of 155
degrees F. Provide "intermediate" temperature heads in Electrical rooms, where
required as noted in NFPA 13, and as required by the Authority having jurisdiction.
B. Sprinkler Head Finishes: Provide heads with the following finishes:
Upright, Pendent and Sidewall Styles: Factory brass, rough bronze finish for 1.
heads in unfinished spaces. Heads shall be stainless steel where installed
exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes.
Concealed Style: Rough brass, adjustable, with painted white cover plate in 2.
finished spaces. (GEM Models FR946 and F946 Clean Line Sprinklers are not
acceptable.)
Recessed Style: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon plate. GEM 3.
Models FR948 and F948 recessed sprinklers are not acceptable.
See drawings for additional sprinkler type requirements. 4.
C. Sprinkler Head Cabinet and Wrench: Finished steel cabinet, suitable for wall mounting,
with hinged cover and space for spare sprinkler heads plus sprinkler head wrench.
Provide amounts of each style per NFPA-13. Locate head cabinet on shop drawing
submittal.
D. Plastic fire sprinkler escutcheons are not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPE APPLICATIONS:
A. Install Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inches and smaller.
B. Install Schedule 40 steel pipe with roll-grooved ends and grooved mechanical coupling
or with threaded joints and fittings.
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATIONS:
A. Provide a minimum 5feet-0inches cover for all underground pipe installations. Install in
accordance with AWWA C600.
B. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the
general location and arrangement of piping systems. So far as practical, install piping
as indicated. Drawings are diagrammatic in character and do not necessarily indicate
every required offset, valve, fitting, etc.
Deviations from approved "working plans" for sprinkler piping require written 1.
approval of the authority having jurisdiction. Written approval shall be on file with
the Engineer prior to deviating from the approved "working plans."
C. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 10
D. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and
reductions in pipe sizes. Welded outlet branch pipe fittings are acceptable.
E. Install unions in pipe 2 inch and smaller, adjacent to each valve. Unions are not
required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical
couplings.
F. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2
inch and larger connections.
G. For welded pipe, all cutouts (coupons) shall be removed prior to installation.
H. Hangers and Supports: Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13. Hanger and
support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical couplings shall
be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling manufacturer's written
instructions, for rigid systems. Provide protection from damage where subject to
earthquake in accordance with NFPA 13.
I. Make connections between underground and above-ground piping using an approved
transition piece strapped or fastened to prevent separation.
J. Install mechanical sleeve seal at pipe penetrations in basement and foundation walls.
Refer to Division 23 Section "Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
K. All piping penetrating walls to structure shall be sleeved and sealed per specification
Section 23 05 10.
L. Install pressure gauge on the riser or feed main at or near each test connection.
Provide gauge with a connection not less than ¼” and having a soft metal seated globe
valve, arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit
removal, and where they will not be subject to freezing.
M. The fire protection contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of his installation
with all other contractors. See Section 23 05 00 for prioritized components.
N. Protect adjacent area where pipe cutting and threading takes place (e.g. floors, ceilings,
walls, etc.).
O. There shall be no fire sprinkler piping in electrical rooms (other than piping serving
sprinklers directly in that room) or installed over any electrical panels.
P. Install hangers straight and true and piping parallel to building lines.
3.3 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
A. Welded Joints: AWS D10.9, Level AR-3.
B. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads.
Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows:
Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of 1.
internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint.
Align threads at point of assembly. 2.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 11
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads. 3.
Assemble joint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves 4.
place the wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which are corroded or 5.
damaged. If a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of
pipe shall not be used.
C. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt
tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible.
Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to
appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer.
D. Mechanical Grooved Joints: Roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with
the couplings.
E. End Treatment: After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends.
3.4 VALVE INSTALLATIONS:
A. General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings and specialties in accordance
with the manufacturer's written instructions, NFPA 13 and the authority having
jurisdiction.
3.5 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATIONS:
A. Any sprinkler heads with any paint on them shall be replaced. The sprinkler system
shall then be hydrostatically tested again at the contractor's expense.
B. Sprinkler heads shall be positioned so as to comply with NFPA-13 for any obstructions.
This includes, but is not limited to, soffits, surface mounted lights and indirect lighting
arrangements. The Fire Protection Contractor is responsible for identifying these
obstructions and designing the system accordingly.
C. Run piping concealed above heated furred ceilings and in joists to minimize
obstructions. Expose only heads.
D. Protect exposed sprinkler heads against mechanical injury with standard guards.
Provide sprinkler head guards in all mechanical, electrical or storage rooms as well as
exposed pendant heads which are installed less than 8feet-0inches A.F.F.
E. Provide 1 inch diameter nipple and 1 inch x 1/2 inch reducing fitting for each upright
head. (Excluding mechanical equipment rooms.)
F. Provide heads in "pocketed" areas caused by exposed duct, piping or beams.
G. Sprinkler head deflector distance from face of finished ceiling shall not exceed 4inches.
H. Sprinkler heads shall be located in the center of all 2 foot x 2 foot ceiling tiles and
quarter points, along the center line lengthwise of 2 foot x 4 foot ceiling tiles.
I. Use proper tools to prevent damage during installations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 12
J. Install sprinkler piping in a manner such that mechanical equipment, ceiling tiles or
lights can be accessed and easily removed. The sprinkler piping shall be installed to
provide a minimum of 6inches above the top of a finished ceiling.
K. Minimum fire sprinkler head temperature rating for sprinklers in electrical rooms shall be
212 degrees F. Keep sprinklers as far from transformers and/or panels as spacing
allows.
3.6 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION STANDPIPE SYSTEMS:
A. Temporary construction of standpipe risers shall be provided, along with hose, nozzles
and valves as appropriate and as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The
risers shall continue up thru each floor as the floors are erected. Standpipes shall be
supplied through a temporary Siamese inlet at grade located and sized as directed by
the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Access to the temporary Siamese inlet connection
shall be kept clear and accessible at all times. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to insure this temporary fire protection supply be available at all times. All
valves shall be properly adjusted for the maximum pressure setting allowable.
B. The contractor shall be responsible for all design coordination and approval with the
Authority Having Jurisdiction, construction and phasing of the temporary construction
standpipe system.
3.7 INSTALLATION OF BASIC IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Install mechanical identification in accordance with Division-23 Basic
Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Mechanical Identification".
B. Install fire protection signs on piping in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14
requirements.
3.8 INSTALLATION OF METERS AND GAUGES:
A. Install meters and gauges in accordance with Division-23 "Meters and Gauges".
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Flush, test and inspect sprinkler piping systems in accordance with NFPA 13, Standard
for installation of sprinkler systems, Edition 1991 - Chapter 8.
B. The fire sprinkler system shall not be connected to underground piping until the fire
service main is tested and approved.
C. The Fire Protection Contractor shall conduct and bear the costs of all necessary tests of
the fire protection work, furnish all labor, power and equipment. All piping shall be
tested with water as required, the tests witnessed by the authority having jurisdiction.
D. Dry and preaction systems shall be both hydrostatically and pneumatically tested.
Pneumatic test shall be in accordance with NFPA-13.
E. The fire protection piping shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of not less than
200 psig, for a duration of not less than 2 hours.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 13
F. Replace piping system components which do not pass the test procedures specified,
and retest repaired portion of the system at Fire Protection Contractor's expense.
G. All piping tests (pneumatic and hydrostatic) shall be conducted prior to the application
of any painting materials. This will prevent hidden leaks and/or repainting of
repaired/altered piping.
3.10 SYSTEM CERTIFICATION:
A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with written certification prior to final inspection,
that all new equipment:
Has been visually inspected and functionally tested as required by the 1.
Specifications.
Is installed entirely in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations 2.
within the limitations of the system's UL listings and NFPA criteria.
Is in proper working order. 3.
3.11 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING:
A. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the Owner for final inspection and
witnessing of the final acceptance tests. The Fire Protection Contractor, the Alarm
System Contractor and the Owner will conduct the final inspection and witness the final
acceptance test.
B. All tests and inspections required by the referenced Codes and Standards, and the
Owner shall be performed by the Contractor.
C. The inspecting committee as referenced above will visit the job site to inspect the work
and witness the final acceptance tests when they have been advised by the Contractor
that the work is completed and ready for test. If the work is not complete or the test is
unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Consultant's extra time and
expenses for re-inspection and witnessing the re-testing of the work. Such extra fees
shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the Contractor.
D. After the system has been inspected and tested, a certificate, "Contractor's Material and
Test Certificate Sprinkler System - Water Spray System," shall be provided by the
contractor and shall be signed by him or his representative, the Owner's representative
and by a representative of the fire department if appropriate. Sufficient copies shall be
prepared to ensure the Engineer, Owner, all inspecting authorities and the contractor
have a copy for their files. The Contractor shall prepare one (1) test report for each
inspection performed whether successful or not.
E. The signing of the certificate by the Owner's representative shall in no way prejudice
any claim against the contractor for faulty material, poor workmanship, or failure to
comply with inspecting authority's requirements or local ordinances.
F. Contractor shall provide at least five (5) working days’ notice for all tests.
G. All sprinkler supervisory initiating devices shall be functionally tested to verify proper
operation.
H. All supervisory functions of each initiating device shall be functionally tested.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 14
I. Receipt of all alarm and trouble signals, initiated during the course of the testing, shall
be verified at the fire alarm control panel.
3.12 WORK BY OTHERS:
A. Wiring of all water flow switches and tamper switches on valves to central alarm panel
are by Division 26.
3.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL:
A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a loose-leaf manual containing:
A detailed description of the systems. 1.
A detailed description of routine maintenance required or recommended or which 2.
would be provided under a maintenance contract including a maintenance
schedule and detailed maintenance instructions for each type of device installed.
One copy of NFPA-25. 3.
Manufacturers' data sheets and installation manuals/instructions for all 4.
equipment installed.
A list of recommended spare parts. 5.
Service directory, listing the specific equipment items and where parts can be 6.
obtained, with name, address and telephone number.
Full size sepias of the record drawings (stamped and signed per section 1.6). 7.
Hydraulic calculations (stamped and signed per section 1.6). 8.
Test certificates. 9.
B. Refer to Division 1 and Section 23 05 00 "OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE" for
additional requirements.
C. Within 15 days of the completion of the work, six (6) copies of the manual shall be
submitted for approval.
3.14 RECORD DRAWINGS:
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain on the site an up-to-date record set of
approved shop drawing prints which shall be marked to show each and every change
made to the sprinkler system from the original approved shop drawings. This shall not
be construed as authorization to deviate from or make changes to the shop drawings
approved by the Owner without written instruction from the Owner in each case. This
set of drawings shall be used only as a record set.
B. Upon completion of the work, the record set of prints shall be used to prepare complete,
accurate final record drawings reflecting any and all changes and deviations made to
the sprinkler system.
C. The Owner, at his option and at the Contractor's expense, may require revised
hydraulic calculations depending on the extent and nature of field changes.
D. The Record Drawings and Hydraulic Calculations shall have the signed stamp of a
professional engineer registered in the State of Colorado certifying the Record
Drawings and the Hydraulic Calculations accurately represent the completed fire
protection system.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER BASED FIRE PROTECTION 21 1000 - 15
E. Upon completion of the work, two sets of blueline record drawings shall be submitted to
the Owner for review.
F. Upon review of the blueline record drawings, before final approval, one (1) set of
reproducible mylar record drawings and four (4) additional sets of blue line record
drawings shall be delivered to the Owner.
3.15 GUARANTEE PERIOD:
A. Guarantee: The Contractor shall guarantee all materials and workmanship for a period
of one year beginning with the date of final acceptance by the Owner. The Contractor
shall be responsible during the design, installation, testing and guarantee periods for
any damage caused by him (or his subcontractors) or by defects in his (or his
subcontractors') work, materials, or equipment.
B. Emergency Service: During the installation and warranty period, the Contractor shall
provide emergency repair service for the sprinkler system within four hours of a request
by the Owner for such service. This service shall be provided on a 24 hour per day,
seven days per week basis.
3.16 TRAINING:
A. The Contractor shall conduct two (2) training sessions of four (4) hours each to
familiarize the building personnel with the features, operation and maintenance of the
sprinkler systems. Training sessions shall be scheduled by the Owner at a time
mutually agreeable to the Contractor and the Owner.
3.17 WATER DAMAGE:
A. The Fire Protection Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the work of
others, to building and property/ materials of others caused by leaks in automatic
sprinkler equipment, unplugged or disconnected pipes or fittings, and shall pay for
necessary replacement or repair of work or items so damaged during the installation,
testing or guarantee periods of the automatic sprinkler work.
END OF SECTION 21 1000
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 1
SECTION 22 1110 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. This Section specifies the water distribution piping system, including potable cold, hot,
and recirculated hot water piping, fittings, and specialties within the building to a point 5
feet outside the building.
B. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include water meters which will
be provided by the utility company, to the site, ready for installation. The following is
the name and address of the utility company:
Eagle River Water Sanitation District
846 Forest Road
Vail, CO 81657
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
section.
1. Refer to Division 23 for trenching and backfilling materials and methods for
underground piping installations.
2. Refer to other Division 23 sections for piping materials; methods for sealing pipe
penetrations through basement walls and fire and smoke barriers; thermometers,
flow meters and pressure gauges; mechanical identification; plumbing pumps;
dielectric unions, strainers and pressure regulating valves.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Water Distribution Piping: A pipe within the building or on the premises which conveys
water from the water service pipe or meter to the points of usage.
B. Water Service Piping: The pipe from the water main or other source of potable water
supply to the water distributing system of the building served.
C. Pipe sizes used in this specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS).
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Refer to Division 1 and Basic Mechanical Requirements for administrative and
procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Provide data for each piping specialty and valve specified.
C. Certification of Compliance with ASME and UL fabrication requirements.
D. Test reports as specified in Part 3 of this section.
E. Manufacturer and product data for lead free solder with material breakdown.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 2
F. Maintenance data for each piping specialty and valve specified for inclusion in operation
and maintenance manual specified in Division 22.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following:
1. 2015 International Plumbing Code.
2. NSF Standard 61: "Drinking Water System Components."
3. ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping" for materials, products and installation.
Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label.
4. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing
Qualification" for Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators.
5. ASSE Compliance: Comply with applicable ASSE Standards pertaining to
materials, products and installation of water distribution systems.
6. Local Utility Department requirements.
7. Local Cross Connection Control Manual.
8. Latest edition of the Engineering Standards of the Denver Board of Water
Commissioners.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Store pipe in a manner to prevent sagging and bending.
B. Cap ends of piping when being stored.
C. Store all materials per the manufacturer’s recommendations.
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Coordinate the size and location of concrete equipment pads. Cast anchor bolt inserts
into pad. Concrete, reinforcement and formwork requirements are specified in Division
3.
B. Coordinate the installation of pipe sleeves for foundation wall penetrations.
1.7 EXTRA STOCK:
A. Maintenance Stock: Furnish one valve key for each key operated wall hydrant, hose
bibb or faucet installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
2.2 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS:
A. General: Provide pipe material and pipe fittings complying with Division 23.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 3
2.3 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS:
A. General: Provide supports and anchors complying with Division 23.
2.4 GENERAL DUTY VALVES:
A. General: Provide valves complying with Division 23.
2.5 SPECIAL DUTY VALVES:
A. Calibrated Balance Valve: Provide valve complying with Division 23.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all water distribution piping
may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes & regulations, the original design
and the applicable referenced standards.
B. Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having water
connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation.
C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION:
A. Refer to Division 23 for materials and methods for installation of piping.
B. Install backflow preventers on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water
may occur to include but not be limited to: Boiler make-up lines, hose bibbs and flush
valves.
C. Install pressure reducing valves to limit maximum static pressure at plumbing fixtures to
65 psig.
D. Install shock arresters in hot and cold domestic water piping systems on each set of
flush valves, quick closing type valves and other locations where hydrostatic shock
pressures could occur.
3.3 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Refer to Division 23 for installation of supports and anchors.
3.4 PIPE AND TUBE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
A. Refer to Division 23 for materials and methods for pipe joints.
3.5 VALVE APPLICATIONS:
A. General Duty Valve Applications: The drawings indicate valve types to be used.
Where specific valve types are not indicated the following requirements apply:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 4
1. Shut-off duty: Use gate, ball and butterfly valves.
2. Throttling duty: Use globe, ball and butterfly valves.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF VALVES:
A. Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves on each branch and riser, close to main,
where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections,
and elsewhere as indicated. For sectional valves 2” and smaller, use gate or ball
valves; for sectional valves 2-½” and larger, use gate or butterfly valves.
B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on inlet of each plumbing equipment item, on inlet
of each plumbing fixture and elsewhere as indicated. For shutoff valves 2” and smaller,
use ball valves; for shutoff valves 2-½” and larger, use gate or butterfly valves.
C. Drain Valves: Install drain valves on each plumbing equipment item, located to
completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install drain valves at the base of each
riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and elsewhere as required to completely drain
distribution piping system. For drain valves 2” and smaller, use ball valves; for drain
valves 2-1/2” and larger, use gate or butterfly valves.
D. Check Valves: Install non-slam spring loaded check valves on discharge side of each
pump and elsewhere as indicated. See Division 23 for valve application.
E. Balance Cocks: Install in each hot water recirculating loop, discharge side of each
pump, and elsewhere as indicated.
3.7 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of
sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by Plumbing Code. For fixtures
with hot water service, extend hot water recirculation line out to fixtures greater than 20’
away from main or loop hot water line down to the fixture.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Inspections: Inspect water distribution piping as follows:
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation water distribution piping system until
it has been inspected and approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
2. During the progress of the installation, notify the Local Authority Having
Jurisdiction, at least 48 hours prior to the time such inspection must be made.
Perform tests specified below in the presence of the plumbing official.
a. Rough-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of the piping system after the
system is roughed-in but before concealing or closing in piping and prior to
setting fixtures.
b. Final Inspection: Arrange for a final inspection by the plumbing official to
observe the tests specified below and to ensure compliance with the
requirements of the plumbing code.
3. Reinspections: Whenever the plumbing official finds that the piping system will
not pass the test or inspection, make the required corrections and arrange for
reinspection by the plumbing official.
4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports, signed by the plumbing official.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 1110 - 5
B. Test water distribution piping as follows:
1. Refer to Division 22 for materials and methods for performing pipe tests.
3.9 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows:
1. Purge all new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems,
which have been altered, extended or repaired prior to use.
2. Use the purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by the authority having
jurisdiction, or in case a method is not prescribed by that authority, the procedure
described in either AWWA C651, AWWA C652 or as described below:
a. Flush the piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not
appear at the points of outlet.
b. Fill the system or part thereof, with a water/chlorine solution containing at
least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve off) the system, or part
thereof, and allow to stand for 24 hours.
c. Drain the system, or part thereof, of the previous solution, and refill with a
water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine
and isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours.
d. Following the allowed standing time, flush the system with clean potable
water until chlorine does not remain in the water coming from the system.
e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to the authority having jurisdiction.
Repeat the procedure if the biological examination made by the authority
shows evidence of contamination.
B. Prepare reports for all purging and disinfecting activities.
3.10 COMMISSIONING:
A. Fill the system.
B. Check compression tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the system
is completely full of water.
C. Before operating the system perform these steps:
1. Open valves to full open position. Close drains, valves, hydrants and sill cocks.
2. Remove and clean strainers.
END OF SECTION 22 1110
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 1
SECTION 23 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. All drawings associated with the entire project, including general provisions of the
Contract, including The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, General
and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Conditions specification sections shall
apply to the Division 23 specifications and drawings. The Contractor shall be
responsible for reviewing and becoming familiar with the aforementioned and all other
Contract Documents associated with the project.
B. Related Sections: Refer to all sections in Division 23. Refer to Division 26 specification
sections and Division 26 drawings.
C. Where contradictions occur between this section and Division 1, the more stringent
requirement shall apply.
D. Contractor shall be defined as any and all entities involved with the construction of the
project.
1.2 SUMMARY:
A. This Section specifies the basic requirements for mechanical installations and includes
requirements common to more than one section of Division 23. It expands and
supplements the requirements specified in Division 1.
1.3 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS:
A. The Contract Documents are diagrammatic, showing certain physical relationships
which must be established within the mechanical work and its interface with all other
work. Such establishment is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Drawings
shall not be scaled for the purpose of establishing material quantities.
B. Drawings and specifications are complementary. Whatever is called for in either is
binding as though called for in both. Report any discrepancies to the Engineer and
obtain written instructions before proceeding. Where any contradictions occur between
the specifications and the drawings the more stringent requirement shall apply. The
contractor shall include pricing for the more stringent and expensive requirements.
C. Drawings shall not be scaled for rough-in measurements or used as shop drawings.
Where drawings are required for these purposes or have to be made from field
measurement, Contractor shall take the necessary measurements and prepare the
drawings.
D. The exact location for some items in this specification may not be shown on the
drawings. The location of such items may be established by the Engineer during the
progress of the work.
E. The contract documents indicate required size and points of terminations of pipes, and
suggest proper routes to conform to structure, avoid obstructions and preserve
clearances. It is not intended that drawings indicate necessary offsets. The contractor
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 2
shall make the installation in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid
obstructions, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear, without
further instructions or costs to the Owner. All equipment shall be installed so access is
maintained for serviceability.
F. Before any work is installed, determine that equipment will properly fit the space; that
required piping grades can be maintained and that ductwork can be run as intended
without interferences between systems, structural elements or work of other trades.
G. Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
H. Coordinate installation in chases, slots and openings with all other building components
to allow for proper mechanical installations.
I. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and
equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment
requiring positioning prior to closing-in the building.
J. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install mechanical services
and overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible.
K. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of
equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of
disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations.
L. Make allowance for expansion and contraction for all building components and piping
systems that are subject to such.
M. The ceiling space shall not be “layered”. It is the contractor’s responsibility to offset and
system as required to allow installation within the identified ceiling cavity. The
contractor shall include labor and material in the base bid to accommodate such offsets.
N. In general, all “static” piping systems shall be routed as high as possible, i.e. fire
protection systems. Keep all equipment in accessible areas such as corridors and
coordinate with systems and equipment from other sections.
O. The Contractor shall provide all labor and material necessary but not limited to the
starting/stopping of all mechanical equipment, opening/closing of all valves,
draining/refilling all mechanical systems and operating/verifying the operation of all
mechanical systems controls as required to accomplish all work necessary to meet
construction document requirements. Contractor shall submit records of such activities
to engineer and include in the O & M manuals.
1.4 COORDINATION:
A. Work out all installation conditions in advance of installation. The Contractor shall be
responsible for preparing coordination drawings, showing all work, in all areas. The
Contractor shall be responsible for providing all labor and material, including but not
limited to all fittings, isolation valves, offsets, hangers, control devices, etc., necessary
to overcome congested conditions at no increase in contact sum. The Contractors
base bid shall include any and all time and manpower necessary to develop such
coordination efforts and drawings. Increases to contract sum or schedule shall not be
considered for such effort.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 3
B. Provide proper documentation of equipment, product data and shop drawings to all
entities involved in the project. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to the
following:
1. Fire Protection and Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide shop drawings to all other
Division 23 Contractors.
2. Automatic Temperature Controls, Building Management and Testing, Adjusting
and Balancing Contractors shall be provided with equipment product data and
shop drawings from other Division 23 and Division 26 Contractors and shall
furnish the same information involving control devices to the appropriate Division
23 Contractor.
C. Coordination Drawings:
1. Coordination drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor for his utilization and
are his responsibility to assure systems will be installed in a manner to allow all
systems to function properly.
2. Submit drawings for all areas, pay special attention to those places where
clearances are limited, where space problems exist, for places where several
elements of work (or combinations of mechanical and other work) must be
located with precision in order to fit into available space, where sequencing is of
importance to the efficient flow of work and as specified, and required.
3. Coordination drawings are informational submittals. Submit coordination
drawings to Engineer for information only to document proper coordination of all
portions of work and that coordination issues have been identified and resolved
prior to submitting to the Engineer and prior to commencing construction in each
affected area. The review of the coordination drawings by the Engineer does not
constitute a relief of responsibility of the Contractor or a change to the contract
documents. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility in developing a fully
coordinated and integrated ceiling cavity.
4. The Contractor shall take the lead in coordinating and drawing Division 26 and
other Division 23 components such as fire protection, plumbing, piping, sheet
metal, etc. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall include medical gas, conduit,
cable trays, pneumatic tube and any other system which may occupy the ceiling
cavity.
5. Clearly indicate solutions to space problems. Identification of space problems
without solutions is not acceptable. Only areas clearly identified will be reviewed.
6. All coordination drawings shall be 3D, with provision for collision check. The
contractor is responsible for obtaining the architectural and structural files in 3D,
if not available, the contractor shall develop them from the 2D architectural and
structural drawings. All 3D drawing development, collision check, coordination,
etc. shall be included as part of the Contractors base bid.
7. Prepare 3D Coordination Drawings (Shop Drawings) at a suitable scale, showing
the required dimensions. In addition to the mentioned areas above, also submit
the following:
a. All mechanical equipment rooms such as fan rooms, boiler rooms, fire
protection system rooms, etc. (1/4”=1’-0” scale).
b. All building floor plans (1/8”=1’-0” scale). Include all shafts with
clearances.
c. Air handling unit, etc. main duct connections and transitions in ceiling
space and to shafts or horizontal ducts. (1/4”=1’-0”).
d. Required access for all equipment requiring code or maintenance access.
e. All sections and elevations necessary for clarification.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 4
f. Indicate all seismic restraint and support systems to be used for all
mechanical equipment throughout the project.
g. Indicate duct and pipe elevations. Indicate clearances for installing and
maintaining insulation.
h. Servicing and maintaining equipment, valve stem movement, and similar
requirements.
i. Indicate movement and positioning of large equipment into the building
during construction. Indicate pipe and duct size. Indicate equipment tags.
8. CADD Drawings: Electronic mechanical AutoCAD drawings are available for
purchase by the Contractor from the Engineer. Contact Engineer for further
information in acquiring CADD drawings. The Engineers Construction
documents cannot be used directly for coordination drawings. They are for
information and initial coordination only.
D. Existing Conditions:
1. Carefully survey existing conditions prior to bidding work. In addition, Contractor
shall complete a thorough ceiling cavity survey prior to developing 3D drawing.
2. Contractor shall be responsible for showing all existing conditions on the 3D
coordination drawings.
3. Provide proper coordination of mechanical work with existing conditions.
4. Report any issues or conflicts immediately to Engineer before commencing with
work and prior to purchasing equipment and materials.
1.5 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS:
A. General:
1. Coordinate all work to conform to the progress of the work of other trades.
2. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will
permit. No extras will be allowed for corrections of ill-timed work, when such
corrections are required for proper installation of other work.
B. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with all trades. In the event of conflict, install
mechanical and electrical systems within the cavity space allocation in the following
order of priority:
1. Equipment and required clearances
2. Plumbing waste, cooling coil drain piping and roof drain mains and leaders.
3. Pneumatic tube systems.
4. Ductwork mains
5. Plumbing vent piping
6. Medgas/lab gas systems
7. Low pressure ductwork and air devices.
8. Electrical and communication conduits, raceways and cabletray.
9. Domestic hot and cold water
10. Hydronic piping
11. Fire sprinkler mains, branch piping and drops (locate as tight to structure as
possible).
12. DDC control wiring and other low voltage systems.
13. Fire alarm systems.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 5
C. Chases, Inserts and Openings:
1. Provide measurements, drawings and layouts so that openings, inserts and
chases in new construction can be built in as construction progresses.
2. Check sizes and locations of openings provided. Including the access panels for
equipment in hard lid ceilings and wall cavities.
3. Any cutting and patching made necessary by failure to provide measurements,
drawings and layouts at the proper time shall be done at no additional cost in
contract sum.
D. Support Dimensions: Provide dimensions and drawings so that concrete basis and
other equipment supports to be provided under other sections of the specifications can
be built at the proper time.
E. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in
poured in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
F. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the
installation of mechanical equipment and materials. Refer to Division 1 and Division 23.
G. Modifications required as result of failure to resolve interferences, provide correct
coordination drawings or call attentions to changes required in other work as result of
modifications shall be paid for by responsible Contractor/Subcontractor.
H. Coordination with Electrical Work: Refer to Division 1 and 26.
1.6 DESIGN WORK REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR:
A. The construction of this project requires the Contractor to include the detailing and
design of several systems and/or subsystems. All such design work associated with
the development of the coordination drawings shall be the complete responsibility of the
Contractor.
B. The Contractor shall take the full responsibility to develop and complete routing
strategies which will allow fully coordinated system to be installed in a fully functional
manner. The Engineers contract drawings shall be for system design intent and
general configurations.
C. Systems or subsystems which require design responsibility by the contractor include
but are not limited to:
1. Final coordinated distribution of duct, hydronic, plumbing and other systems
within the ceiling cavity.
2. Any system not fully detailed
3. Fire protection systems
4. Equipment supports, hangers, anchors and seismic systems not fully detailed nor
specified in these documents, or catalogued by the manufacturer.
5. Temperature controls systems
D. Design Limitations:
1. The Contractor shall not modify the Engineers design intent in any way.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 6
2. The Contractor shall not change any pipe size or equipment size without prior
written approval from the Engineer.
3. The Contractor shall conform to the SMACNA Duct Construction Standards when
modifying the ductwork layout to avoid collisions.
4. Back to back 90° fittings on duct system shall not be installed under any
circumstance.
5. Bull nosed tees on piping systems shall not be installed under any circumstance.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. The Contractor shall be required to attend a mandatory pre-bid walk-thru and shall
make themselves familiar with the existing conditions. No additional costs to the Owner
shall be accepted for additional work for existing conditions.
B. Field verify all conditions prior to submitting bids.
C. Report any damaged equipment or systems to the Owner prior to any work.
D. Protect all mechanical and electrical work against theft, injury or damage from all
causes until it has been tested and accepted.
E. Be responsible for all damage to the property of the Owner or to the work of other
contractors during the construction and guarantee period. Repair or replace any part of
the work which may show defect during one year from the final acceptance of all work,
provided such defect is, in the opinion of the Architect, due to imperfect material or
workmanship and not due to the Owner's carelessness or improper use.
F. The Contractor shall coordinate and co-operate with Owner at all times for all new to
existing connections, system shutdowns and start-ups, flushing and filling both new and
existing systems.
G. Provide temporary ductwork and piping services, where required, to maintain existing
areas operable.
H. Coordinate all services shut-down with the Owner; provide temporary services.
Coordinate any required disruptions with Owner, one week in advance.
I. Minimize disruptions to operation of mechanical systems in occupied areas.
1.8 SAFETY:
A. Refer to Division 1.
1.9 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Refer to Division 1 and conform with the Owners requirements.
1.10 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES:
A. Refer to Division 1.
B. Execute and inspect all work in accordance with all Underwriters, local and state codes,
rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected as a minimum, but if the plans
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 7
and/or specifications call for requirements that exceed these rules and regulations, the
greater requirement shall be followed. Follow recommendations of NFPA, SMACNA,
EPA, OSHA and ASHRAE.
C. Comply with standards in effect at the date of these Contract Documents, except where
a standard or specific date or edition is indicated.
D. The handling, removal and disposal of regulated refrigerants shall be in accordance
with U.S. EPA, state and local regulations.
E. The handling, removal and disposal of lead based paint and other lead containing
materials shall comply with EPA, OSHA, and any other Federal, State, or local
regulations.
F. After entering into contract, Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to
meet these requirements without additional expense to the Owner.
1.11 REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES:
A. Comply with rules and regulations of local utility companies. Include in bid the cost of
all valves, valve boxes, meter boxes, meters and such accessory equipment which will
be required but not provided by Local Utility Company for the project.
1.12 PERMITS AND FEES:
A. Refer to Division 1.
B. The Contractor shall pay all tap, development, meter, etc., fees required for connection
to municipal and public utility facilities, unless directed otherwise by the General
Contractor/Owner – IN WRITING.
C. Contractor shall arrange for and pay for all inspections, licenses and certificates
required in connection with the work.
1.13 PROJECT SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS:
A. All systems shall be installed to meet NFPA requirements. Seismic protections are not
required for the Central Wing Project.
1. Where any conflicts arise the more stringent requirements shall be applicable.
2. The design of the seismic requirements shall be the full responsibility of the
Contractor.
1.14 TEMPORARY FACILITIES:
A. Light, Heat, Power, Etc.: Responsibility for providing temporary electricity, heat and
other facilities shall be as specified in Division 1.
B. Use of Permanent Building Equipment for Temporary Heating or Cooling: Permanent
building equipment shall not be used without written permission from the Owner. If this
equipment is used for temporary heating or cooling, it shall be adequately maintained
per manufacturer's instructions and protected with filters, strainers, controls, reliefs, etc.
Steam and hydronic systems shall be flushed and chemically treated. Ductwork and air
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 8
moving equipment shall be cleaned to an “AS New” condition. All filters required for the
construction period shall be equivalent to the filters required for the final installation. All
filters shall be replaced at the time of substantial completion. The guarantee period of
all equipment used shall not start until the equipment is turned over to the Owner for his
use. A written record of maintenance, operation and servicing shall be turned over to
the owner prior to final acceptance.
1.15 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. Refer to the Instructions to Bidders and Division 1.
B. Materials and equipment of equivalent quality may be submitted for substituted prior to
bidding. This may be done by submitting to the Architect at least ten (10) working days
prior to the bid date a letter in triplicate requesting prior review. This submittal shall
include all data necessary for complete evaluation of the product.
1. Substitutions shall be allowed only upon the written approval of the
Architect/Engineer NO EXCEPTIONS.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal, replacement and remedy of any
system or equipment which has been installed which does not meet the
specifications or which does not have prior approval.
1.16 MECHANICAL SUBMITTALS:
A. General
1. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), Division 1.
2. The submittals shall be submitted as one package identified by the specification
section. Submittals that are not complete with the required information will be
sent back to be corrected.
3. The Contractor shall identify any "long lead time" items which may impact the
overall project schedule. If these submittal requirements affect the schedule, the
Contractor shall identify the impacts and confer with the Engineer within two
weeks of entering into the contract.
4. At least one copy of the first submittal package shall be provided in expandable,
3 post, hard back binders, sized to fit all future submittals for this job. The cover
shall be identified with the job name, Owner's project number, date, Prime
Contractor's name, etc.
5. Submittals may be provided electronically. All electronic submittals need to be
complete with all design information and stamped for conformity by the
contractor. Any submittal not stamped or complete will be sent back. Submittals
that are submitted electronically will be reviewed, marked appropriately and
returned by the same means received.
6. An index shall be provided which includes:
a. Product
b. Plan Code (if applicable)
c. Specification Section
d. Manufacturer and Model Number
7. Fire protection and coordination drawings do not apply to the above. These
drawings may be submitted in a separate submittal.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 9
B. The manufacturer's material or equipment listed in the schedule or identified by name
on the drawings are the types to be provided for the establishment of size, capacity,
grade and quality. If alternates are used in lieu of the scheduled names, the cost of any
changes in construction required by their use shall be borne by Contractor.
C. All equipment shall conform to the State and/or local Energy Conservation Standards.
D. Submittal of shop drawings, product data and samples will be accepted only when
submitted by and stamped by the General Contractor. Data submitted from
Subcontractors and material suppliers directly to the Engineer will not be processed
unless prior written approval is obtained by the General Contractor.
E. Before starting work, prepare and submit to the Architect six (6) sets of all shop
drawings and descriptive equipment data required for the project. Unless each item is
identified with specification section and sufficient data to identify its compliance with the
specifications and drawings, the item will be returned "Revise and Resubmit". Where
an entire submittal package is returned for action by the Contractor, the Engineer will
summarize comments in letter format and return the entire set. Continue to submit six
(6) sets of any individual shop drawings, product data or samples which were returned
without a "make corrections noted" or "no exceptions taken" action, until they are so
marked. When a "Make Corrections Noted" is received, make the required corrections
for inclusion in the operation and maintenance manual. Submittals marked "Make
Corrections Noted" shall not be resubmitted during the submittal process.
F. The Design Professional’s review and appropriate action on all submittals and shop
drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the design
concept and the information expressed in the contract documents. This review shall not
include:
1. Accuracy or completeness of details, such as quantities, dimensions, weights or
gauges, fabrication processes
2. Construction means or methods
3. Coordination of the work with other trades
4. Construction safety precautions
G. The Design Professional’s review shall be conducted with reasonable promptness while
allowing sufficient time in the Design Professional’s judgment to permit adequate
review. Review of a specific item shall not indicate that the Design Professional has
reviewed the entire assembly of which the item is a component.
H. The Design Professional shall not be responsible for any deviations from the contract
documents not brought specifically to the attention of the Design Professional in writing
by the Contractor. This shall clearly identify the design and the specific element which
vary from the Design. The Contractor shall be responsible for all remedy for lack of
strict conformance associated with this criteria.
I. The Design Professional shall not be required to review partial submissions or those for
which submissions of correlated items have not been received.
1.17 SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Product Data:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 10
1. Where pre-printed data covers more than one distinct product, size, type,
material, trim, accessory group or other variation, mark submitted copy with black
pen to indicate which of the variations is to be provided.
2. Delete or mark-out portions of pre-printed data which are not applicable.
3. Where operating ranges are shown, mark data to show portion of range required
for project application.
4. For each product, include the following:
a. Sizes.
b. Weights.
c. Speeds.
d. Capacities.
e. Piping and electrical connection sizes and locations.
f. Statements of compliance with the required standards and regulations.
g. Performance data.
h. Manufacturer's specifications.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Shop Drawings are defined as mechanical system layout drawings prepared
specifically for this project, or fabrication and assembly type drawings of system
components to show more detail than typical pre-printed materials.
2. Prepare Mechanical Shop Drawings, except diagrams, to accurate scale, min
1/8”-1'-0", unless otherwise noted.
a. Show clearance dimensions at critical locations.
b. Show dimensions of spaces required for operation and maintenance.
c. Show interfaces with other work, including structural support.
C. Test Reports:
1. Submit test reports which have been signed and dated by the accredited firm or
testing agency performing the test.
2. Prepare test reports in the manner specified in the standard or regulation
governing the test procedure (if any) as indicated.
3. Submit test reports as required for O & M manuals.
D. Product Listing:
1. Prepare listing of major mechanical equipment and materials for the project,
within (2) two weeks of signing the Contract Documents and transmit to the
Architect. A sample schedule is included at the end of this section to complete
this requirement.
a. Provide all information requested.
b. Submit this listing as a part of the submittal requirement specified in
Division 1, "PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTION."
2. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment shall be of domestic
(USA) manufacture and shall be of the best quality used for the purpose in
commercial practice.
3. When two or more items of same material or equipment are required (plumbing
fixtures, pumps, valves, air conditioning units, etc.) they shall be of the same
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 11
manufacturer. Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw materials,
bulk materials, pipe, tube, fittings (except flanged and grooved types), sheet
metal, wire, steel bar stock, welding rods, solder, fasteners, motors for dissimilar
equipment units and similar items used in work, except as otherwise indicated.
a. Provide products which are compatible within systems and other
connected items.
E. Schedule of Values
1. Provide preliminary schedule of values with product data submittal, within three
(3) weeks from award of contract to successful bidder. Provide according to the
following descriptions:
a. Site Utilities
b. Plumbing
c. Fire Protection
d. HVAC
1) Equipment
2) Sheet Metal
3) Piping
4) Insulation
5) Test and Balancing
6) Specialty Systems
7) Temperature Controls
e. Demolition
f. Miscellaneous
2. Provide a final Schedule of Values at close-out of project including updated
values based on actual installation.
F. Coordination Drawings: See section 1.4 of this specification section.
G. Required Submittals: Provide submittals for each item of equipment specified or
scheduled in the contract documents. See table at the end of this section.
H. If more than two submittals (either for product data, shop drawings, record drawings, or
test and balance reports) are made by the Contractor, the Owner reserves the right to
charge the Contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees
shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the Contractor.
1.18 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Refer to Division 1.
B. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types,
grades, compliance labels and similar information needed for distinct identifications;
adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage or contamination during
shipment, storage, and handling.
C. Check delivered equipment against contract documents and submittals.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 12
D. Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in
writing. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage, dirt, dust, freezing, heat
and moisture.
E. Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction
site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and
quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installations.
F. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube, except for
concrete, corrugated metal, hub-and-spigot, clay pipe. Maintain end-caps through
shipping, storage and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and prevent entrance of
dirt, debris and moisture.
G. Protect stored ductwork, pipes and tubes. Elevate above grade and enclose with
durable, waterproof wrapping. When stored inside, do not exceed structural capacity of
the floor.
H. Protect flanges, fittings and specialties from moisture and dirt by inside storage and
enclosure, or be packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping.
I. Protect sheet metal ductwork and fittings. Elevate and store above grade and cover
ends with waterproof wrapping.
1.19 DEMOLITION:
A. Refer to Division 1. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division
1.
B. During the demolition phase of this contract it is the responsibility of this Contractor to
carefully remove existing equipment, piping or ductwork and related items either as
shown on the demolition drawings as being removed, or as required for the work.
These items shall be tagged, protected from damage and stored as directed by the
Architect. A list of all items stored shall be turned over to the Architect. At the
completion of the remodeling work or when directed by the Architect, all stored items
not reused or wanted by the Owner shall be removed from the premises. Disposition of
items not reused is by the direction of the Architect.
1. Return existing thermostats and humidistats to the owner.
2. Return all demolished control valves and devices to the Owner.
3. Return existing plumbing fixtures to the Owner, at the Owners request.
C. The location of existing equipment, pipes, ductwork, etc., shown on the drawings has
been taken from existing drawings and is, therefore, only as accurate as that
information. All existing conditions shall be verified from field measurements with
necessary adjustment being made to the drawing information.
D. If asbestos material, in any form, is discovered by this Contractor in the process of his
work, he shall report such occurrence to the Architect immediately. The Architect will
determine the action to be taken for the asbestos removal, which is not a part of the
work to be done under this Division.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 13
1.20 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. This Article specifies the cutting and patching of mechanical equipment, components
and materials to include removal and legal disposal of selected materials, components
and equipment.
B. Refer to Division 1.
C. Do not endanger or damage installed work through procedures and processes of
cutting and patching.
D. Arrange for repairs required to restore other work, because of damage caused as a
result of mechanical installations.
E. No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching work that is
necessitated by ill-timed, defective or non-conforming installations.
F. Perform cutting, fitting and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to:
1. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work;
2. Remove and replace defective work;
3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract
Documents;
4. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing;
5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures;
6. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore work to provide
for Architect observation of concealed work.
G. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and
materials as indicated, including, but not limited to removal of mechanical piping,
heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim and other mechanical items made obsolete by
the new work.
H. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes and adjacent materials not indicated or
scheduled to be removed.
I. Provide and maintain an approved type of temporary partitions or dust barriers
adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. Temporary partitions
must not impede access to building egress.
1. Temporary partitions required for more than 2 days shall be smoke-tight and built
of non-combustible materials.
2. ICRA procedures must be maintained during construction.
J. Locate identify, and protect mechanical and electrical services passing through
remodeling or demolition area and serving other areas required to be maintained
operational. When services must be interrupted, provide temporary services for the
affected areas and notify the Owner prior to changeover. Cover openings in ductwork
to remain. Protect equipment and systems to remain.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 14
1.21 ROUGH-IN:
A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of
the actual equipment to be connected.
B. Refer to equipment shop drawings and manufacturer's requirements for actual provided
equipment for rough-in requirements.
C. Work through all coordination before rough-in begins.
1.22 ACCESSIBILITY:
A. Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and
maintenance. Coordinate the final location of concealed equipment and devices
requiring access with final location of required access panels and doors. Allow ample
space for removal of all parts that require replacement or servicing.
B. Extend all grease fittings to an accessible location.
C. Furnish hinged steel access doors with concealed latch, whether shown on drawings or
not, in all walls and ceilings for access to all concealed valves, shock absorbers, air
vents, motors, fans, balancing cocks, and other operating devices requiring adjustment
or servicing. Refer to Division 1 for access door specification and Division 23 for duct
access door requirements.
D. The minimum size of any access door shall not be less than the size of the equipment
to be removed or 12 inches x 12 inches if used for service only.
E. Furnish doors to trades performing work in which they are to be built, in ample time for
building-in as the work progresses. Whenever possible, group valves, cocks, etc., to
permit use of minimum number of access doors within a given room or space.
F. Factory manufactured doors shall be of a type compatible with the finish in which they
are to be installed. In lieu of these doors, approved shop fabricated access doors with
DuroDyne hinges may be used.
G. Access doors in fire-rated walls and ceilings shall have equivalent U.L. label and fire
rating.
1.23 BELTS, SHEAVES, IMPELLERS:
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall coordinate with the Test and Balance Contractor and
supply correctly-sized drive belts, sheaves, and trimmed impellers.
1.24 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING:
A. General:
1. Provide all necessary excavation and backfill for installation of mechanical work
in accordance with Division 2.
2. In general, follow all regulations of OSHA as specified in Part 1926, Subpart P,
"Excavations, Trenching and Shoring." Follow specifications of Division 23 as
they refer specifically to the mechanical work.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 15
B. Contact Owners of all underground utilities to have them located and marked, at least 2
business days before excavation is to begin. Also, prior to starting excavation brief
employees on marking and color codes and train employees on excavation and safety
procedures for natural gas lines. When excavation approaches gas lines, expose lines
by carefully probing and hand digging.
C. Provide all necessary pumping, cribbing and shoring.
D. Walls of all trenches shall be a minimum of 6 inches clearance from the side of the
nearest mechanical work. Install pipes with a minimum of 6 inches clearance between
them when located in same trench.
E. Pipe Trenching:
1. Dig trenches to depth, width, configuration, and grade appropriate to the piping
being installed. Dig trenches to 6inches below the level of the bottom of the pipe
to be installed. Install 6inches bed of pea gravel or squeegee, mechanically
tamp to provide a firm bed for piping, true to line and grade without irregularity.
Provide depressions only at hubs, couplings, flanges, or other normal pipe
protrusions.
F. Backfilling shall not be started until all work has been inspected, tested and accepted.
All backfill material shall be reviewed by the soils engineer. In no case shall lumber,
metal or other debris be buried in with backfill.
1. Provide warning tape for marking and locating underground utilities. Tape shall
be specifically manufactured for this purpose and shall be polyethylene film,
6inches wide, 0.004 inches thick and have a minimum strength of 1750 psi.
Tape shall carry continuous inscription naming the specific utility.
a. Tape shall have magnetic strip and be used for exterior underground
system only.
G. Trench Backfill:
1. Backfill to 12 inches above top of piping with pea gravel or squeegee, the same
as used for piping bed, compact properly.
2. Continue backfill to finish grade, using friable material free of rock and other
debris. Install in 6 inch layers, each properly moistened and mechanically
compacted prior to installation of ensuing layer. Compaction by hydraulic jetting
is not permissible.
H. After backfilling and compacting, any settling shall be refilled, tamped, and refinished at
this contractor's expense.
I. This contractor shall repair and pay for any damage to finished surfaces.
J. Complete the backfilling near manholes using pea gravel or squeegee, installing it in 6
inch lifts and mechanically tamping to achieve 95 percent compaction.
K. Use suitable excavated material to complete the backfill, installed in 6 inch lifts and
mechanically compacted to seal against water infiltration. Compact to 95 percent for
the upper, 30 inches below paving and slabs and 90 percent elsewhere.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 16
1.25 NAMEPLATE DATA:
A. Provide permanent operational data nameplate, refer to the section on Mechanical
Identification, on each item of mechanical equipment, indicating manufacturer, product
name, model number, serial number, capacity, operating and power characteristics,
labels of tested compliances, and similar essential data. Locate nameplates in an
accessible location. Coordinate with Owner for specific requirements.
1.26 LUBRICATION OF EQUIPMENT:
A. Refer to Division 1. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division
1.
B. Contractor shall properly lubricate all mechanical pieces of equipment which he
provided before turning the building over to the Owner. He shall attach a linen tag or
heavy duty shipping tag on the piece of equipment showing the date of lubrication and
the type and brand of lubricant used.
C. Furnish the Engineer with a typewritten list included in the O and M manuals of each
item lubricated and type of lubricant used, no later than two (2) weeks before
completion of the project, or at time of acceptance by the Owner of a portion of the
building and the mechanical systems involved.
1.27 CLEANING:
A. Refer to Division 1.
B. Refer to Division 23, "TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING" for requirements for
cleaning filters, strainers, and mechanical systems prior to final acceptance.
1.28 RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Refer to Division 1. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division
1.
B. Keep a complete set of record document prints in custody during entire period of
construction at the construction site. Documents shall be updated on a weekly basis.
C. Mark Drawing Prints to indicate revisions to piping and ductwork, size and location both
exterior and interior; including locations of coils, dampers and other control devices,
filters, boxes, and similar units requiring periodic maintenance or repair; actual
equipment locations, dimensioned from column lines; actual inverts and locations of
underground piping; concealed equipment, dimensioned to column lines; mains and
branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered,
concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps,
strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.); Change Orders; concealed control
system devices. Changes to be noted on the drawings shall include final location of
any piping or ductwork relocated more than 1foot-0inches from where shown on the
drawings.
D. Mark shop drawings to indicate approved substitutions; Change Orders; actual
equipment and materials used.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 17
E. Mark equipment and fixture schedules on drawings to indicate manufacturer and model
numbers of installed equipment and fixtures.
F. Revisions to the Contract Documents shall be legible and shall be prepared using the
following color scheme:
1. Red shall indicate new items, deviations and routing.
2. Green shall indicate items removed or deleted.
3. Blue shall be used for relevant notes and descriptions.
G. At the completion of the project, obtain from the Architect a complete set of the
Mechanical Contract Documents in a read-only electronic format (.pdf unless otherwise
noted). This set will include all revisions officially documented through the
Architect/Engineer. Plot these drawings and using the above color scheme, transfer
any undocumented revisions from the construction site record drawings to this complete
set. Submit original hardcopies of both sets of marked up documents to the
Architect/Engineer. This contract will not be considered completed until these record
documents have been received and reviewed by the Architect/Engineer.
1.29 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A. Refer to Division 1.
B. The testing and balancing report shall be submitted and received by the Engineer at
least fifteen calendar days prior to the contractor's request for final observation time
frame requirements. Include in the O & M Manual after review with "No Exceptions
Taken" has been accomplished.
C. In addition to the information required by Division 1 for Maintenance Data, include the
following information:
1. Description of mechanical equipment, function, normal operating characteristics
and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete
nomenclature and commercial numbers of all replaceable parts.
2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine
and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and
emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. Provide
any test reports and start-up documents.
3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and
troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting
instructions.
4. Servicing instructions, lubrication charts and schedules, including Contractor
lubrication reports.
5. Manufacturer's service manuals for all mechanical equipment provide under this
contract.
6. Include the valve tag list.
7. Name, Address and Telephone number of party to be contacted for 24-hour
service for each item of equipment.
8. Starting, stopping, lubrication, equipment identification numbers and adjustment
clearly indicated for each piece of equipment.
9. Complete parts list. Provide to Owner, recommended spare parts list.
10. Mechanical warranties.
11. Final schedule of values with all mechanical change order costs included and
identified.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 18
D. Healthcare Compliance Documentation to be compiled under a single section by
Division 21, 22 & 23 contractor.
1. Authority Having Jurisdiction sign off documentation
2. Fire Alarm (provided to Division 23 by Division 26)
a. 100% test reports
b. Monthly test criteria for temporary systems
3. Sprinkler
a. Above ground piping system certification
b. Tamper and flow certification
c. Fire pump flow tests
4. Electrical System Documentation (provided to Division 23 by Division 26)
a. Outlet testing; tension, continuity, voltage drop testing documentation
b. Isolation panel testing certification
c. Low voltage switchboards
d. Low voltage insulated case breakers
e. Low voltage ground fault
f. Grounding system
5. HVAC System Documentation
a. O.R. testing certification
b. Isolation room testing certification
c. Testing and certification of damper inspection and test
d. Testing and certification of HEPA filters
e. Testing and certification of smoke control and life safety systems
6. Backflow Devices
a. Certification report
7. NFPA 101 Documentation (provided by Division 1 & 26 to Division 23)
a. Authority Having Jurisdiction compliant drawings
8. Documentation for ILSM, ICRA, MOPS and Hot Work. (provided by Division 1 &
26 to Division 23)
E. This contract will not be considered completed nor will final payment be made until all
specified material, including testing and balancing report and final schedule of values
with all mechanical change order costs included and identified, is received in this
operating and maintenance report and the manual is reviewed by the Architect.
1.30 PROJECT CLOSEOUT:
A. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, complete the requirements listed
below.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 19
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following Mechanical Checklist either by
performing and/or coordinating such items prior to applying for certification of
substantial completion. Refer to individual specification sections for additional
requirements.
C. Mechanical Checklist
1.31 WARRANTIES:
A. Refer to the Division 1 for procedures and submittal requirements for warranties. Refer
to individual equipment specifications for warranty requirements. In any case the entire
mechanical system shall be warranted no less than one year from the time of
acceptance by the Owner.
B. Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 23, into a separated set of
vinyl covered, three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference.
C. Provide complete warranty information for each item to include product or equipment to
include date or beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and
names, addresses, and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and
obtaining warranty services.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0500 - 20
SPEC
SECTION ITEM
REQUIREMENTS
SUBMITTALS SUPPLEMENTAL FACTORY REP SUPER-VISION AT SITE TRAINING REQ’D AT SITE EXTRA MATERIAL Shop drawings Product Data Include in O & M TEST REPORT 210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS
FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION X X X X X X X
211000 WATER BASED FIRE
PROTECTION X X X X X X X
220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS
FOR PLUMBING
221110 FACILITY WATER
DISTRIBUTION PIPING X X X X X
230500 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE
OF VALUES X
FINAL SCHEDULE OF
VALUES X X
EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES X
O&M MANUALS
COORDINATION
DRAWINGS X
RECORD DRAWINGS X X X
230509 MECHANICAL FIRE
STOPPING X X X X
230510 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS
AND METHODS X X X X
230518 PIPING SPECIALTIES X X
230519 METERS AND GAUGES X X X2 X
230523 VALVES X X
230529 SUPPORTS AND
ANCHORS X X X
230548 VIBRATION CONTROL X X X X X
230553 MECHANICAL
IDENTIFICATION X X X
230593 TESTING ,ADJUSTING AND
BALANCING X X
230700 MECHANICAL INSULATION X X
230900 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL
SYSTEMS X X X X X X
230993 SEQUENCE OF
OPERATION X
232550 GLYCOL SYSTEMS X X X X X X
233113 METAL DUCTWORK X X X X X
233300 DUCTWORK
ACCESSORIES X X X X
233400 HVAC FANS X X X X
233713 AIR OUTLETS & INLETS X X X
238123 CRACS X X X X X X X
1 For Soft Starters and Variable Frequency Drives
2 Requires Review & Approval from T & B Contractor 3Warranty Report/Warranty
4 Kitchen Exhaust Hood
5 See Specific Specification Section for Test & Certification Requirements
END OF SECTION 23 0500
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING
23 0509 - 1
SECTION 23 0509 - MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of firestopping required by this section is indicated on the drawings and by the
requirements of this section.
B. Types of firestopping systems specified in this section include:
1. Bare metal pipe
2. Insulated metal pipe
3. Plastic piping
4. Metal conduit
5. Metal duct
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacturing of firestopping
systems for mechanical/electrical penetrations, whose products have been in satisfactory use
for not less than 5 years, with published application data for all types of penetrations to be
encountered on this job, and with local representation capable of providing training and
technical assistance at the job site.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Personnel installing firestopping systems shall have been specifically
trained by the manufacturer in the application of the materials to comply with the listing of the
tested assembly.
C. Mock-Up: Build a mock-up of each type of fire rated wall floor and ceiling system, and install
each type of penetrating item with the properly installed firestopping system. Leave on site
throughout the construction period for use as a quality control reference.
D. On-Site Training: The local manufacturer's representative shall conduct an on-site hands-on
training seminar for all personnel involved in the installation of firestopping. The Engineer shall
be invited to attend this training.
E. Codes and Standards: Comply with the applicable codes pertaining to firestopping.
Firestopping systems shall be tested and listed in accordance with the following:
1. Underwriter's Laboratory:
a. UL 1479 test method for fire tests of through-penetration firestops.
b. UL Fire Resistance Directory
2. American Society for Testing and Materials: ASTM E814-88 standard test method for fire
tests of through-penetration firestops.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data including the following:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING
23 0509 - 2
1. Detailed specification of construction and fabrication.
2. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general
construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware
and installation procedures, plus the following specific requirements:
1. Details of each proposed assembly, for all types of fire rated construction and penetrating
items encountered, identifying intended products and applicable UL System Number, or
UL classified devices.
2. Manufacture or manufacturer's representative shall provide qualified engineering
judgments and drawings relating to non-standard applications as needed.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Packing and Shipping:
1. Deliver products in original, unopened packaging with legible manufacturer's
identification.
2. Coordinate delivery with scheduled installation date, allow minimum storage at site.
B. Storage and Protection: Store materials in a clean, dry ventilated location. Protect from soiling,
abuse, moisture and freezing when required. Follow manufacturer's instructions.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Existing Conditions:
1. Verify existing conditions and substrates before starting work. Correct unsatisfactory
conditions before proceeding.
2. Proceed with installation only after penetrations of the substrate and supporting brackets
have been installed.
B. Environmental Requirements:
1. Furnish adequate ventilation if using solvent.
2. Furnish forced air ventilation during installation if required by manufacturer.
3. Keep flammable materials away from sparks or flame.
4. Provide masking and drop cloths to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces by
firestopping materials.
5. Comply with manufacturing recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions
before, during and after installation of firestopping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification, provide products by one of the
following:
1. 3M, Fire Protection Products
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING
23 0509 - 3
2. Nelson Firestop Products
3. TREMCO Construction Products
4. Metalines
5. Hilti Corporation
6. Specified technologies, Inc. (STI)
2.2 GENERAL:
A. Provide fire stop systems listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Provide systems with fire
resistance "F" ratings equal to the fire resistance rating of the wall or floor assembly for all
penetrations. In addition, provide systems with a "T" rating equal to the fire resistance rating of
the wall or floor assembly in the following applications.
1. All floor penetrations not within the cavity of a wall.
2.3 ACCESSORIES:
A. Provide forming and damming materials and sleeves as required by the firestopping system
installation instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL:
A. Review all project drawings, Owner’s records and existing conditions to determine location,
rating, and construction of all fire resistive construction.
B. Coordinate location of penetrations to allow for the maximum and minimum annular space
around the penetrating item. Allow a minimum of 1" undisturbed building material between
penetrations, or provide a firestopping system listed for multiple penetrations. Penetrating items
shall be centered in hole as much as practical, unless firestopping system is listed for point
contact between the wall/floor assembly and the penetrating item.
C. Neatly form, saw cut, hole saw or core drill openings. Size openings to conform with the
maximum and minimum annular space requirements of the firestopping system.
3.2 APPLICATION:
A. The Contractor shall determine the most appropriate firestopping system which complies with
these specifications.
B. All insulation shall be continued through the penetration. Provide intumescent caulk or collar
firestopping systems. Where the insulation thickness specified in Section 23 07 00 exceeds the
allowable insulation thickness for the firestopping system, reduce the insulation thickness 6
inches on either side of the penetration. Do not reduce insulation to less than 50 percent of the
specified thickness.
C. Provide collar type firestopping systems where shown on drawings, and for hot piping systems
at penetrations where significant thermal movement can be expected, such as near expansion
compensation loops or joints.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
MECHANICAL FIRE STOPPING
23 0509 - 4
D. Provide a firestopping system for ducts penetrating fire resistive construction without fire or
fire/smoke dampers.
1. Do not provide firestopping between fire or fire/smoke damper sleeves and the opening.
E. Anchor wiring not within conduit on each side of a penetration to prevent it from being pulled out
of the firestopping system.
F. See Section 23 05 18 for sleeves. The use of sleeves may affect the "T" rating of the
firestopping system. Coordinate use of sleeves with firestopping.
END OF SECTION 23 0509
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 1
SECTION 230510 - BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS:
A. Refer to Division 1 and 23 05 00Common Work Results for Mechanical for administrative and
procedural requirements for submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit industry standards and manufacturer's technical product data, installation
instructions, and dimensioned drawings for each type of pipe and pipe fitting. Submit piping
schedule showing pipe or tube weight, fitting type, and joint type for each piping system.
C. Welding Certifications: Submit reports as required for piping work.
D. Brazing Certifications: Submit reports as required for piping work.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of pipes and pipe
fittings of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than 5 years.
B. Welder's Qualifications: All welders shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications.
C. Welding procedures and testing shall comply with the latest revisions of the applicable sections
for B31, of the ANSI/ASME standard codes for pressure piping, noted as follows: B31.1 -
Pressure Piping Code / B31.2 - Fuel Gas Piping Code / B31.5 - Refrigeration Piping / B31.9 -
Building Service Piping Code.
D. Before any welding is performed, the contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer, or his
authorized, a copy of the Manufacturer's Record of Welder or Welding Operator Qualification
Tests and his Welding Procedure Specification together with the Procedure Qualification
Record as required by ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
E. Each manufacturer or contractor shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by his
organization and shall repair or replace any work not in accordance with these specifications.
F. Soldering and Brazing procedures shall conform to ANSI Standard Safety Code for Mechanical
Refrigeration.
G. Installers of Mechanical Grooved Couplings shall be trained and certified by the coupling
manufacturer.
1. Certification shall consist of training of field personnel. Crews installing Mechanical
Grooved Couplings shall be supervised on the job site by a person trained to the specific
grooved coupling manufacturer’s standards.
2. Training certificates shall be submitted thru the formal submittal process for all field
personal who will be working with grooved mechanical couplings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 2
1.3 30 YEAR SPECIAL WARRANTY – MECHANICAL GROOVED COUPLINGS
A. The Contractor shall fully support and administer the special warranty.
B. The Manufacturer of Grooved Mechanical Coupling products shall warrant to the Owner that the
couplings have been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the
certified training program and shall perform in accordance with the applicable published
specifications.
C. The Warranty shall cover any and all installation errors including pipe preparation and
installation.
1. Permissible exclusions are for defective pipe or corrosion.
D. The Warranty program shall include inspection services by the Grooved Mechanical Coupling
manufacturer, the extent of which is sufficient in the view of the manufacturer to be able to
assure compliance with the manufacturer’s standards.
E. The warranty shall be assignable to future owners for the full 30 year period.
F. The warranty period shall extend from the standard project warranty to cover a period of 30
years from Substantial Completions and shall:
1. Pay replacement costs for parts and labor to repair or replace any coupling which fails to
meet this warranty.
2. Pay reasonable costs for cutting and patching building construction to repair or replace
damaged piping products.
3. Pay reasonable costs to repair property damage to the building and to repair or replace
damaged personal property.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL:
A. Piping Materials: Provide pipe and tube of type, pressure and temperature ratings, capacities,
joint type, grade, size and weight (wall thickness or Class) indicated for each service. Where
type, grade or class is not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer for
installation requirements, and comply with governing regulations and industry standards.
B. Pipe/Tube Fittings: Provide factory-fabricated fittings of type, materials, grade, class and
pressure rating indicated for each service and pipe size. Provide sizes and types matching
pipe, tube, valve or equipment connection in each case. Where not otherwise indicated, comply
with governing regulations and industry standards for selections, and with pipe manufacturer's
recommendations where applicable.
2.2 STEEL PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS:
A. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade B, type E, electric resistance welded.
B. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade B.
C. Seamless Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade B, type S or A106 high temperature.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 3
D. Stainless Steel Pipe: ASTM A 312; Grade TP 304 (high temperature and corrosive service, 1/8
inch thru 30 inches).
E. Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing: ASTM A 270; Finish No. 80, (dairy and food industry, 1 inch
thru 4 inches).
F. Steel Water Pipe: AWWA C200 for pipe 6 inches and larger.
G. Coal Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipe: AWWA C203 for enamel and
tape, hot applied.
H. Chlorinated Rubber-Alkyd Paint System for Steel Water Pipe: AWWA C204 (exterior above-
ground steel water pipe).
I. Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel Pipe: AWWA C205.
J. Cast-Iron Flanged Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.1, including bolting (Class 125 and 250).
K. Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.4 (Class 125 and 250).
L. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.3; plain or galvanized as indicated (Class
125 and 300).
M. Malleable-Iron Threaded Unions: ANSI B16.39, Class 150, 250 or 300; selected by Installer for
proper piping fabrication and service requirements, including style, end connections, and
metal- to-metal seats (iron, bronze or brass); plain or galvanized as indicated (Class 150, 250
and 300).
N. Threaded Pipe Plugs: ANSI/ASME B16.14.
O. Steel Flanges/Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.5, ASTM A234 (Fire Protection) including bolting and
gasketing of the following material group, end connection and facing, except as otherwise
indicated.
Material Group: Group 1.1.
End Connections: Buttwelding.
Facings: Raised-face.
P. Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service: AWWA C207 (water service piping only).
Q. Corrosion-Resistant Cast Flanges/Fittings: MSS SP-51, including bolting and gasketing
(threaded where pressure is not critical).
R. Forged-Steel Socket-Welding and Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.11, except MSS SP-79 for
threaded reducer inserts; rated to match schedule of connected pipe (up to 4 inch pipe size).
S. Wrought-Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ANSI B16.9, except ANSI B16.28 for short-radius elbows
and returns; rated to match connected pipe.
T. Stainless-Steel Buttwelding Fittings: MSS SP-43.
U. Cast-Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.12.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 4
V. Forged Branch-Connection Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide type as determined
by Installer to comply with installation requirements.
W. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe; except do not use less
than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1-1/2 inches, and where
pipe size is less than 1-1/2 inches, and do not thread nipples full length (no close-nipples).
2.3 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS:
A. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88; Type K or L as indicated for each service; hard-drawn temper,
except as otherwise indicated.
B. DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B 306.
C. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B 280.
D. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.18.
E. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.22.
F. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.23 (drainage and vent with DWV or
tube).
G. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.29.
H. Cast-Copper Flared Tube Fittings: ANSI B16.26.
I. Bronze Pipe Flanges/Fittings: ANSI B16.24 (Class 150 and 300).
J. Copper-Tube Unions: Provide standard products recommended by manufacturer for use in
service indicated.
2.4 BRASS PIPE AND FITTINGS:
A. Red Brass Pipe: ASTM B 43 (boiler feed pipe, 1/8 inch thru 12 inches, regular or extra strong
weight).
B. Cast-Bronze Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.15, Class 125 or 250.
C. Cast-Bronze Threadless Fittings: ASTM B 61 or B 62, brazed joints.
2.5 CAST-IRON PRESSURE PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS:
A. Ductile-Iron Pipe: Class 52, ANSI A21.51; AWWA C151; 350 psi pressure rating.
B. Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron and Pipe and Fittings for Water: ANSI A21.4; AWWA
C104.
C. Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Cast-Iron Piping: ANSI A21.5; AWWA C105.
D. Cast-Iron Fittings: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10.
E. Ductile-Iron Fittings: ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 5
F. Rubber-Gasket Joints: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
2.6 CAST-IRON SOIL PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS:
A. Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe: FS WW-P-401 and CISPI Standards 301 and 310. Pipe and
fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the cast iron soil pipe institute or receive
prior approval of the engineer.
B. Cast-Iron Hub-and-Spigot Soil Pipe: ASTM A 74. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the
collective trademark of the cast iron soil pipe institute or receive prior approval of the engineer.
C. Hubless Cast-Iron Soil Pipe Couplings: Neoprene gasket complying with ASTM C564, CISPI
Standard 310 and stainless steel clamp holding band.
D. Heavy Duty Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe Couplings: Neoprene gasket coupling with ASTM
C564. 304 stainless steel shield, minimum 0.15 inches thick, minimum 3 inches wide with 4
sealing bands up to 4 inch pipe, minimum 9 inches wide with 6 sealing bands up to 10 inch
pipe.
1. Basis of Design: Husky SD 4000.
E. Cast-Iron Hub-and-Spigot Soil Pipe Fittings: Match soil pipe units; complying with ASTM A 74.
F. Neoprene Compression Gaskets: ASTM C 564.
2.7 PLASTIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS:
A. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Sewer Pipe (ABS): ASTM D-1527, 3 inch thru 12 inch; SDR
23.5, 4 and 6 inch; SDR 35, 3 inch, 4 inch, and 6 inch; SDR 42, 8 inches, 10 inch and 12 inch.
B. ABS Pipe Fittings:
1. Schedule 40 Socket: ASTM D 2468.
2. Schedule 80 Socket: ASTM D 2469.
3. Schedule 80 Threaded: ASTM D 2465.
4. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235.
5. Solvent Cement (To Join ABS to PVC): ASTM D 3138.
C. Polyvinylchloride Sewer Pipe (PVC): ASTM D-2729, 2 inch thru 6 inch; ASTM D2665, 1-1/2
inches thru 8 inches.
2.8 COPPER PRESS FITTINGS:
A. Copper and copper alloy press fittings shall conform to material requirements of ASME B16.18
or ASME B16.22 and performance criteria of IAPMO PS 117. Sealing elements for press fittings
shall be EPDM. Sealing elements shall be factory installed. Press end shall have a design
feature that assures leakage of liquids and/or gases from inside the system past the sealing
element of an unpressed connection. The function of this feature is to provide the installer quick
and easy identification of connections which have not been pressed prior to putting the system
into operation.
1. Viega Pro Press. No Substitutions
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 6
2.9 GROOVED PIPING PRODUCTS FOR CARBON STEEL PIPING:
A. General: All mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings shall be rated by the
manufacturer for applications of at least 250 °F (110 °C), and 300 psi.
B. Mechanical Couplings, 2 inch (DN50) through 12 inch (DN300): Manufactured in two segments
of cast ductile iron, conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Gaskets shall be pressure-
responsive synthetic rubber, grade to suit the intended service, conforming to ASTM D-2000.
Gaskets used for potable water applications shall be further UL classified in accordance with
ANSI/NSF-61 for potable water service. Mechanical Coupling bolts shall be zinc plated (ASTM
B-633) heat treated carbon steel track head conforming to ASTM A-449 and ASTM A-183,
minimum tensile strength 110,000 psi (758450 kPa). Grooved couplings shall meet the
requirements of ASTM F-1476.
1. Rigid Type: Coupling housings with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads shall be used to
provide system rigidity and support and hanging in accordance with ANSI B31.1, B31.9,
and NFPA 13. Angled mating pads shall grip the pipe rigidly and force the pipe ends to
their maximum separation. Full engagement shall be indicated by metal to metal contact
at both pads.
a. 2” (DN50) through 8” (DN200): Victaulic Style 107H (Quick-Vic™). Installation
ready rigid coupling for direct stab installation without field disassembly. Gasket
shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red color code designed for operating
temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +250 deg F (+120 deg C).
b. 10” (DN250) through 12” (DN300): Victaulic Style 07 (Zero-Flex®). Standard rigid
coupling. Gasket shall be Grade “E” EPDM compound with green color code
designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +230 deg F
(+110 deg C).
2. Flexible Type
a. 2” (DN50) through 8” (DN0200): Victaulic Style 177 (Quick-Vic™). Installation
ready flexible coupling for direct stab installation without field disassembly. Gasket
shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red color code designed for operating
temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +250 deg F (+120 deg C).
b. 10” (DN250) through 12” (DN300): Victaulic Style 75 or 77 standard flexible
couplings. Gasket shall be Grade “E” EPDM compound with green color code
designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F (-34 deg C) to +230 deg F
(+110 deg C).
3. Reference shall always be made to the manufacturer’s latest published Selection Guide
for Gaskets for proper gasket selection for the intended service.
C. Grooved End Fittings:
1. Standard fittings shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12,
forged steel conforming to ASTM A-234, Grade WPB 0.375" wall (9,53 mm wall), or
fabricated from Std. Wt. Carbon Steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F, E or S,
Grade B. Fittings provided with an alkyd enamel finish or hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-
153. Zinc electroplated fittings and couplings conform to ASTM B633.
2. Branch Outlets:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 7
a. Bolted Branch Outlet: For branch outlets on 2"(DN50) through 8"(DN200) main
piping. The branch outlet hole is cut oversize to receive a “holefinder” locating
collar which secures the outlet in position permanently. Bolted branch outlets shall
be manufactured from ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12,
with synthetic rubber gasket, and heat treated carbon steel zinc plated bolts and
nuts conforming to physical properties of ASTM A-183. A pressure responsive
gasket seals on the pipe O.D. Victaulic Style 920 / 920N.
b. Strapless Branch Outlets are prohibited.
D. Pipe/Grooves: Carbon Steel, A-53B/A-106B - Roll or cut grooved-ends as appropriate to pipe
material, wall thickness, pressures, size and method of joining. Pipe ends to be grooved in
accordance with current listed standards conforming to ANSI/AWWA C-606.
E. All other pipe products shall conform to the requirements of the Division 23 sections.
Acceptance of grooved pipe systems does not imply acceptance of the coupling manufacture’s
valves, flow measuring stations, strainers, or other specialties.
F. Manufacturer:
1. Victaulic Co. of America – no substitutions NO EXCEPTIONS will be considered.
2.10 COUPLINGS FOR COPPER GROOVED TUBE
A. Mechanical Couplings: 2"-8" (DN50-DN200) for copper tubing consisting of ductile iron cast
housings, complete with a synthetic rubber gasket of a pressure-responsive design, with plated
nuts and bolts to secure unit together. Couplings shall be manufactured to connect copper
tubing sized tube and fittings. Flaring of tube and fitting ends to IPS dimensions is not allowed.
1. Coupling Housings: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, coated with
copper colored alkyd enamel. Housings cast with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads to
provide rigidity.
2. Coupling Gaskets: Gasket shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red color code
designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F to +250 deg F.
a. Reference shall always be made to the manufacturer’s latest published Selection
Guide for Gaskets for proper gasket selection for the intended service.
3. Victaulic Style 607 (Quick-Vic™). Installation ready rigid coupling for direct stab
installation without field disassembly.
B. Branch outlet for Copper Tubing: 2-1/2”–4” (DN65-DN100) Branch outlet shall consist of a cast
bronze (C83600 85-5-5-5) upper housing with female NPT threaded outlet and locating collar,
ductile iron (ASTM A536) lower housing coated with copper-colored enamel and a pressure
responsive gasket which seals on the pipe O.D. Grade “E” EPDM, temperature range –30°F to
+230°F (–34°C to +110°C). UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 heat-treated plated
carbon steel track-head bolts and nuts, meeting the physical and chemical requirements of
ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183.
1. Victaulic Style 622.
C. Grooved-End Copper Fittings: Fittings shall be manufactured to copper tubing sizes, with
grooves designed to accept grooved end couplings of the same manufacturer. Fittings shall be
wrought copper, conforming to ASTM B-75 alloy C12200 or ASTM B-152 alloy C11000 and
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 8
ANSI B16.22, or bronze sand casting ANSI B16.18 and UNS-C89836. Victaulic Copper
Connection Fittings.
D. Grooved Copper Tube: ASTM B-88 (Type K, L, M, or DWV) Roll grooved only in accordance to
manufacturer’s current listed standards and copper tube dimensions.
E. Manufacturer:
1. Victaulic Co. of America – no substitutions.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS/PRODUCTS:
A. Welding Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials as determined by
Installer to comply with installation requirements.
1. Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding
materials.
B. Soldering Materials: All soldering materials shall be lead free.
1. 95-5 Tin-Antimony: ASTM B 32, Grade 95TA. Melting Range 450-470 degrees F.
2. Silver-Tin Alloy: Fed. Spec. QQ-S-571E, NSFC2. Melting Range 430 to 530 degrees F.
3. Flux: All flux shall be lead free, water soluble, and compatible with the solder and the
materials being joined. ASTM B813-93.
C. Brazing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials to comply with
installation requirements.
1. Comply with AWSA 5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing
filler metal materials.
a. Copper phosphorus -Bcup-5, 15 percent solver content, melting range 1190 to
1480 degrees F.
b. Silver - BAg-36, 45 percent silver, cadmium-free. Melting range 1195 to 1265
degrees F.
D. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ANSI B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel
flanges, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Piping Connectors for Dissimilar Non-Pressure Pipe: Elastomeric annular ring insert, or
elastomeric flexible coupling secured at each end with stainless steel clamps, sized for exact fit
to pipe ends and subject to approval by plumbing code.
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide piping connectors of the
following:
a. Husky Technologies (Husky SD 4000):
F. Pipe Thread Sealant Material: Except as otherwise indicated, provide all pipe threads with the
sealant material as recommended by the manufacturer for the service.
1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide piping thread sealant
material of the following:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 9
a. The Rectorseal Corporation
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all water distribution piping may be
installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, and original design, and the
referenced standards.
B. Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having water
connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation.
C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION:
A. General: Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which
will achieve permanently-leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated
service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with
adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and
equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at
connections, within 1/16 inch misalignment tolerance.
1. Comply with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping.
2. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults and other
electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures. Only piping serving this type of
equipment space shall be allowed.
3. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the
general location and arrangement of piping systems. Locations and arrangements of
piping take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and
other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated.
4. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections.
5. Install piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted,
unless expressly indicated.
6. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below
grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view.
7. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements
of the building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1 inch clearance
outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for
panel removal.
8. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and
servicing of valves.
9. Install drains in pressure pipe systems at all low points in mains, risers, and branch lines
consisting of a tee fitting, ¾ inch ball valve, and short ¾ inch threaded end nipple and cap
with chain.
10. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper
insulation applications.
11. Fire and Smoke Wall Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire and smoke rated
walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the fire and smoke rated integrity. Refer to
Division 23, Sections 23 05 18 and 23 05 07 for materials.
12. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves
and mechanical sleeve seals (See Section 23 05 18). Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inch
shall be steel; pipe sleeves 6 inches and larger shall be sheet metal.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 10
13. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction.
14. Coordinate foundation and all other structural penetrations with structural engineer.
B. Hydronic Piping:
1. Make reductions in hydronic pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with the
level side up.
2. Install hydronic piping branch connections to mains using Tee fittings in main with
take-off out the bottom of the main, except for up-feed risers which shall have take-off out
the top of the main line. Install all hydronic piping level with manual air vent at all high
points in direction of flow.
3. Install hydronic piping level except for gravity flow systems such as condenser water and
condensate drain piping.
C. Sanitary Waste and Vent; Roof Drain and Storm Drain Piping:
1. Install plumbing drainage piping with ¼ inch per foot (2 percent) downward slope in
direction of drain for piping 3 inches and smaller, and 1/8 inch per foot (1 percent) for
piping 4 inch and larger. Install cast iron pipe in accordance with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe
Institute Handbook.
2. Install 1 inch thick extruded polystyrene over underground drainage piping that is above
frost line and not under building. Provide width to extend minimum of 12 inches beyond
each side of pipe. Install directly over pipe, centered on pipe center line.
3. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate 45 degree
wyes, half-wyes, or long sweep quarter, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends. SANITARY
CROSSES OR SHORT QUARTER BENDS SHALL NOT BE USED IN DRAIN PIPING.
4. Provide thrust restraints (bracing to structure or rodded joints) at branches and changes
in direction for cast iron pipe 5 inches and larger suspended within the building.
5. Where cast iron piping is suspended in excess of 18 inches on single rod hangers, sway
bracing shall be provided to prevent shear at the joints.
6. Install underground drain piping to conform with the plumbing code, and in accordance
with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Engineering Manual.
7. Lay piping beginning at low point of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with
unbroken continuity of invert.
8. Place bell ends or groove ends of piping facing upstream.
9. Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants,
cements, and other special installation requirements.
10. Install sub-surface drain piping according to requirements of the soils engineers
requirements when required and connect to storm sewer / sump pump.
11. Grade trench bottoms to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation, free from rock,
throughout the length of the pipe.
12. Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at the surface upon which pipes shall be
laid, and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated invert elevation.
13. Shape bottom of trench to fit the bottom 1/4 of the circumference of pipe. Fill
unevenness with tamped sand. At each pipe joint dig bell holes to relieve the bell of the
pipe of all loads, and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe barrel on the foundation.
D. Refrigerant Piping:
1. General: Install refrigerant piping in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15 - "The Safety
Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."
2. Install piping in as short and direct arrangement as possible to minimize pressure drop.
3. Install piping for minimum number of joints using as few elbows and other fittings as
possible.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 11
4. Arrange piping to allow normal inspection and servicing of compressor and other
equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for servicing
and inspection.
5. Provide adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hanger, or between
pipes for insulation installation. Use sleeves through floors, walls, or ceilings, sized to
permit installation of full thickness insulation.
6. Insulate suction lines. Liquid line are not required to be insulated, except where they are
installed adjacent and clamped to suction lines, where both liquid and suction lines shall
be insulated as a unit.
a. Do not install insulation until system testing has been completed and all leaks have
been eliminated.
7. Install branch tie-in lines to parallel compressors equal length, and pipe identically and
symmetrically.
8. Install copper tubing in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where copper tubing will be
exposed to mechanical injury.
9. Slope refrigerant piping as follows:
a. Install horizontal hot gas discharge piping with 1/2 inch per 10 feet downward
slope away from the compressor.
b. Install horizontal suction lines with 1/2 inch per 10 feet downward slope to the
compressor, with no long traps or dead ends which may cause oil to separate from
the suction gas and return to the compressor in damaging slugs.
c. Install traps and double risers where indicated, and where required to entrain oil in
vertical runs.
d. Liquid lines may be install level.
E. Plastic Pipe:
1. All plastic piping installed below grade shall meet ASTM D2321-89 requirements.
3.3 PIPING SYSTEM JOINTS:
A. General: Provide joints of type indicated in each piping system.
B. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2.1; cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream
threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or
pipe joint tape (Teflon) where recommended by pipe/fitting manufacturer, on male threads at
each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed.
C. Braze copper tube-and-fitting joints in accordance with ASME B31.
D. Solder copper tube-and-fitting joints with silver solder or 95-5 tin-antimony. Cut tube ends
squarely, ream to full inside diameter, and clean outside of tube ends and inside of fittings.
Apply solder flux to joint areas of both tubes and fittings. Insert tube full depth into fitting, and
solder in manner which will draw solder full depth and circumference of joint. Wipe excess
solder from joint before it hardens.
E. Weld pipe joints in accordance with ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31. Provide weld-o-let
fittings for two pipe sizes less than main pipe size.
F. Weld pipe joints in accordance with recognized industry practice and as follows:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 12
1. Weld pipe joints only when ambient temperature is above 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C)
where possible.
2. Bevel pipe ends at a 37.5 degrees angle where possible, smooth rough cuts, and clean
to remove slag, metal particles and dirt.
3. Use pipe clamps or tack-weld joints with 1 inch long welds; 4 welds for pipe sizes to 10
inches, 8 welds for pipe sizes 12 inch to 20 inch.
4. Build up welds with stringer-bead pass, followed by hot pass, followed by cover or filler
pass. Eliminate valleys at center and edges of each weld. Weld by procedures which
will ensure elimination of unsound or unfused metal, cracks, oxidation, blow-holes and
non- metallic inclusions.
5. Do not weld-out piping system imperfections by tack- welding procedures; refabricate to
comply with requirements.
G. Weld pipe joints of steel water pipe in accordance with AWWA C206.
H. Flanged Joints: Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and
equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide uniform
compression of gaskets.
I. Hubless Cast-Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's installation instructions. Use
pre-set torque wrench set to 80 in-lbs on heavy duty couplings.
J. Clay Pipe Joints: Comply with ASTM C 12.
K. Concrete Pipe Joints: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with applicable provisions of
"Concrete Pipe Field Manual" by the American Concrete Pipe Assn.
L. Corrugated Metal Pipe Joints: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
M. Open Drain-Tile Joints: Except as otherwise indicated, provide ¼ inch open joint, with top 2/3 of
annular space covered by joint accessory material.
3.4 GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLING APPLICATION:
A. At contractor’s option, grooved mechanical couplings may be used in lieu of soldered, threaded,
or flanged joints on hydronic and domestic water systems operating between 40°F and 180°F
as follows:
1. Dedicated Mechanical Rooms: Rigid couplings only, except that where specifically
identified on the Contract Documents or specifically engineered by the coupling
manufacturer and reviewed by the engineer, flexible couplings may be used for vibration
isolation or expansion compensation.
2. Outside of Mechanical Rooms: Rigid couplings only, as substitution for flanges, and to
connect sections of pre-fabricated piping.
a. Grooved mechanical joints shall not account for more that 25% of all pipe joints
outside of the mechanical room.
3. Where specifically shown on the Drawings.
4. Shafts, chases, above inaccessible ceilings, and within partitions: No grooved joints
allowed.
5. Grooved mechanical joints shall not be located above the following types of rooms:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 13
a. Electrical Rooms
b. Operating/Surgery Rooms
c. Data Center and IT Rooms
6. Maximum 12” pipe connections.
B. All changes in direction shall be made with radius type elbows.
1. Use long radius (R=1.5D) fittings wherever possible.
2. Angles less than 22-1/2° may be made with pre-manufactured mitered fittings.
3. Use of the angular deflection capabilities of grooved pipe couplings for intentional
changes of direction shall not be allowed.
C. All changes in pipe size shall be made with reducing fittings, not bushings or reducing
couplings.
D. Pipe shall be installed and adequately laterally supported to maintain all lines straight, true and
plumb. Piping with rigid couplings may be supported as per welded/soldered/screwed piping.
Where flexible connections are used, provide a minimum of one hanger per pipe section. No
pipe section shall be left unsupported between any two couplings.
E. Where flanges are required, provide a standard welded slip-on or weld neck with a spool piece
to a grooved end joint. "Flange adapters" are not allowed.
F. Grooved pipe systems shall not be considered to be electrically conductive.
1. Provide wire jumpers across all couplings where the piping system is required to be
electrically conductive.
G. Installation:
1. Pipe ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections and roll marks in the
area from pipe end to groove for proper gasket sealing.
2. The gasket style and elastomeric material (grade) shall be verified as suitable for the
intended service as specified.
3. Coupling installation shall be complete when visual metal-to-metal contact is reached.
4. Comply with the latest copy of the coupling manufacturer’s field assembly and installation
instructions.
H. Training and inspection:
1. An IACET accredited representative of the manufacturer shall provide fabrication facility
and on-site training for contractor’s fabrication and field personnel in the use of grooving
tools, pipe preparation, application of groove, product installation, and installation
inspection.
2. An IACET accredited representative of the manufacturer shall periodically visit the job
site and inspect 10% of the installation. If any improperly installed products are located in
the first 10%, an additional 10% of the installation must be inspected. If any improperly
installed products are located in the additional 10% of the installation, 100% of the
installation must be inspected. Contractor shall correct any improperly installed products.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 14
3.5 PIPING APPLICATION:
A. Accessible Gas Piping:
1. Above Grade:
a. Exposed Location:
1) 2 Inches and Smaller: Schedule 40, black steel pipe, beveled ends, with
150 lb. malleable iron fittings and threaded joints.
2) Over 2 Inches: Schedule 40 black steel with butt weld fittings and welded
joints.
3) Above Ground Outside: Schedule 40 black steel pipe sizes matching above.
Piping shall be painted to protect against rust.
b. Inaccessible Location:
1) All sizes: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, beveled ends, with socket weld
fittings same thickness as pipe; welded joints.
2. Below Grade: Schedule 40 seamless black steel with 150 lb. forged steel fittings and
welded joints. Provide machine applied, coated and wrapped pipe in accordance with
local code and utility company requirements. Provide cathodic protection as called for on
the drawings.
B. Heating Water Piping:
1. 2 Inches and Smaller:
a. Type L / K copper, hard drawn copper wrought copper or bronze fittings, silver - tin
alloy solder joints.
2. 2-1/2 Inches and Larger:
a. Schedule 40, seamless or ERW (std. weight 12 inches and over) black steel with
flanged or welded joints.
b. Fittings: Standard weight / Extra strong, seamless steel, butt weld type.
c. Flanges: 150 lb. 300 lb. forged steel slip-on or welding neck type.
d. Bolting: Regular square head machine bolts with heavy hexagonal nuts.
e. Gaskets: Thickness, material and type suitable for fluid to be handled, and design
temperature and pressures.
3. Buried Piping:
a. Provide pre-insulated, pre-fabricated piping. Refer to Division 23.
C. Refrigerant Piping:
1. Type "L" ACR copper, cleaned, dehydrated and capped at the factory. Wrought copper
fittings with brazed joints.
D. Fuel Oil Piping:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 15
1. Refer to Section 15483 - Fuel Oil Systems.
3.6 EXPOSED PIPING IN FINISHED AREAS:
A. Plumbing piping and fittings which are exposed (and uninsulated) in finished areas generally
occupied by people including, but not limited to, kitchens, animal cagewash/equipment washing
rooms, hospital autoclave or sterilizing rooms shall be installed with a smooth, high polish,
durable chrome plated finish.
3.7 PIPING TESTS:
A. General: Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump and gauges. Test piping
system before insulation is installed wherever feasible, and remove control devices before
testing. Test each section of each piping system independently but do not use piping system
valves to isolate sections where test pressure exceeds valve pressure rating. Fill each section
with water and pressurize for indicated pressure and time.
B. Test all piping systems as specified. Correct leaks by remaking joints. Remove equipment not
able to withstand test procedure during test.
C. Work to be installed shall remain uncovered until the required tests have been completed.
D. Piping which is to be concealed shall be tested before being permanently enclosed.
E. As soon as work has been completed, conduct preliminary tests to ascertain compliance with
specified requirements. Make repairs or replacements as required.
F. Give a minimum of twenty-four hours notice to Engineer of dates when acceptance test will be
conducted. Conduct tests as specified for each system in presence of representative of owner,
agency having jurisdiction or his representative. Submit three (3) copies of successful tests to
the Engineer for his review. Report shall state system tested and date of successful test.
G. Contractor shall obtain certificates of approval, acceptance and compliance with regulations of
agencies having jurisdiction. Work shall not be considered complete until such certificates have
been delivered by the Engineer to the Owner.
H. All costs involved in these tests shall be borne by Contractor.
I. System Tests
1. Hydrostatic Test: The test shall be accomplished by hand pumping the system to the
specified water pressure, and maintaining that pressure until the entire system has been
inspected for leaks, but in no case for a time period of less than four hours.
a. Domestic water systems: 100 psig or 150 percent of system pressure, whichever
is greater.
b. Heating water: 100 psig or 150 percent of operating pressure, whichever is
greater.
c. Chilled water: 100 psig or 150 percent of system pressure, whichever is greater.
d. Condenser water: 100 psig or 150 percent of system pressure, whichever is
greater.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 16
2. Compressed Air or Nitrogen Test: Compressed air tests may be substituted for
hydrostatic tests only when ambient conditions or existing building conditions prohibit
safe use of hydrostatic testing and must be reviewed by the Engineer prior to any testing.
For tests of this type, the piping system shall be subjected to the gas pressure indicated
for that specific system. The piping capped or plugged and water-pumped with oil free
air, or a nitrogen bottle shall be introduced into the entire system to the pressure
specified. The system shall maintain that pressure for the duration of a soapy water test
of each joint.
3. Waste, Drain and Vent Piping: All waste and vent piping, including building drain, roof
drain and building sewer, shall be subjected to a water test. All openings in the piping
system shall be tightly closed, except the highest opening, and the system filled with
water to the point of overflow. The water shall be kept in the system, or in the portion
under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts; the system shall then be tight
to all points. No section shall be tested with less than a ten foot head of water. Roof
drain shall be closed at the lowest point and filled with water to the point of overflow.
4. Sump Pump Discharge: With water in sump and pump running at full capacity, check for
leaks until satisfied that system is tight.
5. Test all refrigerant piping systems with nitrogen at 300 psig pressure on high side of
system, and at 150 psig pressure on low side of system. Maintain pressure without loss
for a time period of not less than 4 hours. After test has been completed, the piping shall
be evacuated by means of a vacuum pump for a period of not less than 24 hours or until
system has been completely evacuated.
6. Repair piping systems sections which fail required piping test, by disassembly and
re-installation, using new materials to extent required to overcome leakage. Do not use
chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods.
7. Drain test water from piping systems after testing and repair work has been completed.
3.8 UNDERGROUND PIPE INSTALLATION:
A. Clean fittings, nipples and other field joints thoroughly before coating.
B. Protect gray and ductile cast iron pipe installed below grade with polyethylene encasement
applied in strict accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5.
C. Install ductile iron pipe below grade as prescribed by AWWA C600.
D. Provide concrete thrust block and ¾ inch steel threaded tie bar at each direction change on
underground pressure pipe. Imbed tie bar in thrust block and connect to upstream fitting. Paint
tie bar with two coats of bitumastic #50 paint.
E. Bury all outside water piping minimum 5 feet-0 inches [ ] below grade to top of pipe.
3.9 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and
prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). Flush out piping systems with clean water
before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints,
supports and accessory items.
1. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.
B. Disinfect all potable water mains and water service piping in accordance with local and health
department requirements. Submit test results report.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 0510 - 17
C. Clean and flush hydronic piping systems. Remove, clean, and replace strainer screens. After
cleaning and flushing hydronic piping system, but before balancing, remove disposable fine
mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers.
D. Chemical Treatment: Provide hydronic systems with a water analysis prepared by the chemical
treatment supplier to determine the type and level of chemicals required for prevention of scale
and corrosion. Perform initial treatment after completion of system testing.
3.10 COMMISSIONING:
A. Fill system and perform initial chemical treatment.
B. Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the system is
completely full of water.
C. Before operating the system perform these steps:
1. Open valves to full open position. Close coil bypass valves.
2. Remove and clean strainers.
3. Check pump for proper rotation and proper wiring.
4. Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure.
5. Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed and operating
freely (automatic type) or to bleed air completely (manual type).
6. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow.
7. Check operation of automatic bypass valve.
8. Check and set operating temperature of boilers, chillers, and cooling towers to design
requirements.
9. Lubricate motors and bearings.
END OF SECTION 23 0510
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 1
SECTION 23 0518 - PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of piping specialties work required by this section is indicated on drawings and
schedules and by requirements of this section.
B. Piping specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as
part of equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of piping
specialties of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. FCI Compliance: Test and rate "Y" type strainers in accordance with FCI 73-1
"Pressure Rating Standard for "Y" Type Strainers". Test and rate other type
strainers in accordance with FCI 78-1 "Pressure Rating Standard for Pipeline
Strainers Other than "Y" Type".
2. ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping" for materials, products, and installation.
3. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label.
4. Fabricate and stamp air separators and compression tanks to comply with ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
5. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing
Qualification" for qualifications for welding processes and operators.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation
instructions, and dimensioned drawings for each type of manufactured piping specialty.
Include pressure drop curve or chart for each type and size of pipeline strainer. Submit
schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size, location, and features for each
required piping specialty.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabricated specialties, indicating details of fabrication,
materials, and method of support.
C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of
manufactured piping specialty. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in
maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Combination Pressure and Temperature Relief Valves:
a. Amtrol, Inc.
b. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
c. Spirax Sarco.
d. Watts Regulator Co.
2. Pressure Reducing Valves:
a. Amtrol, Inc.
b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
c. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
d. Taco, Inc.
e. Keckley
3. Air Vents:
a. Armstrong Machine Works.
b. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
c. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
d. Spirax Sarco.
e. Amtrol, Inc.
4. Air Eliminator
a. Spirotherm, Inc.
5. Air Eliminator and Dirt Separator
a. Spirotherm, Inc.
6. Automatic Flow Control Valves:
a. Griswold
7. Hydronic System Safety Relief Valves:
a. Kunkle Valve Co., Inc.
b. Lunkenheimer Co.
c. Watts Regulator Co.
d. Lonergan
e. Keckley
f. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
g. Conbraco
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 3
8. Pressure Regulating Valves:
a. A.W. Cash Valve Mfgr. Corp.
b. Armstrong Machine Works, A-Y Division
c. Fisher Controls International, Inc.
d. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
e. Leslie Co.
f. Spirax Sarco
g. Spence Engineering Co., Inc.
h. Wilkins Regulator/Div Zurn Industries Inc.
i. Watts Regulator Co.
9. Pipe Escutcheons:
a. Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co.
b. Producers Specialty & Mfg. Corp.
c. Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co.
10. Low Pressure Strainers:
a. Armstrong Machine Works.
b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
c. Metraflex Co.
d. R-P&C Valve; Div. White Consolidated Industries, Inc.
e. Spirax Sarco.
f. Trane Co.
g. Victaulic Co. of America.
h. Watts Regulator Co.
11. Basket Strainers:
a. R-P&C Valve
b. Keckley
12. Dielectric Waterways
a. Victaulic Co.
b. Perfection Corp.
c. Flow Design Inc.
d. Precision Plumbing Products
e. Rockford-Eclipse Div.
2.2 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A. General: Provide factory-fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturer
for use in service indicated. Provide piping specialties of types and pressure ratings
indicated for each service, or if not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by
Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes as indicated, and
connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. Where
more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer's option.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 4
B. Hydronic System Safety Relief Valves: Diaphragm operated, cast-iron or brass body
valve, with low inlet pressure check valve, inlet strainer removable without system shut-
down, and noncorrosive valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and
operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory-set at operating pressure to
suit system and have the capability for field adjustment. Safety relief valve shall be
designed, manufactured, tested and labeled in accordance with the requirements of
Section IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Valve body shall be cast-
iron, with all wetted internal working parts made of brass and rubber; 125 psig working
pressure and 250 degrees F maximum operating temperature. Select valve to suit
actual system pressure and BTU capacity. Set valve to relieve at 10 psi above
operating pressure.
C. Pressure Reducing Valves: Diaphragm operated, bronze or brass body valve, with low
inlet pressure check valve, stainless steel inlet strainer removable without system shut-
down, and stainless steel valve seat and stem. Select valve size, capacity, and
operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory-set at operating pressure and
have the capability for field adjustment.
D. Coin Operated Manual Air Vent: Bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150 psig
working pressure, 212 degrees F operating temperature; manually coin operated and
having discharge outlet connection and 1/8 inch NPT male connection.
E. Manual Air Vent: Provide ball valves as specified in Part 3.
F. Automatic Air Vent: 100 psi working pressure, 240 degrees working temperature,
stamped brass body and non-metallic float, with threaded outlet connector for "safe
waste" discharge pipe.
1. Amtrol 703 or approved equivalent.
G. High Capacity Automatic Air Vent: 150 psig working pressure, 250 degrees working
temperature, cast iron body, bronze pilot mechanism. Snap acting operation,
preventing opening under negative pressure conditions. Capable of 18 scfm elimination
at 30 psig.
1. Amtrol 720 or approved equivalent.
H. Automatic Flow Control Valves: Class 150, cast iron housing, stainless steel operating
parts; threaded connections for 2 inch and smaller, flanged connections for 2-1/2 inch
and larger. Factory set to automatically control flow rates within plus or minus 5 percent
design, while compensating for system operating pressure differential. Provide quick
disconnect valves for flow measuring equipment. Provide a metal identification tag with
chain for each valve, factory marked with the zone identification, valve model number,
and rate flow in GPM.
2.3 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS:
A. General: Provide pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely
fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated.
Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in
floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons
with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 5
B. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and
condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide cast brass or sheet brass
escutcheons, solid or split hinged.
C. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide sheet steel escutcheons, solid or split hinged.
2.4 LOW PRESSURE PIPELINE STRAINERS:
A. General: Provide strainers full line size of connecting piping, with ends matching piping
system materials. Select strainers for 125 psi working pressure, with Type 304
stainless steel screen. Two inches and smaller steam and liquid strainers shall have 20
mesh screens. Provide 3/64 inch perforations for 2-1/2 inch and 3 inch steam and
liquid strainers. Provide 1/8 inch mesh perforations for 4 inches and larger liquid
strainers. Provide 1/16 inch mesh perforations for 4 inches and larger steam strainers.
B. Threaded Ends, 2 inch and Smaller: Bronze or Cast-iron body, screwed screen retainer
with centered blowdown fitted with pipe plug.
2.5 BASKET STRAINERS:
A. For 125 psig systems or less (thru 12 inch): High-Tensile ASTM A126, Class B cast
iron, angle design, bolted cover, flanged ends, stainless steel screen assembly, suitable
gasket material, bottom threaded drain outlet. Steam screen size shall be .045 inch
perforations for through 6 inch diameter piping; .062 inch for 8 inch and larger. Liquid
screen size shall be .045" perforations for through 3 inch diameter piping; .125 inch for
4 inch and larger.
1. R-P&C 528-V12, Class 125
2.6 DIELECTRIC WATERWAY:
A. General: Zinc electroplated nipple with non-metallic lining for use in service indicated,
which effectively isolate ferrous from non-ferrous piping (electrical conductance),
prevent galvanic action, and stop corrosion. Union style not acceptable.
2.7 FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A. Drip Pans: Provide drip pans fabricated from corrosion- resistant sheet metal with
watertight joints, and with edges turned up 2-1/2 inches. Reinforce top, either by
structural angles or by rolling top over ¼ inch steel rod. Provide hole, gasket, and
flange at low point for watertight joint and 1 inch drain line connection.
B. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following:
1. Sheet-Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal; round tube closed with
snaplock joint, welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate from
the following gauges: 3 inches and smaller, 20 gauge; 4 inches to 6 inches 16
gauge; over 6 inch, 14 gauge.
2. Steel-Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe; remove burrs.
Provide fully welded waterstop/anchor ring fabricated from minimum 1/8 plate,
extending minimum 1 inch from O.D. of sleeve, where noted in Part 3.
3. Iron-Pipe: Fabricate from cast-iron or ductile-iron pipe; remove burrs.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 6
4. Sleeves for use with firestopping shall be fabricated in accordance with the
installation instructions of the firestopping system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A. Pipe Escutcheons: Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration thru floors, walls,
partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exterior of
building. Secure escutcheon to pipe or insulation so escutcheon covers penetration
hole, and is flush with adjoining surface.
B. Strainers: Install strainers full size of pipeline, in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions. Install pipe nipple and shutoff full port ball valve with ¾ inch
hose end and cap in strainer blow down connection. Where indicated, provide drain
line from shutoff valve to plumbing drain, full size of blow down connection.
1. Provide strainers in supply line ahead of the following equipment, and elsewhere
as indicated.
a. Pressure reducing valves
b. Temperature or pressure regulating valves
c. Control valves
C. Dielectric Waterway: Install at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous
piping. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions.
1. Not required in closed hydronic systems treated with corrosion inhibitors, where
there is a bronze valve body between the two materials.
3.2 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION:
A. Manual Air Vent: Provide manual air vents at all high points and drops in the direction
of flow, of all mains and risers of the hydronic systems, at heat transfer coils, radiation
and elsewhere shown and as required for system air venting.
1. Provide enlarged air collection standpipe where large air quantities can
accumulate.
2. Use a 1/2 inch ball valve with a soft copper tubing discharge pipe directed to a
convenient collection point except as noted below.
3. Use a coin operated air vent inside terminal unit and baseboard radiation
enclosures.
B. Provide automatic air vents where shown on drawings. Provide high capacity automatic
air vents at all air separators, provide an isolation valve to allow removal of all automatic
air vents, provide minimum 1/4 inch soft copper tubing to a convenient drain location,
and to avoid water damage.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A. Drip Pans: Locate drip pans under piping as indicated. Hang from structure with rods
and building attachments, weld rods to sides of drip pan. Brace to prevent sagging or
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PIPING SPECIALTIES 23 0518 - 7
swaying. Connect 1" drain line to drain connection, and run to nearest plumbing drain
or elsewhere as indicated.
B. Pipe Sleeves: In fire resistive construction, coordinate the use of sleeves with the
firestopping system requirements. See Section 23 05 09. Do not install sleeves
through structural members of work, except as detailed on drawings, or as reviewed by
Architect/Engineer. Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs. Size sleeves so
that piping and insulation will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for
thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Install length
of sleeve equal to thickness of construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface;
except floor sleeves where noted below. Provide temporary support of sleeves during
placement of concrete and other work around sleeves, and provide temporary closure
to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves.
1. Interior gypsum board, plaster, and masonry partitions: Install sheet metal
sleeves.
2. Interior cast in place concrete walls: Install steel pipe sleeves.
3. Interior cast in place floors: Install steel pipe sleeves with water stop/anchor ring.
a. Extend floor sleeves in rooms above the surgery suite ½ inch above level
floor finish, in rooms above the surgery suite ¾ inch above floor finish
sloped to drain and 2 inches above finished floor in all mechanical
equipment rooms and pipe chases.
4. Below ground and exterior cast-in-place concrete or masonry: Install steel pipe
sleeves with waterstop/anchor ring.
5. For core drilled solid concrete or precast concrete with blockouts, no sleeve is
required, except provide sheet metal "collar" fastened and caulked to floors
required to have extended sleeves.
C. See Section 23 05 48 for acoustical sleeve requirements.
END OF SECTION 23 0518
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 1
SECTION 23 0519 - METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECHANICAL PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of meters and gauges required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or
specified in other Division-23 sections.
B. Types of meters and gauges specified in this section include the following:
1. Temperature Gauges and Fittings:
a. Glass Thermometers.
b. Remote Reading Dial Thermometers.
c. Dial Type Insertion Thermometers.
d. Photo Voltaic Digital Thermometers
e. Thermometer Wells.
f. Temperature Gauge Connector Plugs.
2. Pressure Gauges and Fittings:
a. Pressure Gauges.
b. Pressure Gauge Cocks.
c. Pressure Gauge Connector Plugs.
3. Flow Measuring Meters:
a. Venturi Tube Flow Measuring Elements.
b. Calibrated Balance Valves.
c. Portable Flow Meter Read-out Kits.
C. Meters and gauges furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as
part of equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of meters and
gauges, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable UL standards pertaining to meters and
gauges.
2. ANSI and ISA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI and
Instrument Society of America (ISA) standards pertaining to construction and
installation of meters and gauges.
C. Certification: Provide meters and gauges whose accuracies, under specified operating
conditions, are certified by manufacturer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation
instructions for each type of meter and gauge. Include scale range, ratings, and
calibrated performance curves, certified where indicated. Submit meter and gauge
schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, scale range, location, and accessories
for each meter and gauge.
B. All flow measuring devices to be provided shall be reviewed and approved by the test &
balance contractor and the temperature control contractor for proper scale, rangeability
and function prior to submitting shop drawings. The test & balance contractor and
temperature control contractor shall provide a typed letter stating this review has been
completed and included with shop drawing submittals.
C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of
meter and gauge. Include this data and product data in Maintenance Manual; in
accordance with requirements of Division 23.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Temperature Gauge Connector Plugs:
a. Fairfax Company
b. Peterson Equipment Co.
c. Universal Lancaster
d. Sisco
e. MG Piping Products Co.
2. Pressure Gauge Connector Plugs:
a. Fairfax Company
b. Peterson Equipment Co.
c. Universal Lancaster
d. Sisco
e. MG Piping Products Co.
3. Venturi Tube Flow Measuring Elements:
a. Gerand
b. Barco/Aeroquip Corp.
c. Presso
d. Flow Design Inc.
4. Calibrated Balancing Valves (Variable Orifice Type):
a. Armstrong+
b. Tour and Anderson, Inc.
c. Bell and Gossett (To Match Existing Only)
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 3
5. Calibrated Balancing Valves (Valve and Venturi Type):
a. Flow Design Inc.
b. Presso
c. Gerand “Balvalve Indicator”
d. Nexus Valve
e. Griswold
2.2 THERMOMETER WELLS:
A. General: Provide thermometer wells constructed of brass or stainless steel, pressure
rated to match piping system design pressure. Provide 2 inch extension for insulated
piping. Provide cap nut with chain fastened permanently to thermometer well.
2.3 TEMPERATURE GAUGE CONNECTOR PLUGS:
A. General: Provide temperature gauge connector plugs pressure rated for 500 psi and
200 degrees F (93 degrees C). Construct of brass and finish in nickel-plate, equip with
½ inch NPS fitting, with self-sealing valve core type neoprene gasketed orifice suitable
for inserting 1/8 inch O.D. probe assembly from dial type insertion thermometer. Equip
orifice with gasketed screw cap and chain. Provide extension, length equal to insulation
thickness, for insulated piping.
2.4 VENTURI TUBE FLOW MEASURING ELEMENTS:
A. Primary flow measuring elements shall consist of venturi tubes. Arrange piping in
accordance with manufacturer's published literature. In horizontal pipes, place
connections slightly above horizontal centerline of pipe.
B. Provide each primary element with integral tab, or metal tag on stainless steel wire,
extending outside pipe covering on which is stamped or clearly printed in plainly visible
position the following information:
1. Manufacturer's name and address.
2. Serial number of meter to which element is to be connected.
3. Name, number, or location of equipment served.
4. Specified rate of flow.
5. Multiplier (including unity, where applicable) to be applied to meter reading.
C. Provide taps with Schraeder or Hanson type fittings. Provide tap extensions to
accommodate insulation.
D. Manufacturer shall certify venturi tubes for actual piping configuration. Any necessary
piping changes required for certification shall be provided without cost to Owner. Insert
type tubes may be furnished, provided they meet specification requirements in other
respects.
E. Provide venturi with throat diameter such that specified rate of flow will register scale
reading of between 20 percent and 80 percent of full scale value.
F. Venturi sizes and beta ratios shall be selected so that design flow rates shall read
between 20 percent and the full scale range on a linear meter (e.g. between 10inches
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 4
and 50 inches on a 0-50 inches meter), with permanent pressure loss of not more than
25 percent of indicated flow rate differential pressure.
G. Provide venturi tubes of solid brass or bronze. Tubes larger than 2 inches shall have
flanges or butt weld connections and may be cast iron or steel. Steel tubes may be
fabricated or cast with cadmium or zinc-plating. Line throats of cast iron tubes with
bronze and plate cast iron portion with cadmium.
H. Tubes shall be calibrated and tested by independent testing laboratory and
performance data furnished with shop drawings.
I. Connections for attachment to portable flow meter hoses shall be readily accessible.
2.5 CALIBRATED BALANCE VALVES:
A. General: Provide as indicated, calibrated balance valves equipped with readout valves
to facilitate connecting of differential pressure meter to balance valves. Equip each
readout port with a quick connect valve designed to minimize system fluid loss during
monitoring process. Provide balance valves with preformed insulation suitable for use
on heating and cooling systems, and to protect balance valves during shipment.
B. Design, variable orifice type:
1. Globe-type valve.
2. Multiple turns of handwheel from full closed to full open.
3. Bubble-tight shut-off.
4. Schraeder type taps upstream and downstream.
5. Memory stop device to allow valve to be returned to balanced position after being
closed. (Note: this does not take the place of isolation valves shown on drawings)
6. Provide slide rule type flow calculator, include in Operation and Maintenance
Manual.
C. Design, valve and venturi type:
1. Ball or butterfly type valve.
2. Bubble-tight shut-off.
3. Fixed venturi, upstream of valve.
4. Schraeder type taps on venturi, upstream and downstream.
5. Memory stop device to allow valve to be returned to balanced position after being
closed. (Note: this does not take the place of isolation valves shown on drawings)
6. Provide metal tag with flow curve for each valve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which meters and gauges are to be installed. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner
acceptable to Installer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METERS AND GAUGES FOR MECH PIPING 23 0519 - 5
3.2 INSTALLATION OF THERMOMETERS:
A. Thermometer Wells: Install in piping tee where indicated, in vertical upright position.
Fill well with oil or graphite, secure cap.
B. Temperature Gauge Connector Plugs: Install in piping tee where indicated, located on
pipe at most readable position. Secure cap. Provide portable temperature gauge for
each plug connection.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES:
A. Pressure Gauge Cocks: Install in piping tee with snubber. Install syphon for steam
pressure gauges.
B. Pressure Gauge Connector Plugs: Install in piping tee where indicated, located on pipe
at most readable position. Secure cap. Provide portable pressure gauge for each plug
connection.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF FLOW MEASURING METERS:
A. General: Install flow measuring meters on piping systems located in accessible
locations at most readable position.
B. Locations: Install in the following locations, and elsewhere as indicated.
1. At inlet of each hydronic coil.
C. Calibrated Balance Valves: Install on piping with readout valves in vertical upright
position. Maintain minimum length of straight unrestricted piping equivalent to 3 pipe
diameters upstream of valve.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gauges to proper angle for best visibility.
B. Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gauges and factory- finished surfaces.
Replace cracked or broken windows, repair any scratched or marred surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
END OF SECTION 23 0519
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 1
SECTION 23 0523 - GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. This Section includes general duty valves common to most mechanical piping systems.
B. Valves tags and charts are specified in Division 23 Section "Mechanical Identification."
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: including body material, valve design, pressure and temperature
classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and arrangement,
dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Single Source Responsibility: Comply with the requirements specified in Division-23
Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements," under "Product Options."
B. MSS Standard Practices: Comply with the following standards for valves:
1. MSS SP-45: Bypass and Drain Connection Standard
2. MSS SP-67: Butterfly Valves
3. MSS SP-70: Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
4. MSS SP-71: Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
5. MSS SP-72: Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service
6. MSS SP-78: Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
7. MSS SP-80: Bronze Gate, Globe Angle and Check Valves
8. MSS SP-84: Steel Valves - Socket Welding and Threaded Ends
9. MSS SP-85: Cast Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
10. MSS SP-92: MSS Valve User Guide
C. Solenoid valves shall be UL listed, FM, ANSI and CSA approved.
D. NSF Standard 61: Drinking Water System Components.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1. Ensure valves are dry and internally protected against rusting and galvanic
corrosion.
2. Protect valve ends against mechanical damage to threads, flange faces and weld
end preps.
3. Set valves in best position for handling. Globe and gate valves shall be closed to
prevent rattling; ball and plug valves shall be open to minimize exposure of
functional surfaces; butterfly valves shall be shipped closed or slightly open; and
swing check valves shall be blocked in either closed or open position.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 2
B. Storage: Use the following precautions during storage:
1. Valves shall be stored and protected against all dirt, debris and foreign material
at all times.
2. Do not remove valve end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then
reinstall for storage.
3. Protect valves against weather. Where practical store valves indoors. Maintain
valve temperature higher than the ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor
storage is necessary, support valves off the ground or pavement and protect in
watertight enclosures.
C. Handling: Valves whose size requires handling by crane or lift shall be slung or rigged
to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Handwheels and stems, in particular, shall not
be used as lifting or rigging points.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers listed.
1. Gate Valves:
a. Stockham
b. Grinnell Corp.
c. Hammond
d. Nibco
e. Milwaukee
2. Ball Valves:
a. Apollo
b. Milwaukee
c. Nibco
d. Watts
3. Eccentric Plug Valves:
a. Keystone/Tyco
b. DeZurik
c. Milliken
d. Homestead
4. Globe Valves:
a. Anvil
b. Hammond
c. Nibco
d. Milwaukee
5. Butterfly Valves:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 3
a. Keystone/Tyco
b. DeZurik
c. Nibco
d. Bray
e. ABZ
f. Milwaukee
6. Swing Check Valves
a. Apollo
b. Anvil
c. Nibco
d. Watts (screwed)
7. Non-Slam Check Valves:
a. Keystone
b. Metraflex
c. Nibco
d. Val-Matic
e. Milwaukee
8. Lift Check Valves:
a. Apollo
b. Metraflex
c. Milwaukee
d. Nibco
9. Solenoid Valves:
a. Asco
b. General Controls
c. Skinner
2.2 VALVE FEATURES:
A. General: Comply with MSS-92 1980 "Valve User’s Manual".
B. Valve Design: Valves shall have rising stem, or rising stem outside screw and yoke
design; except, non-rising stem valves may be used where headroom prevents full
operation of rising stem valves.
C. Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size.
(Control valves shall be sized for required flow.)
D. Operators: Provide the following special operator features:
1. Handwheels, fastened to valve stem for valves other than quarter turn.
2. Lever handle on quarter turn valves 6 inch and smaller, except plug valves.
Provide a wrench for every plug valve.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 4
3. Chainwheel operators for valves 2-1/2 inch and larger that are installed 96 inches
or higher above finished floor elevation. Provide chains to an elevation of 6'-0"
above finished floor elevation.
4. Worm gear operators of an enclosed weather-proof design shall be provided on
all quarter turn valves 8 inches and larger.
E. Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide extended stems to
allow full operation of the valve without interference by the insulation.
F. Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45.
G. End Connections: As specified in the individual valves specifications.
1. Threads: Comply with ANSI B2.1.
2. Flanges: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for cast iron, ANSI B16.5 for steel, and ANSI
B16.24 for bronze.
3. Solder-Joint: Comply with ANSI B16.18.
a. Caution: Where soldered end connections are used, use solder having a
melting point below 840 degrees F for gate, globe, and check valves and
below 421 degrees F for ball valves.
2.3 GATE VALVES:
A. Gate Valves – 2 inches and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Class 150, body and bonnet of cast
bronze ASTM B62, threaded ends, solid wedge disc, union bonnet, rising stem, bronze
gland, TFE impregnated packing, malleable iron handwheel.
1. Stockham Fig. B-120/B-124
B. Gate Valves - 2-1/2 inches and Larger: MSS SP-70, Class 125, iron body conforming
to ASTM A126 C1 B, Bronze trim, O S & Y design, Flanged ends, TFE impregnated
packing.
1. Stockham Fig. G-623
2.4 BALL VALVES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS:
A. Ball Valves – 1 inch and Smaller: 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at 350
degrees F, two piece end entry body style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584, full
port chrome plated brass ball, 15% glass reinforced PTFE seats, PTFE packing,
adjustable packing nut blow-out proof stem, vinyl covered steel handle. Provide solder
ends or threaded ends to match piping system. Valves shall have a Cv value of a full
port ball valve. Comply with NSF-61. Apollo 77C-100/200
B. Ball Valves 1-1/4 inch through 2 inches and for all silver soldered or brazed lines: ANSI
B16.34, 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at 350 degrees F. Two piece body
style, Three piece body style for brazed lines, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584,
full port, chrome plated brass ball and stem of ASTM A276 type 316, 15% glass
reinforced RTFE seats, RTFE packing and blow out proof stem, vinyl coated steel
handle. Provide solder ends or threaded ends to match piping material system. Valves
shall have a Cv value of a full port ball valve. Apollo 82-100/200.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 5
C. Ball valves for steam service: 250 WSP, 600 WOG rated for 250 psig saturated steam.
Two piece and entry body style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B594, standard port
316 stainless steel ball and stem. Carbon and graphite reinforced PTFE blowout proof
stem, vinyl covered steel handle. Threaded ends. Apollo 70-140-64.
D. Ball valve options/accessories: Provide the following as required or as specifically
indicated:
1. Tee handle for tight fit applications (within enclosures, etc.).
2. Locking handle.
3. Drain.
4. Stem extension.
5. Mounting pads.
2.5 BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS:
A. Lead Free Ball Valves – 1 inch and Smaller: 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at
350 degrees F, two piece end entry body style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584,
full port chrome plated brass ball, 15% glass reinforced PTFE seats, PTFE packing,
adjustable packing nut blow-out proof stem, vinyl covered steel handle. Provide solder
ends or threaded ends to match piping system. Valves shall have a Cv value of a full
port ball valve. Comply with NSF-61. Apollo 77CLF-140/240
B. Ball Valves 1-1/4 inch through 2 inches and for all silver soldered or brazed lines: ANSI
B16.34, 150 WSP, 600 WOG, rated for 150 PSI at 350 degrees F. Two piece body
style, bronze body conforming to ASTM B584, full port, chrome plated brass ball and
stem of ASTM A276 type 316, 15% glass reinforced RTFE seats, RTFE packing and
blow out proof stem, vinyl coated steel handle. Provide solder ends or threaded ends to
match piping material system. Valves shall have a Cv value of a full port ball valve.
Apollo 77CLF-140/240.
C. Ball valve options/accessories: Provide the following as required or as specifically
indicated:
1. Tee handle for tight fit applications (within enclosures, etc.).
2. Locking handle.
3. Drain.
4. Stem extension.
5. Mounting pads.
2.6 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES:
A. 2 inches and Smaller: 125 psi, cast iron body, straightway pattern, EPDM or C11R
Encapsulated Eccentric plug, tight shut-off seals, square head, threaded ends. Provide
memory stop feature.
1. Dezurik PEC
B. 2-1/2 inches and Larger Sizes: 125 psi, cast iron body, straightway pattern, EPDM or
C11R Encapsulated Eccentric plug, lever actuators, except handwheels where
indicated, and flanged ends. Provide memory stop feature.
1. Dezurik PEC
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 6
2.7 GLOBE VALVES:
A. Plumbing Systems (2-1/2 inches and smaller): MSS SP-80 Class 150, body, bonnet
and bonnet ring, cast bronze ASTM B-62, Teflon disc, copper-silicon bronze stem, non-
asbestos teflon impregnated stem packing, union bonnet and malleable iron handle.
1. Stockham Fig. B-22/B-24
B. Steam Systems (2 inches and Smaller): MSS SP-80, Class 150/300 body, bonnet,
bonnet ring cast bronze ASTM B-62 Type 420, stainless steel disc and seat ring, union
bonnet, non-asbestos teflon impregnated stem packing, copper-silicon bronze stem,
brass packing gland and malleable iron handle.
1. Stockham Fig. B-29/B-74
C. Steam Systems (2-1/2 inches and larger): MSS SP-85, Class 125/250, cast iron body
ASTM A-126, Class B, bolted bonnet bronze mounted, rising stem bronze disc and
seat, OS&Y, non-asbestos teflon impregnated stem packing and cast iron or malleable
iron hand wheel.
1. Stockham Fig. G-512
2.8 BUTTERFLY VALVES:
A. Hydronic Service Butterfly Valves - 2-1/2 inches to 12 inches: MSS SP-67, cast iron
body conforming to ASTM A126 class B, aluminum bronze ASTM B148 disc, single
piece or two piece 416 stainless steel stem, EPDM seat, upper and lower bronze
bearing, non-metallic bushing and stem seal, ANSI class 125 flange, rated for 200 psi
pressure differential, 200 psi drop-tight shut off dead end service, with downstream
flange removed. Provide extended neck for 2 inches thick insulation. All valves shall
be factory tested to 110% of pressure rating. All butterfly valves shall be full lugged
body, drilled and tapped.
1. Keystone Fig.222
2.9 CHECK VALVES:
A. Swing Check Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125/150 WSP
200/300, cast bronze body and cap conforming to ASTM B 62, ASTM B61 for 200/300
bronze, horizontal swing design, Y-pattern, with a Teflon disc, stainless steel pin and
having threaded or solder ends. Class 150 valves meeting the above specifications
may be used where pressure requires or Class 125 are not available.
B. Swing Check Valves - 2-1/2 to 3 Inch: MSS SP-71; Class 125 /250 (Class 175 FM
approved for fire protection piping systems), cast iron body and bolted cap conforming
to ASTM A 126, Class B; horizontal swing, with a bronze disc or cast iron disc with
bronze disc ring, and flanged ends. Valve shall be capable of being refitted while the
valve remains in the line. For sewage ejector and sump pump discharge swing check
valves 2-1/2 inches and larger, provide outside lever with weight or spring to assist disc
to close rapidly.
C. Non-Slam Check Valves - 2 Inch and smaller: Bronze body, 200 psi @ 250 degrees F.,
threaded ends, resilient seats, center guided spring loaded disk.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 7
D. Non-Slam Check Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Class 125/ 250 cast iron or stainless
steel body, replaceable lapped bronze seat and balanced twin bronze flappers or
bronze center guided disc and stainless steel trim. Valve shall be designed to open and
close at approximately one foot differential pressure. Twin flappers or center guided
disc shall be loaded with a stainless steel spring to assure even non-slam checking
action. Seals shall be EPDM.
E. Lift Check Valves 2 Inch and Smaller: Class 125 , cast bronze body and cap
conforming to ASTM B 62, horizontal or angle pattern, lift type valve, with stainless steel
spring, bronze disc holder with renewable "Teflon" disc, and threaded ends. Valve shall
be capable of being refitted and ground while the valve remains in the line.
2.10 DRAIN VALVES:
A. For Hydronic and Plumbing Systems: Provide ball valve with threaded hose end and
cap with chain.
1. Apollo Fig. 78-165-01
2.11 SOLENOID VALVES:
A. Solenoid valves shall consist of a solenoid (electro-magnet) with its core and a valve
body containing one or more orifices. The solenoid shall be mounted directly on the
valve body.
B. Response time from fully open or closed to fully closed or open shall be slow acting.
C. Solenoid valves shall be 2 / 3 / 4 way type valves.
D. Solenoid valves shall be normally open or normally closed operation as required for
proper operation of the system for protection against freeze, fire and safety.
E. Solenoid enclosures shall meet the ICS-6 ANSI/NEMA standard and UL standard 429,
508 and/or 1002 as follows:
1. Type 1: General Purpose.
2. Type 2: Drip proof.
3. Type 3 and 3S: Raintight, Dust tight and sleet (ice) resistant.
4. Type 3R: Rainproof, sleet (ice) resistant
5. Type 4: Watertight and dust tight.
6. Type 4X: Watertight, Dust tight and Corrosion resistant.
7. Type 6:Submersible.
8. Type 6P: Submersible, prolonged submersion at a limited depth.
9. Type 7: Explosion proof, Class I, Division 1, Group A (acetylene); B (hydrogen);
C (ethyl-ether vapors, ethylene or cyclopropane); D (gasoline, hexane, naphtha,
benzene, butane, propane, alcohol, acetone, benzol, lacquer, solvent vapors or
natural gas).
10. Type 9: Dust-ignition proof, Class II, Group E (metal dust); F (carbon black coal
or coke dust); G (flour starch or grain dust).
11. Operating temperatures shall range from 185 degrees F to 842 degrees F for T1
through T6 code numbers.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 8
F. Minimum ambient temperature limitation of 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) for any valve
which contains water or water vapor and 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C) where freezing
water is not a factor. (Special construction for ambient temperature down to -40
degrees F (-40 degrees C). Maximum ambient temperature limitation of 180 degrees F
(82 degrees C).
G. Parts in contact with fluid shall be brass, bronze, or stainless steel; core tube, 305
stainless steel; core and plug nut, 430 F stainless steel; Seal-BUNA "N"; shading coil-
copper; disc-BUNA "N" and Nylon; Spring, 302 stainless steel.
H. Manual reset safety shut-off valve shall open manually and close upon interruption of
current.
I. Electric current shall be of AC voltage shown on Division 26 drawings.
2.12 MOTORIZED VALVE ACTUATORS:
A. Electric Valve Actuators
1. The valve actuator shall consist of a 120 volt, single phase, permanent split
capacitor, reversible type electric motor which drives a compound epicyclic gear.
A manual override handwheel shall be integral to the unit. The electric actuator
shall have visual mechanical position indication, readable from a distance of 25
feet, showing output shaft and valve position. Unit shall be capable of mounting
directly to butterfly valve without brackets and adapters.
2. The actuator shall have an integral terminal strip, for wiring to power supplies.
Cable entry shall be by means of two (2) 1 inch NPT threaded connections.
Cable entries shall have UL recommended gland stops within the NPT hole to
prevent glands from being screwed in too far and damaging cable.
3. The actuator shall be constructed to withstand high shock and vibrations without
operations failure. The actuator cover shall have captive bolts to eliminate loss
of bolts when removing the cover from the base. One copy of the wiring diagram
shall be provided with the actuator.
4. Actuators with 600 in/lbs or more output torque shall be two adjustable factory
calibrated mechanical torque limit switches of the single pole, double-throw type.
Motor rotor shaft shall run in ball bearings at each end of the motor.
5. The actuator housing shall be manufactured to NEMA IV Standards and UL
recognized.
6. The environmental temperature range of the actuator shall be -20 to 140 oF (-30
to 60 oC).
7. For two position service, the actuator shall be rated at a 20 percent duty cycle
(i.e. 12 minutes extended duty in every hour, or alternatively; one complete cycle
every two minutes). For frequent cycling and modulating service, the actuator
shall be rated for continuous duty, capable of operating 100 percent of the time at
an ambient temperature of 104 degrees F (40 degrees C).
8. The actuator shall have a permanently lubricated, self-locking gear train. Motor
brakes shall not be required to maintain desired valve position. Levers or latches
shall not be required to engage or disengage the manual override. Mechanical
travel stops, adjustable to 15 degrees in each direction of 90 degrees rotation,
shall be standard, as well as two adjustable travel limit switches with electrically
isolated contacts. Additional adjustable switches shall be provided where
required to meet the sequence of operation.
9. The motor shall have Class B insulation capable of withstanding locked rotor for
25 seconds without overheating. Wiring shall also be Class B insulation. An
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 9
auto-reset thermal cut-out protector shall be embedded in the motor windings.
The motor shall be UL recognized and CSA approved. Disassembly of gears
shall not be required to remove the motor.
10. Materials
a. The electric actuator shall have a pressure die-cast, hard anodized
aluminum base and cover. The compound gear shall be made of die-cast,
hard anodized aluminum or steel. An alloy steel worm gear shall be
provided for manual override and torque limiting. Bearings for gears shall
be of the ball and needle type; bronze bearings shall be used on the
shafting parts.
11. Electric Valve Actuator Accessories
a. Provide thermostatically controlled heaters for all exterior valves.
b. Provide potentiometer or 4-20 MA-transmitter for providing continuous
feedback of actuator position where required to meet the sequence of
operations.
c. Provide an electronic servo amplifier and speed control module capable of
accepting a 0-5K ohm, 4-20mA DC or other input signal for all modulating
control valves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Install valves in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Examine valve interior through the end ports, for cleanliness, freedom from foreign
matter and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks used which
prevents disc movement during shipping and handling.
C. Actuate valve through an open-close and close-open cycle. Examine functionally
significant features, such as guides and seats made accessible by such actuation.
Following examination, return the valve closure member to the position in which it was
shipped.
D. Examine threads on both the valve and the mating pipe for form (out-of-round or local
indentation) and cleanliness.
E. Examine mating flange faces for conditions which might cause leakage. Check bolting
for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material for proper size and
material, and for freedom from defects and damage.
F. Prior to valve installation, examine the piping for cleanliness, freedom from foreign
materials, and proper alignment.
3.2 VALVE SELECTION:
A. Selection of Valve Ends (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select
valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 10
1. Copper Tube Size 2 Inch and Smaller: Solder ends, except in heating hot water
and low pressure steam service which shall have threaded ends.
2. Steel Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Smaller: Threaded or grooved-end.
3. Steel Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Flanged or grooved end.
4. At all piping hot taps provide a ball valve with the hot tap and a ball valve or
butterfly valve for shut-off service. Hot taps shall be provided only where
approved by the Engineer.
3.3 VALVE INSTALLATIONS:
Valve Application Table
(Where sizes overlap, contractor has choice of either type)
SERVICE VALVE TYPE
Plumbing Water Services; 3" or smaller Ball Valve
Plumbing Water Services; 2-1/2" and larger Butterfly Valves
Plumbing Pressure Reducing Bypass; all sizes Globe Valve
Plumbing Balancing Service; 2" and smaller Calibrated Balancing Valve See Section 23
05 19
Plumbing Balancing Service; 2-1/2" and larger Eccentric Plug Valve
HVAC Hydronic Piping; 3" and smaller Ball Valve
HVAC Hydronic Piping; 2-1/2" and larger Butterfly Valve
HVAC Hydronic Pressure Reducing Valve
Bypass; all sizes
Globe Valve
HVAC Hydronic Balancing valve; 2" and smaller Calibrated Balancing Valve See Section 23
05 19
HVAC Hydronic Balancing Valve; 2-1/2" and
larger
Eccentric Plug Valve.
HVAC & Plumbing Check Valves; 2" and smaller Swing Check
A. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
B. Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment in a manner to allow
equipment removal without system shut-down. Unions are not required on flanged
devices.
C. Install 3-valve bypass around each pressure reducing valve using throttling type valves.
D. Gate and globe valves shall be installed with the stem in the upright position. In
overhead horizontal piping, ball valves shall be installed with the handle in the side or
bottom of the piping. Butterfly valves shall be installed with the stem within 45 degrees
of the horizontal position. The handle of quarter turn valves shall open in the direction of
flow. Quarter turn valves with hand wheels or chain wheels shall be located so that the
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 11
position indicator is visible from the floor without the use of a ladder or climbing on
equipment or piping.
E. Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows:
1. Swing Check Valves: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin level.
2. Wafer Check Valves: Install between 2 flanges in horizontal or vertical upward
flow position.
3. Lift Check Valve: Install in piping line with stem upright and plumb.
3.4 SOLDER CONNECTIONS:
A. Cut tube square and to exact lengths.
B. Clean end of tube to depth of valve socket, using steel wool, sand cloth, or a steel wire
brush to a bright finish. Clean valve socket in same manner.
C. Apply proper soldering flux in an even coat to inside of valve socket and outside of tube.
D. Open gate and globe valves to fully open position.
E. Remove the cap and disc holder of swing check valves with composition discs.
F. Insert tube into valve socket making sure the end rests against the shoulder inside
valve. Rotate tube or valve slightly to insure even distribution of the flux.
G. Apply heat evenly to outside of valve around joint until solder will melt upon contact.
Feed solder until it completely fills the joint around tube. Avoid hot spots or overheating
the valve. Once the solder starts cooling, remove excess amounts around the joint with
a cloth or brush.
3.5 BRAZED CONNECTIONS:
A. Protect valves from temperatures which exceed the valve material temperature
limitations as recommended by the valve manufacturer.
B. Disassemble 3 piece ball valves prior to brazing.
3.6 THREADED CONNECTIONS:
A. Note the internal length of threads in valve ends, and proximity of valve internal seat or
wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into valve.
B. Align threads at point of assembly.
C. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except where
dry seal threading is specified).
D. Assemble joint wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the
pipe is being threaded.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC
PIPING
23 0523 - 12
3.7 FLANGED CONNECTIONS:
A. Align flanges surfaces parallel.
B. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and
gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten
bolts gradually and uniformly using a torque wrench.
3.8 GROOVED CONNECTIONS:
A. Grooved connections shall be provided only where specified or approved by the
Engineer.
B. Assembly valves with grooved end in accordance with manufacturers published
instructions.
C. Clean pipe ends from indentations, projections, burrs and roll marks from pipe to
groove.
D. Provide gasket, flanges, fittings, bolts, nuts, lubrication applied per manufacturer’s
instructions for intended service.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Testing: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final
adjusting and balancing, inspect each valve for leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop
leaks; replace valve if leak persists.
3.10 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Cleaning: Clean mill scale, grease, and protective coatings from exterior of valves and
prepare to receive finish painting or insulation.
END OF SECTION 23 0523
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 1
SECTION 23 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supports and
anchors, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable plumbing codes pertaining to
product materials and installation of supports and anchors.
2. NFPA Compliance: Hangers and supports shall comply with NFPA standard No.
13 when used as a component of a fire protection system.
3. UL and FM Compliance: Hangers, supports, and components shall be listed and
labeled by UL and FM where used for fire protection piping systems.
4. Duct Hangers: SMACNA Duct Manuals
5. MSS Standard Compliance:
a. Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials, design, and
manufacture comply with MSS SP-69.
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation
instructions for each type of support and anchor. Submit pipe hanger and support
schedule showing Manufacturer's figure number, size, location, and features for each
required pipe hanger and support.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings for each type of
support and anchor, indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and methods
of assembly of components.
C. Product certificates signed by the manufacturer of hangers and supports certifying that
their products meet the specified requirements.
D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of support
and anchor. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance
manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Pipe Hangers and Supports:
a. B-Line Systems Inc.
b. ANVIL International
c. PHD Manufacturing, Inc.
d. Unistrut Metal Framing Systems
e. Hubbard Enterprises (Supports for domestic water piping)
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 2
f. Specialty Products Co. (Supports for domestic water piping.
g. Erico
h. Grinnell
2. Saddles, Shield and Thermal Shield Inserts:
a. ANVIL International
b. Pipe Shields, Inc.
c. B-Line
d. Snapp Itz
e. Erico
f. Value Engineered Products, Inc.
g. Grinnell
3. Roof Equipment Supports:
a. Custom Curb, Inc.
b. Pate Co.
c. Thycurb Div.; Thybar Corp.
d. Vent Products, Inc.
4. Concrete Inserts and Anchors:
a. Unistrut Metal Framing Systems
b. Power-Strut
c. ITW Ramset/Red Head
d. Hilti
e. B-Line
f. Erico
g. Grinnell
2.2 PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORTS:
A. Hangers and support components shall be factory fabricated of materials, design, and
manufacturer complying with MSS SP-69.
1. Components shall have galvanized coatings where installed for piping and
equipment that will not have field-applied finish.
2. Pipe attachments shall have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection where
attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.
B. Adjustable Clevis Hanger: MSS Type.
1. Steel Pipe, size 3/8" thru 30", Type 1.
2. Non-insulated Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 4", Type 1. (PVC Coated)
3. Cast Iron Pipe, size 4" thru 24", Type 1.
C. Adjustable Swivel Ring for Non-insulated Pipe: MSS Type .
1. Steel Pipe, size 1/2" thru 8", Type 7.
2. Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 4", Type 7 (PVC Coated)
D. Pipe Clamps: MSS Type .
1. Steel Pipe, size 3/4" thru 24", Type 8.
2. Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 4", Type 8 (PVC Coated).
E. U Bolts: MSS Type .
1. Steel Pipe, size 1/2" thru 30" Type 24
2. Copper Pipe, size 1/2" thru 8", Type 24 (PVC Coated).
F. Straps: MSS Type 26.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 3
G. Pipe Stanchion Saddle: MSS Type 37.
H. Yoke & Roller Hanger: MSS Type 43
I. Hanger Rods: Continuous threaded steel, sizes as specified.
J. Hangers:
1. Cold Pipes:
a. 1/2" through 1-1/2": Adjustable wrought steel ring.
b. 2" and Over: Adjustable wrought steel clevis.
2. Multiple or Trapeze: Structural steel channel (with web vertical and engineered
for the specific applications), with welded spacers and hanger rods. Provide cast
iron roll and base plate for hot pipe sizes six inches and over. Provide hanger
rods one size larger than for largest pipe in trapeze. If the deflection at center of
trapeze exceeds 1/360 of the distance between the end hangers, install an
additional hanger at mid-span or use a larger channel.
K. Wall Supports for Horizontal Steel Pipe:
1. ½ inch through 4inches: Offset or straight j-hook.
2. 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket Type 31, 32 or 33 and wrought steel
clamp. Provide adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll Type 44 for hot pipe 200
degrees F and over and for sizes six inches and over.
L. Supports for Vertical Pipe: Steel riser clamp. Type 8.
M. Upper Attachments:
1. For attaching hanger rods to structural steel I-beams:
a. Provide adjustable beam clamp, MSS-Type 21. Attach to bottom flange of
beam.
2. For attaching hanger rods to bar joists:
a. When bottom chord is constructed of structural steel angles, provide
square washer. Place hanger rod between backs of the two angles and
support with the washer and dual locking nuts on top of the angles. Spot
weld washer to angles.
b. When bottom chord is constructed of round bars, provide Elcen No. 137
bar joint washer or equal.
2.3 CONCRETE INSERTS AND ANCHORS:
A. Inserts: Case shall be of galvanized carbon steel with square threaded concrete insert
nut for hanger rod connection; top lugs for reinforcing rods, nail holes for attaching to
forms. This type of upper attachment is to be used for all areas having poured in place
concrete construction.
1. Size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods.
B. Provide fasteners attached to concrete ceilings that are vibration and shock resistant.
Provide hangers for piping attached to concrete construction with one of the following
types.
1. Concrete insert per MSS SP 69, Type 18.
2. Powder driven fasteners subject to approval of Architect and Structural Engineer.
Each fastener shall be capable of holding a test load of 1000 pounds whereas
the actual load shall not exceed 50 pounds.
3. Self-drilling expansion shields. The load applied shall not exceed one-fourth the
proof test load required.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 4
4. Machine bolt expansion anchor. The load applied shall not exceed one-fourth
the proof test load required.
C. Anchors: Carbon steel, zinc plated and coated with a clear chromate finish. Installation
shall be in holes drilled with carbide-tipped drill bits or by use of self-drilling anchors.
1. Provide anchors suitable for the location of installation and designed to withstand
all forces and movements acting in the anchor. Manufacture pipe anchors in
accordance with MSS SP 69. Provide a safety factor of four for the anchor
installation.
2.4 SADDLES AND THERMAL SHIELD INSERTS:
A. Protection Saddles: MSS Type 39; fill interior voids with segments of insulation
matching adjoining insulation.
B. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40; 180 degrees arc, galvanized steel, minimum 12
inches long, to prevent crushing of insulation.
C. Thermal Shield Inserts: Provide 100-psi minimum compressive strength, waterproof,
asbestos free calcium silicate, encased with a sheet metal enclosure. Insert and shield
shall cover the entire circumference or the bottom half circumference of the pipe as
required by Part 3 of this Specification, and shall be of length recommended by the
manufacturer for pipe size and thickness of insulation. For cold piping, calcium silicate
shall extend beyond the sheet metal shield to allow overlap of the vapor barrier. Where
piping 4 inches and larger is supported on trapeze or pipe rollers, provide double
thickness shields. For piping 12 inches and over, provide 600 psi calcium silicate
structural insert.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS:
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.
B. Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly
graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix ratio shall be 1.0 part cement to
3.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and
hydration.
C. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required;
weld steel in accordance with AWS standards.
2.6 ROOF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. Match existing installations as installed for the West Wing project.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which supports and anchors are to be installed.
Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner
acceptable to Installer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 5
3.2 PREPARATION:
A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building
structural work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed. Correct
inadequacies including (but not limited to) proper placement of inserts, anchors and
other building structural attachments. Review Structural Drawings to obtain structural
support limitations.
B. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors and associated work, Installer shall
meet at project site with Contractor, installer of each component of associated work,
inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), installers of other work requiring
coordination with work of this section and Architect/Engineer for purpose of reviewing
material selections and procedures to be followed in performing the work in compliance
with requirements specified. Provide Shop Drawing showing method and support
locations from structure.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS:
A. Install building attachments within concrete or on structural steel. Space attachments
within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional
attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers,
expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before
concrete is placed; fasten insert to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength
less than 2500 psi is indicated, install reinforcing bars through openings at top of
inserts.
B. Existing Construction:
1. In existing concrete construction, drill into concrete slab and insert and tighten
expansion anchor bolt. Connect anchor bolt to hanger rod. Care must be taken
in existing concrete construction not to sever reinforcement rods or tension wires.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from
building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of
horizontal piping to be supported together on field fabricated, heavy-duty trapeze
hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacings complying with MSS
SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is supported together by trapeze hangers, space
hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe.
Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from
other piping.
B. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers and other accessories.
C. Support fire-water piping independently from other piping systems.
D. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, to permit
freedom of movement between pipe anchors, to facilitate action of expansion joints,
expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units and within 1'-0" of each horizontal
elbow.
E. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and
stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
F. Install horizontal hydronic and steam piping with the following minimum rod sizes and
maximum spacing:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 6
SIZE (NPS) MAX. SPAN IN FEET MIN. ROD SIZE-INCHES
Steel Copper
1 7 6 3/8
1-1/2 9 8 3/8
2 10 8 3/8
3 12 10 1/2
4 14 12 5/8
5 16 13 5/8
6 17 14 3/4
G. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31.9 Building Services Piping Code is not
exceeded.
H. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements.
1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps
projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31.
2. Saddles: Install Protection saddles where supported by pipe rollers. Fill interior
voids with segments of insulation that match adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Shields: Install galvanized steel protection shields, on all insulated piping 2
inches and less, except where required to be clamped. Where necessary to
prevent dislocation, strap shield to pipe with wire ties or "Zip Strips".
4. Thermal Inserts: Provide thermal shield inserts at all supports for all insulated
piping over 2 inches and for all piping required to be clamped. Provide 180
percent inserts at clevis and roller hangers. Provide 360 percent inserts for all
trapeze and clamped supports.
I. Install medical gas piping hangers with the following maximum spacing.
1. 1/2" Pipe Size: 6' O.C.
2. 3/4" Pipe Size: 7' O.C., 1" pipe size: 8'
3. 1-1/4" or Larger Pipe Size: 9' O.C.
4. 1-1/2" and larger: 10'
5. Vertical Piping: Every floor level.
J. Support horizontal cast iron pipe as follows:
1. Hub & Spigot: All sizes.
a. 10 ft. max spacing: min of one (1) hanger per pipe section close to joint on
the barrel. Also at change of direction and branch connections.
b. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each story height and at its base. Secure
vertical hub and spigot pipe immediately below the hub.
c. Use hanger rods same size as for steel pipe.
2. No-Hub: All sizes
a. With Clamp-All and Anaheim Series 4000 stainless steel couplings and
MG cast iron couplings: one hanger to each joint.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 7
b. With all other stainless steel band type couplings: one hanger to each
side of joint.
c. Support all horizontal cast iron pipe within 18 inches of each joint and with
5 feet maximum spacing between hangers, except that pipe exceeding 5
feet in length shall be supported at intervals no greater than 10 feet.
d. Use hanger rods same size as for steel pipe.
e. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each story height and at its base.
Support vertical no-hub pipe so that the weight is carried from the pipe to
the support and not from the joint to the support.
K. Place a hanger within one foot of each horizontal elbow.
L. Use hangers which are vertically adjustable 1-1/2 inch minimum after piping is erected.
M. Support vertical steel and copper piping at every story height but at not more than 15
foot intervals for steel and 10 feet for copper.
N. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide trapeze
hangers.
O. Where practical, support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.
P. Each pipe drop to equipment shall be adequately supported. All supporting lugs or
guides shall be securely anchored to the building structure.
Q. Securely anchor and support plumbing domestic water piping in chases or walls. Use
factory manufactured clamps and brackets connected to fixture s, waste/vent piping or
brackets connected to studs. Wires or straps will not be permitted.
1. When copper supplies are connected to flush valves, support the tubing by the
studs or by a fixture, not by clamping to waste/vent piping.
2. Prevent copper tubes from making contact with steel brackets using fire retardant
polyethylene inserts or other dielectric insulating material. Duct tape shall not be
used.
R. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
the following:
1. In the event a self-drilling expansion shield or machine bolt expansion shield is
considered to have been installed improperly, the Contractor shall make an
acceptable replacement or demonstrate the stability of the anchor by performing
an on-site test under which the anchor will be subjected to a load equal to twice
the actual load.
2. Powder-driven fasteners may be used only where they will be concealed after the
construction is complete. Where an occasional fastener appears to be
improperly installed, additional fastener(s) shall be driven nearby (not closer than
6 inches) in undisturbed concrete. Where it is considered that many fasteners
are improperly installed, the Contractor shall test load any 50 successively driven
fasteners. If 10 percent or more of these fasteners fail, the Contractor shall
utilize other fastening means as approved and at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. Hangers for piping and ducts shall be attached to cellular steel floor decks with
steel plates and bolted rod conforming to the steel deck manufacturer's
requirements. Where the individual hanger load exceeds the capacity of a single
floor deck attachment, steel angles, beams or channels shall be provided to span
the number of floor deck attachments required.
4. Welding may be used for securing hangers to steel structural members. Welded
attachments shall be designed so that the fiber stress at any point of the weld or
attachment will not exceed the fiber stress in the hanger rod.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 8
3.5 INSTALLATION OF ANCHORS:
A. Install anchors at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted
by ANSI B31.9, and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected
equipment.
B. Fabricate and install anchor by welding steel shapes, plates and bars to piping and to
structure. Comply with ANSI B31.9 and with AWS Standards D1.1.
C. Where expansion compensators are indicated, install anchors in accordance with
expansion unit manufacturer's written instructions, to control movement to
compensators.
D. Anchor Spacings: Where not otherwise indicated, install anchors at ends of principal
pipe-runs, at intermediate points in pipe-runs between expansion loops and bends.
Make provisions for preset of anchors as required to accommodate both expansion and
contraction of piping. Provide shop drawing for review by Engineer.
3.6 SHEET METAL DUCT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:
A. Provide in accordance with SMACNA HVAC duct construction standards.
B. Additional Hanger Requirements:
1. 2" to 24" from flexible connections of fans.
2. 2" to 24" from the outlets or flexible connections of VAV control units or mixing
boxes.
3. 12" to 36" from the main duct to the first hanger of long branch ducts.
4. 2" to 12" from the ends of all branch ducts and linear diffuser plenums.
5. 2" to 24" from fire damper break-away joints.
6. Hangers at throat and heal of round or square elbows 48" or greater in width.
3.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. Fabricate structural steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or support
equipment above floor.
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for piping and equipment.
C. Concrete bases for the mechanical equipment indoors or outdoors will be provided by
the General Contractor only if shown on the architectural or structural drawings.
Otherwise, all bases shall be provided by this Contractor.
D. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper size and location of all bases and
shall furnish all required anchor bolts and sleeves. If bases are provided by the
General Contractor, furnish him with templates showing the bolt locations.
E. Equipment shall be secured to the bases with anchor bolts of ample size. Bolts shall
have bottom plates and pipe sleeves and shall be securely imbedded in the concrete.
All machinery shall be grouted under the entire bearing surface. After grout has set, all
wedges, shims and jack bolts shall be removed and the space filled with non-shrinking
grout. This Contractor shall provide lead washers at all equipment anchor bolts.
F. Construct equipment supports above floor of structural steel members or steel pipe and
fittings. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure.
G. Provide rigid anchors for ducts and pipes immediately after vibration connections to
equipment. See also Section 23 05 48.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECH
PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0529 - 9
3.8 PREFABRICATED ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS:
A. Equipment Bases:
1. Equipment base shall be solid top combination equipment base with integral duct
curb and stepped cant to match roof insulation. Base shall pitch to match roof
pitch and provide level unit installation.
2. Base shall be constructed of reinforced 18 gauge galvanized steel with all welded
components, full mitered corners, factory installed 1-1/2 inches thick rigid
fiberglass insulation, wood nailer, and galvanized steel counter- flashing. Base
shall be shipped as one piece.
B. Equipment Rails:
1. Equipment rail shall be constructed of 18 gauge galvanized steel shell, base
plate, and counterflashing with factory installed wood nailer, fully mitered end
sections, stepped cant to match roof insulation. Rails shall pitch to match roof
pitch and provide level installation.
C. All supports shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.9 METAL FABRICATION:
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for pipe anchors and equipment
supports. Install and align fabricated anchors in indicated locations.
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that
cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures of manual shielded metal-arc
welding, appearance and quality of welds made, methods used in correcting welding
work, and the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and
contours at welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.10 ADJUSTING:
A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to
achieve indicated slope of pipe. Cut off the bottom of threaded rods so they are no
more than one rod diameter below the bottom nut.
B. Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection of anchors and supports, clean field
welds and abraded areas of shop paint and paint exposed areas with same material as
used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA-1 requirements for touch-up of
field-painted surfaces.
C. For galvanized surfaces clean welds bolted connections and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 23 0529
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 1
SECTION 23 0548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING &
EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of vibration control work required by this section is indicated on drawings and
schedules, and/or specified in other Division-23 sections.
1. All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted or in the specification
shall be mounted on vibration isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration
and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators
shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce
reasonably uniform deflections.
2. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with codes, component
manufacturer's and building construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs
between the manufacturers or construction standards, the most stringent shall
apply.
3. Any variance or non-compliance with these specification requirements shall be
corrected by the contractor in an approved manner.
4. Seismic restraints and bracing are not required within the scope area of the
central wing.
B. The work in this section includes, but is not limited to the following:
1. Vibration isolation for piping, ductwork and equipment.
2. Equipment isolation bases.
3. Flexible piping connections.
4. Restraints for isolated equipment.
5. All mechanical and electrical systems (installed by Division 23, e.g., Temperature
Controls). Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services
through the foundation wall is included. Equipment referred to below is typical.
(Equipment not listed is still included in this specification).
Air Distrib.Boxes Ductwork
Control Panels Fans (All types)
Cable Trays Conduit
Piping Var. Freq. Drives (including isolation transformers)
6. Fire protection systems are excluded from this section; see under separate fire
protection sections.
C. Vibration control products furnished as integral part of factory-fabricated equipment
shall comply with the requirements of this section.
D. For additional and supplemental requirements, refer to other Division 23 sections for
equipment foundations; hangers; sealants; gaskets; requirements of electrical
connections to equipment isolated on vibration control products; requirements of duct
connections to air handling equipment isolated on vibration control products.
E. Definitions
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 2
1. Life Safety Systems:
a. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire
pumps, jockey pumps, fire pump control panels, service water supply
piping, water tanks, fire dampers and smoke exhaust systems. See
separate section(s) for fire protection requirements.
b. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply
including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flowpaths
to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems.
c. All medical and life support systems.
d. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air
handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc.
e. All life safety equipment has an asterisk on the equipment schedule.
2. Positive Attachment:
a. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge
anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a
welded or bolted connection to structure. Single sided "C" type beam
clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, fire protection,
electrical conduit, bus duct, or cable trays, or any other equipment are not
acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points.
3. Transverse Bracing:
a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the center line of the
pipe, duct or conduit.
4. Longitudinal Bracing:
a. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe,
duct or conduit.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of vibration and
seismic control products, of type, size, and capacity required, whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
1. Except as otherwise indicated, vibration and seismic control products shall be
obtained from single manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer.
2. Engage manufacturer to provide technical supervision of installation of support
isolation and seismic units produced, and of associated inertia bases (if any).
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
instructions for each type of vibration and seismic control product. Submit schedule
showing size, type, deflection, and location for each product furnished.
1. Include data for each type and size of unit, showing specific restraints, isolation
efficiency, stiffness, natural frequency and transmissibility at lowest operating
speed of equipment detailing compliance with the specification.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 3
2. For spring units, show wire size, spring diameter, free height, solid-compression
height, operating height, fatigue characteristics, ratio of horizontal to vertical
stiffness and bases of spring-rated selection for range of loading weights.
3. Detailed schedules of flexible and rigidly mounted equipment, showing vibration
isolators by referencing numbered descriptive drawings.
4. Include performance certifications from manufacturers.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating
dimensions, weights, required clearances, and method of assembly of components.
Detail bases, and show location of equipment anchoring points and seismic restraints
coordinated with equipment manufacturer's shop drawings.
1. Shop drawings showing structural design and details of inertia bases, steel beam
bases and other custom-fabricated work not covered by manufacturer's
submitted data.
a. Furnish templates, anchor bolts and sleeve for equipment bases,
foundations and other support systems for coordination of vibration
isolation control units with other work.
b. Provide all details of suspension and support for ceiling hung equipment.
c. Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for
restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts,
conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is
accepted for installation. Submittals shall include riser diagrams and
calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each
support point, initial and final loads on the building structure, spring
deflection changes and loads. Submittal data shall include certification
that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that
none will exist in the proposed design.
d. Provide specific details of restraints and anchors; include number, size
and locations for each piece of equipment.
2. Submit shop drawings indicating scope of vibration isolation work and locations
of units and flexible connections. Include support isolation points for piping and
ductwork including risers and inertia bases.
a. Include schedule of units, showing size or manufacturer's part number,
and weight supported and resulting deflection of each unit.
C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data for each type of vibration control product.
Include this data, product data and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in
accordance with requirements of Divisions 23.
1.4 CODE AND STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:
A. Applicable Codes and Standards
1. The International Building Code (IBC) as published by the International Code
Committee.
2. All State and Local Codes.
3. ASHRAE HVAC Applications Handbook Sound and Vibration Control.
4. SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 4
1.5 MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY:
A. Manufacturer of vibration isolation control equipment shall have the following
responsibilities:
1. Determine vibration isolation sizes and locations.
2. Provide vibration isolation as scheduled or specified.
3. Provide calculations and materials if required for restraint of un-isolated
equipment.
4. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to insure
proper installation and performance.
1.6 RELATED WORK:
A. Supplementary Support Steel
1. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for al equipment, piping,
ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified.
B. Attachments
1. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads,
concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the
requirements of the vibration vendor's calculations.
1.7 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA:
A. Seismic Design Category for this project is Category C.
B. Seismic restraints and bracing are not required within the scope area of the
central wing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by:
1. Vibration Control Products:
a. Mason Industries, Inc.
b. Amber/Booth Company
c. Vibration Eliminator Company
B. Alternate Manufacturer: All vibration isolators described in this section shall be the
product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industry's products are the basis of these
specifications; products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems
strictly comply with the specification and have been reviewed by the Engineer.
Submittals and certification sheets shall be in accordance with Section 1.3.
C. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any
attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation
greater than 1/8 inch and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater than 1/4 inch.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 5
2.2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS:
A. Vibration Isolators - The following product descriptions are listed by a number which is
used as the identifier for the vibration isolation and seismic control schedule.
1. Two layers of ¾ inch thick neoprene pad consisting of 2 inches square waffle
modules separated horizontally by a 16 gauge galvanized shim. Load
distribution plates shall be used as required. Pads shall be equal to Type Super
"W" as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
2. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.2
inches and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile
iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements.
The elements shall prevent the central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from
contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene
materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing specifications. Mountings shall
have an Anchorage Preapproval "R: Number from OSHPD in the State of
California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings.
Mountings shall be equal to Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
3. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by
assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel
sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the
neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the
bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside
neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so
tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in 3 planes.
Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where
applicable. All neoprene shall be bridge bearing quality. Bushing assemblies
shall be equal to type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
4. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The bushing shall
surround the anchor bolt and have a flat washer face to avoid metal to metal
contact. Neoprene bushings shall be equal to type HG as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.
5. Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing
and complete with a molded neoprene cup or ¼ inch neoprene acoustical friction
pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling
bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no
less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall
have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 percent of the rated
deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed
spring height and solid spring height. Mountings shall be equal to Type SLF as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
6. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in
Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent
spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking
during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after adjustment. Installed and
operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of ½ inch shall be maintained
around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to
interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal
operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an
internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces.
Mountings shall have Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the
state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load
ratings. Mountings shall be equal to SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries,
Inc.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 6
7. Not Used
8. Not Used
9. Not Used
10. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1-1/4 inches thick
neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in
Specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom.
The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting
through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as
clevis hangers nor the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring
diameters and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the
hanger rod to swing through a 30 degrees capability. Hangers shall be equal to
Type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
11. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be pre-compressed and
locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic up-stop to keep the
piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be
designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is
complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly
indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a drawing of the hanger
showing the 30 degrees capability. Hangers shall be equal to Type PC30N as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
12. Steel angles, sized to prevent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment
rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location
when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Rod clamp
assemblies shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in
the state of California. Rod clamp assemblies shall be equal to Type SRC as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
13. Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be
special purpose preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts
passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage
Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California. Clevis cross
brace shall be equal to Type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
14. All-directional snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by
a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing
shall be replaceable and a minimum of ¼ inch thick. Rated loadings shall not
exceed 1000 psi. A minimum air gap of 1/8 inch shall be incorporated in the
snubber design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and
resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be removable to allow inspection of
internal clearances. Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short
circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage
Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the
maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubber shall be equal to
Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
15. All directional snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by
shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing specification.
Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of ¾ inch thick.
Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi. Snubbers shall be manufactured with
an air gap between hard and resilient material of not less than 1/8 inch nor more
than ¼ inch. Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances. The
capacity of the snubber at 3/8 inch deflection shall be equal or greater than the
load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by
the applicable "G" force. Submittals shall include the load deflection curves up to
½ inch deflection in the x, y and z planes. Snubbers shall have an anchorage
preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 7
maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. Snubbers shall be equal
to series Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
16. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from
undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall
also have a safety shoulder which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The
stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O.
Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. Drill-in stud wedge anchors
shall be equal to Type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
17. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment
can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be
manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully
support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an
evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O. Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying to
its allowable loads. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be equal to type SAB as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
18. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases.
Rectangular bases are preferred for all equipment. Centrifugal refrigeration
machines and pump bases may be T or L shaped where space is a problem.
Pump bases for split case pump shall include supports for suction and discharge
elbows. All perimeter members shall be steel beams with a minimum depth
equal to 1/10 of the longest dimension of the base. Base depth need not exceed
14 inches provided that the deflection and misalignment is kept within acceptable
limits as determined by the manufacturer. Height saving brackets shall be
employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance of 1 inch. Bases
shall be equal to Type WF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
19. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel concrete pouring
forms for floating and inertia foundations. Bases for split case pumps shall be
large enough to provide for suction and discharge elbow. Bases shall be a
minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6 inches.
The base depth need not exceed 12 inches unless specifically recommended by
the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum
concrete reinforcing consisting of ½ inch bars welded in place on 6 inches
centers running both ways in a layer 1-1/2 inch above the bottom. Forms shall
be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolts sleeves and anchors
while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all
mounting locations to maintain a 1 inch clearance below the base. Wooden
formed bases leaving a concrete rather than a steel finish are not acceptable.
Base shall be equal to Type BMK or K as manufactured by Mason Industries,
Inc.
20. Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs.
The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing adjustable
and removable steel springs that support the upper floating section. The upper
frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so
as to resiliently resist wind. All directional neoprene snubber bushing shall be a
minimum of ¼ inch thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on ¼
inch thick neoprene acoustical pads. Hardware must be plated and the springs
provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a
continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs
waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows. All spring locations
shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers. Lower curbs shall
have provision for 2 inches of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to contain
the rooftop unit. The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the
lower Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage
preapproval "R" from OSHPD in the state of California attesting to the maximum
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 8
certified horizontal and vertical load rating. Curb shall be equal to Type RSC as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
21. Flexible spherical expansion joints shall employ peroxide cured U.V. resistant
EPDM in the covers, liners and Dacron tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall
be used within the raised face rubber ends to prevent pullout. Flexible cable
bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2 inches and larger shall have two spheres
reinforced with a ring between spheres to maintain shape and complete with split
ductile iron or steel flanges with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16inches to
24inches may be single sphere. Sizes ¾ inch to 1-1/2 inches may have threaded
bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. 14inches and smaller
connectors shall be rated at 250 psi up to 190 degrees F with a uniform drop in
allowable pressure to 190 psi at 250 degrees F. 16 inches and larger connectors
are rated 180 psi at 190 degrees F and 135 psi at 250 degrees F. Safety factors
to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. All joints must have
permanent markings verifying a 5 minute factory test at twice the rated pressure.
Concentric reducers to the above specifications may be substituted for equal
ended expansion joints.
22. Expansion joints shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the
expansion joints under pressure. Control rods shall be used in unanchored
piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the
pressure requirement without control rods. If control rods are used, they must
have ½ inch thick neoprene washer bushings large enough in area to take the
thrust at 1000 psi maximum on the washer area. Expansion joints shall be
installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves.
23. Submittals shall include two test reports by independent consultants showing
minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound
pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product
by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the
equipment side of the shut off valves. Expansion joints shall be equal to
SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
24. Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and carbon steel
fittings. Sizes 3 inch and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male
nipples. Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated:
Flanged Male Nipples
3 x 14 10 x 26 1/2 x 9 1-1/2 x 13
4 x 15 12 x 28 3/4 x 10 2 x 14
5 x 19 14 x 30 1 x 11 2-1/2 x 18
6 x 20 16 x 32 1-1/4 x 12
8 x 22
25. Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally
and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever possible. Hoses shall be equal to
Type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
26. All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing
separated by a minimum ½ inch thick 60 durometer neoprene. Vertical restraint
shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either
direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi
and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. All-
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 9
directional anchors shall be equal to Type ADA as manufactured by Mason
Industries, Inc.
27. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing
separated by a minimum ½ inch thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The
height of the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due
to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable
to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of ± 1-5/8 inch
motion, or to meet location requirements. Pipe guides shall be equal to Type
VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
28. Split Wall Seals consist of two bolted pipe halves with minimum ¾ inch thick
neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal shall be tightened around
the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping.
Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or
ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction
of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of 1 inch past either face
of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240 degrees F, 10# density fiberglass
may be used in lieu of the sponge. Seals shall be equal to Type SWS as
manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc.
29. The horizontal thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a
neoprene molded cup as described in Specification 5 with the same deflection as
specified for the mountings or hangers. The spring element shall be designed so
it can be preset for thrust at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a
maximum of ¼ inch movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be
furnished with 1 rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the equipment
and the duct work or the equipment and the structure. Horizontal restraints shall
be attached at the centerline of thrust and symmetrical on either side of the unit.
Horizontal thrust restraints shall be equal to Type WBI/WBD as manufactured by
Mason Industries, Inc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which vibration control units are to be installed.
Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PERFORMANCE OF ISOLATORS:
A. General: Comply with minimum static deflections recommended by ASHRAE, for
selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units as indicated.
B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with
manufacturer's recommendations for selection and application of vibration isolation
materials and units to achieve minimum static deflection and displacement
requirements.
3.3 APPLICATIONS:
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, select vibration control products in accordance
with ASHRAE Handbook, 1995 HVAC Applications Volume, Chapter 43 "Sound and
Vibration Control", Table 42 Chapter 40 for Seismic Restraint Design.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 10
3.4 GENERAL:
A. Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation
and load application to vibration isolation materials and units. Adjust to ensure that
units do not exceed rated operating deflections or bottom out under loading, and are not
short-circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space blocks and similar
devices (if any) intended for temporary protection against overloading during
installation.
B. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and all certified submittal data.
C. Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of
position of equipment, piping or duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment.
D. No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that
degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified.
E. The contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which makes rigid
connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. "Building" includes, but is
not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls.
F. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building.
G. Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping
due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the
architect's/engineer's attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by
conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible contractor's expense.
H. Bring to the architect's/engineer's attention any discrepancies between the
specifications and the field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment
selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after
installation shall be at the responsible contractor's expense.
I. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed defective in
workmanship and materials at the contractor's expense.
J. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of
equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of record for
approval. Generally bracing may occur from:
1. Flanges of structural beams.
2. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction.
3. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors.
K. Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short-circuiting
the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit.
L. Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems.
Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached
systems only.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 11
M. At locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must
be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with Specification 14 braces.
N. At all locations where Specification 12 or 13 restraints are attached to pipe clevis's, the
clevis cross bolt must be reinforces with specification type 15 braces.
O. Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be Specification Type 18,
and Specification Type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment.
P. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required.
Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project.
Q. Install units between substrate and equipment as required for secure operation and to
prevent displacement by normal forces.
R. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints maybe used when pipe sizes exceed 24 inches
or specified movements exceed Specification 23 capabilities.
S. Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation
manufacturer shall provide Specification 27 wall seals.
T. Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive
displacement which results from high air thrust in relation to the equipment weight.
Horizontal thrust restraint shall be Specification Type 28.
U. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible.
V. Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto isolators. Shim
units as required where substrate is not level.
W. Install inertia base frames on isolator units so that minimum of 1inch clearance below
base will result when frame is filled with concrete and supported equipment has been
installed and loaded for operation.
X. For air handling equipment, install thrust restraints as indicated, and also wherever
thrust exceeds 10 percent of equipment weight.
Y. Weld riser isolator units in place as required to prevent displacement from loading and
operations.
Z. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Install on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and
parallel to equipment shafts wherever possible.
3.5 EXAMINATION OF RELATED WORK:
A. Installer of vibration isolation work shall observe installation of other work related to
vibration isolation work, including work connected to vibration isolation work; and, after
completion of other related work (but before equipment startup), shall furnish written
report to Engineer listing observed inadequacies for proper operation and performance
of vibration isolation work. Report shall cover, but not necessarily be limited to the
following:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 12
1. Equipment installations (performed as work of other sections) on vibration
isolators.
2. Piping connections including flexible connections.
3. Ductwork connections including provisions for flexible connections.
4. Passage of piping and ductwork which is to be isolated through walls and floors.
B. Do not start-up equipment until inadequacies have been corrected.
3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Clean each vibration control unit, and verify that each is working freely, and that there is
no dirt or debris in immediate vicinity of unit that could possibly short- circuit unit
isolation.
3.7 DEFLECTION MEASUREMENTS:
A. Upon completion of vibration isolation work, prepare report showing measured
equipment deflections theoretical floor deflection and isolation efficiency for each major
item of equipment.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP
23 0548 - 13
PART 4 - SCHEDULES
4.1 EQUIPMENT ISOLATOR SCHEDULE:
VIBRATION ISOLATION AND/OR SEISMIC
RESTRAINT
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SPECIFICATION STATIC
DEFLECTION
END OF SECTION 23 0548
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1
SECTION 23 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of identification
devices of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field,
colors, and viewing angles of identification devices.
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
instructions for each identification material and device required.
B. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced
on 8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system
abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), size of valve, and
variations for identification (if any). Only tag valves which are intended for emergency
shut-off and similar special uses, such as valve to isolate individual system risers,
individual floor branches or building system shut off valves. In addition to mounted
copies, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals as specified in Division 23.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
B. Mechanical Identification:
1. Allen Systems, Inc.
2. Brady (W.H.) Co.; Signmark Div.
3. Brimar Industries, Inc.
4. Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc.
5. Seton Name Plate Corp.
6. PVC Specialties
7. Marking Systems, Inc. (MSI)
2.2 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS:
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required
for each application as referenced in other Division 23 sections. Where more than
single type is specified for application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single
selection for each product category.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1
2.3 PAINTED IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS:
A. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter
sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping or to match
existing size in existing building, but not less than 1-1/4" high letters for ductwork and
not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions.
B. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise
indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade.
C. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated or, if not
otherwise indicated comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors or to match existing building
standard identification.
2.4 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS:
A. Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid snap-on,
color-coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.
B. Insulation: Furnish 1 inch thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic
pipe marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subjected to fluid temperatures of 125
degrees F. (52 degrees C.) or greater. Cut length to extend 2inches beyond each end
of plastic pipe marker.
C. Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6 inches (including insulation if any),
provide full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location,
fastened by one of the following methods:
1. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
2. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
3/4inch wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2inch.
D. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6inches and larger (including insulation if any),
provide either full-band or strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter
height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods:
1. Steel spring or non-metallic fasteners.
2. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
1-1/2inches wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3inches.
3. Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi- rigid type, with
manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands.
E. Lettering: Comply with piping system nomenclature as specified, scheduled, shown, or
to match existing building lettering nomenclature system and abbreviate only as
necessary for each application length.
F. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally
with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as separate
unit of plastic.
2.5 PLASTIC DUCT MARKERS:
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, duct markers.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1
B. For hazardous exhausts, use colors and designs recommended by ANSI A13.1.
C. Nomenclature: Include the following:
1. Direction of air flow.
2. Duct service (supply, return, exhaust, etc.)
2.6 PLASTIC TAPE:
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive
(self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick.
B. Width: Provide 1-1/2inches wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters
(including insulation, if any) of less than 6inches, 2-1/2inches wide tape for larger pipes.
C. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated.
2.7 VALVE TAGS:
A. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 19-gage polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved
piping system abbreviation in 1/4inch high letters and sequenced valve numbers
1/2inch high, and with 5/32inch hole for fastener.
1. Provide 1-1/2inch diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated.
2. Fill tag engraving with black enamel.
OR
B. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or
beaded type), and solid brass S- hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of
tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
C. Access Panel Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard 1/16 inch thick engraved
plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding
to concealed valve. Include 1/8 inch center hole to allow attachment.
2.8 VALVE SCHEDULE FRAMES:
A. General: For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws
for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or
extruded aluminum, with non-glare type sheet glass.
2.9 ENGRAVED PLASTIC-LAMINATE SIGNS:
A. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS
L-P-387, in the sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver's standard
letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, black with white core (letter color) except
as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive
mounting is necessary because of substrate.
B. Thickness: 1/16 inch, except as otherwise indicated.
C. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent
adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1
2.10 PLASTICIZED TAGS:
A. General: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed or partially pre-printed
accident-prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matt finish suitable for writing,
approximately 3-1/4inch x 5-5/8 inch, with brass grommets and wire fasteners, and with
appropriate pre-printed wording including large- size primary wording (as examples;
DANGER, CAUTION, DO NOT OPERATE).
2.11 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS:
A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical
identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified, scheduled and
approved by the Owner/Engineer. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated
and approved by the Owner/Engineer for proper identification and operation/
maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment.
B. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and
specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as designated
on the drawings or schedule as well as service.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation,
painting or other covering or finish including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces,
install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior
to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment.
3.2 DUCTWORK IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Identify air supply, return, exhaust, intake and relief ductwork and duct access
doors with duct markers; or provide stenciled signs and arrows, showing ductwork
service and direction of flow, in black or white (whichever provides most contrast with
ductwork color). Existing building identification shall match the existing method which
exists in the building.
B. Location: In each space where ductwork is exposed, or concealed only by removable
ceiling system, locate signs near points where ductwork originates or continues into
concealed enclosures (shaft, underground or similar concealment), and at 50 foot
spacing along exposed runs.
C. Access Doors: Provide duct markers or stenciled signs on each access door in
ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment), other
maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural
information.
D. Concealed Doors: Where access doors are concealed above acoustical ceilings or
similar concealment, plasticized tags may be installed for identification in lieu of
specified signs, at Installer's option.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1
3.3 PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Install pipe markers of the following type on each system indicated to receive
identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow. Existing building
identification shall match the existing method which exists in the building.
B. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this
section. Install on pipe insulation segment where required for hot non-insulated pipes.
C. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in
occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels,
plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations.
D. Near each valve and control device.
E. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each
pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern.
F. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter
non-accessible enclosures.
G. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed
piping.
H. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
I. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 25 feet along each piping run, except
reduce spacing to 15' in congested areas of piping and equipment.
J. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.
3.4 VALVE IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Provide valve tag on valves in each piping system. List each tagged valve in
valve schedule for each piping system.
1. Building services main shut-off valves.
2. Each individual system main shut-off valves.
3. Each individual system riser shut-off valves.
4. Each individual system floor shut-off valves.
5. Each individual system major branch shut-off valves.
B. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in mechanical equipment rooms where
directed by Architect/Owner/Engineer.
C. Where more than one major mechanical equipment room is shown for project, install
mounted valve schedule in each major mechanical equipment room, and repeat only
main valves which are to be operated in conjunction with operations of more than single
mechanical equipment room.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIP 23 0553 - 1
3.5 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Install minimum 2 inch x 4 inch engraved plastic laminate equipment marker
on each individual items of mechanical equipment. Provide marker for the following
general categories of equipment.
1. Main building systems control and operating valves, including safety devices and
hazardous units such as gas outlets.
2. Room thermostats, except gun tag labels are acceptable for room thermostats.
3. Fuel-burning units including boilers, furnaces, heaters, stills and absorption
chillers.
4. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers and similar motor-driven units.
5. Heat exchangers, cooling towers, heat recovery units and similar equipment.
6. Fans and blowers.
7. Air terminal units.
8. Tanks and pressure vessels.
9. Water treatment systems and similar equipment.
B. Lettering Size: Minimum 1/4 inch high lettering for name of unit.
C. Text of Signs: In addition to the identified unit, inform operator of operational
requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and
improper operations.
3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Adjusting: Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually
blocked by work of this division or other divisions.
B. Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts.
END OF SECTION 23 0553
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 1
SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. This section covers testing and balancing of environmental systems described herein
and specified under Division 23. The testing and balancing of all environmental
systems shall be the responsibility of one Testing, Balancing and Adjusting firm.
1. Test, adjust and balance the following mechanical systems and the mechanical
equipment associated with these systems:
a. General Systems and Equipment Procedures.
b. Air Side Systems and Equipment
1) Supply/Return Air Systems
2) General Exhaust/Supply Fans
3) Air Handling Units
4) General Exhaust Systems
5) Service Hood Exhaust Systems
c. Hydronic Systems and Equipment
1) Heating water systems
2) Hydronic coils
3) Radiators
d. Plumbing
1) General
e. Steam Systems and Equipment
1) General
2) Humidification systems and equipment
f. Electrical Components
1) Manual and magnetic starters
2) Variable frequency drives
g. Control Systems and Equipment
1) General
h. Life Safety Systems and Equipment
1) Fire/smoke dampers and detection systems
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 2
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONTRACTOR:
A. The Mechanical Contractor shall procure the services of an independent testing and
balancing agency specializing in the testing, adjusting and balancing of environmental
systems to perform the above mentioned work. An independent contractor is defined as
an organization that is not engaged in engineering design or is not a division of a
mechanical contractor entity, which installs mechanical systems.
B. The actual fieldwork shall be performed by qualified technicians who are currently
certified by the Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Bureau (TABB), the National
Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), or the Associated Air Balance Council
(AABC) certification agencies.
C. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall have a minimum of three years experience in
testing and balancing mechanical systems.
D. The Test & Balance Contractor shall have previous experience in testing and balancing
variable air volume laboratory fume hood systems in the last two years. Qualification
submission must include a detailed resume describing past project experience in
laboratory variable air volume systems, a list of projects, including peoples’ names,
phone numbers and addresses of references.
1.3 APPROVAL OF CONTRACTOR:
A. The following firms are preferred contractors to complete the work. Any Testing and
Balancing firm desiring to offer their services for this work and who are not listed below,
shall submit their qualifications to the Architect, not less than seven (7) working days
before the bid date. Approval or disapproval will be given on each request and this
action will be given in writing prior to bidding the work.
1. Complete Mechanical Balancing
2. JPG Engineering
3. Griffith Engineering
4. Lawrence H. Finn & Assoc.
5. TAB Services, Inc.
6. Blackstone Test & Balance (Southern Colorado)
7. Superior Balancing and Commissioning
8. JEDI Balancing
B. Firms who are not listed, or who have not received prior approval shall not be approved
to complete work on this project.
1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS:
A. ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, Applications Volume, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
Chapter.
B. NEBB: “Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental
Systems.”
C. SMACNA: “HVAC Systems-Testing, Adjusting & Balancing.”
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 3
1.5 PRELIMINARY SUBMITTALS:
A. Within ten (10) days of award of the contract the Mechanical Contractor shall submit the
name of the Test and Balance Contractor who will be performing the work. The
submittal shall include a complete list of all technicians who will be performing the field
work and include a photocopy of their current certification by either NEBB, AABC, or
TABB certification agencies. Only those technicians included in the submittal shall
perform the work. Any personnel or staff used to perform the work without prior
approval of the Engineer, who are not included in the submittal, shall be grounds for
rejecting the test and balance report and the project in whole.
B. Meet all requirements of Section 230500 as applicable.
C. Submit a list of all instrumentation to be used on an individual project and include
calibration dates. Submit calibration curves. If more than one instrument of a similar
type is used, a comparison of individual readings should be made. The variation
between instrument readings should not exceed plus or minus 5%.
1.6 FINAL REPORTS:
A. Refer to Division 1 for supplemental requirements.
B. The Testing and Balancing Contractor shall submit six (6) bound copies of the final
testing and balancing report at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to substantial
completion, unless noted otherwise in Division 1. Report contents shall be per Part 3 of
this Section.
C. Meet all requirements of Section 23 05 00 as applicable.
D. If more than two reports are made by the contractor, the Owner reserves the right to
charge the contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees
shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the contractor.
1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Notify Contractor/Engineer/Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper
completion of the test and balance work. Provide the Contractor/Architect/Engineer
with a copy of the notification.
B. Prepare a project schedule. Schedule shall indicate critical path of the balancing
process and shall incorporate both requirements of other contractors necessary to meet
test and balance commitments and process flow of test and balance work. Coordinate
with general and mechanical contractors and insert critical steps into project master
schedule.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 BELTS, SHEAVES, IMPELLERS:
A. Refer to specific equipment sections and Section 23 05 00 for additional requirements.
B. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall coordinate with the Mechanical Contractor to
supply correctly sized drive belts and sheeves. Impellers shall be trimmed or replaced
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 4
by the mechanical contractor and shall be correctly re-sized and coordinated by the
Test and Balancing Contractor per the hydronic systems and equipment portion of this
section.
C. The Test & Balance Contractor shall determine the fan belt and sheeve replacement
necessary for final balance condition for specified air quantity when the VFD is
operating in the by-pass mode for final field conditions, without placing the motor over
its nameplate amp rating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES:
A. Testing and balancing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full
working order and the following project conditions have been determined suitable for
start of work.
1. Preliminary Testing & Balancing Contractor requirements shall be ascertained
prior to the commencement of work through a review of the project plans and
specifications. In addition, visual observations at the site during construction
shall be made to determine the location of required balancing devices, that they
are being installed properly, and in an accessible location for the need. Report in
writing any deficiencies to the Contractor/Engineer/Architect immediately.
2. Before any air balance work is done, the system shall be checked for duct
leakage (obtain pressure test results), assure filters are installed, verify filters are
changed if they are dirty, check for correct fan rotation, equipment vibration, and
check automatic dampers for proper operation. All volume control dampers and
outlets shall be wide open at this time.
3. Before any Hydronic, domestic water or applicable system balancing work is
done, the systems shall be checked for plugged strainers, proper pump rotation,
proper control valve installation and operation, air locks, proper system static
pressure to assure a full system, proper flow meter and check valve installation.
All throttling devices and control valves shall be open at this time.
4. Verify systems do not exhibit excessive sound and/or vibration levels. Report in
writing any deficiencies to the Contractor/Engineer/Architect immediately.
3.2 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES – REMODEL WORK:
A. In remodel area, a complete preliminary test and balance report shall be accomplished
prior to any work. Any obvious deficiencies shall be identified at that time. A complete
report of all readings, recommendations, etc. shall be submitted to the Engineer.
3.3 GENERAL SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES:
A. Balance all air and water flows at terminals within +10% to -5% of design flow
quantities. Notify Contractor/Engineer/Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to
the proper completion of the test and balance work. Provide the
Contractor/Architect/Engineer with a copy of the notification.
B. Pressure relationships indicated on drawings shall take priority over air quantities.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 5
C. Mark equipment settings with paint, including damper control positions, balancing
cocks, circuit setters, valve indicators, fan speed control settings and similar controls
and devices, to show final settings at completion of test-adjust-balance work.
D. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test
purposes, in a manner recommend by the original installer.
E. Measure, adjust and report equipment running motor amps and power factor, KW, rated
motor amperage, listed motor power factor, voltage, and all nameplate data. Perform
these measurements for all equipment operational modes.
F. Check and adjust equipment belt tensioning.
G. Check keyway and setscrew tightness. Report any loose screws and notify Mechanical
Contractor prior to equipment balancing.
H. Record and include in report all equipment nameplate data.
I. Verify that all equipment safety and operating controls are in place, tested, adjusted and
set prior to balancing.
J. Verify that manufacturer start-up has occurred per specification prior to balancing.
3.4 AIR SIDE SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT PROCEDURES:
A. In addition to the procedures identified under each specific heading below, provide
general data required by 3.3 above.
B. Filters shall be restricted to increase pressure drop to 50% of span between initial
pressure drop and final recommended pressure drop for setting final airflows for fans.
Check fan motor amps with clean filters and simulated loaded filters, and report for
each piece of equipment. Equipment shall be supplied with clean filters upon
completion of balance. Balance and report air quantities.
C. Supply/Return Air Systems:
1. Balance and report supply and return diffuser/grille quantities. Air diffusion
patterns shall be set as noted on drawings and to minimize objectionable drafts
and noise.
2. Provide full pitot traverses in duct mains downstream of supply fans, upstream of
return fans, and in each zone duct downstream of a multizone unit. For VAV
systems perform these at the system diversity condition (if any). Balance and
report air quantities.
3. Provide full pitot traverses at each air terminal or duct coil. For VAV systems,
perform these at zone maximum air condition. Balance and report air quantities.
4. Report design air device inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and
actual velocity through the orifice, for each terminal in the system.
5. Balance and report the above measurements in all system operational/modes.
a. Minimum outside air and 100% outside air economizer mode.
b. VAV maximum zone air condition and system diversity condition.
c. Unoccupied mode.
d. Two-speed fan, both speeds.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 6
e. VFD bypass mode and full system demand.
f. General Exhaust/Supply Fans:
D. Adjust CFM to system requirements. For belt drive include sheave and belt exchange
to deliver airflow within limits of installed motor horsepower and mechanical stress limits
of the fan. Determine the limiting fan tip speed before increasing RPM. Final fan speed
setting shall allow for filter loading (as applicable) and shall establish proper duct
pressures for operation of zone CFM regulators. For direct drive with speed taps: Set
fan speed on tap which most closely approaches design CFM by adjusting the speed
control After adjustment, check fans ability to re-start after powering down. Increase
setting if required for proper starting.
1. Measure and report static pressures upstream and downstream of all fans.
2. Measure and report fan RPM.
3. Report design fan inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and actual
velocity through the orifice.
E. Air Handling Units:
1. On outdoor units, verify that positively or negatively pressurized curbs are free of
leaks. Report.
2. For units with integral outside air intake and relief dampers, measure, adjust, set
and report outside air, return air and relief air quantities. Perform this as
specified under supply air systems.
3. Balance and report supply and return fan CFM, upstream static pressure and
downstream static pressure.
4. Measure and report static pressure upstream and downstream of all AHU
components such as coils, filters (clean and simulated dirty), dampers, etc.
5. After system and fan balance is complete, perform pitot traverses on all coils in
100% heating and cooling modes.
6. Units with economizers shall have all measurements performed and reported at
minimum outside air, 100% outside air, and a 50/50% mixed air condition.
7. Units with operation modes for smoke evacuation and/or pressurization shall
have all measurements performed and reported for all modes.
8. Balance variable air volume AHU fans for system design diversity. Supply and
return fan static pressures shall be optimized for VAV system terminal device
pressure requirements. Report fan, motor and VFD information as previously
indicated. Verify that an overload condition does not exist when all system VAV
boxes are 100% open.
9. Balance all air handling unit coils and report per hydronic, gas fired, steam or
refrigeration equipment portions of this section.
10. Report design fan inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and actual
velocity through the orifice.
11. Balance and report all temperatures of airside and hydronics during normal
operating modes.
12. Measure, adjust, set, balance and report outside air, return air and exhaust/relief
air quantities for all air handling systems.
a. Air quantities shall be determined by pitot traverse/direct airflow measuring
procedures where ever possible, where duct/inlet conditions do not allow
for accurate direct measurement of outside air the following method shall
be used:
Outside Air CFM = Supply Fan Total CFM
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 7
- Return Fan Total CFM
b. In addition to the direct measuring of airflow quantities, measure and
record outside air, return air and mixed air temperatures, determine
thermal/mass energy balance and provide calculations to verify measured
airflow quantities. Adjusting and setting the outside air quantity as a
percentage of damper position will not be acceptable.
F. General Exhaust Systems:
1. Balance and report exhaust grille quantities. Report objectionable noise.
2. Provide full pitot traverses at each individual exhaust riser and at each exhaust
fan. Balance and report.
3. Report design air device inlet or outlet size, actual inlet or outlet size, design and
actual velocity through the orifice, for each terminal in the system.
G. Laboratory and Research Facility System Requirements:
1. General requirements:
a. Balance all rooms to required pressure relationships as noted on the
drawings. Document in the test and balance report that all pressure
relationships have been set as specified.
b. Performance testing of the Room Pressurization Control System and the
fume Hood Exhaust System shall be performed after the entire mechanical
system for the building is complete. All systems shall have been
calibrated, tested and balanced before performance testing begins.
c. Performance testing shall be done by the balancing contractor in the
presence of the Owner, user groups, and a representative from the
Department of Environmental Health and Safety.
d. The performance testing must be successfully completed before the
Owner will accept control of the building’s mechanical system.
2. Fume Hood Exhaust Systems:
a. Measure and set flows for all fume hoods, flammable storage cabinets,
etc.
b. Perform full Pitot traverses upstream of exhaust fans and balance and
report air quantities. Perform this in fully open and closed hood sash
positions.
3. Fume Hood Exhaust System Performance Evaluation:
a. The Balancing Contractor shall demonstrate that the exhaust system and
pressure relationships are performing properly under the conditions listed
below.
b. Verify that the exhaust fans on the roof are operating properly. The
discharge dampers should be performing as specified and the fans should
be operating smoothly without surging or vibrating excessively.
c. During each step in the testing procedure, note any rooms, which exhibit
excessive noise.
d. Testing Conditions:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 8
1) With all fume hood sashes closed:
a) Check the relative pressure relationships with smoke in
several rooms on each floor.
2) With all fume hood sashes open:
a) Check the face velocity of the hood closest to and farthest
from each exhaust riser. Do this on every floor.
3) Close all the fume hood sashes served by one exhaust riser and
open all the ones served by the other riser.
a) Check the hoods with open sashes as for a.1) above
4) Repeat condition b. for the second riser.
5) Move all the fume hood sashes to a half open position.
a) Check the hoods as above.
6) Final balance shall be based upon diversity provided by the
Engineer. Note diversity on balance reports. The hood face
velocities, relative pressure relationships and stable fan operation
must be recorded for all five-test conditions. This applies to all
hoods and all rooms in the wing being tested, even if the test
procedure does not specifically state that particular hood or room be
tested. Design conditions with the appropriate diversity shall be
maintained.
7) The face velocity of a hood shall be considered acceptable if it is
within (+) 10 feet per minute of its designed face velocity. Standard
procedures for testing face velocity as published by SEFA (Scientific
Equipment & Furniture Association) 1-1992 Laboratory Fume Hoods
Recommended Practices, shall be followed.
4. Room Pressurization Control System Performance Evaluation:
a. The Balancing Contractor shall demonstrate with smoke that the correct
relative pressure relationship is being maintained in each area. Every
room for which a relative pressure value was assigned on the mechanical
plans shall be tested.
b. The testing shall be performed in each room under the following
conditions:
1) Door closed
2) Door open
3) In labs with fume hoods or bio-safety cabinets:
a) Hood sash complete open
b) Hood sash closed
c) Hood sash partially open
4) Thermostat set to its minimum set point
5) Thermostat set to its maximum set point
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 9
6) If the correct pressure relationships cannot be demonstrated for a
particular room, the room shall be retested after the problem has
been corrected.
3.5 HYDRONIC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. Heating water systems:
1. Hydronic Systems with Meters: The system shall be balanced proportionally
using the flow meters. On completion of the balance, the following information
shall be recorded in the report: Flow meter size and brand, required flow rate and
pressure drop, valve settings on meters with a readable scale, flow rate in both
full coil flow and full bypass modes. Contractor shall verify the meters are
installed per the manufacturer's recommendations and shall notify the
Mechanical Contractor of any deficiencies before utilizing meter.
2. Hydronic Systems without Meters (thermal or terminal rated pressure drop
balance): The system shall be balanced proportionally to the terminal ratings.
On completion of the balance the following information shall be recorded in the
report: Design entering and leaving water temperature/pressure, final balanced
entering and leaving water temperature/pressure drop.
3. For 3-way valve terminals/heat exchangers, set bypass flow to equal coil flow.
4. For primary/secondary systems, set crossover/bridle to have constant flow at all
conditions.
5. Sample chilled and heating water and report on freeze and burst temperatures of
the glycol water solution. Report glycol percentage.
6. Perform similar operations for Hydronic heat reclaim systems.
B. Hydronic Coils:
1. Balance, measure and report inlet and outlet air temperatures for cooling and/or
heating design air quantities.
2. Balance, measure and report coil water flow, inlet and outlet water pressure and
temperature.
3. Evaporative cooling coils: Measure and report inlet and outlet wet bulb and dry
bulb temperature. Measure and report inlet and outlet pressure.
4. Calculate and report face velocities across chilled water and evaporative cooling
coils.
C. Radiators:
1. Balance, measure and report GPM, inlet temperature and outlet
temperature/pressure at full heating.
3.6 PLUMBING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. General:
1. Check, adjust and set temperature control devices to 110°F domestic hot water
temperature and as indicated on drawings.
2. Adjust pressure-reducing stations, report downstream system static pressure.
3. Verify proper location and operation of ASME pressure and temperature relief
valves.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 10
4. Measure and report residual pressure at full flow at most remote plumbing fixture;
requiring highest operating pressure (usually flush valve water closets).
5. Verify that most remote fixture has hot water available semi-instantaneously with
recirculation system operating. Report.
6. Refer to plumbing drawings for location of all balancing valves serving the
Domestic Hot Water Circulation (HWC) System and Domestic Hot Water
Circulation Pumps. Adjust balancing valves to indicate flow rate. Report flow
rate for all balance valves. Measure, adjust and report flow rate for each pump.
3.7 STEAM SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. General:
1. Check steam traps for correct operation with a pyrometer.
2. Check and report all steam pressures downstream of pressure reducing stations.
3. Remove, inspect and clean all system strainers.
4. Record steam pressures upstream and downstream of all major equipment such
as boilers, steam coils and heat exchangers.
B. Humidification Systems and Equipment:
1. Measure and report steady state relative humidity for spaces.
2. Measure and report humidifier outlet relative humidities.
3. Steam Dispersion Grids:
a. Measure and report entering and leaving air temperature, and leaving
relative humidity.
b. See steam portion of the section.
3.8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ASSOCIATED WITH MECHANICAL SYSTEMS:
A. Manual and Magnetic Starters:
1. Check all new and existing thermal overloads. Identify improperly protected
equipment in report. Furnish and exchange thermals as required for proper
motor protection.
2. Motor Control Center Magnetic Starters: Check for correct sizing. Notify
Electrical Contractor of discrepancies.
3. Two-speed Starters: In addition to the above, set time delay between changes of
speeds for proper operation.
a. Verify windings of motor and starter is compatible prior to starting any
equipment.
B. Variable frequency drives.
1. Coordinate balance process with equipment manufacturer start-up
representative.
2. Record nameplate data.
3. Record motor overload setting.
4. Record full load amps.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 11
3.9 CONTROL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. General:
1. Operate all temperature control systems with the temperature control contractor’s
representative for proper sequence of operation. Be responsible for calibration of
flow measurement devices used as input to the temperature control system. All
air system flow measurement stations including VAV terminals shall be calibrated
against a Pitot tube traverse or air diffuser capture hood. Balancing Contractor
shall assure accuracy of all flow measurement devices or shall report their failure
to be accurate.
2. Work with the Controls Contractor to set minimum outside air damper positions.
3. Work with the Controls Contractor to optimize VAV duct static pressure, VFD
pump hydronic system pressure differential and building pressure.
B. Temperature Control Compressed Air Systems and Equipment:
1. Verify and report air pressure at all system equipment quick connects and
terminations.
a. Remove, inspect and clean all system filters/strainers.
2. Verify system can maintain overrating pressure for 8 hours with air compressor
disconnected. Report any noticeable losses in system pressure.
3. Measure, set and report storage tank air pressure.
4. Verify that pressure relief valves are in place and operating correctly.
3.10 LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. Smoke Pressurization/Exhaust/Evacuation Mode:
1. Balance and report measurements of Section 3.3 in this operational mode.
2. Perform smoke pressurization/evacuation tests in all zones. Doors shall be
positioned to simulate normal conditions.
3. Coordinate with the Fire Department/Authority Having Jurisdiction, Owner and
Engineer for smoke test witnessing.
4. Coordinate with the Fire Department/Authority Having Jurisdiction for additional
testing requirements. Complete and submit any documentation for Fire
Department/Authority Having Jurisdiction final acceptance.
B. Fire/Smoke Dampers and Detection Systems:
1. Verify that each fire/smoke damper closes when the associated duct or space
detector is tripped. Verify that air handlers shut down and outside air dampers
close as dictated by the control sequence.
2. Verify that air supply units shut down when smoke is detected by the associated
duct detector. Verify that outside air dampers and system fire/smoke dampers
close as dictated by the control sequence.
3. Report any detectors or dampers that are malfunctioning. Report any
discrepancies from the control sequence.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 12
3.11 SOUND AND VIBRATION:
A. Sound Inspection and Testing:
1. Prior to sound testing, all equipment that can potentially impact sound testing
shall be put into operation. Examples include humidifiers and equipment in
adjacent mechanical spaces. VFD systems shall be placed at 80% of full speed.
2. Prior to sound testing the mechanical test and balance of all systems shall be
completed.
3. Report audible tonal characteristics such as whine, whistle, hum or rumble. Also
report time varying sound levels or beats induced from aerodynamic instability,
perform this for all rooms.
4. Perform sound testing on all rooms within the project area.
B. Vibration Inspection and Testing:
1. Prior to vibration testing, all equipment shall be put into operation. On variable
speed equipment, testing shall occur at low, medium and high speeds.
2. Prior to vibration testing, the mechanical test and balance of all systems shall be
completed.
3. Report excessive vibrations from any equipment. Inspect upstream and
downstream duct and piping systems and report excessive vibrations.
4. DESIGN NOTE: See Table 40, Chapter 43, ASHRAE Applications, (1995) for list
of surfaces.
3.12 REPORT OF WORK:
A. The Testing and Balancing Contractor shall submit six (6) bound copies of the final
testing and balancing report at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Mechanical
Contractor’s request for final inspection.
B. A complete reduced set of mechanical contract drawings (showing each system) shall
be included in the report with all equipment, flow measuring devices, terminals (outlets,
inlets, coils, fan coil units, schedules, etc.) clearly marked and all equipment
designated. The test and balance contractor can obtain drawing files from Cator,
Ruma, & Associates for development of these drawings.
C. Data shall be reported per Part 3 of this Section on standard NEBB forms. Generate
custom forms that contain the information in this Section when a standard NEBB form
does not exist for a piece of equipment. All NEBB forms shall be fully filled out for this
report. When additional information is required by this Section, it shall be provided
D. The report shall include a list of all equipment used in the testing and balancing work.
E. Report systems for excessive sound and vibration per the sound and vibration
inspection and testing portions of this specification.
F. Substantial completion of this project will not take place until a satisfactory report is
received. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall respond and correct all deficiencies
within seven (7) days of receiving the Engineer’s written review of the balancing report.
Failure to comply will result in holding retainage of the final payment until all items have
been corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
FOR HVAC
23 0593 - 13
G. The report shall be signed by the supervising registered professional engineer and
affixed with their registration stamp, signed and dated in accordance with state law.
3.13 GUARANTEE OF WORK:
A. The Testing & Balancing Contractor shall guarantee the accuracy of the tests and
balance for a period of 90 days from date of final acceptance of the test and balance
report. During this period, the Testing & Balancing Contractor shall make personnel
available at no cost to the Owner to correct deficiencies that may become apparent in
the system balance.
END OF SECTION 23 0593
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 1
SECTION 23 0700 - HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of mechanical
insulation products and systems, of types and sizes required, whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years successful installation experience
on projects with mechanical insulations similar to that required for this project.
C. Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets,
coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame-spread index of 25 or less, and
smoke-developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E 84 (NFPA 255) method. In
addition, the products, when tested, shall not drip flame particles, and flame shall not be
progressive. Provide Underwriters Laboratories Inc. label or listing, or satisfactory
certified test report from an approved testing laboratory to prove that fire hazard ratings
for materials proposed for use do not exceed those specified.
D. Codes and Standards:
1. International Energy Conservation Code 2015
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing
manufacturer's product number, k-value, thickness, density, and furnished accessories
for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit detail product information and
installation information for all jacketing systems specified in this section.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers
with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products.
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not
install damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the
following:
1. Mechanical Insulation:
a. Johns Manville Corp.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 2
b. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.
c. Knauf Fiber Glass
d. Manson
e. CertainTeed
f. Einsulation
g. Armacel
h. Pittsburgh Corning Corp.
i. PABCO, Inc.
j. Rubatex Corp.
k. Thermal Ceramics
l. Thermal Structures
2. Jacketing & Covering Products:
a. Childers
b. Ceel-Co
c. Zeston
d. Alpha Associates, Inc.
e. Venture Clad
3. Sound Lagging/Insulation
a. Soundseal
b. Vibro-Acoustics
c. Schuller
d. Owens-Corning
e. Certainteed
2.2 PIPING INSULATION MATERIALS:
A. Fiberglass Piping Insulation: ASTM C 547, Class 1 unless otherwise indicated. "K"
factor shall be maximum 0.24 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, jacket with tensile
strength of 35 lbs/in, mullen burst 70 psi, beach puncture 50 oz. in/in, permeability .02
perm factory applied vapor barrier jacket and adhesive self-sealing lap joint.
B. Cellular Glass Piping Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. "K" factor shall be
maximum 0.29 at 75 degrees F mean temperature.
C. Calcium Silicate Piping Insulation: ASTM C 533, Type I. "K" factor shall be maximum
0.45 at 500 degrees F. mean temperature, compression strength 200 psi for 5 percent
compression, transverse strength 200 psi for 5 percent compression, flexural strength
60 psi.
D. Flexible Closed Cell Piping Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type I. "K" factor shall be
maximum 0.27 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, with a water vapor permeability of
0.10 perm inches or less. Insulation shall be pre-installed on piping, or un-slit to be
slipped over piping as a single piece.
E. Flexible Thermal Ceramic Insulation: "K" factor shall be a maximum of 1.5 at 1500
degrees F mean temperature, 2000 degrees F temperature limit. Provide presized
glass cloth jacketing material, not less than 7.8 ounces per square yard, or metal jacket
at Installer's option, unless otherwise indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 3
F. Rigid Thermal Ceramic Insulating System: "K" factor shall be a maximum of 1.5 at
1500 degrees F mean temperature, 2000 degrees F temperature limit.
G. Jackets for Piping Insulation: ASTM C 921, Type I for piping with temperatures below
ambient, Type II for piping with temperatures above ambient. Type I may be used for
all piping at Installers option.
1. Fitting Covers: UV resistant PVC, pre-molded fitting covers, flame spread 25,
smoke developed 50. PVC tape for cold systems, serrated tacks or PVC tape for
hot systems.
2. Aluminum Jacketing: Manufactured from T3003 (or T/5005) H14 to H19
aluminum alloy with 3/16" corrugations and shall have a factory attached 1 mil
thick polyethylene moisture barrier continuously laminated across the full width of
the jacketing. Jacketing shall be .016" thick minimum. Provide matching factory
fabricated covers for 90 degrees and 45 degrees elbows, tee fittings, flange
fittings valve bodies, blind ends, reducers and other fittings necessary to make
the covering system complete, waterproof and weatherproof. All jacketing shall
be color coated baked on polyester finish, color selected by Architect.
3. PVC Jacketing: UV resistant PVC, 30 mil thick, flame spread 25, smoke
developed 50, factory cut and curled to fit O.D. of insulated pipe. Solvent weld
adhesive for sealing joints and seams.
4. Rubber/Tedlar Jacketing: ASTM-D-1424-63, ASTM-D-774, and ASTM-E-84,
manufactured from a combination of heavy fiberglass fabric coated with Hypalon
Rubber, fully cured and laminated to a Tedlar facing. Jacketing will also be
required to be vapor barrier and shall be laminated to a corrosion resistant
aluminized mylar. Jacketing shall be .010" thick minimum, UL Class I rated, acid
and alkali resistant, and be both washable and paintable. Provide factory
fabricated aluminum fitting covers with mil-polyethylene vapor barrier for all
elbows, tees, flanges, valves, and other fittings. Alpha Associates Style TGH-
1000 or equal.
5. Cloth Jacketing Material: Not less than 8 oz. per square yard with adhesives,
cement and sealer as recommended by insulation manufacturer for the intended
application. PVC premolded fitting covers shall not be provided.
H. Staples, Bands, Wires, and Cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for
applications indicated.
I. Adhesives, Sealers, and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation
manufacturer for applications indicated and additional finishes as specified.
2.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION MATERIALS:
A. Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 612, Class 1, 450 degrees F
temperature limit, density of 3 pcf. "K" value shall be maximum 0.23 at 75 degrees F.
mean temperature, facing of 7 mil, foil reinforced with glass mesh and laminated to 40
lb kraft.
B. Round Surface Semi-Rigid Fiberglass Blanket Insulation: ATSM C 612, Class 1, 450
degrees F temperature limit, 2.5 PCF density “K” value of .25 max at 75 degrees F
mean temp, foil-skrim-kraft facing. Orientation of fibers shall be perpendicular to facing
to facilitate application on round surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 4
C. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 553, Type I, 3/4 lbs per cu. ft.
density. "K" value shall be maximum 0.25 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, 250
degrees F temperature limit, vapor transmission rating shall not exceed 0.02 perms,
facing of .7 mil foil reinforced with glass mesh and laminated to 40 lb Kraft.
D. Flexible closed cell elastomeric insulation: ASTM C534, Type I, "K" value shall be a
maximum 0.27 at 75 degrees F mean temp, 220 degrees F Temperature limit, water
vapor permeability rating of 0.10 perm inches or less.
E. Self-Jacketed, closed cell elastomeric insulation: ASTM C534, Type I, “K” value shall be
a maximum 0.27 at 75 degrees F mean temp, 220 degrees F temperature limit, water
vapor permeability rating of 0.10 perm inches or less, laminated with a white 13-ply
laminate (6 layers of aluminum foil, 4 layers of polyester film around a scrim reinforced
core) membrane. Provide manufacture recommended accessories such as primers,
adhesives and tapes to provide a complete weather and UV protection system. Provide
a 10 year limited warranty against breakdown of the membrane due to ultraviolet
radiation.
F. Jackets for Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 921, Type I for ductwork with temperatures
below ambient; Type II for ductwork with temperatures above ambient.
1. Aluminum Jacketing: The jacketing shall be manufactured from T3003 (or
T/5005) H14 to H19 aluminum alloy with 3/16 inch corrugations and shall have a
factory attached 1 mil thick polyethylene moisture barrier continuously laminated
across the full width of the jacketing. Jacketing shall be .016 inches thick
minimum. Where available, provide matching factory fabricated covers for 90
degrees and 45 degrees elbows, tee fittings, branch fittings, reducers and other
fittings necessary to make the covering system complete, waterproof and
weatherproof. All jacketing shall be color coated baked on polyester finish, color
selected by Architect.
G. Ductwork Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner
angles and similar accessories as recommended by insulation manufacturer for
applications indicated.
H. Ductwork Insulation Compounds: Provide cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers,
protective finishes and similar compounds as recommended by insulation manufacturer
for applications indicated.
2.4 SOUND LAGGING/INSULATION:
A. Flexible Fiberglass & Vinyl Sound Insulation: 1.0 PSF, .090 inch thick mylar feed vinyl
loaded barrier, tested to 400psi tensile strength. Absorber material, foil covered
fiberglass laminated on vinyl barrier, .40 PSF, 2 inch nominal thickness insulating value
of R-8.0. Assembly flame/smoke index of 12.5/19.5 tested per Class A ASTME-84.
Assembly sound tested per ASTME-90 for a 5Tlof 30 or greater. Rated for temperature
between -20 degrees F & 350 degrees F. Provide soundseal B-10LAG/AFA-9 or
approved equal.
SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS (dB) FREQUENCY (Hz)
PRODUCT 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 5
B. Sound lagging foil tape: 4” x 200’ rolls of matching foil tape by Soundseal.
C. Insulation for application over duct, piping & equipment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which mechanical insulation is to be installed. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner
acceptable to Installer.
B. Workmanship shall be first class and of the highest quality, poor installation or bad
appearance as determined by the engineer shall be due cause to reject the entire
project in whole and retainage will be withheld until corrective action is completed to the
engineer's satisfaction.
3.2 PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION:
A. Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on chrome-plated exposed piping (except for
handicapped fixtures), air chambers, unions, balance cocks, flow regulators, drain lines
from water coolers, drainage piping located in crawl spaces or tunnels, fire protection
piping, and pre-insulated equipment.
B. Cold Piping:
1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold plumbing piping systems:
a. Potable and non-potable cold water piping.
b. Potable chilled water piping.
c. Interior above-ground horizontal storm water piping including elbow up &
down.
d. Roof drain bowls and roof drain leader to horizontal piping.
e. Overflow roof drain bowls and first 10 feet of overflow piping.
2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and
thicknesses of insulation:
a. Above Ground Inside Building Fiberglass; ½ inch thickness.
C. Hot Piping:
1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot plumbing piping systems:
a. Potable hot water and tempered piping.
b. Potable hot water and tempered recirculating piping.
B-10 LAG 1
QFA-9 19 20 23 33 44 53
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 6
2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and
thicknesses of insulation:
a. Fiberglass: 1 inch thick for all pipe sizes.
b. Below Ground Runouts to Individual Fixtures - Flexible Elastomeric: 1
inch thickness for pipe sizes up to 2 inches.
c. Sound Insulation: Insulate as shown on drawings. Provide 2 inch flexible
fiberglass/vinyl sound insulation. Install with foil tape at all seams.
Provide plastic wire ties every 18 inches around piping to fully fasten
insulation to piping. Obtain a copy of manufacturer’s installation
requirements, keep copy on site, and follow all instructions.
3.3 HVAC PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION:
A. Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on steam condensate piping between steam trap
and union; and on hot piping unions, flexible connections, and expansion joints.
Insulation may be omitted inside of cabinet unit heaters, convectors and fan coils for hot
piping. Cold piping insulation inside fan coil unit cabinet may be omitted provided
piping is located over drain pan. Hot and cold piping routed inside air handler units
shall be insulated. Omit insulation on strainers in heating water strainers operating
below 200 degrees F.
B. Sub-Freezing Piping (0 to 39 deg. F (-18 to 4 degrees C)):
1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following sub- freezing HVAC piping
systems:
a. Refrigerant suction lines between evaporators and compressors.
2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and
thicknesses of insulation:
a. Fiberglass: ½ inch for pipe sizes below 1 inch, 1 inch thick for pipe sizes
1” to 6”, 1-1/2” thick for pipe sizes 8 inch and over.
b. Above Ground Exterior - Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes up
to and including 2 inch, 2 inch thick for pipe sizes over 2 inch.
c. Pre-Insulated Soft Copper Refrigerant Line Sets - Flexible Elastomeric: 1
inch thickness for pipe sizes up to and including 2 inches.
C. Cold Piping (40 degrees F (4.4 degrees C) to ambient):
1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold HVAC piping systems:
a. Chilled water supply and return piping.
b. Cold condensate drain piping.
2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following types and
thicknesses of insulation:
a. Fiberglass: ½ inch thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/4 inch, 1
inch thick for pipe sizes 1-1/2 inch and up.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 7
b. Exterior, Above Ground - Cellular Glass: 1 inch thick for pipe sizes up to
and including 1-1/2 inch, 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes over 1-1/2 inch.
D. Heating System Piping (to 200 degrees F (90 degrees C)):
1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following heating piping systems:
a. Hot water supply and return piping.
b. Hot gas refrigerant piping (interior, exposed, less than 7feet-6inches above
floor).
c. Hot gas bypass refrigerant piping (interior, exposed, less than 7feet-
6inches above floor).
d. Low pressure steam vent & relief piping.
e. Heat reclaim coil header.
f. Boiler feedwater piping.
g. Blowdown piping.
2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following type and
thicknesses of insulation:
a. Fiberglass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1-1/4”, 2 inch
thick for pipe 1-1/2 inches and up.
b. Above Ground Exterior - Cellular Glass: 1-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes up
to and including 1-1/4”, 2 inch thick for pipe 1-1/2 inches and up.
E. High Temperature, Low Pressure Piping (201 to 250 degrees F (90 to 120 degrees C)):
1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot low pressure HVAC piping.
a. Low pressure steam (up to 15 psig).
b. Steam condensate piping (all pressures).
2. Insulate each piping system specified above with the following type and
thicknesses of insulation:
a. Fiberglass: 2-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes less than 4 inch, 3 inch thick for
pipe sizes 4 inches and above.
b. Above Ground, Exterior - Cellular Glass: 2-1/2 inch thick for pipe sizes
less than 4 inch, 3 inch thick for pipe sizes 4 inches and above.
3.4 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION:
A. Insulation Omitted: Do not insulate fibrous glass ductwork.
B. Application Requirements: Insulate the following ductwork:
1. Mixed air ductwork and plenums between air entrance and fan inlet or HVAC unit
inlet.
2. HVAC supply ductwork between fan discharge, or HVAC unit discharge, and
room terminal outlet unless ductwork is specified to be wrapped.
3. HVAC return ductwork in unconditioned spaces or exterior; except omit insulation
when ductwork is specified to be wrapped.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 8
4. HVAC plenums and unit housings not pre-insulated at factory or wrapped.
5. Rigid oval or round supply air ductwork.
C. Insulate each ductwork system specified above with the following types and
thicknesses of insulation:
APPLICATION TYPE, THICKNESS
RIGID/ FIBERGLASS
(see notes 1&2)
FLEXIBLE
FIBERGLASS
FLEXIBLE
ELASTOMERIC**
Interior; concealed; cold, hot or dual
temperature supply duct
1-1/2" min. up to 2” as
required to cover joints
& reinforcements
1-1/2" 1-3/4"
Interior; exposed within conditioned
finished spaces; cold, hot, or dual
temperature supply duct
None
1" min. up to 2" as
required to cover joints
& reinforcements
None Not
Allowed except
for budget
considerations
None
1" min. up to 2" as
required to cover
joints &
reinforcements.
Provide white finish
coat.
Interior; exposed within mechanical,
electrical, storage, or other service
areas; cold, hot, or dual temperature
duct
1" min. up to 2" as
required to cover joints
and reinforcements
Not Allowed
except for
budget
considerations
1" min. up to 2" as
required to cover
joints and
reinforcements with
white finish. Provide
white finish coat.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF PIPING INSULATION:
A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
insulation serves its intended purpose.
B. Install insulation on pipe systems subsequent to installation of heat tracing, testing, and
acceptance of tests.
C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run
of piping with full-length units of insulation, with single cut piece to complete run. Do
not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other.
D. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to
ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.
E. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on cold pipe insulation, and protect to prevent
puncture or other damage.
1. Do not use staples or tacks on vapor barrier jackets.
2. Seal vapor barrier penetrations with vapor barrier finish recommended by the
manufacturer.
3. Seal fitting covers with PVC tape.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 9
4. Cover all unions, check valves, and other in-line devices. Mark outer covering
with indelible marker to identify item covered.
F. Neatly bevel and seal insulation at all exposed edges.
G. Cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness
and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded,
precut or job fabricated units (at Installer's option) except where specific form or type is
indicated.
H. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping
penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.
I. See equipment insulation for removable insulation on accessible piping components.
J. See Section 23 05 29 for insulation inserts and shields. Butt pipe insulation against
pipe hanger insulation inserts. For all piping apply wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement
on butt joints and seal all joints and seams with 3 inch wide vapor barrier tape or band.
K. Flexible Elastomeric Piping Insulation:
1. Install unslit, by slipping over piping prior to joining, or install pre-insulated soft
copper tubing.
2. Seal butt ends with adhesive.
L. Cellular Glass Insulation:
1. Apply in a single layer. Secure to pipe with ½ inch wide aluminum bands.
2. For indoor applications, apply all-purpose Kraft paper/aluminum foil/vinyl coating
jacket. Seal all lap and butt joints with self-seal vapor barrier tape.
3. For outdoor applications, apply aluminum rubber/Tedlar jacketing as described
below.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION:
A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
insulation serves its intended purpose.
B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces.
C. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to
ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered.
D. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on ductwork insulation, and protect it to prevent
puncture and other damage.
1. Avoid the use of staples on vapor barrier jackets.
2. Seal vapor barrier penetrations with vapor barrier tape recommended by the
manufacturer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 10
E. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar
ductwork penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.
F. Flexible Fiberglass Insulation: Cut back insulation to provide a 2 inch facing overlap at
all seams. Seams shall be stapled approximately 6 inches on center with outward
clinching staples, then sealed with pressure-sensitive tape matching the facing and
designed for use with duct insulation. The underside of ductwork 24 inches or greater
shall be secured with mechanical fasteners and speed clips spaced approximately
18inches on center. The protruding ends of the fasteners should be cut off flush after
the speed clips are installed, and then sealed with the same tape as specified above.
G. Corner Angles: Except for oven and hood exhaust duct insulation, install corner angles
on all external corners of insulation on ductwork in exposed finished spaces before
covering with jacketing.
H. Adhere flexible elastomeric sheets to clean oil-free metal surface by compression fit
method and full coverage of adhesive. Seal butt joints with same adhesive. For exterior
ductwork, notch insulation at reinforcements and joint flanges to provide a smooth
surface, unless the reinforcements or joints would penetrate the insulation. Provide a
minimum ½ inch cap over any penetrating item. Stagger all joints and seams on multi-
layer insulation.
3.7 EXISTING INSULATION REPAIR:
A. Repair damaged sections of existing mechanical insulation, both previously damaged or
damaged during this construction period. Use insulation, install new jacket lapping and
sealed over existing.
3.8 PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT:
A. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with
vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units.
B. Protection: Insulation Installer shall advise Contractor of required protection for
insulation work during remainder of construction period, to avoid damage and
deterioration.
END OF SECTION 23 0700
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 1
SECTION 23 0900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SYSTEMS DIRECT
DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. The Contractor shall become aware of the Method of Procedure requirements outlined
in Division 1. Change orders will not be considered for time associated with Method of
Procedure requirements.
B. General: The Control System Contractor shall provide a complete new modified control
system using new control devices to replace existing devices to operate as specified.
The contractor shall inspect the existing conditions prior to submitting a proposal. The
existing temperature control system control devices, dampers, operators, wiring,
conduit, air piping, valves, etc. not being modified and which are no longer utilized, shall
be removed, and not abandoned in place.
1. All temperature control devices to be removed shall be returned to the Owner in
good condition.
C. The Control Contractor will be responsible for all installation, programming,
commissioning, testing and performance verification.
D. The Controls Contractor will be responsible for providing all devices required for a
complete operating control system.
E. It shall be a digital, distributed microprocessor-based system with a pneumatic and
electronic interface, where required. The Control System for this project will be referred
to as a Building Automation System (BAS).
F. Total quantity and type of control points shall consist of specifications, drawings and as
required to complete the sequence of operation as specified. Additional points shall be
provided as required to meet all sequence of operation functions, safeties and data
base. The drawings and Specifications are not intended to show all details necessary
to make the system complete and operable.
G. The Control Contractor shall be responsible for all phases of software design, all
equipment, installation and warranty for the BAS. The Control Contractor shall be
responsible for supplying and installing all necessary control devices for completing the
BAS.
H. The system shall include all control device, valves, interlocks, field devices, hardware,
software, automatic dampers, piping, fittings, wire, conduit, etc., as specified and
required and connected so as to perform all functions and operate according to the
specified sequences.
I. The Contractor shall leave operable existing controls in operation until the BAS is tested
and proven operative. At that point, and with concurrence from the Owner and the
Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for removing existing controls that are no
longer necessary. Start-up of the BAS system, and any installation work that requires
the interruption of the normal operation of any piece of equipment, shall be scheduled
with the Owner. If the interruption of the normal operation of any piece of equipment
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 2
during normal working hours is unacceptable to the Owner, then it shall be scheduled
during after-hours (nights or weekends).
J. This installation shall not be used as a test site for any new products unless explicitly
approved by the Owner or Architect/Engineer in writing. Unless approved otherwise, all
products (including firmware revisions) used in this installation shall have been used in
at least twelve (12) projects prior to this installation. The previous sites may be located
anywhere in the U.S.A. This requirement is not intended to restrict the Contractor to the
use of any outdated equipment. Therefore, all products used in this installation shall
also be currently under manufacture and have available, for at least ten years after
completion of the contract, a complete line of spare parts. If the above requirements
are mutually exclusive, the Contractor shall include a specific statement to this effect in
the Bid.
K. Refer to other Division 23 sections for installation of instrument wells, valve bodies and
dampers in mechanical systems.
L. Provide electrical work as required, complying with requirements of Division 26 sections
including, but not limited to raceways, wires, cables, electrical identification, supporting
devices and electrical connections for equipment. Work includes, but is not limited to,
the following:
1. Interlock and control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices
and unit control panels.
2. The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional electrical and other costs
involved to accommodate the temperature control system panel, motors and
electrical devices requiring power which differs from the power requirements
shown on the electrical drawings.
3. Refer to Division 26 for mechanical/electrical coordination.
M. Control Contractor shall furnish & identify location requirements for all necessary control
devices which may be installed by others including the following, but not limited to:
1. Automatic control valves.
2. Flow switches.
3. Modulating dampers.
4. Required wells for insertion thermostats and/or temperature sensing wells.
5. Pressure Sensors.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Contractors Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in installation and commissioning
and servicing of digital control equipment, of types and sizes required, whose firm has
been in business in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. All work of this Section shall be fully “Year 2000 Compliant”. (See Section 23 05 00).
All date related data shall use four digit dates. “Windowing” of dates is specifically
prohibited.
C. Only those manufacturers specified are allowed to bid temperature controls. All bidders
shall make available, upon the Owner's request, open book unit pricing of all materials
and labor.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 3
D. The system shall be installed by competent mechanics, regularly employed by the
Temperature Control Contractor.
E. All bidders must have installed and completed at least two (2) direct digital temperature
control jobs of similar design, size and scope using the same equipment as specified.
F. All bidders must have a local office in the area of the project site.
G. All bidders must have capabilities of doing component level repairs on all systems,
including electronic systems.
H. No Field Devices shall be multiplexed to a single I/O point unless specified. Each
control or sensing point shall be terminated at a unique location on the BAS panel,
Slave or Dedicated Controller and be associated with a unique software point on the
BAS.
I. Codes and Standards:
1. All equipment and the installation shall comply with the requirements of all
applicable local and national codes including but not limited to the currently
enforced edition of the Uniform Building Code, Uniform Fire Code, Uniform
Electrical Code, and all applicable codes of the National Fire Protection
Association including the National Electrical Code.
2. Electrical Standards: Provide electrical products, which have been tested, listed
and labeled by UL and comply with NEMA standards.
3. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to components
and devices for electric control systems.
4. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air
Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" where applicable to controls and control
sequences.
J. All bidders must have a minimum of one person dedicated to software generation. This
person shall be located in an office local to the project site.
K. The equipment and software proposed by the supplier shall be currently in
manufacture. No custom products shall be allowed unless required by the
Specification. All products shall be supported by the manufacturer for a minimum of 5
years including spare parts, board repairs and software revisions.
L. The Temperature Control Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors performing
work on this project necessary to achieve a complete and neat installation. To that end,
each contractor shall consult the drawings and specifications for all trades to determine
the nature and extent of others work.
M. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to work in cooperation with the Owner and
with all other contractors and employees rendering such assistance and so arrange his
work such that the entire project will be delivered complete in the best possible
condition and in the shortest time.
1.3 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION:
A. Project Documentation: All custom software, programs, code, databases, graphic files
and drawings (whether hard copy or CADD based files) prepared for this system shall
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 4
be the exclusive property of the Owner and shall not be reproduced or distributed
without prior written permission from the Owner.
B. The use or reference to the Owner or any of its subsidiaries or any of the facility
automation projects shall not be used by the Manufacturer or Contractor in any
promotional media, including advertisements, sale brochures, annual reports and client
references or endorsements, without prior written permission from the Owner. The
Owner reserves the right to restrict or refuse access to any or all of its facilities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit in accordance with Division 1 and 23 submittal requirements.
B. In addition to the requirements set forth in paragraph A above, the following shall be
included in the shop drawing submittals including, but not limited to:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data sheets for each
control device furnished, each data sheet shall be labeled indicating its control
drawing descriptor and include the following:
a. indicating dimensions;
b. capacities;
c. performance characteristics;
d. electrical characteristics;
e. finishes of materials;
f. commissioning, installation instructions and start-up instructions.
2. Valve, damper and well and tap schedule showing size, configuration, capacity
and location of all equipment.
3. Control system drawings containing pertinent data to provide a functional
operating system and a sequence of operation.
4. Detailed wiring diagrams.
5. A floor plan of each area with a detailed new conduit/wiring layout shall be
included. The plan shall indicate all conduit locations within ±2' of actual installed
location. All walls, doors and temperature control devices shall be accurately
shown.
6. Schematic flow diagram of system showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves,
and all control devices. Identify all control points with labeling.
7. Label each control device with setpoint or adjustable range of control. Provide a
bill of materials with manufacturer's part number.
8. Indicate all required point to point electrical wiring. Clearly differentiate between
portions of wiring that are existing and portions to be field-installed.
9. Provide details of faces of control panels, including controls, instruments, and
labeling.
10. Include verbal description of sequence of operation and reference each device
described by schematic symbol used.
11. Provide a detailed listing of all software program code written for each system.
12. Provide a point list with database input information to include a point name,
address, base and span, action and other required information.
13. Provide a detailed test plan and procedure for each HVAC system and for each
type of terminal unit control including valves. The test plans shall fully define
reporting methods, procedure, equipment utilized, milestones for the tests,
identifying the simulation programs, and personnel. The test procedures shall be
developed from the test plans and shall consist of instructions for test execution
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 5
and evaluation. A test report form shall be developed for each point and
sequence of operation. Commissioning procedures shall be provided for each
HVAC system and for each type of terminal unit control system. The procedure
shall include setpoint, prop. band, integral, derivative, mode constraints input,
output settings, tuning procedures., etc.
C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.
D. Submittal data and shop drawings shall be prepared and submitted in the following
formats:
1. All drawings prepared for the project shall be developed using the Autocad
CADD program, most current version, (or a CADD package capable of producing
AutoCadd "DXF" compatible format files).
2. All submittals data shall be the same size for any group of information and shall
be in a three screw and post binder. (NO EXCEPTIONS). All the information
shall be indexed and tabbed with reference to the specific section of these
specifications.
3. The format for different groups of submittal information are as follows:
a. Control drawings, building plans (including complete floor plans),
schematics and system configurations shall be CADD prepared drawing,
bound and indexed. Drawings that cannot represent the total information
on an individual ANSI size B (11" x 17") drawing, i.e. a building plan, shall
be noted with appropriate match lines, cross references and key plans.
b. Technical data, sequence of operations, material list, point lists, program
listings, I/O schedules, operator's and programmer's manuals, etc. shall be
type written, original product data sheets or CADD prepared drawings,
ANSI size A or ANSI size B.
4. Upon completion of the project and acceptance of systems the contractor shall
provide to the Owner one set of hard copy as-built shop drawings and diskettes.
E. Shop drawings shall include riser diagram depicting locations of all controllers and
workstations, with associated network wiring. Also included shall be individual
schematics of each mechanical system showing all connected points with reference to
their associated controller. Typicals will be allowed where appropriate.
F. When the Architect/Engineer requires, the Contractor will resubmit with the corrected or
additional submittal data. This procedure shall be repeated until all corrections are
made to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the submittals are fully reviewed.
G. Contractor agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the Architect/Engineer
are not change orders, that the purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor is
to demonstrate to the Architect/Engineer that the Contractor understands the design
concept, that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating which equipment and
material he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the fabrication and installation
methods he intends to use. The Contractor shall be responsible for space
requirements, configuration, performance, changes in bases, supports, structural
members and openings in structure, and other apparatus that may be affected by their
use.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 6
H. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between shop
drawing submittals and the contract documents in the form of design drawings and
specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawing submittals are
processed by the Architect/Engineer, the design drawings and specifications shall
control and shall be followed. If alternates do not meet these requirements, it shall be
this Contractor's responsibility to remove them and install material originally specified,
at no cost to the Owner.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Provide factory shipping cartons for each piece of equipment, and control device.
Maintain cartons through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent any
equipment damage, and to eliminate all dirt and moisture from equipment. Store all
equipment and materials inside and protected from weather.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND CONTRACTORS:
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, install the following systems:
1. Johnson Controls
2.2 GENERAL PRODUCTS DESCRIPTION:
A. The Building Automation System (BAS) shall be capable of integrating multiple building
function including equipment supervision and control, alarm management, energy
management, and historical data collection and archiving. All products and materials
installed shall be suitable for the intended application requirements including but not
limited to:
1. Accuracy
2. Rangeability
3. Temperature and pressure ranges
4. Shut-off pressures
5. Differential pressures
6. Repeatability
7. Materials of construction suitable with the environment and/or media in which
they are in contact with
8. Code compliance
9. Velocities
B. The BAS shall consist of the following:
1. Standalone DDC panels
2. Standalone application specific controllers (ASCs)
3. Portable Operator's Terminals
4. Personal Computer Operator Workstations (existing)
5. High Speed Communication Network (LAN)
C. The system shall be modular in nature, and shall permit expansion of both capacity and
functionality through the addition of sensors, actuators, standalone DDC panels, and
operator devices.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 7
D. System architectural design shall eliminate dependence upon any single device for
alarm reporting and control execution. Each DDC panel shall operate independently by
performing its own specified control, alarm management, operator I/O, and historical
data collection. The failure of any single component or network connection shall not
interrupt the execution of control strategies at other operational devices.
E. Standalone DDC panels shall be able to access any data from, or send control
commands and alarm reports directly to, any other DDC panel or combination of panels
on the network without dependence upon a central processing device. Standalone
DDC panels shall also be able to send alarm reports to multiple operator workstations
without dependence upon a central processing device.
F. Shared points will not be allowed.
G. BAS shall allow third party software to operate on personal computer workstation
without any degradation to the controls operating normally.
2.3 NETWORKING/COMMUNICATIONS:
A. The design of the BAS shall network operator workstations and Standalone DDC
panels as shown on the attached system configuration drawing. Inherent in the
system's design shall be the ability to expand or modify the network either via the local
area network, or auto-dial telephone line modem connections, or via a combination on
the two networking schemes.
B. Local Area Network
1. Workstation/DDC Panel Support: Operator workstations and DDC panels shall
directly reside on a local area network such that communications may be
executed between controllers, directly between workstations, and between
controllers and workstations on a peer-to-peer basis.
2. Dynamic Data Access: All operator devices, either network resident or
connected via dial-up modems, shall have the ability to access all point status
and application report data, or execute control functions for any and all other
devices via the local area network. Access to data shall be based upon logical
identification of building equipment.
a. Access to system data shall not be restricted by the hardware
configuration of the BAS. The hardware configuration of the BAS network
shall be totally transparent to the user when accessing data or developing
control programs.
3. General Network Design: Network design shall include the following provisions:
a. High speed data transfer rates for alarm reporting, quick report generation
from multiple controllers and upload/download efficiency between network
devices. The minimum baud rate shall be 1 Megabaud.
b. Support of any combination of controllers and operator workstations
directly connected to the local area network. A minimum of 50 devices
shall be supported on a single local area network.
c. Detection and accommodation of single or multiple failures of either
workstations, DDC panels, or the network media. The network shall
include provisions for automatically reconfiguring itself to allow all
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 8
operational equipment to perform their designated functions as effectively
as possible in the event of single or multiple failures.
d. Message and alarm buffering to prevent information from being lost.
e. Error detection, correction, and retransmission to guarantee data integrity.
f. Default device definition to prevent loss of alarms or data, and ensure
alarms are reported as quickly as possible in the event an operator device
does not respond.
g. Commonly available, multiple sourced, networking components and
protocols shall be used to allow the BAS to coexist with other networking
applications such as office automation. MAP, ETHERNET, IBM Token
Ring and ARCNET are acceptable technologies.
h. Use of industry standard IEEE 802.x protocol. Communications must be
of a deterministic nature to assure calculable performance under worst-
case network loading.
i. Synchronization of the realtime clocks in all DDC panels shall be provided.
2.4 STANDALONE DDC PANELS:
A. General: Standalone DDC panels shall be microprocessor based, multi-tasking, multi-
user, real-time digital control processors. Each standalone DDC panel shall consist of
modular hardware with plug-in enclosed processors, communication controllers, power
supplies, and input/output modules. A sufficient number of controllers shall be supplied
to fully meet the requirements of this specification and the attached point list.
B. Memory: Each DDC panel shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating
system and databases including:
1. Control Processes
2. Energy Management Applications
3. Alarm Management
4. Historical/Trend Data for all points
5. Maintenance Support Applications
6. Custom Processes
7. Operator I/O
8. Dial-Up Communications
9. Manual Override Monitoring
C. Point Types: Each DDC panel shall support the following types of point inputs and
outputs:
1. Digital Inputs for status/alarm contacts
2. Digital Outputs for on/off equipment control
3. Analog Inputs for temperature, pressure, humidity, flow and position
measurements
4. Analog Outputs for valve and damper position control, and capacity control of
primary equipment
5. Pulse inputs for pulsed contact monitoring
D. Expandability: The system shall be modular in nature, and shall permit easy expansion
through the addition of software applications, workstation hardware, field controllers,
sensors and actuators.
E. The system architecture shall support a minimum capacity of [ %] for all types of DDC
panels, and all point types included in the initial installation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 9
F. Serial Communication Ports: Standalone DDC panels shall provide at least two RS-
232C serial data communication ports for simultaneous operation of multiple operator
I/O devices such as industry standard printers, laptop workstations, PC workstations,
and panel mounted or portable DDC panel Operator's Terminals. Standalone DC
panels shall allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal
operation of permanently connected modems, printers, or network terminals.
G. Hardware Override Switches: The operator shall have the ability to manually override
automatic or centrally executed commands at the DDC panel via local, point discrete,
onboard hand/off/auto operator override switches for analog control type points. These
override switches shall be operable whether the panel is powered or not.
H. Hardware Override Monitoring: DDC panels shall monitor the status or position of all
overrides, and include this information in logs and summaries to inform the operator
that automatic control has been inhibited. DDC panels shall also collect override
activity information for daily and monthly reports.
I. Local Status Indicator Lamps: The DDC panel shall provide local status indication for
each binary input and output for constant, up-to-date verification of all point conditions
without the need for an operator I/O device.
J. Integrated On-Line Diagnostics: Each DDC panel shall continuously perform self-
diagnostics, communication diagnosis, and diagnosis of all subsidiary equipment. The
DDC panel shall provide both local and remote annunciation of any detected
component failures, or repeated failure to establish communication. Indication of the
diagnostic results shall be provided at each DDC panel, and shall not require the
connection of an operator I/O device.
K. Surge and Transient Protection: Isolation shall be provided at all network terminations,
as well as all field point terminations to suppress induced voltage transients consistent
with the latest IEEE Standard 587.
1. Provide ISLATROL active tracking filters or equal, which provides both high and
low voltage transients, non-linear characteristics, capable of instantaneously
responding to spikes or transients without degradation to the filter or its
performance. Power protection device shall be UL listed and have reliability in
excess of 100,000 hours of mean time between failures.
2. Signal wiring shall not be installed in same conduit as high voltage wiring.
L. Powerfail Restart: In the event of the loss of normal power, there shall be an orderly
shutdown of all standalone DDC panels to prevent the loss of database or operating
system software. Non-volatile memory shall be incorporated for all critical controller
configuration data, and battery back-up shall be provided to support the real-time clock
and all volatile memory for a minimum of 72 hours.
1. Upon restoration of normal power, the DDC panel shall automatically resume full
operation without manual intervention.
2. Should DDC panel memory be lost for any reason, the user shall have the
capability of reloading the DDC panel via the local area network, via the local RS-
232C port, or via telephone line dial-in.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 10
2.5 SYSTEM SOFTWARE FEATURES:
A. General
1. All necessary software to form a complete operating system as described in this
specification shall be provided.
2. The software programs specified in this section shall be provided as an integral
part of the DDC panel and shall not be dependent upon any higher level
computer for execution.
B. Control Software Description
1. Pre-Tested Control Algorithms: The DDC panels shall have the ability to perform
the following pre-tested control algorithms.
a. Two Position Control
b. Proportional Control
c. Proportional plus Integral Control
d. Proportional, Integral, plus Derivative Control
e. Automatic Control Loop Tuning
2. Equipment Cycling Protection; Control software shall include a provision for
limiting the number of times each piece of equipment may be cycled within any
one-hour period.
3. Heavy Equipment Delays: The system shall provide protection against excessive
demand situations during start-up periods by automatically introducing time
delays between successive start commands to heavy electrical loads.
4. Powerfail Motor Restart: Upon the resumption of normal power, the DDC panel
shall analyze the status of all controlled equipment, compare it with normal
occupancy scheduling, and turn equipment on or off as necessary to resume
normal operation.
C. Energy Management Applications: DDC panels shall have the ability to perform any or
all of the following energy management routines.
1. Time of Day Scheduling
2. Calendar Based Scheduling
3. Holiday Scheduling
4. Temporary Schedule Overrides
5. Optimal Start
6. Optimal Stop
7. Night Setback Control
8. Enthalpy Switchover (Economizer)
9. Peak Demand Limiting
10. Temperature Compensated Load Rolling
11. Fan Speed/CFM Control
12. Heating/Cooling Interlock
13. Cold Deck Reset
14. Hot Deck Reset
15. Hot Water Reset
16. Chilled Water Reset
17. Condenser Water Reset
18. Chiller Sequencing
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 11
D. All programs shall be executed automatically without the need for operator intervention,
and shall be flexible enough to allow user customization. Programs shall be applied to
building equipment as described in the Execution portion of this specification.
E. Custom Process Programming Capability: DDC panels shall be able to execute
custom, job-specific processes defined by the user, to automatically perform
calculations and special control routines.
1. Process Inputs and Variables: It shall be possible to use any of the following in a
custom process:
a. Any system-measured point data or status
b. Any calculated data
c. Any results from other processes
d. User-Defined Constants
e. Arithmetic functions (+, -, *, /, square root, exp, etc.)
f. Boolean logic operators (and, or, exclusive or, etc.)
g. On-delay/Off-delay/One-shot timers.
2. Process Triggers: Custom processes may be triggered based on any
combination of the following:
a. Time interval
b. Time of day
c. Date other processes
d. Time programming
e. Events (e.g., point alarms)
3. Dynamic Data Access: A single process shall be able to incorporate measured
or calculated data from any and all other DDC panels on the local area network.
4. In addition, a single process shall be able to issue commands to points in any
and all other DDC panels on the local area network.
5. Advisory/Message Generation: Processes shall be able to generate operator
messages and advisories to operator I/O devices. A process shall be able to
directly send a message to a specified device, buffer the information in a follow-
up file, or cause the execution of a dial-up connection to a remote device such as
a printer or pager.
6. Custom Process Documentation: The custom control programming feature shall
be self-documenting. All interrelationships defined by this feature shall be
documented via graphical flowcharts and English language descriptors.
F. Alarm Management: Alarm management shall be provided to monitor, buffer, and
direct alarm reports to operator devices and memory files. Each DDC panel shall
perform distributed, independent alarm analysis and filtering to minimize operator
interruptions due to non-critical alarms, minimize network traffic, and prevent alarms
from being lost. At no time shall the DDC panel's ability to report alarms be affected by
either operator activity at a PC Workstation or local I/O device, or communications with
other panels on the network.
1. Point Change Report Description: All alarm or point change reports shall include
the point's English language description and the time and date of occurrence.
2. Prioritization: The user shall be able to define the specific system reaction for
each point. Alarms shall be prioritized to minimize nuisance reporting and to
speed operator response to critical alarms. A minimum of three priority levels
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 12
shall be provided. Each DDC panel shall automatically inhibit the reporting of
selected alarms during system shutdown and start-up. Users shall have the
ability to manually inhibit alarm reporting for each point.
3. The user shall also be able to define under which conditions point changes need
to be acknowledged by an operator, and/or sent to follow-up files for retrieval and
analysis at a later date.
4. Report Routing: Alarm reports, messages, and files will be directed to a user-
defined list of operator devices, or PCs used for archiving alarm information.
Alarms shall also be automatically directed to a default device in the event a
primary device is found to be off-line.
5. Alarm Messages: In addition to the point's descriptor and the time and date, the
user shall be able to print, display or store a 65-character alarm message to
more fully describe the alarm condition or direct operator response.
6. Each standalone DDC panel shall be capable of storing a library of a least 250
Alarm Messages. Each message may be assignable to any number of points in
the panel.
7. Auto-Dial Alarm Management: In Dial-up applications, only critical alarms shall
initiate a call to a remote operator device. In all other cases, call activity shall be
minimized by time-stamping and saving reports until an operator scheduled time,
a manual request, or until the buffer space is full. The alarm buffer must store a
minimum of 50 alarms.
G. Historical Data and Trend Analysis: A variety of Historical Data collection utilities shall
be provided to automatically sample, store, and display system data in all of the
following ways.
1. Continuous Point Histories: Standalone DDC panels shall store Point History
Files for all analog and binary inputs and outputs.
2. The Point History routine shall continuously and automatically sample the value
of all analog inputs at half hour intervals. Samples for all points shall be store for
the past 24 hours to allow the user to immediately analyze equipment
performance and all problem related events for the past day. Point History files
for binary input or output points and analog output points shall include a
continuous record of the last ten status changes or commands for each point.
3. Control Loop Performance Trends: Standalone DDC panels shall also provide
high resolution sampling capability with an operator-adjustable resolution of 10-
300 seconds in one second increments for verification of control loop
performance.
4. Extended Sample Period Trends: Measured and calculated analog and binary
data shall also be assignable to user-definable trends for the purpose of
collecting operator-specified performance data over extended periods of time.
Sample intervals of one minute to two hours, in one-minute intervals, shall be
provided. Each standalone DDC panel shall have a dedicated buffer for trend
data, and shall be capable of storing a minimum of 500 data samples.
5. Data Storage and Archiving: Trend data shall be stored at the Standalone DDC
panels, and uploaded to hard disk storage when archival is desired. Uploads
shall occur based upon either user-defined interval, manual command, or when
the trend buffers become full. All trend data shall be available in disk file form for
use in 3rd Party person computer applications.
H. Runtime Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall automatically accumulate and
store runtime hours for binary input and output points as specified in the Execution
portion of this specification.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 13
1. The Totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less.
2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit for Runtime Totalization.
Unique, user-specified messages shall be generated when the limit is reached.
I. Analog/Pulse Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall automatically sample,
calculate, and store consumption totals on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis for user-
selected analog and binary pulse input-type points.
1. Totalization shall provide calculation and storage of accumulations of up to
99,999.9 units (e.g. KWH, gallons, KBTU, tons, etc.).
2. The Totalization routine shall have a sampling resolution of one minute or less.
3. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique, user-specified
messages shall be generated when the limit is reached.
J. Event Totalization: Standalone DDC panels shall have the ability to count events such
as the number of times a pump or fan system is cycled on and off. Event totalization
shall be performed on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis.
1. The Event Totalization feature shall be able to store the records associated with
a minimum of 9,999,999 events before reset.
2. The user shall have the ability to define a warning limit. Unique, user-specified
messages shall be generated when the limit is reached.
2.6 APPLICATION OF SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS - HVAC APPLICATIONS:
A. Each Standalone DDC Controller shall be able to extend its performance and capacity
through the use of remote Application Specific Controllers (ASCs).
B. Each ASC shall operate as a Standalone controller capable of performing its specified
control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each ASC
shall be a microprocessor-based, multi-tasking, real-time digital control processor.
Points shall not be shared between controllers.
C. Each ASC shall have sufficient memory to support its own operating system and data
base including:
1. Control Processes
2. Energy Management Applications
3. Operator I/O (Portable Service Terminal)
D. The operator interface to any ASC point data or programs shall be through any
network-resident PC workstation, or any PC or portable operator's terminal connected
to any DDC panel in the network.
E. Application Specific Controllers shall directly support the temporary use of a portable
service terminal. The capabilities of the portable service terminal shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:
1. Display temperatures
2. Display status
3. Display setpoints
4. Display control parameters
5. Override binary output control
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 14
6. Override analog setpoints
7. Modification of gain and offset constants
F. Powerfail Protection: All system setpoints, proportional bands, control algorithms, and
any other programmable parameters shall be stored such that a power failure of any
duration does not necessitate reprogramming the controller.
2.7 AHU CONTROLLERS:
A. AHU Controllers shall support, but not be limited to, the following configurations of
systems to address current requirements as described in the Execution portion of this
specification, and for future expansion.
B. AHU Controllers shall support all the necessary point inputs and outputs to perform the
specified control sequences in a totally standalone fashion.
C. AHU Controllers shall have a library of control routines and program logic to perform the
sequence operation as specified in the Execution portion of this specification.
D. Occupancy-Based Standby/Comfort Mode Control: Each AHU Controller shall have a
provision for occupancy sensing overrides. Based upon the contract status of either a
manual wall switch or an occupancy sensing device, the AHU Controller shall
automatically select either Standby or Comfort mode to minimize the heating and
cooling requirements while satisfying comfort conditions.
E. Continuous Zone Temperature Histories: Each AHU Controller shall automatically and
continuously maintain a history of the associated zone temperature to allow users to
quickly analyze space comfort and equipment performance for the past 24 hours. A
minimum of two samples per hour shall be stored.
F. Alarm Management: Each AHU Controller shall perform its own limit and status
monitoring and analysis to maximize network performance by reducing unnecessary
communications.
2.8 OPERATOR INTERFACE:
A. Basic Interface Description:
1. Command Entry/Menu Selection Process: Operator Workstation interface
software shall minimize operator training through the use of English language
prompting, English language point identification, and industry standard PC
application software.
2. The operator interface shall minimize the use of a typewriter style keyboard
through the use of a mouse or similar pointing device, and "point and click"
approach to menu selection. Users shall be able to start and stop equipment or
change setpoints from graphical displays through the use of a mouse or similar
pointing device.
3. Graphical and Text-Based Displays: At the option of the user, Operator
Workstations shall provide consistent graphical or text-based displays of all
system point and applications data described in this specification. Point
identification, engineering units, status indication, and application naming
conventions shall be the same at all workstations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 15
4. Multiple, Concurrent Displays: The Operator Interface shall provide the ability to
simultaneously view several different types of system displays in overlapping
windows to speed building analysis. For example, the interface shall provide the
ability to simultaneously display a graphic depicting an air handling unit, while
displaying the trend graph of several associated space temperatures to allow the
user to analyze the system performance. If the interface is unable to display
several different types of displays at the same time, the BAS Contractor shall
provide at least two operator stations.
5. Password Protection: Multiple-level password access protection shall be
provided to allow the user/manager to limit workstation control, display, and data
base manipulation capabilities as deemed appropriate for each user, based upon
an assigned password.
a. Passwords shall be exactly the same for all operator devices, including
portable or panel-mounted network terminals. Any additions or changes
made to password definition shall automatically cause passwords at all
DDC panels on a network to be updated and downloaded to minimize the
task of maintaining system security. Users shall not be required to update
passwords for DDC panels individually.
b. A minimum of five levels of access shall be supported:
1) Level 1 = Data Access and Display
2) Level 2 = Level 1 + Operator Overrides
3) Level 3 = level 2 + Database Modification
4) Level 4 = Level 3 + Database Generation
5) Level 5 = Level 4 + Password Add/Modification
c. A minimum of 50 passwords shall be supported at each DDC panel.
d. Operators will be able to perform only those commands available for their
respective passwords. Menu selections displayed at any operator device,
including portable or panel mounted devices, and shall be limited to only
those items defined for the access level of the password used to log-on.
e. User-definable, automatic log-off timers from 1 to 60 minutes shall be
provided to prevent operators from inadvertently leaving devices on-line.
6. Operator Commands: The operator interface shall allow the operator to perform
commands including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Start-up or shutdown selected equipment
b. Adjust setpoints
c. Add/Modify/Delete time programming
d. Enable/Disable process execution
e. Lock/Unlock alarm reporting for each point
f. Enable/Disable Totalization for each point
g. Enable/Disable Trending for each point
h. Override PID loop setpoints
i. Enter temporary override schedules
j. Define Holiday Schedules
k. Change time/date
l. Enter/Modify analog alarm limits
m. Enter/Modify analog warning limits
n. View limits
o. Enable/Disable demand limiting for each meter
p. Enable/Disable duty cycle for each load.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 16
7. Logs and Summaries: Reports shall be generated automatically or manually,
and directed to either CRT displays, printers, or disk files. As a minimum, the
system shall allow the user to easily obtain the following types of reports:
a. A general listing of all points in the network
b. List of all points currently in alarm
c. List of all off-line points
d. List all points currently in override status
e. List of all disabled points
f. List all points currently locked out
g. List of all items defined in "Follow-Up" file
h. List all weekly Schedules
i. List all Holiday Programming
j. List of limits and deadbands
B. Summaries shall be provided for specific points, for a logical point group, for a user-
selected group of groups, or for the entire facility without restriction due to the hardware
configuration of the facility management system. Under no conditions shall the operator
need to specify the address of hardware controller to obtain system information.
C. Dynamic Color Graphic Displays: Color graphic floor plan displays, and system
schematics for each piece of mechanical equipment, including air handling units, chilled
water systems, and hot water boiler systems, shall be provided as specified in the
Execution portion of this specification to optimize system performance analysis and
speed alarm recognition.
1. System Selection/Penetration: The operator interface shall allow users to access
the various system schematics and floor plans via a graphical penetration
scheme, menu selection, or text-based commands.
2. Dynamic Data Displays: Dynamic temperature values, humidity values, flow
values, and status indication shall be shown in their actual respective locations,
and shall automatically update to represent current conditions without operator
intervention.
3. Windowing: The windowing environment of the PC Operator Workstation shall
allow the user to simultaneously view several graphics at the same time to
analyze total building operation, or to allow the display of a graphic associated
with an alarm to be viewed without interrupting work in progress.
4. Graphics Definition Package: Graphic generation software shall be provided to
allow the user to add, modify, or delete system graphic displays.
a. The BAS Contractor shall provide libraries of pre-engineered screens and
symbols depicting standard air handling unit components (i.e. fans, cooling
coils, filters, dampers, etc.), complete mechanical systems (i.e. constant
volume-terminal reheat, VAV, etc.) and electrical symbols.
b. The graphic development package shall use a mouse or similar pointing
device in conjunction with a drawings program to allow the user to perform
the following:
1) Define symbols
2) Position and size symbols
3) Define background screens
4) Define connecting lines and curves
5) Locate, orient, and size descriptive text
6) Define and display colors for all elements
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 17
7) Establish correlation between symbols or text and associated
system points or other displays.
c. Graphical displays can be created to represent any logical grouping of
system points or calculated data based upon building function, mechanical
system, building layout, or any other logical grouping of points which aid
the operator in the analysis of the facility.
D. To accomplish this, the user shall be able to build graphic displays that include point
data from multiple DDC panels, including application specific controllers used for DDC
unitary or VAV terminal unit control.
E. System Configuration and Definition: All temperature and equipment control strategies
and energy management routines shall be definable by the Operator. System definition
and modification procedures shall not interface with normal system operation and
control.
1. The system shall be provided complete with all equipment and documentation
necessary to allow an operator to independently perform the following functions:
a. Add/Delete/Modify Standalone DDC Panels
b. Add/Delete/Modify Operator Workstations
c. Add/Delete/Modify Application Specific Controllers
d. Add/Delete/Modify points of any type, and all associated point parameters,
and tuning constants
e. Add/Delete/Modify alarm reporting definition for each point.
f. Add/Delete/Modify control loops
g. Add/Delete/Modify energy management applications
h. Add/Delete/Modify time and calendar-based programming
i. Add/Delete/Modify Totalization for every point
j. Add/Delete/Modify Historical Data Trending for every point
k. Add/Delete/Modify custom control processes
l. Add/Delete/Modify any and all graphic displays, symbols, and cross-
references to point data
m. Add/Delete/Modify dial-up telecommunication definition
n. Add/Delete/Modify all operator passwords
o. Add/Delete/Modify Alarm Messages
2. Programming Description: Definition of operator device characteristics, DDC
panels, individual points, applications and control sequences shall be performed
through fill-in-the-blank templates and graphical programming approach.
F. Graphical programming shall allow the user to define the software configuration of DDC
control logic for HVAC system control sequences, fan interlocks, pump interlocks, PID
control loops, and other control relationships through the creation of graphical logic flow
diagrams.
a. Graphical Programming: Control sequences are created by using a
mouse input device to draw interconnecting (comparisons and
mathematical calculations), and outputs of a control sequence. As a
minimum, graphic symbols shall be used to represent:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 18
1) Process Inputs, such as temperature, humidity, or pressure values,
status, time, date, or any other measured or calculated system data.
2) Mathematical Process Operators, such as addition, subtraction,
multiplication, or greater than, equal to, less than, etc.
3) Logical Process Operators such as AND, OR, Exclusive OR, NOT,
etc.
4) Time Delays
5) Process Control Outputs such as start/stop control points, analog
adjust points, etc.
6) Process Calculation Outputs
7) Text file Outputs and Advisories
b. Network-Wide Strategy Development: Inputs and outputs for any process
shall not be restricted to a single DDC panel, but shall be able to allow the
development of all other DDC panels to allow the development of network-
wide control strategies. Processes shall also allow the operator to use the
results of one process as the input to any number of other processes
(cascading).
c. Sequencing, Testing, and Simulation: A software tool shall be provided,
which allows a user to simulate control sequence execution to test
strategies before they are actually applied to mechanical systems. Users
shall be able to enter hypothetical input data, and verify desired control
response and calculation results via graphical displays and hardcopy
printouts.
2. System Definition/Control Sequence Documentation: All portions of system
definition shall be self-documenting to provide hardcopy printouts of all
configuration and application data. Control process and DDC control loop
documentation shall be provided in logical, graphical flow diagram format to allow
control sequences to be easily interpreted and modified at any time in the future.
3. Database Save/Restore/Back-Up: Back-up copies of all standalone DDC panel
databases shall be stored in at least one personal computer operator
workstation.
4. Continuous supervision of the integrity of all DDC panel databases shall be
provided. In the event that any DDC panel on the network experiences a loss of
its data base for any reason, the system shall automatically download a new
copy of the respective database to restore proper operation. Database back-
up/Download shall occur over the local area network without operator
intervention. Users shall also have the ability to manually execute downloads of
any or all portions of a DDC panel's database.
G. Standalone DDC panel Local or Portable Operator's Terminals: Each DDC panel shall
be capable of supporting an operator's terminal for local command entry, instantaneous
and historical data display, and program additions and modifications.
1. There shall be a provision for both permanently mounting the standalone DDC
panel Operator Terminal, or using it as a portable handheld unit.
2. The DDC panel Operator Terminal shall simultaneously display a minimum of 6
points with full English identification to allow an operator to view single c\screen
dynamic displays depicting entire mechanical systems.
3. The operator functions provided by the DDC panel Operator Terminal shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Start and stop Points
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 19
b. Modify Setpoints
c. Modify PID Loop Setpoints
d. Override PID Control
e. Change Time/Date
f. Add/Modify Start/Stop Weekly Scheduling
g. Add/Modify Setpoint Weekly Scheduling
h. Enter Temporary Override Schedules
i. Define Holiday Schedules
j. View Analog Limits
k. Enter/ Modify Analog Warning Limits
l. Enter/ Modify Analog Alarm Limits
m. Enter/ Modify Analog Differentials
n. View Point History Files
4. The DDC panel Operator Terminal shall provide access to all real or calculated
points in the controller to which it is connected, or any other controller in the
network. This capability shall not be restricted to a subset of predefined "global
points", but shall provide totally open exchange of data between the operator
terminal and any DDC panel in the network.
5. Operator access at all DDC panel operator Terminals shall be identical to each
other, as well as identical to the PC or Laptop Operator Workstations. Any
password changes shall automatically be downloaded to all controllers on the
network.
6. The DDC panel operator terminal shall provide English language prompting to
eliminate the need for the user to remember command formats or point names.
Prompting shall be provided consistent with a user's password clearance and the
types of points being displayed, to eliminate the possibility of operator error.
7. A multi-function touchpad shall be provided for point and command selection, as
well as parameter entry. To minimize the possibility of operator error, the DDC
panel Operator Terminal shall change and limit touchpad functions based upon
an operator's password clearance, the function being performed, and types of
points being displayed. Screen displays shall clearly indicate only valid touchpad
functions.
8. Context-Sensitive Help: On-line, interactive user's "Help" manuals and tutorials
shall be provided. Based upon operator request, the "help" function shall provide
general system operating instructions, and specific descriptions of commands
available in the currently displayed menus.
9. Identification for all real or calculated points shall be consistent for all network
devices. The same English language names used at PC workstations shall be
used to access points at the DDC panel Operator's Terminal to eliminate cross-
reference or look-up tables.
10. In addition to instantaneous summaries, the DDC panel Operator's Terminal shall
allow a user to view a Point History file for system points. Point History files shall
provide a record of value of analog points over the last 24 hours, at 30-minute
intervals, or a record of the last ten status changes for binary type points.
2.9 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. General: The Contractor shall provide control products in the sizes and capacities
indicated. The existing control system shall remain and be reused as is. Additional
controllers, sensors, and devices which are required to make a complete control system
shall be the responsibility of the controls contractor.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 20
B. Dampers shall be constructed of a minimum of 13 gauge galvanized steel frame, 1/16"
extruded aluminum air foil blades, zinc plated steel concealed in frame linkage, zinc
plated steel blade pin, oil impregnated bronze bearings, self-compensating stainless
steel side seals, neoprene blade seals. Leakage rates shall not exceed 7 cfm/ft2 at 4"
w.c. static pressure differential for a 24" x 24" damper. Provide extended shaft for
proper and adequate actuator connection and operation. Damper blades shall not
exceed 6" in height.
C. Damper blade operation shall be as follows:
APPLICATION OPERATION
Modulating Air Volume Control Opposed Blade
Isolation/Shut-off Service Parallel Blade
D. Automatic Control Valves:
1. Control valves shall have equal percentage plugs.
2. Control Valve Construction:
a. Small Valves 1/2" through 1": Valves shall be constructed with a cast
brass body and screwed ends. Trim shall consist of a removable cage
providing valve plug guiding throughout the entire travel range. A stainless
steel stem shall be provided. Bonnet, cage and the stem and plug
assembly shall be removable for servicing. Body rating shall be 400 psi at
150 deg. F.
b. Valves - 1/2" through 2": Valves shall be constructed with a cast brass
body and screwed ends. For special duty, valves may be selected by the
control manufacturer to have either bronze or cast iron bodies with
screwed or flanged ends.
c. Valves - 2 - 1/2" and above: Valves shall be constructed with a cast iron
body and have flanged connections.
d. For motorized plug, butterfly and ball valves, the operator shall be
provided with the valve by the valve manufacturer. See Section 23 05 23.
e. Steam control valves shall be suitable for superheat conditions where
superheat may occur in operating system conditions.
3. Control Valve Operators/Actuators:
a. All automatic control valves shall be fully proportioning with modulating
plugs for equal percentage of linear flow characteristics and shall be
provided with actuators of sufficient power for the duty intended. Valve
body and actuator selection shall be sufficient to handle system pressure
which will be encountered on the project.
b. Where required by the sequence of operation, valves shall be capable of
being sequenced either with other valves or other pneumatically actuate
devices. Where such sequencing is required the actual spring range,
when adjusted for spring shift, shall be such that no overlapping occurs. In
the event that spring shift can cause an overlap, a pilot positioning
operator shall be furnished.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 21
c. Actuator housings shall be cast aluminum, with synthetic rubber
diaphragm, spring return type.
4. Temperature control contractor and manufacturer shall size control valves for
proper control characteristics for each application.
5. Water control valves shall be sized for a pressure drop between 4 to 6 psig at full
flow condition.
6. Steam control valves shall be sized as follows:
a. For line pressures 15 psig and less: The pressure drop across the valve
shall be 80% of the inlet gauge pressure at full flow condition.
b. For line pressures greater than 15 psig: The pressure drop across the
valve shall be equal to the critical pressure drop which is 45% of the
absolute inlet pressure.
7. Select valves to fail in normally open or closed position as follows:
a. Terminal Heating Devices:
1) Offices, Patient Care, Hospital, Public Areas and schools
N.O.
2) Research labs, computer equipment rooms, telephone equipment
rooms, animal holding rooms, etc.
N.C.
b. All humidifier Valves:
N.C.
c. Or as dictated by life safety, freeze protection, humidity, fire or
temperature protection.
2.10 INPUTS:
A. All input accuracies required by this section shall be end-to-end (from sensing point to
BAS display). End-to-end accuracy includes all errors due to the sensor, transmitter,
wiring and BAS signal measurement and A/D conversion.
B. Thermistors or solid state sensors shall be provided for temperature sensing
applications except where accuracies or ranges required cannot be met by these
devices, RTD's shall be used. The sensors shall be powered by the BAS panel or
Dedicated Controller. The solid state sensors shall be accurate to within ±0.5deg F.
over the following ranges and meet the following requirements:
1. Room Type Instruments: 50deg F to 100deg F. For room space applications:
Sensor shall be [surface] [recessed] mounted in a [plastic] [aluminum] [stainless]
cover with an insulated baseplate & vandalproof screws.
Each thermostat shall have the following features:
a. [Exposed] [Concealed] setpoint adjustment dial with temperature
graduation indication.
b. Exposed graduated temperature indicating thermometer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 22
c. All/Public area thermostats shall be provided with a plastic/stainless steel
vented, lockable security cover.
2. Duct & Plenum Applications: -30deg F. to 240deg F. Supply, return, exhaust or
mixed air averaging type, which shall have an extended element of sufficient
length to cover the entire duct cross-section with a minimum of three passes. If a
single averaging thermistor of sufficient length to meet the preceding are not
available then two or more sensors and AIs shall be used and averaged in
software.
3. Water Temperature Applications: 30deg F to 230deg F.
C. Where RTD's are required, they shall be 1000 ohm platinum type and be supplied with
a 4-20 mA DC transmitter. The sensor and transmitter shall be a single unit. They shall
be accurate to within ±1.0deg F. over the range of 32deg F. to 600deg F.
D. Where thermocouples are required, they shall be type J and be supplied with a 4-20 mA
DC transmitter. They shall be accurate to within ±2.0deg F over the range of 32 deg F
to 1300 deg F.
E. Provide matched temperature sensors for applications which require both inlet and
outlet temperatures of any device.
F. Thermowells shall be monel, brass or copper for use in copper water lines; and 300
series stainless steel for all other applications.
G. Humidity Transmitter:
1. Duct humidity transmitters shall be Vaisala Model HMD60U. Transmitters shall
measure relative humidity from 0-100% RH with repeatable accuracy of ±2% RH.
Long range RH stability shall be better than 1% RH/year. Duct mounting
enclosure shall be cast aluminum, NEMA 4. Instruments shall be temperature
compensated over entire range of operation. Sensor shall utilize the registered
HUMICAP H-sensor. Sensor filter shall be membrane type, 18.5 mm. Provide 4-
20 mA output signal to building automation control system.
2. Wall Mounted Humidity Transmitter: Wall mounted humidity transmitter shall be
Vaisala Model HMW60U. Transmitter shall measure relative humidity from 0 to
100% RH, ±2% accuracy, wall mounted ABS plastic box, with a long range RH
stability better than 1% RH/year and temperature compensated over the entire
range. Sensor shall utilize the registered HUMICAP H-sensor. Sensor filter shall
be membrane type 18.5 mm and a 4-20 mA output signal.
a. Provide 1 spare set of filters for each transmitter Viasala No. 17039.
H. Humidity and temperature calibrator kit:
1. Provide Viasala HMK41 Kit for single point calibration of air temperature and
humidity transmitters. Kit shall include:
a. HMI41 Sensor.
b. HMP46 Probe.
c. N.I.S.T. Certificate.
d. 1911622 Calibration Cable.
e. Carrying Case.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 23
I. Pressure Sensors, Transmitters and Differential Switches:
1. Pump/Liquid (wet) differential pressure switches shall be as manufactured by
BARKSDALE with neoprene diaphragm, stainless steel internal parts, NEMA 4
housing.
2. Air Differential Pressure Transmitters shall be Modus model T30 or T40 (as
required) with an accuracy of ±1% of range (including nonlinearity and
hysteresis), solid state circuitry, no moving parts, capacitance principle capable
of sensing positive, negative and differential pressures. Transmitter shall have 4-
20 mA output signal and be powered by the control system or dedicated
controller and capable of withstanding momentary overpressure of 8 times the
pressure range.
3. Differential air pressure switches for filter or proof of airflow status shall be Dwyer
Series 1910, with automatic reset, SPDT.
4. Hi-static pressure safety switches shall be Dwyer series 1900 MR, with manual
reset, snap switch, SPDT, with repetitive accuracy within 3%.
5. Water/Liquid/Steam/Refrigerant Pressure Transmitter: Kele & Associates Model
SA, stainless pressure transmitter with 4-20 mA output signal, watertight
enclosure with stainless steel bulkhead fitting, accuracy of ±1% full scale,
temperature compensated, 300 series stainless steel wetted parts.
a. Provide Model 47S pressure snubber for applications where the
transmitter is subjected to fluid hammer, pressure surge or pulsation.
b. Provide Model PT steam syphon pigtail steam applications and where the
fluid temperature is higher than the maximum operating temperature rating
of the transmitter.
6. Air and Vacuum Pressure Transmitter: Kele & Associates Model P100GTE, solid
state, 4-20 mA signal with a full scale accuracy of 1%.
J. Output Devices:
1. Control Relays: Control relay contacts shall be rated for the application, with a
minimum of 2 sets of Form C contacts enclosed in a dustproof enclosure. Relays
shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Operating time shall
be 20 milliseconds or less, with release time of 10 milliseconds or less. Relays
shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to
150% of rated coil voltage. Provide with LED to indicate status.
2. Analog output transducers shall be of positioning type with position feedback and
control internal to the transducer. As an option, position feedback may also be
input to the BAS.
3. Analog output transducers shall meet the following requirements:
a. 4-20 mA DC output.
b. Two-pipe electromechanical design or microprocessor-based design.
c. 3-15 psi output range adjustable to a 0-20 psi range minimum.
d. Linearity, repeatability and hysteresis no greater than 2% of full scale.
e. Air capacity of 1000 SCIM minimum.
f. Air consumption of no more than 100 SCIM.
g. Pressure gauges shall be installed on the branch and supply lines.
h. Acceptable transducers are the Bellofram T1000, Fairchild T5700,
Johnson N6810, Mamac EP-310 or an equivalent.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 24
4. Electronic analog output transducers shall output a signal to match the controlled
device. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the required signals for
all controlled devices. Transducers shall be completely solid-state with no
mechanical parts.
5. Time Delay Relays: Time delay relay contacts shall be rated for the application
with a minimum of 2 sets of Form C contacts enclosed is a dustproof enclosure.
Relays shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Relays shall
be equipped with coil transient suppression, devices to limit transients to 150% of
rated coil voltage. Delayed contact openings or closing shall be adjustable from
1 to 60 seconds with a minimum accuracy of ±2% of setting.
6. Latching Relays: Latching Relay contacts shall be rated for the application with a
minimum of 2 sets of Form C contacts enclosed in a dustproof enclosure. Relays
shall be rated for a minimum life of one million operations. Operating time shall
be 20 milliseconds or less, with release time of 10 milliseconds or less. Relays
shall be equipped with coil transient suppression devices to limit transients to
150% of rated coil voltage.
2.11 GAUGES:
A. General: Provide air pressure gauges for indication of supply and control air pressure
at each branch for all control valve sizes 1" and larger, as well as all control dampers,
all controllers, relays and EP and PE switches.
B. Air pressure gauges shall be a minimum of 1-1/2" diameter, resistant to effects of
shock, pulsation and vibration, with a full scale accuracy of ±2.5%.
C. Round receiver gauges for continuous indication of analog values shall be 4" dial face
instruments. Gauges shall be calibrated in appropriate units for the variable being
measured and shall operate through their full range on a change in air pressure from 3
to 15 psi. Accuracy shall be plus or minus 1/2% of full scale.
2.12 POSITIONERS:
A. Positive positioning relays shall be provided on valve actuators and damper operators
when required to provide sufficient power, sequencing and repeatability.
B. Provide for smooth gradual operation over operating span adjustment of 0 to 15 psi and
start point adjustment of 3 to 10 psi.
2.13 CUMULATORS, SWITCHES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS:
A. Provide all cumulators, switches and other miscellaneous items as may be required for
the successful operation of the temperature regulation systems specified herein and/or
shown on Drawings.
B. Cumulators shall be of the positive and gradual acting type.
C. Provide suitable indicating plates with all switches.
D. Pressure/Electric switches shall be micro switch type.
E. Range shall be 0 - 20 psi with electrical rating of 10 amperes minimum for 115V/1/60.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 25
2.14 GAS DETECTION SENSORS:
A. Carbon Dioxide Sensor: SELECT WALL OR DUCT MOUNT. Viasala GMD20 (Duct)
GMW20 (Wall); , designed to monitor CO2 levels, in accordance with ASHRAE
Standard 62,4-20 mA output, accuracy at 20deg C <(20ppm +1.5% of reading), 0-2000
PPM range, adjustable to 20000 ppm.
B. Oxygen Monitor Sensor: Davis Instruments Teledyne Model 335, with a range of 0-
25% O2, 0.5% sensitivity of full scale, ±2% accuracy at constant temperature, solid state
electronics, two adjustable alarm setpoints and form C relay contacts, built-in audible
and visual indication, AC powered, NiCad battery back-up and battery test switch.
Provide calibration equipment and span gas.
2.15 TEMPERATURE CONTROL CABINETS:
A. General: All controllers and field interface devices shall be installed in control panel
cabinet/enclosure as described below.
B. Cabinets shall be UL listed, 14 gauge furniture grade steel, finished with baked enamel
painted finish inside and out, cabinet doors shall have piano hinge and standard key
cylinder locking latch.
C. Cabinets shall include Lexan windows to view controls without opening the door.
D. Control panels located outdoors shall be NEMA 4X.
E. All devices installed in or on the control cabinet shall be labeled with a fixed mounted,
color contrasted, engraved laminated plastic tags, including describing the function of
the device, similar to the following example:
∆P
TRANSMITTER
DEVICE
Label
DSP-1, AHU-1 SUPPLY
DUCT STATIC
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
F. All pneumatic devices within the panel shall be factory prepiped. A "pneumatic
terminal" numbering system shall be applied to pneumatic lines within a panel with
aforementioned numbers matching pneumatic terminals shown on control diagrams.
This feature is required to assist system checkout and service.
G. All electrical devices within the panel shall be prewired to terminal strips with all inter-
device wiring within the panel completed prior to installation of the system.
H. Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipment on vibration free walls or free
standing steel angle supports or "Unistrut" support stand.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 26
2.16 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES:
A. Variable frequency drives shall be arranged so that it can be operated in an open circuit
mode, disconnected from the motors, for start-up adjustments and trouble shooting.
B. Automatic operation shall be from a 4-20 milliamp signal follower, which shall follow a
transducer signal. The signal follower shall contain the following design features.
1. Shall accept a transducer output signal and condition it to produce a speed
reference signal for the invertor.
2. Minimum speed adjustment (Zero to Maximum RPM).
C. Wire all safeties to operate both in hand and auto positions as well as drive and by-pass
sections.
D. Provide communication cabling and interface necessary to forward VFD computer
communication information to and from the BAS/VFD. See Section 23 05 07.
2.17 HIGH & LOW TEMPERATURE LIMIT CONTROL DEVICES:
A. Provide PENN A70 series or equal, DPST, manual reset, two isolated sets of contacts.
Control responds to temperature along any one foot of entire element.
B. Vapor charged sensing element shall be calibrated for altitude of project site.
C. Provide multiple limit control devices as required to provide complete and full coverage
of the entire coil face area and/or duct cross section area.
2.18 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS:
A. All wiring shall be installed in conduit. See Division 26 for conduit installation
requirements. Where wiring is exposed in plenum locations (i.e. open cable tray, wiring
shall be plenum rated.
B. Conduit and Conductors: Types as indicated in Division 26 sized per Division 26
except for low-voltage twisted pair or single jacketed cable (1/2" minimum). All low
voltage conductors shall be stranded 22 gauge copper minimum; twisted pair.
C. Fittings per Division 26: Bushings or nylon insulated throats are not required for
jacketed cables.
D. All J-boxes shall be identified and labeled per Division 26.
E. All conductors and cables shall be labeled per Division 26.
F. Conduit and box supports shall be per Division 26.
G. Junction boxes shall be of types and sizes as indicated in Division 26.
H. Conduits shall not exceed 40% maximum fill for single conductor and jacketed cables.
I. Fiber Optic Cable:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 27
1. Acceptable fiber optic cable shall include the following sizes; 50/125, 62.5/125 or
100/140. Only glass fiber is acceptable, no plastic.
2. Fiber optic cable shall only be installed and terminated by an experienced
contractor. The BAS contractor shall submit to the Engineer the name of the
intended contractor of the fiber optic cable with his submittal documents.
J. Coaxial Cable:
1. Coaxial cable shall conform to RG62 or RG59 rating.
2. Provide plenum rated coaxial cable when running in return air plenums.
K. All temperature control panels & controllers shall be provided with fuse protection on
both incoming power load supply (primary side) and on low voltage side of control
transformer (secondary side).
L. Provide lightning arresters Kele & Associates Model 392-SVSR2 or equal, at all points
where communication cables exit or enter the building.
M. All communication cabling shall be shielded type.
2.19 END SWITCHES:
A. All end switches shall be NEMA rated contacts and NEMA 4X enclosure, either SPDT,
DPDT DPST as required to meet the sequence of operation, complete the points list
and necessary interlocks or safeties control wiring. End switches shall be as
manufactured by Cutler-Hammer or Allen-Bradley.
B. All end switches shall be designed and configured to provide positive indication of a
control device (i.e. damper or valve) position for the service intended.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. The Contractor shall install all equipment, control air piping/tubing, conduit and wiring
parallel to building lines.
B. All automatic control valves and control dampers furnished by the Temperature Control
Contractor shall be installed under his supervision by the Mechanical Contractor.
C. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
1. Spare conductor capacity, equal to a minimum of (2) additional sensors shall be
provided to each underfloor sensor and pendant type sensors.
2. Wiring shall be installed in conduit throughout.
3. Horizontal runs of conduit, trays, tubing or wiring shall be hung from structural
members using new supports, or where feasible, utilizing existing temperature
control conduit and piping. The Contractor shall verify adequacy of existing
systems and warrant these systems as if they were new. Single runs of conduit,
tubing or wire shall be by clevis ring and all thread rod. Multiple runs shall be by
"Trapeze" or "Unistrut" supports. "Plumber's Strap" shall not be allowed.
Maximum distance between supports shall be per the NEC. Existing supports
shall only be used upon written concurrence by the Architect, Engineer or Owner.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 28
4. All vertical runs of conduit or tubing shall be through new core drills. Existing
core drills may be used if approved by the Owner. The installation shall be
supported above each floor penetration using clamps to "Unistrut".
5. All wire that enters or leaves a building structure shall be installed with lightning
protection per NEC.
6. All wire terminations shall be with compression type round hole spade lugs under
a pan head screw landing; Stay-Kon or equivalent. All wire splices shall be with
compression type insulated splice connectors or properly sized "wire-nut"
connectors. Hand twisted, soldered and/or taped terminations or splices are not
acceptable.
7. Where tubing, wiring or conduit penetrates floors or walls, sleeves with bushings
shall be provided for tubing and wires. The conduit or sleeve opening shall be
sealed with fire proof packing so the smoke and fire rating of the wall or floor is
maintained.
8. All the material installed under this contract must be mounted on, or supported
from the building structure or supports furnished by this Contractor.
9. Provide an isolation valve on air line connections to each air controlled device
which will be added.
D. Control Wiring:
1. Run wiring in metallic conduit, tubing or raceways. Exceptions are as follows:
a. NEC Class 2 low voltage wiring where not exposed to view such as above
suspended ceilings, in shafts, etc., may be run in cable (when approved by
code authority).
b. Wiring enclosed in temperature control panels.
2. Where conduit is used, provide steel fittings.
3. Low Voltage Conductors: 18 gauge minimum, except 19 gauge may be used for
home runs to central panels and 22 gauge minimum for resistance or thermistor
sensing element connections.
4. Wire control interlocks and control panels, except one 120V power circuit to each
temperature control panel shown on drawings and schedules shall be provided
under Division 1.
5. All wiring shall comply with the requirements of local and national electrical
codes.
6. Do not interlock alarms with starter switching to bypass alarm when equipment is
manually disconnected.
7. Variable frequency drives shall be arranged so that it can be operated in an open
circuit mode, disconnected from the motors, for start-up adjustments and trouble
shooting.
8. All costs of controls, wiring conduit and associated labor shall be included in the
temperature control bid. The control wiring shall be installed under the
supervision of this Contractor.
3.2 ENCLOSURES:
A. The tubing and wiring within all enclosures shall be run in plastic trays. Tubing and
wiring within BAS panels may be run using adhesive-backed tie wraps.
B. All plastic tubing shall be connected to enclosures through conduit. All copper tubing
shall be connected to enclosures through bulkhead fittings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 29
C. Mount all enclosures, including those which house BAS Panels, Slaves and Field
Device Panels, so that the top of the enclosure does not exceed six feet, six inches (6'-
6"); and the center of any keypad/LCD combination does not exceed five foot, six
inches (5'-6") from the floor or is less than four feet zero inches (4'-0") from the floor.
D. Field Device Panels contain related Field Devices such as relays, control power (24V)
transformers, output transducers, etc., that are outboard of the BAS Panels or
Dedicated Controllers. Each Field Device Panel shall be mounted within an enclosure.
The enclosures shall be provided with lockable latches that will accept a single key
common to all Field Device Panels, BAS Panels and Slaves.
3.3 EXISTING CONTROLS:
A. Remove all existing controls, controllers, receiver/controllers, thermostats, sensors,
Field Devices, gauges, etc.; and all associated wiring, piping and mounting hardware
whose functions are being replaced by the BAS.
1. When existing equipment is removed, coordinate with a detailed Method of
Procedure (MOP). Do not remove until Owner reviews.
2. Refer to General Conditions.
3.4 INSTALLATION PRACTICES:
A. The Contractor shall install and calibrate all Field Devices, sensors and transducers
necessary for the complete operation of the I/O points described herein.
B. Sensors shall be removable without shutting down the system in which they are in-
stalled.
C. All immersion sensors shall be installed in new, welded thermowells supplied by the
Contractor. Existing thermowells may be reused with concurrence from the Owner.
Coordinate any required shutdown with Owner.
D. Thermistor wire leads shall be permanently terminated at panels or controllers with wire
clamps.
E. Where none exist, furnish and install pressure/temperature gauges adjacent to each
immersion type sensor.
F. Sensors shall be installed with the use of a wet or hot tap without draining the system if
required.
3.5 CLEANING AND FLUSHING:
A. All control air tubing shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing in operation to rid the
system of dirt, piping compound, mill scale, oil, and any other material foreign to the air
being circulated.
1. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials.
Flush out piping systems with clean water before proceeding with required tests.
Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory
items.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 30
2. After installation of piping, but prior to installation of outlet valves, blow lines clear
with Grade "D" oil-free dry air or nitrogen.
3. Control air piping which is required to be brazed shall be provided with a nitrogen
purge during the brazing process.
3.6 IDENTIFICATION:
A. All control air piping/tubing, J-boxes, conduit and wiring shall be labeled.
B. Electrical devices, wiring, conduit and J-boxes shall be labeled and identified as
required by Division 26.
1. As a minimum regardless of Division 26 requirements, all temperature control J-
box covers shall be painted blue [ ] in color on both sides of cover.
C. Main supply control air piping and tubing shall be labeled with Brady or equivalent
markers or pre-printed identification sleeves at each end and junction point, and
protected. Identification scheme shall be consistent with the drawings.
D. Identification shall be provided for all enclosures, panels, junction boxes, controllers or
Field Devices. Laminated, bakelite nameplates shall be used. The nameplates shall be
1/16-inch thick and a minimum of 1 inch by 2 inches. The lettering shall be white on a
blue [ ] background with minimum 1/4-inch high engraved letters. The nameplates
shall be installed with pop rivets.
1. All new devices will be tagged. Color code to differentiate between new devices.
E. Thoroughly clean the surface to which the label shall be applied with a solvent before
applying the identification. Use an epoxy to affix the identification in addition to any
adhesive backing on the identification.
F. The plan code designation shown on all shop drawing identification shall be consistent
with the contract documents.
G. All I/O Field Devices that are not mounted within Field Device Panel enclosures shall be
identified with engraved plastic laminated nameplates installed so that they are visible
from ground level.
H. The identification shall show the designation used on the record documents and identify
the function such as "mixed air temperature sensor" and "fan status DP switch".
I. Calibration settings shall be marked with paint or indelible ink.
3.7 LOCATIONS:
A. All sensing devices and locations shall be located by the Contractor as shown on the
submittal shop drawings with final review by the Engineer.
B. Wall mount space sensors shall be mounted five (5) feet above finished floor. Pendant
mount space sensors shall be mounted eight (8) feet above finished floor.
C. Enclosures housing Field Devices shall be located immediately adjacent horizontally to
the BAS panels or Slaves which are being interfaced to.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 31
3.8 VALVES, WELLS, FLOW SWITCHES AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPERS:
A. The Controls Contractor shall have his control equipment on the project site when
required and give the Owner 24 hour written notice when systems must be shut down
for installation.
3.9 TEMPERATURE SENSORS:
A. Temperature controls trades shall verify all wall mounted temperature sensors locations
with the Architect/ Engineer/Owner in order to avoid interference with wall mounted and
space furnishings.
1. Where interferences require moving the temperature sensor more than two feet,
consult with the Architect/Engineer for relocation.
B. Temperature sensors shall be mounted on suitable insulated base and secured to the
wall in such a way as to be easily removed from wall without damage to the sensor.
C. Check and verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans
and room details before installation. Locate thermostats 48" (1524 mm) above floor.
3.10 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND COORDINATION:
A. Where existing walls are penetrated with conduit or piping, provide a fire stop assembly
which meets or exceeds the original rating of the assembly. Refer to Division 23.
B. Extreme care must be exercised while working in existing facilities and around
operating equipment, particularly sensitive telephone switching and computer
equipment. Close coordination with the Owner is required for the protection of this
operating equipment from dust, dirt and construction material while maintaining the
operational environment for the equipment. Under no circumstances shall the power or
environmental requirements of the operating equipment be interrupted during the
installation and check-out without submitting to the Architect, Owner and Engineer for
approval.
C. A detailed Method of Procedure (MOP) stating the steps to be taken, time schedule and
impacted systems for the service interruption shall be submitted to the Architect for
approval prior to beginning work. Refer to Division 1 and Division 23 for requirements.
3.11 CLEANUP:
A. At the completion of the work, all equipment pertinent to this contract shall be checked
and thoroughly cleaned and all other areas shall be cleaned around equipment
provided under this contract. Clean the exposed surfaces of tubing, hangers, and other
exposed metal of all grease, plaster, dust, or other foreign materials.
B. Upon final completion of work in an area, vacuum and/or damp wipe all finished room
surfaces and furnishings. Use extreme care in cleaning around telephone switching
and computer equipment and under no circumstances shall water or solvents be used
around this equipment.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 32
C. At the completion of the work and at the end of each work day, remove from the
building, the premises, and surrounding streets, etc., all rubbish and debris resulting
from the operations and leave all equipment spaces absolutely clean and ready for use.
3.12 SOFTWARE, DATABASE AND GRAPHICS:
A. Software Installation: The Contractor shall provide all labor necessary to install,
initialize, start-up and debug all system software as described in this section. This
includes any operating system software or other third party software necessary for
successful operation of the system.
B. Database Configuration: The Contractor will provide all labor to configure those
portions of the database that are required by the points list and sequence of operation.
C. Color Graphics: Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, the Contractor will provide
color graphic displays for all systems which are specified with a sequence of operation,
depicted in the mechanical drawings for each system and floor plan. For each system
or floor plan, the display shall contain the associated points identified in the point list
and allow for setpoint changes as required by the Owner.
3.13 TEMPERATURE CONTROL DRAWINGS:
A. Upon completion of project and after record drawings of the temperature controls have
been prepared and reviewed, the Contractor shall provide one (1) complete set of
temperature controls drawings at each temperature control panel. Each set of drawings
shall be laminated in a plastic coating. The drawings shall consist of only those control
functions associated with the specific control panel and any relevant or pertinent
network interface information.
B. The laminated drawings shall have a grommet connection attached to a metal cable or
chain which is mechanically fastened to the temperature control cabinet.
3.14 START UP AND TESTING:
A. Prior to Beneficial Use of the BAS, the Contractor shall supply to Architect/Engineer two
(2) debugged printouts of all software entered into the BAS. Also supply all users
programming and engineering manuals required to interpret the software. Included in
the printouts, though not limited to, shall be the following:
1. Point data base.
2. All custom control programs written in the BAS control language.
3. All parameters required for proper operation of BAS control and utility firmware
such as start-stop routines, etc.
4. Printouts or plotted detailed copies of the complete interactive system graphics.
B. The software printout shall be fully documented for ease of interpretation by the
Architect/Engineer and Owner, without assistance from the Contractor. English
language descriptions shall be either integrated with or attached to the BAS printout.
Specifically, the following shall be documented:
1. All point (I/O and virtual) names.
2. All BAS Programming Language commands, functions, syntax, operators, and
reserved variables.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 33
3. Use of all BAS firmware.
4. The intended actions, decisions, and calculations of each line or logical group of
lines in the custom control program(s). Sequences of operation are not
acceptable for use in this documentation requirement.
5. Complete descriptions of and theories explaining all software and firmware
algorithms. The algorithms to be described include, but are not limited to, PID,
optimum start/stop, demand limiting, etc.
C. Documentation that was supplied as part of the submittals need not be submitted at this
time.
D. Upon review of software, a point-to-point test of the BAS installation shall commence.
The Contractor shall provide two men equipped with two-way communication and shall
test actual field operation of each control and sensing point. This procedure shall occur
during off hour periods. The purpose is to test the calibration, response, and action of
every point. Any test equipment required to prove the proper operation of the BAS shall
be provided by and operated by the Contractor. The Engineer and/Owner will be
present to oversee, observe, and review the test. Demonstrate compliance that system
functions per the Sequence of Operation.
1. Upon review of the point-to-point demonstration, the Contractor shall start up the
BAS by putting all controlled equipment in automatic and enabling software.
Contractor shall commence final software and overall BAS hardware/software
debugging.
2. The point-to-point demonstration shall include any existing BAS equipment if it
affects the operation of the equipment included under this contract.
3. As a minimum, existing conditions shall be maintained during system
changeover.
E. Final acceptance of the BAS is contingent upon a hardware/software system test. All
groups of points that yield a system of control shall be tested for compliance with the
sequences of operation. Included in the test, but not limited to, shall be:
1. BAS loop response. The Contractor shall supply a trend data output in graphical
form showing the step response of each BAS loop. The test shall show the loop's
response to a change in set point which represents a change in the actuator
position of at least 25% of its full range. The sampling rate of the trend shall be
from one to three minutes depending on the speed of the loop. The trend data
shall show for each sample the set point, actuator position, and controlled
variable values. Any loop that does not yield temperature control of + 0.2deg F
or humidity control of + 3% RH shall require further tuning by the Contractor.
2. Interlocks and other sequences.
3. BAS control under HVAC equipment failure.
4. HVAC operation under BAS equipment failure.
5. Battery backup.
6. BAS control under power failure/restart.
7. Reset schedules.
8. BAS alarm reporting capability.
F. A detailed test report as defined under Submittals shall be provided indicating its
completion and proper system operation.
G. The BAS will not be accepted as meeting the requirements of Beneficial Use until all
tests described in this section have been performed to the satisfaction of both the
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 34
Architect/Engineer and Owner. Any tests that cannot be performed due to
circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor shall be exempt from the Beneficial
Use requirements if requested in writing by the Contractor and concurred by the Owner
and Architect/Engineer. Such tests shall be performed as part of the BAS warranty.
1. A typed written document stating that the system has been fully checked out on a
point by point basis shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer. All
documentation associated with the checkout shall be included.
3.15 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for updating all existing Project Record Documents
associated with the Scope of Work outlined in the Drawings and Specifications.
B. Prior to final completion of the installation, prepare a complete set of record drawings
on a clear and legible set of ANSI size 'B' (11" x 17") Mylar reproducible prints. The
content, format and procedure of the submittal shall be as described by the General
Conditions.
C. Provide one laminated and framed set of control drawings for each new BAS control
panel and one for the Facility Control Room, locate as directed by the Engineer.
D. Prior to final completion of the installation, prepare three (3) operation and maintenance
manuals. The information is to be inserted in the existing operation and maintenance
manuals or provided in a tabbed and indexed, 3 screw and post binder. The
information shall include:
1. Operator's manual with step-by-step procedures for logging on/off, interrogating
the system, producing reports, acknowledging alarms, overriding computer
control, and changing firmware parameters.
2. Programmer's manual with complete description of the custom control language
and associated editor, including sample written programs. Provide complete sets
of all programming forms, applications memorandums, and addenda to the
programmer's manual. All software or firmware algorithms shall be completely
described and documented.
3. Maintenance, Installation, and Engineering manual(s) that clearly explains how to
debug hardware problems, how to repair or replace hardware, preventive
maintenance guidelines and schedules, calibration procedures, and how to
engineer and install new points, panels, and Operator Interfaces.
4. Documentation of all software. List separately all software parameters that will
need updating by the Owner such as, though not limited to, holiday, seasonal
and start/stop schedules, comfort and duty cycling schedules.
5. All programs, code, databases, graphic files, CADD drawings and symbol
libraries generated for operation of the system shall be included as a part of the
system documentation. This information shall be submitted both in hard copy
bound format and magnetic media format.
6. Input/output schedules, data sheets, and all other items required under
Submittals. Describe all regular maintenance that will need to be performed on
the BAS hardware. List replacement parts with part numbers.
7. Complete original issue documentation and software diskettes for all third party
software furnished and installed as a part of the system or required for the
operation of the system including text editors, control language program and
compiler, database managers, graphics and CADD packages, operating systems
and communications software.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 35
8. Complete original issue documentation, installation and operational manuals and
supporting software for all third party hardware furnished and installed as a part
of the system or required for the operation of the system including remote
terminals, user's computer workstation, monitors, graphics and memory boards,
printers and modems.
9. During the warranty period, all copies of the drawings and manuals shall be
updated to include all hardware and software changes. A final update at 1 year
shall be provided to the Owner.
E. All of the above documentation shall record both the equipment installed under this
contract and the exact termination to all other existing control or BAS equipment.
F. The record drawings shall document the complete existing control system. This
includes all mechanical equipment in work area which has automatic control.
3.16 WARRANTY:
A. The Warranty period shall begin on the date of beneficial use completion as authorized
by the Architect/Engineer and Owner in writing. Beneficial use shall not occur before
the Contractor has performed the tests required. With these requirements met,
beneficial use shall not occur until, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, the BAS is
sufficiently complete to be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended.
1. The warranty start date shall not begin until all phases of the Project are
complete, i.e., the Project shall have a single warranty start date.
B. The BAS system shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in material and
workmanship and in software design and operation for a period of the warranty after
completion of the contract. The Contractor shall provide the necessary skills, labor, and
parts to assure the proper operation of, and to provide all required current and
preventive maintenance. This warranty shall become effective starting the date of
Beneficial Use completion.
1. The hardware warranty shall include all equipment which has been purchased by
the Contractor. The existing hardware is not subject to the warranty
requirements.
2. All software work completed by the Contractor, associated with existing
hardware, is subject to the warranty requirements outlined herein.
3. The Contractor shall respond to all calls during the warranty period for all
problems or questions experienced in the operation of the installed equipment
and shall take steps to correct any deficiencies that may exist.
4. The response time to any problems shall be four (4) hours maximum 24 hours
per day, 7 days per week. Corrective action, temporary or permanent shall be
made within one business day.
C. The Contractor shall perform a monthly on-site or via telephone MODEM inspection of
the operation of the system. They shall report to the Owner in writing after each
inspection, define any problems with the system and its operation, and define the
procedure which will be taken to correct the problem. Contractor shall comment on the
possible resolution of any problems that are out of the scope of their Contract.
1. Any problems shall be corrected as required by the warranty requirements.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
23 0900 - 36
D. The system shall be polled via the telephone modem for any alarm signals or "abnormal
off" messages. Upon receiving such a message the Contractor shall take indicated
corrective action.
E. The Contractor shall maintain a backup of all BAS software installed in the system. The
backup shall be updated monthly or whenever a change to the software is made. A
reload of backup software into the system shall be performed by the Contractor
immediately upon notification by the Owner. The reload shall be free of charge unless it
is due to a power failure of a duration longer than the battery backup.
F. The Contractor shall optimize all control software to assure acceptable operating and
space conditions, and peak energy efficiency.
G. At the end of the warranty period, the Contractor shall supply updated copies of the
latest versions of all Project Record Documentation. This includes final updated
drawings, software documentation and magnetic media backups that include all
changes that have been made to the system during the warranty period.
3.17 TRAINING:
A. The Contractor shall provide 8 hours of training for the building operators. The training
sessions shall be broken into 2 4-hour sessions. The training session shall be made
available to the Owner prior to the end of the warranty period but after final completion
of the contract. The session shall be given at the Owner's facility. Scheduling shall be
approved by the Owner. The training shall focus on general design, operation, and
maintenance procedures of the products installed, though not necessarily the specific
system designed, and shall cover:
1. Hardware configuration including PC boards, switches, communication and point
wiring, and location and installation of all sensors and control devices.
2. Hardware maintenance, calibration, troubleshooting, diagnostics, and repair
instructions.
3. Operation of man-machine interface including logging on/off, interrogating the
system, producing reports, acknowledging alarms, overriding computer control,
and changing firmware/software parameters.
4. Programming the BAS using the editor and the design of custom control
software.
5. Recovery procedures from both BAS and HVAC failures.
B. The Instructor for the above session shall be an employee of the Contractor, who is
qualified to provide customer training and applications support.
END OF SECTION 23 0900
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC
CONTROLS
23 0993 - 1
SECTION 23 0993 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Sequence of operation is hereby defined as the manner and method by which controls
function. Requirements for each type of control system operation are specified in this
section.
B. Operating equipment, devices, and system components required for control systems
are specified in other Division 23 Controls' sections of these specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS:
A. Provide control systems consisting of thermostats, control valves, dampers, operators,
indicating devices, interface equipment, and other apparatus required to operate
mechanical system and to perform functions specified.
B. Provide necessary materials and field work necessary to connect control components
factory supplied as part of equipment controlled, unless specified otherwise. Generally,
self-contained valves, filter gauges, liquid level controllers and similar instruments, are
not to be installed under this section.
C. Unless specified otherwise, provide fully proportional components.
D. Provide all necessary relays and signal boosters to make the system a full and operable
system as required by the sequence of operation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 COMPUTER ROOM AC:
A. Utilize packaged equipment sequence. Provide input and output per schedule on
drawings.
3.2 SPLIT SYSTEMS (DX FAN COILS EVAPORATORS AND CONDENSORS):
A. For the condensors relocated as part of the east enabling project, duplicate all existing
points, sequences, and alarms in the new location.
3.3 SNOWMELT
A. Snowmelt will operate under via the systems specified by 232150
END OF SECTION 23 0993
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 1
SECTION 23 1113 - FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, trenching and backfilling for
underground oil storage tanks and underground piping.
2. Division 3 Section "Concrete Work" for cast-in-place concrete, reinforcing and
formwork for equipment pads, below grade fuel oil storage tank vault, and ballast pads
for underground oil storage tanks.
3. Division 23 Section "Meters and Gauges" for oil supply and return line thermometers,
and pressure and vacuum gauges.
4. Division 23 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labeling and identification of fuel oil
piping and transfer equipment.
5. Division 23 Section "Mechanical Insulation" for pipe insulation for underground oil
piping.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Pipe sizes used in this Specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS).
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for the following products.
1. All valves including special duty valves.
2. Fuel oil piping.
3. Oil submersible and transfer pumps. Include performance curves, electrical
characteristics and specified accessories.
4. Oil piping specialties.
5. Oil storage tanks and accessories.
B. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation of oil storage tanks and accessories.
Detail equipment assemblies and indicating dimensions, weights, loadings, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components and location and size of each field
connection.
C. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and control systems; differentiating between
manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring.
D. Welder Certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements
specified under "Quality Assurance" article.
E. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products;
in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 2
F. Maintenance data for oil transfer equipment, for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance
Manual specified in Divisions 1 and 23.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fuel oil systems
products of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use
in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on
projects with fuel oil systems work similar to that required for project.
C. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with ASME "Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code," Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes:
1. NFPA 31 - Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment, for oil piping materials
and components, oil piping installations, and inspection and testing of fuel oil piping
systems.
2. NFPA 37 - Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and
Gas Turbines.
3. International Mechanical and Fire Code with Denver Building Department amendments.
4. Local fire department authority.
5. EPA guidelines and regulations.
E. UL Compliance: Provide fuel oil piping components and storage tanks which are listed and
labeled by UL.
1. UL 343 - "Standard for Pumps for Oil-Burning Appliances," for oil transfer pumps.
2. UL 80 - "Standard for Steel Inside Tanks for Oil-Burner Fuel."
3. UL 443 - "Steel Auxiliary Tanks for Oil-Burner Fuel," for steel auxiliary oil tanks.
4. UL 567 - "Pipe Connections for Flammable and Combustible Liquids and LP-Gas," for
pipe connectors for fuel oil piping systems.
5. UL File MH 1316 - "Standard for Glass-Fiber Reinforced Plastic Underground Storage
Tanks for Petroleum Products," for oil storage tanks.
6. American Petroleum Institute Std. 650, Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage (ANSI/API
Std 650-78).
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Coordinate the size and location of concrete ballast pads and fill ad sounding boxes for
underground storage tanks, and housekeeping equipment pads for oil transfer pumps. Cast
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 3
anchor bolt inserts into pad. Concrete reinforcement and formwork requirements are specified
in Division 3.
1.6 WARRANTY:
A. Special Product Warranty: Submit a written warranty for the underground fuel oil storage
tanks, executed by the manufacturer, agreeing, at the manufacturer's option, to repair the
failure, replace the failed tanks limited to delivery of new tank to the site of original installation,
or refund the original purchase price of the tanks, provided the tanks are installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Warranty shall protect the Owner for a
period of 30 years from the date of original purchase, against structural failures of the tanks,
including cracking, breakup, or collapse; and failure of the tanks due to external corrosion, and
internal corrosion when the tanks are used for storage of fuel oils at temperature not
exceeding 150 degrees F. This warranty shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other
rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Special Duty Valves:
a. Webster Electric Co., Sub. of Sta-Rite Industries, Inc.
b. OPW
c. Preferred Utilities Manufacturing Corporation
2. Vertical Ball Check Valve:
a. Lukenheimer
3. Factory Manufactured Below Grade Fuel Oil Piping:
a. OPW
b. Environ
4. Strainers:
a. Armstrong Machine Works
b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
c. Metraflex Co.
d. R-P&C Valve; Div. White Consolidated Industries, Inc.
e. Watts Regulator
5. Oil Transfer Pumps:
a. ITT Marlow
b. Roper Pump Co.
c. Viking Pump Div.; Houdaille Industries, Inc.
d. Gordon-Piatt
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 4
6. Submersible Pumps:
a. Red Jacket Pumps (Veeder Root)
7. Oil Piping Specialties:
a. OPW Division; Dover Corp.
b. Preferred Utilities Manufacturing Corporation
8. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Underground Oil Storage Tanks:
a. Xerxes Fiberglass Inc.
b. Lifetime Fiberglass Tank Co.
9. Fuel Oil Level Indication and Leak Detection:
a. Veeder Root
b. Hersey Products, Inc.
c. Pneumercator Co., Inc.
d. Emco Wheaton
2.2 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS:
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types,
pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated,
provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements.
Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of
materials which match pipe materials used in fuel oil systems.
B. Unless noted otherwise copper and steel piping as well as fittings and valves shall be rated
150 psig.
2.3 BASIC IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Provide identification complying with Division-23 Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods section "Mechanical Identification", in accordance with the following listing:
1. Fuel Oil Piping Above Ground: Plastic pipe markers.
2. Fuel Oil Piping Underground: Underground-type plastic line markers.
3. Fuel Oil Valves: Brass tags.
2.4 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS:
A. General: Refer to Part 3 below, Article "Pipe Application" for identification of systems where
the below specified pipe and fittings materials are used.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe, with beveled ends.
C. For below grade, provide double wall containment piping which shall consist of a flexible inner
primary pipe contained within a flexible outer containment pipe, each making connection
within a series of surface access containment chambers. All piping runs shall be continuous,
whereby there shall be no fittings or piping connections, for either the primary or secondary
containment pipe which are not visible or accessible from the above ground surface. The
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 5
secondary containment system shall provide water tight containment of the tank's piping and
its associated fittings.
1. Product Compatibility: All components of the Double-Wall piping system shall be
compatible with the products to be stored.
2. Corrosion Resistance: All components of the Double-Wall piping system shall be made
of non-corrosive materials, or if metallic, such as the fittings and couplings, isolated
form corrosion causing elements.
3. Structural Integrity: The outer secondary containment system shall be of such a design
and made of materials to have sufficient strength to withstand the maximum
underground burial loads and tested in accordance with AASHTO M294. The flexible
inner primary piping system shall be capable of withstanding liquid pressure five times
greater than the designed operating pressure.
4. Integrity Testing: The outer secondary containment system shall undergo an air
pressure hold test (3 to 5 psi) after installation and before the final backfill. The flexible
inner primary piping system shall be subject to 60 psi air pressure hold test prior to final
backfill.
5. Monitoring Capability: The design of the secondary containment system shall permit
any leak in the primary piping system to flow from its source to a surface access
containment chamber which shall be fitted with an electronic leak detection system.
6. Access Chambers: Surface access containment chambers shall be located at the tank
containing the tank's submersible pump. These access chambers shall meet the
following requirements:
a. Provide product tight tank or island connection.
b. Provide product tight and secure pipe and conduit exits.
c. Provide sufficient strength to keep out surrounding backfill material.
d. Made of non-corrosive, product compatible and dielectric materials.
D. For Below Grade Provide Double Wall Piping and Containment System.
1. System shall be of design such that it will completely contain the primary piping from
the tank.
2. Provide a complete inspection of all primary pipe and fittings during testing, before
secondary piping is sealed.
3. Secondary containment piping shall be virgin high density polyethylene and compatible
with products to be stored. Containment piping and its accessories shall be corrosion-
resistant, dielectric, non-degradable and resistant to attack from microbial growth. All
materials and design shall be such to have sufficient strength to withstand the
maximum underground burial and traffic loads.
4. Contractor shall leak test the secondary containment piping for proper and adequate
containment integrity.
5. The containment piping system shall include a monitored collection sump at the low end
of the containment system.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 6
6. The containment system shall include all of the following accessories but not limited to:
a. Telescoping
b. Containment flex connectors
c. Flex swing joints
d. Connecting crossovers
e. Air pressure test fitting
f. Connecting Tees
g. Test reducer
h. Terminating reducers
i. Grommets
j. Titeflex soil safe 30 flex connectors
7. Provide 42" round containment sump and riser complete with flanges, nipples, and
gaskets to make system complete.
2.5 FITTINGS:
A. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, for threaded
joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. No cast iron fittings allowed.
B. Steel Fittings: ASTM A234, seamless or welded, for welded joints. Socket weld fittings for
below grade.
C. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including volts, nuts and gaskets of the
following material group, end connection and facing:
1. Material Group: 1.1.
2. End Connections: Butt Welding.
3. Facings: Raised face.
2.6 JOINING MATERIALS:
A. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe
being welded.
B. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: Gasket material shall be full- faced for cast-iron flanges and
raised-face for steel flanges. Select materials to suit the service of the piping system in which
installed and which conform to their respective ANSI standard (A21.11, B16.20, or B15.21).
Provide materials that will not be detrimentally affected by the chemical and thermal conditions
of the fluid being carried.
C. Brazing filler Metals: AWS A5.8 classification BAg1 (silver).
2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES:
A. Unions: ANSI B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron; female pattern; brass to iron seat; ground
joint. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.
B. Dielectric Unions: Provide dielectric unions with appropriate end connections for the pipe
materials in which installed (screwed, soldered, or flanged), which effectively isolate dissimilar
metals, prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 7
C. Y-Pattern Strainers: 125 psig working pressure; cast-iron body conforming to ASTM A126,
Class B; flanged ends for 2- 1/2 inch and larger, threaded connections for 2 inch and smaller,
bolted cover, perforated stainless steel screen, and plugged blow-down drain.
D. Flexible Connectors: For 1-1/2 inches and smaller, provide minimum 150 psig working
pressure, maximum 250 degrees F. operating temperature; stainless steel bellows with woven
flexible bronze wire reinforcing protective jacket. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded
end connections to match equipment connected; and shall be capable of 3/4 inch
misalignment.
2.8 GENERAL DUTY VALVES:
A. General duty valves (i.e., gate, globe, ball and butterfly valves) are specified in Division 23
Section "General Duty Valves." Special duty valves are specified in this Article by their
generic name. Refer to Part 3 below, Article "Valve Application" for specific uses and
applications for each valve specified.
2.9 SPECIAL DUTY VALVES:
A. Oil Safety Valves: 250 psig maximum working pressure, 550 degrees F. maximum operation
temperature; ASTM B61 bronze body and bronze bases and discs, and field adjustable
cadmium-plated carbon steel springs factory-set at 20 percent above operating pressure. End
connections shall be inside threaded with threads conforming to ANSI B1.20.1. Valve shall be
UL listed for flammable or volatile liquids.
B. Vertical Ball Check Valves: Class 200, 400 psig maximum operating pressure, 2-piece bronze
construction with threaded end connections; integral bronze seats and replaceable stainless
steel ball.
2.10 SUBMERSIBLE FUEL OIL PUMP:
A. Pump shall be complete with the following:
1. Check valve
2. Air eliminator
3. Expansion relief valve
4. Syphon nozzle and venturi
5. Syphon check valve and pressure test screw
6. Accessible capacitor and electrical disconnect
7. Leak detector head
8. Bayonet-type electrical connector with explosion-proof electric disconnect without
separating wires
9. Pressure relief and check valves which can be isolated during a line pressure test.
10. Tank and line test ports
11. All leakage directed into storage tank.
12. Hydraulically balanced Calcon® impellers
13. On-winding thermal overcurrent motor protection
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 8
2.11 GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED POLYESTER UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS:
A. General Description: Double-wall factory-fabricated and tested, in conformance with ASTM D
4021; bearing UL label. Tanks shall be designed to be vented and operated at atmospheric
pressure; designed to store liquids with specific gravities up to 1.1, and with maintained
temperatures of up to 150 degrees F; and shall be chemically inert to petroleum products
being stored, plus their additives.
B. Interstitial Monitoring: Provide openings in the outer wall and a pathway to the bottom of the
tank for an interstitial monitoring probe.
C. Tank Fittings and Accessories: Provide storage tank with the following factory-installed fittings
and accessories:
1. Tank Manhole: Containment type, 24 inch diameter, bolted, watertight, flanged, and
gasketed manhole, with extension collar, for access to inside of tank.
2. Threaded pipe connection fittings on top of tanks, for fill, supply, return, vent, gaging,
etc. in locations and of sizes as indicated. Provide cast-iron plugs for shipping.
3. Anchor Straps: Provide manufacturer's standard anchoring system (straps, cables,
turnbuckles, etc.) with the strength of at least 1-1/2 times the maximum uplift force of
the empty tank without backfill in place.
4. Lifting Lugs: Provide lifting lugs to facilitate handling and installation.
5. Ladders: Provide carbon steel ladder inside tank, anchored to top and bottom, and
located as indicated.
6. Supply Tube: Provide extension of tank fill line fitting into tank, terminating 4 inch
above tank bottom and cut at 45 degree angle.
7. Vent Cap: Set screws connection; 40 mesh brass wire cloth screen and drain spouts
cover.
2.12 GRADE MANHOLE:
A. Precast Concrete Manhole Sections: ASTM C478, base and concentric cone sections with
integral ladder.
B. Cast-Iron Ring and Cover: Heavy-duty, rated for H-20 axle loads, water-resistant cast-iron
manhole frame, gasket, and bolted lid; 24 inch diameter inside opening dimension; 8 inches
overall height.
2.13 SPECIALTIES:
A. Float Vent Valve: Stainless steel ball with Duragard coated seat length determined by tank
supplier.
OPW No. 53-V series
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 9
B. Fill/Spill Containers: Container shall consist of Duratuff lower body, cast iron cover,
polyethylene gravel guard, epoxy coated cast iron body ring, high density polyethylene
bellows, acetal-polypropylene drain valve, stainless steel clamps, Buna-N seals with a nominal
3 gallon capacity.
OPW #1.
C. Vent Caps and Flame Arresters: Provide caps and arresters to melt local code and fire
department requirements.
2.14 FUEL OIL LEVEL INDICATION AND LEAK DETECTION:
A. General: The tank liquid level management system shall be a fully integrated microprocessor
based system for 1 to 4 tanks. The system shall continuously monitor the liquid inventory of
each tank. System shall include an individual selectable display for product level in inches,
product volume in gallons, level of water, and temperature of product for each tank. The
visual alarm condition shall be displayed until the condition is corrected. The system shall
retain in memory the last 3 alarm conditions by tank and last 10 deliveries by tank. The
system shall include battery back-up to retain data stored in memory during loss or
interruption of power for up to ten years. System shall monitor liquid levels and product
temperature for tank leak test and/or theft test during tank quiescent periods. Inventory
reports containing product levels, volumes, water level, and product temperatures, alarm
history reports, delivery history reports, theft test results, and tank leak test results. .
B. Control Console: Control console shall be constructed in a wall-mountable steel enclosure
complete with a graphical user interface for inches and gallons of product of inventory, level of
water and temperature of product, high level, low level and water presence alarm conditions
for each tank. Two alarm relays, reach rated SPDT-3 amps, shall be provided standard for
external control functions. Provide additional alarm relays, two per tank (maximum of 16) as
required. Audible alarm shall include a disable switch. Console shall include a web browser
based remote access, an Ethernet port, and a USB port.
C. Tank Transmitter Assembly(s): Each tank assembly shall contain a resistive
sensor/transmitter element bonded to a 10percent glass-filled polycarbonate track hermetically
sealed in a vertical, stainless steel tube suspended into the tank through a 4 inch NPT
opening. Two magnetic floats guided along the tube continuously sense liquid level and
accumulated water changes to 1/10 inch accuracy, unaffected by conductivity, temperature,
pressure, specific gravity, or other liquid variables. The sensor shall be rated to 50 psig and
180 degrees F. Wiring to the indicator shall be as recommended by the manufacturer and
made through a 1 inch NPT opening in an explosion-proof junction box provided integral to the
top of the tank unit assembly.
D. The interstitial space leak alarm system shall consist of a tank mounted leak sensor for
sensing liquid hydrocarbons and a wall mountable alarm console. Alarm console shall display
a visual indication on occurrence of alarm condition. System shall include an audible alarm
with silence switch. Audible and visual alarms shall be capable of being tested to demonstrate
operation at the alarm console. System shall be operated on 120V, 60 hertz A.C. power.
E. Leak Sensors: Each leak sensor shall contain a 316 stainless steel capacitance element
bonded to a combination PVC/Epoxy Housing, and a PVC jacketed cable for electrical
connections. The sensor shall pass through a minimum 2 inch NPT monitor fitting on each
tank. The sensor shall be able to differentiate between liquid water and liquid hydro-carbon to
a minimum depth of 0.1 inch and operate from -40 degrees to 130 degrees F and up to 50
PSIG. Wiring to the console shall be standard 3 conductor (shielded not required), provided
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 10
by others and terminated at the tank monitor fitting using watertight 1/2 inch NPT fittings.
F. Provide fuel level indication for each tank to the fire command center. Mechanical contractor
shall coordinate requirements with Division 26.
G. Basis of Design – Veeder Root TLS 450.
2.15 OVERFILL ALARM SYSTEM:
A. Provide a complete operational working audible and visual alarm system for overfill condition.
B. The system shell includes the following construction features and performance.
1. NEMA 4 painted steel enclosure
2. Suitable operating temperature range of -40 degrees F to 150 degrees F
3. 120v/1
4. Audible alarm 78dB to 103 dB at 10 feet distance, with adjustable duration time on from
0 to 60 seconds.
5. Visual alarm using a 25 watt 120 VAC lamp with red polycarbonate lens and a flashing
rate of 75 per minute.
6. Alarm acknowledgment switch with actuating lamp.
7. Programmable overfill alarm limit set for each tank.
8. Auxiliary contacts compatible with building automation system for remote monitoring.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which fuel oil systems materials and products
are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF BASIC IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Install mechanical identification in accordance with Division 23 Basic Mechanical
Materials and Methods section "Mechanical Identification."
3.3 PIPE APPLICATIONS:
A. Use steel pipe with welded joints for ¾” and larger.
B. All below grade piping shall be double wall containment systems as specified with this section.
C. Factory manufactured red plastic piping system specified within this section.
D. No threaded joints for below grade applications.
3.4 PIPE INSTALLATIONS:
A. General: Refer to Division 23 - "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
installation instructions.
B. Install supply, return, fill, and vent piping at a uniform grade of 1/4 inch in ten feet downward in
the direction of the storage tank.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 11
C. Make changes in directions and branch connections using fittings.
D. Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting install with the level side down.
E. Install unions in pipes 2 inches and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connections each
piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.
F. Install dielectric unions where piping of dissimilar metals are joined.
G. Install flanges on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2 inch and larger connections.
H. Install flexible connectors at inlet and discharge connections to pumps and other vibration
producing equipment.
I. Install strainers on the supply side of each control valve, pressure regulating valve, oil burner
connection, and elsewhere as indicated. Install ¾” NPS nipple and ball valve in blow down
connection of strainers 2 inch and larger. Use same size nipple and valve as blow-off
connection of strainer.
J. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction. Install expansion
loops and joints as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Division-23.
K. Install pipe sleeve seals at foundation and basement wall penetrations, as specified in
Division-23 Section: Basic Piping Materials and Methods."
L. Seal pipe penetrations of fire barriers using fire barrier penetration sealers specified in
Division-7 [23] Section: "Joint Sealers."
M. Hanger, supports, and anchors are specified in Division-23 Section "SUPPORTS AND
ANCHORS." Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports:
1. Steel Pipe:
SIZE (NPS) SPACING IN FEET MIN. ROD SIZE-INCHES
1/2 (horizontal) 5 3/8
3/4 to 1-1/4 (horizontal) 6 3/8
1-1/2 to 3 (horizontal) 10 1/2
3-1/2 to 5 (horizontal) 12 5/8
All sizes (vertical) every floor level at spacing and not greater than 15 feet
3.5 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION:
A. Welded Joints: Comply with the requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section IX.
B. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join
pipe, fittings, and valves as follows:
1. Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat
or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 12
2. Align threads at point of assembly.
3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads.
4. Assemble joint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves place the
wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded.
5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which are corroded or damaged. If a
weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not be used.
6. Below grade piping shall be all welded joints, not threaded joints below grade unless
noted otherwise (i.e., tank bushing connection in sump).
C. Flanged Joints: Align flanges surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening
to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable
lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque
specified by the bolt manufacturer.
D. Brazed Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Brazing Manual."
1. WARNING: Some filler metals contain compounds which produce highly toxic fumes
when heated. Avoid breathing fumes. Provide adequate ventilation.
2. CAUTION: Remove stems, seats, and packing of valves, and accessible internal parts
of piping specialties before brazing.
3. Fill the tubing and fittings during brazing with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide) to
prevent formation of scale.
4. Heat joints to proper and uniform temperature.
3.6 VALVE APPLICATIONS:
A. General: The Drawings indicate valve types, locations, and arrangements.
B. General Duty Valve Applications: The Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where
specific valve types are not indicated the following requirements apply:
1. Shut-off duty: Use gate valves
2. Throttling duty: Use globe valves
3.7 VALVE INSTALLATIONS:
A. Install valves in accessible locations, protected from physical damage. Tag valves with a
metal tag attached with a metal chain indicating the piping systems supplied.
B. Install shut-off duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and elsewhere as
indicated.
C. Install drain valves at low points in mains, risers, branch lines, and elsewhere as required for
system drainage.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 13
D. Install swing check valves as required to control flow direction.
3.8 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A. Sediment Traps: Install a tee fitting with the bottom outlet plugged or capped as close to the
inlet of the oil burning appliance as practical. Drip leg shall be a minimum of 3 pipe diameters
in length.
3.9 UNDERGROUND TANK INSTALLATION:
A. Perform air pressure test on tanks prior to placing into excavations. Test pressure shall not
exceed 5 psi. Apply a soap solution to joints.
B. Excavate to a sufficient depth for a minimum of 3 foot earth cover from top at tank to grade;
allowing for cast- in-place, reinforced concrete ballast pad, plus 6 inches of sand or pea gravel
between ballast pad and tank. Excavation shall extend one foot around the perimeter of the
tank.
C. Place reinforcing and concrete as specified in Divisions 3. Excavation floor and walls may
serve as forms. Use ASTM C150 Portland Cement concrete, Type I, with normal weight
aggregate conforming to ASTM C33, and having a 28 day compressive strength at 3,000 psi.
D. Set tie down eyelets for hold-down straps in concrete ballast pad and tie to reinforcing steel.
E. Place 6 inches of clean sand or pea gravel on top of ballast pad.
F. Set tank on fill materials.
G. Protect anodes during tank placement and backfilling operations.
H. Install holddown straps with protective jacketing.
I. Slope the tank at 1 inch per 10 feet, 0 inches of tank length, with a minimum of 2 inches and a
maximum of 4 inches of slope.
J. Make piping connections.
K. Backfill excavation with clean sand or pea gravel. Tamp backfill to consolidate.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Test oil piping in accordance with NFPA 31.
B. Remake leaking joints and connections using new materials.
3.11 COMMISSIONING:
A. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
B. Review data in Operating and Maintenance Manuals. Refer to Division 1 section "Project
Closeout."
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FACILITY FUEL OIL PIPING
23 1113- 14
C. Schedule training with Owner through the Architect, with at least 7 days advance notice.
1. Before activating system perform these steps:
2. Open valves to full open position. Close bypass valves.
3. Remove and clean strainer screens.
4. Check pump for proper direction of rotation.
5. Fill oil storage tank with proper fuel type.
6. Check operating controls of fuel burner units.
7. Check operation at automatic bypass valves.
8. Check and set operating temperature controls on oil heaters.
9. Check corrosion monitoring systems for proper operation.
10. Check and calibrate fuel oil level gauge.
11. Check and calibrate leak detection system(s).
3.12 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING:
A. Refer to section 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING.
3.13 WIRING:
A. All wiring between level transmitters, sensors and monitoring equipment is by this contractor.
Power wiring for service to equipment will be provided as shown on electrical drawings
(Division 26). All other wiring not shown or Division 26 drawings is by the mechanical
contractor.
END OF SECTION 23 1113
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123 - 1
SECTION 23 2123 - HYDRONIC PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of HVAC pumps work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,
and by requirements of this section.
B. Pumps furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment, are specified as part of equipment
assembly in other Division-23 sections.
C. Refer to other Division 23 sections for other work; not work of this section.
D. Refer to Division-26 sections for the following work; not work of this section.
Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on pumps. Include starters, 1.
disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or
factory-installed, by manufacturer.
Interlock wiring between pumps; and between pumps and field-installed control devices. 2.
a. Interlock wiring specified as factory-installed is work of this section.
E. Provide the following electrical work as work of this section, complying with requirements of
Division-16 sections:
Control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices, and pump control 1.
panels.
a. Control wiring specified as work of Division-23 for Automatic Temperature Controls
is work of that section.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of general-use
centrifugal pumps with characteristics, sizes and capacities required, whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
HI Compliance: Design, manufacture, and install HVAC pumps in accordance with HI 1.
"Hydraulic Institute Standards".
UL Compliance: Design, manufacture, and install HVAC pumps in accordance with UL 2.
778 "Motor Operated Water Pumps".
UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electric motors and components which are listed 3.
and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories and comply with NEMA standards.
C. Certification, Pump Performance: Provide pumps whose performances, under specified
operating conditions, are certified by manufacturer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123 - 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's pump specifications, installation and start-up instructions,
and current accurate pump characteristic performance curves with selection points clearly
indicated.
B. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to
HVAC pumps. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control
wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to
be field-installed.
C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in
accordance with requirements of Division 23.
D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of pump, control, and
accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include this data, product data,
shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements
of Division 23.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Handle HVAC pumps and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and
scoring. Do not install damaged HVAC pumps or components; replace with new.
B. Store HVAC pumps and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes,
water, construction debris, and physical damage.
C. Comply with Manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading HVAC pumps,
and moving them to final location.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
In-Line Circulator Pumps: 1.
a. Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
b. Bell & Gossett ITT; Fluid Handling Div.
c. Amtrol.
d. Grundfos
2.2 PUMPS:
A. General: Provide factory-tested pumps, thoroughly cleaned, and painted with one coat of
machinery enamel prior to shipment. Type, size, and capacity of each pump is listed in pump
schedule. Provide pumps of same type by same manufacturer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123 - 3
B. Pump motor shall be sized so as not to be overloaded at any point along impeller curve for
specified performance.
C. All pump couplers shall be suitable for both constant speed and variable speed operation.
2.3 IN-LINE CIRCULATOR PUMPS:
A. General: Provide bronze fitted in-line circulator pumps where indicated, and of capacities as
scheduled.
B. Type: Horizontal mount, vertical split case, oil- lubricated, designed for 175 psi working
pressure, and 225 degrees F (107 degrees C) continuous water temperature.
C. Body: Cast iron, with flanged suction and discharge and gauge tappings.
D. Shaft: Hardened alloy steel.
E. Bearings: Oil-lubricated bronze journal bearings.
F. Seal: Mechanical, with carbon seal ring and ceramic seat.
G. Motor: Pump motor shall be non-overloading at any point on pump curve and meet
requirements of Section 23 05 05.
H. Coupling: Self-aligning, flexible coupling.
I. Impeller: Brass or Bronze enclosed type, hydraulically and dynamically balanced, and keyed to
shaft.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which HVAC pumps are to be installed. Do not proceed
with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF PUMPS:
A. General: Install HVAC pumps where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's published
installation instructions, complying with recognized industry practices to ensure that HVAC
pumps comply with requirements and serve intended purposes.
B. Access: Provide access space around HVAC pumps for service as indicated, but in no case
less than that recommended by manufacturer.
C. Support: Install base-mounted pumps with inertia base on minimum of 4" high concrete base
equal or greater than 3 times total weight of pump and motor, with anchor bolts poured in place.
Set and level pump, grout pump base with non-shrink grout.
Install in-line pumps, supported from piping system. 1.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123 - 4
D. Support: Refer to Division 23 section "Vibration Control" for support and mounting requirements
of HVAC pumps.
Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to 1.
be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to
Electrical Installer.
E. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division 26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until
wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
F. Piping Connections: Refer to Division 23 Section 23 05 10 piping section. Provide system
return connection to inlet strainer with valved bypass to drain. Provide pump discharge
connections with check valve, shutoff valve, and balancing valve for each pump.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Alignment: Adjust shafts of all motors and pumps within recommended tolerances by
manufacturer, and in presence of manufacturer's service representative.
B. Start-Up: Lubricate pumps before start-up. Start-up in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
C. Refer to Division 23, section 23 05 93, for pump system balancing; not work of this section.
D. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with
manufacturer's touch-up paint.
END OF SECTION 23 2123
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SNOWMELT SYSTEMS
23 2150 - 1
SECTION 232150 - SNOW MELT SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of glycol snow melt system required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or
specified in other Division 23 sections.
B. Types of glycol system specialties specified in this section include the following:
Snow Melt Piping 1.
Heat Exchanger 2.
Piping Accessories 3.
C. Glycol systems specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment shall meet or
exceed requirements of this section.
D. Refer to other Division 23 sections for mechanical insulation valves, meters and gauges and
basic piping materials and methods.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of glycol systems of
types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not
less than 10 years.
B. Glycol System Types: Provide glycol system specialties of same type by same manufacturer.
C. Codes and Standards: Provide glycol system components and materials to meet all local and
national codes and standards.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions
and dimensioned drawings for each type of manufactured equipment and material. Include
pressure drop information. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's model or figure number,
size, location and features for all equipment and material.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of
manufactured equipment. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance
manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
C. Submit glycol solution strength test results.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SNOWMELT SYSTEMS
23 2150 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
Snow-Melt System: 1.
a. Zurn
b. Wirsbo
B. Refer to Division 23, Section 23 05 10 for type of pipe and fittings to be used.
2.2 GLYCOL SOLUTION:
A. Refer to Section 23 25 50 - Glycol Systems.
2.3 TUBE
A. Tube shall be cross-linked polyethylene, with maximum working pressure/temperature of 160
psi @ 73.4 degrees F, 100 psi, @ 180 degrees F, 80 psi @ 200 degrees F. These
temperatures and pressure ratings shall be issued by hydrostatic stress board of PPI (Plastic
Pipe Institute). PPI is a division of SPI (Society of Plastics Industry).
B. The tube shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM standard specification F 876. The
tube shall be listed to ASTM by independent third party testing laboratory.
C. The tube shall be of cross-linked polyethylene manufactured by the "Silane or Engel Method".
The tube shall have an oxygen diffusion barrier capable of limiting oxygen diffusion through the
tube to no greater than .10g/m3/day @ 104 degrees F. water temperature.
D. The tube dimensions shall be:
3/4 inch nominal inside diameter (7/8 inch outside diameter), in accordance with ASTM 1.
standard specification, as above or
5/8 inch nominal inside diameter (3/4 inch outside diameter), in accordance with ASTM 2.
standard specification, as above or
1/2 inch nominal inside diameter (5/8 inch outside diameter), in accordance with ASTM 3.
standard specification, as above or
3/8 inch nominal inside diameter (1/2 inch outside diameter), in accordance with ASTM 4.
standard specification, as above.
E. The minimum bend radius for cold bending of the tube shall not be less than six (6) times the
outside diameter. Bends with a radius less than stated shall require the use of a bend support
as supplied by the tube manufacturer.
F. The tubing shall contain UV stabilizers that give protection for up to 6 months of exposure.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SNOWMELT SYSTEMS
23 2150 - 3
2.4 HEAT EXCHANGERS
A. General: Provide steam-to-water brazed plate heat exchangers as indicated, of capacity as
scheduled, and as specified herein.
B. Construction: Construction for 125 psi design pressure at 375 degrees F (190 degrees C).
C. Materials:
Plates: AISI 316. 1.
D. Steam Piping: Provide piping as indicated, including control valve with 3-valve bypass, strainer,
and pressure gauge on inlet; condensate dirt leg, steam trap with 3-valve bypass, strainer and
check valve on outlet.
E. Water Piping: Provide piping as indicated, including union, shutoff valve, and thermometer on
inlet; union, shutoff valve, relief valve, and thermometer on outlet. Pipe relief valve outlet to floor
drain.
2.5 SNOWMELT CONTROLS:
A. Snow/Ice Sensor: Sensor shall be capable of being mounted directly in a concrete slab, sensor
shall have die cast brass housing and be capable of measuring slab surface temperature and
detect surface water. Sensor shall be a Tekmar 093.
B. The Snow Detector and Melting Control shall provide snow melting for a single zone system.
The 665 control maintains constant circulation through the slab and cycles a steam valve to a
steam to water heat exchanger in order to maintain the proper slab temperature.
C. A controller shall be provided with the system capable of ON/OFF control and idling control.
Controller shall have contacts for sending a failure alarm and remote enable from the Building
Control System. Controller shall be a Tekmar 665-3.
2.6 MANIFOLDS:
A. Manifolds shall be of cast brass construction, manufactured of alloys to prevent dezincification
and shall have integral circuit balancing valves. Manifolds shall be able to vent air from the
systems and shall be provided with support brackets and tube bend supports. Manifolds shall
be isolated from supply and return tubing with valves that are suitable for isolation and
balancing.
2.7 FITTINGS:
A. Fittings shall be manufactured of dezincification resistant brass. These fittings must be supplied
by the tube manufacturer. The fittings shall consist of a compression fitting with insert,
compression ring and a compression nut.
2.8 SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING TO MANIFOLD
A. Piping shall be metal pipe.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SNOWMELT SYSTEMS
23 2150 - 4
B. Fittings shall be compatible to the piping material used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Hydronic radiant heat tubing loops shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and the details as shown on the contract drawings.
B. All fittings should be accessible for maintenance. Tubing loops shall be installed without
splices, as a minimum, from the point at which the tubing enters the panel to the point at which
is exits the panel.
C. Installation shall follow the shop drawings for tubing layout, tube spacing, manifold
configuration, manifold location and controls. All notes on the drawing shall be followed.
D. The tubing system shall be pressurized, with water or air, in accordance with applicable codes,
or to a pressure of 60 psig 24 hours prior to encasement in the radiant panel. The tubing
system shall remain at this pressure during the panel installation, and for a minimum of 24
hours thereafter to ensure system integrity. The Contractor shall provide the water or air for the
pressurization of the tubing system. The Contractor assumes all liabilities for suitable safety
precautions and testing, including the use of compressed air, when applicable.
E. At start up time, the Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's recommendations for system
water and temperature balancing, record balance settings at each manifold location, setup of
controls and deliver to the Owner a complete record of these settings for inclusion in the
operation and maintenance manuals.
END OF SECTION 23 2150
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES
23 2316 - 1
SECTION 232316 - REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL:
1.1 WORK INCLUDED:
A. Liquid indicators.
B. Strainers.
C. Refrigerant driers.
D. Filter-driers.
E. Solenoid valves.
F. Expansion valves.
G. Refrigerant charging valves.
H. Flexible connections.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES:
A. Comply with applicable regulations and mechanical refrigeration codes.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Section 23 05 00.
B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Liquid Indicators
1. ITT Fluid Handling Division
2. Fisher and Porter
3. Miriam Instrument Co.
B. Strainers
1. Automatic Switch Co.
2. Mueller Brass Co.
C. Refrigerant Dryers
1. AMF Cuno Div.
2. Mueller Brass Co.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES
23 2316 - 2
D. Filter Dryers
1. AMF Cuno Div.
2. Mueller Brass Co.
E. Solenoid Valves
1. Automatic Switch Co.
2. Barber-Colman Co.
3. Honeywell Co.
F. Expansion Valves
1. Sporlan Valve Co.
2. The Singer Co.
3.
G. Charging Valves
H. Flexible Connectors
1. Aeroquip Corp.
2. Flexonic Div.
3. Thermotech Corp.
I. Substitutions: Items of same function and performance are acceptable in conformance with
Section 23 05 00.
2.2 LIQUID INDICATORS:
A. Double port type with copper or brass body, flared or solder ends.
B. Provide removable seal caps on each port for inspection of refrigerant condition.
C. Provide full size liquid indicators in main liquid line leaving condenser. If receiver is used, install
in liquid line leaving receiver.
2.3 STRAINERS:
A. Angle type with brass shell and replaceable cartridge.
B. Suitable for refrigerant and piping material utilized in the system.
C. Provide full size strainer ahead of each automatic valve. Where multiple expansion valves with
integral strainers are used, install single main liquid line strainer.
D. On steel piping systems provide strainer in suction line to remove scale and rust.
E. Provide shut-off valve on each side of strainer to facilitate maintenance.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES
23 2316 - 3
2.4 REFRIGERANT DRIERS:
A. In-line or angle type with copper or brass shell.
B. Provide replaceable desiccant drier material.
C. Provide full flow permanent refrigerant drier in low temperature systems and systems utilizing
hermetic compressors.
D. Provide three-valve by pass assembly.
2.5 FILTER-DRIERS:
A. Angle type, with brass shell and using combined straining and drying material.
B. Employ replaceable desiccant material.
C. Acceptable in lieu of separate strainers and driers.
D. Provide three-valve by pass assembly.
2.6 SOLENOID VALVES:
A. Copper or brass body with flared or threaded ends.
B. Use replaceable coil assembly.
C. Provide a manually operated stem to permit operation in case of coil failure.
D. Provide solenoid valves in liquid line of systems operating with single pump-out or pump-down
compressor control, in liquid line of single or multiple evaporator systems, and in oil bleeder
lines from flooded evaporators to stop flow of oil and refrigerant into the suction line when
system shuts down.
2.7 EXPANSION VALVES:
A. Angle type or straight through design suitable for the refrigerant utilized in the system.
B. Brass body, internal or external equalizer, and adjustable superheat setting, complete with
capillary tube and remote sensing bulb.
C. Size expansion valves to avoid being undersized at full load and excessively oversized at partial
load.
D. Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine the available pressure drop
across each valve.
E. Select valves for maximum load at design operating pressure and minimum 43 degrees F (6
degrees C) of superheat.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES
23 2316 - 4
2.8 CHARGING VALVES:
A. General purpose type with brass body, flared or solder ends, and removable valve core.
B. Provide valve inlet with quick coupling connection for ease of charging.
C. Provide refrigerant charging connections in liquid line between receiver shut-off valve and
expansion valve.
2.9 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS:
A. Close pitch corrugated bronze hose with single layer of exterior braiding.
B. At least 9 inches (229 mm) long with bronze fittings.
C. Utilize only at or near compressors where it is not physically possible to absorb vibration within
piping configuration.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 REFRIGERANT DRIERS:
A. Mount drier vertically in liquid line adjacent to receiver with bypass assembly to permit isolation
of drier for servicing.
3.3 FILTER DRIERS:
A. Install with bypass assembly to permit isolation for servicing.
3.4 EXPANSION VALVES:
A. Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately after evaporator outlet on suction line.
END OF SECTION 23 2316
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GLYCOL SYSTEMS 23 2550 - 1
SECTION 23 2550 - GLYCOL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of glycol system required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or
specified in other Division 23 sections.
B. Types of glycol system specialties specified in this section include the following:
1. Propylene glycol
C. Glycol systems specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment shall meet
or exceed requirements of this section.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of glycol
systems of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 10 years.
B. Glycol System Types: Provide glycol system specialties of same type by same
manufacturer.
C. Codes and Standards: Provide glycol system components and materials to meet all
local and national codes and standards.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation
instructions and dimensioned drawings for each type of manufactured equipment and
material. Include pressure drop information. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's
model or figure number, size, location and features for all equipment and material.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and spare parts lists for each type of
manufactured equipment. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in
maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
C. Submit glycol solution strength test results.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Inhibited Propylene Glycol Solution:
a. Dow Chemical Dowfrost
b. Interstate Chemical Intercool NFP.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GLYCOL SYSTEMS 23 2550 - 2
2.2 REFER TO DIVISION 23, SECTION 23 05 10 FOR TYPE OF PIPE AND FITTINGS TO
BE USED.
2.3 GLYCOL SOLUTION:
A. Provide 40 percent glycol solution for freeze protection to a temperature of -20°F.
B. Provide one extra 45 gallon drum of propylene glycol.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Refer to drawing and provide necessary piping to complete installation.
B. Thoroughly clean and flush system before adding propylene glycol solution.
C. Feed pre-mixed propylene glycol solution to system. Water used for dilution shall have
a total hardness of less than 50 ppm, and a total chloride and sulfate of less than 25
ppm. Contractor shall assume that building potable water is suitable, unless tested to
prove otherwise.
D. Perform tests determining strength of propylene glycol solution before system is turned
over to the Owner. Provide test prior to end of the first year of operation and replenish
as required.
E. At time of substantial completion, glycol feeder shall be filled with a full tank of the
proper solution.
END OF SECTION 23 2550
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
SECTION 23 3113 - METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of metal ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules, and by
requirements of this section.
DUCT SERVICE TYPE/CONSTRUCTION
Supply air between fan and terminal boxes
(medium and high).
Galvanized steel, spiral, round or oval or
rectangular.
Rectangular supply air from discharge of terminal
box/fan to air devices (low pressure).
Galvanized sheet metal /spiral round and oval or
rectangular
Return air ductwork. Galvanized steel; factory or shop fabricated.
General building exhaust. Galvanized sheet metal; factory or shop
fabricated.
Bio-hazard room air and Bio-safety cabinets
exhaust air, Chemo exhaust cabinets.
304 stainless steel all welded construction; factory
or shop fabricated.
Exterior uninsulated ductwork. Aluminum or 304 SS or painted galvanized
Shower, locker room exhaust. Aluminum with silicone sealant.
B. Exterior insulation of metal ductwork is specified in other Division-23 sections, and is
included as work of this section.
C. Refer to other Division-23 sections for ductwork accessories.
D. Refer to other Division-23 sections for fans and air handling units.
E. Refer to other Division-23 sections for testing, adjusting, and balancing of metal
ductwork systems.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Low Pressure Duct: Duct required by the drawings, specifications, or referenced
standards to be constructed to 2" or less, positive or negative pressure class.
B. Medium or High Pressure Duct: Duct required by the drawings, specifications, or
referenced standards to be constructed to greater than 2" positive or negative pressure
class.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of metal
ductwork products of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience
on projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project.
C. References to SMACNA, ASHRAE and NFPA are minimum requirements, the
Contractor shall fabricate, construct, install, seal and leak test all ductwork as described
in this specification and as shown on the drawings, in addition to these minimum
standard references.
D. Codes and Standards:
1. SMACNA Standards: Comply with the current SMACNA "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible" for fabrication and installation of
metal ductwork. Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual"
for testing of duct systems.
2. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air
Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" and NFPA 90B "Standard for the
Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems".
E. SMACNA Industrial Construction Standards.
F. Field Reference Manual: Have available for reference at project field office, copy of the
current SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible", and the
current SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual".
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation
instructions for ductwork materials and products. Provide product data for
manufactured joining systems. Include sound attenuation by octave band for sound
rated flexible duct.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit ¼” scaled fabrication and layout drawings of metal ductwork
and fittings including, but not limited to, duct sizes, locations, elevations, and slopes of
horizontal runs, wall and floor penetrations, and connections. Show interface and
spatial relationship between ductwork and proximate equipment. Show modifications of
indicated requirements, made to conform to local shop practice, and how those
modifications ensure that free area, materials, and rigidity are not reduced.
C. Clean Duct Protocol Procedures: Submit written procedures confirming compliance with
the clean duct protocol.
D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems, in
accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and 23.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for metal ductwork
materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Divisions 1 and
23.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Protection: Protect ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during
shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent dirt and moisture
from entering ducts and fittings.
B. Storage: Store ductwork inside elevated from floor on pallets and protected from
weather, dirt, dust and debris.
C. Clean Duct Protocol: Contractor shall take every precaution to prevent contamination
of all/supply duct. Develop procedures similar or more substantial than the following:
1. In the shop: The inside of ductwork shall be wiped down after fabrication with an
oil cutting solvent to remove fabrication oils. All ductwork 96” and less in any
single dimension shall be assembled in the shop, with plastic film placed over the
open ends.
2. In transport: Ductwork shall be shipped in closed trucks or trailers on pallets.
End covers shall be maintained at all times.
3. At the site: Minimize ductwork in storage – “just in time” delivery is encouraged.
Ductwork shall be stored on pallets in weather-tight enclosures. Ductwork may
be stored on pallets in the building if the building is weather-tight, in a dedicated
location separated from the rest of the construction area by dust tight partitions.
End covers shall be maintained at all times.
4. During installation: Duct sections shall be staged at the installation location only
as needed for installation within 4 hours. Any field assembly of ducts over 96”
shall be made only in dedicated dust-free areas, or where other construction
activities in the vicinity have ceased to produce dust, dirt or debris. End caps
shall be maintained on all openings except one being actively joined.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the following:
1. Flexible Ducts:
a. Flexmaster
b. Thermaflex
2. Duct Take Off Fittings
a. Hercules Industries
b. Flexmaster
c. Thermaflex
d. Ominair
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
2.2 DUCTWORK MATERIALS:
A. Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is exposed to view in occupied spaces,
provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam
marks, roller marks, stains, dents, discolorations, and other imperfections, including
those which would impair painting.
B. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet
steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality; with G 90 zinc coating in
accordance with ASTM A 525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Provide
flat seam construction where standing seams are a hazard to the Owner's operation
personnel.
C. Stainless Steel Sheet: Where indicated, provide stainless steel complying with ASTM A
167; Type 304 or 316; with No. 4 finish where exposed to view in occupied spaces, No.
1 finish elsewhere. Protect finished surfaces with mill-applied adhesive protective
paper, maintained through fabrication and installation.
D. Aluminum Sheet: Where indicated, provide aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B
209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14.
E. Uncoated carbon steel shall comply with ASTM A569, hot rolled steel sheet.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS:
A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes indicated
and, where not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with
ductwork system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment.
B. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15
deg. change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg.
laterals and 45 deg. elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches
are indicated, provide conical type tees.
C. Duct Sealant: Non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type
applicable for fabrication/ installation detail, as compounded and recommended by
manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. For outdoor
ductwork, sealant shall also be U.V. resistant and weather resistant.
D. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped
galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of
ductwork.
1. For exposed stainless steel ductwork, provide matching stainless steel support
materials.
2. For aluminum ductwork, provide aluminum support materials except where
materials are electrolytically separated from ductwork.
E. Flexible Ducts: Flexible air ducts shall be listed under UL-181 standards as Class I Air
Duct Material and shall comply with NFPA Standards 90A and 90B. Minimum operating
pressure rating shall be 10" W.C. positive, 1” negative for sizes up to 12” through a
temperature range of -20°F to 150°F; minimum working velocity rating shall be 4000
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
fpm. Contractor shall assume responsibility for supplying material approved by the
authority having jurisdiction.
1. All flexible duct shall be rated for sound attenuation. Inner core shall be black
CPE supported by a galvanized steel helix, with minimum R-5 insulation and
metalized reinforced outer jacket.
a. Flexmaster Type 1M
2. Sound attenuation shall be as scheduled below:
INSERTION LOSS dB (6-foot Section, Flexmaster 1M-R6, 500 FPM Air
Velocity)
Octave Band 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
8" Diameter 5.6 10.6 23.9 34.0 22.5 17.0 11.9
12" Diameter 6.6 27.8 22.8 29.0 18.7 10.9 8.2
3. Non-insulated flexible ducts shall be the same as insulated less the insulation
and other jacket.
F. Duct Take Off Fittings to Individual Air Inlets & Outlets: Provide conical spin-in fittings
at flexible or round sheet metal duct takeoffs. Where specifically shown on drawings,
where the duct dimension does not allow for a conical spin-in, or at Contractor's option,
provide 45° inlet rectangular to round duct take off fittings, with factory applied gasket.
Fittings shall include butterfly type manual volume damper with regulator, and dual
locking device. Dual locking device shall consist of two shaft mounted wing nuts, one
on each side of the damper. Wing nuts shall tighten on shafts to lock butterfly in place.
Shafts shall be solid metal, rolled metal shafts are not acceptable.
G. Duct take off fittings to air terminals: same as for individual air inlets and outlets, less
the damper.
H. All fasteners and hardware for stainless steel ductwork shall be made of stainless steel.
2.4 FABRICATION:
A. Fabricate ductwork in 4, 8, 10 or 12-ft lengths, unless otherwise indicated or required to
complete runs. Preassemble work in shop to greatest extent possible, so as to
minimize field assembly of systems. Disassemble systems only to extent necessary for
shipping and handling. Match (-) mark sections for reassembly and coordinated
installation.
B. Fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with the latest SMACNA
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards". Minimum 26 GA where ducts are within
corridors.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
C. Where the standard allows the choice of external reinforcing or internal tie rods, only
the external reinforcing options shall be used.
D. If manufacturer flange joining systems are used as part of the reinforcing, the EI rating
and rigidity class shall be equivalent to the reinforcing requirements of the standard.
Submit manufacturer's product data.
E. Aluminum duct shall be fabricated using the aluminum thickness equivalence table in
the standard. Simply increasing the thickness by two gauges is not acceptable.
F. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to comply with duct requirements
as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows and offsets
with center-line radius equal to 1.5 times the associated duct width; and fabricate to
include turning vanes in elbows where shorter radius is necessary. 90° mitered elbows
with turning vanes may be used where specifically shown on drawings. Mitered elbows
or offsets of other than 90° shall not be used. Two 90° mitered elbows shall be
separated by a minimum of 2 equivalent duct diameters. Use radiused “Ogee” for
offsets less than 90°. Limit angular tapers to 30 deg. for contracting tapers and 20 deg.
for expanding tapers. Divided flow fittings shall be 45° inlet branches, stationary splitters
and elbows, or as shown on drawings.
G. Fabricate ductwork with accessories installed during fabrication to the greatest extent
possible. Refer to Division-23 section "Ductwork Accessories" for accessory
requirements. All stainless steel ductwork shall have stainless steel accessories
(including dampers, turning vanes, access doors, etc.) construction.
2.5 ROUND AND FLAT OVAL DUCTWORK:
A. Material: Galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A 527, lockforming quality, with
ASTM A 525, G90 zinc coating, mill phosphatized. Spiral lockseam construction.
Individual runouts to air devices may be longitudinal seam.
B. Gauge: In accordance with the SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards”,
minimum 26 gauge.
C. Elbows: One piece construction for 90 deg. and 45 deg. elbows 14" and smaller.
Provide multiple gore construction for larger diameters with standing seam
circumferential joint. Radius to centerline shall be 1.5 times duct diameter. Spot
welded and bonded construction. Elbows on runouts to individual air devices may be
pleated or adjustable.
D. Divided Flow Fittings: 90 deg. tees, constructed with branch spot welded and bonded
to duct fitting body, with minimum 2" flange shaped to fit main duct.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which metal ductwork is to be installed.
Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
3.2 INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK:
A. Duct Sealing:
1. Seal all low pressure ducts to SMACNA Seal Class "B".
2. Seal all medium and high pressure ducts to SMACNA Seal Class "A".
B. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry
practices which will achieve air-tight and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems,
capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of
joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and
with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers
and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and to prevent buckling,
popping or compressing. Support vertical ducts at every floor.
C. Construct ductwork to schedule of operating pressures as shown on drawings.
D. Inserts: Install concrete inserts for support of ductwork in coordination with formwork,
as required to avoid delays in work.
E. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match
shop-fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements.
F. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and
horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by
diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run ductwork in shortest
route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and
its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other
structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where
furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation
thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of
insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from
view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended
ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown.
Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work.
G. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and
their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.
H. Slope shower, locker room, and high moisture ductwork down to air device.
I. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through fire rated walls and do not contain fire or
smoke dampers, protect with fire stop material installed in accordance with its listing.
Where ducts pass through interior partitions or exterior walls, and are exposed to view,
conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet
metal flanges of same gauge as duct. Overlap opening on all four sides by at least
1-1/2". Fasten to duct only. Where ducts penetrate non-fire rated, mechanical,
electrical or acoustically sensitive walls, provide ½” to ¾” annular space between duct
and wall, pack annular space with mineral wood insulation, and caulk both sides with
non-hardening acoustical sealant.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
J. Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers,
coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system.
K. Installation: Install metal ductwork in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct
Construction Standards and Industrial Construction Standards.
L. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air
distribution devices at time of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of
polyethylene film or other covering which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until
time connections are to be completed.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF DUCT TAKE-OFF FITTINGS:
A. Fully seal all joints.
B. Sheet metal screw regulator arm to duct after balance is complete. Mark and date
position of regulator arm.
C. Insulation over regulator arm is not required.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS:
A. Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 6' - 0".
B. Installation: Install in accordance with SMACNA's, "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards, Metal and Flexible".
C. Full inside diameter of flexible duct shall be maintained. Support to prevent kinking.
D. Flexible duct shall not be installed above an inaccessible ceiling unless the air device is
set in a frame allowing access to both ends of the flexible duct.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Leakage Tests: Conduct duct leakage test in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Air
Duct Leakage Test Manual. Repair leaks and repeat tests until total leakage is less
than the maximum permissible leakage as specified below.
B. General:
1. Ductwork pressure tests shall be observed by Architect/Engineer prior to
installation of insulation.
2. Ductwork systems in ±3" W.G. pressure class and higher shall be tested in their
entirety for leaks. Arbitrary sections of ductwork in ±2" W.G. and lower pressure
class shall be tested as required by Architect/Engineer.
3. Test Failures: Duct systems shall be repaired if test pressure and leakage
requirements are not met or if air noise condition is encountered. Repairs and
sealing shall be done with sheet metal, tape, sealant or a combination thereof.
C. Test Equipment:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
1. Portable rotary type blower or tank type vacuum cleaner with control damper.
Equipment shall have sufficient capacity to properly test reasonably large duct
system section. Equipment shall have been calibrated within 2 years of the
testing.
2. Orifice assembly consisting of straightening vanes and calibrated orifice plate
mounted in a straight tube with properly located pressure taps.
3. Two (2) U-tube manometers, one to measure drop across calibrated orifice and
one to measure S.P. in duct being tested. Provide low differential pressure
Dwyer magnehelic gauges for low leak testing in lieu of U-tube manometers.
4. Provide Dwyer magnehelic gauge with 0-.25" W.C. range for testing 0% leakage
ductwork.
D. Testing Pressures and Permissible Leakage:
1. Test pressure shall be equal to the construction class. Negative pressure duct
shall be tested at the equivalent positive pressure.
2. Allowable leakage shall be determined from the following equation (or figure 4-1
in the above referenced Standard):
F = CL (P).65
Where: F = Allowable leakage factor CFM/100 Sq. Ft.
CL = Leakage Class
P = Test pressure inches W.C.
3. Leakage class shall be as follows:
a. Seal class A, Round or oval duct, CL = 3.
b. Seal class A, Rectangular duct, CL = 6.
c. Seal class B, Round or oval duct, CL = 6.
d. Seal class B, Rectangular duct, CL = 12.
e. Seal class C, Round or oval duct, CL = 12.
f. Seal class C, Rectangular duct, CL = 24.
4. Record all tests using the procedure and forms in the above referenced standard.
5. All plenums and casings shall be tested by pressuring to the pressure class
indicated and visually observing leakage and panel deflection.
a. No noticeable leakage shall be allowed.
b. Deflection shall be less than 1/8" per foot.
3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
A. General: Connect metal ductwork to equipment as indicated. Provide flexible
connection for each ductwork connection to equipment mounted on vibration isolators,
and/or equipment containing rotating machinery. Provide access doors where required
for service, maintenance and inspection of ductwork accessories. See section 23 33
00.
3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Extent of duct cleaning will be defined by owner.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
B. Existing supply and return ductwork and all components of the existing air handling
units shall be internally cleaned by a National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA)
member contractor, with all work directly supervised by a NADCA certified Air Systems
Cleaning Specialist. All work shall be in compliance with National Air Duct Cleaners
Association (NADCA): “Assessment, Cleaning & Restoration of HVAC Systems (ACR
2006)”. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of visible surface
contaminants and deposits from within the HVAC.
1. The HVAC system includes any interior surface of the air distribution system for
conditioned spaces and/or occupied zones. This includes the entire heating, air-
conditioning and ventilation system from the points where the air enters the
system to the points where the air is discharged from the system. The return air
grilles, return air ducts to the air handling unit (AHU), the interior surfaces of the
AHU, mixing box, coil surfaces, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and
dehumidifiers, supply air ducts, fans, fan housing, fan blades, turning vanes,
filters, filter housings, reheat coils, and supply diffusers are all considered part of
the HVAC system.
C. Clean ductwork internally, unit by unit as it is installed, of dust and debris. Clean
external surfaces of foreign substances. Where ductwork is to be painted clean and
prepare surface for painting.
D. Protection:
1. Store duct a minimum of 4" above ground or floor to avoid damage from weather
or spills.
2. Cover all stored ducts to protect from moisture, dust or debris.
3. Maintain a cover on all ends of installed ductwork at all times, except when
actually connecting additional sections of duct.
E. Ductwork contaminated or damaged above "shop" or "mill" conditions shall be cleaned,
repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction.
F. Strip protective paper from stainless ductwork surfaces, and repair finish wherever it
has been damaged.
G. Balancing: Refer to Division-23 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for air
distribution balancing of metal ductwork; not work of this section. Seal any leaks in
ductwork that become apparent in balancing process.
3.8 INSPECTION:
A. After completion of the ductwork installation, and after the Test and Balancing work, a
minimum of 10% of the installed length of the supply duct system shall be inspected by
an independent company specializing in such work. Inspection shall be performed
using fiber optic video equipment and other appropriate techniques.
1. Sections to be inspected shall be determined by the Engineer.
B. A report, including a recording on DVD of the video shall be submitted to the engineer.
The report shall document the findings of the inspection, listing any areas of concern,
including evidence of water, dust, dirt and construction debris.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1
C. The report will be used to determine if the ductwork cleanliness is acceptable. The
Verification of HVAC System Cleanliness provisions of National Air Duct Cleaners
Association (NADCA): “Assessment, Cleaning & Restoration of HVAC Systems (ACR
2006) shall be used. A synopsis is given below:
1. The report will be used as a visual inspection. The system will be considered
clean if the interior surfaces are free from non-adhered substances and debris.
2. If the visual inspection in inconclusive, then a surface comparison test will be
performed. A section will be cleaned by a brush and vacuum method in
accordance with NADCA ACR 2006. The system will be considered clean if
there is no significant visual difference in the surface characteristics between the
recently cleaned section and the adjacent sections.
3. If the surface comparison test is inconclusive, then the NADCA Vacuum Test will
be performed to make a final cleanliness determination.
END OF SECTION 23 3113
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 1
SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of ductwork
accessories, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use
in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Industry Standards: Comply with ASHRAE recommendations pertaining to construction
of ductwork accessories, except as otherwise indicated.
C. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with UL
Standard 555 "Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers" and U.L. Standard 555S "Motor-
Driven Fire/Smoke Dampers."
D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning
and Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of ductwork accessories.
E. SMACNA Compliance: All exhaust ducts comply with "Fire Damper and Heat Stop
Guide".
F. All fire dampers, smoke dampers, fire/smoke dampers and radiation dampers shall
meet the latest local building code requirements.
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of ductwork
accessory, including dimensions, capacities, and materials of construction; and
installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings for each type of
ductwork accessory showing interfacing requirements with ductwork, method of
fastening or support, and methods of assembly of components. Include details of
construction equipment and accessories being provided.
C. Submittals for all damper types specified in this section shall include a schedule for
each damper indicating net free area, actual face velocity and pressure drop (at sea
level) based on net free area & the maximum air quantity which will be passing through
the damper. Submittals without this information will be rejected.
D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems
products, in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists for
each type of duct accessory. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in
maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Dampers:
a. Greenheck
b. AWV
c. Air Balance, Inc.
d. Anemostat
e. Arrow Louver and Damper; Div. of Arrow United Industries, Inc.
f. Louvers & Dampers, Inc.
g. Penn Ventilator Co.
h. Pottoroff
i. Ruskin
2. Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers:
a. Greenheck
b. Air Balance, Inc.
c. Phillips Industries, Inc. Conaire Division
d. Ruskin
e. Pottoroff
3. Turning Vanes:
a. Aero Dyne Co.
b. Airsan Corp.
c. Barb-Aire
d. Duro Dyne Corp.
e. Environmental Elements Corp.; Subs. Koppers Co., Inc.
f. Hart & Cooley Mfg. Co.
4. Duct Hardware:
a. Ventfabrics, Inc.
b. Young Regulator Co.
c. Duro-Dyne Corp.
5. Duct Access Doors:
a. Kess
b. Greenheck
c. Flexmaster
d. Cesco-Advanced Air
e. Duro Dyne Corp.
f. Ventfabrics, Inc.
6. Flexible Connections:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 3
a. Duro Dyne Corp.
b. Ventfabrics, Inc.
c. General Rubber Corp. (Process & Exhaust Only)
2.2 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS:
A. Low Pressure Rectangular Dampers (less than 2000 FPM and under 2" W.C. S.P.
Differential):
1. For 12" in height or larger, use multiple opposed blade type and close fitted to
ducts. The frame and blades shall be constructed of 16 ga. galvanized steel with
plated steel shaft mounted with synthetic bearings. Linkage shall be in-jamb fixed
type located outside the airstream made of plated steel tie bar and crank plates,
with stainless steel pivots. Damper panels shall not exceed 48" wide. Provide
jack shafting when duct size required is greater than 48" wide. Provide notched
shaft end indicating damper position, locking quadrant to fix damper position and
handle. Provide standoff bracket for insulated ducts. For flat oval and round
ductwork, provide type C housing.
2. For ducts less than 12" in height, frame shall be 18 ga. blade galvanized steel,
steel axle with synthetic bearings locking quadrant handle and notched shaft end
indicating damper position. Provide standoff bracket for insulated ducts.
B. Low Pressure Round Dampers (less than 1800 FPM and under 1" W.C. S.P.
differential):
1. For low pressure spin-in fitting dampers serving individual returns/diffusers, see
15891.
2. Dampers 4" diameter through 18" diameter shall be 20 ga. galvanized steel
frame and blade, utilize multi-blade square dampers with transitions for ducts
over 18" diameter.
3. Axle shaft shall be plated steel with retainers mounted on synthetic bearings with
notched end shaft indicating damper position, locking quadrant and handle.
Provide standoff brackets for insulated ducts.
a. Greenheck M8DR-50 or approved equivalent.
C. Medium/High Pressure Rectangular Dampers (less than 4000 FPM and under 6" W.C.
(48" wide or less) S.P. or 8" W.C. S.P. (36" wide or less)):
1. Dampers shall be opposed blade for volume control and parallel blade for
isolation/shut-off service.
2. Frame shall be 16 ga. galvanized steel with welded corners or 1/8" thick 6063-T5
alloy aluminum frame. Blades shall be double skin galvanized steel with single-
lock seam, or .081" thick 6060-T5 extruded aluminum, airfoil shape. Blade edge
seals shall be vinyl, silicone, or other approved synthetic and metallic
compression seals at the jambs. Axles shall be hexagonal or square plated steel
mounted on bronze oilite or synthetic (ACETAL) bearings. Linkage shall be in-
jamb type located outside the airstream. Maximum damper size shall be 48"
wide and 60" high. For isolation or shut-off duty, damper leakage shall not
exceed 9.5 CFM/Ft2 at 4" W.C. S.P. differential. Provide extended shaft with
notched end indicating damper position, locking quadrant and handle. Provide
standoff brackets for insulated ducts.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 4
D. Medium/High Pressure Round and Flat Oval Dampers (less than 3000 FPM and under
4" W.C. S.P. differential):
1. Damper frame construction shall be galvanized steel as follows:
ROUND
Under 6" dia...................................................................................................... 12 Gauge
6" to 18" dia ...................................................................................................... 14 Gauge
FLAT OVAL
6" to 12" wide ......................................................................... 2 x 1/2 x 14 gauge channel
13" to 48" wide ................................................................................. 2 x 1/2 x 1/8 channel
2. Damper blades shall be galvanized steel as follows:
ROUND
4" to 18" diameter ............................................................................................... 12 Gauge
FLAT OVAL
4" to 18" Wide ..................................................................................................... 12 Gauge
3. Axles shall be 1/2" diameter plated steel up to 18" diameter and 18" wide flat
oval, and 3/4" diameter plated steel over 18". Stainless sleeve bearings pressed
in to the frame.
4. Provide notched end shaft to indicate damper position, locking quadrant and
lever handle. Provide standoff bracket for insulated duct.
5. For isolation or shut-off service dampers shall be provided with edge seals with a
leakage rate not to exceed 7 CFM/ft2 at 1" W.C. S.P. differential (based on 18"
diameter).
E. Dampers in stainless steel duct shall be of equivalent construction to the above
dampers, with all components made of stainless steel. Type 304 or 316, as specified
for the ductwork.
F. Dampers in aluminum duct shall be of equivalent construction to the above dampers,
with all components made of either aluminum or stainless steel.
2.3 CONTROL DAMPERS:
A. Dampers shall be opposed blade for volume control and parallel blade for
isolation/shut-off service. Frame shall be 12 ga. galvanized steel with welded corners.
Blades shall be double skin galvanized steel with single-lock seam, airfoil shape with a
strength greater than 14 ga.
1. AWV Model VC-422
B. Blade edge seals shall be double durometer vinyl and metallic compression seals at the
jambs. Leakage shall not exceed 11.5 CFM/ft2 at 4" W.C. S.P.
C. Axles shall be solid carbon steel mounted on bronze oilite bearings. Linkage shall be
in-jamb type located outside the airstream.
D. Maximum damper size shall be 48" wide and 72" high.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 5
2.4 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS:
A. Rectangular Fire/Smoke Dampers: 16 gauge galvanized steel frame, type 304 stainless
steel side seals, combination silicone/galvanized steel edge seals, bronze oilite or
stainless steel sleeve bearings, airfoil shaped galvanized steel parallel acting blades,
square or horizontal plated steel axles, out of airstream in-jamb linkage with stainless
steel pivots, factory sleeve, caulked and attached to damper in accordance with UL fire
damper requirements.
1. Ruskin FSD-60 or approved equivalent.
2. Ruskin FSD-60V or approved equivalent where axles must be vertical.
B. Round Fire/Smoke Dampers 18" Diameter and Smaller: 20 gauge galvanized steel
frame/integral sleeve, 2 layer galvanized steel butterfly blade equivalent to 14 gauge,
silicone rubber seal sandwiched between blade layers, stainless steel sleeve bearings
pressed into frame, retaining plates in accordance with the UL listing.
1. Ruskin FSDR-25 or approved equivalent.
2. Use rectangular damper with smooth square/round transitions for dampers over
18".
C. Paint sleeve with red enamel finish.
D. Electric Damper Actuators:
1. Actuator shall have microprocessor based motor controller providing:
a. Electronic cut off at full open so that no noise can be generated while
holding open. Holding noise level shall be inaudible.
b. Shall be incapable of burning out if stalled before full rotation is reached.
2. Housing shall be steel and gears shall be permanently lubricated.
3. The actuators shall be direct coupled and employ a steel toothed clamp for
connecting to damper shafts. Aluminum clamps or set-screw attachment are not
acceptable.
4. Actuator shall have UL555S Listing by the damper manufacturer for a
temperature equal to the damper.
5. Actuators shall draw no more than .23A at 120V or 24V running, or .1A holding at
120V or 24V (27 VA and 10 VA respectively for 24V power) for 70 in-# of torque.
6. Actuator shall carry a manufacturer’s 5-year warranty and be manufactured
under ISO 9001 quality control.
7. Damper actuators shall be Belimo Aircontrols FSLF (30 in-#) or FSNF (70 in-#).
E. Where indicated on the drawings or indicated in the sequence of control, provide factory
mounted blade position switches to indicate fully open and fully closed.
F. Damper actuator shall fail close upon loss of power/control air.
G. 1 1/2 hour or 3 hour rating as required by construction type.
H. UL 555, 555S, Class II, 250°F.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 6
I. Suitable for vertical or horizontal mounting.
J. Leakage not greater than 10 CFM per square foot at 1" W.C. pressure differential.
2.5 TURNING VANES:
A. Fabricated Turning Vanes: Provide fabricated 22 gauge, single blade or 24 gauge
double bladed 4-1/2" radius, 3-1/4" spacing turning vanes and type 2, 4-1/2" wide
runners, constructed in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards" Fig 2.3.
B. Do not use trailing edge turning vanes.
2.6 DUCT HARDWARE:
A. General: Provide duct hardware, manufactured by one manufacturer for all items on
project, for the following:
B. Test Holes: Provide in ductwork at fan inlet and outlet, and elsewhere as indicated,
duct test holes, consisting of slot and cover, for instrument tests.
C. Quadrant Locks: Provide for each manual volume damper, quadrant lock device on
one end of shaft; and end bearing plate on other end for damper lengths over 12".
Provide extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for externally
insulated ductwork.
2.7 DUCT ACCESS DOORS:
A. Access Doors for Low Pressure Rectangular Duct: Construct of same or greater gauge
as ductwork served, provide double wall insulated doors for insulated ductwork.
Exposed insulation adhered to door is not acceptable. Provide flush frames for
uninsulated ductwork, extended frames for externally insulated duct. All access doors
shall have gasket and will be air tight. Provide one side hinged, other side with one
handle-type latch for doors 12" high and smaller, 2 handle-type latches for larger doors.
Where a hinged door cannot be fully opened a removable door may be used.
B. Access Doors for Medium and High Pressure Rectangular Duct: Insulated double wall
round door and frame arranged for "Spin-In" installation, with continuous gasket in
frame for door. Leakage of less than .5 cfm at 6" W.G.
C. Flexmaster "Inspector Series Spin Door" or equivalent.
D. Access Doors for Round Duct 20" and Less: Sandwich type door, constructed of an
insulated double wall outer door connected to gasketed inner plate carriage bolts with
hand knobs, and formed to fit the radius of the duct.
1. Ductmate "Sandwich" or equivalent.
E. Access Door for Round Duct Greater Than 20": 18" round insulated double wall access
door in gasketed frame, attached to duct section similar to tee fitting.
F. Access Doors for Flat Oval Duct: Use door specified for medium and high pressure
rectangular duct in flat portion, use door specified for round duct in curved portion.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 7
2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS:
A. General: Provide flexible duct connections wherever ductwork connects to vibration
isolated equipment. Construct flexible connections of neoprene-coated flameproof
fabric crimped into duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment. Make airtight
joint. Provide adequate joint flexibility to allow for thermal, axial, transverse, and
torsional movement, and also capable of absorbing vibrations of connected equipment.
Shelf life shall be verified to not exceed six (6) months. Any sign of cracking on interior
or exterior shall be cause for replacement immediately.
B. Use the following product types for each application accordingly:
1. Indoor Equipment Non-Corrosive Air Systems: Heavy glass fabric, double-
coated with DuPont's NEOPRENE, non-combustible fabric, fire retardant coating
with good resistance to abrasion and flexing. Fabric shall be 30 oz per square
yard, capable of operating at -10oF to 200oF, waterproof, air tight, 6 inches wide,
complies with NFPA 90 and UL Standard #214. "Ventglas" Model as
manufactured by VentFabric, Inc.
2. Outdoor Equipment Non-Corrosive Air Systems (exposed to weather and sun):
Heavy glass fabric, double-coated with DuPont's HYPALON, non-combustible
fabric, fire retardant coating with superb resistance to sunlight, ozone and
weather which has documented 20-year-old exposure tests. Fabric shall be 26
oz per square yard, capable of operating at -10oF to 250oF, waterproof, air tight,
6 inches wide, complies with NFPA 90 and UL Standard #214. "Ventlon" Model
as manufactured by VentFabrics, Inc.
3. High Temperature Non-Corrosive Air Systems: Heavy glass fabric coated with
silicone rubber, non-combustible fabric, fire retardant coating, capable of
operating and maintaining flexibility between temperatures of -25oF to 500oF.
Fabric shall be 16 oz. per square yard, waterproof, air tight, 6 inches wide,
complies with NFPA 90, UL Standard #214. "Ventsil" Model as manufactured by
VentFabrics, Inc.
4. Indoor Corrosive Air System: Heavy glass fabric coated with DuPont's Teflon
fluorocarbon resins, capable of operating between temperatures of - 20oF and
500oF. Fabric shall be 14 oz per square yard, watertight, air tight, chemically
resistant to most chemicals including but not limited to sulfuric acid, acetic acid,
chlorine, dimethyl ether, xylene, hexane, ozone, nitric acid, butyl acetate,
ammonia gas and liquid, acetone, mercury, cyclohexane, methanol, 6 inches
wide "Ventel" model as manufactured by VentFabrics, Inc.
5. For larger than 60" round diameter provide slip over type General Rubber
Corporation style 1087 with stainless steel screw clamp.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which ductwork accessories will be installed. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner
acceptable to the Engineer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES:
A. Install ductwork accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions,
with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 8
in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended
function.
B. Install turning vanes in square or rectangular 90 deg. elbows in supply, return and
exhaust air systems, and elsewhere as indicated.
C. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from
either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter.
D. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of
ductwork accessories properly with other work.
E. Provide duct access doors whether shown or not for inspection and cleaning upstream
of all coils, fans, automatic dampers, fire dampers (minimum 16" x 24" in ducts larger
than 18"), fire/smoke dampers, duct smoke detectors and elsewhere as indicated.
Review locations prior to fabrication. Provide multiple access doors for large ductwork
to provide adequate reach to equipment.
F. Install fire dampers and smoke dampers in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
G. Provide fire dampers and smoke dampers at locations shown, where ducts and outlets
pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
H. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust
systems where branches are taken from larger ducts and as required for air balancing.
I. Provide balancing dampers on high pressure systems where indicated. Use splitter
dampers only where indicated on Drawings.
J. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated
with fans and equipment subject to forced vibration. Provide matching flanged backing
frame with flexible connector where flanged fan connections are provided.
3.3 COORDINATION:
A. Coordinate with installers of other work to ensure that operators, reset devices, and
fusible links are accessible at all fire, smoke, and fire/smoke dampers.
B. Show access space on coordination drawings. Locate over lay-in ceilings and above
corridors wherever practical.
C. Order right/left/top/bottom arrangement as required to minimize field modifications.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Operate installed ductwork accessories after installation to demonstrate compliance
with requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace
faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leakproof performance.
B. After installation, test every fire and fire/smoke damper for proper operation, provide
letter to the Architect/Engineer certifying this work is complete and all dampers are
functioning properly.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3300 - 9
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Adjusting: Adjust ductwork accessories for proper settings, install fusible links in fire
dampers and adjust for proper action.
B. Label access doors in accordance with Division-23 section "Mechanical Identification".
C. Final positioning of manual dampers is specified in Division-23 section "Testing,
Adjusting, and Balancing".
D. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces
with manufacturer's touch-up paint.
3.6 EXTRA STOCK:
A. Furnish extra fusible links to Owner, one link for every 10 installed of each temperature
range; obtain receipt.
END OF SECTION 23 3300
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 1
SECTION 23 3400 - HVAC FANS
PART 1 - GENERAL:
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of air handling equipment work required by this section is indicated on drawings and
schedules, and by requirements of this section.
B. Refer to other Division 23 sections for vibration control; control system; sequence of operation;
testing, adjusting and balancing.
C. Refer to Division 26 section for the following work; not work of this section.
1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connections at air handling units.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air handling
equipment of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than 3 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. Fans Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power air density, speed of
rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings in accordance with AMCA Standard
210/ASHRAE Standard 51 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating.
2. UL Compliance: Provide air handling equipment which are listed by UL and have UL label
affixed.
3. UL Compliance: Provide air handling equipment which are designed, manufactured, and
tested in accordance with UL 805 "Power Ventilators".
4. NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and electrical accessories complying with NEMA
standards.
5. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA Standard 301 "Method for Calculating
Fan Sound Ratings from laboratory Test Data." Test fans in accordance with AMCA
Standard 300 "Test Code for Sound Rating."
6. Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory and NEMA Compliance (NRTL): Fans and
components shall be NRTL listed and labeled. The term "NRTL" shall be defined in
OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
7. Electrical Component Standards: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA
70 "National Electrical Code."
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for air handling equipment including
specifications, capacity ratings, dimensions, weights, materials, operating & service/access
clearance accessories furnished, and installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, construction
details, methods of assembly of components, and field connection details.
C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products; in
accordance with requirements of Division 23.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 2
D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of power and gravity
ventilator, accessory, and control. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring
diagrams in maintenance manuals in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Lift and support units with the manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.
B. Disassemble and reassemble units as required for movement into the final location following
manufacturer's written instructions.
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Coordinate the installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
B. Coordinate the size and location of structural steel support members.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Gravity Ventilator (Hooded and Round Stationary)
a. PennBarry
b. Soler & Palau USA
c. Greenheck
d. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corporation
e. Aerovent
f. Carnes
g. JencoFan
h. Loren Cook Company
2. Low Silhouette Box-Type Gravity Ventilators
a. Greenheck
b. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corporation
c. Aerovent
d. Carnes
e. JencoFan
f. Loren Cook Company
g. PennBarry
2.2 AIR INTAKE AND RELIEF HOOD:
A. Roof intake and relief hood housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum and shall be
fully weatherproof.
B. Roof intake and relief hood shall be complete with louvered sides and bird screen.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 3
2.3 AUTOMOTIVE EXHAUST SYSTEM:
A. Overhead:
1. Project is an extension of an existing automotive exhaust system. Match existing
materials and methods when accomplishing the scope indicated on the drawings.
2. System shall be overhead hanging type. System shall be installed in complete
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.4 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS:
A. Furnish and install roof curbs as scheduled for duct openings through the roof and for exhaust
fan support. The curbs shall be galvanized steel self-flashing type //OR with integral cant, for
flashing in the field. If the curbs are to have sound attenuation qualities, they shall be not less
than those catalogued for the equipment specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances, housekeeping pads, and other conditions affecting performance of fans.
B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
A. Install hoods level and plumb, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Support
units using vibration control devices as indicated. Vibration control devices are specified in
Division 23 Section "Vibration Controls."
B. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air-handling units for service and
maintenance.
3.3 CONNECTIONS:
A. Duct installations and connections are specified in other Division 23 sections. Make final duct
connections on inlet and outlet duct connections with flexible connections.
B. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer.
1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction
indicated and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start-
up until wiring installation is acceptable to centrifugal fan Installer.
2. Temperature control wiring and interlock wiring are specified in Division 23.
3. Grounding: Connect unit components to ground in accordance with the National Electrical
Code.
3.4 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTING:
A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HVAC FANS 23 3400 - 4
B. Clean unit cabinet interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Vacuum
clean fan wheel and cabinet.
3.5 COMMISSIONING:
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for procedures for
air-handling-system testing, adjusting, and balancing.
END OF SECTION 23 3400
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 1
SECTION 23 3713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS & GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of air outlets and inlets work is indicated by drawings and schedules, and by
requirements of this section.
B. Types of air outlets and inlets required for project include the following:
1. Ceiling air diffusers.
2. Wall registers and grilles.
C. Refer to other Division 23 sections for ductwork, duct accessories; testing and
balancing; not work of this section.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air outlets
and inlets of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. ARI Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ARI 650
"Standard for Air Outlets and Inlets".
2. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with
ASHRAE 70 "Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets
and Inlets".
3. ADC Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in certified laboratories
under requirements of ADC 1062 "Certification, Rating and Test Manual".
4. ADC Seal: Provide air outlets and inlets bearing ADC Certified Rating Seal.
5. NFPA Compliance: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA 90A
"Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems".
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for air outlets and inlets
including the following:
1. Schedule of air outlets and inlets indicating drawing designation, room location,
number, furnished, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
2. Data sheet for each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished;
indicating construction, finish, and mounting details.
3. Performance data for each type of air outlet and inlet furnished, including
aspiration ability, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise
criteria ratings. Indicate selections on data.
B. Samples: Submit 3 samples of each type of finish furnished.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 2
C. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawing for each type of
air outlet and inlet, indicating materials and methods of assembly of components.
D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems
products, in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data, including cleaning instructions for
finishes, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in
maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 23.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver air outlets and inlets wrapped in factory- fabricated fiber-board type containers.
Identify on outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid
crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices.
B. Store air outlets and inlets in original cartons and protect from weather and construction
work traffic. Where possible, store indoors; when necessary to store outdoors, store
above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Diffusers, Registers and Grilles:
a. Price
b. Krueger; Div. of Philips Industries, Inc.
c. Titus Products Div.; Philips Industries, Inc.
d. Metal-Aire
e. Nailor
2.2 CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS:
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard ceiling air
diffusers where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of
materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation.
B. Performance: Provide ceiling air diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and
velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as
listed in manufacturer's current data.
C. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with
adjacent ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling
module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings
and specifications for types of ceiling systems, which will contain each type of ceiling air
diffuser.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 3713 - 3
D. Types: Provide ceiling diffusers of type, capacity, and with accessories and finishes as
listed on air device schedule.
2.3 REGISTERS AND GRILLES:
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard registers and
grilles where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of
materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation.
B. Performance: Provide registers and grilles that have, as minimum, temperature and
velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as
listed in manufacturer's current data.
C. Wall Compatibility: Provide registers and grilles with border styles that are compatible
with adjacent wall systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into wall
construction with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction
drawings and specifications for types of wall construction, which will contain each type
of wall register and grille.
D. Types: Provide registers and grilles of type, capacity, and with accessories and finishes
as listed on air device schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which air outlets and inlets are to be installed. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and in accordance with recognized industry practices to insure that
products serve intended functions.
B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to
interface installation of air outlets and inlets with other work.
C. Locate ceiling air diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction
"Reflected Ceiling Plans". Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of
acoustical ceiling modules.
3.3 SPARE PARTS:
A. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, 3 operating keys for each type of air outlet and inlet that
require them.
END OF SECTION 23 3713
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 1
SECTION 23 8123 - COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Provide computer room air conditioning units required by this section as indicated by
requirements of this section.
B. Types of computer room air conditioning units specified in this section include the following:
1. Chilled water computer room units.
2. Air Cooled computer room units.
3. Water Cooled computer room units.
4. Glycol Cooled computer room units.
C. Electrical Work: Refer to Division 23 section "Mechanical/ Electrical Requirements for
Mechanical Equipment" for requirements.
D. Provide factory-mounted and wired controls and electrical devices as specified in this section.
E. Refer to Division 26 sections for other electrical work including motor starters, disconnects,
wires/cables, raceways, and other required electrical devices; not work of this section.
1.2 REFRIGERANTS:
A. All refrigerants used for each condensing unit shall be on the latest EPA list of approved
refrigerants & environmentally friendly.
B. No CFC based refrigerants shall be used.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of computer room air
conditioning units, of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards:
1. AHRI Compliance: Provide capacity ratings for computer room air conditioning units in
accordance with AHRI Standard 360 "Standard for Commercial and Industrial Unitary
Air-Conditioning Equipment".
2. ASHRAE Compliance: Construct refrigerating system of computer room air conditioning
units in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 15 "Safety Code for Mechanical
Refrigeration".
3. UL Compliance: Provide computer room air conditioning units which are UL-listed and
labeled.
4. NEC Compliance: Install computer room air conditioning units in accordance with
National Electrical Code.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 2
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
A. Each manufacturer shall describe in writing, how their company is addressing the CFC
legislation issue. Provide equipment capable of accepting a substitute refrigerant. The
equipment provided shall provide the scheduled capacity when the substitute refrigerant
proposed. The nominal equipment capacity reduction effects (if any), performance in KW/TON,
the refrigerant change out procedure and long term maintenance effects the new refrigerant has
on the equipment.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of
selected model clearly indicated, weights, furnished specialties and accessories; and installation
and start-up instructions.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions,
weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components.
D. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to
computer room air conditioning units. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for
interlock and control wiring required for final installation of computer room air conditioning units
and controls. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and
portions to be field- installed.
E. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed systems products in
accordance with requirements of Division 23.
F. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each computer room air
conditioning unit, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide.
Include this data and product data in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of
Division 23.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Handle computer room air conditioning units and components carefully to prevent damage,
breaking, denting and scoring.
B. Store computer room air conditioning units and components in clean dry place. Protect from
weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage.
C. Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading computer room air
conditioning units, and moving units to final location for installation.
1.6 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY:
A. Warranty on Motor/Compressor: Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to
replace/repair, within warranty period, motors/compressors with inadequate and defective
materials and workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to
perform as required; provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and
maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. Replacement is limited to
component replacement only, and does not include labor for removal and reinstallation.
1. Warranty Period: 5 years from Date of acceptance by the Owner.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the
following:
1. Indoor Packaged Units:
a. Liebert
b. Airflow Co.
c. DataAire
d. Schmeider-APC
2.2 COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (ABOVE 5 TONS):
A. General: Provide factory-assembled and tested packaged units as specified, consisting of
casing:
1. condensate pump
2. liquid tect sensor
3. chilled water
4. D.X. cooling coil
5. air cooled condenser with fan speed control
6. Lee-Tempwinter control system
7. water cooled condenser
8. glycol cooled condenser with pump package
9. dry cooler
10. fans
11. compressors
12. filters
13. hot gas reheat coil
14. infrared humidifier
15. floor stand
16. firestat
17. smoke detector
18. disconnect switch(es)
19. four step system
20. and controls.
B. Provide capacities and electrical characteristics as scheduled.
C. Casing: Provide manufacturer's standard casing construction, corrosion protection coating, and
exterior finish. Provide removable panels with 1" - 1-1/2 lbs density fiber insulation and
fasteners for service and access to internal parts. Unit shall be upflow arrangement with return
air in bottom and supply air out top of unit. Provide knockouts for electrical and piping
connections with the following options.
1. Return air plenum over return air opening.
2. Provide twenty-four (24) inch high adjustable floor stands
3. Provide discharge air turns.
4. Cabinet color shall be manufacturer’s standard color.
5. Provide piping access through top of unit and filter.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 4
6. Provide separation compartment between the piping compressor and air-stream
components.
D. DX Cooling Coil: Constructed of copper tubes and aluminum fins. Pressure and leak tested at
1.5 times working pressure, the coil shall be of A-frame design, 4 rows with minimum face area
of 10 square feet. The unit coil capacity shall be controlled by expansion valve. Provide
compressor crankcase heaters.
E. Pre-piped coil shall be arranged to allow unit to be piped from through the top of the unit casing
and discharge air plenum section. Provide stainless steel condensate drain pan. All factory
provided piping, valves and fittings shall be insulated with minimum of 1" thick, 25/50 rated,
fiberglass pipe insulates as specified in section 23 07 00.
F. Air Cooled Condenser: The air cooled condenser shall be the low profile, slow speed, multiple
direct drive propeller fan type. The condenser shall have two separate refrigeration circuits
rated at 100 degrees F. ambient. The condenser shall be constructed of aluminum and contain
a copper tube, aluminum fin coil arranged for vertical air discharge. The winter control system
for the air cooled condenser shall be Fan Speed Control and operate at -20 degrees F. ambient.
Variable speed motor shall be designed with ball bearings, permanent lubricated, internal
overload protection, 40 degrees C. rise at full speed, 65 degrees C. rise at 10 RPM. The control
system shall be complete with transducers, thermostats and electrical control circuit, factory
pre-packaged in the integral condenser control box. The winter control system for the air cooled
condenser shall be Lee-Temp. and shall allow start-up and positive head pressure control with
ambient temperature at -30 degrees F. The package shall include, for each circuit, factory
insulated receivers, pressure relief valves, head pressure three-way control valves and roto lock
valves for isolating the refrigerant charge. Receivers shall be factory mounted ready for field
connection to the air cooled condenser. The heater shall require separate power supply.
Provide a factory mounted and wired disconnect switch for condenser control panel accessible
from the exterior.
G. Compressors: The compressors shall be Semi-Hermetic type located in a separate
compartment with a suction gas cooled motor, vibration isolators, thermal overloads, oil sight
glass, manual reset high pressure switch, pump down low pressure switch, suction line strainer,
reversible oil pumps and maximum operating speed of 1750 RPM. Each refrigeration circuit
shall include hot gas mufflers, liquid line filter dryers, refrigerant sight glass with moisture
indicator, adjustable externally equalized expansion valve and liquid line solenoid valve.
H. Fans: Provide 1750 RPM, double-inlet, forward curved, centrifugal fans with adjustable belt
drive and slide base. Provide 100,000 hours self-aligning, lubricated fan and motor bearings,
and thermal overloads in motor.
I. Filters: Provide 2" thick fiberglass, throwaway pre-filters and MERV-8 throwaway final-filters
(ASHRAE 52).
J. Humidifier: Provide units with ultrasonic electric steam generator with high intensity quartz
lamps, serviceable stainless steel evaporator pan, pre-piped for final connector and automatic
water supply system with adjustable water-overfeed.. Each humidifier shall have a capacity of
7.7 lbs per hour using a 4.8kW electric element.
K. Condensate Pump: The condensate pump shall have a capacity of 145 GPH at 20 foot head
complete with integral float switch, pump, motor assembly and reservoir.
L. Liquid-Tect Sensor: Provide 1 solid state water sensor(s) under the unit.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 5
M. Disconnect Switch(es): The non-locking //OR locking type non-automatic molded case circuit
breaker shall be mounted in the high voltage section of the electrical panel. The switch shall be
accessible from the outside of the unit with the accent panel closed and prevent access to the
high voltage electrical components until switched to the "OFF" position. Electrical panel shall be
in accordance with UL requirements, pre-wired and tested. Comply with N.E.C. and local
codes.
N. HOA Switches: HOA Switches shall be maintained contact pushbuttons with pilot lights.
Provide with trip free thermal overload relays, each phase. Provide interlocks for switches and
similar devices for coordination with other Division 23 control sections. Refer to Section 23 05
05 for additional HOA requirements.
O. Firestat: The firestat shall shut down the environmental control system when activated and
shall be mounted in the electrical panel with sensing element in the return air compartment.
P. Smoke Detector: The smoke detector shall shut down the environmental control system,
activate the alarm system when activated and shall be mounted in the electrical panel with
sensing element in the return air compartment.
Q. Temperature and Humidity Recorder: Provide a 7 day/24 hour temperature and humidity
recorder of the full scope, two pen, surface mounted type with 100 recording charts, one red
and on blue bottle of recording ink and single phase power supply.
R. Control Processor (Level 0): The control system shall be microprocessor based. The system
shall be provided with two 0.43 inch high, seven segment LED numerical display to allow
observation of room temperature and humidity and each setable function:
1. Temperature Setpoint 65-85oF.
2. Temperature Sensitivity +1o +5oF.
3. Humidity Setpoint 40-60% R.H.
4. Humidity Sensitivity +1% + 10%.
5. Humidifier Flush Rate.
6. Normal Operating Modes (Heating, Cooling, Humidification/ Dehumidification) shall be
indicated by colored LEDs on the unit mounted display panel.
7. The control system shall monitor unit operation and activate an audible and visual alarm
in the event the following factory present alarm conditions:
a. High Temperature
b. Low Temperature
c. High Humidity
d. Low Humidity
e. Change Filters
f. Loss of air
8. A common alarm light shall be activated when any of the above conditions exist and
indicate high head pressure and water under floor.
9. A compressor sequence shall be provided to change the lead/lag sequence of the
compressors.
10. Panel shall have start-stop push buttons.
11. The Control System shall be microprocessor based and allow programming of
temperature and humidity setpoints, alarm parameters, provide monitoring of operational
status and maintain a data-base of room conditions and environmental system
operational status and allow programming of the following room conditions.
12. Temperature Setpoint (65-85oF)
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 6
13. Temperature Sensitivity +1-+5oF in 0.1oF increments)
14. Humidity Setpoint (40-60% RH)
15. Humidity Sensitivity (+1-+10% RH in 0.1% increments)
16. All setpoints shall be adjustable from the individual unit front monitor panel, hand-held
Service Terminal, or Site Monitoring Device.
17. The control system shall be capable of predictive control of temperature and humidity.
18. The microprocessor shall be capable of responding to varying rates of temperature
change in the room. The control system shall delay heating or cooling in response to
very low rates of change, shall advance heating or cooling in response to rapid
temperature changes, calculate the moisture content in the room, prevent unnecessary
humidification and dehumidification cycles by responding to changes in dewpoint
temperature, and provide the following internal controls:
a. Prevent compressor short-cycling by incrementally expanding the control
hysteresis of the compressor stages when compressor cycles approach 10 cycles
per hour. Timer-based short-cycle controls are unacceptable.
b. Automatically change the lead/lag sequence of the compressors after each start.
c. For start-up after power failure, the system shall provide automatic restart with a
programmable (up to 10 minutes in 6-second increments) time delay from either
the unit or from the central site monitoring system.
d. During start-up, or after power failure, sequence operational load activation to
minimize inrush current. Systems allowing multiple loads to start simultaneously
are unacceptable.
e. Chilled water and hot water coils automatically flushed to prevent the build-up of
contaminants.
f. Provide a monitor panel to display operational status, alarms and permit calibration
and programming of operation parameters. All indicators shall be in language
form. No symbols or codes shall be acceptable.
g. The front monitor panel shall be provided with a three digit, 0.43 inch high, seven
segment LED numerical display to indicate temperature, humidity, percent capacity
(cooling, heating, humidification de-humidification, and econ-o-cycle), temperature
and humidity setpoints and sensitivities, and humidifier flush rate. Operational
Status (Heating, Cooling, Humidification and Dehumidification) and alarm
conditions shall be indicated by colored LED's.
h. Activate an audible and visual alarm in event of any of the following conditions:
1) High Temperature
2) Low Temperature
3) High Humidity
4) Low Humidity
5) High Compressor Head
6) Pressure (Compressorized Systems Only)
7) Humidifier Problem
8) Loss of Air Flow
i. Provide four customer accessible local alarms to be indicated on the front panel
capable of being programmable activation time delays.
j. The audible alarm shall have adjustable volume.
k. Common alarm shall be provided to interface selected alarms with a remote alarm
device.
l. All alarms shall be communicated to the Site monitoring system with the following
information: Date and time of occurrence, unit number and present temperature
and humidity.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 7
m. Provide the capability of maintaining a log of system performance and
environmental conditions communicated and displayed at a remote monitoring and
control device with the following information included in the log, complete with time
and date:
1) Temperature (present, minimum and maximum for last 24 hours)
2) Humidity (present, minimum and maximum for last 24 hours)
3) Compressor Operating Hours Alarm Occurrence
n. All electronic circuitry shall be provided with self diagnostics for troubleshooting.
Each printed circuit board shall be diagnosed and reported as pass/not pass.
o. The microprocessor shall be compatible with all remote monitoring and control
devices.
p. Provided a web-based data center monitoring system having the capacity to
monitor the operation of up to 24 environmental control or power conditioning
systems. The monitoring system shall display unit operating mode and alarm
conditions on a display. The display shall be provided in English. The monitoring
system shall have the capability to access and change (at the discretion of the
user) the temperature and humidity setpoints and sensitivities of each unit. The
printer that shall provide the user with chronological alarm information capable of
being programmed to print out environmental conditions or operating modes at
each unit, as well as a summary of environmental information which shall include:
1) Daily Compressor Run
2) Time
3) Present Temperature
4) Present Humidity
5) Daily High Temperature
6) Daily Low Temperature
7) Daily Low Humidity
8) Daily Low Humidity
9) Present Average Temperature
10) Present Average Humidity
S. Service Terminal: Provide [ ] service terminal(s) to be used to monitor, program or
troubleshoot the system.
T. Testing and Certification: All equipment shall be factory run and tested with certified test data
furnished.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which computer room air conditioning units are
to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in
manner acceptable to Installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS:
A. General: Install computer room air conditioning units in accordance with manufacturer’s
installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and
maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 23 81 23 - 8
B. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer.
1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up
until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment Installer.
C. Ductwork: Refer to Division-23 section "Ductwork". Connect supply and return ducts to
computer room air conditioning units with flexible duct connections. Provide transitions to
exactly match unit duct connection size.
D. Drain Piping: Connect condensate pump drain pan to nearest indirect waste connection, or as
indicated.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. General: Start-up computer room air conditioning units, with manufacturer's start-up
instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged
or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
A. Training: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for 1-half day to instruct
Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of computer room air conditioning units.
1. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and Engineer of
training date.
3.5 SPARE PARTS:
A. General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts:
1. One set of matched fan belts for each belt driven fan.
2. One set of Pre and final filters for each unit.
END OF SECTION 23 8123
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 1
SECTION 26 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL:
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. All drawings associated with the entire project, including general provisions of the Contract,
including The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Conditions specification sections shall apply to the Division 26
specifications and drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing and becoming
familiar with the aforementioned and all other Contract Documents associated with the project.
B. Related Sections: Refer to all sections in Division 23. Refer to Division 26 specification sections
and Division 26 drawings.
C. Where contradictions occur between this section and Division 1, the more stringent requirement
shall apply.
D. Contractor shall be defined as any and all entities involved with the construction of the project.
1.2 SUMMARY:
A. This Section specifies the basic requirements for electrical installations and includes
requirements common to more than one section of Division 26. It expands and supplements
the requirements specified in sections of Division 1 through 23.
1.3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS:
A. Drawings are diagrammatic in character and do not necessarily indicate every required conduit,
box, fitting, etc.
B. Drawings and specifications are complementary. Whatever is called for in either is binding as
though called for in both. Report any discrepancies to the Engineer and obtain written
instructions before proceeding. Where any contradictions occur between the specifications and
the drawings the more stringent requirement shall apply. The contractor shall include pricing for
the more stringent and expensive requirements.
C. Drawings shall not be scaled for rough-in measurements or used as shop drawings. Where
drawings are required for these purposes or have to be made from field measurement, take the
necessary measurements and prepare the drawings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 2
D. The exact location for some items in this specification may not be shown on the drawings. The
location of such items may be established by the Engineer during the progress of the work.
E. The contractor shall make the installation in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid
obstructions, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear, without further
instructions or costs to the Owner. All equipment shall be installed so access is maintained for
serviceability.
F. Before any work is begun, determine that equipment will properly fit the space and that conduit
can be run as contemplated without interferences between systems, with structural elements or
with the work of other trades.
G. Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
H. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to accommodate
electrical installations.
I. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment for
efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring an access path
for positioning prior to closing-in the building or space.
J. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install electrical conduits, boxes, and
overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. In general, keep installations
tight to structure.
K. Install electrical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment
components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting and removal
with minimum of interference with other installations.
L. Make allowance for expansion and contraction for all building electrical components and conduit
systems that are subject to such.
M. The ceiling space shall not be “layered”. It is the contractor’s responsibility to offset and
coordinate any systems as required to allow installation within the identified ceiling cavity. The
contractor shall include labor and material in the base bid to accommodate such offsets.
N. In general, all conduit systems shall be routed as high as possible. Keep all equipment in
accessible areas such as corridors and coordinate with systems and equipment from other
sections.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 3
O. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-
place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
P. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of
electrical equipment and materials.
Q. Installation shall comply with the local seismic requirements for the area of installation. Provide
restraints, bracing, anchors, vibration isolation, seismic snubbers, and all other components
required for the installation.
R. Coordinate the installation of electrical materials and equipment above and below ceilings with
suspension system, luminaires and other building components. Ductwork and piping shall not
be installed above electrical panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, and
transformers.
1.4 COORDINATION:
A. Work out all installation conditions in advance of installation. The Contractor shall be
responsible for preparing coordination drawings, showing all work, in all areas. The Contractor
shall be responsible for providing all labor and material, including but not limited to all fittings,
hangers, control devices, lighting, low voltage equipment, cable tray, conduit, transformers,
disconnects, etc., necessary to overcome congested conditions at no increase in contact sum.
The Contractors base bid shall include any and all time and manpower necessary to develop
such coordination efforts and drawings. Increased to contract sum or schedule shall not be
considered for such effort.
B. Provide proper documentation of equipment, product data and shop drawings to all entities
involved in the project. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following:
1. Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide shop drawings to other Contractors as required.
2. Automatic Temperature Controls, Building Management and Testing, Adjusting and
Balancing Contractors shall be provided with equipment product data and shop drawings
from other Division 23 and Division 26 Contractors and shall furnish the same information
involving control devices to the appropriate Contractor.
1.5 COORDINATION DRAWINGS:
1. Coordination drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor for his utilization and are his
responsibility to assure systems will be installed in a manner to allow all systems to
function properly.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 4
2. Prepare and submit a set of coordination drawings showing major elements,
components, and systems of electrical equipment and materials in relationship with other
building components. Prepare 11”x17” or 24”x36” / 30”x42” drawings to an accurate
scale of 1/4"=1'-0" or larger. Indicate the locations of all equipment and materials,
including clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment. Indicate movement and
positioning of large equipment into the building during construction.
3. Coordination drawings are informational submittals. Submit coordination drawings to
Engineer for information only to document proper coordination of all portions of work and
that coordination issues have been identified and resolved prior to submitting to the
Engineer and prior to commencing construction in each affected area. The review of the
coordination drawings by the Engineer does not constitute a relief of responsibility of the
Contractor or a change to the contract documents. The Contractor shall have sole
responsibility in developing a fully coordinated and integrated ceiling cavity.
4. Prepare floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, elevations, sections, and details to
conclusively coordinate and integrate all installations. Indicate locations where space is
limited, and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the
efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following:
a. Electrical equipment room layouts
b. Mechanical equipment room layouts
5. Prepare coordination drawings for specific equipment installations, including, but not
limited to the following:
a. Generators and automatic transfer switches
b. Pad mounted and/or dry type transformers
c. Switchboards and panelboards
d. Equipment connections
e. Control panels
f. Circuit and motor disconnects
g. Feeder conduits
h. Bus Duct
6. Wiring Diagrams: Provide wiring diagrams indicating field installed electrical power and
control wiring and cabling layouts, overcurrent protective devices, equipment, and
equipment connections.
7. All coordination drawings shall be 3D, with provision for collision check. The contractor is
responsible for obtaining the architectural and structural files in 3D, if not available, the
contractor shall develop them from the 2D architectural and structural drawings. All 3D
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 5
drawing development, collision check, coordination, etc. shall be included as part of the
Contractors base bid.
8. CADD Drawings: Electronic AutoCAD drawings are available for purchase by the
Contractor from the Engineer. Contact Engineer for further information in acquiring
CADD drawings. The Engineers Construction documents cannot be used directly for
coordination drawings. They are for information and initial coordination only.
1.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS:
1. Carefully survey existing conditions prior to bidding work. In addition, Contractor shall
complete a thorough ceiling cavity survey prior to developing 3D drawing.
2. Contractor shall be responsible for showing all existing conditions on the 3D coordination
drawings.
3. Provide proper coordination of electrical work with existing conditions.
4. Report any issues or conflicts immediately to Engineer before commencing with work and
prior to purchasing equipment and materials.
1.7 UTILITY CONNECTIONS:
1. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead
utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised
service companies and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each
service.
2. The contract documents indicate the available information on existing utilities and
services and on new services (if any) to be provided to the project by utility companies
and agencies. Notify Engineer immediately if discrepancies are found.
3. Coordinate electrical utility interruptions one week in advance with the Owner and the
Utility Company. Plan work so that duration of the interruption is kept to a minimum.
1.8 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS:
A. GENERAL:
1. Coordinate all work to conform with the progress of the work of other trades.
2. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. No
extras will be allowed for corrections of ill-timed work, when such corrections are required
for proper installation of other work.
B. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with all trades. In the event of conflict, install
mechanical and electrical systems within the cavity space allocation in the following order of
priority:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 6
1. Equipment and required clearances
2. Plumbing waste, cooling coil drain piping and roof drain mains and leaders.
3. Pneumatic tube systems.
4. Ductwork mains.
5. Plumbing vent piping.
6. Medical gas/lab gas systems.
7. Low pressure ductwork and air devices.
8. Electrical and communication conduits, raceways and cable tray.
9. Domestic hot and cold water.
10. Hydronic piping.
11. Fire sprinkler mains, branch piping and drops (locate as tight to structure as possible).
12. DDC control wiring and other low voltage systems.
13. Fire alarm systems.
C. Chases, Inserts, and Openings:
1. Provide measurements, drawings and layouts so that openings, inserts and chases in
new construction can be built in as construction progresses.
2. Check sizes and locations of openings provided. Including the access panels for
equipment in hard lid ceilings and wall cavities.
3. Any cutting and patching made necessary by failure to provide measurements, drawings
and layouts at the proper time shall be done at no additional cost in contract sum.
D. Support Dimesions: Provide dimensions and drawings so that concrete basis and other
equipment supports to be provided under other sections of the specifications can be built at the
proper time.
E. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in
place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
F. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of
electrical equipment and materials.
G. Modifications required as result of failure to resolve interferences, provide correct coordination
drawings or call attentions to changes required in other work as result of modifications shall be
paid for by responsible Contractor/Subcontractor.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 7
1.9 DESIGN WORK REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR:
A. The construction of this project requires the Contractor to include the detailing and design of
several systems and/or subsystems. All such design work associated with the development of
the coordination drawings shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor.
B. The Contractor shall take the full responsibility to develop and complete routing strategies which
will allow fully coordinated system to be installed in a fully functional manner. The Engineers
contract drawings shall be for system design intent and general configurations.
C. Systems or subsystems which require design responsibility by the contractor include but are not
limited to:
1. Final coordinated distribution systems within the ceiling cavity.
2. Any system not fully detailed.
3. Fire alarm shop drawings.
4. Equipment supports, hangers, anchors and seismic systems not fully detailed nor
specified in these documents, or catalogued by the manufacturer.
5. Seismic restraint systems.
1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. The contractor shall be required to attend a pre-bid walk-thru if required and shall make
themselves familiar with the existing conditions. No additional costs to the Owner shall be
accepted for additional work for existing conditions.
B. Field verify all conditions prior to submitting bids.
C. Report any damaged equipment or systems to the Owner prior to any work.
D. Protect all work against theft, injury or damage from all causes until it has been tested and
accepted.
E. Be responsible for all damage to the property of the Owner or to the work of other contractors
during the construction and guarantee period. Repair or replace any part of the work which may
show defect during one year from the final acceptance of all work, provided such defect is, in
the opinion of the Architect, due to imperfect material or workmanship and not due to the
Owner's carelessness or improper use.
F. The Contractor shall coordinate and co-operate with Owner at all times for all new to existing
connections.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 8
G. Coordinate all services shut-down with the Owner; provide temporary services. Coordinate any
required disruptions with Owner, one week in advance.
1.11 EQUIPMENT HOUSEKEEPING PADS:
A. Provide 4" concrete housekeeping pad for all floor mounted equipment including, but not limited
to: switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers, floor mounted distribution panelboards,
floor mounted branch panelboards, and floor mounted dry type transformers. Fabricate pads as
follows:
1. Coordinate size of equipment bases with actual unit sizes provided. Fabricate base 4"
larger in both directions than the overall dimensions of the supported unit.
2. Form concrete pads with framing lumber with form release compounds. Chamfer top
edge and corners of pad.
3. Place concrete and allow to cure before installation of units. Use Portland cement that
conforms to ASTM C 150, 54000-psi compressive strength, and normal weight
aggregate.
4. Anchor housekeeping pads to slab using #3 rebar bent in “L” or “Z” shape 12 inch on
center on each side of slab.
1.12 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES:
A. Execute and inspect all work in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL), and all local
and state codes, rules and regulations applicable to the trade affected as a minimum, but if the
plans and/or specifications call for requirements that exceed these rules and regulations, the
more stringent requirement shall be followed. Follow application sections and requirements and
testing procedures of NFPA, IEEE, NEMA, CBM, ANSI, NECA, ICEA and IETA.
B. Comply with standards in effect at the date of these Contract Documents, except where a
standard or specific date or edition is indicated.
C. All material used on this project shall be UL listed and labeled and be acceptable to the
authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the use intended.
D. After entering into contract, Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet these
requirements without additional expense to the Owner.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 9
1.13 REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL UTILITY COMPANIES:
A. Coordinate connection of electrical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities
and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service
companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service.
1.14 PERMITS AND FEES:
A. Owner or Contractor shall pay all fees required for connection to municipal and public utility
facilities.
B. Contractor shall arrange for and pay for all inspections, licenses and certificates required in
connection with the work.
1.15 PROJECT SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS:
A. All electrical and fire alarm systems shall be installed to meet NFPA and IBC Seismic
requirements.
1. Where any conflicts arise the more stringent requirements shall be applicable.
2. The design of the seismic requirements shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
1.16 TEMPORARY FACILITIES:
A. Light, Heat, Power, Etc.
1. Responsibility for providing temporary electricity, heat and other facilities shall be as
identified in these specifications, as shown on the drawings and as specified in
Division 1.
B. Building distribution equipment and devices (existing or new) shall not be used without written
permission of the Owner. If used for temporary power, the equipment shall be properly
maintained and any damage resulting from use shall be repaired by the Contractor. The
guarantee period for new equipment shall not begin until the equipment is turned over to the
Owner.
C. If AC power systems or their backup systems serving telecommunications, computer
equipment, or their associated HVAC equipment and controls are taken out of service, for any
reason, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary systems during the period
when the AC power systems or their backup systems are out of service. The Contractor shall
be responsible for providing temporary power to all loads being interrupted.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 10
1.17 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS:
A. The burden of proof that proposed equipment is equal in size, capacity, performance, and other
pertinent criteria for this specific installation, or superior to that specified is up to the Contractor.
Substituted equipment will only be allowed where specifically listed in a written addendum. If
substitutions are not granted, the specified materials and equipment must be installed. Where
substituted equipment is allowed, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify all related
trades of the accepted substitution and to assume full responsibility for all costs caused as a
result of the substitution.
B. Product Data:
1. Where pre-printed data covers more than one distinct product, size, type, material, trim,
accessory group or other variation, mark submitted copy with black pen to indicate which
of the variations is to be provided.
C. Product Listing:
1. Prepare a list of major electrical equipment and materials for the project. A sample
schedule is included at the end of this Section to complete this requirement.
2. Provide a product listing within one (1) week from award of contract to successful bidder.
3. Submit this listing as a part of the submittal requirement specified in the Division 1
Section on Products and Substitutions.
4. When two or more items of same material or equipment are required they shall be of the
same manufacturer. Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw materials,
bulk materials, sheet metal, steel bar stock, welding rods, solder, fasteners and similar
items used in Work, except as otherwise indicated.
5. For conduit, wire and fittings, the Contractor shall select a prime and alternate
manufacturer from the list of acceptable manufacturers provided in the appropriate
sections of this Division. The prime and alternate manufacturers shall be identified in the
product listing. The contractor shall make every effort to use the prime manufacturer for
the entire project. If products from this manufacturer are unavailable, the Contractor shall
use the listed alternate with the following provisions.
a. Wire: All wire placed in a single conduit or installed in multiple conduits making up
parallel feeders shall be of the same manufacturer.
b. Conduit and Fittings: All conduits and fittings installed exposed within the same
room or immediate area shall be of the same manufacturer.
6. Provide products which are compatible within systems and other connected items.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 11
1.18 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS:
A. General
1. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary), Division 1.
2. The submittals shall be submitted as a fully complete package identified by the
specification section. The cover shall be identified with the job name, Owner's project
number, date, Prime Contractor's name, etc. Submittals that are not complete with the
required information will be sent back to be corrected.
3. An index shall be provided which includes:
4. Product
5. Plan Reference (if applicable)
6. Specification Section
7. Manufacturer and Model Number
8. Provide electronic submittals unless it is determined that hard copies are required.
9. Provide two full size (2) hard copy sets of fire alarm shop drawings, coordination
drawings, O&M manuals, as-built documents and samples required for the project.
10. If it is determined that hard copy submittals are required, at least two copies of the first
submittal package shall be provided in expandable, 3 post, hard back binders, sized to fit
all future submittals for this job. Each submittal shall be tabbed by the electrical
specification section it is specified in.
11. The Contractor shall identify any "long lead time" items which may impact the overall
project schedule. If these submittal requirements affect the schedule, the Contractor
shall identify the impacts and confer with the Engineer within two weeks of entering into
the contract.
12. Submittals shall be provided for review within four (4) working weeks from award of
contract to successful bidder.
13. Provide a listing of submittals and a schedule of submittal dates within one week after
award of contract. Submittal listing will be similar to the “Product Listing” sample
indicated at the end of this section.
B. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary) and Division 1 Section
covering shop drawings, product data, and samples for submittal definitions, requirements, and
procedures.
C. The manufacturer's material or equipment listed first in the specifications or on the drawings are
the types to be provided for the establishment of size, capacity, grade and quality. If alternates
are used in lieu of the first names, the cost of any changes in construction required by their use
shall be borne by this Contractor.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 12
D. All equipment shall conform to the State and/or local Energy Conservation Standards.
E. Submittal of shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only when submitted by
the Contractor. Each submittal shall be reviewed for general conformance with contract
requirements and stamped by the respective contractor prior to submittal to the
Architect/Engineer. Data submitted from subcontractors and material suppliers directly to the
Architect/Engineer will not be processed unless written prior approval is obtained by the
Contractor.
F. Schedule of Values:
1. Provide Preliminary Schedule of Values to Engineer with product data submittal within
four (4) weeks from award of contract to successful bidder. Provide according to the
following descriptions:
a. General Construction (total)
b. Demolition
c. Service/Distribution
d. Lighting - Interior
e. Lighting – Exterior
f. Lighting Controls
g. Basic Materials/Devices/Equipment Connections (Mechanical)
h. Emergency Generator
i. Fire Alarm (Material/Installation)
1) Building F.A. System
j. Security
k. P.A./Sound/Intercom
l. Miscellaneous
G. Before starting work, prepare and submit to the Architect/Engineer shop drawings and
descriptive product data. Continue to submit in the stated format after each
Architect/Engineer's action until a "No Exception Taken" or "Make Correction Noted" action is
received. Submittals shall include the following specified materials and, in addition, any
materials not listed below but which are specified in the individual sections of Division 16 which
follow.
H. Before starting work, prepare and submit to the Architect/Engineer shop drawings and
descriptive product data. Continue to submit in the stated format after each
Architect/Engineer's action until a "No Exception Taken" or "Make Correction Noted" action is
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 13
received with the exception of fire alarm submittals which must be submitted until a "NO
EXCEPTION TAKEN" action is received. The Engineer will complete an initial review and, if
required, a single subsequent review of the resubmittal. If the submittal requires a third review
or additional reviews, the Owner may withhold amount(s) necessary from Contractor's final
request for Payment to reimburse the Engineer at their standard hourly rates. Submittals shall
include the following specified materials and, in addition, any materials not listed below but
which are specified in the individual sections of Division 26 which follow.
1. Raceways including surface raceways and wireways.
2. Cable trays or bridle ring assemblies.
3. Underfloor ducts or cellular floors.
4. Optical fiber cable system.
5. Cabinets, boxes, fittings, etc.
6. Wiring devices, including tele/data/power poles.
7. Electrical equipment signs and labels.
8. Switchboards
9. Grounding
10. Transformers
11. Panelboards
12. Disconnect Switches
13. Circuit breakers and fused switches for installation in existing panelboards or distribution
centers.
14. Motor control including motor control centers and individual manual and magnetic starters
provided under this Division.
15. Automatic and manual transfer switches including all ancillary equipment.
16. Poles and Standards.
17. Lighting
18. Emergency power supplies including unit type equipment.
19. Engine generator including transfer switches and all ancillary equipment.
20. Fire alarm and detection system.
21. Nurse call system.
22. Paging and background music system.
23. Intercom system.
24. Television distribution system.
25. Lighting control system including individual wall dimmers.
I. The Design Professional’s review and appropriate action on all submittals and shop drawings is
only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the design concept and the
information expressed in the contract documents. This review shall not include:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 14
1. Accuracy or completeness of details, such as quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges,
fabrication processes
2. Construction means or methods
3. Coordination of the work with other trades
4. Construction safety precautions
J. The Design Professional’s review shall be conducted with reasonable promptness while
allowing sufficient time in the Design Professional’s judgment to permit adequate review.
Review of a specific item shall not indicate that the Design Professional has reviewed the entire
assembly of which the item is a component.
K. The Design Professional shall not be responsible for any deviations from the contract
documents not brought specifically to the attention of the Design Professional in writing by the
Contractor. This shall clearly identify the design and the specific element which vary from the
Design. The Contractor shall be responsible for all remedy for lack of strict conformance
associated with this criteria.
L. The Design Professional shall not be required to review partial submissions or those for which
submissions of correlated items have not been received.
M. Submit letters certifying compliance with ANSI standards for medium or high voltage gear.
These letters shall be signed by a corporate officer and shall list applicable standards. Letters
signed by local representatives will not be acceptable.
N. Submit proposed changes to electrical room or other equipment room layouts when revised
from contract documents prior to installation.
O. Mark submittals with designations as shown on the drawings and identify as required by
Specification Sections. Identification shall contain the information as required in details and
each label shall be submitted in list form with disconnects, MCC's, panelboards, switchboards,
overcurrent protection devices and utilization equipment.
P. The contractor shall cloud all changes made on submittals that are marked “Revise and
Resubmit.”
1.19 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Refer to the Division 1, Sections on Transportation and Handling and Storage and Protection.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 15
B. Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades,
compliance labels, and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately
packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, storage, and handling.
C. Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing.
Protect stored equipment and materials from damage and weather.
D. Coordinate deliveries of electrical materials and equipment to minimize construction site
congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed
for the smooth and efficient flow of installations.
1.20 DEMOLITION/REMODEL WORK:
A. Refer to Division 1 Section on Summary of work for requirements on working in Owner-
occupied areas of the existing building and Division 2 section on selective demolition. The
following are additions and modifications.
B. The project involves renovation and remodel of the existing building. On the drawings, work
may be denoted by showing items as bold or light line weight and certain renovation symbols
are used. These indications and symbols are amplified as follows:
1. Bold Print (when used): Work included in this contract is denoted in bold print or line
weight.
2. Light Print (when used): Work shown lightly indicates existing conditions to remain.
C. Existing equipment that is removed and not scheduled to be reused shall remain the property of
the Owner and be delivered for disposition unless specifically indicated otherwise and shall be
stored in a location designated by the Owner. Items which are removed and not wanted by the
Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site.
D. Existing equipment that is removed and is to be reused shall be cleaned, serviced and operable
before being reinstalled.
E. Revise panelboard schedules to reflect removal or relocation of equipment. Circuit integrity of
equipment in adjacent areas shall be left intact.
F. Where remodeling interferes with existing circuits and equipment which are not to be removed,
such circuits and equipment shall be reworked and relocated as required to complete the
project.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 16
G. The Contractor shall remove all distribution equipment, conductors, etc., which are indicated to
be removed or which must be removed to accommodate demolition. Equipment to be removed
may require reworking conduit and wiring in order to maintain service to other equipment.
H. Where remodeling interferes with circuits serving areas outside of the project or phase limits or
which are remodeled in later phases of the project, circuits shall be reworked or temporary
circuits provided as required.
I. Existing equipment and circuiting shown are based on field surveys and/or Owner furnished
drawings. The Contractor shall verify conditions as they exist with necessary adjustments being
made to the drawing information.
J. Coordinate the routing of all conduits with the existing mechanical and plumbing systems in
order to avoid conflicts with ducts, pipes, etc. Where existing electrical boxes, conduit, or
equipment interfere with installation of new ducts, plumbing, walls, soffits, luminaires, outlets,
etc., the Contractor shall resolve the conflict with the appropriate trade.
K. Reuse of existing luminaires, devices, conduits, boxes, or equipment will be permitted only
where specifically indicated on the drawings or allowed under the appropriate section of the
specifications.
L. Electrical Outages: Electrical outages must be held to a minimum. The Contractor shall submit
a Method of Procedure (MOP) for each outage to the Owner, detailing the reasons for the
outage, areas affected, sequence of procedures to accomplish work, estimated maximum
length of time along with the date and time of day outage will occur. The Contractor shall meet
with the Owner to set a schedule and date for the outage based on the MOP. Due to the critical
implications of power outages, the Owner may direct the Contractor as to the time of day or
night and date an outage may take place.
1. The Contractor will be responsible for providing temporary power required for the
duration of the outages. The required outages to connect and disconnect the temporary
power will require a MOP as described above.
M. PCB type ballasts may be present in existing luminaires. If PCB ballasts are discovered by the
Contractor, report such occurrence to the Owner immediately. The Contractor shall remove and
dispose of PCB type ballasts at an E.P.A. (Environmental Protection Agency) approved site in
the prescribed manner acceptable to the EPA. The Contractor shall pay all fees associated with
this work.
N. If other suspected hazardous material, in any form, is discovered by this Contractor in the
process of his work, he shall report such occurrence to the Owner immediately. The Owner will
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 17
determine the action to be taken. Hazardous material removed is not a part of the work to be
done under this Division.
O. When called for in the specifications or on the drawings, the Contractor shall meter the points
indicated prior to the start of construction using a true RMS three phase digital meter. The
meter shall be set up to record the maximum demand (measure of average power demand over
a 15 minute period), volt-amps, volts, amperes, kw, and power factor on each phase for thirty
consecutive days per the NEC. The Contractor shall compile a summary report listing
maximum readings and submit the report in PDF or Excel format to the Electrical Engineer. The
analyzer shall have been calibrated within the previous 60 days and supporting documentation
of the calibration shall be included in the summary report.
P. Contractor is responsible for sending removed lamps to be recycled. The Contractor should
ensure the recycling agency meets RCRA and CERCLA regulations. Provide certificate of
compliance in O&M Manuals.
1.21 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. This Article specifies the cutting and patching of electrical equipment, components, and
materials to include removal and legal disposal of selected materials, components, and
equipment.
B. Refer to the Division 1 Section covering cutting and patching for general requirements.
C. Do not endanger or damage installed Work through procedures and processes of cutting and
patching.
D. Arrange for repairs required to restore other work, because of damage caused as a result of
electrical installations.
E. No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching Work that is necessitated
by ill-timed, defective, or non-conforming installations.
F. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of electrical equipment and materials required to:
1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work;
2. Remove and replace defective Work;
3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents;
4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing;
5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures;
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 18
6. Upon written instructions from the Architect/Engineer, uncover and restore Work to
provide for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work.
G. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected electrical equipment, components, and materials as
indicated, including, but not limited to removal of conductors, conduit, luminaires, boxes,
devices and other electrical items made obsolete by the new Work.
H. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to
be removed.
I. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of
dust and dirt to adjacent areas.
J. Locate, identify, and protect electrical services passing through remodel or demolition area and
serving other areas required to be maintained operational.
1.22 ROUGH-IN:
A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the
actual equipment to be connected.
B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 23 for rough-in requirements.
1.23 ACCESSIBILITY:
A. Install equipment and materials to provide required code clearances and access for servicing
and maintenance. Coordinate the final location with piping, ducts, and equipment of other
trades to insure proper access for all trades. Coordinate locations of concealed equipment,
disconnects, and boxes with access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of parts,
fuses, lamps, etc. that require replacement or servicing.
B. Extend all conduits so that junction and pull boxes are in accessible locations.
C. Provide access panel or doors where equipment or boxes are concealed behind finished
surfaces.
1.24 TESTING:
A. Submit test reports as outlined in Division 1 Sections on Quality Control Services and each
Division 26 Section.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 19
B. Testing as required by these specifications shall pertain to all equipment, wiring, devices, etc.
installed under this contract and being reused.
C. General Scope:
1. Perform all tests and operational checks to assure that all electrical equipment, both
Contractor and Owner-supplied, is operational within industry and manufacturer's
tolerances and is installed in accordance with design specifications.
2. The tests and operational checks shall determine the suitability for energization.
3. Schedule tests and give a minimum of two weeks advance notice to the Architect.
Reschedule testing for Owner convenience if required.
D. Test Report: Submit three copies of the completed report to the Architect no later than fifteen
(15) days after completion of test unless directed otherwise. The test report shall be bound and
its contents certified.
E. The test report shall include the following:
1. Project information including: Building, name, address, date, and other pertinent
information.
2. List of equipment tested.
3. Description of test.
4. List of test equipment used and calibration date.
5. Baseline, acceptable, or published target value for test with code or standard reference
indicating where value was derived.
6. Test results that summarize all measured values with baseline values.
7. Conclusions and recommendations.
8. Appendix, including appropriate test forms that show all measured values.
F. Failure to Meet Test:
1. Any system material or workmanship which is found defective on the basis of
performance tests shall be reported directly to the Architect.
2. All failed tests shall be sent immediately by email to Engineer with proposed corrective
action and proposed re-test date and time.
3. Contractor shall replace the defective material or equipment as necessary, and have test
repeated until test proves satisfactory without additional cost to the Owner.
4. The Contractor or testing agency shall have a calibration program which maintains all
applicable test instrumentation within rated accuracy. The accuracy shall be traceable to
the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) in an unbroken chain.
Instruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the following frequency schedule:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 20
a. Field Instruments: 6 months
b. Laboratory Instruments: 12 months
c. Leased specialty equipment: 12 months. (Where accuracy is guaranteed by
lessor, i.e., Doble).
5. Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment.
1.25 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING:
A. General:
1. Provide all necessary excavation and backfill for installation of electrical work in
accordance with Division 2.
2. In general, follow all regulations of OSHA as specified in Part 1926, Subpart P,
"Excavations, Trenching and Shoring." Follow specifications of Division 26 as they refer
specifically to the electrical work.
B. Contact Owners of all underground utilities to have them located and marked, at least 2
business days before excavation is to begin. Prior to starting excavation, brief employees on
marking and color codes and train employees on excavation and safety procedures for natural
gas lines. When excavation approaches gas lines, expose lines by carefully probing and hand
digging.
C. Backfilling shall not be started until all work has been inspected, tested and accepted. All
backfill material shall be accepted by the soils engineer. In no case shall lumber, metal or other
debris be buried in with backfill.
D. Trench Backfill
1. Backfill to 4 inches above top of conduits with sand, the same as used for conduit bed,
compact properly.
2. Continue backfill to finish grade, using friable material free of rock and other debris.
Install in 6 inch layers, each properly moistened and mechanically compacted prior to
installation of ensuing layer. Compaction by hydraulic jetting is not permissible.
E. After backfilling and compacting, any settling shall be refilled, tamped, and refinished at
contractor's expense.
F. This contractor shall repair and pay for any damage to finished surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 21
G. Backfill near manholes or hand holes using sand, installing it in 6 inch layers to 4 inches above
the shallowest conduit. Use suitable excavated material to complete the backfill, installed in 6
inch layers and mechanically compacted to seal against water infiltration. Compact to 95%
below paving and slabs and 90% elsewhere.
1. Existing Building: Match existing phase rotation, which is clockwise/counterclockwise.
1.26 METHODS OF PROCEDURE (MOP):
A. Definition: Method of Procedure (MOP) is a written plan which describes the activities and
procedures to safeguard the building's occupants and contents and to interface with the
building's management, operations and security. Building occupants shall be defined as
employees, patients, and visitors.
B. Requirements:
1. A MOP is required when a construction activity affects the safety of the occupants,
equipment or valuable contents, or any supporting system; or essentially affects the
building's management, operations or security.
2. A MOP is required for any shutdown or interruption of any system which affects the
building occupants, including, but not limited to, infrastructure, life safety, electrical, and
building management systems.
3. A MOP is required when requested or deemed necessary by the Owner or Engineer.
C. Development:
1. The Prime Contractor shall develop, submit, track and process the MOP. Any assistance
required by the Subcontractors shall be provided. All MOPs shall be reviewed by the
Prime Contractor prior to submitting the MOP to the Engineer.
2. All MOPs Shall Be Typed.
3. Contractor shall develop the MOP in a timely fashion prior to review and approval by all
required parties.
4. Contractor shall develop the MOP with input from the subcontractor, where necessary.
D. Form: Each MOP shall be a written document in narrative, descriptive or outline form
supplemented with drawings, diagrams and schedules as necessary. The detailed format
included in the appendix shall be utilized.
E. Review and Approval: Contractor shall submit each MOP to the Engineer for review and
approval. All MOPs require Owner's approval.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 22
F. Implementation: Contractor shall implement the MOP when approved by the Engineer and
Owner in writing. No construction activity which requires a MOP shall proceed until the MOP is
approved.
G. Compliance: Contractor shall comply with the approved MOP. The Owner and Engineer
reserve the right to stop the work for non-compliance with the MOP. Any cost or time delay
resulting from the work stoppage shall be borne by the Contractor.
H. Posting: Work shall not proceed on any facet of the work involving any MOP if an approved and
signed MOP is not posted in the work area.
1.27 CLEANING:
A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on project closeout or final cleaning for general requirements for
final cleaning.
B. Clean all luminaires, lamps and lenses per manufacturer’s recommendations prior to final
acceptance. Replace all inoperative lamps.
1.28 RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on Project Closeout or Project Record Documents for
requirements. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division 1.
B. Mark Drawings to indicate revisions to conduit size and location both exterior and interior; actual
equipment locations, dimensioned from column lines; concealed equipment, dimensioned to
column lines; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; fuse and circuit breaker size and
arrangements; support and hanger details; Change Orders; concealed control system devices,
and any other relevant deviations from the Contract Documents.
C. Mark shop drawings to indicate approved substitutions; Change Orders; actual equipment and
materials used.
D. Mark luminaire schedule on drawings to indicate manufacturer and complete catalog numbers
of installed equipment.
E. Mark schedules including panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, mechanical, kitchen
and similar equipment schedules on drawings to indicate installed equipment and materials
used, and any deviations or revisions to electrical load data and calculations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 23
F. During construction, the contractor shall maintain at the job site a set of updated construction
documents for the singular purpose of recording the above information. All record drawings
shall be completed in erasable pencil. These changes shall be updated weekly.
G. Revisions to the Contract Documents shall be legible and shall be prepared using the following
color scheme.
1. Red shall indicate new items, deviations and routing.
2. Green shall indicate items removed or deleted.
3. Blue shall be used for relevant notes and descriptions.
H. At the completion of the project, submit these documents to the Architect/Engineer. This
contract will not be considered completed until these record documents have been received and
reviewed by the Architect/Engineer.
1.29 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on project closeout or operation and maintenance data for
procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of maintenance manuals.
B. In addition to the information required by Division 1 for Maintenance Data, include the following
information:
1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, fuse curves,
engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of all
replaceable parts.
2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine and
normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency
instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions.
3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting;
disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions.
4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.
5. Complete list of parts and wiring diagrams.
6. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor, Sub-contractors and local
company responsible for maintenance of each system or piece of equipment.
7. All information shall be permanently bound in a 3-ring binder. The job name and address
and contractor's name and address shall be placed on the cover and spine of each
binder in a permanent manner. Dymo-tape is not acceptable.
8. Copies of all test reports shall be included in the manuals.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 24
9. Provide manuals with dividers for major sections and special equipment. Mark neatly in
ink the individual equipment when more than one model or make is listed on a page.
Provide detailed table of contents.
10. Final Schedule of Values with all Electrical (and Information Technology) change order
costs included and identified.
C. This contract will not be considered completed nor will final payment be made until all specified
material, including test reports, and final Schedule of Values with all Electrical and Information
Technology change order costs included and identified is provided and the manual is reviewed
by the Architect/Engineer.
D. Healthcare Compliance Documentation to be compiled under a single section by Division 15
contractor.
1. Authority Having Jurisdiction sign off documentation
2. Fire Alarm (provided to Division 23 by Division 26)
a. 100% test reports
b. Monthly test criteria for temporary systems
1.30 PROJECT CLOSEOUT LIST:
A. The contractor shall be responsible for providing the items listed on the checklist prior to final
observation. Required test reports shall be included in the O & M manuals. (Checklist is located
at the end of this section.)
1.31 WARRANTIES:
A. Refer to the Division 1 Section on Warranties and Bonds for procedures and submittal
requirements for warranties. Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty
requirements. In no case shall the warranty for the total electrical system be less than one year
from date of acceptance by the Owner.
B. Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 26, into a separated set of vinyl
covered, three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference.
C. Provide complete warranty information for each item. Information to include product or
equipment description, date of beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and
names, addresses, and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining
warranty services.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 25
1.32 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS:
A. The contractor shall maintain and have available at the jobsite current information on the
following at all times:
1. Up to date record drawings.
2. Submittals
3. Site observation reports with current status of all action items.
4. Test results; including recorded values, procedures, and other findings.
5. Outage information.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 26
Division 26
Requirements
Report DataSPEC
Section TITLE
Shop
Drawings
Listing Product
Data
Test Factory
Test Report
Factory Rep
Supervision at
Site
Training
Req’d at Site
Extra
Material O&M
260500 Common Work Results For
Electrical
Preliminary Schedule Of
Values X
Final Schedule Of Values X X
Electrical Coordination
Drawings X
Contractor/Equipment
Warranties X
O&M Manuals X X X X
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 27
SPEC
Section TITLE
Requirements
Report Data
Test Factory
Test Report
Factory Rep
Supervision at
Site
Training
Req’d at Site
Extra
Material O&MShop
Drawings
Listing Product
Data
260519
Low Voltage Electrical
Power Conductors And
Cables
X X X X
260523 Control Voltage Electrical
Power Cables X X X X
260526 Grounding And Bonding For
Electrical Systems X X X X X
260529 Hangers And Supports For
Electrical Systems X X X
260533 Raceway And Boxes For
Electrical Systems X
Electrical Metallic Tubing X
Flexible Metal Conduit X
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 28
SPEC
Section TITLE
Requirements
Report Data
Test Factory
Test Report
Factory Rep
Supervision at
Site
Training
Req’d at Site
Extra
Material O&MShop
Drawings
Listing Product
Data
Intermediate Metal Conduit X
Liquid-Tight Flexible
Conduit X
Non-Metallic Conduit PVC X
Rigid Metal Conduit X
Surface Metal Raceway X X X
Wireways X X X
260534 Cabinets, Boxes & Fittings X X X
260553 Identification For Electrical
Systems X X
260583 Wiring Connections X X
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 29
SPEC
Section TITLE
Requirements
Report Data
Test Factory
Test Report
Factory Rep
Supervision at
Site
Training
Req’d at Site
Extra
Material O&MShop
Drawings
Listing Product
Data
260923 Lighting Control Devices X X X X X X
262416 Panelboards X X X X X X
262726 Wiring Devices X X X
262800 Overcurrent Protective
Devices X X X X X X X
265000 Lighting X X X X X
Ballasts X X X X
265200 Emergency Lighting X X X X
283100 Fire Alarm Systems X X X X X X X
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 30
ELECTRICAL PRODUCT LISTING
Page_____of_____
Project Name_____________________________________________________
Date_____________________________________________________________
Contractor_______________________________________________________
The following is a listing of equipment and materials which will be used on the above-referenced
project. This product listing does not remove the requirement for submittal of Shop Drawings,
Product Data or Samples as may be called for elsewhere in these specifications. Provide this list
to Architect/Engineer within 2 weeks of contract award.
SPEC
SECTION
ITEM MANUFACTURER
PROPOSED
LEAD
TIME (WKS)
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL
26 0500 - 31
END SECTION 26 0500
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 1
SECTION 26 0519 - LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND
CABLES
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This section includes wires, cables, and connectors for power, lighting, signal,
control, and related systems rated 600 volts and less.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wire and
cable products of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been
in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation
experience with projects utilizing electrical wiring and cabling work similar to
that required for this project.
C. Conform to applicable code regulations regarding toxicity of combustion
products of insulating materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wires, cables and
connectors.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver wire and cable properly packaged in factory- fabricated type containers,
or wound on NEMA-specified type wire and cable reels.
B. Store wire and cable in clean dry space in original containers. Protect products
from weather, damaging fumes, construction debris and traffic.
C. Handle wire and cable carefully to avoid abrading, puncturing and tearing wire
and cable insulation and sheathing. Ensure that dielectric resistance integrity
of wires/cables is maintained.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following (for each type of wire, cable, and connector):
1. Wire and Cable:
a. American Insulated Wire
b. Belden
c. Cerrowire
d. Encore Wire
e. General Cable Corporation.
f. Southwire Company
g. Okonite
h. Superior Essex:
1) Triangle
2) Excel
3) Royal
2. Connectors:
a. O-Z/Gedney Co.
b. AMP, Inc.
c. Burndy Corporation.
d. Ideal Industries, Inc.
e. 3M Company
f. Thomas and Betts Corp.
2.2 WIRES AND CABLES:
A. General: Provide wire and cable suitable for the temperature, conditions, and
location where installed.
B. Conductors: Provide stranded conductors for all power, control, and lighting
circuits.
C. Conductor Material: Use the following material for sizes indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 3
1. No. 1 AWG and Smaller: copper
2. No 1/0 AWG and Larger: Stabiloy aluminum, except where another
specific material is indicated.
3. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. Modify conductor sizes
as required to provide equivalent ampacity to indicate copper
conductors. (A minus tolerance of 2 percent is permissible.) Fully adapt
and adjust the electrical system to size aluminum in lieu of copper. This
includes, but is not limited to, the following actions:
a. Where connecting to equipment whose manufacturer requires
copper conductors connection, provide copper conductors and all
necessary splices, splice boxes and other devices required to
satisfy manufacturer requirements. Do not otherwise intermix
copper and aluminum conductors.
b. Increase conduit size and increase sizes of pull boxes, and
junction boxes, and gutter space as required to accommodate
larger aluminum conductors. Make structural, mechanical and
other construction adjustments necessitated by these changes.
c. Assure the pulling tension rating of the aluminum conductors is
adequate for wiring runs indicated.
d. Assure that equipment at which aluminum conductors terminate is
UL listed and manufacturer approved for use with aluminum and
so labeled.
e. Submit to the Architect a record of actions taken in accordance
with the above including marked-up project drawings, copies of
manufacturer literature and communications and written conductor
re-sizing calculations.
f. Do not reduce raceway or enclosure sizes as part of the above
adjustments.
4. Metal Clad Cable - Type MC: Sizes 12 AWG and 10 AWG, copper
conductors with 600 volt thermoplastic insulation rated 90 degrees C,
galvanized steel or aluminum interlocked metal type covering.
5. Armored-Type HCF Cable: Sizes 12 AWG and 10 AWG, copper
conductors with 600 volt thermoplastic insulation rated 90 degrees C,
galvanized steel or aluminum interlocked metal type armor and bond
wire that is clearly identified as an acceptable return grounding path. A
green insulated equipment grounding conductor shall be included in the
assembly. Color coated green.
6. Portable Cord:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 4
a. Type SO: Sizes 12 AWG through 2 AWG, copper conductors with
600 volt thermoset insulation 0.1 resistant insulation.
b. Type G-GC: Sizes 1 AWG through 500 KCMIL, copper conductors
with 600/2000 volt, 90 degrees C, ethylene-propylene insulation.
7. Cables: Provide the following types of cables in NEC approved locations
and applications where permitted by the contract documents. Cables
shall be U.L. listed and approved by the local building authority. All
cables shall contain a green insulated equipment ground conductor of
the same size as the neutral conductor.
2.3 CONNECTORS:
A. Description: Provide UL-type factory-fabricated, solderless metal connectors of
sizes, ampacity ratings, materials, types and classes for applications and for
services indicated. Use connectors with temperatures equal to or greater than
those of the wires upon which used.
B. Provide connectors that are designed to accept stranded conductors where
stranded conductors are used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE:
A. Building Wire: Install all building wire in raceway regardless of location.
B. Metal Clad Cable/HCF:
1. Maximum of 6 feet unsupported length for connecting luminaires in
accessible ceilings to the local junction box.
2. Maximum of 6 feet unsupported length for connecting luminaires in non-
accessible ceilings to the local junction box.
3. In stud walls and casework for horizontal branch circuit runs between
devices.
4. For vertical branch circuit drops from a local junction box in each room
above an accessible ceiling to the direct or single device in a stud wall,
casework, undercounter lighting.
5. May not be used for branch circuit home runs, feeders, motor feeder
circuits or in the following locations:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 5
a. Hazardous locations
b. Emergency Systems
C. Portable Cord: Use for flexible pendant leads to luminaires, outlets, and
equipment where indicated and in compliance with codes.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES:
A. General: Install electrical cables, wires and connectors in compliance with
applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, UL, and NECA's "Standard of
Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices.
B. Coordinate wire/cable installation work, including electrical raceway and
equipment connection work, with other work.
C. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same
raceway. Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound
used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation.
D. Use pulling means including, fish tape, cable, rope and basket weave
wire/cable grips which will not damage cables or raceway. Do not use rope
hitches for pulling attachment to wire or cable.
E. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Splice only in accessible junction boxes.
No splices are allowed in feeder, control or fire alarm wiring without written
approval. Connect unspliced wire to numbered terminal strips at each end.
F. Install splices and taps which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength
and insulation ratings than conductors being spliced.
G. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material.
H. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in
accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A for copper
and 486B for aluminum.
I. Support cables above accessible ceilings. Independent from the ceiling
suspension system to support cables from structure, do not rest on ceiling tiles.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 6
J. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the
conductors to terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with
conductors larger than No. 10 AWG cabled to individual circuits. Make
terminations so there is no bare conductor at the terminal.
K. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper wire
splices and taps, 8 AWG and larger. For 10 AWG and smaller, use insulated
screw on type spring wire connectors with plastic caps, push on type are not
acceptable.
L. Use copper compression connectors for copper wire splices and taps, 1/0 AWG
and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to
150 percent of the insulation value of the conductor.
M. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without
perceptible temperature rise.
N. Thoroughly tape the ends of spare conductors in boxes and cabinets.
O. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces, or exposed
structural members, and follow surface contours, where possible.
P. Make all ground, neutral and line connections to receptacle and wiring device
terminals as recommended by manufacturer. Provide ground jumper from
outlet box to individual ground terminal of devices.
Q. Branch circuits whose length from panel to first outlet exceeds 100 feet for 120
volt circuits or 175 feet for 277 volt circuit shall be #10 or larger.
R. Parallel conductors shall be cut to the same length.
S. All splices in control panels, terminal junction boxes, low voltage control
circuits, fire alarm, etc., conductors shall be on numbered terminal strip.
T. Where conduit is not required, plenum rated cable shall be provided in ceiling,
floor or other air plenum spaces.
U. Provide wire training, lacing, labeling, and terminal blocks as required in
panelboards and all control cabinets including, but not limited to, lighting,
transfer switch, fire alarm, and security cabinets. All wiring shall be installed
neat and be labeled to match wiring diagrams, control devices, etc.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 7
1. Make temporary connections to panelboard devices with sufficient slack
conductor to facilitate reconnections required for balancing loads
between phases.
V. Color coding of switchlegs, travellers, etc. shall be phase taped different and
distinct from phase and neutral conductors. Where systems utilize two (2)
different voltages, the color coding of switchlegs, travelers, etc. shall be
different and distinct for each voltage system.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Test installed wires and cables with 1000 VDC megohm meter to determine
insulation resistance levels to ensure requirements are fulfilled. Test shall be
made on all feeders regardless of size and on all branch circuits with No. 4
AWG and larger conductors. The megger values obtained shall be compared
to the minimum values listed in NETA. All phase conductors and cables shall
be meggered after installation, and prior to termination. Submit test report.
B. Prior to energization, test wires and cables for electrical continuity and for
short-circuits.
C. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate
functioning in accordance with requirements. Where necessary, correct
malfunctioning units, and then retest to demonstrate compliance.
3.4 COLOR CODING SCHEDULE:
A. Color code secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors as follows:
120/208 Volts Phase 277/480 Volts
Black A Brown
Red B Orange
Blue C Yellow
White Neutral Gray
Green Ground Green
B. Conductors shall be solid color for entire length.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 0519 - 8
C. If solid color conductor insulation is not available and specific acceptance is
given by the engineer for use of black conductor insulation, provide the
following:
1. Conductors 6 AWG and smaller shall be solid color for the entire length.
2. Conductors 4 AWG and larger shall have either solid color insulation as
specified above for the entire length or be black with color coding at each
termination and in each box or enclosure. For a distance of 6 inches use
half-lapped ¾ inch plastic tape in the above specified color. Do not
cover cable identification markings. Adjust tape locations to prevent
covering of markings.
END OF SECTION 26 0519
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 1
SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes solid grounding of electrical systems and equipment. It
includes basic requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment,
circuits, and systems. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be
supplemented in other sections of these Specifications.
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for connectors and connection materials, and grounding fittings.
B. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for electrical grounding and bonding
work which indicates layout of ground rings, location of system grounding
electrode connection, routing of grounding electrode conductors, also include
diagrams for circuits and equipment grounding connections.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed
and labeled. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the
National Electrical Code, Article 100.
B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of
grounding and bonding products, of types, and ratings required, and ancillary
grounding materials, including stranded cable, copper braid and bus, grounding
electrodes and plate electrodes, and bonding jumpers whose products have
been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
C. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation
experience on projects with electrical grounding work similar to that required for
project.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following:
1. Burndy Corporation
2. Cadweld Div.; Erico Products Inc.
3. Ideal Industries
4. OZ Gedney Div.
5. Thermoweld
6. Thomas and Betts Corp.
2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS:
A. Products: Of types indicated and of sizes and ratings to comply with NEC.
Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of NEC
requirements, the more stringent requirements and the greater size, rating, and
quantity indications govern.
B. Conductor Materials: Copper.
2.3 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS:
A. General: Comply with Division 26 Section on Wires and Cables. Conform to
NEC, except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including
stranding.
B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Green insulated.
C. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Stranded cable.
D. Bare Copper Conductors: Conform to the following:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B-3
2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B-8
3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B-33
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 3
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS:
A. Ground Bus: Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cross section.
B. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 gage bare copper
wire, terminated with copper ferrules.
C. Bonding Strap Conductor/Connectors: Soft copper, 0.05 inch thick and 2
inches wide, except as indicated.
2.5 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS:
A. General: Listed and labeled as grounding connectors for the materials used.
B. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units.
C. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty units listed for the application.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION:
A. Equipment Grounding Conductor Application: Comply with NEC for sizes and
quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where larger sizes or
more conductors are indicated.
1. Install separate insulated equipment grounding conductors with circuit
conductors for the following in addition to those locations where required
by Code:
a. Feeders and branch circuits.
b. Provide individual grounding and neutral conductors for each
isolated ground receptacle. When individual or groups of isolated
ground receptacles are on dedicated circuits, individual ground and
neutral conductors for each circuit is acceptable.
2. Laboratory Panel Circuits: Install separate insulated equipment ground
wire in branch circuits from laboratory area power panels.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 4
3. Nonmetallic Raceways: Install an insulated equipment ground conductor
in nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data
cables.
4. Air Duct Equipment Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding
conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120-V and
above including air cleaners and heaters. Bond the conductor to each
such unit.
5. Water Heater, Heat Tracing, and Anti-Frost Heater Circuits: Install
separate insulated equipment ground conductor to each electric water
heater, heat tracing, and surface anti-frost heating cable. Bond this
conductor to heater units, piping, and connected equipment and
components.
B. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded copper except as otherwise
indicated.
C. Signal and Communications: For telephone, alarm, and communication
systems, provide a #6 AWG minimum green insulated copper conductor in
raceway from the grounding electrode system to each terminal cabinet or
central equipment location.
D. All systems shall be grounded in accordance with the NEC.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment in accordance with NEC
requirements except where the Drawings or Specifications exceed NEC
requirements. Connect together system neutral, service equipment enclosures,
exposed noncurrent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway
systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground
connectors, and plumbing systems.
B. Electrical Room Ground Bus: Size, location, and arrangement as indicated.
Space 1 inch from wall and support from wall 6 inches above finished floor,
except as otherwise indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 5
C. Braided-Type Bonding Jumpers: Install to connect ground clamps on water
meter piping to bypass water meters electrically. Use elsewhere for flexible
bonding and grounding connections.
D. Route grounding conductors along the shortest and straightest paths possible
without obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected
to strain, impact, or damage, except as indicated.
E. Labeling: Provide a phenolic tag for all grounding electrode conductors as
described in section on Electrical Identification.
3.3 CONNECTIONS:
A. General: Make connections in such a manner as to minimize possibility of
galvanic action or electrolysis. Select connectors, connection hardware,
conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be
galvanically compatible.
1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity
and make contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact.
3. Coat and seal connections involving dissimilar metals with inert material
such as red lead paint to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact
surfaces.
B. Exothermic Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and
for underground connections except those at test wells. Install at connections
to ground rods and plate electrodes. Comply with manufacturer's written
recommendations. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces
indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
C. Terminate insulated equipment grounding conductors for feeders and branch
circuits with pressure-type grounding lugs. Where metallic raceways terminate
at metallic housings without mechanical and electrical connection to the
housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Connect grounding
bushings with a bare grounding conductor to the ground bus in the housing.
Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 6
grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors. Terminate each conductor
on an individual ground lug terminal.
D. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and
bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for
connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not
indicated, tighten connections to comply with torque tightening values specified
in UL 486A.
E. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide
the correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and
dies recommended by the manufacturer of the connectors. Provide embossing
die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector
has been adequately compressed on the ground conductor.
F. Moisture Protection: Where insulated ground conductors are connected to
ground rods or ground buses, insulate the entire area of the connection and
seal against moisture penetration of the insulation and cable.
3.4 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING:
A. Pad Mounted Gear: Install a ¾ inch by 10 feet. Driven ground rod inside the
cable access blockout of the pad and set the rod depth such that 4 inches will
extend above the finished pad. Where necessary, install ground rod before the
equipment is placed. Protect ground rods passing through concrete with a
double wrapping of pressure-sensitive tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve
from 2 inches above to 6 inches below the concrete.
B. Grounding System: Ground non-current-carrying metallic items associated with
pad-mounted equipment by connecting them to grounding electrodes arranged
as indicated.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Upon completion of installation of electrical grounding and bonding systems,
test ground resistance with ground resistance tester. Where tests show
resistance-to-ground is over 5 ohms, take appropriate action to reduce
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 7
resistance to 5 ohms, or less, by driving additional ground rods; then retest to
demonstrate compliance.
B. Tests for patient-care areas: In addition to the test listed above, perform
additional field tests and inspections for patient care areas.
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits
have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. Perform the
following tests:
a. Impedance: Measurement shall be made between the referenced
point and the grounding contact of all receptacles in the patient care
room. The maximum limit allowed is 0.1 ohms.
b. Voltage: Measurement shall be made under no-fault conditions
between a reference point and all exposed fixed electrical
equipment with conductive surfaces in the patient care vicinity,
including but not limited to; overbed wall-mounted fixtures, ceiling
mounted exam lights, sensor faucets, etc. The maximum limit
allowed is 20mV.
2. Prepare certified test reports in compliance with NFPA 99 and submit
reports in conjunction with field quality control reports required in Division
26 “Wiring Devices”.
C. Correct Deficiencies, Retest and Report:
1. Correct unsatisfactory conditions and retest to demonstrate compliance;
replace conductors, units and rods as required to bring system into
compliance.
2. Prepare a written report and show temperature, humidity and condition of
soil at time of tests. Report shall be certified by testing agency that
identifies components checked and describes results. Include notation of
deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations and test
results after remedial action.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0526 - 8
3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING:
A.Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish
original grades except as otherwise indicated. Where sod has been removed,
replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas
disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other Work to their
original condition. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding,
sodding, sprigging, or mulching. Restore vegetation and disturbed paving to
original condition.
END OF SECTION 26 0526
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 1
SECTION 26 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes secure support from the building structure for electrical
items by means of hangers, supports, anchors, sleeves, inserts, seals, and
associated fastenings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for each type of product specified.
1. Hanger and support schedule showing manufacturer's figure number,
size, spacing, features, and application for each required type of hanger,
support, sleeve, seal, and fastener to be used.
B. Shop drawings indicating details of fabricated products and materials.
C. Engineered Design consisting of details and engineering analysis for supports
for the following items:
1. Suspended transformers
2. Cable trays
3. Trapeze hangers for multiple conduit runs.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following:
1. Slotted Metal Angle and U-Channel Systems:
a. Allied Tube & Conduit
b. B-Line Systems, Inc.
c. Unistrut Diversified Products
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 2
2. Conduit Sealing Bushings:
a. O-Z/Gedney
b. Cooper Industries, Inc.
c. Killark Electric Mfg. Co.
d. Madison Equipment Co.
e. Raco, Inc.
f. Spring City Electrical Mgf. Co.
g. Thomas & Betts Corp.
2.2 COATINGS:
A. Coating: Supports, support hardware, and fasteners shall be protected with
zinc coating or with treatment of equivalent corrosion resistance using approved
alternative treatment, finish, or inherent material characteristic. Products for
use outdoors shall be hot-dip galvanized.
2.3 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES:
A. Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit straps, threaded
C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel
clamps.
B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features as follows:
1. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type.
2. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type.
3. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel, designed specifically
for the intended service.
C. Conduit Sealing Bushings: Factory-fabricated watertight conduit sealing
bushing assemblies suitable for sealing around conduit, or tubing passing
through concrete floors and walls. Construct seals with steel sleeve, malleable
iron body, neoprene sealing grommets or rings, metal pressure rings, pressure
clamps, and cap screws.
D. Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of
threaded body and insulating wedging plug for nonarmored electrical cables in
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 3
riser conduits. Provide plugs with number and size of conductor gripping holes
as required to suit individual risers. Construct body of malleable-iron casting
with hot-dip galvanized finish.
E. U-Channel Systems: 12-gage steel channels, with 9/16 inch-diameter holes, at
a minimum of 8 inches on center, in top surface. Provide fittings and
accessories that mate and match with U-channel and are of the same
manufacture.
F. Supports: Provide supporting devices of types, sizes and materials indicated;
and having the following construction features:
1. One-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting 1 inch and smaller rigid metal
conduit; galvanized steel.
2. Two-Hole Conduit Straps: For supporting 1 inch and larger rigid metal
conduit, galvanized steel; ¾ inch strap width; and 2-1/8 inch between
center of screw holes.
2.4 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES:
A. General: Shop- or field-fabricated supports or manufactured supports
assembled from U-channel components.
B. Steel Brackets: Fabricated of angles, channels, and other standard structural
shapes. Connect with welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports.
C. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following:
1. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe.
2. EMT, IMC, or Rigid Conduit.
2.5 FIRE SEALS:
A. Material: Firestopping material shall be asbestos free, 100 percent
intumescent, have code approval under BOCA, ICBO, SSBC, NFPA 101, NFPA
70, and be capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame and gases
in compliance with the following requirements.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 4
B. Flame Spread: 25 or less, ASTM E84
C. Fire Resistance and Hose Stream Tests: Firestopping materials shall be rated
"F" and "T" in accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. Rating periods shall
conform to the following:
(F) 3 (T) 3 Time-rated floor or wall assemblies.
(F) 3 (T) 3 Openings between floor slabs and curtain wall.
D. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire seals of
the following:
1. 3M Company
2. Tremco
3. Hilti
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Install supporting devices to fasten electrical components securely and
permanently in accordance with NEC requirements.
B. Coordinate with the building structural system and with other electrical
installation.
C. Junction Box Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirement:
1. Use ¼” all-thread rod from structure to support junction boxes.
D. Raceway Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following requirements:
1. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation
of supports.
2. Strength of each support shall be adequate to carry present and future
load multiplied by a safety factor of at least four. Where this determination
results in a safety allowance of less than 200 lbs, provide additional
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 5
strength until there is a minimum of 200 lbs safety allowance in the
strength of each support.
3. Install individual and multiple (trapeze) raceway hangers and riser clamps
as necessary to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps,
attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for
securing hanger rods and conduits.
4. Use #9 ceiling wire to support individual conduits up to 3/4inch with spring
steel fasteners. Use of ceiling support wires is unacceptable.
5. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze-type
hangers. Use 3/8 inch diameter or larger threaded steel rods for support.
6. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring
steel fasteners may be used in lieu of hangers only for 1-1/2 inch and
smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above
suspended ceilings only. For hanger rods with spring steel fasteners, use
¼ inch-diameter or larger threaded steel. Use spring steel fasteners that
are specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing. For
hanger rods supporting 1-1/2 inch or larger conduits provide 3/8 inch
minimum threaded steel rods with pipe hangers.
7. Space supports for raceways in accordance with NEC.
8. In all runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of the
raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the conduit
supports with no weight load on raceway terminals.
9. Threaded rod supports to have bottoms cut off at a maximum length
equal to rod diameter below bottom nut.
E. Conductor or Cable Supports: Comply with the NEC and the following
requirements:
1. Support individual conductors or cables by separate clamps with rubber
or plastic grommet, fasten using a non-metallic bolt and nut, and secure
clamps to unistrut supports anchored to structure (multiple clamps may
be secured to a single unistrut support). Individual conductors or cables
may be served utilizing a vinyl or fiberglass clamp which shall be
anchored to the structure.
2. Space supports as follows:
a. Horizontal conductors not more than 3 feet o.c.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 6
b. Vertical conductors not more than 5 feet o.c.
3. Install simultaneously with installation of conductors.
4. HCF and MC Cable shall be supported by UL listed clip or clamp. Cable
tie support is not acceptable.
F. Miscellaneous Supports: Support miscellaneous electrical components
separately and as required to produce the same structural safety factors as
specified for raceway supports. Install metal channel racks for mounting
cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes, junction
boxes, transformers, and other devices.
G. In overhead spaces, support metal boxes directly from the building structure via
1/4" minimum all-thread or by bar hangers. Where bar hangers are used,
attach the bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the
raceway with an approved type of fastener not more than 24 inches from the
box. Supporting metal boxes utilizing ceiling type wire is not acceptable.
H. Sleeves: Install in concrete slabs and walls and all other fire-rated floors and
walls for cable installations as required. Where sleeves through floors are
installed, extend above finish floor. For sleeves through fire rated-wall or floor
construction, apply UL-listed firestopping sealant in gaps between sleeves and
cables in accordance with "Fire Resistant Joint Sealers" requirement of Division
7 Section "Joint Sealers." See Architectural plans for location and extent of fire
rated assemblies.
I. Conduit Seals: Install seals for conduit penetrations of exterior walls below
grade. Tighten sleeve seal screws until sealing grommets have expanded to
form watertight seal.
J. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their
supporting hardware securely to the building structure, including but not limited
to conduits, raceways, cables, cable trays, busways, cabinets, panelboards,
transformers, boxes, disconnect switches, and control components in
accordance with the following:
1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood, toggle
bolts on hollow masonry units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 7
concrete or solid masonry, and machine screws, welded threaded studs,
or spring-tension clamps on steel. Threaded studs driven by a powder
charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of
expansion bolts and machine or wood screws, where authorized by the
Owner and structural engineer. Do not weld conduit, pipe straps, or items
other than threaded studs to steel structures. In partitions of light steel
construction, use sheet metal screws.
2. Holes cut to depth of more than 1-1/2 inches in reinforced concrete
beams or to depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete shall not cut the main
reinforcing bars. Fill holes that are not used.
3. Ensure that the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25 percent
of the proof test load. Use vibration- and shock-resistant fasteners for
attachments to concrete slabs.
K. Communication and Telephone Cable Supports: Use No. 9 ceiling wire to
support individual or small bundles of cables run above accessible ceilings.
3.2 PERSONNEL PROTECTION:
A. Where U-channel systems, angles, brackets or other standard structural metal
shapes are readily accessible and exposed to personnel, provide plastic or
rubber end caps.
B. Where threaded rod supports are readily accessible and exposed to personnel,
provide plastic or rubber end caps.
3.3 FIRESTOPPING LOCATIONS:
A. Preparation:
1. Coordination: Coordinate the work with other trades. Firestopping
materials at penetrations of insulated pipes and ducts can be applied after
insulation is in place. If insulation is composed of combustible material,
the thickness of firestopping materials must be equivalent to that of the
insulation. If the insulation is composed of non-combustible material, it
may be considered as part of the penetrating item.
2. Surface Preparation: Surface Preparation to be in contact with
firestopping materials shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, loose material or
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 0529 - 8
other substances that may affect proper fitting or the required fire
resistance.
B. Installation: Install firestopping materials in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
C. Cleaning: After completion of firestopping work in any area, equipment shall be
reviewed and walls, ceilings and all other surfaces not to receive firestopping
shall be cleaned of deposits of firestop materials.
D. Inspection: The architect may select and the Owner will pay an independent
testing laboratory to examine firestopped areas to ensure proper installation
prior to concealing or enclosing the firestopped areas.
END OF SECTION 26 0529
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 1
SECTION 26 0533 - RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. Extent of raceway work is indicated by drawings and schedules. Provide complete
conduit systems for all conductors unless otherwise specified.
B. Types of raceways specified in this section include the following:
1. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
2. Flexible metal conduit.
3. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC).
4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.
5. Non-metallic Conduit and Ducts.
6. Rigid metal conduit (RGC).
7. Surface metal raceways.
8. Wireways.
9. Rigid Aluminum Conduit.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of raceway systems of types
and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for
not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience
on projects with electrical raceway work similar to that required for this project.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including specifications
and installation instructions, for each type of raceway system required. Include data
substantiating that materials comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of surface metal raceway systems
showing layout of raceways and fittings, spatial relationships to associated equipment,
and adjoining raceways, if any. Show connections to electrical power panels and
feeders.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. Rigid Metal Conduit:
a. Allied
b. Wheatland
c. Triangle
d. Western Tube & Conduit
2. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC):
a. Allied
b. Triangle
c. Western Tube & Conduit
3. PVC Coated:
a. Rob Roy
b. Perma Cote
c. OCAL
4. EMT Conduit:
a. Allied
b. Republic
c. Triangle
d. LTV
e. Western Tube & Conduit
5. Non-Metallic Conduit:
a. Carlon
b. MPF
c. Can-Tex
d. PW
6. Steel Fittings:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 3
a. O/Z Gedney
b. Raco
c. Appleton
d. EPT
e. Midwest
f. Picoma
g. Steel City
7. Conduit Bodies:
a. O/Z Gedney
b. Killark
c. Regal
d. Appleton
e. Crouse Hinds
8. Surface Metal Raceways:
a. Wiremold Co.
b. Airey Thompson Co.
c. B-Line Systems, Inc.
d. Isoduct Energy Systems
e. Square D. Co.
f. Mono-Systems, Inc.
9. Wireway:
a. Square D. Co.
b. Circle AW Products
c. Erickson Electric Equipment Co.
d. G.S. Metals Corp.
e. Hoffman Engineering Co.
f. Wadsworth Electric Mfg. Co., Inc.
2.2 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING:
A. Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit (RGC):
1. Conduit: Rigid steel, zinc-coated inside and outside, threaded ends.
2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel, bushings shall have nylon insulated throat.
B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC):
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 4
1. Conduit: Rigid intermediate grade galvanized inside and outside, threaded ends.
2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel, bushings shall have nylon insulated throat.
C. PVC Externally Coated Rigid Steel Conduit:
1. Conduit: Rigid steel zinc-coated with external coating of PVC.
2. Fittings: Threaded galvanized steel with external PVC coating, bushings shall
have nylon insulated throat.
D. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT):
1. Conduit: Galvanized steel tubing.
2. Fittings: Steel compression fittings for rain-tight and concrete-tight applications.
Steel set-screw for all other connections. Set-screw quick fit type for 2-1/2
inches and larger may be used. Bushings shall be threaded and have nylon
insulated throat or nylon bushing.
E. Rigid Aluminum Conduit:
1. Not allowed unless otherwise noted.
F. Flexible Metal Conduit:
1. Conduit: Continuous spiral wound, interlocked, zinc-coated steel, approved for
grounding.
2. Fittings: Zinc coated, malleable iron. Straight connector shall be one-piece
body, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing
conduit, and threaded male end provided with a locknut. Angle connectors shall
be two piece body with removable upper section, female end with clamp and
deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit, and threaded male end
provided with a locknut. All fittings shall be terminated with threaded bushings
having nylon insulated throats.
G. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit:
1. Conduit: Continuous spiral wound, interlocked zinc-coated steel with polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) jacket, approved for grounding.
2. Fittings: Zinc coated malleable iron. Straight and angle connectors shall be the
same as used with flexible metal conduit but shall be provided with a
compression type steel ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 5
2.3 NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND DUCTS:
A. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit (RNC):
1. Conduit: Schedule 40 or 80 polyvinyl chloride (PVC), 90°C for direct burial or
concrete encasement.
2. Fittings: Mate and match conduit type and material. Cement as recommended
by manufacturer.
B. PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct:
1. Conduit: Type 2 (EB) for encased burial in concrete; Type II (DB) for direct
burial.
2. Fittings: Mate and match conduit type and material. Cement as recommended
by manufacturer.
2.4 CONDUIT BODIES:
A. General: Types, shapes and sizes, as required to suit individual applications and NEC
requirements. Provide matching gasketed covers secured with corrosion-resistant
screws.
B. Metallic Conduit and Tubing: Use malleable iron conduit bodies. Use bodies with
threaded hubs for threaded raceways and in hazardous locations.
C. Nonmetallic Conduit: Use nonmetallic conduit bodies.
2.5 WIREWAYS:
A. General: Provide electrical wireways of types, grades, sizes, and number of channels
for each type of service as indicated. Provide complete assembly of raceway including,
but not limited to, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down
straps, end caps, and other components and accessories as required for complete
system.
B. Lay-In Wireways: Construct lay-in wireways with hinged covers in accordance with UL
870 with components UL listed. Construct units to be capable of sealing cover in
closed position with sealing wire.
1. Connectors: Provide wireway connectors suitable for "lay-in" conductors, with
connector covers permanently attached so that removal is not necessary to
utilize the lay-in feature.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 6
2. Finish: Protect sheet metal parts with rust inhibiting coating and baked enamel
finish. Plate finish hardware to prevent corrosion. Protect screws installed
toward inside of wireway with spring nuts to prevent wire insulation damage.
C. Rain-tight Troughs: Construct in accordance with UL 870, with components UL listed.
1. Construction: 16-gauge galvanized sheet metal parts for 4" x 4" to 6" x 6"
sections, and 14 gauge parts for 8" x 8" and larger sections. Provide knockouts
only in bottom of troughs, with suitable adapters to facilitate attaching to other
NEMA 3R enclosures. Do not use gasketing that can rip or tear during
installation, or would compromise rain-tight capability of the trough. Do not use
cover screws that will protrude into the trough area and damage wire insulation.
2. Finish: Provide 14-gauge and 16-gauge galvanized sheet metal parts with
corrosion-resistant phosphate primer and baked enamel finish. Plate hardware
to prevent corrosion.
2.6 SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS:
A. General: Sizes and channels as indicated. Provide fittings that match and mate with
raceway. All circuits either factory or field installed shall have a separate neutral
conductor.
B. Boxes for Surface Raceways: Designed, manufactured and supplied by raceway
manufacturer for use with specified raceway.
2.7 CONDUIT SIZES:
A. Conduit sizes shall be as shown on the drawings. If the conduit size is not given on the
drawings, the conduit shall be sized in accordance with NEC based on the number of
conductors enclosed plus a parity sized equipment ground conductor and be subject to
the following minimum sizes:
1. Rigid, Intermediate, and EMT Conduit: 3/4 inch for all runs except lighting
switch legs, 277 volt lighting branch circuits, temperature control and fire alarm
which may be 1/2inch.
2. Flexible and Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit: 1/2inch for all runs.
3. MC Cable: 3/8 inch to undercounter luminaires, 1/2inch for all other runs.
4. Underground or Concrete Encased Nonmetallic Conduit: 3/4inch for all runs.
5. Conduits used for home runs shall contain only the conductors for the circuits
indicated on the drawings. Combining multiple home runs into a single conduit
will not be permitted.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 7
2.8 RACEWAY SEALING COMPOUND:
A. Nonhardening, safe for human skin contact, not deleterious to cable insulation,
workable at temperatures as low as 35 deg F (1 deg C), withstands temperature of 300
deg F (149 deg C) without slump, and adheres to clean surfaces of plastic ducts,
metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable
jackets, insulation materials and the common metals.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which raceways are to be installed, and substrate
which will support raceways. Notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to
proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.2 CONDUIT SCHEDULE:
A. Buried Raceways: PVC Coated rigid steel galvanized conduit or Schedule 40 OR 80,
rigid PVC plastic conduit.
B. Raceways embedded in concrete slabs or walls in contact with earth: Schedule 40,
PVC plastic conduit. PVC coated rigid steel galvanized conduit, OR PVC coated
intermediate metal conduit.
C. Raceways embedded in concrete slabs above grade level: Rigid steel galvanized
conduit or Schedule 40 OR 80 rigid PVC plastic conduit in slab.
D. Raceways Through Foundation Walls Below Grade: One 10 foot section of PVC
coated rigid steel galvanized, extending from 1 foot inside the foundation wall.
E. Hazardous areas: Rigid steel galvanized conduit.
F. Raceways in locations subject to mechanical injury: Rigid steel galvanized conduit OR
intermediate metal conduit. Locations subject to mechanical injury include, but are not
limited to, the following:
1. Exposed conduits outdoors up to 8’ A.F.G.
2. Exposed conduits in dock areas and high/medium bay locations up to 25 feet
above finished floor.
3. Exposed conduits in parking garages.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 8
4. Exposed conduits in a Fire Pump Room.
5. Exposed service entrance feeders.
G. Motor and equipment connections: Flexible metal conduit OR PVC jacketed liquid-tight
flexible metallic conduit with liquid tight connectors.
H. Raceways in all other areas shall be electrical metallic tubing unless otherwise noted.
I. Use flexible metal conduit inside movable partition wireways, from junction boxes to
devices and between devices in casework, from outlet boxes to recessed luminaires,
and for "fishing" of existing walls.
J. Under raised computer floor: Jacketed liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit with liquid
tight connectors. Jacket shall be rated for plenum application.
K. Emergency Circuits: All emergency circuits shall be run totally in metal conduit and
shall be in a completely separate raceway system from non-emergency circuits.
L. UPS Circuits: All UPS circuits shall be run in metal conduit and shall be a completely
separate raceway system from all other circuits.
M. Rework or extensions of existing conduit shall include the use of similar materials to the
existing conduit type unless otherwise noted.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS:
A. General: Install electrical raceways in accordance with manufacturer's written
installation instruction, applicable requirements of NEC, and as follows:
1. Conceal all conduit unless indicated otherwise, within finished walls, ceilings, and
floors. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and
steam or hot water pipes. Install raceways level and square and at proper
elevations.
2. Elevation of Raceway:
a. Where horizontal raceway is installed near water and steam piping, route
raceway above piping and as close to structure as possible and practical.
b. Route raceway as close to structure as possible.
3. Complete installation of electrical raceways before starting installation of
conductors within raceways.
4. Provide supports for raceways as specified elsewhere in Division 26.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 9
5. Prevent foreign matter from entering raceways by using temporary closure
protection.
6. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise from floor slabs. Arrange so
curved portion of bend is not visible above the finished slab.
7. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not effectively reduced. Unless
otherwise indicated, keep the legs of a bend in the same plane and the straight
legs of offsets parallel.
8. Use raceway fittings that are types compatible with the associated raceway and
suitable for the use and location. Install expansion fittings across all structural
construction joints and expansion/deflection couplings across all structural
expansion joints.
9. Run raceways parallel and perpendicular to building elements and other
equipment with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance considering
the type of building construction and obstructions except as otherwise indicated.
10. Raceways embedded in slabs: (Allowed only by written authorization of
Structural Engineer/Architect): Install with a minimum of bends, in the shortest
practical distance, in middle third of the slab thickness where practical, and leave
at least 1 inch concrete cover. Tie raceways to reinforcing rods or otherwise
secure them to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. Space
raceways laterally to prevent voids in the concrete. Run conduit larger than
1inch trade size, parallel with or at right angles to the main reinforcement; where
at right angles to the reinforcement, the conduit shall be close to one of the
supports of the slab. Where nonmetallic conduit is used, raceways must be
converted to PVC coated rigid steel conduit before rising above floor.
11. Install exposed raceways parallel and perpendicular to nearby surfaces or
structural members and follow the surface contours as much as practical.
12. Install vertical feeder conduits in exterior walls, core walls, or chase spaces. Do
not install in interior wall partition areas.
13. Run exposed and parallel raceways together. Make bends in parallel runs from
the same center line so that the bends are parallel. Factory elbows may be used
only where they can be installed parallel. In other cases provide field bends for
parallel raceways.
14. Make raceway joints tight. Where joints cannot be made tight, use bonding
jumpers to provide electrical continuity of the raceway system. Make raceway
terminations tight. Where terminations are subject to vibration, use bonding
bushings or wedges to assure electrical continuity. Where subject to vibration or
dampness, use insulating bushings to protect conductors. Joints in non-metallic
conduits shall be made with solvent cement in strict accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
15. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 10
16. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align
the raceway to enter squarely and install the locknuts with dished part against the
box. RGC and IMC shall be secured with double locknuts and an insulated
metallic bushing. EMT shall be secured with one locknut and shall have nylon
insulated throats or threaded nylon bushings from 1/2" to 1". 1-1/4" and above
shall be metal with nylon insulated throats. Use grounding type bushings for
feeder conduits at switchboards, panelboards, pull boxes, transformers, motor
control centers, VFD's, etc.
17. Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw the raceway or fitting tight into the
hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples
are used, align the raceway so the coupling is square to the box, and tighten the
chase nipple so no threads are exposed.
18. Provide nylon pull string with printed footage indicators having not less than 200
pounds tensile strength. Leave not less than 12 inches of slack at each end of
the pull string. Identify with tags at each end the origin and destination of each
empty conduit and indicate same on all empty or spare conduits on the as-built
drawings.
19. Telephone and Signal System Raceways: Install raceways with maximum
lengths at 100 feet and with a maximum of two, 90 degrees radiused bends or
equivalent. Install 2' x 2' pull boxes where necessary to comply with these
requirements. Install long sweep bends for all data and voice raceways.
20. Install raceway sealing fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill
them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each
fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of
adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points
and elsewhere as indicated:
a. Where conduits enter or leave hazardous locations.
b. Where conduits pass from warm locations to cold locations, such as the
boundaries of refrigerated spaces and air-conditioned spaces.
c. Where conduits enter through a foundation wall or stub-up through a slab
on grade floor.
d. Where required by the NEC.
21. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to
freestanding equipment with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for
plugs and set flush with the finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with
rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor.
Where equipment connections are not made under this contract, install
screwdriver-operated threaded plugs flush with floor.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 11
22. Flexible Connections: Use short length (maximum of 6 feet) of flexible conduit
for recessed and semi-recessed luminaires, for equipment subject to vibration,
noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use liquid-tight flexible
conduit in wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible
connections.
23. PVC externally coated rigid steel conduit: Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC
coating after installing conduit.
24. Where conduits are to be installed through structural framing members, the
Contractor shall provide sleeves. The Architect/Engineer's written approval must
be obtained prior to cutting, notching or drilling of structural framing members.
25. Ream the ends of all cut and/or threaded conduit. Ends shall be cut square.
26. Use of running threads for rigid or intermediate metallic conduit are not permitted.
When threaded couplings cannot be used, provide 3 piece union or solid
coupling.
27. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible;
otherwise, rout through jack with pitch pocket.
28. Conduit stub-ups from below grade or thru the slab shall be PVC coated rigid
steel galvanized conduit, or rigid steel galvanized conduit with PVC tape, and
shall extend 6 inches above grade.
29. Wherever conduits enter a structure through a foundation or basement wall
below grade, grout around the conduit with water-proof grout or install entrance
seals. Seals shall be OZ Type WS or approved equivalent for new construction
and OZ type CSM Series for existing structures.
30. Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts or ventilation duct openings. Where conduits
must penetrate air-tight spaces or plenums, seal around the conduit with a mastic
acceptable to the Architect/Engineer.
31. Install an insulated ground conductor in all conduits.
32. Where individual conduits penetrate existing fire-rated walls and floors, pack void
around conduit with fire rated insulation and seal opening around conduit with UL
listed forma silicone elastomer compound. Where conduits penetrate exterior
walls, new floors, or roof, provide pipe sleeve one size larger than conduit, pack
void around conduit with fire rated insulation, and seal opening around conduit
with UL listed foam silicone elastomer compound.
33. Where conduit sleeves penetrate fire rated floors or walls for installation of
system cables, AC or MC cables, or modular wiring cables pack void around
cables or empty sleeve with fire rated insulation and fill ends with fire-resistive
compound. Seal opening around sleeve with UL listed foam silicone elastomer
compound.
34. Use PVC-coated rigid steel or fiberglass elbows for bends in plastic conduit runs
longer than 100 feet, or in plastic conduit runs which have more than two bends
regardless of length. Use long sweep bends for low voltage raceways.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 12
35. Wipe plastic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply full even coat of cement
to entire area that will be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for 20 minutes
minimum.
36. No PVC conduit shall be run exposed or inside stud or masonry walls unless
specifically called for on the drawings. Transition from PVC to metal conduit
shall be made below grade.
37. Provide separate raceway systems for each of the following:
a. Lighting
b. Power Distribution
c. Communications and Data
d. Emergency (Essential)
1) Lighting
2) Power Distribution
a) Equipment branch
b) Critical branch
c) Life Safety branch
e. UPS
f. Fire Alarm
g. Temperature Control
h. Paint new exposed conduits to match existing exposed conduits where
installed in areas with existing painted conduits or where otherwise
indicated.
38. Provide rebar and tie downs for all conduits and conduit racks to be installed with
concrete or slurry to prevent conduit “float”.
B. Install buried electrical line warnings per Division 26 section - “Electrical identification”.
C. Install labeling as required in Division 26 section - “Electrical Identification”.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF SURFACE RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS:
A. Surface Raceways and Wireways: Mechanically assemble metal enclosures and
raceways to form continuous electrical conductor and connect to electrical boxes,
fittings and cabinets as to provide effective electrical continuity and rigid mechanical
assembly.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0533 - 13
1. Where practicable, avoid use of dissimilar metals throughout system to eliminate
possibility of electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, coat all
surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before assembling.
2. Install expansion fittings in all raceways wherever structural expansion joints are
crossed.
3. Make changes in direction of raceway run with proper fittings, supplied by
raceway manufacturer. Field bends of raceway sections are not permitted.
4. Properly support and anchor raceways for their entire length by structural
materials. Raceways are not to span any space unsupported.
5. Use boxes as supplied by raceway manufacturer wherever junction, pull or
device boxes are required. Standard electrical "handy" boxes, etc., are not
permitted for use with surface raceway installations.
6. Install an insulated grounding conductor in all wireways and surface raceways.
Bond grounding conductor to all wireways and surface raceways.
7. Paint new exposed surface metal raceway to match adjacent surfaces where
raceway is installed in finished areas such as lobbies, corridors, and normally
occupied spaces.
8. Surface raceways and wireways are acceptable only where specifically indicated
on the drawings. The proposed use of surface raceways and wireways shall be
submitted for review by the Engineer prior to installation.
9. Common wireways are not acceptable for convergence of multiple circuits unless
specifically indicated on the drawings. The proposed use of a common wireway
shall be submitted for review by the Engineer prior to installation.
10. The proposed use of wireways above or below panelboards, switchboards, motor
control centers, and other electrical equipment shall be submitted along with a
layout drawing for review by the Engineer prior to installation.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Upon completion of installation of raceways, inspect interiors of raceways; clear all
blockages and remove burrs, dirt and construction debris.
END OF SECTION 26 0533
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 1
SECTION 26 0534 - CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This section includes cabinets, boxes, and fittings for electrical installations and certain
types of electrical fittings not covered in other sections. Types of products specified in
this section include:
1. Outlet and device boxes
2. Pull and junction boxes
3. Floor boxes and service fittings
4. Cabinets
5. Hinged door enclosures
6. Boxes and fittings for hazardous locations
B. Conduit-body-type electrical enclosures and wiring fittings are specified in the Division
26 Section on Raceways.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Cabinets: An enclosure designed either for surface or for flush mounting and having a
frame, or trim in which a door or doors may be mounted.
B. Device Box: An outlet box designed to house a receptacle device or a wiring box
designed to house a switch.
C. Enclosure: A box, case, cabinet, or housing for electrical wiring or components.
D. Hinged Door Enclosure: An enclosure designed for surface mounting and having
swinging doors or covers secured directly to and telescoping with the walls of the box.
E. Outlet Box: A wiring enclosure where current is taken from a wiring system to supply
utilization equipment.
F. Wiring Box: An enclosure designed to provide access to wiring systems or for the
mounting of indicating devices or of switches for controlling electrical circuits.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit product data for cabinets and enclosures with classification higher than NEMA
1.
B. Shop drawings for floor boxes and boxes, enclosures and cabinets that are to be shop
fabricated, (non-stock items). For shop fabricated junction and pull boxes, show
accurately scaled views and spatial relationships to adjacent equipment. Show box
types, dimensions, and finishes.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
1. Floor Boxes:
a. American Electric.
b. Butler Mfg. Co.
c. Cooper Industries, Inc.
d. Raco, Inc.
e. Thomas & Betts Corp.
2. Cabinets:
a. Hoffman Engineering Co.
b. Erickson Electrical Equipment Co.
c. Electric Panelboard, Inc.
d. Parker Electrical Mfg. Co.
e. Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co.
f. Square D Co.
g. Circle AW
3. Boxes and Fittings for Hazardous Locations:
a. OZ/Gedney.
b. Cooper Industries, Inc.
c. Killark Electric Mfg. Co.
d. Adalet-PLM.
e. Robroy Industries, Inc.
f. Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co.
g. Appleton
2.2 CABINETS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS, GENERAL:
A. Electrical Cabinets, Boxes, and Fittings: Of indicated types, sizes, and NEMA
enclosure classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types, sizes, and classes
appropriate for the use and location. Provide all items complete with covers and
accessories required for the intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet
locations.
2.3 MATERIALS AND FINISHES:
A. Sheet Steel: Flat-rolled, code-gage, galvanized steel.
B. Fasteners for General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including
cadmium and zinc plated items.
C. Fasteners for Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 3
D. Cast Metal for Boxes, Enclosures, and Covers; Copper-free aluminum except as
otherwise specified.
E. Exterior Finish: Gray baked enamel for items exposed in finished locations except as
otherwise indicated.
F. Painted Interior Finish: Where indicated, white baked enamel. Emergency system
cabinets and boxes shall be red.
G. Fittings for Boxes, Cabinets, and Enclosures: Conform to UL 514B. Malleable iron or
zinc plated steel for conduit hubs, bushings and box connecters.
2.4 METAL OUTLET, DEVICE, AND SMALL WIRING BOXES:
A. General: Conform to UL 514A, "Metallic Outlet Boxes, Electrical," and UL 514B,
"Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes." Boxes shall be of type, shape, size, and depth
to suit each location and application.
B. Steel Boxes: Conform to NEMA OS 1, "Sheet Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes,
Covers, and Box Supports." Boxes shall be sheet steel with stamped knockouts,
threaded screw holes and accessories suitable for each location including mounting
brackets and straps, cable clamps, exterior rings and fixture studs.
C. Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Copper free aluminum threaded raceway entries, and features
and accessories suitable for each location including mounting ears, threaded screw
holes for devices and closure plugs.
D. Malleable or Cast-Iron Boxes: Iron alloy, waterproof, with threaded raceway entries and
features and accessories suitable for each location, including mounting ears, threaded
screw holes for devices and closure plugs.
E. Malleable or Cast-Iron Floor Boxes: Fully adjustable, waterproof, with threaded
raceway entrances, adjusting rings, gaskets, and brass floor plates. Where indicated,
provide multi-section boxes with individual hinged section covers. Provide for power,
data, and communication outlets as indicated on the drawings.
F. Steel Floor Boxes: Sheet steel, concrete tight, fully adjustable, with stamped
knockouts, adjusting rings, and brass floor plates. Where indicated, provide
multi-section boxes with concealed individual section covers under a common flush
floor plate. Provide for power, data, and communication outlets as indicated on the
drawings.
G. Service Fittings for Floor Outlet Boxes: Surface mounted horizontal, cast aluminum
type 3-inches high, suitable for finished spaces and finished in satin aluminum, except
as otherwise indicated. Provide duplex receptacle or 1-inch bushed opening for
telephone or other communications service as indicated. Equip fitting for attaching flat
to floor box cover.
H. Concealed Service Floor Box: Malleable, cast iron, or steel floor boxes as specified
above designed to deliver power, data, and communications services from outlets
concealed within the box and accessible through a single hinged cover. The cover shall
fit into the top of the floor box and include a carpet or tile floor flange, a hinged steel
reinforced floor plate with provision for mounting a piece of carpet or tile, and a small
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 4
retractable cable exit. Provide for power, communications, and data outlets as
indicated on the drawings.
2.5 NONMETALLIC OUTLET, DEVICE, AND SMALL WIRING BOXES:
A. General: Conform to NEMA OS 2, "Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers,
and Box Supports" and UL 514C, "Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush Device Boxes and
Covers." Boxes shall be molded PVC units of type, shape, size, and depth to suit
location and application.
B. Boxes for Concealed Work: Mounting provisions and wiring entrances to suit
installation conditions and wiring method used.
C. Boxes for Exposed Work: Ultra-violet stabilized, nonconductive, high impact-resistant
boxes with integrally molded raceway entrance hubs and removable mounting flanges.
Boxes shall be equipped with threaded screw holes for device and cover plate
mounting. Each box shall have a molded cover of matching PVC material suitable for
the application.
2.6 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES:
A. General: Comply with UL 50, "Electrical Cabinets and Boxes", for boxes over 100 cubic
inches volume. Boxes shall have screwed or bolted on covers of material same as box
and shall be of size and shape to suit application.
B. Steel Boxes: Sheet steel with welded seams. Where necessary to provide a rigid
assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing.
C. Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel Boxes: Sheet steel with welded seams. Where
necessary to provide a rigid assembly, construct with internal structural steel bracing.
Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Cover shall be gasketed.
D. Stainless-Steel Boxes: Fabricate of stainless steel conforming to Type 302 of ASTM A
167, "Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate,
Sheet, and Strip." Where necessary to provide a rigid assembly, construct with internal
structural stainless steel bracing. Cover shall be gasketed.
E. Cast-Aluminum Boxes: Molded of copper free aluminum, with gasketed cover and
integral threaded conduit entrances.
F. Malleable or Cast-Iron Boxes: Molded of iron alloy with gasketed cover and integral
threaded conduit entrances.
G. Boxes Approved for Classified Locations: Cast metal boxes conforming to UL 886,
"Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations," listed and
labeled for use in the specific location classification, and with the specific hazardous
material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral threaded type.
2.7 CABINETS:
A. Comply with UL 50, "Electrical Cabinets and Boxes."
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 5
B. Construction: Sheet steel, NEMA 1 class except as otherwise indicated. Cabinet shall
consist of a box and a front consisting of a one piece frame and a hinged door. Arrange
door to close against a rabbet placed all around the inside edge of the frame, with a
uniformly close fit between door and frame. Provide concealed fasteners, not over 24
inches apart, to hold fronts to cabinet boxes and provide for adjustment. Provide flush
or concealed door hinges not over 24 inches apart and not over 6 inches from top and
bottom of door. For flush cabinets, make the front approximately ¾” larger than the box
all around. For surface mounted cabinets make front same height and width as box.
C. Doors: Double doors for cabinets wider than 24 inches. Telephone cabinets wider than
48 inches may have sliding or removable doors.
D. Locks: Combination spring catch and key lock, with all locks for cabinets of the same
system keyed alike. Locks may be omitted on signal, power, and lighting cabinets
located within wire closets and mechanical-electrical rooms. Locks shall be of a type to
permit doors to latch closed without locking.
2.8 STEEL ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOORS:
A. Comply with UL 50, "Cabinets and Enclosures" and NEMA ICS 6, "Enclosures for
Industrial Controls and Systems."
B. Construction: Sheet steel, 16 gage, minimum, with continuous welded seams. NEMA
class as indicated; arranged for surface mounting.
C. Doors: Hinged directly to cabinet and removable, with approximately ¾ inch flange
around all edges, shaped to cover edge of box. Provide handle operated, key locking
latch. Individual door width shall be no greater than 24 inches. Provide multiple doors
where required.
D. Mounting Panel: Provide painted removable internal mounting panel for component
installation.
E. Enclosure: NEMA 1 except as indicated. Where door gasketing is required, provide
neoprene gasket attached with oil-resistant adhesive, and held in place with steel
retaining strips. For all enclosures of class higher than NEMA 1, use hubbed raceway
entrances.
2.9 CAST METAL ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOORS:
A. Copper free aluminum with bolted, hinged doors. Where used at hazardous (classified)
locations, enclosures shall conform to UL and shall be listed and labeled for the
classification of hazard involved.
2.10 MOLDED NONMETALLIC ENCLOSURES WITH HINGED DOOR:
A. General: Molded, glass fiber reinforced high impact strength polyester with bolt or
screw secured doors and solid neoprene gaskets.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL:
A. Locations: Install items where indicated and where required to suit code requirements
and installation conditions.
B. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit
hubs.
C. Support and fasten items securely in accordance with Division 26 Section on
Supporting Devices.
D. Sizes shall be adequate to meet NEC volume requirements, but in no case smaller than
sizes indicated.
E. Remove sharp edges where they may come in contact with wiring or personnel.
3.2 APPLICATIONS:
A. Cabinets: Flush mounted, NEMA enclosure type 1 except as otherwise indicated.
B. Hinged Door Enclosures Indoor: NEMA type 1 enclosure except as indicated.
C. Hinged Door Enclosures Outdoors: NEMA Type 4. Install drip hood, factory tailored to
individual units.
D. Hinged Door Enclosures in Corrosive Locations: NEMA type 4X nonmetallic enclosure.
E. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers and
fittings of materials and NEMA types suitable for each location and in conformance with
the following requirements:
1. Interior Dry Locations: Nonmetallic, NEMA Type 1.
2. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Cast metal, NEMA type 3R.
3. Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4 enclosures.
4. Corrosive Locations: NEMA Type 4X enclosures.
5. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: NEMA type listed and labeled for the location
and class of hazard indicated.
F. Pull and Junction Boxes: Install pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types
suitable for each location except as otherwise indicated.
G. Floor Boxes: In slabs on grade and wet locations use NEMA type 4 boxes. At other
locations in slabs, use concrete-tight NEMA 1 boxes.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES:
A. Outlets at Windows and Doors: Locate close to window trim. For outlets indicated
above doors center outlets above the door opening except as otherwise indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 7
B. Column and Pilaster Locations: Locate outlet boxes for switches and receptacles on
columns or pilasters so the centers of the columns are clear for future installation of
partitions.
C. Locations in Special Finish Materials: For outlet boxes for receptacles and switches
mounted in desks or furniture cabinets or in glazed tile, concrete block, marble, brick,
stone or wood walls, use rectangular shaped boxes with square corners and straight
sides. Install such boxes without plaster rings. Saw cut all recesses for outlet boxes in
exposed masonry walls.
D. Gasketed Boxes: At the following locations use malleable or cast metal, threaded hub
type boxes with gasketed weatherproof covers:
1. Exterior locations.
2. Where surface mounted on unfinished walls, columns or pilasters. (Cover
gaskets may be omitted in dry locations).
3. Where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere.
4. At food preparation equipment within four ft. of steam connections.
5. Where indicated.
E. Mounting: Mount outlet boxes for switches with the long axis vertical or as indicated.
Mount boxes for receptacles vertically, except above counter receptacles to be
mounted horizontally. Three or more gang boxes shall be mounted with the long axis
horizontal. Locate box covers or device plates so they will not span different types of
building finishes either vertically or horizontally. Locate boxes for switches near doors
on the side opposite the hinges and close to door trim, even though electrical floor
plans may show them on hinge side. Provide far side box supports, for electrical switch
boxes installed on metal studs and provide stud to stud support for electrical receptacle
boxes installed on metal studs.
F. Ceiling Outlets: For fixtures, where wiring is concealed, use outlet boxes 4 inches
square by 1-1/2 inches deep, minimum.
G. Cover Plates for Surface Boxes: Use plates sized to box front without overlap.
H. Protect outlet boxes to prevent entrance of plaster, and debris. Thoroughly clean
foreign material from boxes before conductors are installed.
I. Concrete Boxes: Use extra deep boxes to permit side conduit entrance without
interfering with reinforcing, but do not use such boxes with over 6 inch depth.
J. Floor Boxes: Install in concrete floor slabs so they are completely enveloped in
concrete except for the top. Where normal slab thickness will not envelop box as
specified above, provide increased thickness of the slab. Provide each compartment of
each floor box with grounding terminal consisting of a washer-in-head machine screw,
not smaller than no. 10-32, screwed into a tapped hole in the box. Adjust covers of
floor boxes flush with finished floor.
K. Existing Outlet Boxes: Where extension rings are required to be installed, drill new
mounting holes in the rings to align with the mounting holes on the existing boxes
where existing holes are not aligned.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 8
L. Back to back outlet boxes are not permitted. Separate boxes a minimum of 6 inches in
standard walls and 24 inches in acoustical walls.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES:
A. Box Selection: For boxes in main feeder conduit runs, use sizes not smaller than 8
inches square by 4 inches deep. Do not exceed 6 entering and 6 leaving raceways in a
single box. Quantities of conductors (including equipment grounding conductors) in pull
or junction box shall not exceed the following:
Size of Maximum no. of
Largest Conductors Conductors in
in Box Box
No. 4/0 AWG 30
250 MCM 20
500 MCM 15
Over 500 MCM 10
B. Cable Supports: Install clamps, grids, or devices to which cables may be secured.
Arrange cables so they may be readily identified. Support cable at least every 30
inches inside boxes.
C. Mount pull boxes in inaccessible ceilings with the covers flush with the finished ceiling.
D. Size: Provide pull and junction boxes for telephone, signal, and other systems at least
50 percent larger than would be required by Article 370 of NEC, or as indicated. Locate
boxes strategically and provide shapes to permit easy pulling of future wires or cables
of types normal for such systems.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS AND HINGED DOOR ENCLOSURES:
A. Mount with fronts straight and plumb.
B. Install with tops 78 inches above floor.
C. Set cabinets in finished spaces flush with walls.
3.6 GROUNDING:
A. Electrically ground metallic cabinets, boxes, and enclosures. Where wiring to item
includes a grounding conductor, provide a grounding terminal in the interior of the
cabinet, box or enclosure.
3.7 CLEANING AND FINISH REPAIR:
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect components. Remove burrs, dirt, and
construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips, scratches, abrasions and
weld marks.
B. Galvanized Finish: Repair damage using a zinc-rich paint recommended by the tray
manufacturer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CABINETS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 26 0534 - 9
C. Painted Finish: Repair damage using matching corrosion inhibiting touch-up coating.
END OF SECTION 26 0534
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 1
SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations.
It includes requirements for electrical identification components including but not limited
to the following:
1. Buried electrical line warnings.
2. Identification labeling for raceways, cables, and conductors.
3. Operational instruction signs.
4. Warning and caution signs.
5. Equipment labels and signs.
SUBMITTALS:
B. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
1. Product Data for each type of product specified.
2. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and
labels for each piece of equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the
following equipment types as specified in Division 26.
a. Cabinets and enclosures
b. Switchboards
c. Transformers
d. Panelboards
e. Disconnect switches
f. Circuit breakers and switches
g. Starters
h. Variable frequency drives
i. Transfer switches
j. Engine generators and all ancillary cabinets and equipment
k. Fire alarm system panels and all ancillary cabinets and equipment
l. Nurse call system panels and all ancillary cabinets and equipment
m. Paging, intercom and background music system cabinets.
n. Lighting control cabinets including dimmer cabinets.
3. Samples of each color, lettering style and other graphic representation required
for identification materials; samples of labels and signs.
4. Identification required in this section shall apply to equipment furnished in
Division 26 and any other applicable Divisions including Division 23.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
C. ANSI Compliance: Comply with requirements of ANSI Standard A13.1, "Scheme for the
Identification of Piping Systems," with regard to type and size of lettering for raceway
and cable labels.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
1. Ideal Industries, Inc.
2. LEM Products, Inc.
3. Markal Corp.
4. Panduit Corp.
5. W.H.Brady, Co.
6. 3M Company
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS:
B. Identify System Raceways with Painted Couplings & Connectors: Provide painted
couplings & connectors for all concealed raceways. Install painted couplings at all
conduit connecting couplings including end couplings at stub outs. Apply the following
colors:
1. Normal Power: Black
2. Life Safety Power: Yellow
3. Critical: Blue
4. Equipment Branch: Galvanized
5. UPS: Brown
6. Fire Alarm: OSHA Red
7. BMS/Temperature Control: Dark Blue
8. Medium Voltage: Orange Labels
9. Ground: Safety Green
10. Data and Telephone System: Light Blue
11. Security: White
12. Paging and Sound: Grey
13. Nurse Call System: Pink
C. Adhesive Marking Labels for Medium Voltage and Exposed Raceway and Busway:
Pre-printed, flexible, self-adhesive labels with legend indicating voltage and service
(Emergency, Lighting, Power, Power d.c., HVAC, Communications, Control, Fire).
1. Label Size for Raceways and Busway: Kroy or Brother labels 1 inch high by 12
inches long (minimum) with 5/8 inch minimum height letters.
2. Above 600 Volts: Black letters on orange background indicating source
equipment designation, circuit number (if applicable), and voltage. Alternate
identification labels with "SAFETY FOR LAYMAN" warning signs of the same
color.
3. 600 Volt and Below Normal: White letters on black background indicating source
equipment designation, circuit number(s), and voltage.
4. 600 Volt and Below Emergency: Indicate source equipment designation, circuit
number(s), and voltage for each branch as follows.
a. Life safety: Black letters on yellow
b. Critical: Black letters on OSHA purple
c. Equipment and Standby: Black letters on white
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 3
5. UPS: White letters on brown background indicating source equipment
designation, circuit number(s), and voltage
6. Fire Alarm: White letters on red background indicating "FIRE ALARM".
7. Temperature Control: White or black letters on blue background indicating
"TEMP. CONTROL."
8. Ground: White or black letters on green background indicating "GROUND" and
equipment and designation.
9. Building Alarms: Orange letters on white background indicating "BUILDING
ALARMS."
10. Network Fiber: Black letters on white background indicating "NETWORK
FIBER."
11. Where conduits enter or exit a panelboard, pull or junction box, switchboard, or
other distribution equipment, conduit labels shall include circuit number in
addition to feeder identification and voltage.
D. Provide colored Adhesive Marking Tape for banding Wires and Cables: Self-adhesive
vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 inch to 2 inches in width. Make each color
band completely encircling cables, at penetrations of walls and floors, at each junction
box and at 20-foot maximum intervals in straight runs.
E. Underground Line Marking Tape: Metal-detector detectable, permanent, bright-colored,
continuous-printed, plastic tape compounded for direct-burial service not less than 6
inches wide by 4 mils thick. Printed legend indicative of general type of underground
line below.
F. Wire/Cable Designation Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound,
cable/conductor markers with preprinted numbers and letter.
G. Engraved, Plastic-Laminated Labels, Signs and Instruction Plates: Engraving stock
melamine plastic laminate, 1/16 inch minimum thick for signs up to 20 square inches, or
8 inches in length; 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. Engraved legend in white letters on
black face for normal and white letters on red face for emergency, black letters on
yellow face for UPS and punched for mechanical fasteners. Where required for ground
connections, provide engraved legend in white letters on green face.
H. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-locking nylon cable ties,
0.18-inch minimum width, 50 lb minimum tensile strength, and suitable for a
temperature range from minus 50 degrees F to 350 degrees F. Provide ties in specified
colors when used for color coding.
I. Adhesive Marking Tape for Device Cover Plates: 3/8 inch Kroy tape or Brother labels
with 3/16 inch minimum height letters. Tape shall have black letters on clear
background for normal and red letters on clear background for emergency. Embossed
Dymo-Tape labels are not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION:
A. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other
designations used in electrical identification work with corresponding designations
specified or indicated. Install numbers, lettering, and colors as approved in submittals
and as required by code.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 4
B. Install identification devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and
requirements of NEC.
C. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish,
install identification after completion of finish work.
D. Conduit Identification: Label conduits with painted couplings & connectors concealed or
with labels at 10 foot intervals (medium voltage or exposed) to identify all conduits run
exposed or located above accessible ceilings. Conduits located above non-accessible
ceiling or in floors and walls shall be labeled within 3 feet of becoming accessible.
Labels for multiple conduits shall be aligned and read the same direction. Use the
colors as identified above:
E. Identify Junction, Pull and Connection Boxes: Identification of systems and circuits
shall indicate system voltage and identity of contained circuits on outside of box cover.
Color code shall be same as conduits for pressure sensitive labels. Use self-adhesive
marking tape labels at exposed locations and indelible black marker at concealed
boxes. All fire alarm boxes shall have covers painted red. All temperature control
boxes shall have covers painted blue by controls contractor per VVMC.
F. Underground Electrical Line Identification: During trench backfilling, for exterior
underground power, signal and communications lines, install continuous underground
plastic line marker, located directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade.
Where multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope, do not exceed
an overall width of 16 inches; install a single line marker. Tape shall be 6 inches wide,
0.004 inches thick and 1750 psi minimum strength, trace wire run continuous length
manhole to manhole and to equipment. Provide 3 feet slack rolled at each end.
1. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct-buried and in raceway.
Red for electrical, orange for phone and cable.
G. Circuit Identification: Tag or label conductors as follows:
1. Future Connections: Conductors indicated to be for future connection or
connection under another contract with identification indicating source and circuit
numbers.
2. Multiple Circuits: Where multiple branch circuits, control wiring or
communications/signal conductors are terminated or spliced in a box or
enclosure, label each conductor or cable with circuit number. For control and
communications/signal wiring, use wire/cable marking tape at terminations in
wiring boxes, troughs and control cabinets. Use consistent letter/number
conductor designations throughout on wire/cable marking tapes.
3. Match identification markings with designations used in panelboards shop
drawings, Contract Documents, and similar previously established identification
schemes for the facility's electrical installations.
H. Apply warning, caution and instruction signs and stencils as follows:
1. Install warning, caution or instruction signs where required by NEC, where
indicated, or where reasonably required to assure safe operation and
maintenance of electrical systems and of the items to which they connect. Install
engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 5
instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation.
Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items.
2. Emergency Operating Signs: Install, where required by NEC, where indicated, or
where reasonably required to assure safe operation and maintenance of
electrical systems and of the items to which they connect, engraved laminate
signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3/8 inch high lettering
for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, or other emergency
operations.
a. Provide sign at main service entrance switch, indicating type and location
of on-site stand-by generator as required by NEC. Sign shall read
“Secondary Source Provided by Engine Generator Located In Room
#_____”.
I. Install equipment/system circuit/device identification as follows:
1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic-laminate on each major
unit of electrical equipment in building, including central or master unit of each
electrical system. This includes communication/signal/alarm systems, unless
unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification. Text shall match
terminology and numbering of the Contract Documents and shop drawings.
Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of electrical equipment.
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures.
b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.
d. Electrical substations.
e. Motor starters.
f. Pushbutton stations.
g. Power transfer equipment.
h. Contactors.
i. Remote-controlled switches.
j. Dimmers.
k. Control devices.
l. Transformers.
m. Battery racks.
n. Power generating units.
o. Telephone switching equipment.
p. Clock/program master equipment.
q. Call system master station.
r. TV/audio monitoring master station.
s. Fire alarm master station or control panel.
t. Security monitoring master station or control panel.
u. Nurse call control panel.
J. Apply circuit/control/item designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect
switches, breakers, pushbuttons, pilot lights, motor control centers, and similar items for
power distribution and control components above, except panelboards and alarm/signal
components, where labeling is specified elsewhere.
K. For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules (label all spares and spaces
in pencil) with explicit description and identification of items controlled by each
individual breaker.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
26 0553 - 6
L. Tag all grounding electrode conductors, associated bonding conductors, and grounding
conductors at their point of attachment to any ground bus and grounding electrode
(where possible) with a 2 inch diameter round green phenolic nameplate. Lettering
shall be 1/4 inch high with 1/5 inch between lines centered on the tag stating "DO NOT
DISCONNECT," "MAIN GROUND." Nameplate shall attach to conductor with a short
length of small chain.
M. Install labels at locations as required and at locations for best convenience of viewing
without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
N. Provide tape labels for identification of individual receptacles including receptacles in
furniture systems and light switch wallplates. Locate tape on front of plate and identify
panel/branch circuit serving the receptacle. Provide tape labels for identification of
individual switches or thermal overload switches which serve as equipment
disconnects. Locate the tape on the front of the coverplate and identify panel/branch
circuit serving the equipment.
END OF SECTION 26 0553
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 1
SECTION 26 0583 - WIRING CONNECTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. Extent of electrical connections for equipment is indicated by drawings and schedules.
Electrical connections are hereby defined to include connections used for providing electrical
power to equipment.
B. Applications of electrical power connections specified in this section include the following:
1. To resistive heaters.
2. From electrical source to motor starters.
3. From motor starters to motors.
4. To lighting equipment.
5. To converters, rectifiers, transformers, inverters, rheostats, and similar current
adjustment features of equipment.
6. To grounds including earthing connections.
7. To master units of communication, signal, alarm, clock, public address, sound, and video
systems.
8. From push buttons
9. To equipment requiring electrical connection.
10. Other connections as shown.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical connectors and terminals,
of types and ratings required, and ancillary connection materials, including electrical insulating
tape, soldering fluxes, and cable ties, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with at least 2 years of successful installation experience with
projects utilizing electrical connections for equipment similar to that required for this project.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical connections for equipment products
and materials.
1.4 DEFINITIONS:
A. Load voltage wiring shall be defined as:
1. Conduit and wiring required to carry power to motors and other equipment or devices.
Wiring from control devices to equipment that carry power to drive that equipment such
as line voltage thermostats, etc., shall be included as load voltage wiring. Wiring that
provides power to control panels, control transformers, control relays, time clocks, etc.,
shall also be included as load voltage wiring.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver electrical connection products wrapped in proper factory fabricated type containers.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 2
B. Store electrical connection products in original cartons and protect from weather, construction
traffic and debris.
C. Handle electrical connection products carefully to prevent breakage, denting, and scoring finish.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide circuit and motor disconnects
by one of the following:
1. General Electric Co.
2. Eaton
3. Square D Company
4. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
5. Westinghouse Electric Corp.
2.2 GENERAL:
A. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs): Provide type, rating, and features as indicated.
Comply with Division 16 Section on Overcurrent Protective Devices, with OCPDs adapted to
equipment connection installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be used. Multiple
breakers shall have common trip.
B. Provide motor controllers that are horsepower rated to suit the motor controlled.
C. Contacts shall open each ungrounded connection to the motor. Contacts shall be NEMA rated,
75 degrees C.
D. Overload relays shall be ambient-compensated type with inverse-time-current characteristic.
Provide with heaters or sensors in each phase matched to nameplate full load current of the
specific motor to which connected with appropriate adjustment for duty cycle and power factor
correction supplied with the motor.
2.3 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS:
A. General: For each electrical connection indicated, provide complete assembly of materials,
including but not necessarily limited to, pressure connectors, terminals (lugs), electrical
insulating tape, electrical solder, electrical soldering flux, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing, cable
ties, solderless wire-nuts, disconnect, starter, contactor, relays, etc., and other items and
accessories as needed to complete splices and terminations of types indicated.
B. Metal Conduit, Tubing and Fittings:
1. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights
(wall thicknesses) indicated for each type service. Provide products complying with
Division-26 section on Raceways.
C. Wires, Cables, and Connectors:
1. General: Provide wires, cables, and connectors complying with Division-26 section on
Wires and Cables.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 3
2. Wires/Cables: Unless otherwise indicated, provide wires/cables (conductors) for
electrical connections which match, including sizes, ratings, and material of wires/cables
which are supplying electrical power.
3. Connectors and Terminals: Provide electrical connectors and terminals which mate and
match, including sizes and ratings, with equipment terminals and are recommended by
equipment manufacturer for intended applications.
4. Electrical Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, heat-shrinkable
insulating tubing and boots, electrical solder, electrical soldering flux, wirenuts and cable
ties as recommended for use by accessories manufacturers for type services indicated.
5. Cord and Plug Connected Equipment: Where indicated, contractors shall provide a
length of SO cord complete with a straight blade or twist-lock receptacle for connection of
equipment. Cord and plug rating shall be suitable for the connected equipment load and
rating of the branch circuit overcurrent protective device. Plug shall match receptacle
configuration included on the plans and cord length shall be as required. Contractor shall
connect cord to equipment.
2.4 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS:
A. Manual starters shall be flush-mounting type except where conduits are run exposed or as
otherwise noted. Manual starters shall be complete with properly sized overload protection and
neon pilot light. Manual starters shall be Square D Class 2510 or Allen-Bradley Bulletin 600
with stainless steel plates.
B. Heater units in all manual motor starters shall be sized for approximately 115 percent of full load
motor current. Check and coordinate all thermal protective devices with the equipment they
protect.
2.5 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
A. General: Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches in types, sizes, duties, features, ratings,
and enclosures as indicated. All equipment with maximum fuse size listed in nameplate shall
have fusible disconnect switch provided. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure. For outdoor switches and
switches indicated as weatherproof, provide NEMA 3R enclosures with raintight hubs. For
motor and motor starter disconnects, provide units with horsepower ratings suitable to the
loads.
B. Fusible Switches: Provide UL type "HD" 100 percent duty rated switches, with fuses of classes
and current ratings indicated. Comply with Division 16 section on Overcurrent Protective
Devices. Where current limiting fuses are indicated, provide switches with non-interchangeable
feature suitable only for current limiting type fuses. All disconnect switches shall be fusible
unless otherwise noted.
C. Non-fusible Disconnects: Provide UL type "HD" 100 percent duty rated switches of classes and
current ratings as indicated.
D. Double-Throw Switches: Provide heavy duty switches of classes and current ratings as
indicated.
E. Switches for Classified (Hazardous) Locations: Provide heavy duty switches, with UL labels and
listings for hazardous location classifications in which installed.
F. Accessories:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 4
1. Electrical Interlocks: Provide number and arrangement of interlock contacts in switches
as indicated or required.
2. Special Enclosure Material: Provide special enclosure material as follows for switches
indicated:
a. Stainless Steel Type 304: For NEMA Type 4.
b. Molded Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic: For NEMA Type 4x.
c. Heavy Cast Aluminum: For hazardous locations. NEMA Types 7 through 9.
3. Handles shall be lockable in open and closed position without modification.
2.6 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES:
A. General: Provide the following factory installed in controller enclosure except as otherwise
indicated. Where separately mounted, provide NEMA 1 enclosure except as otherwise
indicated.
1. Pushbutton Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: Heavy-duty type. HAND-OFF-
AUTOMATIC (H-O-A) switches shall be provided on all magnetic starters. Provide
magnetic two-speed starters with a HIGH-LOW selector with H-O-A switch wired to allow
manual speed selection in HAND position and remote speed selection in AUTO.
2. Stop and Lockout Pushbutton Station in Motor Control Centers: Momentary-break
pushbutton station with a factory-applied hasp arranged so a padlock can be used to lock
the pushbutton in the depressed position with the control circuit open.
3. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays as required to coordinate with
the Mechanical section.
4. Elapsed Time Meters: Heavy duty with digital readout in hours. Provide on all magnetic
starters for motors.
5. Ammeters, Voltmeters, and Frequency Meters: Panel type, 2-1/2 inch minimum size with
90 degree or 120 degree scale and plus or minus 2 percent accuracy. Where indicated,
provide transfer device with an off position.
6. Current Sensors: Rated to suit application.
7. Phase-Failure Relay: Provide relay for each motor 2 HP and larger. Relay shall have
solid-state sensing circuit with isolated contacts for hard-wired connection to socket.
Provide matching pin type relay and hold down clamps. Relay shall be arranged to
operate on phase failure, phase reversal, current unbalance of from 30 to 40 percent, or
loss of supply voltage. Provide adjustable response delay, and adjustable undervoltage
setting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Inspect area and conditions under which electrical connections for equipment are to be installed
and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do
not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner
acceptable to Installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:
A. Furnish, set in place, and wire (except as may be otherwise indicated) all heating, ventilating, air
conditioning, plumbing and fire protection, elevator, etc., motors and controls in accordance with
the following schedule and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 5
and with recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, NEC
and NECA's "Standard of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Carefully
coordinate with work performed under the Mechanical Division of these Specifications.
B. Coordinate with other work, including wires/cables, raceway and equipment installation, as
necessary to properly interface installation of electrical connections for equipment with other
work.
C. Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment conductors in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's written instructions and wiring diagrams. Mate and match
conductors of electrical connections for proper interface between electrical power supplies and
installed equipment.
D. Maintain existing electrical service and feeders to equipment serving occupied areas and
operational facilities, unless otherwise indicated, or when authorized otherwise in writing by
Owner, or Architect/Engineer. Provide temporary service during interruptions to existing
facilities. When necessary, schedule momentary outages for replacing existing wiring systems
with new wiring systems. When that "cutting over" has been successfully accomplished,
remove, relocate, or abandon existing wiring as indicated.
E. Cover splices with electrical insulating material equivalent to, or of greater insulation resistivity
rating, than electrical insulation rating of those conductors being spliced.
F. Prepare cables and wires, by cutting and stripping covering armor, jacket, and insulation
properly to ensure uniform and neat appearance where cables and wires are terminated.
Exercise care to avoid cutting through tapes which will remain on conductors. Also avoid
"ringing" copper conductors while skinning wire.
G. Trim cables and wires as short as practicable and arrange routing to facilitate inspection, testing
and maintenance.
H. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment
manufacturers published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Accomplish
tightening by utilizing proper torquing tools, including torque screwdriver, beam-type torque
wrench, and ratchet wrench with adjustable torque settings. Where manufacturer's torquing
requirements are not available, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with torquing values
contained in UL's 486A.
I. Install pre-finished cord set where connection with attachment plug is indicated or specified, or
use attachment plug with suitable strain-relief clamps.
J. Provide suitable strain relief clamps for cord connection to outlet boxes and equipment
connection boxes.
K. Make wiring connections in control panel or in wiring compartment of pre-wired equipment in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide interconnecting wiring where indicated.
L. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices such as limit
switches and temperature switches as indicated or per manufacturer's instructions.
M. Provide each motor with a horsepower rated disconnect switch.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 6
N. Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches as indicated and where required by Code.
Comply with switch manufacturers printed installation instructions. Install within sight of motors.
O. All splices in control panels, terminal junction boxes, low voltage control circuits and fire alarm
conductors shall be on numbered terminal strip.
P. Each branch circuit serving dedicated, isolated or emergency receptacles, multi-outlet
assemblies or equipment connections shall be furnished with a dedicated neutral conductor.
Neutrals common to more than one circuit shall only be permitted where specifically noted.
Q. Where conduit is not required, plenum rated cable shall be provided in ceiling, floor or other air
plenum spaces.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Upon completion of installation of electrical connections, and after circuitry has been energized
with rated power source, test connections to demonstrate capability and compliance with
requirements. Ensure that direction of rotation of each motor fulfills requirement. Correct
malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance.
3.4 EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULES:
A. Mechanical Equipment:
1. Refer to Mechanical Equipment Schedule on the drawings.
2. All load voltage wiring shall be provided under Division 26.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, it is suggested that all equipment motors and control shall be
furnished, set in place, and wired in accordance with the schedule contained herein. The
exact furnishing and installation of the equipment is left to the Contractors involved.
Contractor should note that the intent of this schedule is to have the Contractor
responsible for coordinating all wiring as outlined, whether or not specifically called for by
the Division 23 or Division 26 drawings and specifications. Comply with the applicable
requirements of Division 26 for all electrical work which is not otherwise specified. No
extras will be allowed for contractor's failure to provide for these required items.
Contractor shall refer to the Division 26 and Division 23 specifications and plans for all
power and control wiring and shall advise the Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies
prior to bidding.
ITEM FURNISHED
BY
SET
BY
CONTROL
WIRING
(non-load
voltage)
1. Mechanical Equipment Motors M M --
2. Special Equipment (i.e., elevators, etc.)
a. Motors
b. Magnetic Motor Starters
c. Disconnect Switches
Thermal OL Switches
Manual Operating Switches
G
G
E
G
E*
E
--
--
--
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 7
3. Motor Starters, combination motor
starter/disconnect and Variable Frequency
Drives
a. Automatically controlled, with or without HOA
switches.
b. Manually controlled.
c. Starters integral with motor control centers
including control relays and transformers.
d. Combination Starter/Disconnects
M
M
E
M
E*
E*
E
E*
M
--
--
M
4. Pushbutton stations, pilot lights M E*M
5. Disconnect switches, thermal overload switches,
manual operating switches.
E E*M
6. Multi-speed switches M E*M
7. Control relays, transformers.M M M
8. Load voltage control items such as line voltage
thermostats not connected to control panel
systems.
M M E
9. Non-load voltage control items.M M M
10. Electric thermostats, remote bulb thermostats,
motor valves, float controls, etc., which are an
integral part of mechanical equipment or
directly attached to ducts, pipes, etc.
M M M
11. Motor valves, damper motor, solenoid valves, EP
and PE switches, VAV box controls, actuators,
etc.
M M M**
12. Control circuit outlets E E --
13. Fire protection controls (Including flow switches)M M M**
14. Duct smoke detectors, including relays for fan
shutdown.
E M M**
15. Temperature Control Panel M M M
16. Interlocks M M M
G = General, Division 13 or 14
M = Mechanical, Division 23
E = Electrical, Division 26
* For factory pre-wired equipment specified under other Divisions, all wiring within the
equipment shall be by the manufacturer. Connection to the equipment shall be by
Division 26, as shown on electrical drawings.
Manufacturer's equipment provided under other divisions which varies from what is
shown on Division 26 drawings shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to complete
and pay for any costs for those variations.
** Fire alarm system control modules and wiring from fire alarm contacts to fire alarm
system under Division 26. See details.
*** Integral control wiring under Electrical Division as manufacturer supplied equipment.
Control wiring for automatic control portion under Mechanical Division.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 0583 - 8
4. Owner Furnished Equipment:
a. Refer to Owner Equipment Schedule on drawings.
b. Refer to System Coordination Schedule on drawings.
c. X-Ray.
5. Laboratory Equipment:
a. Refer to laboratory plan and elevation drawings and equipment Schedules.
b. Prior to beginning rough-in, review manufacturer or installer shop drawings
for exact locations of all electrical items and to verify mounting
requirements.
6. Kitchen Equipment:
END OF SECTION 26 0583
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200- 1
SECTION 26 2200 - LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This section includes general purpose and specialty dry type transformers and voltage
regulators with windings rated 600 V or less.
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data including rated kVA, frequency,
primary and secondary voltages, percent taps, polarity, impedance and certification of
transformer performance efficiency at indicated loads, percentage regulation at 100% and 80%
power factor, no-load and full-load losses in watts, % impedance at 75 deg. C, hot-spot and
average temperature rise above 40 deg. C ambient temperature, sound level in decibels, and
standard published data.
B. Wiring diagrams from manufacturer differentiating between manufacturer-installed and
field-installed wiring.
C. Product certificates, signed by manufacturer of transformers certifying that their products
comply with the specified requirements.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of transformers of types and ratings
required for this project, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not
less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on
projects utilizing electrical power and distribution transformers similar to those required for this
project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. General Electric Co.
2. Square D Co.
3. Hevi-Duty Electric.
4. ITE Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
5. Hammond Power Solutions
2.2 TRANSFORMERS, GENERAL:
A. Transformers: Factory assembled and tested, air cooled units of types specified, having
characteristics and ratings as indicated. Units shall be designed for 60-Hz service.
B. Cores: Non-aging cold rolled fully processed silicon steel laminations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200- 2
C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices except for taps.
D. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.
2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE, DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS:
A. Comply with NEMA Standard ST 20 "Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications."
B. Transformers shall have the following features and ratings:
1. Enclosure: Indoor, ventilated.
a. Enclosure: Indoor, ventilated, drip proof.
b. Enclosure: Outdoor, ventilated, raintight NEMA 3R.
c. Enclosure: Totally enclosed, nonventilated.
d. Enclosure: Totally enclosed, nonventilated, suitable for outdoor use.
2. Insulation Class: 185 deg C or 220 deg C class for transformers 15 kVA or smaller; 220
deg C class for transformers larger than 15 kVA.
3. Insulation Temperature Rise: 150 deg C maximum rise above 40 deg C, for 220 deg. C
class insulation; 115 deg. C maximum rise for 185 deg. C class insulation.
4. Windings:
a. 2-winding type, three phase transformers shall use one coil per phase in primary
and secondary. Conductors shall be individually insulated, as small in size as
possible, and transposed when necessary to minimize eddy current losses. The
primary winding shall be of sufficient size to limit temperature rise to its rated value
even with circulating 3rd harmonic current.
b. Provide aluminum windings.
c. Windings shall be delta-wye with 30o lagging phase shift to match ANSI standard,
unless noted otherwise.
5. Sound Level: Minimum of 3 dB less than NEMA ST 20 standard sound levels for
transformer type and size indicated when factory tested in accordance with that standard.
6. Taps: For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full capacity taps in high-voltage winding as
follows:
a. 3 kVA through and including 15 kVA: Two 5 percent taps below rated high
voltage.
b. Greater than 15 kVA through and including 500 kVA: Six 2-1/2 percent taps, 2
above and 4 below rated high-voltage.
c. 750-1000 kVA: Four 2-1/2 percent taps, 2 above and 2 below rated high-voltage.
7. BIL: 10kV for all windings.
8. Secondary Neutral: Twice the ampacity of the secondary phase conductors.
9. Core Flux Density: Maintained below saturation point to prevent core saturation caused
by harmonics even with a 10% primary overvoltage.
C. Accessories: The following accessory items are required where indicated:
1. Surge Arresters: Low voltage type, factory-installed and connected to high-voltage
terminal; complying with NEMA Standard LA 1.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200- 3
2. Surge Arresters: Low-voltage type, factory-installed and connected to low-voltage
terminals; complying with NEMA Standard LA 1.
3. Electrostatic shielding (where indicated): Insulated metallic shield between primary and
secondary windings. Connect to terminal marked "shield" for grounding connection.
4. Wall mounting brackets: Manufacturers standard brackets for transformers sized up to
75 kVA where wall mounting is indicated.
2.4 BUCK-BOOST TRANSFORMERS:
A. Comply with NEMA Standard ST 1 "Specialty Transformers", and UL Standard 506, "Specialty
Transformers."
B. Ratings: As indicated, and for continuous duty.
C. Type: Self-cooled, dry type, connected as autotransformers to provide the percentage of buck
or boost indicated.
D. Enclosure: Suitable for the location indicated.
E. Sound Level: Minimum of 3 dB less than NEMA St 1 standard for transformer of type and size
indicated when factory tested in accordance with that standard.
2.5 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS:
A. Comply with NEMA Standard ST 1 "Specialty Transformers", and UL Standard 506, "Specialty
Transformers."
B. Ratings: As indicated and for continuous duty. Where ratings are not indicated, provide
capacity in excess of load.
C. Type: Self-cooled, two-winding dry type.
D. Enclosure: Indoor, except as indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for cooling air circulation.
B. Identify transformers in accordance with Division 26 Section on Electrical Identification.
C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals in accordance with manufacturers published
torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A for copper and UL 486B for aluminum.
D. Install transformers as indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable
requirements of NEC, NESC, NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards, and in accordance with
recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
E. Install units on vibration mounts; comply with manufacturer's indicated installation method, if
any. Vibration mounts shall be Neoprene seismic isolator series RSM as manufactured by
Vibration Mountings and Controls/Aeroflex.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200- 4
F. Where indicated, suspend transformer from structure using transformer mounting detail as
shown on the drawings.
G. Only totally enclosed non-ventilated transformers are allowed to be installed in ceiling air
plenum spaces.
3.2 GROUNDING:
A. Ground transformers and tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL
Standard 486A.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Tests shall conform to National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) Standard ATS,
"Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems,"
and the following:
1. Test Objectives: To assure transformer installation is operational within industry and
manufacturer's tolerances, is installed in accordance with Contract Documents, and is
suitable for energizing.
2. Procedures: Upon satisfactory completion of tests, attach a label to tested components.
3. Schedule tests and notify Engineer/Architect at least one week in advance of schedule
and of test commencement.
4. Reports: Provide a written report of observations and tests. Report defective materials
and workmanship and retest corrected defective items.
5. Submit written test reports to the Engineer/Architect.
6. Testing for transformers shall include verification of manual and/or automatic switching,
protection, or control devices, insulation resistance test, taps verification, excitation test,
and audible sound level tests.
7. Provide tap voltage readings and adjust tap connections for appropriate secondary
voltage. Include tap settings and voltage readings in test report.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interiors and exteriors of accessible components.
Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and construction debris. Touch up scratches and
mars of finish to match original finish.
B. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization equipment.
3.5 PROTECTION:
A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations within enclosure of each transformer throughout periods during which
equipment is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and
humidity.
END OF SECTION 26 2200
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SWITCHBOARDS 26 2413 - 1
SECTION 262413 - SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes low-voltage power service and distribution switchboards and associated
auxiliary equipment rated 600 V or less.
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for each product and component specified.
B. Shop drawings for each switchboard including dimensioned plans and elevations, component
and device lists, and a single-line diagram showing main and branch bus current ratings and
continuous and short-circuit ratings of switchboard.
C. Shop drawings or other descriptive documentation of optional barriers specified for electrical
insulation and isolation. Show front and side views of enclosures with dimensions.
D. Shop drawings of utility company metering provisions with indication of approval by utility
company.
E. Shop drawings of spare fuse cabinet showing material, dimensions, and features including
storage provisions for fuse cartons.
F. Schedule of features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective
devices.
G. Manufacturer's Schematic Wiring Diagram.
H. Point-to-Point Control Wiring Diagram: Differentiating between manufacturer-installed and
field-installed wiring (may be submitted upon delivery of switchboard).
I. Mimic bus diagram: Submit updated version of diagram reflecting field changes after final
switchboard load connections have been made.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide switchboard assemblies that are listed and labeled.
1. The terms "listed" and "labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: The Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for
switchboard equipment including clearances between switchboard and adjacent surfaces and
items. Switchboards having equal performance characteristics and complying with indicated
maximum dimensions may be considered.
C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of switchboards, of
types, sizes and capacities required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SWITCHBOARDS 26 2413 - 2
D. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on
project utilizing switchboard units similar to that required for this project.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver switchboards and components properly packaged and mounted on pallets, or skids to
facilitate handling of heavy items. Utilize factory-fabricated handling of heavy items. Utilize
factory-fabricated type containers or wrapping for switchboards and components which protect
equipment from damage. Inspect equipment to ensure that no damage has occurred during
shipment.
B. Deliver in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path as
indicated.
C. Store switchboard equipment in original packaging and protect from weather and construction
traffic. Wherever possible, store indoors; where necessary to store outdoors, store above grade
and enclose with watertight wrapping. Store so condensation will not occur on or in
switchboards. Provide temporary heaters as required to assure avoiding condensation.
D. Handle switchboard equipment carefully to prevent physical damage to equipment and
components. Remove packaging, including the opening of crates and containers, avoiding the
use of excessive hammering and jarring which would damage the electrical equipment
contained therein. Do not install damaged equipment; remove from site and replace damaged
equipment with new.
1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS:
A. Spare Fuses: Furnish spares of each type and rating of fuse for fusible devices amounting to
one set of 3 fuses for each 9 fuses installed but not less than 3 fuses of each type. Include
spares for:
1. Fuses for fusible switches.
2. Control power fuses.
3. Potential transformer fuses.
B. Spare Indicating Lamps: Furnish 6 of each type and color installed.
C. Touch-Up Paint: Furnish 3 half-pint containers.
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Schedule delivery of switchboard equipment which permits ready building ingress for large
equipment components to their designated installation spaces. Coordinate delivery of
equipment with the installation of other building components.
B. Coordinate the size and location of concrete equipment pads.
C. Coordinate with other electrical work including raceways, electrical boxes and fittings, and
cabling/wiring, as necessary to interface installation of switchboards.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SWITCHBOARDS 26 2413 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1. General Electric Co.
2. Square D Co.
3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
4. Eaton
B. Metering Equipment:
1. General Electric
2. Square D Co.
3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
4. ABB Power Distribution, Inc.
5. Eaton
6. Sangamo
7. TESCO
2.2 SWITCHBOARDS, GENERAL:
A. Description: Front-connected, front-accessible, with fixed, individually mounted main device,
panel-mounted branches, and sections rear aligned. Dead front, metal enclosed, self-
supporting and conforming to NEMA PB2.
B. Barriers: Between adjacent switchboard sections.
2.3 FABRICATION AND FEATURES:
A. Enclosure: Steel. NEMA 1.
B. Enclosure Finish for Indoor Units: Manufacture standard gray finish over a rust inhibiting primer
on phosphatizing treated metal surface. Provide painted surfaces that conform to IEEE
C37.20.1, "Standard for Metal-Enclosed Low-Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear."
C. Utility Metering Compartment: Fabricated compartment and section meeting utility company
requirements. Where separate vertical section is required for utility metering, match and align
with basic switchboard.
1. Provide integral meter base in accordance with utility standards.
D. Bus Transition and Incoming Line Pull Sections: Where required, match and align with basic
switchboard. Line terminations shall be accessible from the front of the switchboard.
E. Hinged Front Panels: Provide to allow access to breaker, metering, accessory, and blank
compartments.
F. Pull Box on Top of Switchboard: Provide where indicated or where required by installation
conditions, and include the following features:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SWITCHBOARDS 26 2413 - 4
1. Adequate ventilation to maintain air temperature in pull box within same limits as
switchboard.
G. Buses and Connections: Three-phase, four-wire except as otherwise indicated. Features as
follows:
1. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Bus Material: Provide tin-plated, high-strength, electrical
grade aluminum alloy bus, 98 percent conductivity with feeder circuit-breaker line
connections. Horizontal cross busses throughout shall be non-tapered – 100 percent
rated. Size bus in accordance with NEMA PB2.
2. Main Phase Buses, Neutral Bus, and Equipment Ground Bus: Uniform capacity the
entire length of the switchboard main and distribution sections. Provide for future
extensions from either end by means of bolt holes or other approved method and
connecting links. Provide for any outgoing or incoming bus or cabling as required for
each breaker space (i.e. all spares, spaces, and utilized).
3. Neutral Buses: 100 percent of the ampacity of the phase buses except as indicated and
equipped with approved pressure connector terminations for outgoing circuit neutral
cables.
4. Provide two bolt CU/AL compression or mechanical lugs for all incoming and outgoing
feeders including neutral and ground connections.
H. Supports and Bracing for Buses: Adequate strength for indicated short-circuit currents. Busses
shall be bolted with access for future torque maintenance.
I. Provide lugs on load side of distribution device (breakers, switches, etc.), including neutral and
ground lugs, as shown on the drawings and as necessary to meet or exceed capacity of OCPD.
J. Provide internal bussing to output lugs or bus flange for each spare breaker provided. All spare
cells shall be wired complete to match other cells being utilized. Provide output lugs or bus
flange for each spare. Provide lugs unless flange is specifically noted.
2.4 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES (OCPDS):
A. Comply with requirements of Division 26 Section on Overcurrent Protective Devices for types of
OCPDs indicated. Provide indicated features, ratings, characteristics, and settings.
B. Future Devices: Where provision for future overcurrent protective devices or space is indicated,
equip compartments with mounting brackets, supports, bus connections, and necessary
appurtenances, designed for the OCPD types and ampere ratings indicated for future
installation of devices.
2.5 OTHER CIRCUIT CONTROL AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
A. General: Factory-installed and -tested devices of types listed below, with indicated ratings,
settings, and features.
B. Control Power: Where electrically operated/ shunt tripped circuit breakers/or other control
power functions are required, provide 120 volt control circuits supplied through secondary
disconnect devices from a control power transformer. Include the following features:
1. Control Power Transformers: Dry type. Separate compartments for units larger than 3
KVA and their fuses.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SWITCHBOARDS 26 2413 - 5
2. Provide two control power transformers in separate compartments with necessary
interlocking relays. Connect the primary of each control power transformer at the line
side of the associated main circuit breaker. Connect the 120 volt secondaries through a
relay or relays as a control bus.
3. Control Power Fuses: Include primary and secondary fuses for current-limiting and
overload protection.
4. Provide control power disconnecting means on line side of transformer.
5. Provide control fuse status indication on front and contacts for remote alarm.
C. Control Wiring: Factory installed, complete with bundling, lacing, and protection, and complying
with the following:
1. Flexible Conductors: Use for size No. 8 and smaller and for conductors across hinges,
and conductors for interconnections between shipping units.
2. Conductors Sizes: In accordance with NEC for the duty required.
3. All control wiring shall be terminated on labeled power type terminal blocks with ring
terminals.
4. Limit cable bundles to 12 cables maximum.
D. Surge Arresters (UL SA rated-category OWXH): Provide distribution class, metal oxide Varistor
as specified in IEEE C62.11, "Standards for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for AC Power
Circuits," or IEEE C62.1 "Gapped Silicon-Carbide Surge Arresters for Alternating Current Power
Circuits." Install in the service entrance cable termination compartment and connect in each
phase of each incoming circuit. Coordinate rating with circuit voltage.
1. Description: Coordinate impulse sparkover voltage with system circuit voltage, and
provide factory mounting and connection.
E. SPD: Provide surge protective device for switchboard where indicated on drawings. Refer to
Division 26 Section - “Surge Protective Device” for requirements.
2.6 INSTRUMENTATION:
A. Provide the items specified below and mount within utility metering compartment or on front
cover of associated breaker.
1. Instrument Transformers: NEMA Standard EI 21.1, "Instrument Transformers for
Revenue Metering 110 kV BIL and Less," IEEE Standard C57.13, "Requirements for
Instrument Transformers," and the following:
a. Potential Transformers: Secondary voltage rating of 120 V and NEMA accuracy
class of 0.3 with burdens of W, X, and Y.
b. Current Transformers: Ratios and accuracy class suitable for connected relays,
meters, and instruments.
2. Watt-Hour Meter: Flush or semiflush type, rated 5 amperes, 120 V, 3 phase, 3 wire, with
3 elements, 15-minute-indicating-demand register and provision for testing and adding
pulse initiation.
2.7 RATINGS:
A. Provide nominal system voltage, continuous main bus amperage, and short-circuit-current
ratings as indicated on the drawings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SWITCHBOARDS 26 2413 - 6
2.8 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES:
A. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Suitably identified, wall-mounted, lockable, compartmented, steel box or
cabinet. Arrange for wall mounting.
2.9 IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Refer to Division 26 section on Electrical Identification. Identify units, devices,
controls, and wiring with factory-applied labels and signs.
B. Compartment Nameplates: Engraved laminated plastic or metal nameplate for each
compartment, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws.
C. UL nameplates shall be provided for all switchboards. Information shall include, but not be
limited to, manufacturer, model number, serial number, plant or manufacturing location, ampere
rating, voltage rating, wire and phase identification and bus short circuit bracing rating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Install switchboards and accessory items in accordance with manufacturers' written
installation instructions and the following specifications:
B. Anchor each switchboard assembly to the leveled concrete base in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. Attach by bolting using minimum of 3/8 inch bolts. Meet
appropriate seismic zone requirements.
C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and
temporary blocking of moving parts from switchboard units and components.
D. Operating Instructions: Frame and mount printed, basic operating instructions. Include building
main one line diagram for switchboards, including control and key interlocking sequences, and
emergency procedures. Include building main one-line diagram. Fabricate frame and cover
with clear acrylic plastic. Frame shall be open at the tope for easy removal of drawings for use
and updating. Mount on the front of the switchboards.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION:
A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as specified in Division
26 section on Electrical Identification.
3.3 GROUNDING:
A. Connections: As indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in
UL 486A and 486B.
3.4 CONNECTIONS:
A. Tighten switchboard bus joint bolts and electrical connector and terminal bolts in accordance
with manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values
are not stated, use those specified in UL 486A for copper and UL 486B for aluminum.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SWITCHBOARDS 26 2413 - 7
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. General: Comply with applicable standards of the National Electrical Testing Association
(NETA) including Standard ATS, "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment and Systems."
3.6 CLEANING:
B. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchboards. Remove paint
splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match
original finish.
3.7 PROTECTION:
C. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation
within each section of switchboards throughout periods during which the switchboard is not in a
space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity.
END OF SECTION 26 2413
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 1
SECTION 26 2416 – PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This Section includes lighting and power panelboards and associated auxiliary
equipment rated 600 V or less.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): A device operative on excessive current that
causes and maintains the interruption of power in the circuit it protects.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for each type panelboard, accessory item, and component specified.
B. Shop drawings from manufacturers of panelboards including dimensioned plans,
sections, and elevations. Show tabulations of installed devices, major features, and
voltage rating. Include the following:
1. Enclosure type with details for types other than NEMA Type 1.
2. Bus configuration and current ratings.
3. Short-circuit current rating of panelboard.
4. Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual protective
devices and auxiliary components.
C. Wiring diagrams detailing schematic diagram including control wiring, and
differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
D. Report of field tests and observations.
E. Panel schedules for installation in panelboards. Submit final versions after load
balancing.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and
labeled.
1. The terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be defined as they are in the National
Electrical Code, Article 100.
B. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of
panelboards and enclosures, of types, sizes and ratings required, whose products
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
C. Installer's Qualifications: A firm with at least 3 years of successful installation
experience on projects utilizing panelboards similar to those required for this project.
1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 2
A. Keys: Furnish six spares of each type for panelboard cabinet locks.
B. Touch-up Paint for panelboards: One half-pint container.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
1. General Electric Co.
2. Square D Co.
3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
4. Eaton
2.2 PANELBOARDS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Overcurrent Protective Devices (OCPDs): Provide type, rating, and features as
indicated. Comply with Division 26 Section on Overcurrent Protective Devices, with
OCPDs adapted to panelboard installation. Tandem circuit breakers shall not be
used. Multiple breakers shall have common trip.
B. Enclosures: Cabinets, flush or surface mounted as indicated. NEMA Type 1
enclosure, except where the following enclosure requirements are indicated. Provide
galvanized sheet steel cabinet type enclosures, in sizes and NEMA types as
indicated, code-gauge, minimum 16-gauge thickness. Construct with multiple
knockouts and wiring gutters. Provide baked gray enamel finish over a rust inhibitor
coating. Design enclosures for recessed mounting. Provide enclosures which are
fabricated by same manufacturer as panelboards, which mate and match properly
with panelboards to be enclosed.
1. NEMA 3R: Raintight
2. NEMA 3S: Raintight and dust tight.
3. NEMA 4X: Corrosion-resistant fiberglass enclosure, watertight, dust tight and
resistant to oil and coolant seepage.
4. NEMA 12: Dust tight, dripproof, and resistant to oil and coolant seepage.
C. Front: Hinged trim type, secured to box with 1/4-20-large head slotted captive screws
except as indicated. Front for surface-mounted panels shall be same dimensions as
box. Fronts for flush panels shall overlap box except as otherwise specified. Provide
fronts with hinged trim construction and door with flush locks and keys, all panelboard
enclosures keyed alike, with concealed door hinges on inner door, hinge on outer trim
door, and door swings as indicated.
D. Directory Frame: Metal, mounted inside each panel door with card and clear plastic
cover. Directory shall match panelboard configuration, i.e. top to bottom, left to right.
Provide permanent panelboard labels for each circuit number.
E. Bus Material: Provide tin-plated, high-strength, electrical grade aluminum.
F. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment ground
conductors. Bonded to box.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 3
G. Provide lugs compatible with incoming feeders and grounds.
H. Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards
having main service disconnect.
I. Provide minimum short circuit current ratings as indicated.
J. Provision for Future Devices: Equip with mounting brackets, bus connections, and
necessary appurtenances, for the OCPD ampere ratings indicated for future
installation of devices.
K. Special Features: Provide the following features for panelboards as indicated.
1. Isolated Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit equipment
ground conductors; insulated from box to be supplied where indicated.
2. Split Bus: Vertical bus of indicated panels divided into two vertical sections with
connections as indicated.
3. Extra Gutter Space: Dimensions and arrangement as indicated or required.
4. Gutter Barrier: Arranged to isolate section of gutter as indicated.
5. Provide 150 percent sized neutral bus and ground bus and double termination
lugs for all 120/208 volt panelboards.
6. Auxiliary Gutter: Conform to UL 870, "Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and
Associated Fittings".
7. Subfeed: OCPD or lug provision as indicated.
8. Feed-Through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated.
9. Surge Arresters: IEEE C62.11, "Standards for Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for
AC Power Circuits," or IEEE C62.1, "Surge Arresters for Alternating Current
Power Circuits."
a. Description: Coordinate impulse sparkover voltage with system circuit
voltage and provide factory mounting with UL-recognized mounting
device.
2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS:
A. Branch OCPDs: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent
units.
B. Double-Width Panels: Where more than 42 poles are indicated, provide two
panelboards of equal dimensions and with individual fronts on each panelboard.
2.4 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS:
A. Branch-Circuit Breakers: Where OCPDs are indicated to be circuit breakers, use
bolt-on breakers except circuit breakers 225-ampere frame size and greater may be
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 4
plug-in type where individual positive locking device requires mechanical release for
removal.
2.5 IDENTIFICATION:
A. General: Refer to Division 26 Section on electrical identification for labeling materials.
B. UL nameplates shall be provided for all panelboards. Information shall include, but
not be limited to, manufacturer, model number, serial number, plant or manufacturing
location, ampere rating, voltage rating, wire and phase identification and bus short
circuit bracing rating.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Install panelboards and accessory items in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1,
"General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less" and manufacturers' written installation
instructions.
B. Ground Fault Protection: Install panelboard ground fault circuit interrupter devices in
accordance with installation guidelines of NEMA 289, "Application Guide for Ground
Fault Circuit Interrupters."
C. Mounting: Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panels uniformly
flush with wall finish.
D. Circuit Directory: Typed and reflective of final circuit changes required to balance
panel loads. Obtain approval before installing.
E. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
F. Provision for Future Circuits at Flush Panelboards: Stub one 1 inch empty conduit
from panel for each set of 3 spares or spaces into accessible ceiling space or space
designated to be ceiling space in future. Stub one 1 inch empty conduits for each set
of 3 spares or spaces into raised floor space or below slab other than slabs on grade.
G. Auxiliary Gutter: Install where two panels are vertically mounted. Use gutter for
branch circuit wiring to lower panel.
H. Wiring in Panel Gutters: Train conductors neatly in groups, bundle, and wrap with
wire ties after completion of load balancing.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION:
A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs in
accordance with Division 26 Section on electrical identification.
3.3 GROUNDING:
A. Connections: Make equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 5
B. Provide ground continuity to main electrical ground bus indicated.
3.4 CONNECTIONS:
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, in
accordance with manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and
UL 486B.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Upon completing installation of the system, perform the following tests:
1. Make insulation resistance tests of panelboard buses, components, and
connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits.
2. Make continuity tests of circuits.
B. Procedures: Make field tests and inspections and prepare panelboard for satisfactory
operation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and these
specifications.
C. Schedule tests with at least one week in advance notification.
D. Reports: Provide report written reports of tests and observations. Report defective
materials and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include records of repairs
and adjustments made.
E. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to
tested components indicating results of tests and inspections, responsible
organization and person, and date.
F. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include the following inspections and related work:
1. Inspect for defects and physical damage, labeling, and nameplate compliance
with requirements of up-to-date drawings and panelboard schedules.
2. Exercise and perform of operational tests of all mechanical components and
other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual.
3. Check panelboard mounting, area clearances, and alignment and fit of
components.
4. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench.
Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values.
5. Verify that proper grounding bushings/bonding/ and panel enclosure bonding is
complete.
6. Verify isolated neutral bar and neutral connections.
G. Electrical tests: Include the following items performed in accordance with
manufacturer's instruction:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 6
1. Insulation resistance test of buses. Insulation resistance less than 100
megohms is not acceptable.
2. Ground resistance test on system and equipment ground connections.
3. Test main and subfeed overcurrent protective devices in accordance with
Section "Overcurrent Protective Devices."
H. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide retesting
of panelboards by testing organization. Verify by the system tests that the total
assembly meets specified requirements.
3.6 CLEANING:
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards. Remove
paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and marks of
finish to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 26 2416
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 1
SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. The extent of wiring device work is indicated by drawings and schedules. Wiring
devices are defined as single discrete units of electrical distribution systems which are
intended to carry but not utilize electric energy.
B. Types of electrical wiring devices in this section include the following:
1. Receptacles.
2. Ground-fault circuit interrupters.
3. Switches.
4. Wallplates.
5. Dimmers.
6. Plugs and connectors.
7. Concrete floor boxes
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wiring devices, of
types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 3 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 2 years of successful installation experience
on projects utilizing wiring devices similar to those required for this project.
C. Listing and Labeling: Provide products that are listed and labeled for their applications
and installation conditions and for the environments in which installed.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the "National Electrical Code",
Article 100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wiring devices.
B. Samples of device plates for color selection and evaluation of technical features shall
be submitted.
C. Operation and maintenance data for materials and products specified in this Section to
include in the "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1.
1.4 COORDINATION:
A. Wiring Devices for Owner Furnished Equipment: Match devices to plug connectors for
Owner-furnished equipment.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 2
B. Cord and Plug sets: Match cord and plug sets to equipment requirements.
1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS:
A. Furnish the following extra materials, packaged with protective covering for storage,
and identified with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner.
1. Telephone/Power Service Poles: 1 for each 10, but not less than 1.
2. Floor Service Outlet Assemblies: 1 for each 10, but not less than 1.
3. Poke-through Fire-Rated Closure Plugs: 1 for each 5 floor service outlets
installed, but not less than 2.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide wiring devices of one
of the following:
1. Devices:
a. Harvey Hubbell Inc.
b. Leviton Mfg Co.
c. Pass and Seymour Inc.
d. Cooper Crouse-Hinds Co.
e. Bryant Electric Co.
f. General Electric Co.
2. Concrete Floor Boxes:
a. Walker
b. Hubbell
2.2 WIRING DEVICES:
A. Receptacles:
1. All duplex, single, and special receptacles shall be minimum, hospital grade,
listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, UL 498 and Federal Specification FS W-C-
596, 20 amp, nylon face and have a metal mounting strap with self-grounding
and have a hex-head green grounding screw and be side and back wired or plug-
tail type. Each device shall bear the UL/FS Label.
2. Convenience Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD-1 and WD-6; Type 5-20R,
with almond color nylon face. All receptacles connected to circuits served from a
generator system shall have a red face. Color selection shall be verified with
Architect/Engineer prior to ordering.
3. Specific-use Receptacle Configuration: NEMA WD-1 and WD 5 locking; as
indicated on drawings, black face.
4. Isolated Ground Receptacles: Duplex receptacle with metal strap for self-
grounding and green hex-head source with dedicated isolated ground and
neutral, Hubbel prefix IG. Receptacle shall have an orange triangle located on
the face.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 3
5. Tamper Resistant Receptacles: Duplex receptacle with integral switch and
contacts to prevent energization unless a plug is inserted. Almond color for
normal, red for emergency.
6. Ground-Fault Interrupter Receptacles: Provide "local reset" ground-fault circuit
interrupters. Provide unit capable of being installed in a 2-3/4" deep outlet box
without adapter, grounding type, Class A, Group 1 per UL Standard 943.
7. Clock Outlet: Single NEMA 5-15P side wired, mounted in a recessed faceplate
with metal hook which permits clock to be flush mounted on wall.
8. Receptacles, Industrial Heavy-Duty: Conform to NEMA Standard PK 4 "Plugs,
Receptacles, and cable Connectors of the Pin and Sleeve Type for Industrial
Use."
9. Receptacles in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with NEMA Standard
FB 11 "Plugs, Receptacles and Connectors on the Pin and Sleeve Type for
Hazardous Locations" and Ul Standard 1010 "Receptacle-Plug Combinations for
Use in Hazardous (Classified locations."
10. Pendant Cord/Connector Devices: Matching, locking type, plug and plug
receptacle body connector, NEMA l5-20P and L5-20R, heavy-duty grade.
a. Bodies: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for
attaching external cable grip.
b. External Cable Grip: Woven wire mesh type made of high strength
galvanized-steel wire strand and matched to cable diameter and with
attached provision designed for the corresponding connector.
11. Cord and Plug Sets: Match voltage and current ratings and number of
conductors to requirements of the equipment being connected.
a. Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded copper conductors, with type-SOW-A
jacket. Grounding conductor has green insulation. Ampacity is equipment
rating plus 30% minimum.
b. Plug: Male configuration with nylon body and integral cable-clamping
jaws. Match to cord and to receptacle type intended for connection.
B. Switches:
1. Wall Switches for Lighting Circuits: NEMA WD1 and WD-6; FS W-S-896E; AC
quiet type specification grade commercial series listed by Underwriter's
Laboratories with toggle handle, rated 20 amperes at 120-277 volts AC, unless
noted otherwise. Mounting straps shall be metal and be equipped with a green
hex-head ground screw. Each switch shall bear the UL/FS Label.
2. Handle: almond color for normal power circuits, red for emergency power circuits.
Verify color with Architect/Engineer prior to ordering.
3. Pilot Light Type: Lighted handle lit when switch is "on."
4. Locator Type: Continuously lighted handle.
5. Switches in Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL Standard 894,
"Switches for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations."
2.3 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES:
A. Wallplates: Provide wallplates for single and combination wiring devices, of types,
sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as indicated. Select plates which mate and match
wiring devices to which attached. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to
devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Identify all wall plates used for
receptacles with branch circuit number per requirements of section on Electrical
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 4
Identification. Provide blank wall plates for all cable, data, telephone and junction and
outlet boxes. Where cables are routed through the wallplate, provide grommets in
wallplate openings to protect cables. Provide plates possessing the following additional
construction features:
1. Material and Finish: 0.04" thick, type 302 satin finished stainless steel.
2. Material and Finish: Steel plate, galvanized for use in unfinished areas,
mechanical, and electrical rooms.
3. Material and Finish: Nylon, smooth for plates.
B. Concrete Floor Box: Provide modular floor service outlets and fittings of types and
ratings indicated. Construct of die cast aluminum, satin finish. Use design compatible
with floor type and outlet wiring methods indicated. Provide 20-amperes, 125-volts,
back-to-back duplex receptacles, NEMA configuration 5-20R. Provide with 1" NPT, 1"
long, locking nipple for installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES:
A. Install wiring devices as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and in accordance with recognized
industry practices to fulfill project requirements.
B. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring work, as
necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work.
C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from excess building
materials, dirt, and debris.
D. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed.
E. Install wallplates after painting work is completed.
F. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where
manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Stds 486A.
G. Install telephone/power service poles in accordance with final furnishing arrangement.
Poles shall be plumb, true, and secure.
H. Provide hospital grade devices in all patient care areas and corridors.
I. Provide GFCI type outlets for each above counter duplex receptacle shown within 6
feet-0 inches of sinks/lavatories. For above counter multi-outlet assemblies which do
not contain duplex receptacles that can be replaced with GFCI devices, provide GFI
circuit breakers on the branch circuit(s) feeding the assembly.
J. Provide safety type receptacles in all pediatric patient rooms and associated waiting
areas and play rooms.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 5
K. Isolated Ground Receptacles: Connect isolated ground terminal to isolated grounding
conductor and route to associated branch panelboard isolated ground bar. Provide
ground pad in transformer for connection of isolated ground conductor to isolated
ground bar in the associated branch panelboard as required. Provide isolated ground
terminal bar in the associated branch panelboard. Connect the other circuit shared
ground conductors to the common equipment ground bus in panelboard; keep separate
from isolated ground.
L. Provide GFCI receptacles throughout in kitchens and at vending machine, with remote
test switches if required by site conditions.
3.2 PROTECTION OF WALLPLATES AND RECEPTACLES:
A. Upon installation of wallplates and receptacles, advise Contractor regarding proper and
cautious use of convenience outlets. At time of Substantial Completion, replace those
items which have been damaged, including those burned and scored by faulty plugs.
3.3 GROUNDING:
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for wiring devices, unless otherwise
indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std
486A to assure permanent and effective grounds.
3.4 CLEANING:
A. Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes and enclosures. Replace stained,
cracked, damaged or improperly painted wall plates or devices. Remove temporary
markings of labels.
3.5 TESTING:
A. Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits.
Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained and prepare test reports.
Subsequent to energization, test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with
requirements.
1. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at
the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective
devices or similar problems.
2. Tests for Convenience Receptacles:
a. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 130 V.
b. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is
not acceptable.
c. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable.
d. Polarity: Test for correct neutral conduct to neutral terminal connection.
e. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely
mounted.
f. GFCI Receptacles: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL
943. Test with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with
manufacturing recommendations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 6
3. Tests for patient-care areas in Healthcare Facilities: In addition to the test listed
above, perform additional field tests and inspections for receptacles in patient
care areas. Perform the following tests:
a. The physical integrity of each receptacle shall be confirmed by visual
inspection.
b. Test straight blade convenience outlets in patient-care areas for the
retention force of the grounding blade according to NFPA 99. Retention
force shall be not less than 4 oz. (115 g).
c. Test and record the impedance between the ground point of each
receptacle and the reference point according to NFPA 99. Impedance
level shall be less than 0.1 Ohm.
1) The impedance measurement shall be made with an accuracy of
±20 percent.
2) For New Construction: The impedance measurement shall be made
between the reference point according to NFPA 99 and the
grounding contact of 10 percent of all receptacles in each patient
care vicinity. The impedance measurement shall be the ratio of
voltage developed (either 60 current applied between these two
points).
4. Prepare certified test reports in compliance with NFPA 99 and submit reports in
conjunction with field quality control reports required in Division 16 “Grounding
and Bonding”.
5. Test Instruments:
a. Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.
b. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with
digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement.
B. Correct Deficiencies and Report:
1. Correct unsatisfactory conditions and retest to demonstrate compliance; replace
devices as required to bring system into compliance.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
3. Prepare a report that identifies enclosure, units, conductors and devices checked
and describe results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action
taken, and observations and test results after remedial action.
END OF SECTION 26 2726
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 1
SECTION 26 2800 - LOW-VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. This section includes overcurrent protective devices (OCPD’s) rated 600 V and below
and switching devices commonly used with them.
B. Panelboards, Switchboards, and Motor Control Centers: Application, installation, and
other related requirements for overcurrent protective device installations in distribution
equipment are specified in other Division 26 sections.
1.2 DEFINITIONS:
A. Overcurrent Protective Device (OCPD): A device operative on excessive current that
causes and maintains the interruption of power in the circuit it protects.
B. Ampere-Squared-Seconds: An expression of available thermal energy resulting from
current flow. With regard to current-limiting fuses and circuit breakers, the
ampere-squared-seconds during fault current interruption represents the energy
allowed to flow before the fuse or breaker interrupts the fault current within its current
limiting range.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data for fuses, fusible switches, circuit breakers, and OCPD accessories
specified in this Section, including descriptive data and time-current curves for all
protective devices and let-through current curves for those with current limiting
characteristics. Include coordination charts and tables and related data.
B. Provide coordination study performed by a registered professional engineer in
accordance with ANSI/IEEE Standard 242-1986, "Recommended Practice for
Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems," where
OCPD manufacturers other than those designated first in schedules or product listings
of overcurrent protective devices are proposed for use. Submit a full coordination study
showing graphically that the substitute OCPD’s coordinate selectively with both
upstream and downstream components. Include single line diagram, coordinated
time-current characteristics, device performance curves, and fault current calculations
adequate to demonstrate satisfactory component protection and selective coordination
of protective devices. Study shall be commissioned and paid for by the Contractor.
Submit study with switchgear, switchboard and panelboard submittals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of overcurrent protective
devices of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Each type of OCPD shall be the product of a single manufacturer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 2
1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS:
A. Spare Fuses: Furnish spares of each type and rating of fuse for fusible devices
amounting to one set of 3 fuses for each 9 fuses installed but not less than 3 fuses of
each type.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
following:
1. Cartridge Fuses:
a. Bussmann Div., Cooper Industries, Inc.
b. Littelfuse Inc.
2. Fusible Switches:
a. General Electric Co.
b. Square D Co.
c. Allen-Bradley Co.
d. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
e. Eaton
3. Molded-Case Circuit Breakers:
a. Square D Co.
b. General Electric Co.
c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Eaton
4. Combination Circuit Breaker and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters:
a. General Electric Co.
b. Square D Co.
c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d. Eaton
5. When mounting overcurrent protective devices in switchboards, switchgear,
panelboards, MCC's, etc., provide equipment of same manufacturer as
equipment into which they are being mounted.
2.2 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES (OCPDS), GENERAL:
A. General: Provide OCPDs in indicated types, as integral components of panelboards,
switchboards, motor control centers, and other related equipment; and also as
individually enclosed and mounted single units.
B. Enclosures: NEMA 250 "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum)."
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 3
C. Where OCPD's are to be installed in existing panelboards, switchboards, and motor
control centers, they shall be of the same manufacture and type as those existing in the
equipment. If this is not possible, provide devices which are compatible with the
existing equipment and when installed will not void the U.L. label or reduce the short
circuit rating of the equipment.
D. All overcurrent devices shall be individually rated for the available fault current unless
otherwise noted. Series ratings of equipment will only be allowed where specifically
called out.
2.3 CARTRIDGE FUSES:
A. General: NEMA Standard FU1, "Low-Voltage Cartridge Fuses." Unless indicated
otherwise, provide nonrenewable cartridge fuses of indicated types, classes, and
current ratings that have voltage ratings consistent with the circuits on which used.
B. All fuses used for main, feeder, or branch-circuit protection shall be Underwriters
Laboratories listed, current-limiting fuses with 200,000 ampere interrupting rating and
shall be so labeled. Fuses used for supplementary protection (other than branch circuit
protection) shall be as specified above or shall be U.L. approved or component
recognized for such purposes. All fuses provided shall be furnished by the same
manufacturer. Should equipment provided require a different U.L. Class or size of fuse,
the engineer shall be furnished sufficient data to ascertain that system function will not
be adversely affected.
C. In order to simplify fuse replacement, reduce spare fuse inventory and insure adequate
thermal protection, all fuses 600 amperes and below shall be true dual-element time-
delay fuses with separate spring-loaded thermal overload elements in all ampere
ratings. All ampere ratings shall be designed to open at 400 degrees F or less when
subjected to a non-load oven test.
D. To eliminate induction heating, all fuse ferrules and end caps shall be non-ferrous and
shall be bronze or other alloy not subject to stress cracking.
E. Class L Fuses: UL 198C, "High-Interrupting Capacity Fuses, Current-Limiting Type."
F. Class RK1 Dual Element Time-Delay Fuses: UL 198E, "Class R Fuses."
G. Class J Low-Peak dual Element Fuse: UL 198C
2.4 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES:
A. General: UL 98 "Enclosed and Dead Front Switches" and NEMA KS 1 "Enclosed
Switches," quick-make, quick-break heavy-duty units.
B. Rating: Load-breaking capacity in excess of the normal horsepower rating for the
switch.
C. Withstand Capability: In excess of the available.
D. Operation: By means of external handle.
E. Interlock: Prevents access to switch interior except when in "off" position.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 4
F. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure except as otherwise
indicated or required to suit environment where located.
G. Contacts shall be NEMA rated 75 degrees C.
H. Provide auxiliary contacts for disconnects supplied from variable frequency drives.
2.5 FUSIBLE SWITCHES:
A. General: UL 98 "Enclosed and Dead Front Switches" and NEMA KS 1 "Enclosed
Switches," quick-make, quick-break heavy-duty units.
B. Rating: Load-breaking capacity in excess of the normal horsepower rating for the
switch.
C. Withstand Capability: In excess of the let-through current permitted by its fuse when
subject to faults up to 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes.
D. Operation: By means of external handle.
E. Interlock: Prevents access to switch interior except when in "off" position.
F. Fuse Clips: Rejection type.
G. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panel board Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting
where indicated.
H. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: Provide NEMA Type 1 enclosure except as
otherwise indicated or required to suit environment where located.
I. Contacts shall be NEMA rated 75 degrees C.
J. Provide fuses for safety switches and other equipment of classes, types, and rating
needed to fulfill electrical requirements for services indicated.
K. Provide auxiliary contacts for disconnects supplied from variable frequency drives.
2.6 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
A. General: UL 489, "Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures," and
NEMA AB 1, "Molded Case Circuit Breakers."
B. Construction: Provide bolt-in type, except breakers 225-ampere frame size and larger
which may be plug-in type if held in place by positive locking device requiring
mechanical release for removal.
C. Characteristics: Indicated frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and a short-circuit
interrupting capacity rating as indicated or required to match existing devices or
equipment.
D. Tripping Device: Quick-make, quick-break toggle mechanism with inverse-time delay
and instantaneous overcurrent trip protection for each pole. Trip unit to be
interchangeable within frame sizes for breakers 200 amperes or larger. Breakers 150
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 5
amperes and above shall have adjustable trip selection for trip units. All 120/208 volt
rated breakers shall be rated and labeled "High Magnetic".
E. Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Devices: Factory adjusted to low-trip-setting current
values. Provide adjustable instantaneous trip devices for each circuit breaker supplying
individual motor loads and where indicated.
F. Enclosure for Switchboard or Panelboard Mounting: Suitable for panel mounting in
switchboard or panelboards where indicated.
G. Enclosure for Switchboard or Motor Control Center Mounting: Provide individual
mounting where indicated.
H. Enclosure for Independent Mounting: NEMA Type 1 enclosure, except as otherwise
indicated or required to suit environment where located.
2.7 COMBINATION CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTERS:
A. General: UL 943 "Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters," arranged for sensing and tripping
for ground fault current in addition to overcurrent and short-circuit current. Provide
features as follows:
B. Match features and module size of panelboard breakers and provide clear identification
of ground fault trip function.
C. Trip Setting for Ground Fault: 4 to 6 milliamperes, listed and labeled as a class A, type
1 device.
2.8 CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH SOLID-STATE TRIP DEVICES:
A. General: Where indicated on drawings or required for coordination, provide 250 amp
frame size and larger circuit breakers with solid-state trip devices having the following
features:
1. Ambient Compensation: Trip device insensitive to temperature changes between
minus 20 degrees C and plus 55 degrees C.
2. Adjustability: Breaker ratings and trip settings shall be changeable by operation
of controls on front panel of breaker and by change of plug-in element without
removing the breaker.
a. The trip device sensor shall have the same rating as the frame amperage
of the circuit breaker unless noted otherwise.
3. Ground-Fault Tripping: Provide adjustable pick-up and time-delay on circuit
breakers indicated with GFI.
2.9 OCPD ACCESSORIES:
A. Key Interlocks: Arrange interlocking so keys are held captive at devices indicated.
Where future key interlocking provisions are indicated, provide necessary mountings
and hardware as required for the future installation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 6
B. Provide adjustable-time-delay under-voltage trip devices where indicated.
C. Provide shunt-trip devices for circuit breakers where indicated on drawings. Arrange to
trip breaker from an external source of power through a control switch or relay contact.
D. Provide hand held battery powered trip unit power supply with labeled storage
compartment for each switchboard.
2.10 SPARE FUSE CABINET:
A. Cabinet: Wall-mounted, 18-gauge minimum steel unit with full-length, recessed piano-
hinged door with key-coded cam lock and pull. Size to be adequate for orderly storage
of spare fuses specified with 15 percent spare capacity minimum. Cabinet finish to be
gray baked enamel. Stencil legend "SPARE PARTS" in 1-1/2 inches (40-mm) letters on
door.
PART 3 - EXECUTION:
3.1 INSTALLATION:
A. Independently Mounted OCPDs: Locate as indicated and install in accordance with
manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install OCPDs level and plumb.
B. OCPDs in new distribution and branch circuit equipment shall be factory installed.
OCPD's in existing distribution and branch circuit equipment shall match existing for
type and be provided with features as listed herein.
C. Install fuses in fusible devices as indicated. Arrange fuses so that fuse ratings are
readable without removing fuse.
D. All fuses for new disconnect switches or MCC’s feeding motors or motor starters shall
be provided with Class J fuses.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION:
A. Identify components in accordance with Division 26 Section on electrical identification.
3.3 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION:
A. Install wiring between OCPDs and control/indication devices.
3.4 CONNECTIONS:
A. Check connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings for tightness. Tighten
field-connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance
with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 7
3.5 GROUNDING:
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for individually mounted OCPD units as
indicated and as required by NEC. Tighten connectors to comply with tightening
torques specified in UL Standard 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Reports: Prepare written reports on tests and observations. Report defective materials
and workmanship and unsatisfactory test results. Include complete records of repairs
and adjustments made. Tests shall be made on all new and existing OCPD's provided
and/or connected under this project in accordance with this section.
B. Labeling: Upon satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply a label to
tested components indicating test results, date, and responsible organization and
person.
C. Schedule visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests with at least one
week's advance notification.
D. Upon completing installation of the system, perform the following tests:
1. Visual and mechanical inspection: Include the following inspections and related
work.
a. Overcurrent-Protective-Device Ratings and Settings: Verify indicated
ratings and settings to be appropriate for final system arrangement and
parameters.
b. Inspect for defects and physical damage, NRTL labeling, and nameplate
compliance with current single line diagram.
c. Exercise and perform operational tests of all mechanical components and
other operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction
manual.
d. Check tightness of electrical connections of OCPD’s with calibrated torque
wrench. Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values.
e. Clean OCPD’s using manufacturer's approved methods and materials.
f. Verify installation of proper fuse types and ratings in fusible OCPD’s.
2. Electrical Tests: Perform the following tests in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions for all new circuit breakers:
a. Insulation resistance test of fused power circuit devices, insulated-case,
and molded-case circuit breakers, 600-ampere frame size and over at
1000 degree V d.c. for one minute from pole to pole and from each pole to
ground with breaker closed and across open contacts of each phase.
Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms is not acceptable.
b. Make insulation resistance tests of OCPD buses, components, and
connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits.
c. Make continuity tests of circuits.
d. Provide full rated primary current tests conforming to IETA testing
standards of all new and existing breakers 800 amperes and greater,
connected under this project. Inspect breakers and provide test report.
Set breakers to previous or new settings as directed prior to test.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES
26 2800 - 8
e. Verify relay operation by introduction of accurately metered currents into
overcurrent/ground fault/ and other circuitry at values which will enable
accurate determination of the tripping or activation values.
E. Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable-trip devices.
F. Activate auxiliary protective devices such as ground fault or under-voltage relays, to
verify operation of shunt-trip devices.
G. Check stored-energy charging motors for proper operation of motor, mechanism, and
limit switches.
H. Check operation of electrically operated OCPDs in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
I. Check key and other interlock and safety devices for operation and sequence. Make
closing attempts on locked-open and opening attempts on locked-closed devices
including moveable barriers and shutters.
J. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and provide retesting
of OCPDs by testing organization. Verify by the system tests that specified
requirements are met.
3.7 CLEANING:
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect OCPD’s. Remove paint splatters and other
spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish.
END OF SECTION 26 2800
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 26 4313 - 1
SECTION 264313 - SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE (SPD)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of SPD work is indicated by drawings and by requirements of this section.
B. Types of SPD equipment required for this project include the following:
1. Category b or c for distribution panelboards.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturers: firms regularly engaged in manufacture of SPD equipment of types,
ratings, capacities and characteristics required, whose products have been in satisfactory
use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's qualifications: firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience with
projects utilizing rectifier and invertor work similar to that required for this project.
C. The specified system shall be factory-tested before shipment. Testing of each system shall
include but shall not be limited to quality control checks, "hi-pot" tests at twice rated voltage
plus 1000 volts per UL requirements, IEEE c62.41 category b surge tests, UL ground
leakage test, and operation and calibration tests.
D. The project shall be life cycle tested following suggested wait times as defined by
ANSI/IEEE C62.45 (1987) and shall be capable of surviving 1000 sequential category C
surges of 10,000 amps without failure.
E. The system shall be UL listed as a complete system under UL 1449 Third addition standard
for surge protective device (SPD) and the rating shall be permanently affixed to the SPD.
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product data: submit manufacturer's data on SPD equipment.
B. Shop drawings: submit drawings of SPD equipment indicating unit dimensions, weights,
component and connection locations, mounting provisions, connection details and wiring
diagrams.
C. Operation and maintenance manual: the manufacturer shall provide an operation and
maintenance manual containing installation, start-up, and operating instructions and a list of
recommended spare parts for each system specified.
D. Test reports: documentation of specified system's UL 1449 listing and clamping voltage
ratings shall be provided. This shall include computer generated graphs and oscillograms.
Tests shall follow procedures outlined in ANSI/IEEE C62.45 (1987) for installation category
and applicable protection modes of SPD.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 26 4313 - 2
A. Deliver SPD equipment and accessories individually packaged in factory-fabricated
containers. Mount units on shipping skids.
B. Handle equipment carefully to prevent internal component damage, impact, breakage,
denting, and scoring enclosure finishes. Do not install damaged equipment; replace and
return damaged units to equipment manufacturer.
C. Store equipment in clean dry space. Protect units from dirt, fumes, water, construction
debris and traffic.
1.5 WARRANTY:
A. The manufacturer shall provide a full five year warranty from date of shipment against any
part failure when installed in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions, UL listing
requirements, and any applicable national or local electrical codes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturer: subject to compliance with requirements, provide SPD products of the
following:
1. Siemens
2. Current technology
3. GE/Liebert
2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Storage Temperature: -67 degrees F to +185 degrees F (-55 degrees C to +85
degrees C).
2. Operating Temperature: -40 degrees F to +122 degrees F (-40 degrees C to +50
degrees C).
3. Relative Humidity: Operation shall be reliable in an environment with 5 percent to
95 percent non-condensing relative humidity.
4. Audible Noise: The audible noise level of the specified system shall be less than 45
dBA at 5 feet.
5. Operating Altitude: The system shall be capable of operating up to an altitude of
12,000 feet above sea level.
6. Magnetic Fields: Unit shall not generate appreciable magnetic field, and shall be
capable of use directly in computer rooms in any location without danger to data
storage systems or devices.
B. Electrical Requirements:
1. System Operation Voltage: The nominal system operating voltage shall be
277/480 V 3 WYE, 4 wire plus ground, or as indicated on drawings.
2. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV): The SPD maximum continuous
operating voltage shall not be less than 115 percent of the nominal system
operating voltage to ensure the ability of the system to withstand temporary RMS
overvoltage conditions. Each system shall be factory tested at the MCOV for at
least one (1) hour.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 26 4313 - 3
3. Operating Frequency: The operating frequency range of the system shall be at
least 47 to 63 Hertz.
4. Protection Modes: The SPD shall provide protection as follows:
a. Line to line (Delta Configured System)
b. Line to ground
c. Neutral to ground (Wye Configured System)
d. Line to neutral (Wye Configured System)
5. Performance Ratings: Provide SPD surge current capacity based on an 1.2x50
mircrosecond 20KV open circuit voltage, 8x20 microsecond short circuit current
Category C3 Bi-wave per ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991 and C62.45-1995 standards as
follows: (A balanced surge current capacity shall also be applied Neutral to Ground
and Line to Neutral where neutrals are present in the system).
Service Entrance
Per Phase 300 kAmps
Line to Neutral 150 kAmps
Line to Ground 150 kAmps
Line to Line 150 kAmps
Subdistribution
Per Phase 300 kAmps
Line to Neutral 150 kAmps
Line to Ground 150 kAmps
Line to Line 150 kAmps
Panelboards
Per Phase 50 kAmps
Line to Neutral 30 kAmps
Line to Ground 30 kAmps
Line to Line 30 kAmps
2.3 SPD EQUIPMENT:
A. Components: The system shall be a symmetrically balanced, metal oxide varistor (MOV)
array system, constructed using surge current diversion modules. Each module shall be
capable of withstanding over 1000 pulses of the 10 kAmps IEEE C62.41 Category C
surge current without degradation of clamping voltage. The module shall consist of
multiple gap-less metal oxide varistors, with each MOV individually fused. The modules
shall be designed and constructed in a manner which ensures reasonable MOV surge
current sharing. No gas tubes or silicon avalanche diodes shall be used. The status of
each varistor shall be monitored and green LED shall be illuminated if the module is in full
working order. When module performance is degraded, such as if one or more fuses or
varistors have failed, the LED shall indicate a failed module.
B. High Frequency Tracking Filter: The unit shall include a UL 1238 high-frequency
extended range tracking filter. The filter shall provide for high frequency transient filtering
of up to 5 dB attenuation (per MIL-STD E220A) for the band width extending from 100
KHZ to 100 MHZ. This filtering must remove low level surges and sharp wavefronts
associated with fast rise-time transients, thus eliminating disturbances which may lead to
"system upset".
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 26 4313 - 4
C. Connections: Terminals shall be provided for all of the necessary power and ground
connections. The terminals shall accommodate wire sizes of #14 to #2/0 AWG for two
conductors per required connection. The units shall use standard parallel wiring
techniques.
D. Internal Connections: All surge current diversion module intra-unit connections shall be
by way of low impedance busbars or wiring. Surge current diversion modules shall use
low impedance connections. All module mounting hardware and power wiring shall be
captive or remain in place when a module is removed or replaced.
E. Enclosure: The specified system shall be provided in a heavy duty NEMA 1 enclosure.
A drawing pocket shall for storage of unit drawings and installation/operation manual.
Indication of surge current module status shall be visible without opening the device.
F. Integral Test Point: The unit shall incorporate an integral test point allowing easy off-line
diagnostic testing which verifies the operational integrity of the unit's suppression/filter
system.
2.4 ACCESSORIES:
A. Visible LED indicators shall be provided to redundantly indicate unit module status.
Additionally, a Form C (one N.O. and one N.C.) summary alarm contact rated for at least
120 VAC and 1 ampere shall be provided for remote annunciation of unit status. The
summary alarm contact shall change state if any one or more of the surge current
diversion modules has failed.
B. SPD must have an AIC rating above the available fault current.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 26 4313 - 5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION:
A. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which SPD equipment is to be
installed, and notify contractor in writing of those conditions detrimental to proper
completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in manner acceptable to installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF SPD EQUIPMENT:
A. Install SPD as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with
recognized industry practices to ensure that SPD installation complies with requirements
of NEMA standards and NEC, and applicable portions of NECA’s "standard of
installation," for installation of units.
B. Coordinate with other work, including electrical wiring work, as necessary to interface
installation of SPD with other work.
C. Install electrical protective devices, if any, for each SPD unit.
D. The installing contractor shall install the parallel SPD with short and straight conductors
as practically as possible. The contractor shall twist the SPD input conductors together
to reduce input conductor inductance.
E. Field installation: the unit shall be installed as close as practical to the facility's wiring
system in accordance with applicable national/local electrical codes and the
manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. Connection shall be with #2 awg
copper conductor or larger and not be any longer than necessary, avoiding unnecessary
bends. Notify engineer prior to installation if unit cannot be installed within
manufacturer's required distances.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Touch-up scratched and marred surfaces of equipment to match original finishes; remove
dirt and construction debris.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Upon completion of installation of SPD equipment and after circuitry has been energized
with rated power source. Verify that the equipment is operating properly. Where
possible, correct malfunctioning units at site; otherwise remove and replace with new
units and re-verify operation.
END OF SECTION 26 4313
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LIGHTING
26 5000 - 1
SECTION 26 5000 - LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. Extent, location, and details of lighting work are indicated on drawings and in
schedules.
B. Types of lighting in this section include the following:
1. Fluorescent.
2. Light Emitting Diode (LED)
1.2 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions on each
type of luminaire and component.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of lighting and their spatial relationship to each
other. In addition, submit luminaire cut sheets from the manufacturer. For standard
products submit shop drawings; for non-standard products submit in booklet form with
separate sheet for each luminaire, assembled by "luminaire type" with proposed
luminaire and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Submit details indicating
compatibility with ceiling grid system. Shop drawings shall detail luminaire dimensions,
weights, methods of field assembly, mounting components, features and accessories.
All features and accessories shall be clearly defined.
C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for lighting showing connections to electrical
power panels, switches, dimmers, controllers, and feeders. Differentiate between
portions of wiring which are manufacturer-installed and portions which are field-
installed.
D. Samples: Submit one complete operating unit for each type of custom luminaire
specified.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each luminaire and
accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include that data, product
data, and shop drawings in a maintenance manual; in accordance with general
requirements of Division 1.
F. Illumination Data: Submit lighting calculations identified below for all projects not listed
first in the luminaire schedule and where otherwise noted.
1. Interior: Provide isofootcandle(isolux) plot diagram of footcandles on horizontal
workplane surface which shows composite values of illuminance projected from
the arrangement of light sources from indicated luminaire locations and heights.
Show on the graphic plots the locations, spacings and heights of luminaires.
Indicate values of maximum, average, minimum, max:min ratios, and Lumen
Maintenance factor utilized.
2. Exterior: Provide isofootcandle (isolux) plot diagram of footcandles on horizontal
pavement surface which shows composit values of illuminance projected from
the arrangement of light sources from indicated luminaire locations and heights.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LIGHTING
26 5000 - 1
Show on the graphic plots the locations, spacings, heights of luminaires, and the
Lumen Maintenance factor used.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of lighting of
sizes, types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms with at least 3 years of successful installation
experience on projects with lighting work similar to that required for this project.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Deliver lighting in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which properly protect
luminaires from damage.
B. Store lighting in original packaging. Store inside well-ventilated area protected from
weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, humidity, laid flat and blocked off
ground.
C. Handle lighting carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring of finishes. Do not
install damaged units or components; replace with new.
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING:
A. Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and
raceways, to properly interface installation of lighting with other work.
B. Sequence lighting installation with other work to minimize possibility of damage and
soiling during remainder of construction.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS:
A. Lamps: Furnish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 15%, but not less than 4
lamps in each case, of each type and size lamp used in each type luminaire.
B. Ballasts: Furnish stock or replacement ballasts amounting to 5%, but not less than 2 of
each type used in each type luminaire.
C. Lenses: Furnish stock or replacement lenses amounting to 3%, but not less than one, of
each type and size used in each type luminaire.
D. LED Modules: Furnish replacement modules mounting to 3% of each type.
E. Deliver replacement stock as directed to Owner's storage space.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Luminaire Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide luminaires
as listed in the luminaire schedule or elsewhere on the drawings or specification.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LIGHTING
26 5000 - 1
B. Lamp Manufacturers:
1. G E Lighting
2. Osram Sylvania
3. Philips Lighting Company
C. LED Manufactures:
1. Philips Lighting Co.
2. Lumiled
3. CREE
4. Nichia
5. Osram Sylvania
D. Fluorescent Ballast Manufacturers:
1. Osram Sylvania
2. Advance
E. All other manufacturers shall request prior approval and supply test data from an
independent testing laboratory and comparison report to substantiate compliance with
specifications and specified equipment.
2.2 EQUIPMENT:
A. General: Provide lighting of sizes, types and ratings indicated; complete with, but not
limited to, housings, energy-efficient lamps, lamp holders, reflectors, energy efficient
ballasts, starters and wiring. Ship luminaires factory-assembled, with those
components required for a complete installation. Design luminaire with concealed
hinges and catches, with metal parts grounded as common unit, and so constructed as
to dampen ballast generated noise and as to disconnect ballast when door is opened
for HQI lamps.
B. Lamps:
1. Fluorescent: Provide fluorescent lamp types as specified in the luminaire
schedule and types compatible with luminaires. Lamps shall be low mercury
type. Provide 3500°K color temperature lamps unless otherwise noted in
schedules or on drawings.
2. Provide LED’s that retain 70% of lamp life after 50,000 hours. LED’s shall be
binned to NEMA standard SSL 3-2010. *Indoor luminaires shall have remote
phosphors. The LED light assembly shall be replaceable separate from the
luminaire housing. The LED driver shall be dimming where indicated on the
drawings. The dimmer switch shall be compatible with the driver, unless
otherwise noted.*
a. *Indoor luminaires shall have remote phosphor technology for “white”
LED’s.
b. *All LED products to be in accordance with IES Standards LM79 & LM80.
C. Exterior Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts: Provide high power factor, rapid start, Type 1
Class P, sound rated A or B for minus 20 degrees C, with 80 percent light output within
5 minutes of starting and listed for use in outdoor luminaires.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LIGHTING
26 5000 - 1
D. Interior Fluorescent Ballasts:
1. Provide high frequency programmed rapid start electronic ballasts for all
fluorescent lamps with voltage as indicated on the plans and luminaire schedule.
The ballast shall deliver normal lamp life and must be interchangeable with
electromagnetic ballasts. The light output shall not vary in response to an input
voltage variance of less than 10% rated voltage. Drive output shall be greater
than 42 KHz with lamp flicker less than 2%. Provide a minimum 0.88 ballast
factor.
2. Super T-8 Applications: Provide ballast similar to above with ballast factor of
0.78.
3. The ballast total harmonic distortion shall be less than 10% with the number of
lamps as identified per luminaire type or as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
4. The ballast shall have a crest factor 1.7 maximum shall have transient protection
which meets IEEE 587, Category A (ANSI C62.41) requirements.
5. The ballast shall have a power factor of 0.98 or higher, and shall have a ballast
efficiency of 90% or higher.
6. The ballast shall be UL listed Class P and shall have a sound rating better than
A.
7. The ballast electromagnetic interference and radio frequency interference shall
comply with FCC CFR 47, Part 18 requirements for both conducted and radiated
EMI/RFI.
8. The ballast shall contain no PCB's.
9. Minimum lamp starting temperature of 0 degrees F.
10. Provide ballast with color coded integral leads per ANSI C82.11.
11. Provide ballast disconnect switch per NEC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting is to be installed, and substrate for
supporting lighting. Notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper
completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
3.2 INSTALLATION:
A. Install lighting at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NECA's "Standard of Installation",
NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fulfills
requirements.
B. Provide luminaires and/or outlet boxes with hangers to properly support luminaire
weight. Submit design of hangers, method of fastening, other than indicated or
specified herein, for review by Architect.
1. Luminaires shall be positively attached to the suspended ceiling system. The
attachment device shall have a capacity of 100% of the luminaire weight acting in
any direction.
2. When intermediate systems are used, No. 12 gauge hangers shall be attached to
the grid members within 3" of each corner of each luminaire.
3. When heavy-duty systems are used, supplemental hangers are not required if a
48" modular hanger pattern is followed. When cross runners are used without
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LIGHTING
26 5000 - 1
supplemental hangers to support luminaires, these cross runners shall provide
the same carrying capacity as the main runner.
4. Luminaires weighing less than 56 pounds shall have, in addition to the
requirements above, two No. 12 gauge hangers connected from the luminaire
housing to the structure above. These wires may be slack.
5. Luminaires weighing 56 pounds or more shall be supported directly from the
structure above by four No. 12 gauge hangers connected from the luminaire
housing to the structure above. These wires may be slack.
C. Install flush mounted luminaires properly to eliminate light leakage between frame and
finished surface.
D. Provide plaster frames for recessed luminaires installed in other than suspended grid
type acoustical ceiling systems. Brace frames temporarily to prevent distortion during
handling.
E. For air supply type troffers, retain side slot closures in place for adjustment by
Balancing Contractor.
F. Fasten luminaires securely to structural supports; and ensure that pendant luminaires
are plumb and level. Provide individually mounted pendant luminaires longer than 2
feet with twin stem hangers. Provide stem hanger with ball aligners and provisions for
minimum one inch vertical adjustment. Mount continuous rows of luminaires with an
additional stem hanger greater than number of luminaires in the row.
1. Pendant hung luminaires shall be supported directly from the structure above
with No. 9 gauge wire or approved alternate support without using the ceiling
suspension system for direct support.
2. Luminaires mounted in areas of high seismic activity shall be mounted from a
rigid stem to restrain sway. If mounted from a non-rigid stem, luminaires to be
mounted such that their sway under seismic conditions does not impact another
luminaire within 45˚ swing from nadir.
G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors.
Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Stds 486A and B, and the
National Electrical Code.
H. Support surface mounted luminaires greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition
to the outlet box stud.
I. Set units plumb, square, level and secure according to manufacturer’s written
instructions and shop drawings. Refer to specification section 265613, “Poles and
Standards” for other requirements.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Replace defective and burned out lamps for a period of one year following the Date of
Substantial Completion.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
LIGHTING
26 5000 - 1
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING:
A. Clean lighting of dirt and construction debris upon completion of installation. Clean
fingerprints and smudges from lenses and reflectors.
B. Protect installed luminaires from damage during remainder of construction period.
C. Adjust aimable luminaires to provide required light intensities and in compliance with
design intent.
3.5 GROUNDING:
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for lighting as indicated. Tighten connections
to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and
effective grounds.
B. Ground luminaires according to Section 260526, "Grounding," and Section 265613,
"Poles and Standards."
3.6 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment including ballasts, lamps, luminaires,
wiring, etc. free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects. Warranty period shall
be from date of acceptance as set forth in the general conditions with periods as
follows:
1. Lamps - Per Paragraph 3.3
2. Luminaires, wiring, etc. - 1 year
3. Ballasts - The manufacturer shall provide a full five year warranty beginning at
time of substantial completion. The manufacturer shall replace any and all failed
ballasts within 48 hours of notification. The manufacturer shall provide the labor
for warranty replacements.
4. LED and Driver – Five year manufacturer’s warranty.
3.7 DEMONSTRATION:
A. Upon completion of installation of lighting and after building circuitry has been
energized, apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with
requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed
with retesting.
END OF SECTION 26 5000
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 1
SECTION 28 3111 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM – REMODEL OF ADDRESSABLE
SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY:
A. Extent of fire alarm systems work is indicated by drawings, schedules, and riser
diagrams. The control panel is existing. Any references to the existing control
operation equipment, etc., are for information on system operation. All existing devices
such as call boxes, connections, shall remain as existing U.O.N. on drawings or as
required for operating on the new system.
B. Provide system component devices compatible with the upgraded 4100ES voice
evacuation system.
C. Provide additions and modifications to existing system suitable for type occupancy as
defined by local Building Code and as approved by local Fire Marshall and as approved
by the Director of Facilities Management / and local authority having jurisdiction.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of fire alarm
systems of types, sizes, and electrical characteristics required, and whose products
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience
on projects with fire alarm systems work similar to that required for this project.
1. Firm with manufacturer's factory trained personnel.
2. Firm with factory authorized service organization and spare parts stock within 50
miles of the project and with a 24 hour response time.
C. Codes and Standards:
1. The complete installation shall conform to the applicable sections of NFPA-72,
Local Code Requirements and the National Electrical Code with particular
attention to article 760. All control equipment must have transient protection to
comply with UL 864 requirements or Standard #497B as applicable.
2. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards
pertaining to fire alarm systems; and provide products and components which
are UL-listed and labeled.
3. FM Compliance: Provide fire alarm components and accessories which are
FM-approved.
4. The fire alarm system and devices shall comply with ADA 1990 and UL 1971
requirements.
5. International Building Code and other applicable local codes and standards.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including specifications,
data sheets, wiring diagrams, equipment ratings, dimensions, finishes and descriptions
of system operation.
B. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings showing complete list of system components,
locations and partial schematic of system wiring.
This information shall be submitted on 1/8" = 1'-0" scale building floor plans. No other systems
shall be included on these plans. Reproduction of contract drawing will not be acceptable. The
following information shall be included in the shop drawings:
1. Occupancy group and use.
2. Number of stories.
3. Indicate extent of building sprinkler system.
4. Indicate addition to/modifications of existing system.
5. One-line diagram showing/indicating number of devices and appliances per
zone/circuit.
6. Wire sizes, color coding, type(s) and voltage drop calculations.
7. Indicate annunciation method and include graphic zone map.
8. Addition to or modification of the system shall be distinguishable from the existing
and be identified on the floor plans as well as the one-line diagram(s).
9. Include wiring diagrams for all fire alarm junction boxes (new and existing)
impacted by this project. Include wiring numbers on all connections.
10. Proposed conduit routing, specifically if exposed conduit or wiremold is being
proposed. All exposed conduit or wiremold routing must be submitted to, and
accepted by, the Architect/Engineer.
11. Connection details for new and existing devices/equipment.
12. Provide updated room names and numbers that match the names and numbers
as labeled at the building. Room names and numbers shown on the contract
documents are not necessarily those that are currently being used in the building.
The fire alarm manufacturer shall coordinate with the contractor and owner on
existing and new work and survey the site on existing work to identify the proper
names and numbers.
C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, including outlet or back box
requirements for each piece of equipment.
D. Submit manufacturer's certificate that system meets or exceeds specified requirements.
E. Submit sequence of operation and verification of system operation by manufacturer or
his authorized representative.
F. Submit back-up battery calculations.
G. All shop drawings, battery and voltage drop calculations shall be submitted to the
authority having jurisdiction for review after review by the Architect/Engineer.
H. Submit three copies of test results and data to Architect/Engineer no later than seven
days after conclusion of tests described in this section.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 3
I. Submit graphic annunciator and/or map layouts for review by the Architect/Engineer
prior to fabrication.
J. List all variances and attach as required.
K. Include brief description of scope of work.
L. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of fire alarm
equipment installed, including furnished specialties and accessories. Include this data,
product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with
requirements of Division 1.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. Handle fire alarm equipment carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring. Do
not install damaged equipment or components; replace with new.
B. Store fire alarm equipment in clean, dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water,
construction debris, and physical damage.
1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS:
A. General: Provide extra materials as listed below in addition to that required to complete
the work. The additional stock shall not be used unless specifically authorized by the
owner’s representative.
B. Lamps: Furnish spare/replacement lamps and LED’s amounting to not less than three
(3) lamps of each type and of each color.
C. Devices:
1. Furnish spare/replacement detection bases amounting to 5 percent of the
quantity installed by this work, but not less than two (2) of each type, including
duct detector housings.
2. Furnish spare/replacement detectors amounting to 10 percent of the quantity
installed by this work, but not less than two (2) of each type.
3. Furnish spare/replacement adaptor modules and relays amounting to 5 percent
of the quantity installed by this work, but not less than one (1) of each type.
4. Furnish spare/replacement speakers, combination speaker//strobe units, and
strobe units amounting to 5 percent of the quantity installed by this work but not
less than one (1) of each type.
D. Provide an additional spare/replacement addressable device communication card in the
FACP which can be programmed for connection to future initiating devices.
1.6 OPERATION:
A. The system alarm operation subsequent to the alarm activation of any manual station,
automatic detection device, or sprinkler flow switch shall be in accordance with the
revised evacuation plan as prepared by the hospital.
B. Provide additions and alterations to the existing systems that provide the following:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 4
1. All audible alarm indicating appliances shall sound a distinctive and continuous
fire alarm signal until silenced by the alarm silence switch at the control panel or
at the remote annunciator.
2. All visible alarm indicating appliances shall flash continuously until the system is
reset. Visual alarm devices shall continue to operate when audible devices are
silenced. Any subsequent zone alarm shall reactivate the alarm indicating
appliances.
3. All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release.
4. A supervised signal to notify the monitoring center shall be activated.
5. Activation of a sprinkler flow device shall cause the exterior horn/light to operate
continuously until the flow has ceased.
6. Activation of a duct detector shall alarm the system and shut down the
associated air handling unit.
7. A pulsing alarm tone shall occur within the control panel until the event has been
acknowledged.
8. The alarm activation of any elevator lobby, top of shaft, bottom of shaft, or
elevator equipment room smoke detector shall, in addition to the operations listed
above, cause the elevator cabs to be recalled according to the following
sequence:
a. If the alarmed detector is on any floor other than the main level of egress,
the elevator cabs shall be recalled to the main level of egress.
b. If the alarmed detector is on the main egress level, the elevator cabs shall
be recalled to the predetermined alternate recall level as determined by
the local authority having jurisdiction.
9. The activation of any thermal detector located in the elevator equipment room,
top of shaft, or bottom of shaft shall cause the power to the elevator equipment
and power to all lighting and receptacles in the equipment room to be
disconnected from their source.
10. The control panel shall have a dedicated supervisory LED and a dedicated
supervisory acknowledge switch.
a. The activation of any standpipe or sprinkler valve supervisory (tamper)
switch shall activate the system supervisory audible signal and alarm at
the control panel and the remote annunciator. Differentiation between
valve tamper activation and opens and/or ground on the initiation circuit
wiring shall be provided.
b. Pressing the Supervisory Acknowledge Key will silence the supervisory
audible signal while maintaining the Supervisory LED "ON" indicating the
off-normal condition.
c. Restoring the valve to the normal position shall cause the Supervisory
LED to extinguish, indicating restoration to normal.
11. A manual evacuation (drill) switch shall operate the alarm indicating appliances
without causing other control circuits to be activated. However, should a true
alarm occur, all alarm functions would occur as described previously.
12. All doors normally held open by door control devices shall release upon AC
power failure.
13. The actuation of the "enable walk test" program at the control panel shall activate
the "Walk Test" mode of the system which shall cause the following to occur:
a. The city circuit connection shall be bypassed.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 5
b. Control relay functions shall be bypassed.
c. The control panel shall show a trouble condition.
d. The alarm activation of any initiation device shall cause the audible signals
to code a number pulses to match the zone number.
e. The panel shall automatically reset itself after signaling is complete.
f. Any momentary opening of an initiating or indicating appliance circuit
wiring shall cause the audible signals to sound for 4 seconds indicating a
trouble condition.
g. The system shall have the capacity of 8 distinctive walk test groups. Such
that only a portion of the system need be disabled during testing.
14. Preaction system control panels shall be monitored by the FACP as a system
trouble alarm identified by “preaction system” and room name or location to
match other detector nomenclature on system. Monitor module shall be
connected to preaction system, system control panel, panel auxiliary alarm
contacts. The FACP shall provide control module connection to preaction
system control panel after alarm verification is received from any detector in the
preaction system area. FACP shall be UL listed for release.
1.7 SUPERVISION:
A. Supervision shall be unchanged from the existing system. Supervision of additional
devices shall be as follows:
1. Provide supervisory service initiation device circuits for connection of all sprinkler
valve supervisory (tamper). Device activation shall cause a supervisory alarm at
the control panel.
2. Provide independently supervised and independently fused indicating appliance
circuits for alarm speakers and flashing alarm lamps. Disarrangement conditions
of any circuit shall not affect the operation of other circuits.
3. Auxiliary manual control shall be supervised so that an "off normal" position of
any switch shall cause an "off normal" system trouble.
4. Each independently supervised circuit shall include a discrete LCD readout to
indicate disarrangement conditions per circuit.
5. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure
must be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel and the remote
annunciator. A green "power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while
incoming power is present.
6. The system batteries shall be supervised so that a low battery condition or
disconnection of the battery shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control
panel.
7. The System Modules shall be electrically supervised for module placement.
Should a module become disconnected the system trouble indicator shall
illuminate and the audible trouble signal shall sound.
8. The system shall have provisions for disabling and enabling all circuits
individually for maintenance or testing purposes.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Provide materials that mate and match with existing system
components. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire alarm system
components manufactured by the same manufacturer of the existing system.
B. Fire Alarm Cable
1. West Penn
2. Belden
3. Annixter
2.2 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS:
A. General: Provide complete fire alarm products of types, sizes and capacities indicated,
which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components; construct in
accordance with published product information, and as required for complete
installation. Provide fire alarm and detection systems for applications indicated.
B. Wiring System Materials: Provide basic wiring materials which comply with Division-26
sections; "Raceways", “Wires and Cables” and "Electrical Boxes and Fittings".
1. Provide wire and cable in accordance with requirements of manufacturer. Wire
insulation shall comply with NEC Article 760.
2. Provide individual solid copper conductor sizes AWG #14, or larger.
3. Provide multiconductor cables for wire sizes smaller than AWG #16.
4. Provide conductors which are UL listed for the installation and location, and
approved for fire alarm usage.
5. Initiating circuits shall be color coded red for positive, red with black strip for
negative. Indicating circuits shall be color coded red with yellow stripe for
positive, red with brown stripe for negative.
6. All conductors shall be numbered and their numbers shall correspond to the
terminal block numbering they are connected to. Provide conductor wiring and
terminal block numbering.
C. Power Supplies: Existing system operates on 120 VAC power supply. Provide
additional power supplies and other equipment necessary to accommodate new or
modified existing devices.
1. Provide battery back-up and increase battery back-up to system as required.
Design battery back-up to take over supply to system within 30 seconds of loss
of primary system to 85 percent voltage. Provide battery system capable of
operation of system for 4-hours under normal conditions and then for 15 minutes
under alarm conditions.
D. Provide Control of additional auxiliary services as follows:
1. Fan shut down relays.
2. Magnetic door release.
3. Start-up of smoke exhaust fans, or stair and elevator pressurization fans.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 7
4. Operation of smoke vents.
5. Exterior flashing lights.
6. Interior flashing strobe lights.
7. Smoke door releases.
8. Fire door releases.
9. Remote annunciators.
10. Alarm initiation from sprinkler flow switches.
11. Trouble indication from sprinkler valve tamper switches.
12. Alarm initiation from smoke detector operated doors and smoke hatches.
13. Interface with elevators (fire fighter's recall, etc.).
2.3 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL:
A. Connect additional devices to existing fire alarm control panel. Modify and upgrade
panel for compatibility with current codes and current UL requirements and as required
for the additional features or equipment.
2.4 ADDRESSABLE COMMUNICATION NETWORK:
A. Extend or modify existing communications network as required for the additional
equipment.
2.5 ADDRESSABLE DEVICE TYPES:
A. General: Devices will be located as shown on the drawings. The location of
addressable devices will be selected to optimize the system layout in order to provide
the level of protection, zone identification and control as shown on the drawings.
B. Environmental Compensation Analog Sensors:
1. Smoke sensors shall be a smoke density measuring device having no self-
contained alarm set point. The alarm decision for each sensor shall be
determined by the control panel. The control panel shall determine the condition
of each sensor by comparing the sensor value to stored values. The control
panel shall maintain a moving average of the sensors smoke chamber value.
Systems that do not automatically maintain a constant smoke obscuration
sensitivity for each sensor by compensating for environmental factors are
deemed unacceptable.
2. The detector shall automatically indicate when an individual sensors needs
cleaning. When a sensor's average value reaches a predetermined value, a
"Dirty Sensor" trouble condition shall be audibly and visually indicated at the
control panel. Additionally, the LED on the sensor base shall glow steady giving
a visible indication at the sensor location. If a "Dirty Sensor" is left unattended,
and its average value increases to a second predetermined value, an
"Excessively Dirty Sensor" trouble condition shall be indicated at the control
panel for the individual sensor.
3. The control panel shall automatically perform a daily self-test on each sensor.
Checking the electronics in the sensor's base ensures the accuracy of the values
being transmitted to the control panel. A sensor that fails the self-test will cause
a "Self-Test Abnormal" trouble condition at the control panel. A sensor self-test
which must be manually initiated by the operator shall not be acceptable.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 8
C. Addressable Detector Bases: All addressable smoke and heat detector heads will plug
into their bases. The base will contain electronics that communicate the detector status
(normal, alarm, trouble) to the control panel over two wires. The same two wires shall
also provide power to the base and detector. Detector heads (smoke or heat) must be
interchangeable. Upon removal of the head, a trouble signal will be transmitted to the
control panel.
D. Photoelectric Detector Head: Photoelectric type detectors shall be of the solid state
photoelectric type and shall contain no radioactive material. They will use a pulsed
infrared LED light source and be sealed against rear air flow entry. The detector shall
fit into an addressable base that is common with both the heat and ionization type
detectors.
E. Thermal Detector Head: Thermal detector heads must be UL listed. They will be a
combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature (135 degrees F) type, automatically
restorable unless fixed temperature (190 degrees F.) type are specifically required. The
detector shall fit into an addressable base that is common with both the photoelectric
and ionization type detectors. Provide addressable module for automatic restoring
detectors that are not addressable.
F. Pull Stations: Pull stations shall contain electronics that communicate the station’s
status (alarm, normal) to the control panel over two wires which also provide power to
the pull station. The address will be set on the station. They will be manufactured from
high impact red Lexan. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so
until manually reset by opening with a key common to all system locks. Pull stations
will be single/double action. The front of the station is to be hinged to a backplate
assembly and must be opened with a key to reset the station. The key shall be
common with the control panels. The addressable manual station shall be
Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. listed for operation with the control panel.
G. Duct Smoke Detectors: The detector shall be non-polarized 24VDC type which is
compatible with the fire alarm panel and obtains its operating power from the
supervisory current of the addressable loop. The detector head shall be the same as
the addressable photoelectric detector heads used in the rest of the system. Provide
duct detectors compatible with the air velocities within the duct to be installed (i.e. low
velocity ducts, provide an in-duct style detector). It shall be possible to test the detector
by use of a remote alarm test switch. The duct detector housing shall contain the
addressable electronics necessary to communicate with the control panel. For
maintenance purposes, it shall be possible to clean the sampling tubes by access
through the detector housing. To minimize false alarms, voltage and transient
suppression techniques shall be employed as well as automatic alarm verification
circuitry and insect screens.
1. Each duct detector shall be provided with a remote alarm LED indicator and a
key test switch. Plates shall be labeled with the name of the device/equipment
served.
2. Interlock each fan with its associated duct detector.
3. Provide access door(s) for in-duct style duct detectors.
4. Interlock duct detector to associated smoke damper where indicated.
H. Adaptor Module: Adapter Modules shall be used for monitoring of water flow, valve
tamper, non-addressable detectors, and for control of smoke dampers, door holders,
and other output control functions. Adapter Modules will be capable of mounting in a
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 9
standard electric outlet box. Adapter Modules will include cover plates to allow surface
or flush mounting. Adapter Modules will receive their 24VDC power from a separate
two wire pair running from an appropriate power supply. There shall be two types of
devices: Type 1; Monitor Adapter Modules - for conventional 2-wire thermal detector
and/or contact device monitoring with Class B or Class A wiring supervision. Type 2;
Control Adapter Modules - for signals, speakers, fire fighter phone jacks and other
device control with Class B or Class A wiring supervision.
1. Provide modules as required for monitor of air sampling smoke detection points
as follows:
a. Fire Alarm
b. Alert/Action
c. Trouble
2. Provide modules as required for monitor and control of AC units such that the AC
unit shall shut down upon detection of smoke at the unit. Provide relays as
required.
2.6 ALARM SIGNAL DEVICES:
A. Fire Alarm Speaker Speaker/Strobe Combination: Provide high impact resistant red
LEXAN speaker speaker/strobe combination devices as shown on the plans. Each
assembly shall consist of two independent devices which are manufactured as
compatible with each other and with the control equipment. Each assembly shall
provide a terminal strip or wire leads for true in-out wiring connections. The strobe unit
shall have a candela-second rating in compliance with ADA requirements and be rated
at 24 VDC. Strobes shall be clear with red letters "FIRE" on two sides.
1. Provide wall mounting as shown on the plans. Verify manufacturer mounting
requirements prior to rough in.
B. Individual Strobe Unit: Provide strobe units mounted where shown. Units shall match
those used in the combination speaker speaker/strobe specified.
C. Where multiple strobe units are visible from a single location and the potential visible
flash rate is 5 hz or more, provide synchronizing modules and strobes compatible for
synchronizing as required. Provide additional wiring, conduit, and power supplies as
necessary.
D. Speakers have been located on the drawings. It is the Contractor's responsibility to
provide adequate coverage to achieve the required 15 dbA above ambient at all
locations throughout the building. If locations shown are inadequate, show additional
speakers on shop drawing submittal. Provide a unit price for additional speakers that
may be required for compliance including conduit wiring, power supplies, etc.
2.7 AUXILIARY DEVICES/EQUIPMENT:
A. Magnetic Door Holder Devices: Provide door holders as shown on the plans. Release
of doors occur on a verified alarm or after a general AC power failure in the building.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 10
2.8 ONE-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION:
A. Provide one-way voice communication and tone generating at the control panel
location.
B. A central audio control module shall be provided for the necessary alarm message/tone
generation, main and remote microphone connections, and mixer/pre-amplifier circuits.
Continuous supervision shall be provided.
C. A hand-held, push-to-talk microphone shall be provided recessed within a protective
panel-mounted enclosure. The microphone shall be a dynamic communication type
with a frequency range of 200 Hz to 4000 Hz and shall be equipped with a self-winding
three foot coiled cable. An LED indicator shall be provided to indicate microphone
push-to-talk button has been pressed and speaker circuits are ready for transmission.
Microphone shall be supervised from disconnection.
D. Audio control switch modules shall be furnished to provide manual control of the audio
functions. These switches and associated LED indicators shall be supervised from
disarrangement or failure.
E. Audio power amplifiers shall be furnished with self-contained filtered 24VDC power
supply, transformer and amplifier monitor circuits. Amplifiers shall provide a 25 VRMS
output with a frequency response of 120 Hz to 12,000 Hz. Provide a sufficient quantity
of amplifiers to operate all system speakers simultaneously plus ten (10) percent space
capacity. In addition, provide at least one back-up amplifier capable of automatically
replacing any failed amplifier.
F. Speaker circuits shall be supplied which are capable of supplying audio signals at 25
VRMS supplied by the system amplifiers. Supervision for open, short or ground fault
conditions shall be provided. Individual and distinct trouble indications shall be
provided for each fault. Provide one circuit for each zone or area of distinct
communication.
G. Tones: Digitized tones for alarm or auxiliary requirements shall be available. Tone
requirements should match the existing tones in the building at have approval of the
AHJ.
H. A pre-recorded digitized voice message capability shall be provided for automatic
transmission to building occupants during alarm conditions. Three (3) messages shall
be provided, one for alarm evacuation, one for testing and one as designated by the
Owner for Owner's use. This message player shall not rely on a tape or other
mechanical means of transmitting the evacuation message. Those systems that do use
tape players must provide a backup player designed to automatically operate should
the primary device jam or otherwise fail to operate. A standard evacuation message
shall be provided under this contract, however, the message player must be capable of
transmitting a customized message of up to 4 minutes long. A self-contained speaker
will provide testing of the message(s) without disturbing the occupants of the facility.
The Owner must provide the manufacturer with the messages in transcript form.
I. Automatic Voice Evacuation Sequence: The audio alarm signal shall consist of an
alarm tone for a maximum of 10 seconds followed by automatic pre-selected voice
evacuation messages. At the end of each voice evacuation message, the alarm tone
shall resume. The alarm tones shall sound until the alarm silence switch at the fire
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 11
alarm control panel has been operated. All audio alarm operations (speaker circuit
selection and alarm tone/voice message timing variations) shall be activated by the
system software so that any required future changes to the evacuation sequence can
be facilitated by authorized personnel without any component rewiring.
J. Manual Voice Paging Sequence: The system shall be configured to allow selective
voice paging. Upon activation of any speaker manual control switch, two (2) seconds of
tone shall sound over the speakers indicating an impending voice message will occur.
If any speaker manual control switches are activated, the control panel operator shall
be able to make announcements via the push-to-talk paging microphone over the pre-
selected speakers. Facility for total building evacuation and paging shall be provided to
allow for activation of speakers. This shall be accomplished by the means of an "All
Circuit" switch.
2.9 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR:
A. Where shown on the plans, provide an LCD annunciator. Annunciator shall include two
lines of 40 character LCD display, alarm silence, system reset, programmable control
switches, and be supervised from the FACP panel.
1. Annunciator shall indicate each alarm initiating device by address and
description. Alarm conditions shall be indicated for each alarm initiating device.
2. The annunciator shall communicate with the control panel over one twisted
shielded pair of wires. Operating power shall be 24 VDC and shall be fused at
the control panel.
B. Provide building zone map showing each floor with room numbers (match room
numbers in the building). Remote annunciators shall be located at the main entrance
lobby. Provide zone map with device and device address shown within plaque with
clear, lockable cover. Provide one building zone map at each remote annunciator.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A. Examine areas and conditions under which fire alarm systems are to be installed. Do
not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner
acceptable to Installer.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION:
A. Provide electrical identification in accordance with Division-26 "Electrical Identification".
3.3 INSTALLATION OF BASIC WIRING SYSTEM MATERIALS:
A. Install wiring in raceways where required by code.
B. Install wiring, raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings in accordance with Division-26
sections; "Raceways", "Wires and Cables", and "Electrical Boxes and Fittings".
C. Install wiring in exposed surface metal raceway only where specifically noted as
allowed on wall or ceilings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 12
D. Install wires and cables without splices. Make connections at terminal strips in cabinets
or at equipment terminals. Make soldered splices in electronic circuits in control
cabinets.
E. Protect all Notification (NAC) circuits necessary for the operation of notification devices
by a 2-hour rated cable system or a UL2196 protected method until they enter the
signaling zone that they serve.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS:
A. Install fire alarm system components as indicated, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's written instructions and complying with applicable portions of NEC and
NECA's "Standard of Installation."
B. Wiring: Wiring of fire alarm system is work of this section, but is not specifically detailed
on drawings. Refer to the manufacturer's shop drawings for detailed wiring and
connection information.
1. Complete wiring in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Color code
striped wiring and install per manufacturer's point-to-point wiring diagram.
Determine exact number of wires for each fire area zone from number and types
of devices installed. Connect each device with sufficient wiring to complete its
intended operation.
2. Where there are a number of additional power requiring devices such as smoke
detectors, fan relays, door holders and smoke damper operators installed in a
circuit, group in numbers so power required does not exceed 80 percent of
manufacturer's power supply rating. Provide extra wiring, or extra power
supplies required to fulfill that requirement. In addition, provide extra or larger
size wiring to alleviate voltage drops which makes device operate beyond voltage
limits for which it was designed. Determine above with manufacturer’s
representative while equipment is being installed.
C. Mount audible and visual devices per Americans with disabilities Act (ADA) 1990
requirements.
D. The existing system shall remain in operation while the new devices are being installed,
tested, and accepted.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Connection and Supervision: Make connections to panel under manufacturer's
supervision. Complete connections from this cabinet to panel utilizing Manufacturer's
technicians.
B. Prior to starting work, establish that the existing system is in proper working order. If
condition exists which prevents normal operation of specified additions and extensions,
bring this fact to Architect/Engineer's attention prior to doing work affecting existing
system. Where work is done without such notification, it is assumed that connections
have been made to a working system, and performance requirements and guarantee
will apply to entire system.
C. System Test and Approval: Submit shop drawings for function and operation only,
pre-approved by authority having local jurisdiction.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 13
1. Prior to final acceptance of system, manufacturer shall, in presence of Contractor
and Owner's Representative, test each additional sensing or detection and alarm
device including devices and equipment interlocks such as equipment shutdown
and smoke dampers. Schedule test with Owner.
2. The completed fire alarm system shall be fully tested in accordance with NFPA-
72 by the contractor in the presence of the Owner's representative and the Local
Fire Marshal. The contractor shall coordinate the testing of each fire alarm
detector added or relocated under this project with the fire department and
forward a completed checklist showing each detector operated properly and that
proper indication of detector operation occurred at all control panels, annunciator
panels, remote indicators, remote test switches, etc. In addition, proper
interlocks, door release, etc. shall be documented with specific equipment
affected listed by identifier. Upon completion of a successful test, the contractor
shall so certify in writing to the Owner and General Contractor.
3. Submit copy of test results in duplicate after signed by Owner's Representative to
Architect/Engineer, Owner, and local Fire Protection Authority. Mount copy of
inspection record in lexan enclosed frame assembly on control panel.
3.6 MAINTENANCE CONTRACT:
A. Where a maintenance contract exists, the maintenance contractor shall make available
to the owner a maintenance contract proposal to increase the scope of the maintenance
agreement to provide a minimum of two (2) inspections and tests per year in
compliance with NFPA-72 guidelines.
3.7 WARRANTY:
A. The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment and wiring provided under this contract
free from inherent mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one year from the
date of acceptance of the phase by the owner and AHJ as set forth in the general
conditions.
3.8 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Provide three (3) copies of Operating and Maintenance Instructions in hardback, three-
ring binders covering all equipment furnished. Manuals shall include the following
information:
1. Name, address and telephone number of authorized service organization to be
contacted for each equipment item. The local fire alarm supplier shall have a 24
hour telephone response service. An answering machine shall not be
considered acceptable.
2. Parts list and wiring diagram, operating and maintenance instructions for each
piece of equipment.
3. Shop drawings corrected to show as-built conditions.
4. Record of voltage sensitivity for each ionization detector head as recorded during
final calibration.
5. All wiring diagrams shall show color coding of all connections and mounting
dimensions of equipment.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM –
EXPANSION OF REMODEL OF
ADDRESSABLE SYSTEMS
28 3111 - 14
3.9 DEMOLITION:
A. Upon completion of new fire alarm system, after final connections have been made, this
contractor shall carefully remove all existing fire alarm apparatus where indicated,
including fire alarm control panel, manual stations, audible signals, etc., and turn all
such equipment over to Owner.
3.10 PAINTING AND PATCHING:
A. Contractor shall paint all exposed conduit to match adjacent surfaces. All surfaces or
finishes damaged as a result of this work shall be properly patched, painted and/or
repaired by trained craftsmen of the trade involved.
B. Contractor shall patch and paint where old devices are removed unless the old devices
are in block walls or in concrete, where the Contractor shall provide blank plates on
boxes. Blank plates shall be painted to match adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION 28 3111
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SITE CLEARING
31 1000 - 1
SECTION 31 1000 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if provided, to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Protecting existing trees, shrubs, groundcovers, plants, grass, and other
vegetation to remain or as designated by Owner in pre-construction conference.
2. Removing existing trees, shrubs, groundcovers, plants, grass, and other
vegetation.
3. Clearing and grubbing.
4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil.
5. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements.
6. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, abandoning site utilities in place, and removing
site utilities.
7. Removing existing fill.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and
site grading.
2. Division 31 Section “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control” for storm
water erosion and sediment mitigation.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt,
and clay particles; friable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red
than underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects
more than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter; and free of subsoil and weeds, roots, toxic
materials, or other nonsoil materials.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SITE CLEARING
31 1000 - 2
B. Tree Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be
protected during construction, and defined by the drip line of individual trees or the
perimeter drip line of groups of trees, unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
A. Except for stripped topsoil or other materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain on
Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be
removed from Project site.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of trees and
plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as
damage caused by site clearing.
B. Record drawings, identifying and accurately locating capped utilities and other
subsurface structural, electrical, and mechanical conditions. Information required may
also be included in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents."
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as directed by Owner’s
Representative prior to start of construction. Contractor to comply with requirements,
which may also be included in Division 1 Section "Project Management and
Coordination."
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent
occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing indicated removal and
alteration work on property adjoining Owner’s property will be obtained by Owner before
award of Contract. Authority and permits for performing indicated removal and alteration
work on adjacent rights-of-way shall be obtained by Contractor.
1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed in writing by Owner’s
Representative.
C. Protect improvements on adjacent and Owner’s property.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SITE CLEARING
31 1000 - 3
D. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on
Owner's premises where indicated.
E. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located
before site clearing.
F. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation
control measures are in place.
G. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to parties
having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in
Division 31 Section "Earth Moving," (PART 2 – PRODUCTS).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect and maintain benchmarks, survey control points, monuments, property line pins
and other reference points from disturbance during construction. If disturbed or
destroyed, restore or replace at no cost to Owner.
B. Provide erosion control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing
water runoff or airborne dust from leaving project site.
C. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated.
D. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
1. Restore or replace damaged improvements to their original condition, as
acceptable to Owner.
3.2 TREE PROTECTION
A. Erect and maintain temporary fencing around drip line of individual trees or around
perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain before starting site clearing. Remove
fence when construction is complete.
1. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within fenced
area.
2. Do not permit vehicles, equipment, or foot traffic within fenced area.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SITE CLEARING
31 1000 - 4
3. Maintain fenced area free of weeds and trash.
B. Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear
and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks, comb
soil to expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible.
1. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.
2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently
relocated and covered with soil.
3. Coat cut faces of roots more than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter with an
emulsified asphalt or other approved coating formulated for use on damaged plant
tissues.
4. Cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying and backfill with
soil as soon as possible.
D. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by
construction operations, in a manner approved by Owner’s Representative.
1. Employ a qualified arborist, licensed in jurisdiction where Project is located, to
submit details of proposed repairs and to repair damage to trees and shrubs.
2. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as
determined by the qualified arborist.
3.3 UTILITIES
A. Contractor will locate, identify, arrange for disconnect and seal or cap off utilities
indicated to be removed before site clearing.
1. Verify that utilities indicated as abandoned have been disconnected and capped
before proceeding with site clearing.
2. Arrange with utility companies having jurisdiction to shut off indicated utilities.
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner’s Representative not less than two days in advance of proposed
utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s Representative’s written
permission.
C. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SITE CLEARING
31 1000 - 5
D. Removal of underground utilities may also be included in Division 2 Sections covering
site utilities. Removal of underground utilities may also be included in Division 15
Mechanical or Division 16 Electrical Sections.
E. After removal of underground utilities, as indicated, properly cap and/or plug existing
lines to remain in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction.
3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of
new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing
roots.
1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be
relocated.
2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful
manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction.
3. Grind stumps and completely remove roots, obstructions, and debris extending to
a depth of 18 inches (450 mm) below exposed subgrade.
4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of remaining trees.
5. Chip removed tree branches and stockpile in areas approved by Owner’s
Representative if desired by owner of or dispose of off-site.
B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil
material unless further excavation or earth moving is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches (200
mm), and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
3.5 TOPSOIL STRIPPING
A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered or as determined by Geotechnical
Engineer in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste
materials.
1. Remove subsoil and nonsoil materials from topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds,
roots, and other waste materials.
C. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with
subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown
dust.
1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 72 inches (1800 mm) unless authorized by
Owner’s Representative.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SITE CLEARING
31 1000 - 6
2. Do not stockpile topsoil within drip line of remaining trees.
3. Dispose of excess topsoil as specified for waste material disposal.
4. Stockpile surplus topsoil to allow for respreading a thicker layer of topsoil.
3.6 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Remove existing above and below grade improvements as indicated and as necessary
to facilitate new construction.
B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated on plans.
1. Unless existing full-depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw-cut
length of existing pavement to remain before removing existing pavement. Saw-
cut faces vertically.
2. Paint cut ends of steel reinforcement in concrete to remain to prevent corrosion.
C. Remove existing fill. Refer to Geotechnical Investigation and/or drawings for information
regarding suitability for re-use and estimates of location/extent of existing fill.
3.7 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished
materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them
off Owner's property.
1. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other
nonrecyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials
and transport them to recycling facilities.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 1
SECTION 31 2000 - EARTH MOVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if provided, to this Section.
B. Additional information concerning earth moving may be found on the civil drawings, in
the project geotechnical report and the Town of Vail construction standards. In case of
conflict between the drawings, jurisdictional criteria and the information specified herein,
the more stringent requirements shall govern.
C. Additional information concerning earth moving may be found in the geotechnical
investigation report by Cesare, Inc. dated March 13, 2015. All requirements of this report
shall be followed. The information shown in this report is for information and it shall be
the Contractor’s responsibility to field verify conditions indicated.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Preparing and grading subgrades for walks, pavements, lawns and grasses, and
exterior plants.
2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures including overexcavation of
existing unsatisfactory on-site soil materials and replacement with structural fill.
3. Drainage course for slabs-on-grade.
4. Subbase and base course for asphalt or concrete paving.
5. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" site stripping, grubbing, stripping and
stockpiling topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and
utilities.
2. Division 33 Section "Subdrainage" for drainage of foundations, slabs-on-grade,
walls, and landscaped areas.
3. Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling” for excavating and backfilling of
utilities.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 2
4. Division 31 Section “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control” for erosion
and sedimentation control measures.
C. Permits and Fees: Obtain and pay for all permits and fees required for the work of this
section, including erosion and sediment control and water quality permits required by the
Town of Vail and the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, Water
Quality Control Division.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches
to support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course: Course placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving.
C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying
pipe.
D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill approved by
Geotechnical Engineer.
E. Drainage Course: Course supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward
capillary flow of pore water.
F. Excavation: Removal of all material of whatever character required for the work
encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated, including
boulders. See Section 3.4 for definition of unclassified and classified excavation.
G. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions as directed or approved by Owners Representative and
the testing and inspections agency to correct unsatisfactory conditions. Authorized
additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract
Provisions for changes in the Work.
H. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet (3 m) in width and more than 30 feet (9
m) in length.
I. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Owners Representative. Unauthorized
excavation including disposition of overexcavated materials and other work resulting
from slides, cave-ins, swelling, upheaval, or remedial work, as well as remedial work
directed by Owners Representative, shall be without additional compensation.
J. Fill: Fill is all material placed to raise the grade of the site or to backfill excavation, upon
which the Geotechnical Engineer has made sufficient tests and observations to enable
him to issue a written statement that, in his opinion, the fill has been placed and
compacted in accordance with the requirements of these specifications.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 3
K. Structural Fill: Select granular material for use below floor slabs and to 5-feet-0-inches
beyond building lines. On-site material may be used if approved by the Geotechnical
Engineer.
L. Underslab Gravel: Imported Class 6 road base per Colorado Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (current
addition) or material approved by Geotechnical Engineer.
M. Rock Excavation: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate
deposits, and boulders of rock material that exceed 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) for Bulk
Excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. (0.57 cu. m) for footing, trench, and pit excavation which in the
Geotechnical Engineer’s opinion cannot be removed by rock excavating equipment
equivalent to the following in size and performance ratings, without systematic drilling,
ram hammering, ripping, or blasting, when permitted:
1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late-model, track-mounted hydraulic
excavator; equipped with a 42-inch- (1065-mm-) wide, maximum, short-tip-
radius rock bucket; rated at not less than 138-hp (103-kW) flywheel power with
bucket-curling force of not less than 28,090 lbf (125 kN) and stick-crowd force of
not less than 18,650 lbf (83 kN); measured according to SAE J-1179.
2. Bulk Excavation: Late-model, track-mounted loader; rated at not less than 210-
hp (157-kW) flywheel power and developing a minimum of 48,510-lbf (216-kN)
breakout force with a general-purpose bare bucket; measured according to SAE
J-732.
N. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs,
mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features
constructed above or below the ground surface.
O. Subbase Course: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix
asphalt pavement, or course placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete
pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.
P. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of
a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
Q. Utilities: Include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as
underground services within buildings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Material Test Reports: Provided by the Owner or Contractor from a qualified testing
agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with
requirements indicated:
1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site or borrow soil material
proposed for fill and backfill.
2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 for each on-site or borrow
soil material proposed for fill and backfill.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 4
B. Preexcavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining
construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued
as damage caused by earth moving operations. Submit before earth moving begins.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with applicable codes, ordinances, regulations, references and standards in ef-
fect at bid date:
1. Uniform Building Code (UBC) or International Building Code (IBC) per jurisdiction
criteria.
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (test methods as specified
hereafter)(ASTM).
3. State and local codes.
B. In case of conflict between the above codes, regulations, references and standards and
these specifications, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
C. Testing Agency: The Owner or the Contractor will employ a qualified independent Ge-
otechnical testing agency. Contractor shall furnish testing agency access to work, facili-
ties and incidental labor required for testing. Notify the testing and inspection agency not
less than 48 hours in advance of all work requiring testing.
D. Geotechnical Engineer: All materials and operations under this section of the specifica-
tions shall be executed under the supervision of a Geotechnical Engineer who will place
qualified personnel on the site during earth moving operations as necessary.
The Geotechnical Engineer shall approve all foundation excavations and give written
approval of the completed foundations to the Owner’s Representative at the following
times:
1. When excavations are first open.
2. Just prior to placing of concrete, shall test and control the fill compaction, approve
the materials and method of placing and compacting and give written approval to
the Owner’s Representative that all bearing surfaces and fill requirements have
been inspected.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible to notify the Geotechnical Engineer when tests
are to be made.
E. For approval of imported or on-site fill material, notify the Geotechnical Engineer at least
four (4) working days in advance of intention to import material, designate the proposed
borrow area and permit the Geotechnical Engineer to sample as necessary from the bor-
row area for the purpose of making acceptance tests to prove the quality of the material.
The Geotechnical Engineer report on the acceptability shall be final and binding.
F. Reference Standards:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 5
Compaction Standard: Standard Proctor Density ASTM D698.
G. Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as directed by Owner’s
Representative prior to start of construction. Contractor to comply with requirements,
which may also be included in Division 1 Section "Project Management and
Coordination."
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities: Locations, sizes and depths or invert elevations of existing utilities as
shown on the drawings are based on information provided by others, and are believed
to be correct, but may not be absolutely so. Such information is therefore presented
only as approximations, and should be verified prior to construction. Protect from dam-
age any sewer, water, gas, electric, phone or other pipe lines or conduits uncovered
during the work until they have been examined by the Owner’s Representative. If such
lines are found to be abandoned and not in use, remove affected sections without extra
cost. If such lines are found to be in use, carefully protect and carry on work around
them. If Owner’ Representative deems it advisable to move such lines, Owner will pay
cost of moving. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted in writing by Owner’s Representative and then only after arranging to
provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated.
1. Contact utility-locator service for area where project is located before excavating.
2. Notify Owner’s Representative not less than two (2) days in advance of proposed
utility interruptions.
3. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s Representative's written
permission.
B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be
removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active.
C. Remove all existing fill deemed by Geotechnical Engineer to be unsatisfactorily placed.
D. Existing Contours and Elevations: Contours and spot elevations of existing ground ele-
vations at the site, and approximate elevations of finish grade cuts, fills, and excava-
tions for the Work are shown on Drawings. Contours and elevations for existing ground
lines are based on information provided by others, and are believed to be correct, but
may not be absolutely so. Existing contours and elevations should therefore be consid-
ered approximate, and should be verified at the site prior to construction.
E. Verification of Existing Conditions: Visit the site prior to submission of bids. Verify ex-
isting conditions, elevations, and contours. In the event of discrepancies between ex-
isting conditions and those indicated on the Contract Documents or survey, contact the
Owner’s Representative for clarification.
F. Existing Benchmarks: Carefully preserve and maintain existing benchmarks, monu-
ments, property line pins, and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, restore
or replace by a Professional Land Surveyor at no additional cost to Owner.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 6
G. Frost Protection: When freezing temperatures may be expected, do not excavate to
the full depth indicated unless the footing or slabs are to be poured immediately after
the excavation has been completed. If placing of concrete is delayed, protect the bot-
toms of excavations from frost until concrete is placed.
1.7 WARRANTY
Settlement in backfill, fill or in structures built over backfill or fill, which may occur within
the specified project warranty period, shall be corrected at no cost to the Owner. Any
structures damaged by settlement shall be restored to their original condition by the Con-
tractor, at no cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations.
B. Satisfactory Soils: Shall meet approval of Geotechnical Engineer and shall be free of
rock or gravel larger than 3 inches (75 mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen
materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. Clean, on-site, natural soils, or
imported materials, as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer.
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups: GP, SP, CH, MH, OL, CH, MH, OH, and
PT according to ASTM D 2487 or A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7 according to
AASHTO M 145, or a combination of these groups, as identified by the Geotechnical
Engineer.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent
of optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
D. Backfill and Fill: Approved by Geotechnical Engineer.
E. Structural Fill: Approved by Geotechnical Engineer.
F. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent
passing a 1 ½-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200
(0.075-mm) sieve.
G. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent
passing a 1 ½-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200
(0.075-mm) sieve.
H. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 7
passing a 1 ½-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200
(0.075-mm) sieve.
I. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,
crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent
passing a 1-inch (25-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200
(0.075-mm) sieve. Verify with utility provider specifications and comply with utility
provider speciation’s where applicable.
J. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or
uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent
passing a 1 ½-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36-mm)
sieve.
K. Filter Material: Narrowly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, or crushed stone
and natural sand; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 67; with 100 percent
passing a 1-inch (25-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 4 (4.75-mm) sieve.
Sand: ASTM C 33; fine aggregate, natural, or manufactured sand.
L. Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state.
2.2 GEOTEXTILES
A. Subsurface Drainage and Separation Geotextile: Nonwoven needle-punched geotextile,
manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters;
with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288. Utilize Mirafi
140N or as recommended by Geotechnical Engineer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards
created by earth moving operations.
B. Preparation of subgrade for earth moving operations including removal of vegetation,
topsoil, debris, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface is specified
in Division 31 Section "Site Clearing."
C. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in Division
31 Section "Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control," during earth moving operations.
Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and
discharge of soil bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and rights-
of-way.
D. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide
protective insulating materials as necessary.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 8
E. Cold Weather Work: Prevent frost from entering bearing stratus upon which construction
will take place or in areas where fill will be placed in that season.
3.2 EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives: Do not use explosives.
3.3 EXCAVATION, GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: All excavation (other than rock excavation) is considered as
unclassified and is defined as removal of all material encountered, regardless of soil type.
Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface
conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include soil materials,
and obstructions. Unclassified excavation is considered normal excavation and no extra
costs will be allowed.
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil
materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
2. Remove material of every nature or description encountered in obtaining required
lines and grades. Excavate and/or place and compact fill to provide for building
pad elevation(s) required by drawings.
3. Excavate wide enough at foundations and retaining walls to permit erection and
removal of forms, application of dampproofing or waterproofing.
4. Pitch grading around excavations to prevent water from running into excavated
areas.
5. Pre-rip hardpan and soft bedrock with single-tooth ripper or other suitable
equipment to facilitate excavation with conventional earth-moving equipment.
6. Bearing soils disturbed by excavating equipment must be recompacted to 95
percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density (ASTM D698) prior to placing
concrete.
7. Exposed areas which will receive fill once properly cleaned, shall be scarified to a
minimum depth of 8-inches, conditioned to near optimum moisture content, and
compacted.
B. Classified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations. Material to be excavated will
be classified as earth excavation and rock excavation. Do not excavate rock until it has
been classified and cross sectioned by Owner’s Representative.
1. Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on
surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed;
together with soil, boulders, and other materials not classified as rock or
unauthorized excavation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 9
a. Intermittent drilling; ram hammering; or ripping of material not classified as
rock excavation is earth excavation.
C. Stability:
1. Slope sides of excavations in compliance with OSHA requirements and local codes
or ordinances. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space
restrictions or stability of material excavated.
2. Continuously monitor cut slopes for distress. Take all necessary precautions to
safeguard workers, structures, and utilities.
3. Provide all necessary shoring, sheeting, or bracing of sides of excavations required
to prevent caving, erosion, and gullying. Provide underpinning of existing
structures or other improvements adjacent to excavations which are subject to
damage.
D. Unanticipated Conditions: Notify the Owner’s Representative immediately upon finding
evidence of previous structures or filled materials which penetrate below designated
excavation levels, groundwater or water-bearing strata, or other conditions which are not
shown or which cannot be reasonably assumed from existing surveys and geotechnical
reports. Secure the Owner’s Representative instruction before proceeding with further
work in such areas.
E. Rock Excavation: Includes removal and disposal of rock. Remove rock to lines and
subgrade elevations indicated to permit installation of permanent construction. Rock
excavation in unconfined areas is defined as removal and disposal of material which in
the Geotechnical Engineer’s opinion, cannot be excavated without continuous and
systematic drilling and blasting, or continuous use of a suitable ripper or other special
equipment.
1. Unanticipated Rock Excavation: Rock excavation that is not indicated on existing
surveys or which cannot be reasonably assumed from geotechnical studies of the
site and which could not have been anticipated without extensive investigations.
Unanticipated rock excavation shall be subject to change order procedures or
previously agreed upon unit prices.
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10-
foot. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing
and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for
inspections.
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation.
Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim
bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
2. Pile Foundations: Stop excavations 6 to 12 inches (150 to 300 mm) above
bottom of pile cap before piles are placed. After piles have been driven, remove
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 10
loose and displaced material. Excavate to final grade, leaving solid base to receive
concrete pile caps.
3. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins, and Mechanical or Electrical Utility
Structures: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of
plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended as
bearing surfaces.
4. Excavation Below Slab on Grade, or Walks, or Pavement: Overexcavate sub-
grade soils within the proposed footprint of the building slab-on-grade to a
minimum depth as recommended in Geotech Report and replace with on-site or
imported materials as approved by Geotechnical Engineer.
B. Existing man-made fill shall be removed under structures as required by the
Geotechnical Engineer.
3.5 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections,
elevations, and subgrades.
B. Scarify subgrade soils beneath exterior slabs, sidewalks and pavements to a minimum
depth of 8-inches, moisture condition and recompact as specified.
C. Existing man-made fill shall be removed under walks and pavements as required by the
Geotechnical Engineer.
3.6 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Refer to Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling,” for excavating and backfilling of
utilities.
3.7 SUBGRADE INSPECTION
A. Notify Geotechnical Engineer when excavations have reached required subgrade.
B. If Owner’s Representative and Geotechnical Consultant determines that unsatisfactory
soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as
directed.
C. Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired
equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Remove and replace
soft areas. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades.
1. Completely proof-roll subgrade in one direction, repeating proof-rolling in direction
perpendicular to first direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph (5 km/h).
2. Proof-roll with a loaded 10-wheel, tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than
15 tons.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 11
3. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or
rutting, as determined by Owner’s Representative, and replace with compacted
backfill or fill as directed.
D. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to
Contract provisions for changes in the Work.
E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated
water, or construction activities, as directed by Owner’s Representative, without
additional compensation.
3.8 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom
elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top
elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi (17.2 MPa),
may be used when approved by Geotechnical Engineer. If approved by Geotechnical
Engineer, structural fill placed at 100 percent ASTM D698, 2 percent below to 1 percent
above optimum moisture may be used.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by
Owner’s Representative.
3.9 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials in approved
locations without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water.
Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip
line of remaining trees.
3.10 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the
following:
1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage,
dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for Record Documents.
3. Testing and inspecting underground utilities.
4. Removing concrete formwork.
5. Removing trash and debris.
6. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 12
7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported
walls.
8. Acceptance of subgrade by Geotechnical Engineer.
B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.11 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Refer to Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling,” for excavating and backfilling of
utilities.
3.12 SOIL FILL
A. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials,
obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface before placing fills.
1. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4
horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.
2. In areas of fill, scarify natural soil following removal of unsatisfactory material, to a
depth of 8-inches.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations per the geotechnical report
and as follows:
1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.
2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill or structural fill as approved by
Geotechnical Engineer.
4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill or reconditioned on-site soils or imported
fills of native soils as approved by Geotechnical Engineer.
5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill or reconditioned on-site soils
or imported fills of native soils as approved by Geotechnical Engineer.
C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
3.13 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer
before compaction to optimum or to 3 percent over optimum moisture content for clay
soils, or within 2 percent of optimum moisture content for granular soils. Refer to
geotechnical study for additional recommendations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 13
1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
contain frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content beyond the tolerances described above and is
too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.
3.14 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) or thickness
as recommended by the geotechnical engineer in loose depth for material compacted by
heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in loose depth for
material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations,
and uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit
weight according to ASTM D 698 or as recommended in the geotechnical report:
1. Under exterior flatwork, slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 8
inches (300 mm) of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material
at 98 percent.
2. Under footings and interior floor slabs, excavate to approved natural soils, in fill
condition, compact to 98 percent.
3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm)
below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.
4. Compact foundation wall backfill to 95 percent.
5. Compact scarified subgrade soils to 95 percent.
6. Compact retaining wall backfill to 95 percent.
3.15 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes.
Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations
indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface
tolerances.
B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding.
Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 14
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.10 feet.
2. Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 feet.
3. Pavements: Plus or minus 0.10 feet.
4. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of ½-inch (13 mm)
when tested with a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge.
3.16 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES
A. Place subbase and base course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase and base course under pavements and walks as
follows:
1. Install separation geotextile, if requested by Geotechnical Engineer, on prepared
subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions, overlapping sides and
ends.
2. Place base course material over subbase course under hot-mix asphalt pavement.
3. Shape subbase and base course to required crown elevations and cross-slope
grades.
4. Place subbase and base course 6 inches (150 mm) or less in compacted thickness
in a single layer.
5. Place subbase and base course that exceeds 6 inches (150 mm) in compacted
thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6
inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick.
6. Compact subbase and base course at optimum moisture content to required
grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of
maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
C. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to
prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches (300 mm) wide, of
satisfactory soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base
layer to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
3.17 DRAINAGE COURSE
A. Place drainage course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast-in-place concrete
slabs-on-grade as follows:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 15
1. Install subdrainage geotextile if required by Geotechnical Engineer on prepared
subgrade according to manufacturer's written instructions, overlapping sides and
ends.
2. Place drainage course 6 inches (150 mm) or less in compacted thickness in a
single layer.
3. Place drainage course that exceeds 6 inches (150 mm) in compacted thickness in
layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches (150 mm)
thick or less than 3 inches (75 mm) thick.
4. Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses
to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner or Contractor will engage a qualified independent geotechnical
engineering testing agency to perform field quality-control testing.
B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed
with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work
comply with requirements.
C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be
performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of
other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested
subgrade when approved by Owner’s Representative.
D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556,
ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Perform field moisture
tests in accordance with ASTM D3017. Tests will be performed at the following locations
and frequencies at a minimum:
1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and
backfill layer, at least 1 test for every 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) or less of paved area
or building slab, but in no case fewer than 3 tests.
2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least 1 test for each
100 feet (30 m) or less of wall length, but no fewer than 2 tests.
E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree
of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to
depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.
3.19 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion.
Keep free of trash and debris.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
EARTH MOVING
31 2000 - 16
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially
completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due
to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Owner’s
Representative; reshape and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished
surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent
work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.20 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash,
and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 1
SECTION 31 2333 – TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if provided, to this Section.
B. Additional information concerning trenching and backfilling may be found on the civil
drawings, in the project geotechnical study/report and Town of Vail construction
standards. In case of conflict between the drawings, jurisdictional criteria and the
information specified herein, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
C. Additional information concerning earthwork may be found in the geotechnical
investigation report by Cesare Inc. dated March 13, 2015. All requirements of this report
shall be followed unless noted otherwise. The information shown in this report is for
information and it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to field verify conditions
indicated.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches.
2. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches.
3. Excavating and backfilling trenches for buried mechanical and electrical utilities
and pits for buried utility structures.
4. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping and
stockpiling topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and
utilities.
2. Division 33 Section “Subdrainage Systems” for drainage of foundations, slabs-on-
grade, walls, and landscaped areas.
3. Division 31 Section “Earth Moving” for soil materials, site excavating, filling and
grading.
4. Division 31 Section “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control” for erosion
and sediment control.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 2
5. Divisions 22, and 26 Sections for installing underground mechanical and electrical
utilities and buried mechanical and electrical structures, if available.
6. Division 33 Section “Water Utility Distribution Piping” for water main installation.
7. Division 33 Section “Storm Utility Drainage Piping” for storm sewer system
installation.
8. Division 33 Section “Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping” for sanitary sewer main
installation.
C. Shoring Design: Provide the services of a professional engineer to design all shoring,
bracing, and underpinning required to protect the safety of workers and integrity of
adjacent existing structures or other improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material or controlled low-strength material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches
to support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course: Course placed between the subbase course and hot-mix asphalt paving.
C. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying
pipe.
D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as backfill approved by
Geotechnical Engineer.
E. Unclassified Excavation: Removal of all material of whatever-character required for the
work encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated,
including boulders.
F. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions as directed or approved by Owner’s Representative and
the testing and inspections agency to correct unsatisfactory conditions. Authorized
additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract
provisions for changes in the Work.
G. Bulk Excavation: Excavation more than 10 feet (3 m) in width and more than 30 feet (9
m) in length.
H. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Owners Representative. Unauthorized
excavation including disposition of overexcavated materials and other work resulting
from slides, cave-ins, swelling, upheaval, or remedial work, as well as remedial work
directed by Owners Representative, shall be without additional compensation.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 3
I. Rock Excavation: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, conglomerate
deposits, and boulders of rock material that exceed 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) for bulk
excavation or 3/4 cu. yd. (0.57 cu. m) for footing, trench, and pit excavation that cannot
be removed by rock excavating equipment equivalent to the following in size and
performance ratings, without systematic drilling, ram hammering, ripping, or blasting,
when permitted:
1. Excavation of Footings, Trenches, and Pits: Late-model, track-mounted hydraulic
excavator; equipped with a 42-inch- (1065-mm-) wide, maximum, short-tip-radius
rock bucket; rated at not less than 138-hp (103-kW) flywheel power with bucket-
curling force of not less than 28,090 lbf (125 kN) and stick-crowd force of not less
than 18,650 lbf (83 kN); measured according to SAE J-1179.
2. Bulk Excavation: Late-model, track-mounted loader; rated at not less than 210-hp
(157-kW) flywheel power and developing a minimum of 48,510-lbf (216-kN)
breakout force with a general-purpose bare bucket; measured according to SAE J-
732.
J. Subbase Course: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix
asphalt pavement, or course placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete
pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.
K. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of
a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
L. Utilities: Includes on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as
underground services within buildings.
M. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM): Controlled Low Strength Materials (CLSM)
consists of a well-graded mixture of mineral aggregates, cementitious materials, water
and admixtures. Other common names for CLSMs include: flowable fill, flowfill, non-
shrink backfill, fly ash fill and controlled density fill.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Each type of plastic warning tape.
B. Samples: Contractor to submit representative samples of all materials proposed for use
in bedding and trench backfilling operations to the testing and inspections agency for
analysis and determination of compliance with the requirements specified herein.
C. Material Test Reports: Provided by Owner or Contractor from a qualified testing agency
indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements
indicated:
1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site or borrow soil material
proposed for fill and backfill.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 4
2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 698 for each on-site or borrow
soil material proposed for fill and backfill.
D. Pre-Excavation Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining
construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued
as damage caused by earthwork operations. Submit before earthwork begins.
E. CLSM: The Contractor will be required to submit a mix design and test data for approval,
prior to excavating the area for which CLSMs are proposed for use. All materials of this
category placed without previous approval, or which do not perform as specified, will be
rejected by the Owner and all costs incurred for removal and replacement of these
materials will be at the Contractor’s expense.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency:
1. All testing and inspections required herein will be performed by an independent
testing and inspection agency employed by the Owner or Contractor.
2. Notify the testing and inspection agency not less than 48 hours in advance of all
work requiring testing or inspection services.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with all applicable requirements of the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration and local and State rules, regulations, and ordinances
concerning shoring, bracing, or sloping of excavations and safety of workers. Safety of
workers is the responsibility of the Contractor.
C. Coordination: Coordinate scheduling and procedures for trench excavation, bedding,
and backfilling with other Sections whose work relates to or is affected by this work.
D. Pre-Construction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as directed by
Owner’s Representative prior to start of construction. Contractor to comply with
requirements, which also may be included in Division 1 Section "Project Management
and Coordination."
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities: Locations, sizes and depths or invert elevations of existing utilities as
shown on the drawings are based on information provided by others, and are believed
to be correct, but may not be absolutely so. Such information is therefore presumed only
as approximations and should be verified prior to construction. Do not interrupt utilities
serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted in writing by Owner’s
Representative and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services
according to requirements indicated.
1. Notify Owner’s Representative not less than two (2) days in advance of proposed
utility interruptions.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 5
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner’s Representative's written
permission.
3. Contact utility-locator service for area where Project is located before excavating.
B. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be
removed. Coordinate with utility companies to shut off services if lines are active.
C. Existing Bench Marks: Carefully preserve and maintain existing bench marks,
monuments, property line pins, and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed,
restore or replace them at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Verification of Existing Conditions: Visit the site prior to submission of bids. Verify
existing conditions, elevations, and utility locations. In the event of discrepancies
between existing conditions and those indicated on the Contract Documents or survey,
contact the Owner’s Representative for clarification.
1.7 WARRANTY
Settlement in backfill, fill or in structures built over backfill or fill, which may occur within
the specified project warranty period, shall be corrected at no cost to the Owner. Any
structures damaged by settlement shall be restored to their original condition by the Con-
tractor, at no cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Utility Trench Bedding Materials:
1. Granular Bedding: Well graded mixture of sound mineral aggregate complying
with Class 67 (Modified) gradation in accordance with the following table:
Class 67 (Modified) Gradation
Nominal Size Percent Passing by Weight
¾” 90-100
3/8” 20-55
No. 4 5-10
No. 8 5-10
In the event the excavation or overexcavation for bedding is below the water ta-
ble, the sub-bedding material shall consist of ¾-inches to 1-1/2-inches rock (or
larger if approved), placed in accordance with the Agency have authority.
2. Sand Bedding: Clean, well-graded sand, not more than 5% by weight passing a
No. 200 sieve.
3. Agency Requirements: Bedding requirements shall be in accordance with
jurisdiction having control over utility.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 6
B. Utility Trench Backfill Materials:
1. Existing soils obtained from trench excavations, including granular or aggregate
base course from removed pavements, broken and pulverized claystone or
claystone-sandstone bedrock may be used for backfilling trenches, provided it
meets any special requirements of the Utility Agency and Geotechnical Engineer.
Bedrock must be processed and broken or pulverized so that the maximum particle
or fragment size does not exceed three-inches (3-inches).
C. Unsuitable Utility Trench Materials: Materials unsuitable for bedding and backfilling
include highly organic soils, ASTM D2487 Group PT topsoil, and soils containing roots,
vegetable matter, trash, and debris.
2.2 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) [DELETE IF NOT USED]
A. Controlled Low Strength Material: Self compacting, flowable concrete material produced
from the following:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II minimum 50 lbs/cu. yd. Per CDOT
Standard Specifications Section 206.
2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. Can be substituted up to 40% of weight of
Portland Cement.
3. Coarse Aggregate: In accordance with the grading and quality requirements of
ASTM C 33 for Size No. 467, No. 57, or No. 67.
4. Fine Aggregate: In accordance with the grading and quality requirements of ASTM
C33.
5. Foaming Agent: ASTM C 869.
6. Water: ASTM C94/C 94 M.
7. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
8. Admixtures: Admixtures that do not contain calcium chloride and are in accordance
with ASTM C 494 for concrete may be used. Admixtures shall be compatible with
the cement and other admixtures.
B. Produce low-density, controlled low strength material with the following physical
properties:
1. Total cementitious material: 50 to 95 lb/cy.
2. Fly Ash by Weight: Maximum 40% of total cementitious materials.
3. Air-entrained to total air content: 4% to 8%.
4. The mix shall have a slump between 7 and 10 inches as per AASHTO Designation
T 119-82 or ASTM C 143.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 7
5. Fine Aggregates: Between 50% and 60% by volume of total aggregate.
6. Compressive strength at 28 days: 50 to 150 psi when molded and cured in
accordance with ASTM D 4832.
7. Maximum water-cement ration: 3.5:1.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Shoring and Bracing: Provide all materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling,
uprights, stringers, and cross-braces, in good and serviceable condition, as required for
safety and by governing authorities.
B. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape
manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches
(150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm) thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the
utility; colored as follows:
1. Red: Electric.
2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials.
3. Orange: Telephone and other communications.
4. Blue: Water systems.
5. Green: Sewer systems.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which the work of this
Section will be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected. Commencement of work implies acceptance of all areas and
conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards
created by earthwork operations.
B. Preparation of subgrade for earthwork operations including removal of vegetation,
topsoil, debris, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface is specified
in Division 31 Section "Site Clearing."
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 8
C. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in Division
31 Section "Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control," during earthwork operations.
D. Existing Utilities:
1. General: Location of existing utilities shown on the plans are approximate only.
The Contractor shall be responsible to locate all existing underground utilities in
areas of the work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide protection during
excavation and backfilling operations. Should uncharted or incorrectly charted
piping or other utilities be encountered during excavations, consult the Owner’s
Representative immediately for direction. Cooperate with the Utility Agency in
keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to
the satisfaction of the Utility Agency.
2. Active Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and
used by the Owner or by adjacent properties, except when permitted in writing by
the Owner’s Representative, and then only after acceptable temporary utility
services have been provided. Remove or relocate utilities only as indicated or
specified.
3. Inactive Utilities: Report inactive or abandoned utilities encountered in excavating
or grading operations, and remove, plug, or cap as required. In the absence of
specific requirements, plug or cap such utility lines at least 5-feet -0-inches outside
new building walls, or as required by local requirements.
4. Removal: Demolish and completely remove from the project site all existing
underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with Utility Agencies for
discontinuance of services if lines are active.
E. Protection of Persons and Property:
1. Provide all necessary measures to protect workmen and passersby. Barricade
open excavations occurring as part of the work, as required by municipal or other
authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Protect adjacent streets, structures, and other improvements from damage caused
by settlement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by trench
excavations.
F. Protect subgrades and trench bottoms soils against freezing temperatures or frost.
Provide protective insulating materials as necessary.
G. Cold Weather Work: Prevent frost from entering bearing strata upon which construction
will taken place or in areas where fill will be placed in that season.
3.3 SHORING AND BRACING
A. Provide shoring and bracing of excavations as required for safety and by governing
authorities. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. Maintain shoring
and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 9
3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
A. Where trenches or other utility excavations are made in existing paved areas, saw-cut
pavement surface to create a clean break line. Cut pavement a minimum of 12-inches
beyond trench width on each side of trench; remove and dispose of existing surface
course and aggregate base course, leaving a 12-inches wide undisturbed subgrade lip
on each side of trench.
B. After trench has been backfilled and compacted, place new pavement in accordance with
applicable requirements of Division 32 Sections as applicable, for Asphaltic or Portland
cement concrete pavement and in accordance with Authorities having jurisdiction.
3.5 EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives: Do not use explosives.
3.6 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe
below frost line.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of
pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300
mm) higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.
C. Clearance: 12 inches (300 mm) each side of pipe or conduit or as indicated
1. Slope sides of trenches or provide shoulders in accordance with OSHA
requirements and as required by Utility Agency standards.
2. Continuously monitor cut slopes and trenches for distress or movement. Provide
all necessary shoring and bracing required to protect the life and safety of
workmen performing excavation or installing piping or conduit.
D. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) deeper than bottom
of pipe elevation to allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.
1. Excavate trenches 6 inches (150 mm) deeper than elevation required in rock or
other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course and backfill with a 6-
inches layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installing pipe.
3.7 BEDDING OF PIPES:
A. After completion of trench excavation and before installation of piping, install not less
than 3-inches of approved bedding material in trench bottom for support of pipe. Dig bell
holes in bedding deep enough to provide a minimum of 2-inches clearance between the
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 10
bell and bedding material. Fully support pipe on bedding material for the full length of
the pipe barrel.
B. After pipe is adjusted for line and grade, and all jointing is complete, carefully place and
tamp bedding material under the haunches of the pipe and in the previously dug bell
holes.
C. Install bedding to a minimum depth of 12-inches above top of pipe prior to starting
placement of compacted backfill. Lightly compact or tamp bedding material in a manner
to avoid displacement of or damage to the pipe.
3.8 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials in approved
locations without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water.
Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip
line of remaining trees.
3.9 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. After installation of utility piping or lines have been completed, locations recorded, trash
or other debris removed from excavations, and bedding placed and approved, backfill
promptly as work and weather conditions permit. Do not backfill trenches until all
required pipe system tests and inspections have been made, unless partial backfilling is
required to restrain pipe under test pressures. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage
or displacement of pipe systems.
B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.
C. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape
bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and
for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits.
D. Place backfill materials in layers not more than 8-inches in loose depth for material
compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4-inches in loose depth
for material compacted by hand operated tampers. Use hand held tools or compacting
devices for trench backfill, until a minimum compacted thickness of 3-feet -0-inches
above top of pipe is achieved. Mechanical or power compactors may be used thereafter.
E. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer of backfill to specifications.
F. Compact each layer to not less than 95% of maximum standard Proctor density (ASTM
D698). Thoroughly compact by means of mechanical tampers areas which cannot be
properly compacted by means of rolling equipment.
G. Backfill to subgrade elevation shown for finish grading, topsoil placement, or paving.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 11
H. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1 inch
(25 mm) in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the utility pipe or
conduit.
1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on
both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or
displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
I. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while installing and removing shoring and bracing.
J. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
K. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade,
and 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
L. Controlled Low Strength Material: Place initial backfill of controlled low strength material
to a height of 12 inches (300 mm) over the pipe or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with
utilities testing.
M. Controlled Low Strength Material: Place final backfill of controlled low strength material
to final subgrade elevation.
N. When CLSMs are placed within the right-of-way, or they are to be covered by paving
materials, the final set product must achieve a maximum indentation diameter of 3 inches
prior to covering and opening the area to traffic. Penetration resistance shall be as
measured by ASTM C6024, “Standard Test Method for Ball Drop on Controlled Low
Strength Material to Determine Suitability for Load Application”.
O. CLSM must be placed in a uniform manner that will prevent voids or segregation of the
backfill and shifting of pipelines, structures and appurtenances. Foreign material that falls
into the trench prior to, or during placement shall be immediately removed.
3.10 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE
A. Subdrainage Pipe: Specified in Division 33 Section "Subdrainage Systems."
B. Subsurface Drain: Place subsurface drainage geotextile around perimeter of
subdrainage trench. Place a 6-inch (150-mm) course of filter material on subsurface
drainage geotextile to support subdrainage pipe. Encase subdrainage pipe in a minimum
of 6 inches (150 mm) of filter material, placed in compacted layers 6 inches (150 mm)
thick, and wrap in subsurface drainage geotextile, overlapping sides and ends at least 6
inches (150 mm).
1. Compact each filter material layer to 85 percent of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698.
C. Drainage Backfill: Place and compact filter material over subsurface drain, in width
indicated, to within 12 inches (300 mm) of final subgrade, in compacted layers 6 inches
(150 mm) thick. Overlay drainage backfill with 1 layer of subsurface drainage geotextile,
overlapping sides and ends at least 6 inches (150 mm).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 12
1. Compact each filter material layer to 85 percent of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698.
2. Place and compact impervious fill over drainage backfill in 6-inches (150-mm) thick
compacted layers to final subgrade.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner or Contractor will engage a qualified independent geotechnical
engineering testing agency to perform field quality-control testing.
B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed
with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply
with requirements.
C. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM
D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Perform field moisture tests
in accordance with ASTM D3017. Tests will be performed at the following locations and
frequencies at a minimum:
1. Trench Backfill: The density tests shall be performed during backfilling at specified
depths in the trench to ensure that the required density and moisture is obtained
throughout. For trenches less than 30-inches in depth, density tests shall be taken
within 18-inches above the top of pipe or conduit and at the surface/toplift as a
minimum. For trenches greater than 30-inches in depth, density tests shall be
taken within 18-inches of the top of the pipe or conduit, and at 2-foot vertical
intervals to the top of the trench with the final test at the surface/toplift. For utility
mains conduct one (1) set of tests per 150 feet of linear trench at specified depths
and for service lines conduct one (1) test per every service line per utility type at
specified depths. At a minimum, test intervals and quantities shall meet or exceed
the requirements of the local utility agency
D. When testing agency reports that backfills have not achieved degree of compaction
specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required;
recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion.
Keep free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially
completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due
to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Owner’s
Representative; reshape and recompact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished
surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
31 2333 - 13
1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent
work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3.13 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Cleanup: Remove excess materials not required for backfilling purposes, including
excess spoil material, accumulated debris, and rubbish from site. Burning of waste
material is prohibited.
3.14 RESTORATION
A. Adjacent Improvements: Restore all fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other
structures or surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began.
3.15 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory
soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
31 2500 - 1
SECTION 31 2500 - TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED WORK
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Additional information concerning temporary erosion and sedimentation control may be
found on the civil drawings and Town of Vail construction standards. In case of conflict
between the drawings, jurisdictional criteria and the information specified herein, the
more stringent requirements shall govern.
C. Additional information concerning erosion may be found in the geotechnical investigation
report by Cesare Inc. dated March 16, 2016. All requirements of this report shall be
followed unless stated otherwise.
D. Additional information concerning erosion control may be found in the Erosion Control
Plans and Details
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Work Included. Furnish, install, maintain, and remove temporary erosion and
sedimentation controls as shown on the drawings or specified herein, or as required to
complete the work. Provide documentation as required by the Town of Vail.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" site stripping, grubbing, stripping and
stockpiling topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and
utilities.
2. Division 31 Section “Earth Moving” for soil materials, site excavating, filling and
grading.
3. Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling” for excavating and backfilling of
utilities.
C. Permits and Fees: Obtain and pay for all permits and fees required for the work of this
section, including erosion and sediment control and water quality permits required by the
authority having jurisdiction and the Colorado Department of Public Health and
Environment, Water Quality Control Division.
D. Erosion Control: The Erosion and Sedimentation Control Drawings included in the
Contract Documents is the minimum requirement to be implemented. Provide additional
control as necessary to meet applicable Local, State and Federal criteria.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
31 2500 - 2
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches
to support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Unclassified Excavation: Removal of all material of whatever character required for the
work encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated,
including boulders.
C. Fill: Fill is all material placed to raise the grade of the site or to backfill excavation, upon
which the Soils Engineer has made sufficient tests and observations to enable him to
issue a written statement that, in his opinion, the fill has been placed and compacted in
accordance with the requirements of these specifications.
D. BMP: Best Management Practice. Erosion and sediment control devices, which may
consist of silt fence, haybales, crates, filter fabric, riprap, etc.
E. SWMP: Storm Water Management Plan. Identifies BMPs, which are erosion and
sediment control measures for the project.
F. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs,
mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features
constructed above or below the ground surface.
G. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of
a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
H. Utilities: Include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as
underground services to buildings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures: All submittals are to be made to the Owner’s Representative. If
provided refer to Division 1 section “Submittal Procedures.”
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s published descriptive literature and complete
specifications for manufactured products specified herein and utilized on the project.
1. Geotextiles.
2. Erosion Control Fabric.
C. Storm Water Management Plan:
1. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all required permits including a General
Permit application for Storm Water Discharges associated with construction
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
31 2500 - 3
activities at least ten (10) days prior to start of construction. Permits are to be filed
with the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, Water Quality
Control Division.
2. Contractor shall have the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP) and report
available on-site at all times.
3. The Storm Water Management Plan should be reviewed and modified as part of
the overall process of assessing and managing storm water quality issues at the
site. Erosion and sediment control measures outlined in the report are intended
as the minimum requirement for the construction of this project as anticipated at
the time of design. Additional measures are to be implemented, as necessary and
as required by Town of Vail, and engineer requirements, by the Contractor to
control erosion and the release of sediment into the surrounding streets, storm
sewer, or existing drainage facilities.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable local, State and Federal ordinances,
rules and regulations concerning sedimentation control and storm water runoff.
B. In case of conflict between the above codes, regulations, references and standards and
these specifications, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
C. Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as directed by Owner’s
Representative prior to start of construction. Contractor to comply with requirements,
which may also be included in Division 1 Section "Project Management and
Coordination."
1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Existing Conditions: Verify all existing conditions affecting the work of this section prior
to submitting bids or proposals. Additional compensation will not be allowed for revisions
or modification of work resulting from failure to verify existing conditions.
1.7 WARRANTY
Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control measures shall be maintained until permanent
measures are in place. All damaged, disturbed or devices filled with sediment, which
may occur within the specified project warranty period, shall be corrected at no cost to
the Owner. Any devices damaged by erosion or sediment shall be restored to their
original condition by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
31 2500 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Materials: Provide one or more of the following
materials, as shown on the plans or as applicable for site conditions:
1. Sand bags.
2. Clean, seed-free, certified, cereal hay or grain straw bales
3. Rock riprap.
4. Temporary seeding.
5. Biodegradable wood excelsior, straw, or coconut-fiber mat enclosed in a
photodegradable plastic mesh.
6. Biodegradable twisted jute or spun-coir mesh, 0.92 lb/sy minimum, with 50 to 65
percent open area.
7. Drainage geotextile.
8. Impervious fill.
9. Other materials proposed for use on-site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. General:
1. Determine the existing ground elevations, drainage patterns, and changes to such
patterns during excavation in order to satisfactorily plan and provide materials for
adequate erosion and sediment control devices.
3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
A. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion
and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and
rights-of-way according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during
construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
31 2500 - 5
C. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore and stabilize areas disturbed
during removal.
D. Secure grading permit from agency having jurisdiction prior to commencing grading
operations.
3.3 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which the work of this
section will be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected. Commencement of work implies acceptance of all areas and
conditions.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Devices. Erosion and sedimentation control
measures to be taken during construction include, but are not necessarily limited to the
following:
1. Apply soil stabilization within 14 days to all disturbed areas that are to be dormant
for a period longer than 30 calendar days after reaching grade. Stabilize soil with
mulch anchored per criteria of authorities having jurisdiction. Temporarily
revegetate areas that will remain in an interim condition for more than three (3)
months
2. Roads and parking areas indicated to be paved may be covered with an
appropriate aggregate base course in lieu of mulch. Temporary mulching or
aggregate base course is not required if final pavement construction will take place
within 30 days after grading to final contours.
3. Soils that will be stockpiled for more than 30 days must be mulched and seeded
within 14 days after stockpile construction.
4. Prevent sediment from leaving the project site by installing a silt fence or other
BMPs as indicated on the plans. Protect existing storm inlets adjacent to the site
by an approved gravel filter.
5. Excavate the future detention/water quality pond and construct the outlet
structure/storm sewer such that the pond may function as a temporary sediment
basin during development of the site. Construct the sediment basin in accordance
with authority having jurisdiction’s criteria. Provide temporary swales to convey
site runoff to the pond.
6. Haybales may be used at specific locations to provide temporary filtration of
sediment from runoff.
7. Locate stone stabilization pads at all points of vehicular ingress and egress to the
construction site.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
31 2500 - 6
8. Provide temporary erosion controls consisting of berms at the top of slopes and
interceptor ditches at ends of berms and at those locations which will eliminate or
minimize erosion during construction, along with temporary seeding, temporary
diversion, chutes, and down pipes and lining of water courses.
9. Temporary sedimentation controls shall consist of silt dams, traps, silt fence,
barriers, and appurtenances at the top of spoil and borrow area slopes and where
runoff water exits the site.
10. Maintain the available silt holding capacity of silt dams, fence traps and barriers
until no longer needed. The sediment capacity of sediment retainage areas shall
be at a minimum, the capacity shown on the plans in conformance with Urban
Drainage Criteria Manual, Volume 3. Prior to removal, obtain concurrence of the
Owner and Engineer.
11. Remove accumulated sediment and debris from a BMP when the sediment level
reaches one-half the height of the BMP, or at any time the sediment or debris
adversely impacts the functioning of the BMP.
12. Remove haybales which have deteriorated and filter stone or cloth which has
become dislodged. Place new haybales and new filter and fence.
13. The erosion/sediment control plan shows the minimum required for the project. If
it becomes apparent that additional controls are necessary, the Engineer shall be
notified and with approval of the Owner’s Representative additional controls shall
be installed.
B. Chemicals and Pollutants:
1. Store construction materials and chemicals that could contribute pollutants to the
runoff within an enclosure, container, or dike located around the perimeter of the
storage area, to prevent discharge of these materials into runoff from the
construction site.
2. Locate areas used for collection and temporary storage of solid and liquid waste
away from the storm drainage system. Provide covering or fencing as required to
prevent windblown materials; construct perimeter dike to contain liquid runoff.
These measures may not be necessary if materials are immediately placed in
covered waste containers.
3. Perform equipment maintenance in designated areas using measures such as drip
pans to control petroleum products spillage.
4. Immediately clean up and properly dispose of spills of construction related
materials such as paints, solvents, or other chemicals.
C. Final Stabilization and Long-Term Management:
1. Final stabilization shall be achieved through permanent vegetation and
landscaping after construction of all buildings and paved surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
31 2500 - 7
2. With approval of the Town of Vail, temporary erosion and sediment control
measures may be removed within 30 days after final site stabilization is achieved
or after temporary measures are no longer needed.
D. Inspection and Maintenance: Inspect erosion and sediment control measures weekly
during construction. In addition, inspect all facilities immediately after any significant
runoff or snowmelt which results in runoff. Repair or otherwise mitigate any damage to
the erosion and sediment control facilities at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Removal of Controls: Remove controls upon completion of that portion of the work for
which controls were furnished. Leave the site and work area in a clean condition.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 1
SECTION 32 1216 - ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if provided to this Section.
B. Additional information concerning asphalt paving may be found on the civil drawings, in
the project geotechnical report and Town of Vail construction standards. In case of
conflict between the drawings, jurisdictional criteria and the information specified herein,
the more stringent requirements shall govern.
C. Additional information concerning asphalt paving may be found in the geotechnical
investigation report by Cesare Inc. dated March 13, 2015. All requirements of this report
shall be followed unless noted otherwise. The information shown in this report is for
information and it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to field verify conditions
indicated.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Hot-mix asphalt paving.
2. Hot-mix asphalt patching.
3. Hot-mix asphalt paving overlay.
4. Asphalt surface treatments.
5. Cold milling of existing hot-mix asphalt pavement.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling and
site grading.
2. Division 32 Section “Pavement Markings” for pavement striping and symbols.
C. References:
1. Town of Vail Standard Specifications for Design and Construction, latest edition.
2. Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction, current edition and all appropriate standard special
provisions.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 2
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 8 for definitions of terms.
B. CDOT: State of Colorado Department of Transportation.
C. CDOT Specifications: Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
for Road and Bridge Construction, current edition and all appropriate standard special
provisions.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide hot-mix asphalt paving in accordance with Section 401 of the CDOT
Specifications.
1. Standard Specification: CDOT Specifications.
2. Measurement and payment provisions and safety program submittals included in
CDOT Specifications do not apply to this Project.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include technical data and tested
physical and performance properties.
B. Job-Mix Designs: For each job mix proposed for the Work.
C. Material Test Reports: For each paving material.
D. Material Certificates: For each paving material, signed by providers.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer and Installer Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing hot-mix
asphalt similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-
service performance.
2. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed hot-
mix asphalt paving similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this
Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Testing Agency:
1. All testing and inspections required herein will be performed by an independent
testing and inspection agency employed by the Owner or Contractor.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 3
2. Notify the testing and inspection agency not less than 48 hours in advance of all
work requiring testing or inspection services.
C. Testing Requirements: Asphalt Paving shall be tested for gradation, asphalt content and
in-place density in accordance with CDOT Specifications, the current edition of CDOT
Field Materials Manual, and local Regulatory Agency requirements, whichever are the
most stringent.
D. Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site as directed by Owner’s
Representative. Contractor to comply with requirements, which may also be included in
Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply asphalt materials if subgrade is wet or
excessively damp or if the following conditions are not met:
1. Tack Coats: Minimum surface or air temperature in the shade of 60 deg F (15
deg C).
2. Slurry Coat: Comply with weather limitations of ASTM D 3910.
3. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface or air temperature in the shade of 40 deg
F and rising at time of placement.
4. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface or air temperature in the shade of
50 deg F and rising at time of placement.
B. Coordination and Scheduling:
1. Cooperate with other trades and arrange scheduling to avoid damage to other
work, including grading, site utilities and piping, exterior concrete, landscaping and
irrigation systems.
2. Before commencing pavement operations, ascertain that utility lines, site lighting
and wiring, piping, curb and gutter work, general grading and heavy trucking is
complete so that such operations will not damage paving work.
3. Mask off and protect exposed building surfaces and abutting concrete from
damage or staining by tack coat and paving operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATES
A. General: Use materials and gradations that have performed satisfactorily in previous
installations meeting the requirements of the CDOT Specifications.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 4
B. Asphalt Concrete Aggregate: Clean, hard, durable particles of crushed stone, crushed
slag, crushed gravel, or natural gravel conforming to the requirements of Subsection
703.04 of the CDOT Specifications and Grading SX and S (Table 703-4).
C. Mineral Filler: Rock dust, slag dust, hydrated lime, hydraulic cement, or other suitable
mineral material conforming to the requirements of Subsection 703.06 of the CDOT
Specifications.
2.2 ASPHALT MATERIALS
A. Asphalt Cement: The asphalt cement to be used on this project shall be PG 64-22 or
PG 58-28 conforming to the requirements of Subsection 702.01 of the CDOT
Specifications.
B. Tack Coat: AASHTO M 140, emulsified asphalt or AASHTO M 208, cationic emulsified
asphalt, slow setting, diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application.
C. Fog Seal: AASHTO M 140, emulsified asphalt or AASHTO M 208, cationic emulsified
asphalt, slow setting, diluted at the factory in water, of suitable grade and consistency for
application.
D. Water: Potable.
2.3 MIXES
A. Hot-Mix Asphalt: Dense, hot-laid, hot-mix asphalt plant mixes. Furnish job-mix formulas
for each pavement type, conforming to the requirements of Subsection 401.02 of the
CDOT Specifications. Mix aggregates and bituminous materials in accordance with the
requirements of Subsection 401.15 of the CDOT Specifications. Use approved job mix
formulas. Mix to comply with the following requirements:
1. Provide mixes with a history of satisfactory performance in geographical area
where Project is located.
2. Base Course: Grading S.
3. Surface Course: Grading SX.
B. Emulsified-Asphalt: Shall conform to AASHTO M140 or M208 in accordance with
Subsection 702.03 of the CDOT Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that subgrade is unfrozen, free of water, snow, and ice otherwise in suitable
condition to support paving and imposed loads.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 5
B. Proof-roll subbase using heavy, pneumatic-tired rollers to locate areas that are unstable
or that require further compaction. Scarify, regrade and recompact surface of subgrade
that is pumping or deforming as required to provide true levels, uniform slopes and proper
total thickness of paving as required in Division 31 Section “Earth Moving.”
C. Proceed with paving only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 COLD MILLING
A. Clean existing pavement surface of loose and deleterious material immediately before
cold milling. Remove existing asphalt pavement by cold milling to grades and cross
sections indicated.
1. Mill to a depth of a minimum 1 ½-inches or as indicated on the plans.
2. Mill to a uniform finished surface free of gouges, grooves, and ridges.
3. Control rate of milling to prevent tearing of existing asphalt course.
4. Repair or replace curbs, manholes, and other construction damaged during cold
milling.
5. Excavate and trim unbound-aggregate base course, if encountered, and keep
material separate from milled hot-mix asphalt.
6. Transport milled hot-mix asphalt to asphalt recycling facility.
7. Keep milled pavement surface free of loose material and dust.
3.3 PATCHING
A. Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement: Saw cut perimeter of patch and excavate existing pavement
section to sound base. Excavate rectangular or trapezoidal patches, extending 12
inches (300 mm) into adjacent sound pavement, unless otherwise indicated. Cut
excavation faces vertically. Remove excavated material. Recompact existing unbound-
aggregate base course to form new subgrade.
B. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to vertical surfaces abutting or projecting into new, hot-mix
asphalt paving at a rate of 0.05 to 0.2 gal./sq. yd. (0.2 to 0.8 L/sq. m).
1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving.
2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings.
Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces.
C. Patching: Partially fill excavated pavements with hot-mix asphalt base mix and, while
still hot, compact. Cover asphalt base course with compacted, hot-mix surface layer
finished flush with adjacent surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 6
3.4 REPAIRS
A. Leveling Course: Install and compact leveling course consisting of hot-mix asphalt
surface course to level sags and fill depressions deeper than 1 inch (25 mm) in existing
pavements.
B. Crack and Joint Filling: Remove existing joint filler material from cracks or joints to a
depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm).
1. Clean cracks and joints in existing hot-mix asphalt pavement.
2. Use emulsified-asphalt slurry to seal cracks and joints less than ¼ inch (6 mm)
wide. Fill flush with surface of existing pavement and remove excess.
3. Use hot-applied joint sealant to seal cracks and joints more than ¼ inch (6 mm)
wide. Fill flush with surface of existing pavement and remove excess.
C. Hot-applied joint sealant being a single-component formulation complying with
ASTM D 3405 or D1190.
1. Refer to CDOT Standard Specification, Section 702.06 for joint and crack sealant
material requirements.
2. Refer to CDOT Standard Specification, Section 408.01 and 408.03 for joint and
crack sealant installation requirements.
3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious
material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade is ready to receive
paving.
1. Sweep loose granular particles from surface of unbound-aggregate base course.
Do not dislodge or disturb aggregate embedded in compacted surface of base
course.
B. Herbicide Treatment: Apply herbicide according to manufacturer's recommended rates
and written application instructions. Apply to dry, prepared subgrade or surface of
compacted-aggregate base before applying paving materials.
C. Tack Coat: Apply uniformly to surfaces of existing pavement at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20
gal./sq. yd. (0.2 to 0.8 L/sq. m).
1. Allow tack coat to cure undisturbed before applying hot-mix asphalt paving.
2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings.
Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 7
3.6 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PLACING
A. Machine place hot-mix asphalt on prepared surface, spread uniformly, and strike off.
Place asphalt mix by hand to areas inaccessible to equipment in a manner that prevents
segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade, cross section, and thickness
when compacted.
1. Place hot-mix asphalt base course in number of lifts and thicknesses indicated on
the plans or as directed by Geotechnical Report. Maximum lift thickness shall be
3-inches. Minimum lift thickness shall be 1½-inches for Grading SX and 2-inches
for Grading S.
2. Place hot-mix asphalt surface course in single lift. Maximum lift thickness shall be
2-inches.
3. Spread mix at minimum temperature of 235 deg F (113 deg C) per in
accordance with Subsection 401.15 of the CDOT Specifications, Table
401-5.
4. Begin applying mix along centerline of crown for crowned sections and on high
side of one-way slopes, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls
and tears in asphalt-paving mat.
B. Place paving in consecutive strips not less than 10 feet (3 m) wide unless infill edge
strips of a lesser width are required.
1. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend
rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete a section of asphalt base course
before placing asphalt surface course.
C. Promptly correct surface irregularities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hand
tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt
to prevent segregation of mix; use suitable hand tools to smooth surface.
3.7 JOINTS
A. Construct joints to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining paving sections.
Construct joints free of depressions with same texture and smoothness as other sections
of hot-mix asphalt course.
1. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat to joints.
2. Offset longitudinal joints, in successive courses, a minimum of 6 inches
(150mm).
3. Offset transverse joints, in successive courses, 6 to 12 inches (150-300 mm).
4. Construct transverse joints as described in AI MS-22, "Construction of Hot Mix
Asphalt Pavements."
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 8
5. Compact joints as soon as hot-mix asphalt will bear roller weight without excessive
displacement.
6. Compact asphalt at joints to a density within 2 percent of specified course density.
3.8 COMPACTION
A. General: Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-mix paving will bear roller weight
without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand tampers or
vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers.
1. When paving surface temperature falls below 185 deg F (85 deg C) no further
compaction effort will be permitted unless approved.
B. Breakdown Rolling: Complete breakdown or initial rolling immediately after rolling joints
and outside edge. Examine surface immediately after breakdown rolling for indicated
crown, grade, and smoothness. Correct laydown and rolling operations to comply with
requirements.
C. Intermediate Rolling: Begin intermediate rolling immediately after breakdown rolling
while hot-mix asphalt is still hot enough to achieve specified density. Continue rolling
until hot-mix asphalt course has been uniformly compacted to the following density in
accordance with Subsection 401.17 of the CDOT Specifications.
1. Pavement shall be compacted to a density of 92% to 96% of the maximum
theoretical density, determined according to Colorado procedure 51. Field density
determination will be in accordance with Colorado Procedure 44 or 81.
D. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is
still warm.
E. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement
to proper alignment. Bevel edges while asphalt is still hot; compact thoroughly.
F. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials
and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified density and
surface smoothness.
G. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has
cooled and hardened.
H. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to
become marked.
3.9 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indicated within the following
tolerances:
1. Base Course: Plus or minus ¼ inch (6 mm).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 9
2. Surface Course: Plus ¼ inch (6 mm), no minus.
B. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produce a surface smoothness within
the following tolerances as determined by using a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge applied
transversely or longitudinally to paved areas:
1. Base Course: ¼-inch (6 mm).
2. Surface Course: 3/16-inch (5 mm).
3. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to
crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is ¼-inch (6 mm).
3.10 MANHOLE FRAME ADJUSTMENTS
A. Set frames for manholes and other such units within areas to be paved to ¼-inch
minimum to ½-inch maximum below final grade as part of this work. Include existing
frames or new frames furnished under other sections of these specifications.
B. Set cover frames to ¼-inch minimum and ½-inch maximum below surface of adjacent
pavement. Surround frames set to grade with a ring of compacted asphaltic concrete
base prior to paving. Place asphaltic concrete mixture up to 1-inch below top of frame,
slope to grade, and compact with hand tamping. Adjust frames as required for paving.
C. Provide temporary closures over openings until completion of rolling operations.
Remove closures at completion of work.
3.11 ASPHALT CURBS
A. Construct hot-mix asphalt curbs over compacted pavement surfaces. Apply a light tack
coat unless pavement surface is still tacky and free from dust. Spread mix at minimum
temperature of 250 deg F (121 deg C).
1. Asphalt Mix: Same as pavement surface-course mix.
B. Place hot-mix asphalt to curb cross section indicated or, if not indicated, to local standard
shapes, by machine or by hand in wood or metal forms. Tamp hand-placed materials
and screed to smooth finish. Remove forms after hot-mix asphalt has cooled.
3.12 SURFACE TREATMENTS
A. Fog Seals: Apply fog seal at a rate of 0.10 to 0.15 gal./sq. yd. (0.45 to 0.7 L/sq. m)
to existing asphalt pavement and allow to cure. With a fine sand, lightly dust areas
receiving excess fog seal.
B. Slurry Seals: Apply slurry coat in a uniform thickness according to ASTM D 3910 and
allow to cure.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 10
1. Roll slurry seal to remove ridges and provide a uniform, smooth surface.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner or Contractor will engage a qualified independent testing and
inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.
1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether
tested work complies with or deviates from specified requirements.
B. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
C. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness of hot-mix asphalt courses will be determined
according to ASTM D 3549.
D. Surface Smoothness: Finished surface of each hot-mix asphalt course will be tested for
compliance with smoothness tolerances.
E. In-Place Density: Testing agency will take samples of uncompacted paving mixtures and
compacted pavement according to ASTM D 979.
1. Reference maximum theoretical density will be determined by averaging results
from four samples of hot-mix asphalt-paving mixture delivered daily to site,
prepared according to ASTM D 2041, and compacted according to job-mix
specifications.
2. In-place density of compacted pavement will be determined by testing core
samples according to ASTM D 1188 or ASTM D 2726.
a. One core sample will be taken for every 350 sq. yd. or less of installed
pavement, with no fewer than 3 cores taken.
b. Field density of in-place compacted pavement may also be determined by
nuclear method according to ASTM D 2950 and correlated with ASTM D
1188 or ASTM D 2726.
F. Asphalt Content and Gradation. Testing agency will take sample of uncompacted paving
mixtures at a minimum frequency of every 1,000 tons according to Colorado Procedure
– Laboratory CPL-5120 and Colorado Procedure CP-31.
G. Remove and replace or install additional hot-mix asphalt where test results or
measurements indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. Conforming
to the specified requirements will be in according with Subsection 105.03 of the CDOT
Specifications.
3.14 DISPOSAL
A. Except for material indicated to be recycled, remove excavated materials from project
site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
ASPHALT PAVING
32 1216 - 11
1. Do not allow excavated materials to accumulate on-site.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 1
SECTION 32 1313 - CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if provided, to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
This Section includes constructing exterior concrete paving on prepared subgrade or
base course in accordance with these specifications. This work shall be in conformity
with the lines, grades, thicknesses and typical cross-sections shown on the plans for the
following:
1. Driveways and roadways.
2. Parking lots.
3. Curbs and gutters.
4. Sidewalks, steps, ramps.
5. Base material for unit paver.
6. Dumpster and loading dock pads.
7. As detailed on the plans.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Divisions 31 Section "Earth Moving" for subgrade preparation, grading, and
subbase course.
2. Division 32 Section “Pavement Marking” for pavement striping and symbols.
3. Division 32 Section “Concrete Pavement Joint Sealants” for expansion and
contraction joints.
1.3 REFERENCES
Town of Vail Standard Specifications for Design and Construction, latest edition.
Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, current edition.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 2
1.4 DEFINITIONS
Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of
blended hydraulic cement, expansive hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans,
ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume.
CDOT: State of Colorado Department of Transportation.
CDOT Specifications: Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications
for Road and Bridge Construction, current edition.
ADA Handbook: Americans with Disabilities Act Standards for Accessible Design, U.S.
Department of Justice.
ANSI A117.1: Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, American
National Standard Institute.
Refer to ACI 301: (American Concrete Institute – Standard Specifications for Structural
Concrete), for additional definitions.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
Design Mixes: For each concrete pavement mix, and includes alternate mix designs
when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other
circumstances warrant adjustments.
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on
comprehensive testing of current materials:
1. Aggregates.
2. Cement.
3. Admixtures.
Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following
materials used in the project complies with requirements:
1. Cementitious materials and aggregates.
2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories.
3. Fiber reinforcement.
4. Admixtures.
5. Curing compounds.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 3
6. Applied finish materials.
7. Bonding agent or adhesive.
8. Joint fillers.
Field quality-control test reports.
Pavement Joint Layout Plan: Plan to show joint locations and typical dimensions for
review and approval by engineer.
Traffic Control Plan: For work in the public right-of-way.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed pavement work
similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work
has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying
with ASTM C 94/C 94 M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mix Concrete
Association's (NRMCA) Plant Certification Program.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM
C1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification
program.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand
from the same manufacturer's plant and each aggregate from one source.
ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless
modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Concrete Testing Service: The Owner or Contractor will engage a qualified independent
testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.
Preconstruction Conference: Conduct conference at project site as directed by Owner’s
Representative prior to start of construction. Contractor to comply with requirements,
which may also be included in Division 1 Section “Project Management and
Coordination.”
Regulatory Requirements:
Comply with Town of Vail standards for sidewalks, curbs, ramps, gutters, and driveway
approaches or aprons, including standard dimensions, profiles, thicknesses, reinforcing,
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 4
and compressive strength. In the event of conflict between the Contract Documents and
the standards, the more stringent requirements will apply.
1. Comply with applicable requirements of ADA Handbook, ANSI A117.1, and local
and State codes and ordinances regarding walks, steps, ramps and curb ramps.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other
construction activities, and where required by the Traffic Control Plan.
Coordination and Scheduling: Coordinate with other trades and arrange scheduling to
avoid damage to other work including grading, site utilities and piping, asphalt paving,
landscaping and irrigation systems.
Field Measurements: Verify dimensions and existing conditions shown on the drawings
by taking field measurements prior to start of work. Report discrepancies to the Owner’s
Representative for clarification and make minor adjustments in layout as required by field
conditions and as approved by the Owner’s Representative, at no additional cost to the
Owner.
Environmental Requirements: Perform work only under suitable weather conditions.
Comply with the environmental requirements of Section 3.6 for concrete placement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
to product selection:
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the manufacturers specified.
2.2 FORMS
Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type
materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 5
Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a radius 100 feet or less.
Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond
with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces.
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: CDOT Section 709 and ASTM A 185, fabricated from
as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets.
Reinforcement Bars: CDOT Section 709 and ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60,
deformed. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs.
Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, CDOT Section 709 and ASTM A 615/A 615M,
Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs.
Tie Bars: CDOT Section 709 and ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.
Supports for Reinforcement: Chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting,
and fastening reinforcement bars, welded wire fabric, and dowels in place. Manufacture
bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic,
or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than
concrete, and as follows:
1. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material
will not support chair legs.
2.4 COLORED ADMIXTURE
Colored Admixture: L.M. Scofield Co. “Chromix” or Rockwood Industries “Davis Colors”,
color as selected by Owner’s Representative. Use for colored concrete where indicated
on the drawings.
2.5 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER
Sealed Joints: Preformed, compressible fiber or cork filler material complying with ASTM
D1751 or D1752, Type II, guaranteed compatible with expansion joint sealant materials,
½-inches thick unless otherwise indicated. Provide high-impact polystyrene removable
“void cap” to create ½-inches deep reveal for installation of sealant.
Self-Sealing Joints: Preformed, compressible asphalt fiber joint filler complying with
ASTM D994, ½-inches thick unless otherwise indicated. Do not use asphalt fiber filler in
joints to receive elastomeric joint sealants.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 6
2.6 CONCRETE MATERIALS
Cementitious Material: Use one of the following cementitious materials, of the same
type, brand, and source throughout the Project:
1. Portland Cement: CDOT Section 701 and ASTM C 150, Type I/II or I/IILA
a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F.
b. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.
Normal-Weight Aggregates: CDOT Section 703 and ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate,
uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source.
Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: refer to CDOT Class P concrete classification.
Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
Do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing substances that cause spalling.
Water: CDOT Section 712 and ASTM C 94/C 94M potable.
2.7 ADMIXTURES
General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent
water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cement and to be compatible with other
admixtures.
Air-Entraining Admixture: CDOT Section 711 and ASTM C 260.
Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible
with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride
ions by mass of cementitious material.
Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C494, Type E.
High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.
High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,
Type G.
Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 7
2.8 FIBER REINFORCEMENT
Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in
concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches (13 to 38
mm) long.
2.9 CURING MATERIALS: CDOT SECTION 711
Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf,
weighing approximately 9 oz./sq.yd. (305 g/sq.m) dry.
Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white
burlap-polyethylene sheet.
Water: Potable.
Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for
application to fresh concrete.
Clear Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class
B.
1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of
350 g/L.
White Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type II, Class
B.
1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of
350 g/L.
2.10 RELATED MATERIALS
Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-
reducing admixtures; color stable, free of carbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime
and other alkalis.
Available Manufacturers:
a. Bayer Corporation.
b. ChemMasters.
c. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc.
d. Davis Colors.
e. Elementis Pigments, Inc.
f. Hoover Color Corporation.
g. Lambert Corporation.
h. Scofield, L. M. Company.
i. Solomon Colors.
2. Color: As selected by Owner’s Representative from manufacturer's full range.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 8
2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES
Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301, for each type
and strength of normal-weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mixes or
field experience.
Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed
mix designs for the trial batch method.
Do not use Owner's field quality-control testing agency as the independent testing
agency.
Proportion mixes to provide concrete with the following properties:
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4,200 psi (27.6 MPa)
2. Modulus of Rupture (28 day): Minimum 650 psi
3. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.44
4. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm).
5. Minimum 660 lb. Cement per cubic yard. (CDOT Class P)
Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at
point of placement having an air content of 4.0 to 8.0 percent.
Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight
of cement.
Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Use [water-reducing admixture, plasticizing, and retarding admixture in concrete,
as required, for placement and workability.
Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures,
low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other
than portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements for concrete exposed to deicing
chemicals as follows:
Fly Ash: 20 - 30 percent Class F Fly Ash CDOT Section 601.02, Class P Concrete.
Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended
rate, but not less than 1.0 lb/cu. yd.
Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer’s
written instructions.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 9
2.12 CONCRETE MIXING
Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete
according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116. Furnish batch certificates for each
batch discharged and used in the Work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements
for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances.
Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete pavements with heavy pneumatic-
tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding.
1. Completely proof-roll subbase in one direction and repeat in perpendicular
direction. Limit vehicle speed to 3 mph (5 km/h).
2. Proof-roll with a loaded 10-wheel tandem-axle dump truck weighing not less than
15 tons.
3. Subbase with soft spots and areas of pumping or rutting exceeding depth of 1/2
inch (13 mm) require correction according to requirements in Division 2 Section
"Earth Moving."
Subgrade shall be tested by Geotechnical Engineer and pass required tests prior to
concrete pavement placement.
Proceed with concrete pavement operations only after non-conforming conditions have
been corrected and subgrade is ready to receive pavement.
3.2 PREPARATION
Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing
concrete.
3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for
pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous
progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete
placement.
Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent to ensure separation from
concrete without damage.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 10
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating
reinforcement and with recommendations in CRSI's "Placing Reinforcing Bars" for
placing and supporting reinforcement.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing
materials.
Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position
during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least
one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent
continuous laps in either direction.
Install fabricated bar mats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them
flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities, or replace
units as required before placement. Set mats for a minimum 12-inch (300-mm) overlap
of adjacent mats.
3.5 JOINTS
General: Construct/install construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings
true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse
joints at right angles to centerline, unless otherwise indicated.
When joining existing pavement, place transverse joints to align with previously
placed joints, unless otherwise indicated.
Contractor to provide plan of joint placement for the Engineers approval.
The distance between joints shall not exceed in feet, twice the pavement thickness
in inches. (i.e.: 6-inches PCC pavement to utilize maximum 12-foot joint spacing.)
Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement
and at locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one-half hour,
unless pavement terminates at expansion joints.
1. Contractor may utilize preformed galvanized steel or plastic keyway-section forms
or bulkhead forms with keys, unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-
1/2 inches into concrete.
2. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do
not continue reinforcement through sides of pavement strips, unless otherwise
indicated.
3. Provide tie bars at sides of pavement strips where indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 11
4. Keyed Joints: Provide preformed keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with
keys, unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into
concrete.
Expansion Joints: Form expansion joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete
curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where
indicated.
1. Locate expansion joints in pavement where indicated on plans.
2. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint.
3. Terminate joint filler no less than 1/2 inch or no more than 1 inch below finished
surface for joint sealant.
4. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required,
lace or clip joint-filler sections together.
5. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with metal, plastic, or
other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been
placed on both sides of joint.
Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into
areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of
the concrete thickness, as follows:
Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and
finishing each edge of joint with groover tool to the indicated radius. Repeat
grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover
marks on concrete surfaces.
Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when
cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before
developing random contraction cracks.
Tied Contraction Joints: Install deformed bars and support assemblies at joints
where indicated.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,
reinforcement steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit
installation of their work.
Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcement before placing
concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.
Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed.
Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required
finish elevation and alignment.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 12
Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 304R requirements and recommendations for measuring,
mixing, transporting, and placing concrete.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery to the project site.
Do not add water to fresh concrete after testing.
Do not add water to concrete surface during finishing operations.
Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do
not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating equipment
supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to
consolidate concrete according to recommendations in ACI 309R.
Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an
internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side
forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation.
Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint
devices.
Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off.
Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form an open textured and
uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface.
Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or
spreading dry-shake surface treatments.
Curbs and Gutters: Produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades,
finish, and jointing as specified with expansion joints at intervals of approximately [100]
feet and tooled contraction joints at 10-foot intervals When automatic machine
placement is used for curb and gutter placement, submit revised mix design and
laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements.
Walks: Minimum 4-inches thick, with expansion joints at intervals of approximately [100]
feet and tooled contraction joints at intervals equal to width of walks or maximum 5-foot
intervals. Tool edges to rounded profile and finish as noted herein or shown on the
drawings. Contractor may utilize sawed contraction joints. Pitch walks 3/16-inches per
foot for drainage unless otherwise indicated.
Ramps: Construct ramps similar to walks. Comply with applicable ADA Handbook, ANSI
A117.1, and local and State codes, ordinances, and details including maximum allowable
slope not to exceed 1 foot vertical in 12 foot horizontal, with maximum rise not to exceed
30-inches between level landings.
Steps: Minimum 6-inches thick at intersection of treads and risers, reinforced as
indicated. Slope treads ¼-inches to nosing, and tool nosings to uniform ½-inches radius.
Finish as specified below.
Paving: Minimum 6-inches thick unless otherwise indicated. Provide expansion joints
as indicated on the drawings, and contraction joints at a minimum 12-feet -0-inches
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 13
EWW. Place concrete paving over compacted subgrade as specified in Division 2
Section “Earth Moving”. Provide minimum 1% slope for drainage unless otherwise
indicated.
Driveway Approaches: Minimum 6-inches thick, unless otherwise indicated or required
by local public works standards or building codes. Construct to radius of flare indicated,
and taper or warp into alignment with adjacent curbs, gutters, and walks. Place
approaches over compacted subgrade as specified in Division 2 section “Earth Moving.”
Refer to drawing and details for any reinforcing requirements.
Slip-Form Pavers: When automatic machine placement is used for pavement, submit
revised mix design and laboratory test results that meet or exceed requirements.
Produce pavement to required thickness, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as required
for formed pavement.
Compact subbase and prepare subgrade of sufficient width to prevent displacement of
paver machine during operations.
When adjoining pavement lanes are placed in separate pours, do not operate equipment
on concrete until pavement has attained 85 percent of its 28-day compressive strength.
Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work
from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing
actions, or low temperatures.
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly
heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature
of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents
or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R
and as follows when hot-weather conditions exist:
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of
placement below 90 deg F. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to
control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount
of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover reinforcement steel with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not
exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog-spray forms, reinforcement steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
Wet-Weather Placement: Do not begin to place concrete while rain, sleet, or snow is
falling unless adequate protection is provided and, when required, acceptance of
protection is obtained.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 14
3.7 FLOAT FINISHING
General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations.
Edging: Tool edges of pavement, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating
with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch (6-mm) radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying
surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.
Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has
disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations.
Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible
to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots, and fill low spots.
Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture.
Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across float-
finished concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic to provide a uniform, fine-
line texture.
3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or
hot temperatures.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and follow the recommendations of
ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or
windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during
finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing,
screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from
concrete surface.
Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing,
curing compound, or a combination of these as follows:
1. Moist Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with
the following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover
concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive
covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-
retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides
and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive.
Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material
and waterproof tape.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 15
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or
roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to
heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of
coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.9 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES
Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows:
1. Elevation: 1/4 inch.
2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch.
3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/4 inch.
4. Lateral Alignment and Spacing of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1 inch.
5. Vertical Alignment of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1/4 inch.
6. Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge: 1/2
inch.
7. Alignment of Dowel-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge:
Length of dowel 1/4 inch per 12 inches.
8. Joint Spacing: 3 inches.
9. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus.
10. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner or Contractor will engage a qualified testing and inspection
agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete
placement.
Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
Testing Frequency: Obtain at least 1 composite sample for each 50 cu. yd. or
fraction thereof of each concrete mix placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength
tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five
randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used.
Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite
sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete
mix. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 16
Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method; one test for each composite strength
test, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete mix.
Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40
deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each set of
composite strength specimens.
Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; one set of four standard
cylinders for each compressive-strength test, unless otherwise indicated.
Cylinders shall be molded and stored for laboratory-cured test specimens unless
field-cured test specimens are required.
Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour of each
concrete class exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., provide at least two
tests for every 100 cu.yd., (one set for each 50 cu. yd.). One specimen shall be
tested at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days; one specimen shall be retained in
reserve for later testing if required.
When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion
laboratory-cured cylinders, current operations shall be evaluated and corrective
procedures shall be provided for protecting and curing in-place concrete.
Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if average of any 3 consecutive
compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no
compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than
500 psi (3.4 MPa).
Test results shall be reported in writing to Owner’s Representative, concrete
manufacturer, and Contractor within 24 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-
strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete
placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, concrete type and class,
location of concrete batch in pavement, design compressive strength at 28 days,
concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of
break for both 7- and 28-day tests.
Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device
may be permitted by Owner’s Representative, but will not be used as the sole basis for
approval or rejection.
Additional Tests: Testing agency shall make additional tests of the concrete when test
results indicate slump, air entrainment, concrete strengths, or other requirements have
not been met, as directed by Owner’s Representative. Testing agency may conduct tests
to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by
other methods as directed.
Remove and replace concrete pavement where test results indicate that it does not
comply with specified requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING
32 1313 - 17
3.11 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective, or does
not meet requirements in this Section.
Drill test cores where directed by Owner’s Representative when necessary to determine
magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement
areas with portland cement concrete bonded to pavement with epoxy adhesive.
Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after
placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as
possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.
Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material.
Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial
Completion inspections.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
32 1373 - 1
SECTION 32 1373 – CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if provided, to this Section.
B. Additional information concerning concrete paving may be found on the civil drawings, in
the project geotechnical report and agency having jurisdiction construction standards. In
case of conflict between the drawings, jurisdictional criteria and the information specified
herein, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Expansion and contraction joints within cement concrete pavement.
2. Joints between cement concrete and buildings and structures.
3. Surface preparation including primers.
4. Joint backup material.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 32 Section "Concrete Paving" for constructing joints in concrete
pavement.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Town of Vail Standard Specifications for Design and Construction, latest edition.
B. Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, current edition.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of joint sealant and accessory, signed by product
manufacturer.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
32 1373 - 2
C. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the
following:
1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and
substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, for sealants.
E. Warranty: As required by Division 1 – Warranty Section: Contractor agrees to repair or
replace joint sealers (including labor, materials, and any necessary associated costs)
which fail to perform as watertight joints; or fail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion
resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain
resistance or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly
specified by submitted manufacturer’s data as an inherent quality of material for exposure
indicated. Provide warranty signed by Installer and Contractor.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Work under this section shall be subject to all
applicable provisions of federal, state and local rules and regulations.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in application of sealants with five (5) years minimum
experience and be acceptable to manufacturer. Manufacturer’s field representative shall
visit site and make suggestions.
C. Adhesion Tests: Prior to any sealant application, perform adhesion tests as directed by
sealant manufacturer’s technical representative.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single
manufacturer.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels
indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life,
curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials.
B. Store and handle materials to comply with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent
their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants,
or other causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Install sealant materials in strict accordance with all safety and weather conditions
recommended by manufacturer, product literature, or Material Safety Data Sheets. Do
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
32 1373 - 3
not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when
temperatures are below or above manufacturer’s recommended limitations for
installation. Proceed only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper
cure and development of high-early bond strength. Wherever joint width is affected by
ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are
in lower third of manufacturer’s recommended installation temperature range.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that
are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer based on testing and field
experience.
B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full
range.
2.2 COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
A. Approved Sealants:
For each application, provide the grade of sealant (non-sag, self-leveling, no-track knife
grade preformed, etc.) as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular condition
of installation (location, joint shape, ambient temperature, and similar conditions), to
achieve the best possible overall performance. Grades specified herein are for normal
condition of installation.
1. Silicone Sealant: ASTM C-920-79, Type S, Class 25, Grade NS.
2. Two-Component (plus color) polyurethane low-modulus, non-sag sealant: ASTM
C920-79, Type M, Class 25, Grade NS.
3. Two-Component (plus color) polyurethane self leveling sealant: ASTM C920-79,
Type M, Class 25, Grade P.
2.3 JOINT SEALANTS
A. Single-component formulation complying with ASTM D 6690 or D1190.
1. Refer to CDOT Standard Specification, Section 705.01 and 705.09 for joint and
crack sealant material requirements.
2. Refer to CDOT Standard Specification, Section 412.18 for joint and crack sealant
installation requirements.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
32 1373 - 4
2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS
A. General: Provide joint-sealant backer materials that are non-staining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by joint-sealant manufacturer based on field experience and
laboratory testing.
B. Round Backer Rods for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 1, of
diameter and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion
of sealant.
C. Backer Strips for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249; Type 2; of thickness
and width required to control sealant depth, prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant, and
fill remainder of joint opening under sealant.
D. Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, of diameter and
density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant.
2.5 PRIMERS
A. Primers: Product recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from manufacturers
recommendations.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting joint-sealant performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants
to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing
by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or
prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written
instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or
migration onto adjoining surfaces.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
32 1373 - 5
3.3 JOINT DESIGN
A. Sealant depth is measured at the center (thin) section of sealant bead.
B. Install sealants to depths and widths as recommended by sealant manufacturer and as
shown on the drawings. Also, conform to the following general limitations if not in conflict
with sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
1. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints subject to traffic and other abrasion
and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth equal to 75% of joint width, but
neither more than 5/8 inch deep nor less than 3/8 inch deep.
2. For normal moving joints not subject to traffic, fill joints to a depth equal to 50% of
joint width, but neither more than 5/8 inch deep nor less than ¼ inch deep.
3. Depth of sealant must not exceed width of joint.
4. Sealant joints shall not be less than ¼ inch in width and ¼ inch in depth.
5. Sealant joints shall not exceed 2 inches in width in a single application.
3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Preparation work shall result in clean surfaces in all areas where sealant is to be adhered.
Such surfaces shall be free of any old sealant, contaminants and impurities which are
deleterious to bonding or adhesion of primers or sealant.
B. Clean ferrous metals of all rust, mill scale and coatings by wire brush or grinding. Any
equipment used to remove rust shall be free of oil contaminants.
C. Wire brush masonry joint surfaces, then blow clean with oil free compressed air.
D. Apply primer per manufacturer’s recommendations. Allow primer to dry prior to applying
sealant.
E. Do not caulk joints until they are clean, dry, and free of dust, loose mortar, old sealant,
foreign matter or other bond inhibiting materials, and in compliance with requirements of
manufacturer of materials, details shown on drawings, and specific requirements of other
sections of specifications.
3.5 JOINT BACKING
A. Use joint backing to control depth of joint to specified thickness.
B. Select joint backing size to allow for 25% compression of backing when inserted into joint.
C. Where shown on drawings where depth of joint will not permit use of joint backing, or
wherever recommended by sealant manufacturer, install bond-breaker tape to prevent
three-sided adhesion.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
32 1373 - 6
D. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint backing units.
3.6 APPLICATION/INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANT
A. Apply sealants neatly, in a good and workmanlike manner which meets following
minimum requirements or standards. Specific instructions of manufacturer must also be
followed.
B. Apply sealant using a gun with proper size nozzles. Use sufficient pressure to fill all voids
and joints solid to backup material, with complete wetting of all joint bond surfaces.
C. Applied sealant shall form a full, smooth, uniform bead, free of ridges, wrinkles, sags, air
pockets and embedded impurities.
D. After joint has been completely filled with sealant, neatly tool joint sealant to eliminate air
pockets or voids, and to provide a smooth, slightly concave, neat appearing finish, with
sealant surface slightly below adjoining surfaces. Wetting of finished surface will not be
allowed.
E. Where horizontal joints are located between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill
joint to form a slight cove, so joint will not trap moisture and dirt.
F. Protect adjacent surfaces and systems from sealant material. Use masking tape where
required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be
permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to
remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint
seal.
G. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use
of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
H. Tooling of Non-Sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth,
uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact
and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer and
that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
I. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions,
unless otherwise indicated.
J. Provide recessed joint configuration for silicone sealants of recess depth and at locations
indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
32 1373 - 7
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses
by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and
of products in which joints occur.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so
sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If,
despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged
or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and replace with joint sealant so installations
with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work.
3.9 JOB SITE CLEAN-UP
A. Sealant applicator must remove all excess materials from job site.
B. Leave all surrounding areas where joint sealant has been applied free of excess sealant,
debris and foreign substances.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
32 1723 - 1
SECTION 32 1723 - PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions, and Division 1 specification. Sections apply if provided, to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following: Furnish and install all painted lines, directional
arrows, handicapped symbols, or similar markings on paved surfaces, as shown on the
drawings or specified herein, as required by jurisdiction having authority, and as
required to complete the work.
B. Related Work:
1. Division 32 Section “Asphaltic Paving” for materials, installation and minimum
requirements.
2. Division 32 Section “Concrete Paving” for materials, installation and minimum
requirements.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Reference Standards: Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted
herein, except where more stringent requirements are described herein or otherwise
required by the Contract Documents.
B. Town of Vail Standard Specifications for Design and Construction, latest edition.
C. Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction, current edition.
D. “Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices” latest edition.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s published descriptive literature and complete
specifications for products specified herein.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
32 1723 - 2
A. Qualifications: Pavement marking applicator shall be regularly engaged in this type of
work, and shall provide adequate, experienced manpower and proper equipment to
complete the work.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions of Colorado State
Department of Highways Specification Sections 627, 708, and 713.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original, unopened
containers, with labels intact and legible.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Do not apply pavement marking when ambient air and
pavement surface temperature is below 40F for paint and below 50F for epoxy and
thermoplastic marking materials, or when moisture in any form is present on the
pavement surface.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Traffic Marking Paint: Acrylic Waterborne Paint or Low Volatile Organic Compound
(VOC) solvent base paint, lead and chromate free, ready-mixed, cold-applied traffic
marking paint complying with CDOT specification table 708-1, white or yellow color as
designated on the plans for striping and lane markings, white and blue at international
handicapped parking symbols. Acceptable products include Devoe Exterior “Safety
Line” or approved equal.
B. Reflective Glass Beads: Transparent, clean colorless, smooth and spherical glass
beads conforming to AASHTO M-247, Type 2, Flotation Grade.
C. Thermoplastic Marking Material: Reflectorized thermoplastic pavement striping
materials composed of pigment, filler, resins, and glass reflecting spheres, conforming
to AASHTO M-249, white or yellow as designated on the plans or as required by
applicable public works requirements.
D. Epoxy Pavement Markings: Heated epoxy pavement marking compounds previously
approved by the CDOT Product Evaluation Process per CDOT Section 627.05 and
713.17.
E. Preformed Thermoplastic Pavement Marking: Markings shall consist of a resilient
white or yellow thermoplastic product with glass beads uniformly distributed. Capable
of being affixed to bituminous pavement by heating and applied to concrete per
manufacture recommendations.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
32 1723 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which the work of this
Section will be performed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected. Commencement of work implies acceptance of all areas and
conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Allow fresh pavement surfaces to weather at least 30 days prior to
application of traffic marking paint.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Traffic Marking Paint: Unless otherwise indicated, apply traffic marking paint in nominal
4-inches wide stripes at the rate of 100 to 110 sf/gal.
B. Reflective Glass Beads: Within CDOT Rights-or-Way, mix reflective glass beads with
traffic marking paint at the rate of 5 lbs 3 oz to 6 lbs 3 oz/gal.
C. Thermoplastic Marking Material:
1. Apply in molten state or by flame-spray methods as applicable for material type.
2. Apply molten material to uniform dimension and line thickness of 1/8-inches to
3/16-inches.
3. Apply flame-spray powder at the rate of 14 to 21 oz per 30 seconds.
D. Epoxy Pavement Marking: Heat individual components to a temperature of 27 to 60
C (80 to 140 F). Apply to a minimum thickness of 15 mills and with an application
rate of 100 to 110 sf per gallon. Apply 25 lbs of beads per gallon of epoxy material.
E. Preformed Plastic Pavement Marking: Apply per manufacturers recommendations.
F. Patterns and Symbols:
1. Unless otherwise indicated, apply traffic markings in nominal 4-inches wide
stripes with clear and sharp dimensions. See drawings for striping patterns,
directional arrows and symbols.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use yellow markings at lane striping and directional
symbols, white markings at parking striping and white and blue markings at
international handicapped symbols.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
32 1723 - 4
3. Comply with ANSI 117.1 and ADA requirements for graphic symbols, stall widths,
and access aisles at handicapped parking spaces. Provide approved templates
for symbols and directional arrows.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 1
SECTION 328400 - PLANTING IRRIGATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification
Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Piping.
2. Encasement for piping.
3. Manual valves.
4. Pressure-reducing valves.
5. Automatic control valves.
6. Automatic drain valves.
7. Transition fittings.
8. Dielectric fittings.
9. Miscellaneous piping specialties.
10. Sprinklers.
11. Quick couplers.
12. Drip irrigation specialties.
13. Controllers.
14. Boxes for automatic control valves.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for water
metering requirements.
2. Section 230923.14 "Flow Instruments" for water metering equipment.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and
drain valves. Piping is under pressure during flow.
B. Drain Piping: Downstream from circuit-piping drain valves. Piping is not under
pressure.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 2
C. ET Controllers: EvapoTranspiration Controllers. Irrigation controllers which use
some method of weather based adjustment of irrigation. These adjusting
methods include use of historical monthly averages of ET; broadcasting of ET
measurements; or use of on-site sensors to track ET.
D. Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping
to, and including, control valves. Piping is under water-distribution-system
pressure.
E. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at
less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Irrigation zone control shall be [automatic operation with controller and
automatic control] [manual operation with manual] valves.
B. Delegated Design: Design 100 percent coverage irrigation system, including
comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using
performance requirements and design criteria indicated.
C. Minimum Working Pressures: The following are minimum pressure
requirements for piping, valves, and specialties unless otherwise indicated:
1. Irrigation Main Piping: [200 psig].
2. Circuit Piping: [150 psig].
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities,
operating characteristics, [ electrical characteristics,] and furnished
specialties and accessories.
B. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For irrigation systems indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed
and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Coordination Drawings: Irrigation systems, drawn to scale, on which
components are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 3
Installers of the items involved. Also include adjustments necessary to avoid
plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards.
B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
C. Zoning Chart: Show each irrigation zone and its control valve.
D. Controller Timing Schedule: Indicate timing settings for each automatic
controller zone.
E. Field quality-control reports.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinklers, controllers, and ,[automatic
control valves to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Impact Sprinklers: Equal to percent of amount installed for each type and
size indicated, but no fewer than units.
2. Spray Sprinklers: Equal to percent of amount installed for each type and
size indicated, but no fewer than units.
3. Bubblers: Equal to percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but
no fewer than units.
4. Emitters: Equal to percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but
no fewer than units.
5. Drip-Tube System Tubing: Equal to percent of total length installed for
each type and size indicated, but not less than 100 feet.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers that include a certified irrigation
designer qualified by The Irrigation Association, Professional Class member of
the American Society of Irrigation Consultants, or [Professional Technical Class
member of the American Society of Irrigation Consultants].
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as
defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended
location and application.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 4
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through
shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent
entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture.
B. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging
and bending.
1.11 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions
and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to
requirements indicated:
1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager, and Owner no fewer than two
days in advance of proposed interruption of water service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of water service without Owner's written
permission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS
A. Comply with requirements in the piping schedule for applications of pipe, tube,
and fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service
locations, and pipe sizes.
B. Galvanized-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight, Type E, Grade B.
1. Galvanized-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M
or ASTM A 106/A 106M, Standard Weight, seamless-steel pipe with
threaded ends.
2. Galvanized, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125,
standard pattern.
3. Malleable-Iron Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, hexagonal-stock body
with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal, bronze seating surface, and female
threaded ends.
4. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125.
C. Ductile-Iron Pipe with Mechanical Joints: AWWA C151, with mechanical-joint
bell and spigot ends.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 5
1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron
standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.
a. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron
glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.
D. Ductile-Iron Pipe with Push-on Joint: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell and
spigot ends.
1. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron
standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.
a. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber.
E. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, water tube, annealed temper.
1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or
ASME B16.22, wrought-copper solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-
copper fittings if indicated.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body,
with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or
threaded ends.
F. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, and ASTM B 88, Type M), water tube,
drawn temper.
1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or
ASME B16.22, wrought-copper solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-
copper fittings if indicated.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body,
with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or
threaded ends.
G. PE Pipe with Controlled ID: ASTM F 771, PE 3408 compound; SIDR 11.5 and
SIDR 15.
1. Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D 2609, nylon or propylene plastic with
barbed ends. Include bands or other fasteners.
H. PE Pipe with Controlled OD: ASTM F 771, PE 3408 compound, SDR 11.
1. PE Butt, Heat-Fusion Fittings: ASTM D 3261.
2. PE Socket-Type Fittings: ASTM D 2683.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 6
I. PE Pressure Pipe: AWWA C906, with DR of 7.3, 9, or 9.3 and PE compound
number required to give pressure rating not less than 160 psig 200 psig.
1. PE Butt, Heat-Fusion Fittings: ASTM D 3261.
2. PE Socket-Type Fittings: ASTM D 2683.
J. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, PVC 1120 compound, Schedules 40 and 80.
1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2466, Schedules 40 and 80.
2. PVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM D 2464, Schedule 80.
3. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both
headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket ends.
K. PVC Pipe, Pressure Rated: ASTM D 2241, PVC 1120 compound, SDR 21 and
SDR 26.
1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2467, Schedule 80.
2. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both
headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket or threaded ends.
2.2 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick
unless otherwise indicated; full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus
alloys for general-duty brazing unless otherwise indicated.
D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux
according to ASTM B 813.
E. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer
according to ASTM F 656.
F. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended
by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING
A. Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.
B. Form: Sheet or tube.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 7
C. Material: LLDPE film of 0.008-inch minimum thickness or high-density, cross-
laminated PE film of 0.004-inch minimum thickness.
D. Color: Black or Natural.
2.4 MANUAL VALVES
A. Curb Valves:
1. Description:
a. Standard: AWWA C800.
b. NPS 1 and Smaller Pressure Rating: 100 psig minimum.
c. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2 Pressure Rating: 150 psig.
d. Body Material: Brass or bronze with ball or ground-key plug.
e. End Connections: Matching piping.
f. Stem: With wide-tee head.
B. Curb-Valve Casing:
1. Standard: Similar to AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve casings.
2. Top Section: Telescoping, of length required for depth of burial of curb
valve.
3. Barrel: Approximately 3-inch diameter.
4. Plug: With lettering "WATER."
5. Bottom Section: With base of size to fit over valve.
6. Base Support: Concrete collar.
C. Shutoff Rods for Curb-Valve Casings: Furnish one steel, tee-handle shutoff
rod(s) with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve,
and slotted end matching curb valve for Project.
D. Brass Ball Valves:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide comparable product by one of the following:
a. Crane; Crane Energy Flow Solutions.
b. DynaQuip Controls.
c. Flow-Tek, Inc.
d. Hammond Valve.
e. Jamesbury; Metso.
f. Jomar Valve.
g. KITZ Corporation.
h. Legend Valve & Fitting, Inc.
i. Marwin Valve; Richards Industries.
j. Milwaukee Valve Company.
k. NIBCO INC.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 8
l. Red-White Valve Corporation.
m. RuB Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-110.
b. SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Forged brass.
f. Ends: Threaded or solder joint if indicated.
g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h. Stem: Brass.
i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
j. Port: Full or regular, but not reduced.
E. Bronze Ball Valves:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide comparable product by one of the following:
a. American Valve, Inc.
b. American Valve, Inc.
c. Conbraco Industries, Inc.
d. Crane; Crane Energy Flow Solutions.
e. Hammond Valve.
f. Lance Valves.
g. Legend Valve & Fitting, Inc.
h. Milwaukee Valve Company.
i. NIBCO INC.
j. Red-White Valve Corporation.
k. Watts; a Watts Water Technologies company.
l. Zurn Industries, LLC.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-110.
b. SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Bronze.
f. Ends: Threaded or solder joint if indicated.
g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h. Stem: Bronze.
i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
j. Port: Full or regular, but not reduced.
F. Bronze Gate Valves:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 9
1.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
b. Class: 125.
c. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
d. Body Material: ASTM B 62 bronze with integral seat and screw-in
bonnet.
e. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
f. Stem: Bronze, nonrising.
g. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
h. Packing: Asbestos free.
i. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.
G. Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seated:
1. Description:
a. Standard: AWWA C509.
b. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum.
c. Body Material: Ductile or gray iron with bronze trim.
d. End Connections: Mechanical joint or push-on joint.
e. Interior Coating: Comply with AWWA C550.
f. Body Design: Nonrising stem.
g. Operator: Stem nut.
h. Disc: Solid wedge with resilient coating.
H. Iron Gate Valve Casings:
1. Standard: AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve casings.
2. Top Section: Adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of
valve.
3. Barrel: Approximately 5-inch diameter.
4. Plug: With lettering "WATER."
5. Bottom Section: With base of size to fit over valve.
6. Base Support: Concrete collar or wood frame.
I. Operating Wrenches for Iron Gate Valve Casings: Furnish two steel, tee-handle
operating wrench(es) with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest
buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut for Project.
J. Iron Gate Valves, NRS:
1. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 10
d. Ends: Flanged.
e. Trim: All bronze.
f. Disc: Solid wedge.
g. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.
K. Iron Gate Valves, OS&Y:
1. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
d. Ends: Flanged.
e. Trim: All bronze.
f. Disc: Solid wedge.
g. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.
2.5 PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES
A. Water Regulators:
1. Description:
a. Standard: ASSE 1003.
b. Body Material: Bronze for NPS 2and smaller; cast iron with interior
lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for
NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3.
c. Pressure Rating: Initial pressure of 150 psig.
d. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged
for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3.
2. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Size: NPS .
b. Design Flow Rate: gpm.
c. Design Inlet Pressure: psig.
d. Design Outlet Pressure Setting: psig.
B. Water Control Valves:
1. Description: Pilot-operation, diaphragm-type, single-seated main water
control valve. Include small pilot control valve, restrictor device, specialty
fittings, and sensor piping.
a. Main Valve Body: Cast- or ductile-iron body with AWWA C550 or
FDA-approved, interior epoxy coating; or stainless-steel body.
b. Pattern: Angle or Globe-valve design.
c. Trim: Stainless steel.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 11
d. Pressure Rating: Initial pressure of 150 psig minimum.
e. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for
NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
2. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Size: NPS.
b. Design Flow Rate: gpm.
c. Design Inlet Pressure: psig.
d. Design Outlet Pressure Setting: psig.
2.6 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
A. Bronze, Automatic Control Valves:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide comparable product by one of the following:
a. Buckner; a Storm Manufacturing Group, Inc. brand.
b. Ceres Products Company.
c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Netafim USA.
e. Superior Controls Co., Inc.
f. Toro Company (The).
g. Weathermatic.
2. Description: Cast-bronze body, normally closed, diaphragm type with
manual-flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid.
B. Plastic, Automatic Control Valves:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide comparable product by one of the following:
a. Buckner; a Storm Manufacturing Group, Inc. brand.
b. Ceres Products Company.
c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Dig Corporation.
e. Greenlawn Sprinkler Company.
f. Hit Products Corporation.
g. Hunter Industries Incorporated.
h. Irritrol Systems.
i. Nelson, L. R. Corporation.
j. Netafim USA.
k. Olson Irrigation Systems.
l. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
m. Rain Bird Corporation.
n. Superior Controls Co., Inc.
o. Toro Company (The).
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 12
p. Weathermatic.
2. Description: Molded-plastic body, normally closed, diaphragm type with
manual-flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid.
2.7 AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES
A. Description: Spring-loaded-ball type of corrosion-resistant construction and
designed to open for drainage if line pressure drops below 2-1/2 to 3 psig.
2.8 TRANSITION FITTINGS
A. General Requirements: Same size as, and with pressure rating at least equal to
and with ends compatible with, piping to be joined.
B. Transition Couplings:
1. Description: AWWA C219, metal sleeve-type coupling for underground
pressure piping.
C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings:
1. Description: PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80
equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one
solvent-cement-socket or threaded end.
D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions:
1. Description: MSS SP-107, PVC four-part union. Include one brass or
stainless-steel threaded end, one solvent-cement-joint or threaded plastic
end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
2.9 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or
ferrous material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable
for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
B. Dielectric Unions:
1. Description: Factory-fabricated union, NPS 2 and smaller.
a. Pressure Rating: 250 psig at 180 deg F.
b. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous;
threaded ferrous.
C. Dielectric Flanges:
1. Description: Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly,
NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 and larger.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 13
a. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum] 175 psig minimum.
b. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous;
threaded solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
D. Dielectric-Flange Kits:
1. Description: Nonconducting materials for field assembly of companion
flanges, NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
a. Pressure Rating: 150 psig minimum.
b. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic.
c. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene.
d. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.
E. Dielectric Couplings:
1. Description: Galvanized-steel coupling.
a. Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F.
b. End Connections: Female threaded.
c. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining.
F. Dielectric Nipples:
1. Description: Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545.
a. Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 deg F.
b. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.
c. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Water Hammer Arresters: ASSE 1010 or PDI WH 201, with bellows or piston-
type pressurized cushioning chamber and in sizes complying with PDI WH 201,
Sizes A to F.
B. Pressure Gages: ASME B40.1. Include 4-1/2-inch-diameter dial, dial range of
two times system operating pressure, and bottom outlet.
2.11 SPRINKLERS
A. General Requirements: Designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area
indicated at available water pressure.
B. Plastic, Pop-up, Gear-Drive Rotary Sprinklers:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide comparable product by one of the following:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 14
a. Buckner; a Storm Manufacturing Group, Inc. brand.
b. Ceres Products Company.
c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Nelson, L. R. Corporation.
e. Toro Company (The).
2. Description:
a. Body Material: ABS.
b. Nozzle: Brass.
c. Retraction Spring: Stainless steel.
d. Internal Parts: Corrosion resistant.
3. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Pop-up Height: 12 inches aboveground to nozzle.
b. Arc: Full, Half, or Quarter circle.
c. Inlet: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4.
C. Plastic, Pop-up Spray Sprinklers:
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide comparable product by one of the following:
a. Buckner; a Storm Manufacturing Group, Inc. brand.
b. Ceres Products Company.
c. Champion Irrigation Products.
d. Hit Products Corporation.
e. Hunter Industries Incorporated.
f. K-RAIN Manufacturing Corporation.
g. Nelson, L. R. Corporation.
h. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
i. Rain Bird Corporation.
j. Toro Company (The).
k. Weathermatic.
2. Description:
a. Body Material: ABS.
b. Nozzle: Brass.
c. Retraction Spring: Stainless steel.
d. Internal Parts: Corrosion resistant.
e. Pattern: Fixed, with flow adjustment.
3. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Nozzle: Brass.
b. Pop-up Height: [12 inches] aboveground to nozzle.
c. Arc: [Full] [Half] [Quarter] circle.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 15
d. Inlet: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4
2.12 QUICK COUPLERS
A. Description: Factory-fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly. Include
coupler water-seal valve; removable upper body with spring-loaded or
weighted, rubber-covered cap; hose swivel with ASME B1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH
threads for garden hose on outlet; and operating key.
1. Locking-Top Option: Vandal-resistant locking feature. Include two
matching key(s).
2.13 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTIES
A. Freestanding Emitters: Device to deliver water at approximately 20 psig.
1. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control.
2. Riser to Emitter: PE or PVC flexible tubing.
3. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Flow: 1/2 gph, 1 gph, or 2 gph at approximately 20 psig.
b. Tubing: PE or PVC; 1/8-inchminimum ID.
c. Mounting Height: aboveground to nozzle.
B. Manifold Emitter Systems: Manifold with tubing and emitters.
1. Manifold: With multiple outlets to deliver water to emitters.
a. Body Material: Plastic.
b. Outlet Caps: Plastic, for outlets without installed tubing.
c. Operation: Automatic pressure compensating.
2. Tubing: PE or PVC; 1/8-inch minimum ID.
3. Emitter: Device to deliver water at approximately 20 psig.
a. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control.
C. Multiple-Outlet Emitter Systems: Emitter with tubing and button-type outlets.
1. Emitter: With multiple outlets to deliver water to remote outlets.
a. Body Material: Plastic, with flow control.
b. Outlet Caps: Plastic, for outlets without installed tubing.
c. Operation: Automatic pressure compensating.
d. Emitters: Devices to deliver water at approximately 20 psig
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 16
2. Tubing: PE or PVC; 1/8-inch minimum ID.
D. Drip Tubes with Direct-Attached Emitters:
1. Tubing: Flexible PE or PVC with plugged end.
2. Emitters: Devices to deliver water at approximately 20 psig.
a. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control.
b. Mounting: Inserted into tubing at set intervals.
3. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Tubing Size: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1.
b. Emitter Flow: 1/2 gph, 1 gph, or 2 gph.
E. Drip Tubes with Remote Discharge:
1. Tubing: Flexible PE or PVC with plugged end.
2. Emitters: Devices to deliver water at approximately 20 psig.
a. Body Material: PE or vinyl, with flow control.
b. Mounting: Inserted into tubing at set intervals.
3. Capacities and Characteristics:
a. Tubing Size: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1.
b. Emitter Flow: 1/2 gph gph or 2 gph].
c. Branch Tubing Size: NPS 1/4 with button-type outlet.
F. Off-Ground Supports: Plastic stakes.
G. Application Pressure Regulators: Brass or plastic housing, NPS 3/4, with
corrosion-resistant internal parts; capable of controlling outlet pressure to
approximately 20 psig.
H. Filter Units: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal parts; of
size and capacity required for devices downstream from unit.
I. Air Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal
parts.
J. Vacuum Relief Valves: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion-resistant internal
parts.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 17
2.14 CONTROLLERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
1. Buckner; a Storm Manufacturing Group, Inc. brand.
2. Champion Irrigation Products.
3. Hit Products Corporation.
4. Hunter Industries Incorporated.
5. Irritrol Systems.
6. K-RAIN Manufacturing Corporation.
7. Nelson, L. R. Corporation.
8. Netafim USA.
9. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc.
10. Rain Bird Corporation.
11. Superior Controls Co., Inc.
12. Toro Company (The).
13. Weathermatic.
B. Description:
1. Controller Stations for Automatic Control Valves: Each station is variable
from approximately 5 to 60 minutes. Include switch for manual or
automatic operation of each station.
2. Exterior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 4, weatherproof, with
locking cover and two matching keys; include provision for grounding.
a. Body Material: Stainless-steel sheet metal.
b. Mounting: Freestanding type for concrete base or Surface type for
wall as coordinated with Owner.
3. Interior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 12, dripproof, with locking
cover and two matching keys.
a. Body Material: Stainless-steel sheet metal.
b. Mounting: Surface type for wall.
4. Control Transformer: 24-V secondary, with primary fuse.
5. Timing Device: Adjustable, 24-hour, 14-day clock, with automatic
operations to skip operation any day in timer period, to operate every
other day, or to operate two or more times daily.
a. Manual or Semiautomatic Operation: Allows this mode without
disturbing preset automatic operation.
b. Nickel-Cadmium Battery and Trickle Charger: Automatically powers
timing device during power outages.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 18
c. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide-varistor type on each station and
primary power.
6. Moisture Sensor: Adjustable from one to seven days, to shut off water flow
during rain.
7. Smart Controllers: Use ET, tested in accordance with IA SWAT
Climatological Based Controllers 8th Draft Testing Protocol and compliant
with ASHRAE Standard 189.1.
8. Wiring: UL 493, Type UF multiconductor, with solid-copper conductors;
insulated cable; suitable for direct burial.
a. Feeder-Circuit Cables: No. 12 AWG minimum, between building and
controllers.
b. Low-Voltage, Branch-Circuit Cables: No. 14 AWG minimum,
between controllers and automatic control valves; color-coded
different from feeder-circuit-cable jacket color; with jackets of
different colors for multiple-cable installation in same trench.
c. Splicing Materials: Manufacturer's packaged kit consisting of
insulating, spring-type connector or crimped joint and epoxy resin
moisture seal; suitable for direct burial.
9. Concrete Base: Reinforced precast concrete not less than 36 by 24 by 4
inches thick, and 6 inches greater in each direction than overall
dimensions of controller. Include opening for wiring.
2.15 BOXES FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
A. Plastic Boxes:
1. Description: Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping;
designed for installing flush with grade.
a. Size: As required for valves and service.
1) Lettering: "VALVE BOX IRRIGATION."
B. Polymer-Concrete Boxes:
1. Description: Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping;
designed for installing flush with grade.
a. Size: As required for valves and service.
b. Sidewall Material: Polymer concrete with lateral and vertical sidewall
design loading of 15,000 lb minimum over 10 by 10 inches square.
c. Cover Material: Polymer concrete or Reinforced polymer concrete
with cover design loading of 15,000 lb minimum over 10 by 10 inches
square.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 19
1) Lettering: "VALVE BOX IRRIGATION."
C. Drainage Backfill: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 inch
minimum to 3 inches maximum.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 312000 "Earth
Moving."
B. Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches (300 mm) below
finished grades, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavement and slabs.
C. Drain Pockets: Excavate to sizes indicated. Backfill with cleaned gravel or
crushed stone, graded from 3/4 to 3 inches, to 12 inches below grade. Cover
gravel or crushed stone with sheet of asphalt-saturated felt and backfill
remainder with excavated material.
D. Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the
following:
1. Irrigation Main Piping: Minimum depth of 36 inches below finished grade,
or not less than 18 inches below average local frost depth, whichever is
deeper.
2. Circuit Piping: 12 inches.
3. Drain Piping: 12 inches.
4. Sleeves: 24 inches.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Set stakes to identify locations of proposed irrigation system. Obtain Architect's
approval before excavation.
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Location and Arrangement: Drawings indicate location and arrangement of
piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on
Coordination Drawings.
B. Install piping at minimum uniform slope of 0.5 percent down toward drain
valves.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 20
C. Install piping free of sags and bends.
D. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing.
E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
F. Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components
with NPS 2or smaller pipe connection.
G. Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components
with NPS 2-1/2or larger pipe connection.
H. Install underground thermoplastic piping according to ASTM D 2774 and
ASTM F 690.
I. Install expansion loops in control-valve boxes for plastic piping.
J. Lay piping on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions.
K. Install ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600.
L. Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F. Allow
joints to cure at least 24 hours at temperatures above 40 deg F (before testing.
M. Install water regulators with shutoff valve and strainer on inlet and pressure
gage on outlet. Install shutoff valve on outlet. Install aboveground or in control-
valve boxes.
N. Water Hammer Arresters: Install between connection to building main and
circuit valves aboveground or in control-valve boxes.
O. Install piping in sleeves under parking lots, roadways, and sidewalks.
P. Install sleeves made of Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 PVC pipe and socket
fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
Q. Install transition fittings for plastic-to-metal pipe connections according to the
following:
1. Underground Piping:
a. NPS 1-1/2and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition fittings.
b. NPS 2 and Larger: AWWA transition couplings.
2. Aboveground Piping:
a. NPS 2and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition unions.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 21
b. NPS 2and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits with one plastic flange.
R. Install dielectric fittings for dissimilar-metal pipe connections according to the
following:
1. Underground Piping:
a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Dielectric coupling or dielectric nipple.
b. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Prohibited except in control-valve box.
2. Aboveground Piping:
a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Dielectric union.
b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Dielectric flange.
c. NPS 5 and Larger: Dielectric flange kit.
3. Piping in Control-Valve Boxes:
a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Dielectric union.
b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Dielectric flange.
c. NPS 5 and Larger: Dielectric flange kit.
3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel
pipe.
B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings
before assembly.
C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to
ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded
pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as
follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads
unless dry seal threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open
welds.
D. Flanged Joints: Select rubber gasket material, size, type, and thickness for
service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable
lubricants on bolt threads.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 22
E. Ductile-Iron Piping Gasketed Joints: Comply with AWWA C600 and
AWWA M41.
F. Copper-Tubing Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to CDA's "Copper
Tube Handbook," using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal.
G. Copper-Tubing Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813 water-flushable flux to tube
end unless otherwise indicated. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or
CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy (0.20 percent
maximum lead content) complying with ASTM B 32.
H. PE Piping Fastener Joints: Join with insert fittings and bands or fasteners
according to piping manufacturer's written instructions.
I. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with
clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1. Plain-End PE Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
2. Plain-End PE Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
J. PVC Piping Solvent-Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe
and fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers,
and solvent cements.
2. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number, ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe
and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-
schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to
ASTM D 2855.
3. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Underground Curb Valves: Install in curb-valve casings with tops flush with
grade.
B. Underground Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seat: Comply with AWWA C600 and
AWWA M44. Install in valve casing with top flush with grade.
1. Install valves and PVC pipe with restrained, gasketed joints.
C. Aboveground Valves: Install as components of connected piping system.
D. Pressure-Reducing Valves: Install in boxes for automatic control valves or
aboveground between shutoff valves. Install full-size valved bypass.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 23
E. Throttling Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control
valves.
F. Drain Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control
valves.
3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed.
B. Install sprinklers at manufacturer's recommended heights.
C. Locate part-circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches from
walls and 2 inches from other boundaries unless otherwise indicated.
3.7 DRIP IRRIGATION SPECIALTY INSTALLATION
A. Install freestanding emitters on pipe riser to mounting height indicated.
B. Install manifold emitter systems with tubing to emitters. Plug unused manifold
outlets. Install emitters on off-ground supports at height indicated.
C. Install multiple-outlet emitter systems with tubing to outlets. Plug unused emitter
outlets. Install outlets on off-ground supports at height indicated.
D. Install drip tubes with direct-attached emitters on ground.
E. Install drip tubes with remote-discharge on ground with outlets on off-ground
supports at height indicated.
F. Install off-ground supports of length required for indicated mounted height of
device.
G. Install application pressure regulators and filter units in piping near device being
protected, and aboveground in control-valve boxes.
H. Install air relief valves and vacuum relief valves in piping, and aboveground in
control-valve boxes.
3.8 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION-CONTROL SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Equipment Mounting: Install interior controllers on wall.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 24
1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be
embedded.
2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to
supported equipment.
3.9 CONNECTIONS
A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 221113 "Facility Water
Distribution Piping" for water supply from exterior water service piping, water
meters, protective enclosures, and backflow preventers. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment, valves, and devices to allow service and
maintenance.
C. Connect wiring between controllers and automatic control valves.
3.10 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification
specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
B. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment
nameplates and signs on each automatic controller.
1. Text: In addition to identifying unit, distinguish between multiple units,
inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and
emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations.
C. Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable
warning tapes over underground piping during backfilling of trenches. See
Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for warning tapes.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and
equipment installations, including connections.
B. Perform tests and inspections.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 25
1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment
installations, including connections, and to assist in testing.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair
leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate
controllers and automatic control valves to confirm proper system
operation.
3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and
malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D. Any irrigation product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
inspections.
E. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.12 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Perform startup service.
1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
2. Verify that controllers are installed and connected according to the
Contract Documents.
3. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's
submittal.
3.13 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust settings of controllers.
B. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operating pressure
required for each sprinkler circuit.
C. Adjust sprinklers and devices, except those intended to be mounted
aboveground, so they will be flush with, or not more than 1/2 inch above, finish
grade.
3.14 CLEANING
A. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 26
3.15 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain
automatic control valves and controllers.
3.16 PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Install components having pressure rating equal to or greater than system
operating pressure.
B. Piping in control-valve boxes and aboveground may be joined with flanges or
unions instead of joints indicated.
C. Aboveground irrigation main piping, NPS 4 and smaller, shall be one of the
following:
1. Galvanized-steel pipe and galvanized-steel pipe nipples; galvanized, gray-
iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints.
2. Type M] hard copper tube, wrought- or cast-copper fittings, and soldered
joints.
D. Aboveground irrigation main piping, NPS 5 and larger, shall be one of the
following:
1. Galvanized-steel pipe and galvanized-steel pipe nipples; galvanized, gray-
iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints.
2. Schedule 80, PVC pipe; Schedule 80, threaded PVC fittings; and threaded
joints.
E. Underground irrigation main piping, NPS 4 and smaller, shall be one of the
following:
1. NPS 3 and NPS 4ductile-iron, mechanical-joint pipe; ductile-iron,
mechanical-joint fittings, glands, bolts, and nuts; and gasketed joints.
2. NPS 3 and NPS 4 ductile-iron, push-on-joint pipe; ductile-iron, push-on-
joint fittings and gaskets; and gasketed joints.
3. Type L soft copper tube, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints.
4. NPS 4 PE pressure pipe; PE butt, heat-fusion or socket-type fittings; and
heat-fusion joints.
5. Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, PVC pipe and socket fittings, and solvent-
cemented joints.
6. Schedule 80, PVC pipe; Schedule 80, threaded PVC fittings; and threaded
joints.
7. SDR 21, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule 80, PVC socket fittings; and
solvent-cemented joints.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 27
F. Underground irrigation main piping, NPS 5 and larger, shall be one of the
following:
1. NPS 6 and larger ductile-iron, mechanical-joint pipe; ductile-iron,
mechanical-joint fittings, glands, bolts, and nuts; and gasketed joints.
2. NPS 6 and larger ductile-iron, push-on-joint pipe; ductile-iron, push-on-
joint fittings and gaskets; and gasketed joints.
3. PE pressure pipe; PE butt, heat-fusion fittings; and heat-fusion joints.
4. Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent-
cemented joints.
5. SDR 21, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule 80, PVC socket fittings; and
solvent-cemented joints.
G. Circuit piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following:
1. SIDR 7 or SIDR 9, PE, controlled ID pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and
fastener joints.
2. DR 9 or DR 11, PE, controlled OD pipe; PE butt, heat-fusion, or PE
socket-type fittings; and heat-fusion joints.
3. Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
4. SDR 26, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule 40, PVC socket fittings; and
solvent-cemented joints.
H. Circuit piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be one of the following:
1. SIDR 7 orSIDR 9, PE, controlled ID pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and
banded or fastener joints.
2. [DR 9 orDR 11, PE, controlled OD pipe; PE socket or butt-fusion fittings;
and heat-fusion joints. NPS 3 pipe and fittings if NPS 2-1/2 pipe and
fittings are not available.
3. Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
4. SDR 26, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule 40, PVC socket fittings; and
solvent-cemented joints.
I. Underground Branches and Offsets at Sprinklers and Devices: Schedule 80,
PVC pipe; threaded PVC fittings; and threaded joints.
1. Option: Plastic swing-joint assemblies, with offsets for flexible joints,
manufactured for this application.
J. Risers to Aboveground Sprinklers and Specialties: Type M hard copper tube,
wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints.
K. Risers to Aboveground Sprinklers and Specialties: Schedule 80, PVC pipe and
socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 28
L. Drain piping shall be one of the following:
1. SIDR 9, 11.5, or 15, PE, controlled ID pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and
banded or fastener joints.
2. Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
3. SDR 21, 26, or 32.5, PVC, pressure-rated pipe; Schedule 40, PVC socket
fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.
3.17 VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Underground, Shutoff-Duty Valves: Use the following:
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Curb valve, curb-valve casing, and shutoff rod.
2. NPS 3 and Larger: Iron gate valve, resilient seated; iron gate valve casing;
and operating wrench(es).
B. Aboveground, Shutoff-Duty Valves:
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Brass or bronzeball valve.
2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze gate valve.
3. NPS 2-1/2and Larger: Iron ball valve.
4. NPS 2-1/2and Larger: Iron gate valve, NRSor OS&Y.
C. Throttling-Duty Valves:
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze automatic control valve.
2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Brass or bronzeball valve.
3. NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3: Bronze automatic control valve.
4. NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3: Iron ball valve.
D. Drain Valves:
1. NPS 1/2 and NPS 3/4: Automatic drain valve.
2. NPS 1/2 and NPS 3/4: Brass or bronze ball valve.
3. NPS 1/2 and NPS 3/4: Bronze gate valve.
4. NPS 1 to NPS 2: Brass or bronze ball valve.
5. NPS 1 to NPS 2: Bronze gate valve.
END OF SECTION 328400
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 1
SECTION 32 9200 - TURF AND GRASSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Soil Analysis
2. Soil Amendments
3. Sodding
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Duff Layer: The surface layer of native topsoil that is composed of mostly decayed leaves,
twigs, and detritus.
B. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
C. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a
pest. This includes insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and
molluscicides. It also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator,
defoliant, or desiccant.
D. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired or that cause damage to plants,
animals, or people. These include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and slugs), rodents
(gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria, and viruses.
E. Planting Soil: Standardized topsoil; existing, native surface topsoil; existing, in-place surface
soil; imported topsoil; or manufactured topsoil that is modified with soil amendments and
perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
F. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or top
surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
G. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic
matter and soil organisms.
H. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project site. In
undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil, but in disturbed areas such as urban
environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 2
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Provide all items listed below in one comprehensive submittal.
B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. Pesticides and Herbicides: Include product label and manufacturer's application
instructions specific to this Project.
C. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass-seed monostand or mixture
stating the botanical and common name, percentage by weight of each species and variety, and
percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of
packaging.
1. Certification of each seed mixture for turfgrass sod. Include identification of source and
name and telephone number of supplier.
D. Qualification Data: For qualified landscape Installer.
E. Product Certificates: For soil amendments from manufacturer.
F. Material Test Reports: For existing native surface topsoil and imported or manufactured topsoil.
G. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
maintenance of turf during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required initial
maintenance periods.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape Installer whose work has resulted in successful
turf establishment.
1. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either the
Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape Association.
2. Experience: Five years' experience in turf installation in addition to requirements in
Division 01 Section “Quality Requirements”.
3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when work is in progress.
4. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in all of the
following categories from the Professional Landcare Network:
a. Certified Landscape Technician - Exterior, with installation, maintenance, and
irrigation specialty areas, designated CLT-Exterior.
b. Certified Turfgrass Professional, designated CTP.
B. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory or university laboratory,
recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to
conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed.
C. Soil Analysis: Test existing on-site topsoil and imported topsoil if required per analysis of
existing soils. Furnish soil analysis and a written report by a qualified soil-testing laboratory
stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay content; cation exchange
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 3
capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH; and mineral and plant-nutrient
content of the soil.
1. Testing methods and written recommendations shall comply with USDA's Handbook
No. 60.
2. The soil-testing laboratory shall oversee soil sampling, with depth, location, and number
of samples to be taken per instructions from Architect. A minimum of one representative
sample per site acre shall be taken from varied locations for each soil to be used or
amended for planting purposes.
3. Report suitability of tested soil for turf growth.
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil
amendments to be incorporated. State recommendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft.
(92.9 sq. m) or volume per cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) for nitrogen, phosphorus, and
potash nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce satisfactory planting
soil suitable for healthy, viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including aluminum,
arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If such
problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective
action.
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing
weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of conformance
with state and federal laws, as applicable.
B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for
Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation" in
TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod in time for planting within 24
hours of harvesting. Protect sod from breakage and drying.
C. Bulk Materials:
1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements,
or on existing turf areas or plants.
2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials,
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties,
water conveyance systems, or walkways.
3. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate
certificates.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods
with initial maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of planting
completion.
1. Spring Planting: May 1 – July 1
2. Fall Planting: September 1 – September 15
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 4
B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be
obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Initial Turf Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape
Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is
planted and continue until acceptable turf is established but for not less than the following
periods:
1. Sodded Turf: 1 year after date of Project’s substantial completion.
B. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly (or
other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is concluded.
State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future renewal
options.
1.9 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY
A. Warranty lawns and grasses for a period of one year after date of substantial completion,
against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth.
B. Remove and replace lawns and grasses found to be dead or in unhealthy condition during
warranty period. Make replacements during growth season following end of warranty period.
Replace lawns and grasses which are in doubtful condition at end of warranty period; unless, in
opinion of Architect, it is advisable to extend warranty period for a full growing season.
C. Another warranty inspection will be conducted at end of extended warranty period, if any, to
determine acceptance or rejection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TURFGRASS SOD
A. Turfgrass Sod: Certified Number 1 Quality/Premium, including limitations on thatch, weeds,
diseases, nematodes, and insects, complying with "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials"
in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable sod of uniform density,
color, and texture, strongly rooted, and capable of vigorous growth and development when
planted.
B. Turfgrass Species: Sod of grass species as follows, with not less than 95 percent germination,
not less than 85 percent pure seed, and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed:
1. Full Sun: To match existing
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 5
2.2 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8;
moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1/4-inch sieve;
soluble salt content of 5 to 10 decisiemens/m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and
free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
1. Organic Matter Content: Class 1.
2. Provide product with equivalent or greater specification as BioComp from A1 Organics:
16350 WCR 76; Eaton, CO. 80615. Phone: 970-454-3492. Web: www.a1organics.com.
2.3 FERTILIZERS
A. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-insoluble
nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium,
by weight.
2.4 PLANTING SOILS
A. Existing, in-place surface soil:
Verify suitability of existing surface soil to produce viable planting soil. Remove stones
larger than 1” in any dimension, roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse
sand, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, and other
extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. Mix surface soil with the following soil
amendments in the following quantities to produce planting soil:
1. Ratio of Loose Compost to Surface Soil by Volume: 4 cubic yards per 1000 square
feet.
B. Amended Existing, in-place surface soil:
Soil Analysis: Test existing on-site topsoil and imported topsoil if required per analysis of
existing soils. Furnish soil analysis and a written report by a qualified soil-testing laboratory
stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay content; cation
exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH; and mineral and
plant-nutrient content of the soil.
1. Report suitability of tested soil for turf growth (Refer to Section 1.5 Quality
Assurance).
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil
amendments to be incorporated over and above those required in 2.05A
above. State recommendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft. or volume per cu. yd.
for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil amendments to be
added to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy, viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including
aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 6
vanadium. If such problem materials are present, provide additional
recommendations for corrective action.
C. Imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources:
Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites where
topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from bogs or marshes.
Soil Analysis: Test existing on-site topsoil and imported topsoil if required per analysis of
existing soils. Furnish soil analysis and a written report by a qualified soil-testing laboratory
stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay content; cation
exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH; and mineral and
plant-nutrient content of the soil.
1. Report suitability of tested soil for turf growth (Refer to Section 1.5 Quality
Assurance).
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil
amendments to be incorporated. State recommendations in weight per 1000
sq. ft. or volume per cu. yd. for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and
soil amendments to be added to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for
healthy, viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including
aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and
vanadium. If such problem materials are present, provide additional
recommendations for corrective action.
2. Additional Properties of Imported Topsoil or Manufactured Topsoil: Screened and
free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension; free of roots, plants, sod, clods, clay
lumps, pockets of coarse sand, paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers
or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner,
turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials harmful to
plant growth; free of noxious weeds and invasive plants including, but not limited to,
quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle,
bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel, and bromegrass; not
infested with nematodes, grubs, other pests, pest eggs, or other undesirable
organisms and disease-causing plant pathogens; friable and with sufficient structure
to give good tilth and aeration. Continuous, air-filled, pore-space content on a
volume/volume basis shall be at least 15 percent when moisture is present at field
capacity. Soil shall have a field capacity of at least 15 percent on a dry weight basis.
3. Mix imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil with the following soil amendments in
the following quantities to produce planting soil:
a. Ratio of Compost to Topsoil by Volume: 4 cubic yards per 1000 square yards.
2.5 PESTICIDES
A. General: Pesticide, registered and approved by EPA, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as
required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless
authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 7
B. Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Non-Selective): Effective for controlling the germination
or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the mulch layer.
C. Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Non-Selective): Effective for controlling weed growth
that has already germinated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to be planted for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting
performance.
1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout,
concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel,
paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within
a planting area.
2. Do not mix or place soils and soil amendments in frozen, wet, or muddy conditions.
3. Suspend soil spreading, grading, and tilling operations during periods of excessive soil
moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required
results.
4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable and which is too dusty.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a planting
area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace with new planting
soil.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and
plantings from damage caused by planting operations.
1. Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them.
B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
3.1 HERBICIDE TREATMENT
A. Herbicide Treatment: To be performed over the entire area to be landscaped, prior to tilling.
Allow sufficient time to successfully complete the entire Herbicide Treatment process before
continuing with the seed installation.
1. Herbicide treatment must be completed during the growing season.
2. Water surface 1/2" per week for two weeks prior to application if natural precipitation
does not supply this amount to encourage weed seed germination.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 8
3. Treat site with “Round-up” herbicide, or approved equal, in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations. Schedule the application when the probability of
forecasted rainfall is minimal for the next 48 hours.
4. Two days after application, water surface 1/2" per week if natural precipitation does not
supply this amount to encourage weed seed germination.
5. Ten (10) days after the first herbicide application, review surface for evidence of plant
growth.
6. Repeat steps 2, 3, 4, and 5, as many time as necessary until there is no evidence of plant
growth after a 10-day period.
7. Obtain Architect’s approval of surface conditions fourteen (14) days after last herbicide
application. Substantial acceptance for seed establishment requires that the entire
seeded area is weed free.
8. Remove plant debris from treated area.
3.2 TURF AREA PREPARATION
A. Limit turf subgrade preparation to areas to be planted.
B. Newly Graded Subgrades: After successful herbicide treatment, loosen subgrade to a minimum
depth of 8 inches. Remove stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots,
rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
1. Spread organics after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or
sub-grade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
a. Spread approximately 1/2 the thickness of planting soil over loosened subgrade.
Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil.
b. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod.
c. Spread diamonnium phosphate @ 200 lbs/acre.
C. Unchanged Subgrades: If turf is to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by excavating,
grading, or surface-soil stripping operations, prepare surface soil as follows:
1. Remove existing grass, vegetation, and turf. Do not mix into surface soil.
2. Loosen surface soil to a depth of at least 12 inches. Apply soil amendments and
fertilizers according to planting soil mix proportions and mix thoroughly into top 6 inches
of soil. Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture.
3. Remove stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, trash, and other
extraneous matter.
4. Legally dispose of waste material, including grass, vegetation, and turf, off Owner's
property.
D. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 1/2 inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove
ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit finish grading to areas that can be
planted in the immediate future.
E. Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry
before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 9
F. Before planting, obtain Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded
or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
3.3 SODDING
A. Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or
muddy.
B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch
or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to
subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade,
eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor
cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass.
1. Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 3:1.
2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 3:1 with or steel staples spaced as recommended by
sod manufacturer but not less than 2 anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage.
C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week after planting,
water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2
inches below sod.
3.4 TURF MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and
performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable turf. Roll, regrade, and
replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth turf. Provide materials
and installation the same as those used in the original installation.
1. Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other
processes. Replace materials and turf damaged or lost in areas of subsidence.
2. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new
mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement.
3. Apply treatments as required to keep turf and soil free of pests and pathogens or
disease. Use integrated pest management practices whenever possible to minimize the
use of pesticides and reduce hazards.
B. Watering: Install and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and turf-watering equipment to convey
water from sources and to keep turf uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches.
1. Schedule watering to prevent wilting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or
mulch.
2. Water turf as needed to establish a healthy stand of turf.
C. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified
height without cutting more than 1/3 of grass height. Remove no more than 1/3 of grass-leaf
growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and
become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent mowings to
maintain the following grass height:
1. Mow Reveille Bluegrass to a height of 1-1/2 inch to 2 inches
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
TURF AND GRASSES 32 9200 - 10
D. Turf Postfertilization: Apply fertilizer at appropriate time following installation – after initial
mowing and when grass is dry.
1. Use fertilizer that will provide actual nitrogen of at least 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. to turf area.
3.5 SATISFACTORY TURF
A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Architect:
1. Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well-rooted, even-
colored, viable turf has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and
surface irregularities.
B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements and continue
maintenance until turf is satisfactory.
3.6 PESTICIDE APPLICATION
A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents in accordance with
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations.
Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify
Owner before each application is performed.
B. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Non-Selective): Apply only as necessary to treat
already-germinated weeds and in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.7 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by turf work from paved areas. Clean wheels of
vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto roads, walks, or other paved areas.
B. Erect temporary fencing or barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted
areas from traffic. Maintain fencing and barricades throughout initial maintenance period and
remove after plantings are established.
C. Remove nondegradable erosion-control measures after grass establishment period.
END OF SECTION 32 9200
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 1
SECTION 32 9300 - PLANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Soil Analysis (required)
2. Soil Amendments
3. Plants
4. Planting soils
5. Tree stabilization
6. Landscape Edging
7. Mulches
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 311000 "Site Preparation"
2. Section 312300 "Earthwork"
3. Section 328400 “Planting Irrigation”
4. Section 329200 "Turf and Grasses"
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation.
B. Balled and Burlapped Stock: Plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they
were grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by
ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of plant required; wrapped with burlap, tied, rigidly
supported, and drum laced with twine with the root flare visible at the surface of the ball
as recommended by ANSI Z60.1.
C. Duff Layer: The surface layer of native topsoil that is composed of mostly decayed
leaves, twigs, and detritus.
D. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
E. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils
or sand with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
F. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or
mitigating a pest. This includes insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides,
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 2
rodenticides, and molluscicides. It also includes substances or mixtures intended for
use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant.
G. Pests: Living organisms that occur where they are not desired, or that cause damage
to plants, animals, or people. These include insects, mites, grubs, mollusks (snails and
slugs), rodents (gophers, moles, and mice), unwanted plants (weeds), fungi, bacteria,
and viruses.
H. Planting Area: Areas to be planted.
I. Planting Soil: Standardized topsoil; existing, native surface topsoil; existing, in-place
surface soil; imported topsoil; intensive, light-weight growing media for rooftop
applications; or manufactured topsoil that is modified with soil amendments and
perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
J. Plant; Plants; Plant Material: These terms refer to vegetation in general, including
trees, shrubs, vines, ground covers, ornamental grasses, bulbs, corms, tubers, or
herbaceous vegetation.
K. Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the plant's stem or trunk
where the stem or trunk broadens to form roots; the area of transition between the root
system and the stem or trunk.
L. Stem Girdling Roots: Roots that encircle the stems (trunks) of trees below the soil
surface.
M. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or
the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
N. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of
organic matter and soil organisms.
O. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile at the Project
site. In undisturbed areas, the surface soil is typically topsoil; but in disturbed areas
such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, including soils.
1. Plant Materials: Include quantities, sizes, quality, and sources for plant
materials.
2. Pesticides and Herbicides: Include product label and manufacturer's application
instructions specific to the Project.
3. Plant Photographs: Include color photographs in digital format of each required
species and size of plant material as it will be furnished to the Project. Take
photographs from an angle depicting true size and condition of the typical plant to
be furnished. Include a scale rod or other measuring device in each photograph.
For species where more than 20 plants are required, include a minimum of three
photographs showing the average plant, the best quality plant, and the worst
quality plant to be furnished. Identify each photograph with the full scientific
name of the plant, plant size, and name of the growing nursery.
4. Mulches: Include (1) one lb. bag of each mulch specified.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 3
5. Tag trees no later than one growing season prior to installation or as instructed
by the landscape architect.
B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following:
1. Inorganic Mulch: 2 lb of each mulch required, in sealed plastic bags labeled with
source of mulch. Each sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be
furnished; provide an accurate indication of color, texture, and makeup of the
material.
2. Weed Control Barrier: 12 by 12 inches
3. Edging Materials and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard size, to verify color
selected.
C. Qualification Data: For qualified landscape Installer. Include list of similar projects
completed by Installer demonstrating Installer's capabilities and experience. Include
project names, addresses, and year completed, and include names and addresses of
owners' contact persons.
D. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, from manufacturer, and
complying with the following:
1. Manufacturer's certified analysis of standard products.
2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to
methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where
applicable.
E. Material Test Reports: For standardized ASTM D 5268 topsoil, existing native surface
topsoil, existing in-place surface soil and imported or manufactured topsoil.
F. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
maintenance of plants during a calendar year. Submit before start of required
maintenance periods.
G. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape Installer whose work has resulted in
successful establishment of plants.
1. Professional Membership: Installer shall be a member in good standing of either
the Professional Landcare Network or the American Nursery and Landscape
Association.
2. Experience: Five years' experience in landscape installation in addition to
requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."
3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-
time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress.
4. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in all
of the following categories from the Professional Landcare Network:
a. Certified Landscape Technician - Exterior, with installation, maintenance,
and irrigation specialty areas, designated CLT-Exterior.
b. Certified Ornamental Landscape Professional, designated COLP.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 4
5. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial.
B. Soil-Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent or university laboratory,
recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to
conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed.
C. Soil Analysis: Test existing on-site topsoil and imported topsoil if required per analysis
of existing soils. Furnish soil analysis and a written report by a qualified soil-testing
laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay
content; cation exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH;
and mineral and plant-nutrient content of the soil.
1. Testing methods and written recommendations shall comply with USDA's
Handbook No. 60.
2. The soil-testing laboratory shall oversee soil sampling; with depth, location, and
number of samples to be taken per instructions from Architect. A minimum of
one representative sample per site acre shall be taken from varied locations for
each soil to be used or amended for planting purposes.
3. Report suitability of tested soil for plant growth.
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments
and soil amendments to be incorporated. State recommendations in
weight per 1000 sq. ft. (92.9 sq. m) or volume per cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m)
for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil amendments to
be added to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy,
viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including
aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium,
and vanadium. If such problem materials are present, provide
additional recommendations for corrective action.
D. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of plants indicated, complying with
applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1.
1. Selection of plants purchased under allowances will be made by Architect, who
will tag plants at their place of growth before they are prepared for transplanting.
E. Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1. Do not prune to obtain required
sizes.
1. Trees and Shrubs: Measure with branches and trunks or canes in their normal
position. Take height measurements from or near the top of the root flare for
field-grown stock and container grown stock. Measure main body of tree or
shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip to tip. Take
caliper measurements 6 inches above the root flare for trees up to 4-inch caliper
size, and 12 inches above the root flare for larger sizes.
2. Other Plants: Measure with stems, petioles, and foliage in their normal position.
F. Plant Material Observation: Architect may observe plant material either at place of
growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species,
variety, cultivar, size, and quality. Architect retains right to observe trees and shrubs
further for size and condition of balls and root systems, pests, disease symptoms,
injuries, and latent defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 5
during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project
site.
1. Notify Architect of sources of planting materials 90 days in advance of delivery to
site.
G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers
showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of
conformance with state and federal laws if applicable.
B. Bulk Materials:
1. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and
pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants.
2. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk
materials, discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching
adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways.
3. Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers, lime, and soil amendments with
appropriate certificates.
C. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root
systems from sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and
tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy
their natural shape. Provide protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery.
Do not drop plants during delivery and handling.
D. Handle planting stock by root ball.
E. Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed, and install
immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants and
trees in their appropriate aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and
mechanical damage, and keep roots moist.
1. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other
acceptable material.
2. Do not remove container-grown stock from containers before time of planting.
3. Water root systems of plants stored on-site deeply and thoroughly with a fine-
mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist, but
not overly-wet condition.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual grade elevations, service and utility locations,
irrigation system components, and dimensions of plantings and construction contiguous
with new plantings by field measurements before proceeding with planting work.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 6
B. Interruption of Existing Services or Utilities: Do not interrupt services or utilities to
facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions
and then only after arranging to provide temporary services or utilities according to
requirements indicated:
1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than two days in advance of
proposed interruption of each service or utility.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of services or utilities without Construction
Manager's and Owner's written permission.
C. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting
periods with maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of
Substantial Completion.
1. Spring Planting: May 1 – September 15
D. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit planting to be performed when beneficial and optimum results may be
obtained. Apply products during favorable weather conditions according to
manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that
fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse,
lack of adequate maintenance, or neglect by Owner, or incidents that are
beyond Contractor's control.
b. Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over.
2. Warranty Periods from Date of Substantial Completion:
a. Trees, Shrubs, Vines, and Ornamental Grasses: 12 months.
b. Ground Covers, Biennials, Perennials, and Other Plants: 12 months.
3. Include the following remedial actions as a minimum:
a. Immediately remove dead plants and replace unless required to plant in
the succeeding planting season.
b. Replace plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy
condition at end of warranty period.
c. A limit of one replacement of each plant will be required except for losses
or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements.
d. Provide extended warranty for period equal to original warranty period, for
replaced plant material.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 7
1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Initial Maintenance Service for Trees and Shrubs: Provide maintenance by skilled
employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance
immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably
healthy and well established but for not less than maintenance period below.
1. Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Initial Maintenance Service for Ground Cover and Other Plants: Provide maintenance
by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin
maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are
acceptably healthy and well established but for not less than maintenance period below.
1. Maintenance Period: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard
yearly (or other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance
service is concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement
period and for future renewal options.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANT MATERIAL
A. General: Furnish nursery-grown plants true to genus, species, variety, cultivar, stem
form, shearing, and other features indicated in Plant Schedule or Plant Legend shown
on Drawings and complying with ANSI Z60.1; and with healthy root systems developed
by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous
stock, densely foliated when in leaf and free of disease, pests, eggs, larvae, and
defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement.
Trees with damaged, crooked, or multiple leaders; tight vertical branches where bark is
squeezed between two branches or between branch and trunk ("included bark");
crossing trunks; cut-off limbs more than 3/4 inch in diameter; or with stem girdling roots
will be rejected.
1. Collected Stock: Do not use plants harvested from the wild, from native stands,
from an established landscape planting, or not grown in a nursery unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Provide plants of sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with ANSI Z60.1
for types and form of plants required. Plants of a larger size may be used if acceptable
to Architect, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls.
C. Root-Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root
ball, which shall begin at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1. Root flare shall be visible
before planting.
D. Labeling: Label at least one plant of each variety, size, and caliper with a securely
attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of common name and full scientific
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 8
name, including genus and species. Include nomenclature for hybrid, variety, or
cultivar, if applicable for the plant as shown on Drawings.
E. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of plants is shown on Drawings, select
stock for uniform height and spread, and number the labels to assure symmetry in
planting.
2.2 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS (AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1.6)
A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural liming material containing a minimum of 80 percent
calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows:
1. Class: T, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through No. 8 sieve and a
minimum of 75 percent passing through No. 60 sieve.
2. Class: O, with a minimum of 95 percent passing through No. 8 sieve and a
minimum of 55 percent passing through No. 60 sieve.
B. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, and containing a minimum of 90 percent sulfur, with a
minimum of 99 percent passing through No. 6 sieve and a maximum of 10 percent
passing through No. 40 sieve.
C. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and
10 percent sulfur.
D. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated.
E. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade.
F. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90
percent passing through No. 50 sieve.
G. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, and free of toxic materials.
2.3 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS (AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1.6)
A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8;
moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1/2-inch
sieve; soluble salt content of 5 decisiemens/m maximum; not exceeding 0.5 percent
inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows:
1. Organic Matter Content: 60 percent of dry weight.
2. Feedstock: Agricultural, food, or industrial residuals; biosolids; yard trimmings; or
source-separated or compostable mixed solid waste.
B. Manure: Well-rotted, unleached, stable or cattle manure containing not more than 25
percent by volume of straw, sawdust, or other bedding materials; free of toxic
substances, stones, sticks, soil, weed seed, debris, and material harmful to plant
growth.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 9
2.4 FERTILIZERS (AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1.6)
A. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum of 4 percent
nitrogen and 20] percent phosphoric acid.
B. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent
available phosphoric acid.
C. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character,
consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic
sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following
composition:
1. Composition: 1 lb/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2
percent potassium, by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended
in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
D. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-
insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent
potassium, by weight.
2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended
in soil reports from a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
E. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip type, long-lasting, slow-release, commercial-
grade planting fertilizer in tablet form. Tablets shall break down with soil bacteria,
converting nutrients into a form that can be absorbed by plant roots.
1. Size: 10-gram tablets.
2. Nutrient Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 5
percent potassium, by weight plus micronutrients.
F. Chelated Iron: Commercial-grade FeEDDHA for dicots and woody plants, and
commercial-grade FeDTPA for ornamental grasses and monocots.
2.5 PLANTING SOILS (AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 1.6)
A. Existing, in-place surface soil:
Verify suitability of existing surface soil to produce viable planting soil. Remove
stones larger than 1” in any dimension, roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps,
pockets of coarse sand, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement,
plaster, building debris, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth.
Mix surface soil with the following soil amendments in the following quantities to
produce planting soil:
1. Ratio of Loose Compost to Surface Soil by Volume: 4 cubic yards per 1000
square feet.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 10
B. Amended Existing, in-place surface soil:
Soil Analysis: Test existing on-site topsoil and imported topsoil if required per
analysis of existing soils. Furnish soil analysis and a written report by a qualified
soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt,
and clay content; cation exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious
material; pH; and mineral and plant-nutrient content of the soil.
1. Report suitability of tested soil for turf growth (Refer to Section 1.5 Quality
Assurance).
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments
and soil amendments to be incorporated over and above those
required in 2.05A above. State recommendations in weight per 1000
sq. ft. or volume per cu. yd. for nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash
nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce satisfactory
planting soil suitable for healthy, viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including
aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium,
and vanadium. If such problem materials are present, provide
additional recommendations for corrective action.
C. Imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources:
Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well-drained construction or mining sites
where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep; do not obtain from bogs or marshes.
Soil Analysis: Test existing on-site topsoil and imported topsoil if required per
analysis of existing soils. Furnish soil analysis and a written report by a qualified
soil-testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt,
and clay content; cation exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious
material; pH; and mineral and plant-nutrient content of the soil.
1. Report suitability of tested soil for turf growth (Refer to Section 1.5 Quality
Assurance).
a. Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments
and soil amendments to be incorporated. State recommendations in
weight per 1000 sq. ft. or volume per cu. yd. for nitrogen, phosphorus,
and potash nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce
satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy, viable plants.
b. Report presence of problem salts, minerals, or heavy metals, including
aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium,
and vanadium. If such problem materials are present, provide
additional recommendations for corrective action.
2. Additional Properties of Imported Topsoil or Manufactured Topsoil:
Screened and free of stones 1 inch or larger in any dimension; free of roots,
plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse sand, paint, paint washout,
concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris,
oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound,
acid, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth; free of noxious
weeds and invasive plants including, but not limited to, quackgrass,
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 11
Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed,
bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel, and bromegrass; not
infested with nematodes, grubs, other pests, pest eggs, or other undesirable
organisms and disease-causing plant pathogens; friable and with sufficient
structure to give good tilth and aeration. Continuous, air-filled, pore-space
content on a volume/volume basis shall be at least 15 percent when moisture
is present at field capacity. Soil shall have a field capacity of at least 15
percent on a dry weight basis.
3. Mix imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil with the following soil
amendments in the following quantities to produce planting soil:
a. Ratio of Compost to Topsoil by Volume: 4 cubic yards per 1000 square
yards.
2.6 MULCHES
A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees
and shrubs, consisting of one of the following:
1. Redwood mulch, as supplied by Pioneer Sand Company, Inc., or approved
equal.
a. Size Range: Natural shredded material
b. Color: Natural color
B. Mineral Mulch: Hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand, clay, and other foreign
substances, of following type, size range, and color:
a. To be selected by architect
b. Thickness 4” deep
2.7 WEED-CONTROL BARRIERS
A. Nonwoven Geotextile Filter Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric, 3 oz./sq. yd.,
composed of fibers formed into a stable network so that fibers retain their relative
position. Fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and resist naturally-encountered
chemicals, alkalis, and acids.
2.8 PESTICIDES
A. General: Pesticide registered and approved by EPA, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and
as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides
unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Non-Selective): Effective for controlling the
germination or growth of weeds within planted areas at the soil level directly below the
mulch layer.
C. Post-Emergent Herbicide (Selective and Non-Selective): Effective for controlling weed
growth that has already germinated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 12
2.9 TREE STABILIZATION MATERIALS
A. Stakes and Guys:
1. Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough-sawn, sound, new hardwood, free of knots,
holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2-by-2-inch nominal by length indicated,
pointed at one end.
2. Flexible Ties: Wide rubber or elastic bands or straps of length required to reach
stakes or turnbuckles.
3. Guys and Tie Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1, galvanized-steel wire, two-
strand, twisted, 0.106 inch in diameter.
4. Tree-Tie Webbing: UV-resistant polypropylene or nylon webbing with brass
grommets.
5. Guy Cables: Five-strand, 3/16-inch diameter, galvanized-steel cable, with zinc-
coated turnbuckles, a minimum of 3 inches long, with two 3/8-inch galvanized
eyebolts.
6. Flags: Standard surveyor's plastic flagging tape, white, 6 inches long.
7. Proprietary Staking-and-Guying Devices: Proprietary stake and adjustable tie
systems to secure each new planting by plant stem; sized as indicated and per
manufacturer's written recommendations.
2.10 LANDSCAPE EDGINGS
A. Steel Edging: Standard commercial-steel edging, rolled edge, fabricated in sections of
standard lengths, with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive
stakes.
1. Edging Size: 14 guage thickness, 4 inches (100 mm) deep.
2. Stakes: Tapered steel, a minimum of 15 inches (380 mm) long.
3. Accessories: Standard tapered ends, corners, and splicers.
4. Finish: Standard paint.
5. Paint Color: Black.
2.11 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. Antidesiccant: Water-insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for
trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Burlap: Non-synthetic, biodegradable.
C. Planter Drainage Gravel: Washed, sound crushed stone or gravel complying with
ASTM D 448 for Size No. 8.
D. Planter Filter Fabric: Woven geotextile manufactured for separation applications and
made of polypropylene, polyolefin, or polyester fibers or combination of them.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 13
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to receive plants for compliance with requirements and conditions
affecting installation and performance.
1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint
washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils,
gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has
been deposited in soil within a planting area.
2. Do not mix or place soils and soil amendments in frozen, wet, or muddy
conditions.
3. Suspend soil spreading, grading, and tilling operations during periods of
excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to
attain the required results.
4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable and which is too
dusty.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. If contamination by foreign or deleterious material or liquid is present in soil within a
planting area, remove the soil and contamination as directed by Architect and replace
with new planting soil.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities and turf areas and
existing plants from damage caused by planting operations.
B. Install erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and
walkways.
C. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake
locations, outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Architect's
acceptance of layout before excavating or planting. Make minor adjustments as
required.
D. Lay out plants at locations directed by Architect. Stake locations of individual trees and
shrubs and outline areas for multiple plantings.
E. Apply antidesiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film
over trunks (before wrapping), branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during
digging, handling, and transportation.
1. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full leaf, spray with antidesiccant at
nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 14
F. Wrap trees and shrubs with burlap fabric over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and
foliage to protect from wind and other damage during digging, handling, and
transportation.
3.3 PLANTING AREA ESTABLISHMENT
A. After successful herbicide treatments (Section 3.1 of 329200), loosen subgrade of
planting areas to a minimum depth of 12 inches. Remove stones larger than 1 inch in
any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally
dispose of them off Owner's property.
1. Apply fertilizer per Section 1.6 – Quality Assurance.
2. Spread topsoil, apply soil amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly
blend planting soil.
a. Delay mixing fertilizer with planting soil if planting will not proceed within a
few days.
b. Mix lime with dry soil before mixing fertilizer (if required per Section 1.6).
3. Apply compost at 4 cubic yards per 1000 square feet. No soil should be visible
when spread. Rototill amendments in thoroughly to a depth of 4-6”.
B. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose,
uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish
grades.
C. Before planting, obtain Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if
eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS
A. Planting Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular planting pits with sides sloping inward at
a 45-degree angle. Excavations with vertical sides are not acceptable. Trim perimeter
of bottom leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in
drainage away from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on
undisturbed base soil to prevent settling. Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or
smoothed during excavation.
1. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for balled and
burlapped stock.
2. Do not excavate deeper than depth of the root ball, measured from the root flare
to the bottom of the root ball.
3. If area under the plant was initially dug too deep, add soil to raise it to the correct
level and thoroughly tamp the added soil to prevent settling.
4. Maintain required angles of repose of adjacent materials as shown on the
Drawings. Do not excavate subgrades of adjacent paving, structures,
hardscapes, or other new or existing improvements.
5. Maintain supervision of excavations during working hours.
6. Keep excavations covered or otherwise protected after working hours.
7. If drain tile is shown on Drawings or required under planting areas, excavate to
top of porous backfill over tile.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 15
B. Obstructions: Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or
shrubs are encountered in excavations.
1. Provide 24 hour percolation test on each tree pit. If water persists beyond 24
hours, refer to Item #2 below.
2. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6-inch diameter holes, 24 inches apart, into free-draining
strata or to a depth of 10 feet, whichever is less, and backfill with free-draining
material.
C. Drainage: Notify Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or
retention in tree or shrub planting pits.
D. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and
shrubs.
3.5 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PLANTING
A. Before planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to
ANSI Z60.1. If root flare is not visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball
to where the top-most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the
root flare, verify that root ball still meets size requirements.
B. Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly;
do not break.
C. Set balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root
flare 2 inches above adjacent finish grades.
1. After placing some backfill around root ball to stabilize plant, carefully cut and
remove burlap, rope, and wire baskets from tops of root balls and from sides, but
do not remove from under root balls. Remove pallets, if any, before setting. Do
not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before or during planting
operation.
2. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and
air pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly
before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is
absorbed.
3. Place planting tablets in each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half
filled; in amounts recommended in soil reports from soil-testing laboratory. Place
tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch from root tips; do not place tablets in
bottom of the hole.
4. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of
soil.
D. When planting on slopes, set the plant so the root flare on the uphill side is flush with
the surrounding soil on the slope; the edge of the root ball on the downhill side will be
above the surrounding soil. Apply enough soil to cover the downhill side of the root ball.
3.6 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PRUNING
A. Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 16
B. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines as directed by Architect.
C. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines according to standard professional
horticultural and arboricultural practices. Unless otherwise indicated by Architect, do
not cut tree leaders; remove only injured, dying, or dead branches from trees and
shrubs; and prune to retain natural character.
D. Do not apply pruning paint to wounds.
3.7 TREE STABILIZATION
A. Install trunk stabilization as follows unless otherwise indicated:
1. Upright Staking and Tying: Stake trees of 2- through 5-inch caliper. Stake trees
of less than 2-inch caliper only as required to prevent wind tip out. Use a
minimum of two stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches below
bottom of backfilled excavation and to extend one-third of trunk height above
grade. Set vertical stakes and space to avoid penetrating root balls or root
masses.
2. Use two stakes for trees up to 12 feet high and 2-1/2 inches or less in caliper;
three stakes for trees less than 14 feet high and up to 4 inches in caliper. Space
stakes equally around trees.
3. Support trees with bands of flexible ties at contact points with tree trunk. Allow
enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of tree.
4. Support trees with two strands of tie wire, connected to the brass grommets of
tree-tie webbing at contact points with tree trunk. Allow enough slack to avoid
rigid restraint of tree.
B. Staking and Guying: Stake and guy trees more than 14 feet in height and more than 3
inches in caliper unless otherwise indicated. Securely attach no fewer than three guys
to stakes 30 inches long, driven to grade.
1. Site-Fabricated Staking-and-Guying Method:
a. Support trees with bands of flexible ties at contact points with tree trunk
and reaching to turnbuckle. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint of
tree.
b. Support trees with strands of cable or multiple strands of tie wire,
connected to the brass grommets of tree-tie webbing at contact points with
tree trunk and reaching to turnbuckle. Allow enough slack to avoid rigid
restraint of tree.
3.8 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING
A. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs, and vines in even
rows with triangular spacing.
B. Use planting soil for backfill.
C. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 17
D. For rooted cutting plants supplied in flats, plant each in a manner that will minimally
disturb the root system but to a depth not less than two nodes.
E. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation
around plants to hold water.
F. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
G. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of
recovery from transplanting shock.
3.9 PLANTING AREA MULCHING
A. Install weed-control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 12
inches and secure seams with galvanized pins.
B. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas and other areas indicated.
1. Trees and Tree-like Shrubs in Turf Areas: Apply organic mulch ring of 3-inch
average thickness, with 12-inch radius around trunks or stems. Do not place
mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems.
2. Organic Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inch average thickness of organic
mulch over whole surface of planting area, and finish level with adjacent finish
grades. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems.
3. Inorganic Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inch average thickness of inorganic
mulch over whole surface of planting area, and finish level with adjacent finish
grades. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems.
3.10 PLANT MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching,
restoring planting saucers, adjusting and repairing tree-stabilization devices, resetting to
proper grades or vertical position, and performing other operations as required to
establish healthy, viable plantings. Spray or treat as required to keep trees and shrubs
free of insects and disease.
B. Fill in as necessary soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other
processes. Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence.
C. Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials, planted areas, and soils free of
pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated past management practices whenever
possible to minimize the use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include
physical controls such as hosing off foliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and
biological control agents.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
PLANTS 32 9300 - 18
3.11 EDGING INSTALLATION
A. Steel Edging: Install steel edging where indicated according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Anchor with steel stakes spaced approximately 30 inches (760 mm) apart,
driven below top elevation of edging.
3.12 PESTICIDE APPLICATION
A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents in
accordance with authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written
recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in
proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed.
B. Pre-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Non-Selective): Apply to tree, shrub, and
ground-cover areas in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. Do
not apply to seeded areas.
C. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Non-Selective): Apply only as necessary to
treat already-germinated weeds and in accordance with manufacturer's written
recommendations.
3.13 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an
orderly condition.
B. Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other
contractors and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance
periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings.
C. After installation and before Substantial Completion, remove nursery tags, nursery
stakes, tie tape, labels, wire, burlap, and other debris from plant material, planting
areas, and Project site.
3.14 DISPOSAL
A. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, trash,
and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 32 9300
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
33 1100 - 1
SECTION 33 1100 –WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply if available, to this Section.
B. Additional information concerning water distribution systems may be found on the Civil
Drawings. In case of conflict between the drawings and the information specified
herein, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Work Included: Excavation, trenching, exploratory excavation (pothole), backfill,
bedding, soil stabilization, ground water removal, connection to existing mains, and
installation of pipe, fire hydrants, taps, valves, fittings, valve boxes, and all necessary
appurtenances. Also includes removal and replacement of existing paving or concrete
where required, haul and import of adequate backfill material to meet compaction
requirements and removal of existing thrust blocks where necessary.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping and
stockpiling topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and
utilities.
2. Division 31 Section “Earth Moving” for soil materials, site excavating, filling and
grading.
3. Division 31 Section “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control” for erosion
and sediment mitigation.
4. Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling” for excavating and backfilling of
utilities.
5. Division 32 Section “Asphalt Paving” for asphalt pavement removal, replacement,
materials and testing.
6. Division 32 Section “Concrete Paving” for concrete pavement removal,
replacement, materials and testing.
C. Permits and Fees: Contractor to obtain and pay for all permits required for work in this
Section. Pay all fees for inspections by local authorities and utility agency for work
specified in this Section.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
33 1100 - 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Piping specialties.
2. Fittings.
3. Valves, valve boxes and accessories.
4. Water meters and accessories.
5. Protective enclosures.
6. Fire hydrants.
B. Shop Drawings: For the following:
1. Precast concrete vaults, including frames and covers, ladders, and drains.
C. Field Quality-Control Test Reports: From Contractor.
D. Test Reports: Submit two (2) copies of laboratory gradation tests for bedding and trench
stabilization materials, concrete mix design, asphalt mix designs, and compression test.
E. Permits: Submit copies of all permits issued for project. Contractor is responsible for
obtaining all applicable utility agency, City, County, and State Permits for the project.
F. Certificates: Submit two (2) copies of acceptance from Health Department prior to
placing water system in service.
G. Locates: Contractor must submit two (2) copies of utility locate drawings/receipts prior
to beginning construction.
H. As-Builts: Provide Engineer with copies of redlined, as-built plans upon completion of
construction. Horizontal and vertical information is to be certified by a Professional Land
Surveyor.
I. Product Requirements:
1. Materials/products shall contain the maximum amount of recycled content allowed
that retains material integrity.
2. Preference shall be given to materials that are manufactured, harvested,
extracted, mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
1.4 REFERENCE TO Eagle River Water and Sanitation District STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
All work of this section shall be performed in conformance to the current published
Eagle River Water and Sanitation District Water and Sanitary Service Construction
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
33 1100 - 3
Specifications and Standard Specification for Water Mains and as subsequently
revised, which are incorporated into these specifications by reference. Supplementary
requirements may be developed by the Engineer to address project-specific conditions,
which may supersede the above-referenced specification.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
33 3100 - 1
SECTION 33 3100 –SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provision of the contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if available, to this Section.
B. Additional information concerning the sanitary sewer distribution systems may be found
on the Civil Drawings. In case of conflict between the drawings and the information
specified herein, the more stringent requirements shall govern.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Work Included: Excavation, trenching, removal of existing manholes and piping, backfill,
compaction, bedding, soil stabilization, groundwater removal, connection to existing
manholes, and installation of pipe, manholes, aggregate base course and gravel where
required, service wyes, service lines, asphalt removal and replacement, and all
necessary appurtenances and safety precautions. Also includes removal and
replacement of existing paving, concrete, topsoil and landscaping where required.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 31 Section "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, stripping and
stockpiling topsoil, and removal of above- and below-grade improvements and
utilities.
2. Division 31 Section “Earth Moving” for soil materials, site excavating, filling and
grading.
3. Division 31 Section “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control” for erosion
and sediment mitigation.
4. Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling” for excavating and backfilling of
utilities.
5. Division 32 Section “Asphalt Paving” for asphalt pavement removal, replacement,
materials and testing.
6. Division 32 Section “Concrete Paving” for concrete pavement removal,
replacement, materials and testing.
C. Permits and Fees: Contractor to obtain and pay for all permits required for work in this
Section. Pay all fees for inspections by local authorities and utility agency for work
specified in this Section.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
33 3100 - 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS
D. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and construction
materials for pipe, fittings, and manholes or certifications that products conform with
specifications.
E. Test Reports: Submit all field quality control test reports.
F. Permits: Contractor is responsible for obtaining all applicable utility agency, City, County
and State permits for the project. Submit copies of all permits issued for project.
G. Product Requirements:
1. Materials/products shall contain the maximum amount of recycled content allowed
that retains material integrity.
2. Preference shall be given to materials that are manufactured, harvested, extracted,
mined, quarried, etc. within a 500 mile radius of the project site.
1.4 REFERENCE TO Eagle River Water and Sanitation District STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
All work of this section shall be performed in conformance to the current published Eagle River
Water and Sanitation District Water and Sanitary Service Construction Specifications and
Standard Specification for Sewer Mains and as subsequently revised, which are incorporated
into these specifications by reference. Supplementary requirements may be developed by the
Engineer to address project-specific conditions, which may supersede the above-referenced
specification.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 1
SECTION 33 4100 - STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply if available, to this Section.
Additional information concerning storm sewer systems may be found on the civil
drawings. In case of conflict between the drawings and the information specified herein,
the more stringent requirements shall govern.
REFERENCES
State of Colorado, Department of Transportation (CDOT): State Department of
Highways Standard Construction Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction,
current edition.
Town of Vail Standard Specifications for Design and Construction, Latest Edition.
Reference Standards: Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted
herein, except where more stringent requirements are listed herein or otherwise required
by the Contract Documents.
SUMMARY
This Section includes gravity-flow, and force-main storm utility drainage piping outside
the building, with the following components:
Cleanouts.
Drains and inlets.
Corrosion-protection piping encasement.
Precast concrete manholes.
Related Sections include the following:
Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling” for excavating and backfilling of
utilities.
Division 32 Section “Concrete Paving” for concrete materials.
Division 31 Section “Earth Moving” for Site Grading.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 2
Division 31 Section “Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control” for erosion
and sedimentation control measures.
Permits and Fees:
Obtain and pay for all permits required for the work of this section.
Pay all fees for inspections by local authorities and utility agency for work specified
in this section.
Existing Utilities
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to excavate and verify the location (depth,
horizontal alignment, etc.) of all existing utilities that may affect construction of the
proposed storm utility drainage piping line. All exploratory excavations shall occur
far enough in advance to permit any necessary relocation to be made with
minimum delay and to verify existing vertical and horizontal location to determine
alignment for the proposed storm utility drainage piping line. All costs incurred by
the Contractor in making exploratory excavations shall be considered to be
included in the unit price bid for construction of each section of storm utility
drainage piping line or the associated structures.
All standard details and specifications of the utility agency shall apply as noted on the
construction permit and as required by the agency.
DEFINITIONS
HDPE: High Density Polyethylene Pipe.
PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe.
RCP: Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
RCBC: Reinforced Concrete Box culvert.
CMP: Corrugated Metal Pipe.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure, Drainage-Piping Pressure Rating: 10-foot head of water (30
kPa) . Pipe joints shall be watertight with gasketed joint.
Force-Main, Pressure-Piping Pressure Rating: At least equal to system operating
pressure but not less than 100 psig (690 kPa).
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 3
Cleanouts, inlets and area drains.
Channel drainage systems.
Trench drainage systems.
Manholes.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments for the
following:
Precast concrete manholes and other structures, including frames, covers and
grates.
Cast-in-place concrete manholes and other structures, including frames, covers
and grates.
Catch Basins and Storm Water Inlets. Include plans elevations, sections, details
and frames, covers and grates.
Storm Water Detention Structures: Include plans, elevations, sections, details,
frames, orifice plates, and covers.
Design Mix Reports and Calculations: For each class of cast-in-place concrete.
Field Quality-Control Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Do not store plastic inlets, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight.
Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
Handle manholes according to manufacturer’s written rigging instructions.
Handle catch basins and storm water inlets according to manufacturer’s written rigging
instructions.
Deliver piping in manufacture’s original bundles, securely strapped, and with protective
blocking as required. Label or tag each bundle with type, size and quantity of material.
Exercise care to prevent damage to materials during loading, transportation and
unloading. Do not drop pipe or fittings.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
to product selection:
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not
limited to, manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the manufacturers specified.
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
Corrugated-Steel Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 760/A 760M, Type I with fittings of similar
form and construction as pipe.
Special-Joint Bands: Corrugated steel with O-ring seals.
Standard-Joint Bands: Corrugated Steel.
Coating: Zinc.
ALUMINUM PIPE AND FITTINGS
Corrugated Aluminum Pipe and Fittings: ASTM B 745/B 745M, Type I with fittings of
similar form and construction as pipe.
Special-Joint Bands: Corrugated steel with O-ring seals.
Standard-Joint Bands: Corrugated steel.
PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
PVC Pressure Pipe: AWWA C900, Class 200, for gasketed joints and using ASTM F
477, elastomeric seals.
Fittings NPS 4 to NPS 8 (DN 100 to DN 200): PVC pressure fittings complying
with AWWA C907, for gasketed joints and using ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals.
Fittings NPS 10 (DN 250) and Larger: Ductile-iron, compact fittings complying with
AWWA C153, for push-on joints and using AWWA C111, rubber gaskets.
PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 15 (DN 375) 15” and Smaller: ASTM D 3034, SDR
35 with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 5
PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 18 (DN 450) 18” and Larger: ASTM F 679, T-1 wall
thickness, with bell-and spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric
seals.
HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS
ASTM D3350, AASHTO M294. Profile wall – Type S 2’ minimum burial depth, 10’
maximum burial depth, bell and spigot joint with water-tight, non-cleating, O-ring gasket,
ASTM F477.
CONCRETE PIPE AND FITTINGS
RCP Sewer Pipe and Fittings: According to the following:
ASTM C 76 and ASTM C 506 and ASTM C 507 for circular, arch, and vertical and
horizontal elliptical pipe, respectively. Pipe shall be Class III, Wall B, unless
otherwise noted.
Joints: Water tight joints meeting ASTM C443 Standard Specification for joints in
circular concrete sewer and culvert pipe, using rubber gaskets.
Flared End Sections: No standard specifications apply to concrete flared end
sections. Provide manufactures specifications with shop drawings to Owner’s
Representative.
NONPRESSURE-TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS
Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for
joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be
joined and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each
end.
Sleeve Materials:
For Concrete Pipes: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443m), rubber.
For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.
For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe
materials being joined.
Horizontal Type: With swing check valve and hub-and-spigot ends.
Combination Horizontal and Manual Gate-Valve Type: With swing check valve,
integral gate valve, and hub-and-spigot ends.
Terminal Type: With bronze seat, swing check valve, and hub inlet.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 6
CLEANOUTS
Gray-Iron Cleanouts: ASME A112.36.2M, round, gray-iron housing with clamping device
and round, secured, scoriated, gray-iron cover. Include gray-iron ferrule with inside calk
or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure plug.
1. Available Manufacturers:
a. Josam Company.
b. MIFAB Manufacturing Inc.
c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
d. Wade Div.; Tyler Pipe.
e. Watts Industries, Inc.
f. Watts Industries, Inc.; Enpoco, Inc. Div.
g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Zurn Specification Drainage Operation.
Top-Loading Classification(s): Heavy duty.
Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron soil
pipe and fittings.
PVC Cleanouts: PVC body with PVC threaded plug. Include PVC sewer pipe fitting and
riser to cleanout of same material as sewer piping.
MANHOLES
Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth
indicated, with provision for sealant joints.
Diameter: As shown on drawings (48 inches (1200 mm) minimum, unless
otherwise indicated).
Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base
section, as required to prevent flotation.
Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and the minimum
thickness as noted on plans for walls and base riser section.
Riser Sections: 4-inch (100-mm) minimum thickness or as noted on the plans and
the lengths to provide depth indicated.
Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless flat-slab-top type is indicated. Top of
cone of size that matches grade rings.
Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), cast or fitted into
manhole walls, for each pipe connection.
Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes: Construct of reinforced-concrete bottom, walls, and
top; designed according to ASTM C890 for A-16 (ASSHTO HS20-44), heavy-traffic,
structural loading; of depth, shape, dimensions, and appurtenances indicated.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 7
Ballast: Increase thickness of concrete, as required to prevent flotation.
Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each
pipe connection.
Manhole Joint Sealant: All joints in the manhole barrel, cone and/or flat top sections
including the joint between the cast-in-place base slab and the bottom barrel section
shall be sealed with a preformed, flexible plastic gasket conforming to the following
requirements:
The flexible plastic gasket shall be in conformance with Federal Specification SS-
S 00210, “Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe
Joints.”
The plastic sealing compound shall be packaged in extruded preformed rope-like
shape of proper size to completely fill the joint when fully compressed. The
material shall be protected by a suitable, removable, two-piece wrapper so that
one wrapper may be removed as the compound is applied to the joint surface
without disturbing the other wrapper, which remains attached to the compound for
protection. The sealing compound shall be impermeable to water, have high
immediate bonding strength to the primed concrete surface, and shall maintain
permanent plasticity, resistance to water, acids, and alkalies.
All surfaces of the tongue and groove joint of the manhole barrel shall be primed
with an approved priming compound prior to the installation of the sealing
compound. The application of the priming compound and the sealing compound
shall be accomplished in strict conformance with the manufacturer’s instructions,
as to the method of application, quantity of material, the grade of the materials,
and the application temperatures.
All lifting holes shall be sealed with the plastic sealing compound.
Manhole Steps: All manhole steps shall be similar and equal to those specified below
and shall be installed in a straight line vertically. Manhole steps shall be cast into the
wall at the same time the barrel section is cast. Except for unusual circumstances, steps
which are inserted or grouted in the wall after the wall has been cast will not be accepted.
Steps shall be installed with a nominal spacing of 15 inches (375-mm) and 6 inches (150-
mm) from face of manhole.
Aluminum, Federal specification QQ-A-200/8, or ALMAG35. Two non-skid
grooves in surface of step and capable of carrying load of 1000 lbs. 6 inches (150
mm) from face of manhole.
Polypropylene Reinforced Plastic: ASTM Specifications.
a. ASTM C-478.
b. ASTM A-615 Grade 60 (steel rod).
c. ASTM 2146 69, Type II Grade 16906 (polypropylene).
Manhole Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 3-inch to 9-inch (75 to 225-mm) total
thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 8
Manhole Frames and Covers: Ring and cover shall have a combined weight greater
than 400 lbs shall be machined to fit securely with non-rocking cover, and shall be hot-
dipped in asphalt. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using
wording equivalent to "STORM SEWER."
Material: ASTM A 48, Class 35 gray iron, unless otherwise indicated.
Protective Coating: Foundry-applied, SSPC-Paint 16, coal-tar, epoxy-polyamide
paint or hot dipped asphalt; 10-mil (0.26-mm) minimum thickness applied to all
surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
STORM WATER INLETS
Gutter Inlets: Type as indicated on plans, in accordance with Standard Details.
Area Inlets: Type and manufacture as indicated on plans.
STORM WATER DETENTION STRUCTURES
Cast-in-Place Concrete, Storm Water Detention Structures: Construct of reinforced-
concrete bottom, walls, and top; designed according to ASTM C890 for A-16, heavy-
traffic, structural loading; of depth, shape, dimensions, and appurtenances indicated on
the plans.
Ballast: Increase thickness of concrete, as required to prevent flotation.
Precast Concrete, Storm Water Detention Structures: As designated on plans.
CONCRETE
General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R, ACI 350R, and the
following:
Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.
Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.
Water: Potable.
Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi with 0.45 maximum water-cementitious materials
ratio, 5-7% entrained air and maximum 4 inch slump. Refer to Division 32 Concrete
Paving or additional information
Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.
Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (420 MPa), deformed steel.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 9
POLYMER-CONCRETE, CHANNEL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
Description, General: Modular system of precast, polymer-concrete channel sections,
grates, and appurtenances; designed so grates fit into channel recesses without rocking
or rattling. Include number of units required to form total lengths indicated. Use model
indicated on plans.
Sloped-Invert, Polymer-Concrete Systems: Include the following components:
Channel Sections: Interlocking-joint, precast, modular units with end caps.
Include 4-inch (102-mm) inside width and deep, rounded bottom, with built-in invert
slope of 0.6 percent and with outlets in number, sizes, and locations indicated.
Include extension sections necessary for required depth.
a. Frame: Include gray-iron or steel frame for grate.
Grates with manufacturer’s designation “Heavy Duty,” with slots or perforations
that fit recesses in channels.
a. Material: Galvanized steel, gray iron.
Covers: Solid gray iron, if indicated.
Locking Mechanism: Manufacturer’s standard device for securing grates to
channel sections.
PIPE OUTLETS
Head Walls: Cast-in-place reinforced concrete, with apron and tapered sides as shown
in plans.
Riprap Basins: Broken, irregular size and shape, graded stone according to Urban
Drainage criteria.
Flared End Section (FES): Precast reinforced concrete or steel with apron and tapered
sides.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EARTHWORK
Site excavation and filling are specified in Division 31 Section “Earth Moving.”
Excavation and backfilling for utilities are specified in Division 31 Section “Trenching and
Backfilling.”
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 10
PREPARATION
Piping: Prior to installation, verify that insides of pipe and pipe joints are clean and free
of dirt, mud, oil, shavings from cutting, or other deleterious materials.
PIPING INSTALLATION
General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate location and
arrangement of underground storm utility drainage piping. Install piping as indicated, to
extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's
written instructions.
General:
Use only undamaged material.
Lay pipe on firm bedding with full length of barrel fully supported. Maintain straight
lines and uniform grades between invert elevations shown. Inside of pipe shall be
smooth and clean.
Begin all pipe installation at downstream end of pipe run, with lower segment of
pipe in contact with specified bedding. Place bell or groove ends facing upstream.
Plug ends temporarily during installation, until connections are made to adjoining
pipe or to manholes or inlet structures.
Trench excavation and placement and compaction of bedding and backfill are
specified in Division 31 Section “Trenching and Backfilling.”
Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken
continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals,
sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer’s written instructions for use of
lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Plug all lifting holes in pipe with
approved rubber plug or grout.
Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for
branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated.
Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials
of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is
prohibited.
Tunneling: Install pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed by
tunneling, jacking, or a combination of both.
Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:
Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at slopes indicated on plan.
Install corrugated steel piping according to ASTM A798/A798M.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 11
Install corrugated aluminum piping according to ASTM B 788/B 788M.
Install PVC sewer pipe according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F1668.
Install reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ASTM C 1479 and ACPA’s
“Concrete Pipe installation Manual.”
Install HDPE piping per manufacturer’s recommendation.
CLEANOUT INSTALLATION
Install cleanouts and riser extensions from sewer pipes to cleanouts at grade. Use PVC
or cast-iron soil pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and cast-iron valve
boxes for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of
flow in sewer pipe.
Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in cast-in-place-concrete block, 18 inches by 18
inches by 6 inches deep (450 by 450 by 150 mm)] . Set with tops 1 inch (25 mm) above
surrounding grade.
Set cleanout frames and covers in pavement with tops 1/8 inch below pavement surface.
MANHOLE INSTALLATION
General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated.
Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891.
Construct cast-in-place manholes as indicated.
Manholes:
Construct manholes in accordance with drawings and applicable agency having
jurisdiction standards. Carry pipe through manhole with split pipe. Extend cast-
in-place concrete manhole base at least 8 inches below pipe barrel.
Slope floor of manhole from centerline of pipe to maximum of 2 inches above top
of pipe at face of manhole. Shape invert when manhole base is poured to conform
exactly to lower half of pipe.
Form or shape inverts smooth and clean, with no obstructions. Allow insertion of
an expandable plug in pipe. Construct side branches with radii as large as
possible to connect to main invert.
Extend concrete base ring minimum 3 inches above top of pipe.
Place future extension of pipe from manholes in manhole base. Shape invert with
pipe extended to outside face of manhole base and terminated with bell of pipe as
close as practical to manhole base.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 12
Do not place precast manhole sections on manhole base for two days minimum
after placement of concrete base. Thoroughly clean top of formed concrete base
ring prior to placing manhole barrel sections.
Place a complete and continuous roll of sealant in groove or keyway of concrete
base ring in sufficient quantity that when precast manhole barrel is placed there
will be no voids. Join each succeeding precast manhole barrel in similar manner.
Install sealant in groove side of tongue and groove joints.
Trim away all excess material and repair all lifting holes.
Manhole Rings and Covers:
Set tops of frames and covers 1/8 inch below finished surface of manholes that
occur in pavements. Set tops 1 inch (25 mm) above finished surface elsewhere,
unless otherwise indicated.
Where finished surface will be completed after manhole construction, set top of
cone where a maximum of two courses of brick will be required to adjust ring and
cover to final grade. Final elevations of lid will be adjusted with bricks, mortar or
precast concrete rings with a minimum of 6 inches and a maximum of 18 inches
of adjustment.
INLETS, OUTLETS AND CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION
Set frames and grates to elevations indicated.
Cast-in-place or precast concrete in accordance with drawings and applicable
agency having jurisdiction standards. Comply with applicable requirements of
Division 03 Section “Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete.”
Construct inverts of pipe or concrete smoothed inverts same size as pipe up to
centerline of pipe. Form perimeter bench as indicated.
Embed steel angles or other accessories as indicated or required to anchor and
support frames, grates, or covers.
Frames, Grates, Covers and Steps: Install accurately to placement dimensions shown
on drawings. Anchor castings in place and set in adjustment mortar to assure a firm
foundation.
Connection to Existing Structures:
Cut and patch or rebuild existing manhole, catch basins, or other drainage
structures as required to receive new drain lines.
Core drill openings to receive new pipe. Chip existing bench to provide sufficient
thickness for mortar bed to form new invert.
Seal around new pipe penetration with expandable waterstop sealant, completely
filling space between pipe and cut opening to provide a watertight repair.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 13
STORM WATER INLET AND OUTLET INSTALLATION
Construct inlet head walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated.
Construct riprap of broken stone, as indicated.
Install outlets that spill onto grade, anchored with concrete, where indicated.
Install outlets that spill onto grade, with flared end sections that match pipe, where
indicated.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R.
TRENCH DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Assemble and install components according to manufacturer’s written instructions.
Install with top surfaces of components, except piping, flush with finished surface.
Assemble channel sections to form slope down toward drain outlets. Use sealants,
adhesives, fasteners, and other materials recommended by system manufacturer.
Embed channel sections and drainage specialties in 4-inch (102-mm) minimum concrete
around bottom and sides or as recommended by the manufacturer.
Fasten grates to channel sections as indicated.
Assemble channel sections with flanged or interlocking joints.
CLOSING ABANDONED STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEMS
Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to
remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth
pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use one of
procedures listed below:
Fill pipe with stone or gravel flowfill.
Close open ends of piping with at least 8-inch thick, brick masonry bulkheads.
Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other
acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not
use wood plugs.
Abandoned Manholes and Structures: Excavate around manholes and structures as
required and use one procedure below:
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 14
Remove manhole or structure and close open ends of remaining piping.
Remove top of manhole or structure down to at least 36-inches below final grade.
Fill to within 12-inches of top with stone, gravel or sand. Fill to top with concrete.
Backfill to grade according to Division 31, Section “Earth Moving” and Section “Trenching
and Backfilling.”
IDENTIFICATION
Materials and their installation are specified in Division 31 Section “Earth Moving.”
Arrange for installation of green warning tape directly over piping and at outside edge of
underground structures.
Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of
underground structures.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has
occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches (610 mm) of backfill is in place, and
again at completion of Project.
Submit separate report for each system inspection.
Defects requiring correction include the following:
a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between
structures.
b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or
cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects
are within allowances specified.
Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended,
or repaired, for leaks and defects.
Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.
Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24
hours advance notice.
VAIL VALLEY MEDICAL CENTER
EAST WING ENABLING
VAIL, Colorado
Project #: DPA 15924.00
PERMIT
STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
33 4100 - 15
Submit separate report for each test.
Gravity-Flow Storm Utility Drainage Piping: Test according to requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following:
a. Option: Test plastic piping according to ASTM F 1417.
b. Option: Test concrete piping according to ASTM C924 (ASTM C 924M).
Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within
allowances specified.
CLEANING
Clean interior of piping, inlets and manholes of dirt and superfluous materials. Flush with
potable water.